ais
Telctos 1
*
a
ome abe ee
——-
-—-
ete ms aes + ew
oes “es
oe Seer et gad
ele ees
eee aed
een te
od far te be eae 9
se
sh
on)
+
iitbete
erty
a
EY Ee me oo.
wr
ee aed
pg tag ag a 2 a a9 Ce
San Se ee ane ee
ae eo ant Pe ae 20 ay em OO
RE I PR Coe tater
aatedicha amine
ud
‘
4.4
qnt
<
in rie
ae
“
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
PROCEEDINGS
VOLUME |
EDITED BY
D. H. KENT
Victoria Regia
2 EN CUMTAAAOT
Floreat Flora
1954-55
Printed for the Society by
T. Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
S ty tous Boo
DoS UU UD
70,
93,
298,
419,
. 428,
430,
436,
445,
449,
452,
453,
455,
4517,
458,
459,
460
484,
505,
572,
line i6:
line 23:
line 7:
line 1:
line 19:
line 41:
line 23:
line 12:
line 20
line 2
After line 20: insert 99, DUNBARTON.
SehOT (AS at oa:
line 18:
line 30:
line 25:
line 32:
line 39:
PROCEEDINGS B.S.B.I., VOL. I
ERRATA
For Sharpness Docks, Bristol (v.c. 34)
Gloucester (v.c. 34).
For GLENDENNING redd GLENDINNING.
For Filipendula ulmariia read Filipendula ulmaria.
For 1928 read 1938: For Wein read Wien
line 4 up: For 1953 read 1948.
For 1930 read 1925.
For 1944 read 1934.
For 1946 read 1942.
For 1912 read 1946.
: For Weimarch read Weimarck.
line 39:
read Sharpness Docks,
For Whitehead, Dr. F. N. read Whitehead, Dr. F. H.
Delete McFarlane, M.
Add McFarlane, M.
Delete Elliot, Rev. E. A.
Add Elliot, Rev. E. A.
For Whitehead, F. N. read Whitehead, Dr. F. H.
lines 17-18: For Bradshaw, Miss M. E. read Bradshaw, A. D.
line 42: Delete Braid, Prof. K. W.
line 12: For Weimarch read Weimarck.
line 15: For Bechnum spicant read Blechnum spicant.
line 4: For Whitehead, F. N. read Whitehead, F. H.
line 2.up: Add Prot. T. Ga tui.
DATES OF PUBLICATION
Part:1, Dp.
Part 2, pp.
Parttic. pp:
Part 4, pp.
-120, April 1954.
-286, November 1954.
ae
470, July 1955.
-584, October 1955.
. read (As at 20th April 1955).
Braid, Prof. K. W.
CONTENTS OF VOL. I
EDITORIAL ses eee see
RECENT WORK ON “THE MANx “FLORA. By D. E. Allen es
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE. By F. N. Hepper ...
PLANT NOTES sae a sa ae
PLANT RECORDS = ae See ae
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.ce. 33 & 34), 1952
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
REVIEW Ee ae Ass af a we nee oye si aM AA be
OBITUARIES: Margaret Knox (d. 1952); Robert Lloyd Praeger (1865-1953);
Francis Rilstone (1881-1953); M. L. Wedgwood a moe :
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME. By S. M. Walters
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND NORTHERN IRELAND.
By H. G. Baker
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY. By ‘John. ‘Ounsted .
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRD. :* J. G. Hawkes and
Je 18. IPanjoyar : ae aah eas
MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE. By J. D. Grose
PLANT NOTES
PLANT RECORDS a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL, 1953
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 8TH APRIL 1954
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REFORT FOR 1953
OBITUARIES : Sir Roger Curtis (1886-1954); Ralph Howarth (1889-1954); Karl
Ronniger (1871-1954) aoe ee aS at bes 5
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN. SOUTHERN
ENGLAND. By C. T. Prime, O. Buckle and J. D. Lovis ...
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES. By William S. Lacey
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES. By E. S. Edees
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS. By Douglas H. Kent .
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE. By E. Nelmes
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME: A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION. “TO IRELAND
OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL GRID. By D. A. Webb .
PLANT NOTES a Bee
PLANT RECORDS q
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 Ns
SUMMARY OF PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ‘ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 4955
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1954 . ee,
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME: FIRST ANNUAL REPORT 3
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954 ...
OBITUARIES: Mrs. Florence Bessie Hassall (1883-1954); P. Senay (1892-1954)
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES .TO MEMBERS ~ : 5 Ane f
List OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 x ae ee a a BS ve
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (v.c. By F. H. Perring,
P. D. Sell and S. M. Walters fu aa Mae fas
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS. By F. H. Perring ...
PAGES
3
5-20)
21-36
37-40
41-69
76
71-82
83-103
104
105-115
116-117
121-130
131-141
142-151
152-153
154-155
156-160)
161-185
186-243
244-253
204-265
266-2738
2T4-275
276
201-278
279-281
282-285
287-296
297-300
301-311
312-313
314-315
316-319
320-324
325-338
339-363
369-378
379-394
395-397
398-405
406-407
408-409
410-4114
412
413-415
416-417
418-451
452-460
461-469
471-481
482-489
A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT. By D. P. Young ...
PLANT NOTES
PLANT RECORDS a ie
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE ...
FIELD MEETING, 1953
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
OBITUARIES: Arthur George Gregor (1867-1954); William Robert Sherrin
1885-1954)
_ (1871-1955); William Charles Richard Watson (
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS x Di
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES ...
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS Sos
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
PAGES
490-494
492-494
495-502
903-537
038-541
542-531
202-561
362-566
567-571
572-574
975-584
ae i Be ena
a
PROCEEDIN
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
editor - D. Ho KENT
a}: APRIL 1954 Pr. |
CONTENTS PAGE
EDITORIAL as aA es aoe Ws ae i ies 3
RECENT WORK ON THE Manx FLORA. By D. E. Allen ... ah i)
‘Frora or Caupry ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE. By F. N. Hepper 21
PuLant NOTES .... hee ih hee ah DAS ale el 37
Piant Recorps. Compiled by E. C. Wallace ... vals pee 4]
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.cc. 33 and 34), 1952.
Communicated by R. B. Abell, C. W. Bannister and
C. C. Townsend as ay Pp oa 70
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent a 71
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953... oh mG i aug aoe 83
REVIEW Bee a ae vo se aa a wai) «LOE
OBITUARIES... na oe ae ad te eee et Oe LOD
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS aks Le ae te 116
——
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE
| BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
o/o DeparTMent or Botany, British Muszum (Natura History),
Lonpon, S.W.7
Prick TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. Tue Princess Roya
OFFICERS FOR 1953-54
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MERTING,
MARCH 14ruH, 1953
—-—_____
President: Rev. Canon C. KE. Raven
Vice-Presidents: Dr. R. W. Butcher, J. S. L. Gilmour,
Prot) 1) °G:2Tatin
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer E E. L. Swann
Honorary Hdvtor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary 3 Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL
(in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e))
Elected March 1950 Hlected April 1952
J. E. Raven Dr DP.” Younus
G. M. Ash V. S. Summerhayes
. EK. B. Bangerter
Elected April 1951 =
BD. Meikle Dr. S. M. Walters
Prof. D. H. Valentine Elected March 1953
Prof. D. A. Webb Dr. J. H. Burnett
Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison R. A. Graham
Dr. R. C. L. Burges D. E. Allen
KH. Milne-Redhead Mrs. A. N. Gibby
Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D. H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch
Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony
Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett
Wild Plant Conservation Board : H. G. Alston
i
Continued on inside of back cover
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Victoria regia
Sees Se pA
RSA ee ES yy
eT Uy
ee _ = x — x
—<—$—<—<—$—
Floreat Flora
PROCEEDINGS
VOLT PART. 1
EDITOR
Bene KENT
APRIL 1954
Printed for the Society by
Te Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY
THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES, c/o DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), LONDON S.W.7
PRICE TEN SHILLINGS
EDITORIAL 3
EDITORIAL
It has been decided to replace the Year Book with a new-publication,
of which this is the first number. The Proceedings will be published
twice a year, and will contain such familiar features as Plant Notes,
Plant Records and Abstracts from Literature. Each number will also
contain papers of general interest on the British flora and, at times,
Reports of Officers, Excursions and Exhibition Meetings, as well as
book reviews and obituaries.
It is hoped to publish in each number something of interest to every
member, whether a beginner or a more advanced student of the study
of British plants.
Ay: 5°
ea: 2
iene i) ge a ml =
oS tee oad Cit alt
: te Lorne A ‘iw € Sait es me Lage ands
eaiot, tell sts STD. a dine 040i
diss ‘ioe ‘ Berge § 3
aac ;
NX
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
By D. E. ALLEN
In 1949 the compiling of a full account of the flora of the Isle
of Man (v.c. 71) was begun. In the course of this work a con-
siderable number of new and interesting records have been ac-
cumulated, and since the results of the Society’s Field Meeting
(1950) need to be placed on record, this seems a convenient oppor-
tunity of bringing them all together in one paper.
A few words about the flora in general might not be inappro-
priate. The island is only 227 square miles in extent, and the
flora, like that of Ireland, is markedly oceanic in character. It
bears the closest resemblance to the flora of the two areas that
are the nearest geographically, namely, Wigtownshire and eastern
Ulster. Even so, there are ten flowering plants and possibly
four mosses that occur in the Isle of Man but not in Ireland. A
post-glacial land connection must be supposed to account for the
comparative richness of the flora and fauna. There are, however,
twenty species of flowering plants which are absent from the
island, although they occur in most vice-counties surrounding the
Irish Sea. These are: —
Thalictrum flavum Tithospermum officinale
Ranunculus auricomus Epipactis helleborine
R. trichophyllus Juncus inflexus
Arabis hirsuta Scirpus tabernaemontanit (Schoeno-
Hypericum maculatum (FH. plectus tabernaemontant)
dubium) : Rhynchospora alba
Geranium. lucidum Poa nemoralts
Euonymus europaeus Festuca gigantea
Geum rivale Bromus ramosus (Zerna ramosa)
Parnassia palustris Agropyron caninum 5
Vaccinium oxycoccos (Oxycoccus
quadripetalus)
These absentees are mainly inhabitants of calcareous soils or
woodlands, both of which are conspicuously lacking in the island.
Although the flora can be said to have been reasonably well
worked in the past (notably by Edward Forbes, G. A. Holt, P. G.
Ralfe, J. A. Wheldon and C. I. Paton), virtually no sign of
endemism has been detected, contrary to the experience of the
zoologists with the insects. The island’s greatest interest to the
biologist lies, in fact, in its rdle as the meeting-place of Irish,
Scottish and English races of plants and animals, and in reveal-
6 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
ing how far these races are able to co-exist. There are also the
problems connected with population fluctuation, survival density
and genetic drift, inherent in the study of all such islands. There
are no truly Lusitanian species except for a single moth, but the
island makes up for this deficiency to some extent by harbouring
(mainly in the north-west corner) an interesting series of relics
of a “Continental” type of distribution, otherwise confined mainly
to the South of England. The reason for this must be that the
island’s flora suffered relatively less than that of either Ireland or
Britain from the spread of dense forests and blanket-bog earlier
post-glacially.
An unfortunate misconception is prevalent in parts of Eng-
land that the Isle of Man is a second Blackpool, peopled almost
entirely by vast multitudes of holidaymakers. This heresy, com-
bined with the prospect of an often arduous seventy-mile sea
voyage. has unhappily deflected many botanists whose visits
would have made the island’s flora much better known than it is.
In order to dispel such illusions, I would recommend a visit to
the deserted island in June or September by the excellent and
relatively inexpensive air service.
The records which follow are grouped for convenience under
four heads : —
I. The Society’s Field Meeting, June 25-July 1, 1950 (for
full details see Year Book, 1952, 32-34). This meeting, based on
Douglas, was extremely successful and about 65% of the known
flora (over 800 species of vascular plants are recorded) was seen.
In addition to the daily excursions by coach, Messrs. E. Milne-
Redhead and V. S. Summerhayes made a number of evening
sorties by car, and stayed on for a few days’ additional
collecting after the Meeting had officially ended. Their specimens
are deposited in Hb. Kew (K.), while those collected by Miss C.
W. Muirhead are in Carlisle Museum (Cl.), by Messrs. P. S. Green
and N. D. Simpson in Hb. Univ. Birmingham (B.) and Hb. Simp-
son (S.) respectively, and by myself in Hb. Univ. Cambridge (C.).
II. September 1-28, 1951. Based on Douglas, I visited all
parts of the island and collected extensively.
III. September 11-25, 1952. A week was spent at Port St.
Mary, exploring the south-west corner of the island, and a second
week at Douglas. The collections made on this and the previous
expedition have been divided: new records for the island have
been placed mostly in Hb. Manx Museum, Douglas (M.), and the
rest in Hb. Univ. Cambridge (C.).
IV. This includes specimens from Hb. Manx Museum or
elsewhere that have been re-determined, hitherto unpublished
new records, and corrections to Paton’s List (1933) and its
supplements (1934, 1945). Also included are unpublished
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA ji
records kindly communicated to me by Mr. J. R. Bruce, the Hon.
Marjorie Cross, Mr. E. F. Ladds, Miss M. Quayle, Mr. G. D. Row-
ley, Dr. D. P. Young and, in particular, by Messrs. R. Howarth
(the Society’s Local Secretary) and W. 8. Cowin, to both of whom
I am deeply indebted for much help and hospitality.
New county records are marked with an asterisk, alien species
with an obelisk. Records new to Comital Flora are marked
with §.
6/6. RanuncuLus Lineva L. I. Curraghs near Sandygate. II.
Baldwin Reservoir.
6/7. R. ruammura L. I. Very small specimens in dune slack near
Rue Point, simulating RF. scoticus EK. S. Marsh. (K.).
t11/1. AguinEcia vutearis L. IV. Tromode Dam (Cowin).
§*22/1. Merconopsis camBrica (L.) Vig. IV. Damp rocks at cliff
foot, Port Soderick (Ladds). Evidently native. Not, apparently,
mich grown in Manx gardens.
¥31/4. Corypatis tuTEA (L.) DC. II. Old Laxey. IV. Sulby;
Glentramman, Lezayre (Howarth).
32/1. Fumarta capreotata L. IV. Arbory, common (Rowley).
32/4. FEF. purpurea Pugsl. JI. Ramsey (K.—all specimens in Hb.
Kew det. N. Y. Sandwith).
32/9. HK. sasrarpr Bor. I. Cornfield near Sandygate (K.). Dog-
mills (K.). (IT. Port. St. Mary.
30/1. Rorippa NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Hayek. I. 8 localities
(K., det. H. K. Airy Shaw). Seen since in 13 other localities, mainly
near the coast.
30/1. X1(2). R. x srerintis Airy Shaw. I-III. Collected in 9 locali-
ties (K., M., C., det. H. K. Airy Shaw). The other parent, R. micro-
phylla (Boenn.) Hyl., has not yet been detected, curiously enough. The
hybrid grows in native habitats and does not appear to be a relic of
cultivation.
§*35/2. R. synvestris (L.) Bess. II. Clypse Reservoir, first found
by W. S. Cowin (M.).
742/10. Losurarra maritima (L.) Desv. III. Gansey dump.
45/5. CocHLEARIA anetica L. IV. Paton’s specimens from Scar-
lett (M.) belong to the northern race.
t47/2. Hesperts MatRonatis L. I. Corrany (K.). II. Ballig. Near
Foxdale. IV. Kirkbride, 1931 (Hon. Marjorie Cross).
748/1. Maxcormra maritima (L.) R.Br. IV. Railway track, Peel,
1937 (Hb. Young).
149/6b. SIsYMBRIUM OFFICINALE var. LEIOCARPUM DC. I. Dump,
Langness. III. Gansey dump.
49/8. ALLIARIA PETIOLATA (Bieb.) Cavara & Grande. III. Glen Down,
found earlier independently by W. S. Cowin. Extremely rare: first
record for fifty years.
8 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
54(2)/1. RHYNCHOSINAPIS MONENSIS (L.) Dandy. I, II. Still in two
places on Ramsey Mooragh, where Ray found it in 1660, but threatened
by building projects.
§*+55/2. DripLroraxis muRALis (L.) DC. II. Casual on premises of
kipper factory, Peel (M.).
§*+60/1. Coronopus pipymus (L.) Sm. I. Dump, Langness (K.).
+61/5. .Lepiprum caMpEsSTRE (L.) R.Br. I. Dogmills (K.). Only
one reliable previous record, the older authors including LD. smithu
under this name.
+76/3. RapistRuM Rucosum (L.) All. J. Near Eairy (K., S., Cl.).
87/1. HELianrHEMUM geuTTatumM (L.) Mill. IV. Dickson’s plant
labelled ‘‘ Isle of Man ”’ and circulated in 1797 has been hitherto ex-
plained away as a misinterpretation of ‘‘ Mona ’’, intended to denote
Anglesey. However, M. C. F. Proctor has drawn attention to the fact
that Dickson’s specimens represent a form quite unlike the Holyhead
subsp. breweri (Planch.)Hook. f. and more like the Channel Isles form.
The sandy heathland near Ballaugh is a very likely locality, though
the species is presumably now extinct. It is interesting to recall
that the Cistus Forester (Procris geryon (Huebn.)), which is supposed
to feed exclusively on Helianthemum (and no other species of the genus
has been recorded in the island), was taken at Archallagan in 1939.
88/4. VIoLA RIVINIANA Reichb. subsp. rtvintana. II. Maughold (C.,
det. S. M. Walters). Probably common.
*Subsp. mrinorn (Murb.) Valentine. II. Cliff-top turf, Banks Howe,
flowering regularly every September (det. D. H. Valentine). Probably
frequent on cliffs all round the coast.
§*88/7. V. uactea Sm. IV. Groudle, 1883, G. A. Holt (M., conf.
S. M. Walters). Technically an N.C.R., all previous records (accepted
by Paton) being errors for V. canina L. em. Reichb.
88/34. V. TRIcoLOR subsp. curTisi (EK. Forst.) Syme. IV. Ballaugh,
1878, G. A. Holt (M.). This is the true, small-, yellow-flowered plant,
apparently endemic to the British Isles. Most, if not all, of the other
Manx records belong to V. tricolor L. subsp. tricolor. There is no evidence
of the very distinct, long-spurred, purple-flowered plant of the Lanca-
shire coast.
§*102/6. ARENARIA LEPTOCLADOS (Reichb.) Guss. III. Wall by sea,
Kentraugh, a single specimen (M.).
103/2. Saq@rna suBuLaTa (Sw.) C. Presl. I. Near Point of Ayre (S.,
Cl.). II. The Chasms (M_.).
103/7., SS; omaATA “fro ii. ear Mooragh (M.).
109/1. Montra rontana L. (det. S. M. Walters).
*Subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. ae Walters. IV. Douglas, 1888
C. R. Billups (Hb. Univ. Coll. Leic.).
*Subsp. INTERMEDIA (Beeby) S. M. Walters. IV. South Barrule Re-
servoir, 1947, C. I. Paton (M.).
Subsp. vartantnis 8. M. Walters. The common form in the island,
collected from 12 localities (C., Cl., K., M., S.).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 9
4123/81. Tia corpata X T. pLATypHyLLos. III. Planted, Port
Soderick Station (M.).
128/3. Eroprum ctcutarium (L.) L’Hérit. subsp. cicurartum. III.
Langness (M., C., det. E. F. Warburg).
*Subsp. DUNENSE Andreas. I. Langness (K., det. N. Y. Sandwith).
III. N.W. end of Langness, with subsp. cicutariwm (M., det. E. F. War-
burg).
128/3c. KE. GLuTINosum Dum. I. Dunes near Rue Point. Pre-
viously recorded by J. A. & H. J. Wheldon (det. C. E. Salmon).
4132/2c. OxALIs cORNICULATA var. MINOR Lange. IV. Peel, 1937 (Hb.
Young).
4132/8. O. artTicuULATA var. HIRSUTA Prog. Much grown in Manx
gardens, often escaping (det. D. P. Young).
§*+154/4. Metitorus inpica (L.) All. III. Sand-pit, St. Johns (M.).
155/11. Trirotrum striatum L. I. Derby Haven and Langness
(K.), a densely velutinous form, the nearest approach to which is repre-
sented by Cornish specimens (N. Y. Sandwith).
166/3. AstTRAGALUS DANIcUS Retz. I. Sand hillock at mouth of R.
Killane (Howarth). Now known from 9 localities round the coast.
Very rare in Ireland.
§*+173/1. ONoBRYCHIS VICIIFOLIA Scop. IV. Ballasalla, c. 1880,
Mrs. W. Kermode (M.).
7183/4. Prunus cerasus L. III. Fleshwick Glen, naturalised (C.).
All previous records are errors for P. avium (L.) L., except probably
those by Whellan (1948).
185. Rusus (det. W. Watson, except where stated):
R. nemoratis P. J. Muell. IV. Ohio, Andreas, 1931, C. I. Paton (M.).
R. prrrons Vest. ex Tratt. IV. Douglas, 1866, T. Talbot (M.).
R. PYRAMIDALIS Kalt. I. Rushen Abbey (det. N. D. Simpson & C. W.
Muirhead).
R. POoLYANTHEMOS Lindeb. IV. Richmond Hill; Douglas, 1866, T.
Talbot (M.).
R. ERRABUNDUS W. Wats. IV. Groudle, 1865, T. Talbot (M.).
*R. notunpatus P. J. Muell. ex Genev. II. Cliff foot, Port Gar-
wick (M.).
*R. HEBECAULIS Sudre. II. Hedge of Dhoon Glen (M.).
*R. HytocHaris W. Wats. II. Cliff foot, Port Garwick (M.). Groudle
Glen. IV. Laxey, 1930, C. I. Paton (M.).
*R. wouLEy-popir (Sudre) W. Wats. II. A few bushes on cliff,
Onchan Harbour (M.).
R. carstus L. II. Peel (M.).
4188/4. FRaGARIA X ANANASSA Duchesne. Ili. Port St. Mary.
Gansey dump. Railway bank, St. Johns.
190(2)/2. APpHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. I. Near
Rue Point, and Glen Maye (K., det. S. M. Walters). Ballaglass Glen.
III. Gorse heath near Cregneish. Fistard. IV. Jurby, 1930, C. I.
Paton (M.). Still no evidence of A. arvensis L.
194/6. Rosa cantna L. IV. Rare (Rowley).
10 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
194/20. R. sHerarpI Davies. IV. Common (Rowley).
194/21. R. virtosa L. IV. Common (Rowley).
(A number of roses collected still await determination.)
§*+195/9. Sorpus mnTeERMEDIA (Ehrh.) Pers. III. Naturalised in
Dhoon and Crogga Glens (M.).
§*4195/13. S. arta (L.) Crantz. I. Hillside above Ramsey. Junc-
tion of rivers Glas and Baldwin (K.). Il. Hedges between Ballacottier
and Onchan (C., conf. E. F. Warburg). IV. Ballure Glen, 1948, J. J.
Gill (M.).
196/1ce. CrRATAEGUS MONOGYNA var. LAcINIATA Dippel. I. Glen Maye
(S.). According to Moss (1913) this is the common form of upland woods
in the Peak District.
§*+197/2. CoToNEASTER MIcRoPHYLLUS Wall. ex. Lindl. I. Near
Eairy (S., Cl.).
§*+197/3. C. smmonstr Baker. I. Scrubby ground near Eairy (S.).
II. Lead-mine debris, Eairy.
*+199/25b. SAXIFRAGA HIRSUTA var. DENTATA (Haw.) Pugsl. I. Near
Eairy (S., det. N. D. Simpson). A garden escape.
4207/2. Rises nigrum L. III. St. Johns, an escape. IV. Listed
(without data) by Gasking (1889).
§211/1. SepumM TELEPHIUM * subsp. FABARIA Schinz. & Keller.
II. Ditch-bank, Pulrose.
¥211/1(2). S. spurtum Bieb. I. Among rocks on beach, Scarlett
(K:):
216/3. MyrRIopHYLLUM VERTICILLATUM L. IIT. Flooded pit near
sea, Kentraugh (M.). Only previous record rather dubious.
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA subsp. HAMULATA (Koch) Clapham.
Frequent in peaty or brackish water (S., B., M.).
Subsp. pEpuNcuLata (DC.) Syme. II, III. Locally abundant in richly-
sedimented, non-acid pools that dry up in summer, e.g., ponds near
Ballawhane, Andreas (M.).
220. Eprtosrum (det. G. M. Ash):
§*220/7. E. opscurum Schreb. IV. This is certainly the common
species, and not (as Paton thought) E. adnatum Griseb., the existence of
ight in fact, doubtful. Bracket E. adnatum (E. tetragonum L.)
in C.F.
220/7. x4. E. opscurum x E. parvirtortm. III. Port Soderick
(M.).
220/7. x14. E. opscurum x E. patustre. I. Cliff marsh, Niarbyl
(K.).
§*220/8. E. rosrum Schreb. J. Rushen Abbey (K.). IL. Quarry
near Douglas Head (M.).
+224/1. FwucCHSIA MAGELLANICA var. RICCARTONI (Lebas) L. H.
Bailey. Widely naturalised in hedges (S., Hb. Young).
261/1. ANTHRISCcUS syLvEsTRIs (L.) Hoffm. I. By R. Glas near
Baldwin (K.). Very rare in the island, all specimens in Hb. Manx
National Museum belonging to the northern race.
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA lal:
265/3. OENANTHE cRocatTa L. Il. A colony of uniformly dwarf
plants (under 30 cm.) with small, close inflorescences and small leaves,
in marsh on sand cliff, Ramsey Mooragh (C.).
304/1. WVALERIANELLA LOCUSTA (L.) Betcke. I. Dunes near Rue
Point (S.), the same dwarf, stemless form that grows on the Lancashire
dunes and apparently also (Hart, 1881) on the Donegal coast.
+318/9. AstER puniceus L. II. Naturalised by R. Greeba near
Northop Farm, and by R. Neb at Ballig (C., M., det. T. G. Tutin).
353/1. Brpens ceRNua L. II. Nappin pond, near Jurby. Only
previous record vague and unlocalised.
393/2c. ARCTIUM MINUS subsp. PUBENS (Bab.) Arenes. This is the
predominant, if not the only, subspecies in the island.
396/9b. CrRsIUM PALUSTRE var. FEROX Druce. IV. Unlocalised
specimen collected c. 1866, T. Talbot (M. as Carduus lanceolatus).
Sulby, 1928, C. I. Paton (M.).
405/8. CENTAUREA NIGRA L. subsp. nieRA (C. obscura Jord.) is pre-
dominant in the wetter central region, subsp. nemoralis (Jord.) Gugl. on
the drier northern and southern plains.
411/1b. Lapsana communis f. HiRsuTA (Peterm.) Hegi (var. glandu-
losa Freyn). I. Scarlett quarry (S.).
§*+416/10. CrepiIs VESICARIA subsp. TARAxACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell.
I. Widespread, hitherto overlooked: even among marram on the re-
mote Ayre dunes (S.).
419. Hzeractum (det. P. D. Sell & ©. West). The great scarcity of
this genus (except for H. pilosella L.) is as remarkable as it is consol-
ing. After years of botanising in all parts of the island J. A. Whel-
don had seen not a sign of even a single specimen. The following five
have, however, been found, each confined to a single station:
[H. Bpeepyanum Pugsl. III. Abundant on rocks above Dhoon beach
(C.). Specimens from this locality were sent by Paton (in litt., 1947)
to Hb. Mus. Brit., but have been mislaid. Almost certainly this species,
but awaits confirmation pending the collection of less advanced
material. The only other possibility is H. schmidti Tausch; either
would be new. | ;
*H. vuteatum (Fr.) Almq. II. Neb bridge, Ballig (C.), pointed out
by W. S. Cowin.
H. umpetrtatum L. IV. Cregneish, 1897, C. Roeder (M.).
H. vacum Jord. II. Abundant on cliffs above Old Laxey (C.). Not
in Ireland.
*H. pirapont Pugs. III. Spooyt-vane, Glen Mooar (C.), earlier
recorded here by Garner (1878) as H. sylvaticum.
§*421/3. HypocHoERIs GLABRA L. III. Sandy heath near Orrisdale,
with Filago minima, Viola tricolor, etc. (M.). Very rare in Ireland.
493/—. Taraxacum LAEvIeATuUM (Willd.) DC. The following biotypes
are the only ones so far found. Specimens of the first three are in Hb.
Mus. Brit., awaiting determination by Prof. J. L. van Soest:
12 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
A. J. Abundant on Ayre dunes near Rue Point (C.). A very
distinct, late-flowering biotype with dark purple cypselas,
found also on the Southport and Sandscale dunes.
B. IV. Wall at the Lhen (Howarth).
C. JI, Ill. Langness Links—T. fulvum Raunk. or an allied form.
D. Il. Douglas Head and Onchan Head, single specimens only.
427/3. SoncHus ASPER (L.) Hill. Apparently native on the Ayre
dunes and on beaches and low cliffs on the south-west coast.
427/4. S. oteraceus L. Frequent as a native round most of the
coastline on damp cliff-ledges, shingle, blown sand.
~428/1. TRracopocon porRiFoLivus L. I. Roadsides near Jurby (K.),
pointed out by R. Howarth.
$428/2b. T. PRATENSIS subsp. miNoR (Mill.) Rouy. I. Ramsey
Mooragh. There is only one previous record, and the species must be
considered adventive.
$442/1. Prernerrya mucronata (L. f.) Lindl. I, IJ. Naturalised in
bog above Onchan Harbour (Cl.).
7452/1. RuopopENDRON ponTicum L. III. Naturalised and self-
sown in Crogga Glen.
§*453/3. Pyro~a minoR L. IV. Near Spanish Head, 1930, Miss
Everton (per Hon. Marjorie Cross). There is some very likely ground in
this locality, but I failed to find it after a careful search in 1952.
468/1. CrentuNcuLus minimus L. IJ. Douglas Head (M.). Banks
Mowe. Ballakinnag dubb, Smeale. First records for a century.
+472/2. LigustrRuM OVALIFoLIuM Hassk. IV. Paton’s specimen and
doubtless many of his records belong to this species and not to L. vulgare
L., which is planted in hedges less often.
+473/1. Vinca mason L. IV. An escape on roadsides, first recorded
by Garner (1878).
+474/2. Buppiesa pAavipmt Franch. Widely naturalised, especially
in the Neb Valley near Glen Helen.
478/2. x1. CENTAURIUM LITTORALE X C. minus. I. Rocks, Port
Cornah (det. J. S. L. Gilmour, ‘‘almost certainly’’). There is one pre-
vious unlocalised record for C. littorale, which is very rare in Ireland.
480/9. GENTIANELLA CAMPESTRIS (L.) H. Sm. IJ. Abundant on lead-
mine debris, Eairy and Foxdale (C.), pointed out by R. Howarth. IV.
Near Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young). There are three other old records; two
of these are for sand dune localities and suggest G. baltica (Murb.) H.
Sm., but attempts at rediscovery have so far failed.
+497/4. SympHyTuM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. I. Glen Mona hotel (K.).
506/1c(2). MyosoTis SCORPIOIDES var. REICHENBACHIANA (Dum.)
Wade. I. Eairy (K., det. A. E. Wade).
506/10e. M. piscoLor var. MULTICAULIS (Bosch) Wade. I. Near
det. A. E. Wade).
506/10d. M. piscotor var. pupra (Arrond.) Wade. I. Dogmills (K.,
Point of Ayre (K., det. A. E. Wade).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 13
511/1. Carystreeia sepium (L.) R.Br. Native on beaches and stream
banks, mostly in the south-west, rarely introduced.
4511/2. C. sytvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. Frequent, but
nearly always close to gardens. Grown in Manx gardens since 1866 or
earlier.
4520/2. Lycrum HaAtimirotium Mill. I, III. Escape in several places
in the south-west.
§*+521/1. ATROPA BELLA-DONNA L. IV. Mouth of R. Killane, one
plant, c. 19385 (Howarth).
§*+532/3. LinaRta REPENS (L.) Mill. III. Fistard. IV. Common
garden weed, Port Erin (Bruce). The Lhag shore, S. of Dalby, 1952
(Howarth). Possibly native in this last station.
+537 /2. Mimutus moscHatus Doug]. ex Lindl. III. Garden weed,
Sulby (Miss Quayle: M.).
*543/8. VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AguaTica L. IV. Ramsey, 1923-26, C.
I. Paton (M., det. J. H. Burnett). First record for the segregate.
543/8. x9. V. ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA X V. CATENATA. II. Stream
W. of Castletown (det. J. H. Burnett). The hybrid being sterile, V.
catenata promises to be a forthcoming N.C.R.
545/3. HuPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. I. Hairy (S.). Bal-
laugh Curragh (K., S., B., det. N. D. Simpson). III. Fields between
Cregneish and Calf Sound (det. E. F. Warburg).
545/9. E. curta (Fr.) Wettst. I. Smeale (K., det. J. P. M.
Brenan). Near Eairy (S., det. N. D. Simpson). IJ. Ballacain dubbs,
Jurby (M., det. E. F. Warburg).
545/10. E. occrpentatis Wettst. I. Langness Links (S., M., det.
Brenan, Simpson, Warburg). Glen Maye; dunes near Rue Point;
Ramsey Mooragh (all det. N. D. Simpson). III. Calf Sound; Banks
Howe and Onchan Head, var. calvescens Pugsl. (det. E. F. Warburg).
545/15. HE. micranrHa Reichb. I. Glen Maye; slopes of North Bar-
rule (det. N. D. Simpson). IV. Granite Mountain, 1819, J. S. Hen-
slow (C., det. P. F.- Yeo).
*545/18. KE. conrusa Pugsl. II. Near Douglas Head (M.). III.
Banks Howe; lead-mine debris, Eairy; near Spanish Head (all det. E.
F. Warburg).
545/18. x10. E. conrusa x E. occrpentanis. III. “I get the
impression that confusa and occidentalis must be hybridising rather
freely in the island and some local populations may consist entirely of
such hybrids’? (KE. F. Warburg, in litt.). Material from 4 localities
suggested as this.
545/19(4). E. anezica Pugsl. I. Corrany (K., det. J. P. M.
Brenan). II. Roadside by Baldwin Reservoir (M., det. E. F. Warburg).
III. Cronk-ny-Arrey, near Cregneish (C., det. E. F. Warburg).
§*548/5. RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. I, Ramsey
Mooragh; Curragh near Sandygate (det. N. D. Simpson).
7554/1. AcanrHus motis L. III. Naturalised on cliff-top above
Onchan Harbour.
14 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
§*+558/4. Menrua spicata L. em. Huds. III. Gansey dump (M.,
det. R. A. Graham).
§*558/10. M. x centiis L. III. Bank of R. Colby, Kentraugh,
looking quite native (M., det. R. A. Graham).
561/8. THymus pruceI Ronn. All gatherings of T. serpyllum agg.
referred here by C. D. Pigott. Round Peel the planis all seem more
strongly hirsute and have pinkish flowers.
*578/2b. GaLEopsts BIFIDA Boenn. II. Cornfield, Nunnery Howe.
IV. Near Peel, 1937 (Hb. Young).
588/3b. PLANTAGO CORONOPUS var. CERATOPHYLIA (Hoffmans. &
Link) Rapin. II. Peel promenade (M., Hb. Young). Mouth of R.
Killane. Balladoole. IV. Niarbyl rocks (Howarth). Probably a dis-
tinct subspecies, characterised by its broader, ascending leaves, longer
spikes, larger bracts, perennial rootstock, westerly range and a habit
of growing always in the immediate vicinity of the sea (Marshall, 1918).
588/8. PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Wats. J[-III.
Noted from 13 localities in different parts of the island, apparently
never far from the sea. Single specimens in all cases.
600/1. CHENoPopDIUM RUBRUM L. IV. Pool at Nappin, N. of Jurby
Church (Howarth: M.). Only previous record is unlocalised.
4615/32. Potyconum cusPprpatum Sieb. & Zuce. Widely natural-
ised, especially on river shingle.
618/13. RumeEex maritimus L. IJ. Ballakinnag dubb, Smeale, in
plenty (M.). Only previous records are a century old.
*618/16(2).. R. TENvIFoLIus (Walir.) Love. III. Abundant on sandy
heath near Orrisdale (M., det. J. E. Lousley); search promoted by the
discovery of a scrap apparently of this species (labelled R. acetosella
L.) in Paton’s herbarium from this locality. Not known from Ireland.
§*+625/1. HippopHan RHAMNOIDEs L. II. Port Erin cliffs, planted.
633. Unimus (det. R. Melville). The following occur as planted
trees :—
U. carprntror1a x U. ciasra. I. Glen Maye (K.).
U. exasra x U. protir. I. Whitehoe (K).
U. corrrana X U. etapra. I. Whitehoe (K.).
§"+633/2. U. carpryirotia Gleditsch. I. St. Marks (K.).
1636/1. Ficus cartca L. III. Gansey dump.
+639/1. Herr~xtne soLerrotit Req. II. Gansey Point. Baldrine.
III. Near Glendown.
+646/3. Quercus cerris L. I. Near Baldwin (K.). Eairy. II.
Dhoon Glen. III. Tromode.
650. Sarrx (det. R. D. Meikle):
+650 /2(2). S. Russetriana Sm. Material from 12 localities (K., M.,
C.), widespread but apparently only naturalised. This includes all pre-
vious records for S. fragilis L.
*650/2(3). S. precrprens Hoffm. IT. Pond near Ballawhane, Andreas.
looking native (M.).
K
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 15
650/7. S. x smirHiana Willd. I. Eairy (K.,S.). Ballamenagh (K.).
II. Dhoon Glen (C.), etc. Mainly planted.
650/8.x6. S. viminatis XxX S. CAPRPA. II. Glen Grenaugh (M).
III. Spaldrick Bay (C.).
650/10.x9. S. arRocIneREA x S. aurRita. I. Hairy (K.)
*650/10(2). S. crnergEa L. I. Curragh near Sandygate (K.). Not
known from Ireland.
+650/22. S. papHnorpers Vill. III. Stream bank near Gansey (M.).
*+651/3. Poputus nicRA L. var. nigrA. III. Gansey dump.
1651/3b(2). P. NIGRA var. PLANTIERENSIS Schneid. III. Fleshwick
Glen, four small trees (C.).
*+651/5(2). P. xX CANADENSIS var. SEROTINA (Hartig) Rehd. If.
Douglas. Very rare in the island, this being the first record despite the
entry in Comital Flora (under P. deltoidea var. serotina).
669. Orcutg (det. V. S. Summerhayes) :
§*669/7. O. LattForIaA L. sec. Pugsl. I. Curraghs, in two places
(K., S.), pointed out by R. Howarth.
669/7.x9. O. LATIFoLTA xX O. PURPURELLA. I. Ballaugh Curragh (K.).
669/10.x9. O. macuLaTa xX O. PURPURELLA. I. Northern Curraghs
generally (K., S.). Ballaglas Glen (K.). Dogmills (K.).
674(1)/1. GymnapENntA conopsgEa (L.) R.Br. I. A single colony in
the Ballaugh Curragh (discovered in 1943), consisting of about 100
plants, teste R. Howarth (K., M.). The specimens belong to the type.
§*+676/2. Iris rortrpissima L. I. Naturalised in Ballaglas Glen.
IV. Old garden, Sulby (Howarth).
+683/1. CROoCOSMIA xX CROCOSMIIFLORA (Lemoine) N.E.Br. Well
naturalised in many places.
+696/1. PHorRMiIuM TENAX J. R. & G. Forst. I. Ballaugh Curragh
(K., S.). A relic of cultivation abandoned some years ago—also tried
as a crop in Connemara, Wigtownshire and the Scilly Isles.
718/4b. JUNCUS EFFUSUS Var. comPpAcTUS Hoppe. Replaces the type
in the hills.
718/12. J. pursosus L. I. Eairy (K., B.). The only certain record.
*718/12b. J. Kocuir F. W. Schultz. I. Abundant in pools, Cornah
Glen (K., S., C.). Frequent, largely replacing J. bulbosus, older records
for which must be referred to this species.
§*+718/16. J. tenuis Willd. II. Roadsides at Dhoon Glen entrance
(M.).
722/2. SPARGANIUM ERECTUM L. *subsp. ERECTUM (S. ramosum Huds.)
II. Ditch, Pulrose. IIT. Mouth of R. Colby, Kentraugh. Port Soderick
(M.). Paton referred all records for the species to subsp. neglectuwm
(Beeby) Schinz & Thell., but this only seems to replace subsp. erectum
on the northern plain.
+723/1. Arum 1raticum Mill. Naturalised in many places. Paton
was clearly right in referring here all the old records for A. maculatum
L., which is not certainly a Manx plant.
729/1. Atisma pLANTAGo-aquaTica. L. JI. Ballaugh Curragh. IV.
Stream W. of Castletown, 1948, C. I. Paton (M.). All previous records —
16 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
for the aggregate were referred by Paton to A. lanceolatum With., which
is certainly the predominant species on the northern plain.
§*737/5. PoTAMOGETON ALPINUS Balb. II. Nappin pond, Jurby (Hb.
Mus. Brit., det. J. EK. Dandy & G. Taylor).
737/23. P. BeRcHToLDI Fieb. I, Il. Pond at Glascoe (K., M.). II.
Nappin pond, Jurby (M.). Bishop’s dubb, near Orrisdale (M.). R.
Killane by Ballacain dubbs (M.). (All det. J. E. Dandy & G. Taylor).
739/1. ZANNICHELLIA PALUSTRIS L. II. Pond at Glascoe (M.). Nap-
pin pond, Jurby (M.). One previous record.
§*745/2. ELEocHARIS uNIgLUMIs (Link) Schult. I, Balladoole (K.,
det. S. M. Walters).
749/1. ScHoENUS NIGRICANS L. III. Rock-pools, Spaldrick Bay,
with Eleocharis multicaulis (Sm.) Sm. (M.).
§*753/4. Carex vesicARIaA L. IV. Union Mills, 1881, 1917, G. A.
Holt (M., det. C. D. Pigott & S. M. Walters).
753/11. C. synvatica Huds. I. Glen Maye, a single tuft (S.). TIT.
Summerhill Glen, Douglas. Very rare.
753/18. C. punctara Gaudin. I, II. Port Jack and Onchan Har-
bour (S., B., Cl.). IT. Douglas Head, rediscovered after interval of a
century.
753 /20(2). C. pemissA Hornem. The old records for C. flava and
C. oederi belong to this species, which is frequent (M., K., S.).
753 /20(2).x19. C. premissa x C. HostiaNa. III. Cronk-ny-Arrey,
near Cregneish (M., det. E. W. Davies).
§*753/21. C. LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. JI. Marsh, Balladoole (K., det.
KE. Nelmes). IV. Kentraugh, 1866, T. Talbot (M., det. T. G. Tutin ‘‘pro-
bably, but specimens too young’’).
§*753/58. C. curta Gooden. J. Swamp near Ballamenagh (K.).
753/60. C. sprcata Huds. I. Sphagnum bog, Eairy Reservoir (S.).
Recorded from here by Osvald (1949) as C. vulpina agg., which cannot
refer to the purely coastal C. otrubae Podp. All other records for C.
spicata appear to belong to the next species.
§*753/61. OC. parrart F. W. Schultz. IV. Douglas Bay, 1866, T.
Talbot (M., det. C. D. Pigott). Between Douglas and Laxey, 1915, G.
A. Holt (M.); Laxey, 1912, G. A. Holt (M.); Balladoole, 1939, C. I.
Paton (M.) (det. KE. W. Davies).
*753/66. C. pistrcoHA Huds. I. Balladoole (K.). Listed in Comital
Flora but there is no previous record.
766/1d. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM var. TENERUM Aschers. & Graebn.
I Sphagnum bog, Cornah Glen (S.).
*777/1(2). PHirum noposum L. I. Derby Haven (K., det. C. E.
Hubbard). IT. Port Grenaugh (M.). Kentraugh. III. Balladoole.
*+780/2(2). Agrostis GIGANTEA Roth. IT. Roadside by Douglas
Museum (M., det. T. G. Tutin).
791/1. DrscHAMPSIA CESPITOSA var. ARGENTEA Gray. I. Ballaglas
Glen (S.).
+794/6. AvENA stRtcosa Schreb. I. Dogmills (K., det. C. E.
Hubbard).
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA lth
795/1. ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl. The
type is rare, confined to the eastern periphery, while var. bulbosum
(Willd.) Spenn. is common all over the lowlands, as Holt (1912) and
Paton (MS.) found. This parallels the distribution of the two races
of Polypodium vulgare L. (q.v.). The correlation of the distribution of
var. bulbosum with a wetter climate is reflected by its prevalence in
Inverness-shire (Druce, 1893) and Cardiganshire (Painter, 1904). It is
also said to be commoner than the type round Plymouth.
809/1. Korterta eRrActnis Pers. Scattered round the coast, and
largely referable to subsp. britanmnica (Domin) Domin. According to
Druce (1905, 1906), the latter often vividly recalls K. albescens DC., but
is otherwise connected to K. gracilis by a series of intermediate forms,
and ‘‘it is not impossible that it frequently appears as a hybrid gracilis x
albescens’’. This seems to me a very likely explanation of its origin.
Domin remarked that he had seen nothing on the Continent identical
with the British plant and stressed its great variability. Moreover,
britannica occurs both in the coastal habitats of albescens and in the
gharacteristically inland ones of gracilis, thus forming an ecological
as well as a morphological link between the two. It therefore seems
probable that the so-called subsp. britannica is the product of ancient
crossing beween the two species when their ranges were less restricted
and overlapped. K. albescens was found on the sandy coast at Jurby
by Paton (M., conf. J. FE. Lousley), and is interesting in apparently not
occurring in Treland.
814/1. CaTaBROSA AQUATICA var. UNIFLORA Gray. I. Tangness beach
822/1. Briza mepta L. I. Balladoole (K.).
824/3. Poa PRATENSIS subsp. SUBCAERULEA (Sm.) Tutin. IV. Near
Douglas, 1866, T. Talbot (M., det. T. G. Tutin).
824/10. P. compressa L. J. Wall-top by Douglas Museum (K..,
S., B., Cl.). Second record.
825/2.x3. GitycERIA X PEDICELLATA Townsend (G. FLUITANS xX
pricaTaA). III. Marsh near Port Erin (M.). Near Fleshwick. G. plicata
apparently absent in both cases.
§*825/3. Grycerta pPricata Fr. I, II. Balladoole (K., det. C. E.
Hubbard; M., det. M. Borrill).
825/3b. G. pEectinata Bréb. Widespread: now known from 12
localities.
826/4.x829/1. %xFrsrunottum LomiaAceum (Huds.) P. Fourn. TI.
Scarlett (K., Cl., B.).
826/12. Frstuca ovina *subsp. TenutForia (Sibth.) Tutin. IV. Doug-
las cemetery, 1916, G. A. Holt (M.).
§*+827/16. Bromus secatinus L. IV. Meadows, Union Mills, 1918,
G. A. Holt as B. racemosus (M., det. T. G. Tutin),
827/17. B. commutatus Schrad. I. Fort Island (S.). Roadside
near Sandygate.
18 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
*297/18. B. racemosus L. I. Field W. of Sandygate (K., det. C.
E. Hubbard). IV. Field borders, Port Soderick, 1883, G. A. Holt
(M., det. T. G. Tutin). Two previous records, one an error, the other
very dubious.
+827/19(2). B. tepipus Holmb. Widespread, in all parts of the
island (K., M., C.). First record in 1913.
827/19(3). B. raHomintt Hardouin. Widespread: material from 7
localities, mostly by the coast (K., M., C., S.).
§*827/20. B. rerRontr Mabille. IV. Sea cliffs, Onchan Head, 1916,
G. A. Holt (M., det. T. G. Tutin). Not in Ireland.
§*836/1. EnymMus ARENARIUS L. I. Mouth of R. Killane (K.).
Since washed away, but two more patches found at Sartfield. Jurby
(Howarth). Evidently a new arrival.
851/5. ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NicRUM IL. II. Maughold (C.). “A
very odd form, and rather like subsp. onopteris (L.) Heufl.”’ (E. W.
Davies).
854/3. PotysticHuM acuLEATUM (L.) Roth. JT. Foxdale quarry.
III. Spooytvane (M.). Much scarcer than P. setiferum (Forsk.)
Woynar.
*856/1(2). DRryYopTERIS BORRERI Newm. Frequent in the east, but
apparently absent from most of the southern plain (K.).
856/3. DRyYopTeRIs sprnutosa (O. F. Muell.) Watt. III. Spooyt-
vane bridge (C.). Extremely rare.
856/4e. D. aAusTRIACA var. ALPINA (Moore). IT. Moist rock crevices
on Snaefell, 1750 ft. (C., det. A. H. G. Alston). Possibly a distinct
species or subspecies.
856/5. D. aemuna (Ait.) Kuntze. IT. Dhoon Glen (C.).
§*857/4. CysTopreRIs FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. III. Wall by Port
Soderick station (M.). IV. Glen Maye, 1895, C. R. Billups (Hb. Univ.
Coll. Leic., comm. A. P. Conolly).
858/1. Potypoprum vuLcGARE L. The hexaploid race is common on
walls, coast rocks and trees all over the island, whereas the tetraploid
is rare and confined to the eastern and southern periphery.
CHaropHyta (det. G. O. Allen):
872/2. Nurerza opaca Ag. I. R. Greeba near St. Trinians (K.).
876/3b. CHARA VULGARIS var. LONGIBRACTEATA Kiitz. TI. Scarlett
quarry (K.). Cf. var. papillata Wallr. TI. Nappin pond, Jurby (M.).
876/17. C. prericatutra Ag. IL. Nappin pond, Jurby (M.). This and
the Nitella have already been published in Watsonia (1958).
Attention should be drawn to Wilmott’s (1947) extraction of
records from Paton’s lists for Comital Flora, as this has been over-
looked by the authors of the Flora of the British Isles. The
results of this work of extraction are not, however, altogether
satisfactory, owing to defects in the lists themselves. Several
species which are there cited as doubtful are now considered
acceptable and are omitted from the lists given below, while
others accepted by Paton are now considered dubious.
RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA 19
The following are cited for v.c. 71 in Comital Flora, but their
insertion seems to be due to errors in transcription and they
should be deleted: Arctium lappa, [| Pulmonaria officinalis], Salix
triandra, Ophrys apifera, Juncus inflexus.
The following have been recorded, but are clearly errors :—-
Fumaria muralis
Lepidium ruderale
Subularia aquatica
Silene acaulis
Vicia orobus
Potentilla hirta
Sazifraga oppositifolia
Petroselinum segetum
(Carum segetwm)
Oenanthe pimpinelloides
Sambucus ebulus
Scabiosa columbaria
Solidago cambrica
Polemonium caeruleum
Timonium humile
Primula farinosa
Centaurium latifolium
Calamintha nepeta
(Satureia nepeta)
Galeopsis dubia
(G. segetalis)
Eleocharis acicularis
Carex elongata
Carex maritima
Spartina maritima
(S. stricta)
Vulpia membranacea
(Festuca membran-
acea)
Bromus ramosus
srachypodium pinna-
tum
Lolium remotum
Hordeum marinum
Thelypteris palustris
(Dryopteris thelyp-
teris)
Cystopteris regia
(Salix purpurea was included in C.F. on the basis of a record for
cultivated specimens.)
The following have been recorded, but for various reasons
must be considered dubious and must be enclosed in square
brackets in Comital Flora: —
Corydalis claviculata Epilobium alsinifolium
Stellaria nemorum Daucus gummifer
Arenaria trinervia Galium mollugo
Hypericum hirsutum G. uliginosum
Althaea officinalis Senecio erucifolius
Geranium sylvaticum Arctiwm minus subsp.
Acer campestre MINUS
Ononis spinosa Carduus crispus
Trifolium medium Centaurea scabiosa
Alchemilla alpina Campanula latifolia
Saxifraga aizoides Centaurium pulchellum
Epilobium adnatum Lathraea squamaria
(HZ. tetragonum) Clinopodium vulgare
Stachys officinalis
Rumez hydrolapathum
Arum maculatum
Scirpus pauciflorus
Carex caryophyllea
C. pauciflora
Helictotrichon pratense -
(Avena pratensis).
Asplenium obovatum
Thelypteris dryopteris
(Dryopteris dryop-
teris)
Selaginella selaginoides
The additions to Comital Flora (as well as 7 new Rubi and
Hieracia) given in this paper total over seventy species and sub-
species. If we also take into account the many aliens, not
included in that work, which are new to the Manx flora, the
number swells to one hundred. Thus the work of the last three
years has succeeded in extending the known flora by the equiva-
lent of an eighth of its total size.
20 RECENT WORK ON THE MANX FLORA
In conclusion, I should like to express my thanks to all those
specialists who have examined material, to Mr. N. D. Simpson for
invaluable bibliographical assistance, and to those members of
the Society who attended the 1950 Field Meeting for their
patience in having to wait so long for the results of their work
to appear.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & E. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British
Isles.
DRUCE, G:-C., 18938, Rep. Bot. E.C., 1892, 391.
, 1905, Notes on the British Koelerias, J. Bot., 43, 354-357.
, 1906, Two Species of Koeleria New to Scotland, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist.,
1906, 30-33.
GARNER, R., 1878, Professor Edward Forbes and His Country, Midl. Nat., 1.
67-70; 90-94.
GASKING, S., 1889, List of the Plants of the Isle of Man, Research, 1889. 172
211; 40; 66. (n.Vv.).
HART, H. C., 1881, On Some Rare Plants in County Donegal, J. Bot., 19, 233-240.
HOLT: GA, 1912, Proc: 1.0O:M. Nat. Hist’ & Antiq- Soc., 4.26:
MARSHALL, E. S. 1918, Plantago ceratophylla Hoffm. & Link, J. Bot., 56. 190
MOSS, C. E., 1913, Vegetation of the Peak District.
OSVALD, H., 1949, Notes on the Vegetation of British and Irish Mosses, Acta
Phytogeogr. Suec., no. 26, 1-62.
PAINTER, W. H., 1904, Rep. Bot. E.C., 1903, 30.
PATON, C. I., 1933, A List of Flowering Plants, Ferns and Horse-Tails of the
Isle of Man, Suppl: N.W. Nat., 8, 547-619.
, 1934, Addenda to the List of Flowering Plants, etc., of the Isle of Man
N.W. Nat., 9, 386.
-———, 1945, Isle of Man Botanical Report and Revision of Catalogues of Manks
Flowering Plants and Ferns, 1934-1943, ibid., 19, 164-170.
WHELLAN, J. A., 1948, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1946-47. 290.
WILMOTT, A. J:, 1947, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1945, 47-51.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 21
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
By F. N. HEPPER
(The Herbarium, Kew)
| e8@ees a
Caldey Island lies about three miles south of Tenby in Pein-
brokeshire, vice-county 45, but only 2 of a mile of deep water
separates it from Giltar Point to the N.W. The island thus
shelters Tenby from the south-westerly gales and is itself fully
exposed to them, so that the flora is markedly maritime.
Caldey is highly cultivated and supports the common and
impoverished flora of the mainland, but nevertheless the flora is
interesting and larger than might be expected for an island of
only 550 acres at high tide. A reason for this is the geological
structure, for the island is almost equally divided between carboni-
ferous limestone in the north and old red sandstone in the south.
Separating these two rocks is a thick layer of clays, sands and
iron ores, which the sea has eroded more rapidly than the rocks
on either side, forming the bays of Drinkim and Sandtop in the
east and west respectively. The limestone is an off-shore exten-
sion of the Gower Peninsula and South Pembrokeshire limestone;
all the strata are in the vertical plane.
Although much of the island is under cultivation in one form
or other, the cliff-tops are mostly undisturbed except by rabbits,
which abound. The following account defines the localities and
terms used in the list, in conjunction with the map. The High
Cliff area on the limestone to the north-west is covered by scrub.
High Cliff and the fixed and un-fixed dunes of Priory Bay con-
stitute the largest “‘wild” vegetation area on Caldey. These fixed
dunes are notable for the number of naturalised horticultural
species they support, whilst ecologically the mobile dunes differ
significantly from those in the more exposed Sandtop Bay. In
the present paper “the Park” indicates an overgrown private
plantation which is contiguous with the High Cliff area and con-
sists of exotic trees such as Hucalyptus and Pinus spp. These do
not appear in the list below and, indeed, it is difficult to know
which trees to include and which to omit, for most of them must
have been introduced. It is said that there was no tree on the
island 50 years ago. Several springs* occur in the intermediate
*Bushell (1919) suggests that the name Caldey can be derived from the Saxon
words ‘‘keld’’ for water and ‘‘ei’’ an island. It certainly is true that the island
has a copious supply of water for its size and, if the derivation is correct, it
would make the spelling of Caldey with an “‘e’’ more correct than the alternative
“Caldy’’ used by the Ordnance Survey.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
yey eS prvaga 7y614Klor umes,
yruyoys JOz ss | VY, ° eos = 9001
Dp % 977)
GNV ISI AFT IVO
qViced
uoro7g YON
———
ee
=
STR
Ss
oes
Kog way 7S
is
LE ery
WI VYUIAG * ub Ye
> a
te ‘S
:
( is
pures KIPyD
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 23
strata between the limestone and the sandstone. ‘They have
given rise to aquatic vegetation at Drinkim and along the village
stream that originates at a pool. There are also two overgrown
field ponds which yield an interesting marsh flora. ‘The term
“stream wood” is used to indicate the wood about the village.
The six miles of sinuous clifi-tops provide habitats for a large
number of species, as will be seen from the list, whilst there are
a few clifi-growing plants including Inula crithmoides. The whole
of the centre of Caldey is cultivated and supports a typical weed-
flora, though the recent extensive use of hormone sprays may
have a significant effect upon the specific composition in the
future.
The small precipitous island of St. Margaret that les at
Caldey’s north-west tip may be reached at low tide across the
rocks, so that the length of time one may stay there is strictly
regulated by the tide—usually about an hour. Here the vegeta-
tion of Beta maritima and Urtica dioica is rank and knee high,
and no species was found that did not occur on Caldey itself.
Caldey has been inhabited for a very long time. A number
of papers have been written on the Neolithic remains and flint
implements that have been found in quantity in the limestone
caves, though many of the caves were destroyed when High
Chiff was quarried earlier this century. The geology has also
been studied fairly extensively, but little biological work has been
done. A few short lists of plants found on the island have been
published, notably by Ray (1670), Pugsley (1924) and Rees
(1950). ‘Their records have been used to supplement my own
where necessary. References will be found to other works on
Pembroke and Caldey at the end of this paper.
It has been possible to visit the island on two separate occa-
sions of one week duration in each case. The first visit was made
in early July 1950 in company with other members of King’s
College N.H.S. (Durham Univ.), whilst the second was made
alone during the first week of June 1952. These visits enabled
the collection of summer and spring flowering species. Some
mosses and liverworts were also collected and it is hoped to
publish elsewhere a list of these together with those already
recorded for Caldey.
There will inevitably be further species to add to the total of
348 recorded from Caldey, for it is easy enough to overlook even
common plants. I shall be pleased to receive additional records
and specimens at the Herbarium, Kew, but it is pointed out that
the island is strictly private and collecting should not be done
without permission.
The arrangement of the list is according to Clapham (1946),
with certain nomenclatural modifications.
24 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
I am greatly indebted to the following specialists who have
kindly determined specimens from Caldey : —Messrs. G. O. Allen,
A. H. G. Alston, J. P. M. Brenan, J. E. Dandy, C. E. Hubbard,
R. D. Meikle, E. Milne-Redhead, E. Nelmes, C. D. Pigott, P. D.
Sell, H. K. Airy Shaw, V. 8S. Summerhayes, Dr. E. F. Warburg,
Mr. W. C. R. Watson and Dr. C. West.
My thanks are also due to the Prior of Caldey Monastery for
permission to stay on the island and to have access to otherwise
private ground.
Abbreviations used in the list:
t before a plant name indicates it is an introduced species to
Caldey.
* before a plant name indicates it is a new vice-county record
for Pembrokeshire.
(H) after a record indicates that a specimen of the plant is in the
herbarium of the writer.
LIST OF FLOWERING PLANTS, FERNS AND CHAROPHYTES
FOUND ON THE ISLAND OF CALDEY
CLEMATIS vITALBA L. Frequent on the bushes at High Cliff and Priory
Bay.
Ranuncuuus aquatitus L. (R. heterophyllus Weber). In Sandtop Pond
only.
R. HEDERACEUS L. On the mud around the stream marsh and Sandtop
pond.
R. sceceratus L. A few plants in the stream marsh.
R. ruamMMutaA L. In the Sandtop marsh only. (H)
R. acris L. Common.
R. repens L. Common.
R. sutsosus L. Common.
R. ricarta L. Common, especially along the exposed southern cliff tops.
+CattHa PALUSTRIS L. In the stream in the wood, probably introduced.
+NyMPHARA spp. Various exotic species appear to be well established in
the Carp Pond. I understand they were planted there about 1930.
PaPAVER RHOEFAS L. Common, as a weed.
FumMARIA BASTARDI Bor. In the garden as a weed, det. N. Y. Sand-
with, ~ (EL).
I’. norart Jord. Growing with the last, det. N. Y. Sandwith. (8).
I’. orrtcrnaAntis L. Common. Also a form from the fixed dunes which
Mr. Sandwith states is common in dry and exposed places. (H).
NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE R.Br. sens. lat. Abundant in the stream where
it is now being cultivated.
CARDAMINE PRATENSIS L. <A form with almost white flowers grows in
about 6 inches of water in Sandtop pond; it appears to flower later
than the terrestrial plants. (H)
C. nrrsuta L. Occasional.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 25
CocHLEARIA DANIcA L. All around the coasts within reach of the sea-
spray. CH)
CG. orrictnatis L. Rather less common than the last and around the
coasts. (H)
+ARMORACIA RUSTICANA Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. (A. lapathifolia Gilib.).
Naturalised in a few places about buildings.
+HesPERIS MATRONALIS L. Naturalised on the fixed dunes.
Brassica CAMPESTRIS L. Hormone weed killers are being used in corn-
fields to kill this and Sinapis arvensis in particular. (H)
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. In the lane. (H)
SINAPIS ARVENSIS L. Frequent.
CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic. Common on cultivated ground.
Coronorus squamMatus (Forsk.) Aschers. Occasional around Sandtop.
CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. A few plants on the land-side of partly fixed
dunes, Priory Bay. (H)
CAKILE MARITIMA Scop. On the dunes at Sandtop, but not seen at Priory
Bay. (H)
ReEsEDA LUTEOLA L. Common in the Priory Bay and High Cliff areas.
Viota HIRTA L. Frequent amongst the shrubs at High Cliff.
V. oporata L. Thickets behind the post office.
V. RIVINIANA Reichb. With the last. (H)
V. aRvENsis Murr. In the garden and cultivated areas. (H)
PoLyGaLa vuLGARIS L. In the more open parts of High Cliff.
SILENE VULGARIS (Moench) Garcke (S. cucwbalus Wibel). In a field
towards Sandtop Bay; not common. (H)
S. maritmma With. Common around the coasts. (H)
MELANDRIUM ALBUM (Mill.) Garcke. Priory Bay fixed dunes and the
more open places.
M. pioicum (L.) Coss. & Germ. North coast, with the last, with which
it appears to be hybridising.
CERASTIUM ATROVIRENS Bab. (C. tetrandrum Curt.). Frequent on ex-
. posed places on the cliffs, det. EK. Milne-Redhead. (H)
C. HoLosTEOIDEs Fries (C. vulgatum auct.). By the stream in the wood,
det. EK. Milne-Redhead. (H)
STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Vill. Common on cultivated ground. (H)
S. craminea L. A little by the stream. (H)
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Frequent in dry, sandy places and on walls.
HoNKENYA PEPLOIDES (L.) Ehrh. (Arenaria peploides L.). On the dunes
at Sandtop.
Sacina MARITIMA Don ex Sm. On the low cliffs about Eel Point. (H)
S. cmiata Fr. High Cliff. (A)
S. procumpens L. Generally common. (H)
LS. noposa (L.) Fenzl. Recorded by Rees (1950) for ‘‘Caldey Isle’, but
not confirmed, though there is a sheet in Herb. Kew from Tenby
dunes. |
SPERGULA ARVENSIS L. In a cultivated field near the farm. (H)
26 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
SPERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis. Common on the cliffs, par-
ticularly along the north coast. (H)
+TaMARIX ANGLICA Webb. Several plants in the waste ground near
Priory Bay fixed dunes. (H)
HyYpericUM ANDROSAEMUM L. A few plants in the lane towards the Old
Priory.
H. rerrapterum Fr. (fH, quadrangulum L.). Beside the stream.
H. putcurum L. Very common in the High Cliff area as far as the
‘‘Park’’, but nowhere else. On the cliff tops in this region, where
the rabbit grazing is so heavy, there is a very reduced form of
this species with a short procumbent stem. The area where H.
pulchrum oceurs is the most basic soil on the Island, which con-
trasts markedly with the statement in ‘‘Flora of the British Isles’’
that it is local on ‘‘non-caleareous soils’’. (H)
LAVATERA ARBOREA L. A number of plants scattered along the south and
west on cliff ledges; there is also one large plant near the shop;
common on St. Margaret’s Island. This species has been persis-
tently recorded from Caldey for over 280 years. The earliest
record I can find is by Ray (1670); it is then repeated in Turner
and Dillwyn (1805) and by Falconer (1848) and C. C. Babington
(1863). Rees (1950) also records it from ‘‘Castlemain, Caldey I.,
and most of the other islands around the coast [of Pembroke-
shire] such as Grassholm, ete.”’
Matva sytvestris L. A few plants about the market garden; abundant
on St. Margaret’s. (H)
M. necrecta Wallr. Occasional.
Linum catHarticum L. At High Cliff, abundant in the turf. (H)
GERANIUM MOLLE L. Generally distributed. (H)
G. pissEctum L. Near the Carp pond. (H)
G. ROBERTIANUM L. Frequent, especially in the Wood.
Eropium cicutTarium (L.) L’Hérit. Common around Priory Bay and
elsewhere in sandy places. (H)
K. maritrimum (L.) L’Hérit. Sandy places along the cliff tops of the
south and west coasts. (H)
ACER PSEUDOPLATANUS L. A common tree in the wood. There are a
number of trees on the clay cliff at Drinkim.
Urex ruropaEus L. Abundant in all the shrubby areas. The plants
growing at the cliff edge near Den point were neatly rounded
into small cushions by rabbits.
ONONIS REPENS L. On the dunes, Priory Bay.
Mepicaco LtuputiIna L. Frequent in waste places. (H)
Me.itorus ALTISSIMA Thuill. A few plants at the side of a field near
Sandtop Bay.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE L. Common.
T. scaprum L. On the partly fixed dune and on the path, Priory
Bay. (H)
T. repens L. In pastures, apparently included in the seed-mixtures
with rye grasses.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 27
T. cAmpestRE Schreb. Frequent. (H)
ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Common on the cliffs, chiefly on the east side
of the island. (H)
Lotus cornicuLatus L. Common. (H)
L. uxtiemnosus Schkuhr. In a ditch near Kel Point. (H)
ORNITHOPUS PERPUSILLUS L. Occasional in the ‘‘Park’’ area. (H)
Vicia niRsuTA (L.) Gray. In the garden; on Drinkim cliffs. (H)
V. cracca L. Frequent in and around the wood.
V. sepium L. In the garden. (H)
V. sativa L. Apparently sown for fodder in a field near Sandtop. This
is a large-flowered cultivated variety.
V. aneustiroria L. Common.
LATHYRUS PRATENSIS L. Common.
L. sytvestris L. Growing in some abundance around Drinkim Bay.
This has very pale mauve flowers. (H)
Prunus spinosa L. Covers much of the High Cliff area with a thick
scrub.
FILIPENDULA ULMARIA (L..) Maxim. In profusion on the slopes to Drin-
kim Bay, where the ground is moist.
GrUM URBANUM L. In the nursery garden as a weed.
Ruvsvus. Specimens were taken of the large bramble population on
Caldey. The determinations are given below, but they are un-
doubtedly only a fraction of those that may be found on the
island. All det. W. Watson.
Rusvus caEstus L. In the lane and along the south coast.
. sSILURUM (Ley) W. Wats. At Priory Bay and in the Park.
DUMNONIENSIS Bab. In the High Cliff area near Den Point.
. ULMIFOLIUS Schott f. In the Park; near Den Point; Priory Bay,
near the Guest House and at Sandtop Bay.
CAESIUS X ULMIFOLIUS. Den Point.
TUBERCULATUS Bab. In the wood and at Priory Bay. There were
also a number of gatherings from the south coast, which were
referred by Mr. Watson to the Section Corylifolii Focke, but the
material was insufficient for accurate determination.
FRAGARIA vEscA L. Occasional.
POTENTILLA STERILIS (.) Garcke. Occasional at High Cliff. (H)
P. EReEcTA (L.) Rausch. In the turf along the southern cliffs.
P. reprans L. Frequent in the fields. (H)
P. ANSERINA L. Common.
APHANES ARVENSIS Li. (Alchemilla arvensis (li.) Scop.). Occasional on
the limestone and at Sandtop. (H)
PoTERIUM sANGuIsoRBA L. Abundant on the limestone at High Cliff.
AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA L. Particularly common along the north coast
and on the fixed dunes. (H)
Rosa spinosisstma L. Locally abundant on the slope from High Cliff
area to Priory Bay. Pugsley’s note (1924) is of interest: ‘‘remark-
ably common on Tenby and Penally sandhills and extends thence
to the sand-covered summit of Giltar Head, is curiously absent -
ded Bo
28 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
from the opposite island of Caldey, although precisely similar
habitats exist there. Its range on the mainland has apparently
extended with the increase of the sand hills’’. It is not surprising
that Pugsley overlooked this plant in spite of its local abundance
on Caldey, for during the summer the area is covered by impene-
trable thicket and the rose only grows there to a maximum of 1 ft.
It was not until my second visit in late spring that I found it. (H)
R. canrya L. sens. lat. Only a few plants were seen, near the situation
of the last species. There were still some late flowers (July). (H)
Matus syuivestris Mill. (M. pumila Mill.). In the Park, probably
planted. Also in the wood.
CRATAEGUS MONOGYNA Jacq. Common in the scrub areas. (H)
SAXIFRAGA TRIDACTYLITES L. Common on the dunes and old wall tops. (H)
UMBILICUS RUPESTRIS (Salisb.) Dandy (U. pendulinus DC.). A plant
characteristic of the oceanic element of the flora and common all
over Caldey in dry, stony places and on walls.
SEDUM ANGLIcum Huds. Abundant all round the coasts. (H)
tS. atpum L. Scarce, on a wall near the Guest House. (H)
S. acre L. Common on walls and fixed dunes. (H)
CALLITRICHE STAGNALIS Scop. In Sandtop pond.
CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. In the stream wood. (H)
Epitopium Hirsutum L. By the stream in the wood.
E. PARVIFLORUM Schreb. Growing with the last. (H)
E. montanum L. Generally common.
E. patustre L. By the stream and Sandtop pond. (H)
tOpNoTHERA sp. Naturalised on the fixed dunes; unfortunately not
collected.
+FUCHSIA MAGELLANICA Lam. Used as a hedging plant, hardly natur-
alised.
BRYONIA DioIcaA Jacq. Recorded by Pugsley (1924).
ERyYNGIUM MARITIMUM L. Common on both the Priory Bay and Sand-
top Bay dunes.
Conrum macuLatum L. A little at the edge of the garden, also plentiful
in the farmyard. (H)
ApIuM NopIFLoRUM (L.) Reichb. f. In plenty in the marsh by the Carp
pond. (H)
A. INUNDATUM (L.) Reichb. f. Confined to the Sandtop Pond but quite
plentiful in that station. (H)
ArcopopIUM POoDAGRARIA L. A large patch in front of the shop.
Conorpoptum maAJus (Gouan) Loret. Frequent in the High Cliff area.
CRITHMUM MARITIMUM L. Occasional around the coast. Allen’s ‘‘Guide
to Tenby’”’ (c. 1890) states that ‘‘the cliffs abound in samphire’’
and continues ‘‘it is gathered to make delicious pickle’’ on Caldey.
OpnaNTHR crocaTa L. Massive plants in the marsh by the Carp pond.
HeRACLEUM sPHONDYLIUM L. Common.
Daucus carota L. Frequent at the edges of fields, etc.
Heprra uevix L. Covers a large area of fixed and mobile dunes at
Priory Bay where it is heavily infested by Orobanche hederae.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 29
LONICERA PERICLYMENUM L. Common in High Cliff area. (H)
SamBucus nicRA L. Very common along the north coast and elsewhere
in bushy areas.
Rusia PEREGRINA L. Very occasional in the High Cliff area and Drinkim
ents.” (EH)
GaLtium veRum L. Abundant on the limestone and sandy districts.
G. saxaTILe L. Cliff top turf along the south coast. (H)
G. pALuSTRE L. In the Sandtop marsh. (H)
G. aPARINE L. Abundant at High Cliff.
ASPERULA CYNANCHICA L. In the more open parts of High Cliff scrub.
(H)
SHERARDIA ARVENSIS L. Frequent in pastures.
VALERIANELLA LocusTA (L.) Betcke. Frequent on the landward side of
the dune, Priory Bay. (H)
+CENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. Occasionally found on the fixed dunes.
Succrsa PRATENSIS Moench. Occasional.
EUPATORIUM CANNABINUM L. On the slope to Drinkim Bay; High Cliff.
BELLIS PERENNIS L. Common.
[ErRiceRoN acris LL. Recorded by Rees (1950) for ‘‘Caldy Island
dunes’’; needs confirmation. ]
Inuta conyzaA DC. Occasional in the High Cliff area.
T. crtrHmormpes L. Scattered on cliff ledges, chiefly in the S. and W.
on both sand and limestone. Ray (1670) recorded this for the
island. (H)
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Generally distributed.
A. ptarmica L. A few plants seen near Sandtop pond. (H)
CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L. Only a few plants on the cliffs at
Drinkim but probably more common.
MaTRICARIA MARITIMA subsp. INoDORA (I..) Clapham. Frequent around
the coasts. (H) Pugsley (1924) records M. inodora var. salina
(Wallr.) DC.
M. marricaRriores (Less.) Porter. Common as a weed.
TUSSILAGO FARFARA L. Common.
+PETASITES FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Presl. Abundant in the wood and
Monastery grounds. Introduced, but now a noxious weed.
+DoronicuM PLANTAGINEUM LL. In the stream wood, planted.
SENECIO VULGARIS L. Common.
S. syzvaticus L. Occurs in large associations along the exposed sandy
cliff top of the south coast. (H)
S. ERucIFotIus L. Only a few plants seen in a field near Kel Point. (H)
S. sacopaEA L. Very common.
CaRLINA VULGARIS L. Limited to the limestone of High Cliff, but there
frequent.
Arctium LAPpPpA L. Frequent in the lane and elsewhere.
CaRDUUS TENUIFLORUS Curt. Very common, particularly around the
coasts. On Kel point, where the gulls nest, very reduced speci-
mens were found; some were flowering on stems but 2 inches
high. (H)
30 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
CIRSIUM VULGARE (Savi) Ten. Generally common. One large white-
flowered specimen was found on the cliff top near the Light-
house.
SERRATULA TINCTORIA L. A few plants were seen (at that time in bud)
at the bottom of Drinkim Bay cliffs. (H)
CENTAUREA NIGRA L. Frequent.
©. scasiosaA L. Common and particularly magnificent on the lime-
stone. Three entire-leaved plants were seen in bud on Eel Point
in 1950; a thorough search in the same area in 1952 failed to
find one. On comparing the specimen collected with material
in Herb. Mus. Brit., it was found to match var. succisifolia
E. S. Marshall from Sutherland, in the long entire leaves and
green portion of the phyllaries hidden by appendages. It does not
match material from Gower Peninsula which would appear to be
the form cretacea (Woerlein) Hyde & Wade.
[CicHorIum IntyBus L. Rees (1950) reports it for Caldey but ‘‘nowhere
permanent’’; needs confirmation. |
LAPSANA COMMUNIS L. Occasional. (H)
CREPIS CAPILLARIS (L.) Wallr. Abundant on Priory Bay dunes. (H)
LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat (1. leysseri G. Beck). Common
on Priory Bay dunes. (H)
HIERACIUM PILOSELLA L. On the dunes. (H)
H. pustomon (EK. F. & W. R. Linton) Roffey. Only 3 plants seen in 1952
on ledges of the quarry, High Cliff. The specimen collected
appears to be a poorly developed plant, but the species is known
from cliffs at Tenby and a few places in S. Wales. Det. C. West
puavol lene IDS tSElile (@eD)
TARAXACUM spp. Generally common.
SONCHUS OLERACEUS L. Common. (H)
S. asper (L.) Hill. <A superficial enquiry into the distribution of this
and the last species over the island showed that both species
seemed to be equally abundant. S. asper occurred quite fre-
quently on the dunes. (H)
S. arvensis L. Common.
TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS L. Occasional in the fields near the farm.
JASIONE MONTANA L. Frequent. on cliff ledges of the south and west
coasts.
ERICA CINEREA L. Common on the dry turf of the southern sandstone
cliff tops and northern limestone cliff tops. (H)
LIMONIUM BINERVosUM (G. E. Sm.) C. E. Salmon. Scattered around
the coast on the cliffs. Det. N. ¥Y. Sandwith. (H)
ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. A common coastal species.
PRIMULA VULGARIS L. Common in most rough areas.
P. verts L. Frequent in northern fields. A hybrid with the last was
seen.
tLystimMacuiIa vuiearts L. Introduced recently into the stream wood.
tL. NummutaRia L. In the stream wood, presumably introduced.
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 31
ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Very common on rocks and in sandy places near
the coast, also in the fields. Frequently plants with pale pink
flowers were growing together with the normal scarlet form. I
have not gone into these forms taxonomically, but they appear
to be similar morphologically. The pink-flowered form appears
to have a paler green foliage and may grow nearer to the sea
than the other. (H)
SAMOLUS VALERANDI L. Only a few plants seen on Priory Bay dunes. (H)
+FRAXINUS EXCELSIOR L. Possibly planted.
LigustTRuM vuLGARE L. Common in most shrubby places as large bushes.
(H)
CENTAURIUM MINUS Moench (C. wmbellatum Guilib.). Common in the
High Cliff area. (H)
CYNOGLOSSUM OFFICINALE L. Frequent on the fixed dunes and at High
Cliff. (H)
SYMPHYTUM OFFICINALE L. One or two plants against a wall in the
lane towards the lighthouse. (H)
+Boraco orrictnatis L. An escape occurring on the fixed dunes.
Myosoris scorrioipes L. (M. palustris (L.) Hill). In the marsh near
the Carp pond. (H)
M. carsprrosa K. F. Schultz. By the stream in the wood. (H)
M. urspipa Schlecht. (M. collina auct.). Abundant on the Priory
Dunes and on other sandy places. (H)
LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE L. Frequent around High Cliff. (H)
Ecuium vuigare L. Fine plants at Priory Bay.
CaLYSTEGIA SEPIUM (L.) R.Br. Common. (H)
C. sotpANELLA (L.) R.Br. Occurs on the Sandtop dunes, but not seen
on those at Priory Bay. This seems to be the semi-climbing form
volubilis Praeger which was also recorded by Rees (1950) for the
Tenby dunes and elsewhere in Pembrokeshire. (H)
CoNVOLVULUS ARVENSIS L. Very common all over the island. Both
the pink and white-flowered forms are present. (H)
SOLANUM DULCAMARA L. In waste ground.
S. nigrum L. Only a few plants seen in Priory Bay.
[tDatura stRamMontIum LL. Rees (1950) states that it ‘‘used to grow
freely on Caldey Island’’, no other station is given for Pembroke-
shire; needs confirmation. |
Hyoscyamus NicER lL. Appeared in some quantity on soil removed from
Nannas Cave, a prehistoric dwelling, during 1951. There were 11
plants there in 1952. Residents do not remember seeing it before,
though seeds may have been introduced when the cave was last
excavated about 1910. (H)
VeRBAascum THapsus L. On inaccessible cliffs, Kel Point, and in the
east. (H)
CYMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. (Linaria cymbalaria (L.)
Mill.). Frequent on walls.
ScRoPHULARIA aquatica L. By the stream in the wood.
32 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
+Mimvutus eutTtatus DC. In marshy ground in the stream wood.
DicGiITALis PURPUREA L. Abundant in the High Cliff scrub.
VERONICA HEDERIFOLIA L. Common. (H)
. SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Occasional. (H)
. PERSICA Poir. Common. (H)
. OFFICINALIS L. Abundant. (H)
CHAMAEDRYS L. In the wood. (H)
ad<4<<
. BECCABUNGA L. Locally abundant in the stream marsh.
EUPHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. High Cliff. Determined by Dr. E. F.
Warburg, who states that it is a very stunted form approaching
var. minor Pugsley. (H)
E. nemMorosa Mart. Pugsley (1924) recorded ‘‘a dwarf condensed form’’
from Caldey.
ODONTITES VERNA (Bellardi) Dum. (O. rubra Gray). In the scrub along
the north coast.
OROBANCHE HEDERAE Duby. Locally abundant on part of the fixed dunes
near High Cliff scrub, where ivy is so common. (H)
[VERBENA OFFICINALIS L. Reported by the gardener to grow in High
Cliff area, but needs confirmation. |
MentHa Aquatica L. In the stream marsh.
THymus pRucet Ronn. Abundant in dry places. Det. C. D. Pigott. (H)
GLECHOMA HEDERACEA L. Common in shady places. (H)
PRUNELLA VULGARIS L. Generally common. (H)
+MARRUBIUM VULGARE L. A few plants were seen in the scrub near High ©
Cliff itself, where the floors alone remain of ancient buildings.
Rees (1950) also reports it for the dunes. (H)
BeTONICA OFFICINALIS L. (Stachys officinalis (l.) Trev.). Frequent
along the cliff tops in the south. (H)
StacHys PALusTRIs L. Frequent along the north coast, etc., in the
moister parts.
S. syntvatica L. Common.
TEvucRIuM scoroponitA L. Abundant in the north.
AJUGA REPTANS L.. Frequent in the Park.
LAMIumM PuRPUREUM L. Common. (H)
L. atsum L. Common.
PLANTAGO coRONOoPUS L. Very common, particularly in the south.
P. maritima L. Abundant, but it appeared to be commoner in the
less exposed northern part of the island than in the south. (H)
P. LANCEKOLATA L. Common,
P. mepiA L. Local; on the limestone.
P. masor L. Common.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L. Common. Det. J. P. M. Brenan.
Beta maritima L. Frequent on the cliffs. (H)
ATRIPLEX PATULA L. Generally common, especially on the southern
cliff tops. Det. J. P. M. Brenan. (H)
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 313)
A. wasrata I. With the'last. Det. J. P. M. Brenan. (H)
A. GLABRIUSCULA var. VIRESCENS (Lange) Moss & Wilmott. Recorded by
Pugsley (1924).
PoLYGONUM AVICULARE L. sens. lat. Common in the lane and elsewhere.
P. perstcarza L. Common as a weed.
P. ampurstum L. In plenty on the lower Carp pond.
RUMEX SANGUINEUS var. vinIDIS Sibth. Common. (H)
R. ostustrotivus L. Common.
R. crtspus L. Very common, especially near the sea.
R. acerosa L. Common. (H)
R. acEToseLLA L. Common. (H)
EvpHorsBia HELIOSCoPIA L. In the fields in the centre of Caldey.
E. parattas L. Common on the sand dunes of Priory Bay and Sand-
top Bay. (H)
KE. porrtanpica L. With the last species. (H)
E. exicua Ll. In cultivated ground.
Urtica piotca L. Abundant.
U. urens L. Abundant. (H)
PaRIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. Common about walls.
Uxmvus gxasra Huds. Common in the stream wood, being the principal
tree there. Det. H. K. Airy Shaw. (H)
+U. x HorzaNviIca Mill. With the last. Det. H. K. Airy Shaw. (H)
BETULA PENDULA Roth. Common in the shrubby places.
ALNUS GLUTINOSA (L.) Gaertn. Scattered on the fixed dunes of Priory
Bay.
+QuERCcUS ROBUR L. Occasional, probably planted.
tFacus syztvatica L. Planted along the south end of the garden.
SALIX ATROCINEREA Brot. Beside the Carp pond. Det. R. D. Meikle. (H)
Salix xX GmMINATA Forbes (S. ATROCINEREA X VIMINALIS). Beside the
overgrown pool in the stream wood. Det. R. D. Meikle. (H)
+Poputts canescens (Ait.) Sm. One large tree near the farm.
TP. tremuta L. Planted.
Listera ovata (L.) R. Br. A few plants were seen in a field near Kel
Point in 1950 but they had been ploughed up by 1952; several
others were seen by the central dew pond. .
SPIRANTHES SPIRALIS (l.) Chevall. Reported by Pugsley (1924).
ANACAMPTIS PYRAMIDALIS (L.) Rich. Common on the N.E. limestone. (H)
OrcHis Morio L. On the fixed dunes at Priory Bay. Det. V. S. Sum-
merhayes. (H)
O. mascurta (L.) L. <A few plants at High Cliff on the grassy slopes
between the ledges. Det. V. S. Summerhayes. (H)
O. rucHst Druce. A number of plants in an old pasture near Hel
Point. Det. V. S. Summerhayes. (H)
OPHRYS APIFERA Huds. Very local on rather inaccessible slopes of High
Chff quarry. Also reported from one locality at the edge of
Priory Bay fixed dunes. ‘‘Allen’s Guide’’ (c. 1890) states that
‘the bee orchid has been gathered from Caldey’’. Rees (1950)
34 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
does not record it for Caldey, but about its Pembrokeshire dis-
tribution she writes: ‘‘The haunts of this orchid are so systema-
tically raided that its ultimate survival is doubtful’. (H)
TRIS FOETIDISSIMA L. Frequent in the woods.
I. psEupAcorts L. In one of the ponds in the wood; central dew pond.
TamMus communis L. Frequent in the High Cliff scrub.
[ ASPARAGUS MARITIMUS (L.) Mill. Rees (1950) states it is ‘‘a weed on
Caldey where it was once cultivated’’; needs confirmation. ]
Scinta VERNA Huds. An abundant and characteristic plant of the
Caldey Cliff tops. Rees (1950) reports it as ‘‘common on the
headlands of Pembrokeshire, also on the islands of Caldey.
Skokholm and Skomer’’. (H)
ENDYMION NoN-scRIPTUs (L.) Garcke (Scilla non-scripta (L.) Hoffmanns.
& Link). In the wood.
Juncus BuFonIus L. In the marshy ground by the stream. (H)
J. EFFUSUS L. Frequent in damp places. (H)
J. ARTIcULATUS L. By Sandtop pond. (H)
LuzvLa cAMPESTRIS (L.) DC. Common. (H)
TypHa LaTiFotia L. Plentiful, and locally dominant in the Carp pond
marsh.
SPARGANIUM ERECTUM L. In the Sandtop pond.
ARUM MActuLATUM L. Common in the High Cliff area and rather sur-
prisingly close to the sea on the semi-fixed dunes in Priory Bay.
LeMNA MINOR L. Abundant on still water. (H)
BALDELLIA RANUNCULOIDES (L.) Parl. Limited to the Sandtop pond. (H)
POTAMOGETON POLYGONIFOLIUS Pourr. In the Sandtop pond. Det. J. E.
Dandy. (Herb. Mus. Brit.)
ELEOcHARIS PALUSTRIS (L..) Roem. & Schult. In the Sandtop pond.
Scirpus ceRNuvs Vahl. At the bottom of Drinkim Bay cliffs. (H)
CAREX ARENARIA L. Common on the sand dunes. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
*C. POLYPHYLLA Kar. & Kir. Only in the High Cliff area near the
‘Park’? plantation. Of these specimens Mr. Nelmes writes that
they ‘“‘are in my opinion Carex polyphylla. The length of the
inflorescence in this sp. varies from about 3-7 cm. so that in
these specimens it is at the lowest point of its range, causing it
to resemble that of C. muricata L. whose similar inflorescence is
at the highest point of its range at c.3cm. The lowest spike in
Mr. Hepper’s specimens is often compound as is usual in C@. poly-
phylla, that of C. muricata being simple. The utricles are longer
than those of C. muricata’’. The only other records for Wales
are from Glamorgan, v.c. 41, and Denbigh, v.c. 50. (H)
C. rnacca Schreb. Frequent. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
C. penputa L. Occasional in the stream wood. Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
C. puncrata Gaudin. On the east coast. An interesting find and limited,
as far as I know, to this one locality. Pugsley (1924) also recorded
it for Caldey. Rees (1950) records the species from Waterwynch
in Pembrokeshire and continues: ‘‘This is the only locality where
T have found this rare sedge .. .’” Det. E. Nelmes. (H)
FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE 35
C. nirta L. Near the stream. (H)
ANTHOXANTHUM oDORATUM LL. Generally common. Various forms were
noticed, including one with a very lax inflorescence, but Mr.
Hubbard does not regard these variations as taxonomically
important. (H)
ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS LL. In plenty in the Sandtop pond. (H)
A. PRATENSIS L. Generally common.
PHLEUM PRATENSE LL. agg. Common.
P. aReNARIUM L. On the dunes. Det. C. E. Hubbard (H)
AcRosTIs TENUIS Sibth. Abundant and dominant in the cliff top turf
along the south coast. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
A. STOLONIFERA var. PALUSTRIS (Huds.) Farw. In the Sandtop pond.
Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. Abundant on the dunes. (H)
Hotcus montuis L. At High Cliff.
H. ranarus L. Co-dominant with Agrostis tenuis on the southern cliff
tops.
TRISETUM FLAVESCENS (L.) Beauv. Frequent in the limestone areas. (H)
ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl. At High Cliff.
(H)
PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin. In the moist ground at Drinkim Bay.
Cynosturus cristatus L. Common.
KoELERIA GRACILIS Pers. On fixed dunes in the north. Det. C. E.
Hubbard. (H)
K. BRITANNICA Domin. Frequent in the more exposed southern part of
the island. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
Dactyiis GLOMERATA L. Common.
Poa annua L. Common.
P. prRATENSIS L. Common; also one of the cliff top forms. Det. C. E.
Hubbard. (H)
P. tRiviatis L. Common. (H)
CaTAPoDIuUM RIcIDUM (L.) C. E. Hubbard (Scleropoa rigida (I.) Griseb.).
Frequent on wall tops. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
Festuca ovina L. Common.
F. nusra L. Common, including var. fallax (Thuill.) Howarth and var.
rubra. Det. C. E. Hubbard.
Bromus sterinis L. Frequent at High Cliff.
B. moris L. With the last. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
BRACHYPODIUM SYLVATICUM (Huds.) Beauv. Abundant in the basic
shady areas. Det. C. E. Hubbard. (H)
LoLiuM PERENNE L. Common.
tL. MULTIFLORUM Lam. Sown with clover for fodder.
AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv. Common. A variety with a hairy
rhachis grows freely on the dunes at Sandtop Bay. Det. C. E.
Hubbard. (H)
36 FLORA OF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
A. JUNCEIFORME (A. & D. Love) A. & D. Love (A. junceum auct.).
In plenty on the Sandtop dunes, to which it appears to be
limited. It was not seen on Priory Bay dunes. Det. C. E. Hub-
bard. (H)
Narpvus stricta L. Frequent, particularly in the south. (H)
PrERIDIUM AQuILINUM (L.) Kuhn. Abundant, especially along the
north coast.
BLECHNU™M sproAnt (LL.) Roth. Only seen at Drinkim Bay. (H)
PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Frequent.
ASPLENIUM MARINUM L. In one of the limestone caves. Det. A. H. G.
Alston. (H)
A. ADIANTUM-NIGRUM L. In Nannas cave. Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
A. RUTA-MURARIA L. Common on walls.
CETERACH OFFICINARUM DC. [ looked for this species specially but did
not see it until I was shown some plants for sale. On enquiry IL
was directed to a few plants in the wall opposite the Carp pond.
I fear that it will soon be exterminated by the gardener.
ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. Reported by Pugsley (1924).
DRyYOPTERIS FILIX-MASs (L.) Schott sens str. Common. Det. A. H. G.
Alston. (H)
D. austrriaca (Jacq.) Woynar (D. dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray). Common.
Det. A. H. G. Alston. (H)
POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. Common. Det. A. H. G.
Alston. (H)
PoLypopium vuLGcARE L. Common. (H)
CHARA DELICATULA var. BARBATA (Gant.) Groves & Bullock-Webster.
Abundant in Sandtop pond. Det. G. O. Allen. (H)
REFERENCES.
BABINGTON, C. C., 1868, On the Botany of South Pembrokeshire, J. Bot., 1.
258-270.
BUSHELL, W. D., 1919, Caldey Island, Pembroke, Arch. Camb., 222.
CLAPHAM, A. R., 1946, Check-List of British Vascular Plants, J. Ecol., 33, 308-347.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & BE. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British
Tsles.
FALCONER, R. WILBRAHAM, 1848, Contributions towards a catalogue of plants
indigenous to the neighbourhood of Tenby. Lond.
PUGSLEY, H. W., 1924, Notes on Pembrokeshire Plants, J. Bot., §2, 102-105.
RAY, JOHN, 1670, Catalogus Plantarwm Angliae, 206. Lond.
REES, F. LILLIAN, 1950, A List of Pembrokeshire Plants. Tenby.
TURNER, D., & L. W. DILLWYN, 1805, The Botanist’s Guide through England
and Wales. 2 vols. Lond.
WINTLE, W. JAMES, c. 1980, The Coasts of Caldey; Caldey Abbey, near Tenby.
Tenby.
PLANT NOTES or
PLANT NOTES
162/2. Psoralea americana L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 2, 763; P. dentata DC.,”
1825, Prodr., 2, 221. 21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Hanwell, 1952, B.S.B.1.
Excursion, det. Miss D. M. Hillcoat, E. B. Bangerter & D. H. Kent.
A perennial species, sending out numerous diffusely spreading or pro-
cumbent branches 35-70 cm. long. Leaflets in threes, pinnately ternate,
dark shining green, rhomboidal or roundish-ovate, repand-toothed,
wedge-shaped and entire towards the base, nearly smooth, glandular-
dotted, the middle leaflet stalked, longer than the other two; petioles
and pedicels glandulose. Flowers rather small, pale whitish-lilac, in
pyramidal or oblong-pointed short and interrupted spikes or racemes on
long axillary peduncles. Bracts ovate-lanceolate, shorter than the
striated glandulose and villose calyx. Pod without beak, 1-seeded,
indehiscent. Native of Algeria, Tunisia, Morocco, Spain and Gibraltar.
—D. H. Kent.
220/18. Epilobium linnaeoides Hook. f., 1844, Fl. Antarct., 1, 10,
t 6. 58, Cheshire; Helsby, where it has persisted since 1938: H.16,
W. Galway; near Leenane, established for about a mile along the road-
side west of the village, 1953. Plant with herbaceous stem 5-20 cm. long,
slender, creeping, and rooting at nodes; usually widely and irreguiarly
branched, glabrous, or with two faint pubescent lines towards the tips
of the branches. Leaves opposite, 4-8mm. in diameter, orbicular,
petioled, flaccid and membranous, closely and sharply denticulate.
Flowers in the axils of leaves remote from the ends of the branches, white
or rose, 3-5 mm. in diameter. Calyx lobes lanceolate, shorter than the
deeply cleft petals. Stigma clavate. Capsules 25-50 mm. long, per-
fectly glabrous; peduncles usually much elongated, 5-10cm. Seeds
densely papillose. Native of New Zealand and Tasmania.—Miss V.
GORDON.
7
~ 383/9x8. Senecio x viscidulus Scheele, 1844, Linnaea, 18, 480, (S.
sylvaticus x viscosus). 17, Surrey. On August 16, 1947, in the company
of Dr. Cyril West, I was examining a very large colony of Senecio
viscosus L. on the sandy ground by Frensham Little Pond, when we
noticed two plants which, from their habit, colour of leaves, and quantity
of material attached to their viscid stems and leaves, seemed obviously
different from the numerous plants of S. viscosus with which they were
growing. More careful examination of fresh material at home showed that
one (Reference ‘‘A’’) was certainly a hybrid between that species and
S. sylvaticus L. which was abundant on the adjacent heathland. The
38 PLANT NOTES
other (Reference ‘‘B’’) seemed likely to be of the same parentage but
very much closer to S. viscosus.
Both had flowers with conspicuous ray florets and showed a general
resemblance to S. viscosus, from which they differed in reduced glandular
development (which explained the lesser amount of wind blown material
attached to them as already mentioned), in the pappus being slightly
more silvery in colour, and having abortive achenes which tended to
remain attached to the receptacles. In ‘‘A’’ the achenes were all very
ill-developed but in ‘‘B’’ some of them had swollen though not to the
same size as those of the parents.
In ‘‘A’’ the evidence of S. sylvaticus was apparent in the less spread-
ing branches, the darker coloured, less glandular leaves which were
enlarged and auricled at the base, in the more slender peduncles and
capitula (the latter only 6 mm. broad at the base, compared with 8 mm.
in S. viscosus and 5-5 mm. in S. sylvaticus from the same locality) and
in the presence of numerous silky hairs in the furrows of the achenes.
In ‘“‘B”’ the same characters were discernible but less evident.
The countries from which hybrids of this parentage are known include
Germany and Austria (Hegi, 1929), Czechoslovakia (Domin, 1936), Hol-
land (Heukels, 1933) and Sweden (Hylander, 1941). Records from
France appear to be doubtful (Fournier, 1928 & 1946). The synonymy
is as follows :—
S. viscipuLus Scheele, 1844 (Linnaeu, 18, 480)
S. viscoso-silvaticus var. intermedius Lasch ex Scheele, 1844 (l.c.)
in syn.
S. intermedius Lasch in Rabenh., 1846 (Bot. Centralbl., 1846, 131)
S. intermedius Wiesb., 1874 (Oesterr. bot. Zeitschr., 24, 109)
S. wiesbaurii Halacsy & Braun, 1882 (Nachtr. Fl. Niederoesterr, 83)
The correct hybrid name is therefore S. x viscidulus Scheele. It seems
a little surprising that it has not been detected in this country earlier
but it is only in recent years that the parents have occurred together
with any frequency. Prior to the rapid spread of S. viscosus this species
was almost restricted to the coast and fens where there is very little
heathy ground favoured by S. sylvaticus.
Material of both forms of the hybrid, and of the parents, from by
Frensham Little Pond was exhibited at the Society’s Exhibition Meet-
ing of November 28, 1953.
REFERENCES.
BORNMUELLER., J., 1906, Bemerkungen ueber das Vorkommen von Senecio silva-
ticus X viscosus, Mitt. Thuer. Bot. Ver. N.F., 21, 83-4.
DOMIN, K., 1935, Plantarum Cechoslovakiae Enumeratio, Preslia, 13-15, 287.
FOURNIER, P., 1928, Fl. comp. Plaine Francaise, 277.
—, 1946, Quatre Fl. Fr., 994.
PLANT NOTES 3”
HEGI, G., 1929, Ill. Fl. Mitt.-Eur., 6/2, 795.
HEUKELS, H., 1933, Schoolfl. Nederl., 690.
HYLANDER, N. 1941, FOrteckning Over Skandinaviens Vaxter—!. Karl-vaxter, 120.
RICHTER, C., 1888, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 38, 97.
UECHTRITZ, R. v., 1874, Floristische Bemerkungen, OVesterr. bot. Zeitschr., 24, 242.
J. EB. Lous ey.
510/2b. CErRINTHE MINOR var. hispida Turrill, 1924, Kew Bull., 1924,
309. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Portway tip, Bristol, 1950, I. W. Evans, comm.
W. R. Price. Differs from the var. minor in having the pedicels
markedly hispid with spreading white hairs. The var. minor appears
to occur in the central and western parts of the Mediterranean region,
and in central Europe. The var. hispida is found in the eastern part of
the Mediterranean region, Armenia, Kurdistan and Syria. Both var.
minor and var. hispida occur in the Caucasus.—D. H. KeEnv.
515/11b. Cuscuta australis var. cesatiana (Bertoloni) Yuncker, 1932,
Mem. Torrey Bot. Cl., 18, 126; C. cesatiana Bertoloni, 1847, Fl. Ital., 1,
623; C. polygonarum Cesati, 1849, Index Seminum Genev., 22; C. obtusi-
flora var. cesatiana Engelmann, 1859, Trans. Acad. Sc. St. Louis, 1,
493. 18, S. Essex; rubbish-tip, Barking, parasitic on Artemisia verlo-
torum Lamotte, Senecio squalidus L. and Polygonum aviculare L., 1953,
S T. Jermyn and B. T. Warp, det. A. MeLpEris and J. F. Surm1irTo.
21, Middx.; Enfield, parasitic on Chinese Asters in a garden, 1953, Miss
J. Maung, det. A. Metpreris and J. F. Suiriitro. 34, W. Glos.; Kings-
wood, Bristol, parasitic on Polygonum aviculare L., 1932, C. I. Sandwith,
Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1932, 346 (1933), as C. tinez Insenga subsp.
cesatiana (Bert.).
Plant annual with slender twining yellow-orange coloured stems;
parasitic, attached to the host plant by suckers. Often on Polygonum
sp., but also on a variety of other herbaceous plants., e.g. Artemisia,
Genista, Xanthium, Pelargonium, etc. Flowers yellowish, about 2 mm.
diameter, mostly 5-parted, in clusters (scorpioid cymes). Corolla lobes
commonly longer than the tube, obtuse or acutish, and narrower than
in C. australis sens. str. Scales narrow with long fringes, more or less
bifid and about reaching the stamens, or exserted. Filaments longer
than the anthers. Ovary globose, flattened on top. Stigmas 2, capitate,
rising each side of a cleft in the ovary, this cleft widening and deepening
considerably on ripening. Stigmas persistent. Switzerland and Italy
to India.—J. F. Suriiito and B. T. Warp.
675/1. CypripEpium caLcEotus L. 64, Mid-west York; edge of the
Duke of Devonshire’s estate, Upper Wharfedale, 5 plants, which were
not in flower, 1952, E. Lloyd Jones and EK. Hardy (1952, Country-side
eyes). AG, 277), The recorders also give the following information.
acquired from a companion whose late father was the original finder of
the colony.
40 PLANT NOTES
Date. No. of plants. No. in flower.
1930 14
1931-33
1934
1935
1936-39
1940
1941-42
1943
1944
1945-46
1947-48
1949-51
“~~
Wb we Or Or 1 Wo Cro
qoooor®cjoocoor od Ke
Grazing sheep are said to be the main danger to the plants.—D. H.
KENT.
PLANT RECORDS Al
PLANT RECORDS
Compiled by E. C. WALLACE.
Records are for the year 1952 when no date is given.
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con-
tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated
copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the plant is not a
native species in the British Isles.
+ before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
* before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
+4
It will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as
accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
§4/1. Aponts annua L. 16, W. Kent; near Darenth Wood, H. M.
Pratt (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Ivst, 2): cornfields, Cotton Farm,
Stone, 1951, J. H. McCatx, conf. J. EK. Loustny. {131, Hunts.; garden
weed, Alconbury, Mr. and Mrs. J. EH. H. Blackie (1949, Ann. Rep. Hunts.
Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 14).
§6/6. Ranuncvius rineua L. fy, 18, S. Essex; Baldwin’s Hill,
Loughton, 1948 (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Inst, 5): Cook’s Pond,
Woodford Green, 1951, B. T. Warp. 38, Warwick; a fine group of a
score or so plants in an old marl-pit, half a mile north of Brandon
Grange, W. F. Shotton (1951, Proc. Coventry & Dist. N.H. & Scient.
soc. 2, 162).
6/13. RaNnuNcuLus PARVIFLORUS L. 17, Surrey; (IIIa) Thursley
Common, B. M. C. Morgan.
§6/20. RaAaNUNCULUS FLUITANS Lam. £16, W. Kent; in the river
Medway, Hartlake Bridge, Hadlow, D. McClintock and F. Rose (1952,
Sel Nat., 57,) xviii).
6/30. RanuNcuLus LuTARIUS (Revel) Bouvet. 52, Anglesey; marshy
ground below Fferam, near Rhosneigr, with R. hederaceus, C. C.
TowNsEND, conf. R. W. BurTcHer.
42 PLANT RECORDS
6/31. RanuncuLus LENORMANDI F. W. Schultz. 98, Argyll; Glen
Coe; ditch beside Rectory in Carnach village, 1951, K. N. G. Macleay.
[Top. Bot. & Supps. make no reference to v.c. 98, though it is quoted
im, Ge |
11/1. AguinEcIa vuLteaRIs L. +97 (Argyll); Strontian, hedge at
roadside to old lead mines—?garden escape, A. A. SLACK.
19/2. NupHar pumita (Timm) DC. 98, Argyll; Lochan na Cut-
haig, Lorne; nameless lochan above Portsonachan, Loch Awe, K. N. G.
Macleay.
21/5. PapaAvER ARGEMONE L. 45, Pemb.; St. Davids, a few plants
on roadside bank near Pen Arthur, R. M. Payne. 90, Forfar; railway
embankment near Elliot station, a few plants, A. W. KosBson.
31/1. —- CorRypaLis ciavicutata (L.) DC. +21, Middx.; bombed
site, Theobalds Road, W.C., 1950, J. WuittTaKer, det. E. B. BANGERTER,
comm. D. H. Kent.
32/5. FuMARIA BORAEI Jord. 57, Derby, and 63, S.W. Yorks.;
locally abundant on cultivated land at, and about, Dore, Sheffield,
F. W. Apams, comm. N. Y. SaNpDWITH.
32/9. Fumarta BasTtarpI Bor. 45, Pemb.; St. Davids, R. M.
Payne, det. A. MELDERIS.
35/1x35/1(@2). Roripa x steRIis Airy-Shaw. *92, S. Aberd.;
strean' below Kildrummy Castle, 1951: *93, N. Aberd.; stream by
Cardrum near Old Meldrum, 1951, A. G. Lyon,
35/1(2). RorippaA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. *4, N. Devon;
Baggypoint, Croyde, near Ilfracombe, T. G. Coxierr, det. and comm.
DS El Kent:
36/1. BARBAREA stRIcTA Andrz. 16, W. Kent; Abbey Wood
Marshes, one plant, Lonpon Natvurat History Society Excursion,
conf. and comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.; Chiswick House grounds,
R. A. Bontrace, comm. D. H. Kent.
§36/2. BARBAREA VERNA (Mill.) Aschers. t+43, Radnor; Nantmel,
J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
36/5. BARBARBA INTERMEDIA Bor. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) roadside, Fox-
cote, Miss L. ABELL.
37/5. CaRDAMINOPSIS PETRARA (L.) Hiit. 97, (Argyll); seree on hill
above Glen Cripesdale, Loch Sunart, K. N. G. Mactray and E. C.
WALLACE.
PLANT RECORDS 43
§43/2. DraBa NoRvEGIcA Gunn. *105, W. Ross; northern crags on
Beinn Dearg, and on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecunin and KH. C.
WALLACE.
§44/1. ErRopHita VERNA (L.) Chevall. *97, (Argyll); Strontian,
roadside verge on way to old lead mines, A. A. Snack.
§45/2. CocHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L. t121, Middx.; waste ground
close to Tower Hill railway station and All Hallows Church, a number
of seedlings, but only one plant in flower, W. N. Lawfield, fide E. B.
Bangerter (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 17).
§45/7. CocHLEaRIA pDANIcA L. {ft21, Middx.; growing plentifully
between the metals on railway main line by Scratch Wood sidings near
Edgwarebury, J. G. Dony (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand Inst, 17).
+47/2. Hrsprris matronatis L. 43, Radnor; on road metal, Forest
Inn, Nantmelan; near Monaughty; Llandrindod Wells; Doldowlod;
plentiful near Llanyre by the Newbridge Road, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.
Wai. 20, 157).
+49/4. SISYMBRIUM ORIENTALE L. 43, Radnor; rail bank and Station
Yard, Rhayader, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157). 49, Caern.;
waste ground near the station, Llandudno, C. C. TowNsEnp.
[§49/5. SisymBrium trio L. 54, N. Lines.; erroneously recorded in
B.E.C. 1941-42 Rep., 480 (1944). The specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit. is
S. loeselu L., teste KE. B. BANGERTER and B. WetcH. Delete from C.F.]
54/1. Brassica o“vERAcEA L. +100, Clyde Isles; Arran, 1918, T
Wise (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
54/4d. Brassica RAPA var. BRIGest H. C. Wats. 33, E. Glos.; (2a)
banks of river Severn and adjoining fields near Ashleworth Ferry, C. C.
TOWNSEND. ;
§54/5. RHYNCHOSINAPIS MONENSIS (L.) Dandy. *+90, Forfar; re-
claimed ground west of Tay Bridge, Dundee, a few plants, A. W. Rosson.
§54/13. Brassica nigra (L.) Koch. {43, Radnor; near Newchurch on
shale-banks, 1948, J. A. Webb (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient. & F.N.S., 10,
324). *100, Clyde Isles; Whiting Bay, 1883, Dr. J. Wy. (Herh
Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
54/15. Srnapis auBa L. +100, Clyde Isles; Great Cumbrae, 1884,
Dr. R. M. Bucuanan (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
754/18(2)b. Brassica INTEGRIFOLIA var. caRINATA (A. Braun) O. FE.
Schulz. 21, Middx.; garden weed, Cricklewood, J. Farranp, det at
Kew, comm. D. H. Kent.
44 PLANT RECORDS
154/22. HirscHFetpia Incana (L.) Lagr.-Foss. 6, N. Som.; sand
dunes N. of Berrow Church, 1951, C. I. and N. Y. Sanpwits.
55/2. DIPLoTaxiIs MuRALIS (L.) DC. +56, Notts.; railway bank
near Welham Manor, F. W. ApAms.
§60/1. Coronopus pipymMus (L.) Sm. %{43, Radnor; plentiful, Llan-
drindod Common; Clyro towards Rhydspence; Cwmbach; Glasbury, J.
A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
§+61/3. CarpaRria DRABA (L.) Desv. $31, Hunts.; Houghton and
Salome Wood, Mr. and Mrs. J. H. Blackie (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts.
Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 15). +100, Clyde Isles; Great Cumbrae, 1909,
D. Parton (Herb. Glasgow Umv.)—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde
Area, 36 (1938).
61/7. Leprptum smitHit Hook. 97, (Argyll); roadside verge at
Killundine, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mactieay.
§64/1. THILASPI ARVENSE L. t43, Radnor; frequent in kitchen
garden, Ridgebourne, Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20,
157).
+76/1. RapPIsStRUM PERENNE (L.) All. 21, Middx.; bombed site,
Hammersmith, two plants, N. Y. SanpwitH, comm. D. H. Kent.
§80/2. RaAaPHANUS MARITIMUS Sm. *97, (Argyll); Ardgour, shore
near roadside to south of Corran Ferry: 98, Argyll; shingly shore be-
tween Dunoon and Inellan, Cowal, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Wa tace.
#85/1. Resepa avpa L. 36, Heref.; roadside, Ross-Monmouth road,
bet ween Ross and Pencraig, many fine plants, C. W. BANNISTER.
85/2b. RESEDA LUTEA var. PULCHELLA J. Muell. 21, Middx.;
bombed site, Hammersmith, N. Y. SanpwitH, comm. D. H. Kent.
§88/3. VioLA REICHENBACHIANA Jord. ex Bor. [{18, S. Essex;
Lambourne, R. W. Robbins (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 28).
§88/8. Viota oporata L. 143, Radnor; near Boughrood; Pistyll;
Glasbury; between Clyro and Hay, J. A. Webb (1945, N.-IV. Naft., 20,
157).
88/8d. VioLA opoRATA var. DUMETORUM (Jord.) Rouy & Fouc. 33,
E. Glos.; (7a) Mill Lane, Prestbury, Cheltenham, 1949. The first speci-
men I have seen in the county, though the Flora has several records; f.
imberbis is the common Cotswold white sweet violet, C. C. TowNseEnpD,
det. A. C. TALLANTIRE.
PLANT RECORDS 45
§88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. cuRTIsII (KH. Forst.) Syme. {101,
Kintyre; fixed dunes of Machrihanish links at north end, K. C. Watiacr
and K. N. G. Mactray—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 43
(1933).
92/3. DiaANTHUS ARMERIA L. 17, Surrey; Richmond Park, Mrs. L.
M. P. Sma, conf. A. MeLpEriIs, comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.; foot
of Parliament Hill, Hampstead, 1941, H. C. Harris (1949, Lond. Nat.,
28, 29).
§100/4. Cr astium arcticum Lange. 105 and *106, W. and E. Ross;
scattered over Beinn Enaiglair, Braemore, in both v.cc., R. MACKECHNIE
and EH. C. WaALumAce.
100/45. CERASTIUM ARCTICUM X HOLOSTEOIDES. 105, W. Ross;
Beinn Dearg, Beinn Enaiglair and on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R.
MAcKECHNIE and E. C. WALLACE.
§100/7. Crrastium pumitumM Curt. ft 21, Middx.; railway bank
near Mill Hill, E. Milne-Redhead and J. G. Oks (1951, Kent &
Lousley, Hand List, 35).
§100/9. CrRAstium atTRovrrENS Bab. {t+ 21, Middx.; plentifully
between the metals of the main line by Scratch Wood Sidings, near.
Edgwarebury, J. G. Dony (1951, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 35):
railway track, Brentford, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
100/11. Crrastium cerastorpEs (L.) Britton. 105 and 106, W. and
K. Ross; on Beinn Dearg in several places above 3000 ft. in moss, R.
MAcKEcHNIB and E. C. Watiace.
101/3b. Sretiaria aperana Ucria. *48, Mer.; sand dunes, Bar-
mouth, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtzgEs.
101/4. SreLLaRtA NEGLECTA Weihe. 105, W. Ross; roadside verge,
Foich, Inverbroom, R. Mackecunigz and KE. C. Watuace.
102/1. MorwriInGia TRINERVIA (L.) Clairv. 98, Argyll; Glen Nant,
EK. C. Watuace and K. N. G. Macreay; Craigantairbh, Ford: 101,
Kintyre; Tayvallich, Knapdale, roadside plantation, K. N. G. Mactray.
§102/3. ARENARIA NORVEGICA Gunn. *97, (Argyll); on basalt scree,
Morvern, E. C. Wauuacr and K. N. G. Mactrmay.
102/8. MinuartTia TENUIFOLIA (L.) Hiern. 121, Middx. and +24,
Bucks. ; railway tracks between Uxbridge and Denham, D. H. Kent.
103/2. Sacina suBuLATA (Sw.) C. Presl. 52, Anglesey; rocks on the
borders of Llyn Penryn and Llyn Dinam, C. C. Townsenp. 98, Argyll;
roadside wall top, Taynuilt; limestone ridge above Kilchrenan, Lorn,
KE. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mactmay.
46 PLANT RECORDS
103/7(2). Sacina FiticavLtis Jord. 10, Wight; abundant and very
constant at the south side of Blackgang Chine, 1951, C. C. TowNsEnp.
103/10. Saerna maritima Don ex Sm. 34, W. Glos.; (4) in quantity
below Tidenham Crags on banks of Wye, C. C. Townsend. The first
record for Glos. outside the Bristol area.
§104/1. SperRcuLA aRveNsIS L. *100, Clyde Isles; Cumbrae, 1884,
R. M. Bucuanan; Bute, 1903, T. Wise (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm.
D. Patton.
§104/2. SpereuLta sATIvVA Boenn. 143, Radnor; near Llanelwedd;
Penithon, J. A. Webb (1945, N.-W. Nat., 20, 157).
§105/1. SpERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis. *48, Mer.;
Harlech Castle walls, P. M. Benortt, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgs.
§105 / 2. SPERGULARIA MEDIA (L.) C. Presl. *101, Kintyre; salt-
marsh on Loch Sween, Caol Scotrish, K. N. G. Macteay.
§+108/1. CrayTontIA ALSINOIDES Sims. *40, Salop; Little Stretton,
near Church Stretton, 1951, J. Gattoway, comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
59, S. Lanes.; well established in many places about Bury, 1949-1952,
F. Sater.
§+108/2. CLAYTONIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. 475, Ayr; road-
side between West Kilbride and Portincross since 1907, D. Parron. *89,
EK. Perth; Pitlochry, 1933, L. J. TrREMayne, comm. D. H. Kent. *99,
Dunb.; on Dumbarton Castle Rock, D. Patton.
109/2. MontTIA FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. M.
Walters. 34, W. Glos.; (4) May Hill, 1951, C. C. Townsenpn, det.
S. M. WALTERS.
§111/2. EuatrnE HEXANDRA (Lapierre) DC. {3, S. Devon; Tamar
Lake: 4, N. Devon; Fernworthy Reservoir, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep.
and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 255).
§112/1. Hypericum aNpRosAEMUM L. *72, Dumf.; Brocklehurst,
Mrs. F. L. Batrour-Browne, det. and comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
4112/3. Hypericum niecinum L. *52, Anglesey; wooded roadside
banks between Menai Bridge and Beaumaris, F. C. G. GoveH, comm.
Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§112/10. Hyprricum unpuLatum Schousb. ex Willd. *48, Mer.;
Morfa Arthog, 1951, P. M. Brenorr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
112/11. Hyprertoum TETRAPTERUM Fr. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline,
Ford; on grassy bank at roadside, K. N. G. Mac easy.
PLANT RECORDS 47
§112/12. Hypericum macunatum Crantz. {18, S. Essex; near Wood-
hatch, 1909, C. Nicholson (Herb. London Natural History Soc.): road-
side, Theydon Mount, 1951, R. M. Payne, comm. D. H. Kent. 39,
Staffs.; below Thor’s Cave near Wetton: 57, Derby: near the canal and
river at Brimington, Chesterfield. Frequent in this neighbourhood,
1950, F. W. Apams. 100, Clyde Isles; Whiting Bay, Arran;1883, Dr. J.
Wvrue: Kildonan, Arran, 1890, R. & T. Wirz (Herb. Glasgow Univ.),
comm. D. Parton.
§112/14x12. Hypericum x DESETANGSID Lamotte. *33, E. Glos.;
(2a) from the bank near rubbish tip at Walham to above the tar works,
R. S. Georee, det. at Krew.
§115/2. AzrHara HirsutTa L. {f{T18, S. Essex; Dagenham Dump,
1939, P. H. Cooke, det. at Kew (1952, Kent and Lousley, Hand List, 48).
{+61, S.E. York.; bombed site, Hull, E. Crackles (1953, The Nat., 844,
41).
117/4. Matva rorunprroria L. 13, W. Sussex; West Dean, 1947.
Previously recorded (Watsonia, 1, 40) as M. parviflora L., but material
from the same colony distributed in 1950 (see Year Book, 1951, 121) was
determined by J. P. M. Brenan as this species, D. P. Youne.
§127/1. GERANIUM SANGUINEUM L. *42, Brecon; limestone cliffs,
Daren Felin, Cwm Clydach, near Gilwern, 1951, D. P. M. Guitz, comm.
Nar. Mus. Watgs.
+127/2. GerRaNIuM veERsiIcoLtor L. 36, Heref.; Preston-on-Stour,
naturalised in quantity on roadside bank close to a garden, Rev. R. B.
ABELL and C. W. BANNISTER.
§127/11. Grrantum rotunDiFoLIuM L. 163, S.W. York.; sandpit,
Whitley Thorpe, W. A. Sledge and G. A. Shaw (1949, The Nat., 37).
127/13. Grrantum tuctipum L. 98, Argyll; on stone bank by road,
Glen Nant, Taynuilt, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Watiace.
128/3c. Eropium GLuTINosum Dum. 45, Pemb.; St. David’s, on
fixed dunes, R. M. Payne, det. A. MELDERIs.
§¢132/2. Oxatis cornicuLaTa L. 132, Northants.; very common and
persistent as a wayside and garden weed at Kings Cliffe, J. L. Gilbert
(1950, J. Northants. N.HWS. & F.C., 32, 85). ° £43, Radnor; scarce,
pathside by Llandrindod Lake, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.Nat., 20, 157).
§133/1. InpaTrENs NOLI-TANGERE L. t+101, Kintyre; Inverneill
Woods near Ardrishaig, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
§+133/2. Impatiens capensis Meerb. *37, Worcs.; by river Arrow,
near Redditch, C. C. TowNsENpD, comm. F. M. Day.
48 PLANT RECORDS
§+133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. 118, S. Essex; Waltham-
stow Reservoirs, 1951, J. Bedford (1952, Kent & Lousley, Hand List, 52).
*88, Mid Perth; Ardeonaig burn, Loch Tay, 1950, D. Parton. {98,
Argyll; near the ruins of Dunollie Castle, near Oban, A. J. MacDougall
(1951, Country Infe, 110, 1554).
§153/1. Mepicaco ratcata L. +21, Middx.; waste ground, Feltham,
one clump, B. WrtcH, comm. D. H. Kent. *735, Mon.; Alexandra
Dock, Newport, J. N. Davires, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAtes.
153/1d. Mepicago FALCATA var. DIFFUSA Schur. 125.5 BevSade ;
waste ground, Felixstowe Docks, F. W. Simpson, det. at Kew. 736,
Heref.; two plants by river Wye, Hereford, Miss Murier, det. at Kew,
comm. F. M. Day.
§153/6. Mrpicaco minima (L.) Bartal. {132, Northants; Peter-
borough railway sidings, 1950, J. G. Dony (1951, J. Northants N.AS. &
HEC ppes 284)
156/1. . ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. +21, Middx.; bombed site,
Cripplegate, E.C., M. A. R. S. ScHotry, comm. D. H. Kent.
§¢160/1. TrrRAGoNoLospus MARITIMUS (L.) Roth. *24, Bucks.; grassy
road verge on chalk near Fingest, T. G. Cottert, comm. D. H. Kent.
4170/1. Corontnza varia L. 25, E. Suff.; waste ground, Felixstowe
Docks, F. W. Simpson.
176/14. Victa tatHyromeEs L. 11, S. Hants.; Stubbington beach,
with white flowers, C. W. Muserave Burton.
178/2. Larayrus sytvestris L. 49, Caern.; in two places, Nevin,
F. C. G. Gouex.
§+184/10. Sprrara saAticirroria LL. $35, Mon.; near Tintern Abbey,
1948 and 1951, J. A. Webb (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient. & F.N.S., 10,
325). *98, Argyll; Stonmilchan, Dalmally; in old hedge along the old
road, occasional, K. N. G. Macuray.
185/31. Rusus tinpEBerGi P. J. Muell. 34, W. Glos.; (4) Old Bar-
gains Wood, Aylburton, C. C. TownsEnp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
§187/2. Grum rtvare L. 118, S. Essex; pond side, Chingford, 1936,
J. Ross: streamside, High Beech, 19388, W. E. Gaze (1952, Kent &
Lousley, Hand Inst, 101).
+189/13. Porentimuna RectA L. 19, N. Essex; Feering, roadside, R.
M. Payne and J. A. WHettan, det. A. MELDERIS.
PLANT RECORDS AQ
190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. 97, (Argyll); Kuillun-
dine, Fiunary; grassy roadside verges under trees: *98, Argyll; Glen
Nant, Loch Aweside: *101, Kintyre; Stonefield, Knapdale, E. C. Wat-
LACE and K. N. G. Macteay.
190/8. AtcHEMITLA GLABRA Neygenf. {16, W. Kent; meadow near
Birling, 1951, F. Rose (1952, S.H. Nat., 57, xviii).
190(2)/2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. 110,
Outer Hebrides; very common on sandy paths near the Creed River,
Stornoway, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil.
ac, 11, 85).
191/2. AGRIMONIA opoRATA (Gouan) Mill. 52, Anglesey; side of
track from main road to Dinam Farm, C. C. Townsrenp. 98, Argyll;
roadside grassy bank beside Loch Ederline, K. N. G. Mac may.
§195/11. Sorsus rupicota (Syme) Hedl. *88, Mid Perth; rocks above
Loch na Craige on the Aberfeldy to Crieff road, R. A. Granam, det.
E. F. Warpure.
199/10. Saxrrraca HyPNoIDES L. 105, W. Ross; Beinn Dearg, and
on Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecuntik and EK. C. Watnace.
§199/19. Saxirraca Rivunaris L. *105, W. Ross; sparingly on Beinn
Dearg, R. Mackrcunig and E. C. WALmAcE.
§199/21. Saxtrraca nivauis L. *105, W. Ross; very scarce, Beinn
Dearg, R. MackEcHNIE and E. C. WaLuace.
203/1. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM L. 25, E. Suff.; felled
alder wood in wet valley, Stutton, F. J. Brnetry and KE. C. Wattace.
§207/3. Ripes sytvestre Mert. & Koch. 143, Radnor; brookside
and by ruins, Abermethil, Llandegley; hedges at Gaufron, J. A. Webb
(1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§207/5. Rises atprinum L. {+4, N. Devon; old bushes in roadside
hedge, South Tawton, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep. & Trans. Devon
Assocn., 84, 256). t+43, Radnor; frequent in hedges in the hills—Llan-
bister; Gaufron; Penithon; Penybont; doubtfully native, J. A. Webb
(1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§211/1. Sepum TELEPHIUM subsp. PURPURASCENS (Koch) Aresch.
52, Anglesey ; many plants ona wall between Holyhead and Porthdafarch,
C. C. Townsenp. {100, Clyde Isles; Bute, 1917, T. Wise (Herb. Glas-
gow Univ.), comm. D. Patron—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde
Area, 135 (1933).
§211/5. Smpum sExaneutareE LL. {48, Radnor; Penithon, in
quantity, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
50 PLANT RECORDS
§217/4. CaLtirRicHE PpotyMorPHA Lénnr. *14, E. Sussex; on
marshes between Rye and Camber Castle, L. W. Frosv.
218/1. Prpris portura L. 101, Kintyre; Crosshill Loch and Aros
Moss, 1949, M. H. CunNNINGHAM.
§220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. *103, Mid
Ebudes; Tobermory, clearing in woods behind town, and on waste
ground, frequent, K. N. G. Macti&ay.
220. Eprostum. All records, except where stated and those for H.
pedunculare, determined or confirmed by G. M. AsuH.
220/4. EprimnoBruM PARVIFLORUM Schreb. S., Channel Islands;
Herm, 1950, Mrs. F. L. Batrour-BrowNnE; swampy hollow in N. of
island, M. Hancock, conf. A. MELpERIS, comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
220/5. EpiLoptum apNAatTum Griseb. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline,
Ford; roadside ditch beside the loch, K. N. G. Macteray.
220/6. Epitopium tamyt F. W. Schultz. 31, Hunts.; Wood Walton
Fen, J. L. Gilbert (1951, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 1950,
17).
+220/7(2). Eprrtosium ADENOCAULON Hausskn. *4, N. Devon; Lundy,
T. G. Cottett, comm. D. H. Kent. 18, S. Essex; railway yard, Snares-
brook, D. H. Kent. 24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, R. A. BONIFACE
and D. H. Kent. *38, Warw.; mixed woodland, partly devastated,
Alveston, R. C. READETT.
§290/9. Epinoprum LANCEOLATUM Seb. & Mauri. *18, S. Essex;
Blake’s Wood, Danbury, J. E. Lous ry.
+220/17. Epizostum PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. *35, Mon.; wall,
Cwmffrwdoer, Pontypool, H. J. VERNALL, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
*80, Roxb.; along Blackburn, Newcastleton, Miss E. M. Losury and E.
F. Warzure.
§995/2. CrrcaEA INTERMEDIA Ehrh. 63, S.W. York.; locally abun-
dant by the river, Rivelin Valley, Sheffield, 1951, F. W. Apams, det. E.
©. WIALLACE. +97, (Argyll); Fiunary, Morvern; WNillundine, damp
eround beside burn: {98, Argyll; Cruach Achadh na Craoibhe, Kil-
chrenan; rock ledges facing north, E. C. Wartacr and K. N. G. Mac-
LEAY. 105, W. Ross; woodland at Foich, Inverbroom; ravine of Falls of
Measach, R. Mackrecunie and E. C. Watrace. See also Top. Bot.
Supp., 1.
225/3. Crrcara atpIna L. 42, Brecon; scree, Craig-y-Cilau, near
Crickhowell, P. F. Vernon and E. F. Warsvre.
PLANT RECORDS 51
§+240/1. AsrrantTra major L. *98, Argyll; bank of Balliemeanoch
burn, under Saliz trees, where it enters Loch Awe, K. N. G. Macreay.
9242/1. DANAA CORNUBIENSIS (L.) Burnat. 24, Bucks.; Dorney
Wood, 1951, A. F. Wood (1953, Middle-Thames Nat., 5, 10).
§+250/3. PrrrosetiInum crispum (Mill.) Airy-Shaw. *52, Anglesey:
Newborough Warren, F. C. G. GoucH, comm. Nat. Mus. Watzgs.
4252/1. Faucarta vuLearis Bernh. 21, Middx.; railway bank be-
tween Yeoveney and Poyle, a large well established patch, 1951, D. H.
KENT.
§253/2. Bervia EREcTA (Huds.) Coville. {+77, Lanark; introduced
_ at Possil Marsh in 1919, now (1952) well established and locally abun-
dant, D. PatTon.
9257/1. Myrruis oporata (L.) Scop. 59, S. Lancs.; common by
river Irwell, Bury, 1949-1952, F. SiaTer.
§263/1. ForntcuLuM vuLeaRE Mill. *+57, Derby; on damp waste
ground near Calver, F. W. Apams.
§265/4. OENANTHR PIMPINELLOIDES L. 115, E. Kent; roadside and
meadow near Stubb’s Cross, Kingsnorth, J. Scott (1952, S.E. Nat., 57,
Xvili).
265/6. OfNANTHE LACHENALIT C. C. Gmel. 18, S. Essex; salt marsh,
Creekmouth, Barking, J. C. Codrington and J. E. Lousley (1952,
Lond. Nat., 31, 11).
§270/1. Meum arHaMaAnticum Jacq. *50, Denb.; Cwrt, near Pentre
Foelas, E. Price Evans, comm. Nat. Mus. WALtxgEs.
§276/3. Pastrnaca sativa L. tft43, Radnor; coal yards, between
lines, on chippings, etc., at Dolau station. Not native, J. A. Webb
(1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 158).
§+276/5. PrEucEDANUM osTRUTHIUM (L.) Koch. t75, Ayr; beside ruins
of Glengarnock Castle, long known, D. Parton—but see J. R. Lee, Flora
of the Clyde Area, 163 (1933).
4277/1. HERAcCLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. *43, Radnor;
naturalised in a rocky dell near Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.
Nat., 20, 158).
+287/1. Sampucus racemosa L. 59, S. Lancs.; well established
near Mersey, Woolston, E. Harpy, and see Merseyside Nat. Association
Rep. 1952, p. 2. 67, Northumberland, S.; in wood by Colt Cray Reser-
voir, J. K. Morton (1952, Vasc. Subst., 37, 21).
sy) PLANT RECORDS
§287/3. SampBucus EBuLus L. *43, Radnor; Knucklas, J. A. WEBB,
comm. Nat. Mus. Watss.
288/1. VisurNuM oputus L. 97, (Argyll); Killundine, Morvern;
roadside scrub, several plants, EH. C. Wartzace and K. N. G. Mactreay.
§296/5. Gattum pumMItumM Murr. “*100, Clyde Isles; Arran, 1884,
Dr. R. M. Bucuanan (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Parton.
§+302/1. CrENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. £43, Radnor; Presteigne;
New Radnor; Clyro; Knighton; Llandrindod, J. A. Webb (1945, N.IV.
Nat., 20, 158). *73, Kirke.; Dundrennan Abbey; Rockcliffe, 1928, L. J.
TREMAYNE, comm. D. H. Kent.
§304/2. VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desv. *{21, Middx.; waste
ground, Ealing, 1950, L. M. P. Smatn, det. E. B. BaNncEerTER, comm.
D. H. Kent:
§304/4. VALERIANELLA CARINATA Lois. {8, S. Wilts.; Tisbury, B.
Welch (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S., 1950, 76).
§304/5. VaALERIANELLA RIMOSA Bast. 139, Staffs.; potato field,
Mucklestone, E. S. Edees (1952, Trans. N. Staffs. F.C., 86, 81).
+320/3. ERIcERON cANADENSIS L. 36, Heref.; goods yard, Hereford,
1944, Miss Mepwin; 1947, Miss MarsH; now very plentiful, comm. F. M.
Day.
§334/2. PuLIcARIA VULGARIS Gaertn. *94, Bucks.; Littleworth
Common, near Burnham Beeches, one large plant in a damp depression,
1949, R. A. Bontrace and F.. Rosr, comm. D. H. Kent.
*341/1. Xanruium srRuMARIUM L. 16, W. Kent; Erith Marshes,
about six plants, H. T. Corks, comm. D. ~H. Kent: 18, S. Essex;
rubbish-tip, Barking, 1951, J. C. Codrington and J E. Lousley (1952,
Lond. Nat., 31,12),
$354/1. GaALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cav. 14, (Kent); Hawkenbury
cemetery, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Butz. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Avonmouth
Docks, Rev. R. B. Apeti, C. W. Bannister and C. C. TowNnseEnpD, conf.
N. Y. SANDWITH.
1354/2. Gatinsoea ciaata (Raf.) Blake. 57, Derby; in town of
Derby, D. MecCrinvrocx.
#368/1. ANntTHEMIS TINcCTORIA L. 21, Middx.; railway banks between
Colnbrook and West Drayton, several large well established patches,
D. H. Kenr.
368/2. ANTHEMIS NoprtIs L. 8, S. Wilts.; Woodfalls, B. Welch
(1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 340).
PLANT RECORDS 53
§1371/3. MATRICARIA MATRICARIOIDES (Less.) Porter. “(2 Duan =
Brocklehurst, Mrs. F. L. Batrour-Browne, det. and comm. E. B. Ban-
GERTER. *73, Kirke.; Dundrennan, 1912, J. Brirten (Herb. Mus. Brit.).
98, Argyll; Balliemeanoch Farm, Loch Awe: {101, Kintyre; Taywallich,
Knapdale, Measdale, abundant about farm buildings: 103, Mid Ebudes;
Tiree, waste ground at Gott Bay, K. N. G. Macrray—But see J. R. Lee,
Flora of the Clyde Area, 187 (1933). *109, Caithn.; Thurso, 1932, H. H.
JOHNSTON (Herb. Mus. Brit.).
§7380/3. PErrTasiTEs FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Presl. 131, Hunts.; Alcon-
bury Hill, Mr. and Mrs. J. E. H. Blackie (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fawna
d Flora Soc., 1949, 16). +48, Radnor; shrubberies at Llandrindod; fre-
quent in woods and on banks at Penybont (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
$98, Argyll; Dunoon-Inellan, roadside and waste ground, locally fre-
quent, H. C. Watiace and K. N. G. Mactray—but see J. R. Lee, Flora
of the Clyde Area, 189 (1938).
+380/4. Prrastres saponicus (Sieb. & Zucc.) F. Schmidt. 20, Herts.;
naturalised on a bank in the grounds of Aldenham House near Elstree,
C. S. Smaticompe, det. T. G. Cottetr, comm. D. H. KeEnr.
§383/1. SENECIO FLUVIATILIS Wallr. *+100, Clyde Isles; Arran,
Whiting Bay, 1883, Dr. J. Wyre (Herb. Glasgow Umv.), comm. D.
ParrTon.
383/78. SENECIO X LONDINENSIS Lousley. 39, Staffs.; Norton
Canes, 1948, HE. S. Edees, conf. J. E. Lousley (1952, Trans. N. Staffs.
F.C., 86, 82).
§383/8. Senecio viscosus L. +36, Heref.; Dinedor, several plants
at farm entrance, Mrs. L. A. WuairreHEaD, comm. F. M. Day. = {t43,
Radnor; Aberceuthon Bank, near Rhayader, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W.
Nat., 20, 159). 101, Kintyre; Killellan Quarry, Campbeltown, M. H.
Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
4383/26. Senecio smiraHir DC. 101, Kintyre; Hill burn, inland on
west coast, 1950, M. H. CunnineHam.
4389/1. EcHINops sPHAEROCEPHALUS L. 80, Roxb.; N. bank of River
Teviot near old bridge at Cleekum Inn near Ancrum, A. W. Rosson.
§391/1. Cartina vuLeaRis L. 100, Clyde Isles; Arran, Struey
Rocks, 1883, Dr. J. Wyte (Herb. Glasgow Univ. Bot. Dept.), comm. D.
Patton—but see Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 5, 161 (1881) and Top.
Bot.
§395/1. Carpuus nutans L. 143, Radnor; Llanelwedd Quarry, J.
A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
54 PLANT RECORDS
3895/2. Carpuus crispus L. 98, Argyll; roadside near Kilchrenan
lime quarry, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Macteay; roadside near In-
veraray, K. N. G@. Macteay.
396/1b. Crrsitum ERIOPHORUM var. BRITANNICUM (Petrak) Druce.
17, Surrey ; Old Coulsdon, H. Britten (1952, Lond. Nat., 31, 11).
§396/3. CrIRsIUM HETEROPHYLLUM (L.) Hill. £43, Radnor; two spots
near Llanbadarn Fynydd, 1939, but the larger patch of the two was
destroyed by road widening the following year, J. A. Webb (1945, N.IV.
Nat., 20, 159).
396/8e. CIRSIUM ARVENSE var. sETOoSUM C. A. Mey. 112, N. Hants.;
wood yard, Heath End. East Woodhay, A. M. Srwmonps.
1398/1. Cynara caRpuNcuLUs L. 98, Argyll; Carnasserie, near Kil-
martin, old rubbish heap near road junction, has been here for at least
10 years, K. N. G. Mact&ay.
401/1. Saussurpa atprna (L.) DC. 98, Argyll; Cruach Achadh na
Craoibhe, Kilchrennan, north facing rock ledges at 800 ft., E. C. Wat-
Lace and K. N. G. Mactmay.
§405/12. Crntraurra cyaNus L. 143, Radnor; turfy walls by the
Kinnerton road, New Radnor, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
4405/16. CrnTAUREA ASPERA L. 16, W. Kent; Blackheath, a
small patch on a road verge, Mrs. K. K. Law, comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
419. Hieractum. All records, except where stated, have been deter-
mined, or confirmed, by P. D. Srerz and C. West. The order and num-
bers follow Pugsley, H. W., 1948, A Prodromus of the British Hieracia,
Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 54. Asterisks refer to vice-counties not cited
there.
419/4. Hreractum aLpinum L. 96, Easterness; with Arctostaphylos
alpinus near the summit of Carn Glas Lochdarach, Glen Affric, 1947, C.
C. TOWNSEND.
419/5. HreractuM HOLOSERIcEUM Backh. 96, Easterness; rocky
ledges about halfway up Tom a Choinich, Glen Affric, 1947, C. C.
TOWNSEND.
419/17. Hieractum HansBuryI Pugsl. 96, Easterness; high slopes
of Tom a Choinich, Glen Affric, 1947, C. C. TowNsenp.
419/93. Hzieractum PRAEcOx Schultz-Bip. *18, S. Essex, Waltham-
stow Reservoirs, J. Breprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
PLANT RECORDS BIS)
419/99. Hreractum ExoTERIcUM Jord. *21, Middx.; grounds of
Natural History Museum, South Kensington, 1948, E. B. BANGERTER.
419/149d. HtrrRaciIuM VULGATUM var. SUBFASCICULARE W. R. Linton.
*33, E. Glos.; (7b) wall under railway viaduct, Dowdeswell, C. C. Towns-
END.
419/152. HigRactum LEPIDULUM Stenstr. *4, N. Devon; Lyn Valley
above Lynmouth, 1950, C. C. Townsend. *18, S. Essex; Walthamstow
Reservoirs, J. Beprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
419/153. HigRactum mMaAcuLATUM Sm. “*18, S. Essex; Walthamstow
Reservoirs, 1951, J. Brprorp, comm. D. H. Kent.
419/164. Hirractum suBMUTABILE (Zahn) Pugsl. *34, W. Glos.; (4)
rocky slope near Ruspidge, 1949; *85, Mon.; plentiful on a wall behind
Tintern, 1949, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/165. HirractuM DAEDALOLEPIOIDES (Zahn) Roffey. 49, Caern.;
Llanberis waterfall; Cwm Idwal, C. C. TownsEnp.
419/166. Hirractum ancLorum (Ley) Pugsl. *37, Worcs.; railway
bank, Bromsgrove, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/167. HirpraciIuM TUNBRIDGENSE Pugsl. *21, Middx.; Hadley
Wood, EK. B. Bancerter, J. K. Morton and J. WH1TTAKER, comm. D. H.
KeEntT.
419/169. Hizracium strRuMosum Ley. *33, E. Glos.; (6) frequent
about the roadside from Sapperton to Oakridge; Swift Hill, Slad Valley,
1949, C. C. TownseEnp. *35, Mon.; near Usk, 1935, R. Winpsor
RickaRps, comm. Nat. Mus. Wa tes.
419/170. Hieractum acuminatum Jord. *34, W. Glos.; (5) St. Vin-
cents Recks, Bristol, 1951, C. C. TowNsEND.
419/212. HirraciuM TRIDENTATUM f. GLANDULOSICEPS (Zahn) Pugs.
*10, Wight; Bleak Down, Godshill, in some quantity on the N. side,
C. C. TowNnsEND.
419/216. Hirractum TRICHOCAULON (Dahlst.) Roffey. *24, Bucks. ;
roadside bank near Black Park, 1951, D. H. Kent.
419/217. HipRacIuM EBORACENSE Pugsl. *10, Wight; Bleak Down,
Godshill, 1951, C. C. TownsEnp.
419/238. HipracIuM BICHLOROPHYLLUM (Druce & Zahn) Pugsl. 34,
W. Glos.; limestone rocks at Symonds Yat, half a mile N. of the Station,
1949, C. C. TowNsEND.
56 PLANT RECORDS
419/238b. HisRACIUM BICHLOROPHYLLUM var. curTUM (EK. F. & W.
R. Linton) Pugsl. 4, N. Devon; Lundy, 1951, T. G. Cottetr, comm.
D. H. Kent.
419/245. Hizractum vacum Jord. *33, E. Glos.; (2a) railway bank,
Natton, near Tewkesbury, C. W. BannisTER. *52, Anglesey; Bodorgan
railway station, C. C. TownsEenp: 90, Forfar; railway embankment near
Montrose, 1948, U. K. Duncan, det. J. E. Raven.
419/247. Hieracrum caLvatum (F. J. Hanb.) Pugsl. *47, Monig.;
Llanfair Caereinion, 1940, J. A. Wess, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
419/249. Himractum crocrostytuM Pugsl. *47, Montg.; Llanfair
Caereinion, 1940, J. A. WEBB, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
+419/257. NH ieRAcIUM BRUNNEOCROCEUM Pugsl. 59, S. Lancs.; way-
side, Hawkshaw, F. SLATER.
1428/1. TRacorpocGon Po-RIFoLIus L. 1, W. Cornwall; stream and
hedge bank near Landewednack, F. W. ApAms.
432/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. 101, Kintyre; Bellanoch, Knapdale;
locally common on a north facing bank beside the Crinan Canal, K. N.
G. MAcLEay.
§435/1.. CampanuLta GLoMERATA L. {31, Hunts.; near Wansford
Quarries, Stibbington, J. L. Gilbert (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna &
Flora Soc., 1949, 16).
§438/2. Vaccrntum myrtintus L. t7, N. Wilts.; Savernake Forest,
G. W. Collett (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S., 1950, 77).
§446/7. Erica vacans L. *t50, Denb.; banks of river Dee, Melton
Wood, W. of Cefn Mawr, V. Gorpon.
453/3. Pyrota minor L. 105, W. Ross; rock ledges, north corrie
of Beinn Dearg at nearly 3000 ft., R. Mackecunire and E. C. Watuace.
+463/3. Lysrmacuia puncrata L. 98, Argyll; waste ground at road-
side in Connell village, Lorn, K. N. G. Macteay (previously found by
W. A. Sever, ec. 1950). 101, Kintyre; waste ground near Bellanoch,
Knapdale, K. N. G. Maonkay.
467/3. ANAGALLIS FOEMINA Mill. 37, Worcs.; arable field, Sarn
Hill, Bushley, quite plentiful, Rev. R. B. Abett and C. W. BANNISTER.
+472/2. Ligustrum ovatironium Hassk. 23, Oxon.; gravel-pit,
Caversham, 1951: H. 20, Wicklow, one plant in an untrimmed hedge of
native shrubs, by lane bordering fields, Wicklow, 1950, D. P. Youne.
PLANT RECORDS 57
§473/2. Vinca minor L. {+43, Radnor; Nantmel; Cwmbach-
Llechryd; Penybont, doubtfully native, J. A. Webb (1945, N. W. Nat.,
20, 159).
¢474/2. Buppiesa pAvipit Franch. 101, Kintyre; established for
long stretches along the Tarbet to Ardrishaig road, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. 37, Worcs.; abundant
in a pasture-field and along edge of nearby Sarn Hill Wood, Bushley,
on sandy ground, with C. minus Moench, C. W. BANNISTER.
480/5. GENIIANELLA SEPTENTRIONALIS (Druce) EK. F. Warburg. 105,
W. Ross; on limestone outcrops, Strath Kanaird; limestone pasture in
ravine between Ullapool and Loch Achall, R. Macxkrcunig and H. C.
WALLACE.
§480/7. GENTIANELLA ULIGINOSA (Willd.) H. Sm. *44, Carm.; dune
slacks below Laugharne, 1944, R. B. Asetn, det. H. W. Pucstey.
§497/2. SympHytum tuBERosumM L. 133, E. Glos.; small copse near
Brockworth, small colony apparently naturalised, Rev. R. B. AsBeru
and C. W. Bannister, *44, Carm.; roadside, 13 miles north-east of
Llanstephan, 1951, M. H. Syxss, det. A. E. Wangs, comm. Nat. Mus.
WALES.
$499/1. TRACHYSTEMON ORIENTALIS (L.) Don. 7, N. Wilts.; East
Tytherton, T. G. CoLttEtTt, comm. J. D. Grose.
§7503/1. PuLMoNarRIA oFFICINALIS L. {43, Radnor; hedges, Llan-
stephan, 1949, J. A. Webb and M. H. Sykes (1952, Proc. Swansea Scient.
& F.N.S., 10, 326).
506/1. Myosotis scorpiompes L. 101, Kintyre; Machrihanish links;
Ronachan Bay, Peninver, Saddell, frequent, K. N. G. Mactimay.
7511/2. CatystTEeIa syLvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. 18, S.
Essex; plentiful on railway banks from Leyton to Debden, D. H. Kent.
*37, Worcs.; waste ground and hedgesides in several places around Red-
ditch, C. C. Townsenp. *46, Card.; Aberporth, 1951, J. A. Wess,
comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
§517/1. Soranum putcamara L. *101, Kintyre; Cour, on shore at
Crossaig, F. Davip; Ardnacross Bay, M. H. CuNNINGHAM, comm. K. N.
G. Macuray.
6521/1. ATROPA BELLA-DONNA L. 121, Middx.; bombed site, EHaton
Terrace, S.W.1., R. L. Bennet, comm. E. B. Bancrerter. +38, Warw.;
grows vigorously on a number of bombed sites near Coventry station,
J. H. Edwards (1948, Proc. Coventry & Dist. N.H. & S.S., 2, 56).
58 PLANT RECORDS
$524/1b. HyoscyamMus NIGER var. PALLIDUS Waldst. & Kit. aN,
Middx.; disused running track, Finsbury Park, J. Breprorp, det. and
comm. D. H. Kent.
1527/5. VeERBASCUM BLATTARIA L. 36, Heref.; roadside between Ross
and Pencraig, one plant, with Reseda alba L., C. W. BANNISTER.
527/8x3. VERBASCUM x COLLINUM Schrad., non Salisb. 33, E.
Glos.; (6) Daneway, Sapperton, C. W. BANNISTER.
$532/2. Linaria PURPUREA (L.) Mill. 85, Fife; St. Andrews, frequent
on old walls throughout town, also along N. beach, A. W. Rosson.
532/3. LINARIA REPENS (L.) Mill. 721, Middx.; railway sidings
near West Drayton, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
§+532/26. CyMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. *103, Mid
Ebudes; walls in Tobermory, Muil, frequent, K. N. G. Macteay.
534/2. MISoPATES ORONTIUM (L.) Raf. 14, (Kent); weed in a nur-
sery, Bayham road, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Butt.
§535/2. ScropHuLaRia Aquatica L. {t110, Outer Hebrides; in two
widely separated localities in the Lews Castle Woods, Lewis, possibly
introduced, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soce.,
11, 87).
1537/2. Mimutus MoscHatus Dougl. ex Lindl. 49, Caern.; in bog,
Moel Hebog, Beddgelert, L. W. Frost.
1542/1. Erinus atprnus L. 78, Peebles; walls of Neidpath Castle ;
100, Clyde Isles; main street at Millport, D. Parron. 101, Kintyre;
Saddell, old walls, fairly frequent, K. N. G. Mactreay.
543/6. Veronica scuTeLtLATa L. 105, W. Ross; marsh, Braemore
Square, Braemore, E. C. WaALuace.
543/9. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell. 52, Anglesey; marsh near
Carreg Fawr Farm, Trearddwr Bay, C. C. TowNSEND.
543/12. Veronica TENELLA All. 105, W. Ross; Druim Reidh, Fan-
nich, E. C. WALLACE.
~§543/14. Veronica verNA L. ft3, S. Devon; rough field near top
of Peak Hill, Sidmouth, 1951, G. Steele-Perkins and T. J. Richards
(1952, Rep. and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 257).
§543/21. VERONICA HEDERTFOLIA L. *98, Argyll; waste ground in
Kilchrenan village, E. C. Waunace and K. N. G. Macieay.
PLANT RECORDS 59
4543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 14 (Kent); Hawkenbury cemetery,
Funbridze™ Wells, K. EH.” Butt. 37, Worcs.; in quantity on
the bank of the Severn behind Shrawley Wood, near Droitwich, C. E. A.
ANDREWS and C. C. TowNSEND. 88, Mid Perth; cemetery of St. Kattan’s
Chapel, Aberuthven; S. bank of Tay near Elcho Castle, A. W. Rosson.
98, Argyll; roadside in Kilchrenan village, E. C. Watuacr and K. N. G.
Mactray.
545/10. EupHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. 52, Anglesey; Aberffraw
Common, C. C. Townsenp, det. E. F. Warsure.
545/18. EupHRAsIA CONFUSA forma ALBIDA Pugsl. 52, Anglesey ;
Aberffraw Common, C. C. TowNsENp, det. E. F. Warpure. ‘‘ Some of
the plants are very hairy and are perhaps E. confusa x curta.’’—
545/19(4). EupHrasia ANGLIcA Pugsl. 6, N. Som.; Street Heath,
near Glastonbury, common in boggy woodland, Rev. R. B. Apgety, C. C.
TOWNSEND and C. W. BannrisTER.
§546/4. PareNTUCELIIA viscosa (L.) Caruel. *8, S. Wilts.; marshy
field adjoining the river near Manningford Abbots, J. D. Grosz. {15,
K. Kent; hollows on the dunes at Sandwich Bay, Miss B. Gore, teste
Miss D. Long; over 100 plants, F. Rose (1952, S.H. Nat., 57, xix). 16,
W. Kent; near Westerham, Mrs. L. M. P. Smatt, comm. D. H. Kent.
*70, Cumb.; on disturbed ground adjoining sand dunes, Silloth-on-
Solway, Miss N. M. SratxKer.
5648/1. RurNantHus sEROTINUS (Schénh.) Schinz & Thell. 37,
Worcs.; in a cornfield on the south side of Bredon Hill, 1951, C. C.
TowNsEND, conf. E. F. Warsure, as R. major Ehrh.
§550/ 7. OROBANCHE HEDERAE Duby. {17, Surrey; parasitic on Ivy
on the tow-path between Richmond and Kew, 1948, W. H. Spreadbury
(1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28)—see also Salmon, F!l., 502 (1981).
508/1x4. MerntHa X CORDIFOLIA Opiz. 101, Kintyre; marsh in
Glenbrackerie, M. H. Cunnrneuam.
5598/2. MentTHa ALopecuROIDEs Hull. 33, E. Glos.; Postlip Hall,
near Winchcomb, C. C. TownsEnp, conf. R. A. GraHam.
_ 558 / 31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA var. HORRIDULA Briq. 57, Derby; river-
side on marshy ground near the bridge, Calver, F. W. Apams, comm.
R. A. Granam.
558/31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA X ROTUNDIFOLIA. 22, Berks.; Parish
chalkpit, Compton, F. M. Day. 57, Derby; laneside near Beeley Hill
Top, near Beeley, Chesterfield, F. W. Apams. Both det. R. A. Granam.,
60 PLANT RECORDS
558/3bis, MENTHA X NILIACA var. WEBBERI J. Fraser. 101, Kintyre;
damp woodland, Rocky Burn, near Campbeltown, M. H. CunNnINGHAM,
det. R. A. Grawam.
§558/10. Mernrua xX geEntTILIiIs L. 37, Wores.; R. Teme at Osebury
Rock, Knightwick, F. M. Day. 63, S.W. York.; margin of old Mill
Pond, Rivelin Valley, Sheffield, F. W. Apams. {101, Kintyre; marsh
in Glenbrackerie, M. H. Cunningham. All det. R. A. Graham (1953,
Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
558/10c. MreNTHA X GENTILIS var. GRATA Briq. 37, Worcs.; R. Teme
at Osebury Rock, Knightwick, F. M. Day, det. R. A. Granam.
558/10g. MrenrHaA Xx @RAcILIs Sole. +21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Hare-
field, F. M. Day, det. R. A. Granam.
§562/5. CALAMINTHA ASCENDENS Jord. {31, Hunts.; hedgerow near
Church footpath, Stibbington, J. L. Gilbert (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts.
Fauna & Flora Soc., 1949, 17).
TOO) 172 ISALVIA “VERTICMILATA 128 18; 8. Essex; Walthamstow
Reservoirs, J. Beprorp, det. and comm. D. H. Kent. 21, Middx.;
plentiful on railway banks near South Greenford, 1951, D. H. Kenr.
§573/2. PRunewLA Lactntata (L.) L. *18, S. Essex; pasture by river
wall, Althorne, L.N.H.S. Firnp MeEgEtinc, comm. E. C. WALLACE.
577/4. Srachys X aMBIguA Sm. 57, Derby; riverside, Hathersage;
waste ground by road, Calver; marsh in Brierley Wood, Chesterfield, F.
W. ADAMS.
578/2b. GALEOPSIS BIFIDA Boenn. 34, W. Glos.; (4) The Grove, be-
tween Lower Redbrook and Bigsweir, plentiful, with G@. tetrahit L.
Many plants seemed more or less intermediate between the two species,
and may have been hybrids, Rev. R. B. Aseti and C. W. BANNISTER.
581/4.. Lamium Hyspripum Vill. 33, E. Glos.; (2b) in a garden,
Hucclecote, 1950, J. W. Hatnes, conf. E. F. Warsure, comm. C. C.
TowNsenp. 52, Anglesey; abundant on Holyhead putting green; C. C.
TOWNSEND.
§581/5. LamMIuM MOLUCCELLIFoLIUM Fr. ‘*t21, Middx.; waste
ground, Hackney Marshes, J. E. Cooper (Herb. Mus. Brit.), det. A.
Metperis and BK. B. BANGERTER, comm. D. H. Kent.
§600/ 4. CHENOPoDIUM HyBRIDUM L. {7, N. Wilts.; Marlborough,
J. H. Halliday (1951, Rep. N.H. Sect. Wilts. Arch. & N.H.S. 1950, 77).
33, EK. Glos.; Northway, Ashchurch, about twelve plants in a flower-
bed, C. W. BANNISTER.
PLANT RECORDS 61
600/13. CHENopopIUM GLAUcUM L. 16, W. Kent; Kemsing station,
1948, D. McClintock (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28).
615/3. Potyeconum BIsToRTA L. 13, W. Sussex; hedgebank of
lane, Stopham, E. C. Wattacr. 101, Kintyre; banks of Lussa river, M.
H. CunNINGHAM.
4615/19. Poryconum parutum Bieb. 26, W. Suff.; dry sandy
ground above Lakenheath, F. W. Apams, det. A. MELDERISs.
1615/31. Potyeconum PpoLystacHyum Wall. ex Meisn. 97, (Argyll);
Strontian, Ardgour, waste ground at roadside, probably garden escape,
EK. C. Watiace and K. N. G. Mackay.
1615/32. Potyeonum cusprpatum Sieb. & Zucc. 43, Radnor;
Llandrindod Common; by the Ithon; Penypont; Builth Road; near
Newbridge-on-Wye, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
1615/33. PoLYGoNUM SACHALINENSE F’. Schmidt ex! Maxim. 34, W.
Glos.; (5) one clump of large plants by the edge of a roadside field at
Westonbirt, R. B. Asett, C. W. BannisteR and C. C. TownseEnp, conf.
N. Y. SanpwitH.
1618/5. Rumex aupinus L. 63, S. W. York.; over 1000 feet on
roadside bank near a farm at Rod Moor, 1951, F. W. Apams.
618/7. Rumex sancuineus L. 67, Northumb. S.; Capheaton, D.
McCiintocxg.
618/16(2). Rumex TENUIFoLIUS (Wallr.) Love. 37, Worcs.; Holly-
bush Hill, Malvern Hills, a dominant; in company with Hypochoeris
glabra, Moenchia, Aphanes microcarpa, etc., C. W. BANNISTER and C.
C. TownsEND, conf. J. E. Loustey.
+618/29. Rumex ospovatus Danser. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Avonmouth
Docks, three or four plants, C. W. Bannister, det. J. EK. Lous ey.
§+622/1. ArRisToLocH1a cLEMATITIS L. {31, Hunts.; Bluntisham, Rev.
R. F. McMeile (1950, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna and Flora Soc., 1949,
17).
626/1. Viscum arsum lL. $43, Radnor; Orchards, Ffynnon
Gynydd, A. Bates; Pistyll; Glasbury, J. A. Webb (on apple trees in all
three localities), (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
628 / 6. EUPHORBIA STRICTA L. 34, W. Glos.; Old Park Wood,
Lydney, three or four plants—the first seen here for many years, C. C.
TOWNSEND.
62 PLANT RECORDS
§628/15. EupnHorsia exteua L. *95, Elgin; in flower garden, Moy
House, Forres, M. McCattum Wesster, det. J. E. Loustey.
§+628/16. EupHorpia LatHyrus L. *44, Carm.; Llanegwad, Mrs.
M. Barnes, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
+633 /3. Utmus x HoLuaANpIcA Mill. 48, Radnor; woods at
Knighton; toward Knucklas, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 159).
§637/2. Urtica urENS L. 1443, Radnor; Yard of Forest Inn, Nant-
melan, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160).
§644/1. Carprnus BeTuLus L. +43, Radnor; shrub in hedges at
Pencerrig, and one or two fine sized trees also in the woods there; Ithon
Woods, Llandrindod, not native, J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20,
160).
646/1. Quercus ropuR L. 98, Argyll.; Loch Awe-side, frequent:
101, Kintyre; Bellanoch, Knapdale; West Loch Tarbert: frequent:
(Most of the oaks in Argyll seem to be Q. robur, probably descendants
ot planted trees. There are a few individuals of Q. petraea scattered
among them), K. N. G. Mac ray.
646/2. QupRcus PETRAPA (Mattuschka) Liebl. (,. SEeaWalis=;
Savernake Forest, J. T. Wildash (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54,
341).
+646/3. Quercus cerRRIs L. 98, Argyll; Portsonachan, Loch Awe,
a single tree in the Q. robur-Corylus wood; an escape from planted trees
in Sonachan House, half a mile away, K. N. G. Mactray.
§+647/1. Casranga sativa Mill. 98, Argyll; Cladich, planted, 1941,
K. N. G. Macteay: Glen Nant, E. C. Waxtace and K. N. G. Macteay
—hbut see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Area, 100 (19383).
§650/2. Sazrx Fraciris L. $43, Radnor; Llanfaredd, ete., J. A.
Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160).
650/6b. Satrx vrMrnaris var. mntricata Leefe. 33, E. Glos.; (6)
Toadsmoor Lake, R. B. Aner.
650/14. Satrx arspuscuta L. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near
Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, E. C. Watiacer
and K. N. G. Mactrray.
650/16. Satrx tapponum TL. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near
Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, E. C. Watiace
and K. N. G. Macrray. 105, W. Ross; Beinn Enaiglair, and Eididh nan
Clach Geala: 106, E. Ross; Beinn Enaiglair, R. Mackecunm and E. C.
WALLACE.
PLANT RECORDS 63
650/17. Satrx mMyrsinitEs L. 98, Argyll; Meall nan Gabhar, near
Dalmally, rock ledges on north face about 1,500 feet, EK. C. Watuace
and K. N. G. Mact&ay.
650/18. Satrx HERBAcEA L. 78, (Selk.); at alt. 2,450 ft., Little
Craig, Meggott Water watershed; also between Lochcraig Head and
Talla East Side above Loch Skene, D. A. RatcLirFe.
651/1. Poputus canescens (Ait.) Sm. 98, Argyll; Cladich, at the
road junction, an old established group of trees, extending by suckers,
K. N. G. Mactzay.
§651/3. Poputus nicrRAa L. 1438, Radnor; fine trees, Llanbister, J. A.
Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160)—but see J. Bot., 46, 336 (1908).
§660/1. Liparts Lorseni (L.) Rich. [tH.11, Kilkenny; Kilkenny,
G. Gray (1952, Country Life, 112, 121). Enquiry has failed to elicit any
confirmation of this record.—Eb. ]
§662/1. Nrortta nipus-Avis (L.) Rich. 98, Argyll; hazel wood in
Glen Nant, EK. C. Wartace and K. N. G. Macteay: Inveraray, K. N. G.
Mactray. 1101, Kintyre; Rhee estate, Tarbert, F. David, comm. K. N.
G. Macleay (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
663/1. Listera ovata (L.) R.Br. 101, Kintyre; small grassy
meadow at Redhouse road junction, E. C. Wattace and K. N. G. Mac-
LEAY.
667/3. CEPHALANTHERA LONGIFOLIA (L.) Fritsch. 97, (Argyll);
grassy verge of roadside through oak-hazel wood, Killundine, Morvern,
K. C. Watuace, A. A. Stack and K. N. G. Mactmay.
668 /3(8). EPIPACTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A. Steph.)
D. P. Young. 11, S. Hants.; Nursling, a few plants in a willow holt on
wet chalky alluvium, P. Bowman, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES
and D. P. Youne. 33, E. Glos.; (6) beech plantation in small quantity,
Painswick, 1935, Lapy Davy; still there in 1951 and 1952 (Young,
Thomas, Summerhayes and Fleming), varying through var. degenera D.
P. Young to var. phyllanthes. Beech wood, Brimpsfield, 1947; (7b)
beech wood, in small quantity, near Birdlip, 1940, a form approaching
var. pendula D. P. Young, C. THomas. Not there in 1951 and 1952,
Thomas, Summerhayes, Young and Fleming (Fleming, 1952, Proc.
Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 43).
669/8. ORcHIS PRAFTERMISSA Druce. 39, Staffs.; Sphagnum swamp
by the roadside east of Milford, E. S. Edees, conf. V. S. Summerhayes
(1952, Trans. N. Staff. F.C., 86, 83).
§669/9. Orcuis purPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. *50, Denb.; Wern,
near Bettws-y-coed, R. H. Roserts, comm. Nat. Mus. Watss. 98,
64 PLANT RECORDS
Argyll; roadside bank crossing the Moine Mér, near Kilmartin, fre-
quent; Lochan na Cuthaig, Lorn: 101, Kintyre; Crinan, frequent, K.
N. G. Macrmay.
669/10. OrcHis macuLata IL. 98, Argyll; Loch Awe-side; Glen
Coe: Glen Nant; very common throughout Argyll, K. N. G. Macrzay.
669/11. Orcuis rucusi Druce. 98, Argyll; grassy verge of old road
from Dalmally-Inverary near Cladich, K. N. G. Macteay. 101, Kin-
tyre; near Crinan Canal, Knapdale, R. Watxer, 1951 (Herb. Kew),
teste V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669(3)/1. HimantrogLossum uHIRciNum (L.) Spreng. 8, S. Wilts.;
railway bank near Downton, Dr. B. Whitehead (1953, Wilts. Arch. &
N.H. Mag., 55, 62).
672/3. OpHRysS APIFFRA Huds. 9, Dorset; Corfe, a specimen with
thirteen flowers on a two-foot stem, 1950, E. Chambers (1951, Prac.
Bournemouth Nat. Scr. Soc., 40, 34).
§702/2. At1ruM BABINGTONII Borrer. *+5, S. Som.; Porlock, in a
ruined brick enclosure (or shed), below bank of the beach, 1951, Miss E.
M. Mepwry, comm. N. Y. SaNDWITH.
702/4. Aztxitum viInEALE L. 80, Roxb.; railway embankment about
13 miles south of Hawick, A. W. Rosson.
706/1. Scttma verNa Huds. 101, Kintyre; grassy, rocky coast at
Ronachan Bay, K. N. G. Mact®ay and E. C. Wattace.
715/1. Torrenp1a pust~iA (Michx.) Pers. 105, W. Ross, and 106,
K.. Ross; sparingly near Kididh nan Clach Geala, and in Coire Ghranda
Beinn Dearg, R. Mackrcunitm and BE. C. WatLtrace.
718/5. Juncus mnripxus L. S., Channel Isles; Herm, swampy
hollow in N. of island, M. Hancock, det. and comm. E. B. BANGERTER.
§+718/16. Juncus tenuis Willd. 143, Radnor; Llandegley; Stanner,
J. A. Webb (1945, N.W. Nat., 20, 160). 59, S. Lancs.; sandy cart track,
Walmersley, near Bury, F. Starter. 101, Kintyre; Achnamara, Knap-
dale; frequent at roadside, K. N. G. Macrray.
718/20. Juncus castaneus Sm. 105, W. Ross; Sgurr Breac, Fan-
nich; Hididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackecuntir and E. C. Warrace.
§718/22. Juncus stetumts L. *105, W. Ross; northern corrie, Beinn
Dearg, and on Fididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mackrecunie and FE. C.
WALLACE.
719/8. Luzuna spreata (L.) DC. 97, (Argyll); scree on hill above
Glen Cripesdale, Loch Sunart, K. N. @. Mactray and E. C. Wattace.
PLANT RECORDS 65
7723/1. Arum 1raticum Mill. 71, Man; well established at Great
Meadow, Malew, 1946, C. I. Paton (1948, Peregrine, 1 (5), 19).
§727/2. Lemna potyruiza L. 42, Brecon; Llangorse Lake, D. P.
M. GuILe, comm. Nar. Mus. Warres—see 1953 Year Book, B.S.B.I., 44.
§727/3. Lemna trisutca L. 42, Brecon; Llangorse Lake, D. P. M.
GuILE, comm. Nar. Mus. Warrs—see 1953 Year Book, B.S.B.1., 44.
729/2. ALISMA LANCEOLATUM With. 18, S. Essex; Walthamstow
Marshes, J. WHITTAKER, det. and comm. E. B. Bancerter. 20, Herts;
Grand Union Canal, Rickmansworth: 21, Middx.; Grand Union Canal,
Springwell to Harefield; Ruislip Reservoir, 1950: 24, Bucks.; Grand
Union Canal, Denham, 1950, D. H. Kent.
737/23. PoTaMoGETON BERCHTOLDIT Fieb. 101, Kintyre; Tayinloan
marsh, 1950, M. H. CunnineHam, det. J. E. Danny and G. Taytor.
737/27. PoTaMoGETON TRICHOIDFSs Cham. & Schlecht. 17, Surrey;
Pen Ponds, Richmond Park, B. Wetcu, det. J. E. DANpy and G. Taytor.
§745/2. EtrocHarIs uNiIctuMIsS (Link) Schult. 64, Mid-W.
York.; marshy field bordering south side of Askham Bog, L. F. H.
Merton, det. S. M. Walters (1949, The Nat., 1949, 37).
747/1. ERiopHoRUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe. 97, (Argyll); moorland
near Kinloch Teacuis, Morvern: 98, Argyll; limestone ridge above Kil-
chrenan, Loch Awe, K. N. G. Mactfay and EK. C. Watiace.
747/4. EriopHorum vaernattm L. 17, Surrey; bog west of Deer
Rock Hill, Berkshire-Surrey border, A. Mretperts and E. C. Watuace.
§753/2. CAREX RIPARIA Curt. *98, Argyll; marshy ground at edge
of Loch Ederline: *101, Kintyre; marshy ground under trees on south
bank of Crinan canal near Bellanoch, Knapdale, K. N. G. Mactray.
753/6. Carex gaxaTinis L. 105, W. Ross; sparse and poor on
Sgurr Breac, Fannich: more vigorous on Beinn Dearg and Fididh nan
Clach Geala, R. MackrcHuniz and E. C. Wattace.
753/13. Carex LAEVIGATA Sm. 34, W. Glos.; Old Bargain’s Wood,
Aylburton, C. C. TownsEnp.
753/27. Carex HumIlis Leyss. 7, N. Wilts.; Easton Hill, Mrs. E.
Timperley (1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 342).
753/35. Carex vaGcrnaTa Tausch. 105, W. Ross; north corrie of
A’chailleach, Fannich, E. C. Wanace.
66 PLANT RECORDS
§753/41. Carex arrata L. *106, E. Ross; crags above Loch Li, Fan-
nich, R. MackrcHNIkz and KE. C. Wattace.
§753/52. Carex ELonGATA L. 15, EK. Kent; by a pond on Weald Clay
at Stubb’s Cross, Kingsnorth, E. Scott (1952, S.E. Nat., 57, xix).
§753/56. Carex ECHINATA Murr. {31, Hunts.; The Heath, Wood
Walton Fen, one plant only, 1951, M. E. D. Poore (1952, Ann. Rep.
Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 4, 21).
753/59. Carex oTRUBAH Podp. 101, Kintyre; Carradale, F. Davin,
comm. K. N. G. Macrpay.
753 /61(2). Carpx POLYPHYLLA Kar. & Kir. 32, Northants; abundant
in marshy parts of Old Sulchay Forest, 1950, J. L. Gilbert, det. E. C.
Wallace (1951, J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 32, 83). *45.. Pemh: ;
Caldey Island, F. N. Heprrr, det. KE. Netmes.
753/63. Carex PANICULATA L. 98, Argyll; Loch Ederline: 101, Kin-
tyre; south bank of Crinan canal near Bellanoch, K. N. G. Mactrray.
§753/66. Carpx pisticHaA Huds. *101, Kintyre; Campbeltown, F
Davip, comm. K. N. G. Mactmay.
+754/11. Dierrar1A 1IscHAEMUM (Schreb.) Muhl. 17, Surrey; near
Pyrford, 1948, B. Welch (1949, Lond. Nat., 28, 28).
§775/1. Mititum rErrusum IL. *105, W. Ross; ravine of Falls of
Measach, Braemore, R. MackrcHnre and BE. C. Watrace.
791/2. DescHampstia ALPINA (L.) Roem. & Schult. 105, W. Ross:
summit of plateau of Beinn Dearg, R. MackEcHunir and EF. C. WaLtacr.
+815/6. HEracrostis prnosa (L.) Beauv. 17, Surrey; waste land.
West, Clandon—recorded previously as H. minor, but now corrected by
_ W. A. Supper, BE. C. Wanuace.
§818/2. Merioa unrrtora Retz. *97, (Argyll); Killundine, Morvern,
wood above shore road, occasional, EB. C. Wartacr and K. N. G. Macrray.
819/1b. DactTYLIS GLOMERATA var. COLLINA Schlecht. 6, N. Som.;
Cheddar Gorge, F’. M. Day, det. C. KE. Hussarp.
8924/4. Poa trrigata Lindm. 57, Derby; marshy pasture at Ward-
low Mires near Stoney Middleton, F. W. Anams, comm. C. E. Hvupparp.
§824/5. Poa patustris L. 31, Hunts.; common at Wood Walton
Fen, 1951, M. E. D. Poore (1952, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora
Soc., 4, 22).
PLANT RECORDS 67
§824/11. Poa auprna L. 97, (Argyll); scree on hill above Glen Cripes-
dale, Loch Sunart, K. N. G. Mactmay and E. C. Wattace. *105, W.
Ross; northern corrie, Beinn Dearg; Eididh nan Clach Geala, R. Mac-
KECHNIE and E. C. WALuace.
§825/3b. GLyYcERIA DECLINATA Bréb. *37, Worcs.; Hanley Swan, in
the Swan Pool, plentiful, Rev. R. B. Apert and C. W. Bannister.
826/4x829/1. %*FpstuLotiIum Ltotiackum (Huds.) P. Fourn. 57,
Derby; grassland near the canal at Cromford; near the river in Brad-
ford Dale, Miss E. Evans and F. W. Apams, comm. C. E. Hussarp.
826/5. Festuca attisstma All. 105, W. Ross; ravine of Falls of
Measach, Braemore, R. MackEcHNTIE and E. C. Wattace.
826/18. Vuipra myuros (L.) C. C. Gmel. 26, W. Suff.; sandy ground
near Mile End, Brandon, F. W. Apams.
+826/18(2). Vunpra mecatura (Nutt.) Rydb. 15, E. Kent; plentiful
in the vicinity of a ‘‘shoddy’’ stack between Old Wives Lees and Selling,
1951, D. H. Kent, det. C. E. Huspparp.
+826(2)/1. Narpurus maritima (L.) Janchen. 21, Middx.; plentiful
and well established on railway tracks between Denham and Uxbridge,
1951, D. H. Kent, det. C.E. Husparp.
+827/1(2). Bromus p1anpRus Roth. 25, E. Suff.; waste ground at
Felixstowe Dock, F. W. Stmpson.
+827/13(2). Bromus cartnatus Hook. & Arn. 8, S. Wilts.; The
Butts, Salisbury, 1950, Mrs. P. R. Farquharson, det. C. E. Hubbard
(1952, Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 54, 348).
§827/19(2). Bromus teprpus Holmb. *45, Pemb.; St. Davids, plen-
tiful on roadsides, R. M. Paynn, det. A. Metperts. *57, Derby; road-
side near Winster; edge of Wardlow Mires, F. W. Apams, conf. C. E.
Housparp. *83, Edinb.; overgrown flower bed and rough grass verge with
B. mollis Ii. sens. str., Learmouth Terrace, Edinburgh, P. S. Green,
conf. C. K. Husparp.
827/19(3). Bromus tHominit Hard. *83, Edinb.; by a cinder path
on the Haugh, Water of Leith, Edinburgh, P. S. Green, conf. C. E.
HUBBARD.
§830/2. AGRoPYRON PUNGENS (Pers.) Roem. & Schult. 166, Durham:
plentiful along the north side of Greatham Creek, J. W. Heslop-
Harrison (1952, Vasc. (Subst.). 37, 32).
§836/1. Enymus arenartus L. 198, Argyll; Dunoon-Inellan, shingly
beach, locally common—? planted, FE. C. Watiacr and K. N. G. Mactreay.
68 PLANT RECORDS
844/3. Equiserum syivaticum L. 4, N. Devon; near Kingbeare
Farm, Okehampton Hamlets, 1951, O. Greig (1952, Rep. & Trans. Devon
Assoc., 84, 259).
§854/1. PotysticHuUM sETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. *97, (Argyll):
Killundine, Morvern; on damp rocks beside Killundine burn, E. C.
Watiack and K. N. G. Macrmay.
854/4. PotysticHum toncuHitis (L.) Roth. 106, E. Ross; crags
above Loch Ii, Fannich, R. Mackecuniz and E. C. WatLtace.
856/1(2). DRyYoPTERIS BORRERT Newm. 15, E. Kent; in a dry fresh-
water fen, Dungeness, Miss E. O’Nians and F. Rose (1952, S. H. Nat.,
57, xix). *74, Wigtown; Glen Ragie Wood near Newton Stewart; Home
Farm near Newton Stewart; Kiliture Forest near Wigtown, J. P. Puen.
98, Argyll; abundant on roadsides about Loch Awe, Loch Fyne and Loch
Striven, K. N. G. Macteay and E. C. Wartace. 101, Kintyre; woods
near Campbeltown, M. H. Cunnrnenam. 105, W. Ross; here and there
about Braemore and Inverbroom, E. C. WatLtace.
856/1(3). DRYOPTERIS ABBREVIATA (DC.) Newm. 101, Kintyre, west
shore rocks near Campbeltown, 1950, M. H. CunnincHam.
§856/2. Dryopreris cristata (L.) A. Gray. |
S
5, E. Kent; one
plant in freshwater fen at Dungeness, F. Rose (1952, S.H. N
Fiée: 2. Ix).
§856/5. DRyYOPTERIS AEMULA (Ait.) Kuntze. 97, (Argyll); rocky
burn at Killundine, Morvern, E. C. Watuace and K. N. G. Macteay.
98, Argyll; Allt Beochlaich, Loch Awe-side: *101, Kintyre; Cour shore,
not infrequent in shady gullies, K. N. G. Macieay.
§856/6. DryopreRiIs VILLARSI (Bellardi) Woynar. [7100, Clyde Isles;
Arran, ‘‘Mr. Stewart exhibited Lastraea rigida from Arran—its first
discovery in Scotland,’’ 15.7.1879, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 4, 119
(1879). ]
863/1. HyMrNoPHYLLUM TUNBRIGENSE (L.) Sm. 104, N. Ebudes:
on sheltered overhanging rocks, alongside the stream in Allt a Coire
Bhuidhe, Skye, St. ANpREws Untversity Brot. Soc., comm. J. A.
MACDONALD.
864/1. Osswunpa recALIs L. 101, Kintyre; Cour, infrequent on
shore: 105, W. Ross; Ullapool, a sea cliff one mile east of pier has its
face covered with sporelings and young plants, 1951, K. N. G. Macteay.
§$869/2. Isorres rcHrNosporRA Durieu. *98, Argyll; Crow Island
Bay, Balliemeanoch, Loch Awe, K. N. G. Mactimay.
PLANT RECORDS 69
CHaropHyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/5. NITELLA TRANSLUCENS Ag. “12. Ne Hants. - in ditch” by
Kingsley Pond, C. Laneripcr. *49, Caern.; peat pool near beach three
miles east of Pwllheli, A. VaugHaN Jones. *103, Mid Ebudes; Loch an
Duin near Arinagour, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murrueap.
872/6b. NITELLA MUCRONATA var. GRACILLIMA Groves & Bullock-
Webster. 27, EH. Norf.; Rockland Broad, at a depth of 2-5 m.; A. C.
JERMY.
§876/3. CHara vuteaRtIs L. 88, Mid Perth; pool on Ben Lawers,
J. Evans, comm. C. I. Sanpwirh. *103, Mid Ebudes; moorland ditch
above Loch a Mhill Aird, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murruerap.
876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. 2 -eNe, Elants.:
Odiham canal, F. D. GoopctiFFeE, comm. J. Ciece. 17. Surrey: bog at
Enton, B. Grinpe11, J. Crece and G. O. Atten. *19, N. Essex; Felsted,
K. A. Rosrnson. *90, Forfar; in pools, Barry Links, W. B. Ocitvin,
comm. G. Taytor. *H.2, N. Kerry; south of Bally Leige, L. Akeragh,
F. W. Stmpson, comm. C. W. Murryerap.
876/7b. CHARA CONTRARIA var. HISPIDULA A. Braun. (69, N. Lancs.);
in gravel holes on N. Walney Island, Barrow, A. W. WEsTRUP.
876/14. CHARA CoNNIVENS A. Braun. 27, E. Norf.; Hickling Broad,
G. H. Rocke.
§876/17. CHARA pDELIcATULA Ag. *103, Mid Ebudes; brackish ditch
on Grishipoll Bay, Isle of Coll, 1951, C. W. Murruegap.
70 ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER
ADVENTIVE PLANTS IN GLOUCESTER (V.cc. 33 & 34), 1952
Sd
The following alien species are reported by the Rev. R. B. Abell
(R.B.A.), C. W. Bannister (C.W.B.) and C. C. Townsend (C.C.T.).
BoroucH Fiour Mitts, TEwKESBURY (vV.c. 33)
Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Vella annua L.
(R.B.A. & O.W.B.). Rapistrum orientale (L.) Crantz (C.W.B.). Malva
pusilla Sm. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). M. parviflora L. (C.W.B.). Ambrosia
trifida L. (C.W.B.). Xanthium strumartum L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.).
Lappula myosotis Moench (C.W.B.). Amaranthus retroflerus L.
(C.W.B.). Setaria glauca (L.) Beauv. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Aegilops
cylindrica Host (C.W.B., det. C. E. Hubbard).
GLoucEsTER Docks (v.c. 33)
Descurainia pinnata (Walt.) Britton (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Rapistrum
orientale (L.) Crantz (C.W.B.). Silene anglica L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.).
Malva parviflora L. (C.W.B.). Amm visnaga (L.) Lam., 1951 (C.C.T.).
Verbascum virgatum Stokes (C.W.B.).
SHARPNESS Docks, Briston (v.c. 34)
Rorippa austriaca (Crantz) Bess. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Barbarea
verna (Mill.) Aschers. (C.W.B.). Descurainia sophia (L.) Webb ex Pranil
(C.W.B.). Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.).
Eruca sativa Mill. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Lepidium perfoliatum L.
(C.W.B.). DL. virginicum L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). ZL. densiflorum Schrad.
(R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Neslia paniculata (L.) Desv.
(R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M. Brenan). Rapistrum orientale var.
hispidum (Godr.) Halacsy (R.B.A. & C.W.B., conf. A. Melderis).
Raphanus landra Moretti ex DC. (C.W.B., det. A. Melderis). Vaccaria
pyramidata Medic. (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Malva pusilla Sm. (R.B.A. &
C.W.B.). Vicia narbonensis L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., det. J. P. M.
Brenan). Potentilla norvegica L. (R.B.A. & C.W.B., conf. J. P. M.
Brenan). Bifora radians Bieb. (C.W.B.). Caucalis lappula Grande
(R.B.A. & C.W.B.). C. latifolia (L.) L. (C.W.B.). Galium tricorne
Stokes (R.B.A. & C.W.B.). Ambrosia trifida var. integrifolia (Willd.)
Torr. & Gray (C.W.B.). Lappula myosotis Moench (R.B.A. & C.W.B.).
Axyris amarantoides L. (C.W.B., det. A. Melderis). Setaria glauca (L.)
Beauv. (C.W.B., det. C. E. Hubbard). Lolium temulentum L. (R.B.A. &
C.W.B., conf. C. E. Hubbard).
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE*
Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter and A. E. Wade
for their help.
TOPOGRAPHICAL
3-4, Devon. Worth, R. H., 1953, The Ancient Dwarfed Oaks of
Dartmoor, Dartmoor, 74-98. Plymouth.
3-4, DEvon. Worth, R. H., 1953, The Vegetation of Dartmoor,
Dartmoor, 64-73. Plymouth. A short ecological account of the vegeta-
tion of the area.—[D.H.K. ]
3-4, DEVON. Anon., 1952, Flora of the Batterbee Marsh and
Lowman Meadows: A preliminary lst, Mag. Blundell’s School Scr. Soc.,
7, 10-16.
3-4, Devon. Martin, W. K., 1952, 44th Annual Report on the Botany
of Devon, Rep. and Trans. Devon. Assocn., 84, 254-259. Includes a
number of new vice-county records.—[ A.E.W. ]
3-4, Devon. Turner, G., 1951, Observations on the Flora of some
Walls near the School, Mag. Blundell's School Sci. Soc., 6, 55-59.
4, N. Devon. Gabbutt, P. D., 1953, A Study of the Vegetation of
the Coastal Slopes of Lundy, Ann. Rep. Lundy F.S., 6, 36-49.
4, N. Devon. Kellett, E. G., 1953, A Botanist in Devonshire,
Country-side (N.S.), 16, 422-424.
5-6, Somerser. Watson, W., 1952, Proc. Somerset Arch. and N.H.S.,
96, 208-211. Reports the more interesting records made during 1951.—
[A.E.W. ]
6, N. Somerset, and 34, W. Gios. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1952-1953,
Bristol Botany in 1951, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 243-248. Report on
the numerous records made during 1951; Bristol Botany in 1952, op. cit.,
28, 305-314. Give new localities for plants in and near Bristol. W. R.
Price and J. Cripps visited Steep Holm during the year and added
Sagina maritima, Carduus tenuiflorus and Mercurialis annua to the
known flora of the island.—[D.H.K. |
7-8, Wits. Grose, J. D., 1952-1953, Wiltshire Plant Notes [13],
Wilts. Arch. and N.H. Mag., 54, 339-343; Wiltshire Plant Notes [14],
op. cit., 55, 69-62. Gives further new stations for Wiltshire plants.—
POE K |
9, Dorset. Hawkins, J. B., 1950-1951, Botanical Report, Rep.
Bryanston School N.H.S., 1949, 18-20; op. cit., 1950, 16-19. Gives many
interesting records for the area near the school.—[D.H.K. ]
*Systematic and miscellaneous abstracts will be given in the next part of the
Proceedings.
NI
N
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
9, Dorset. R.H.B., C.N.H. and G.D.H., 1952-1958, Botanical
Report, Rep. Bryanston School N.H.S., 1951, 17-20; op. cit., 1952, 16-20.
9, Dorser. Ward, F. K., 1952, The Isle of Purbeck in May, Gard.
Chron., 132, 84. A short popular account of some of the less common
spring flowers to be found in the isle of Purbeck.—[D.H.K. ]
13-14, Sussex. 1950 & 1953, A List of Wild Flowers, J. and Trams.
Eastbourne N.H. and Arch. Soc., 13 (1), 9-20. An unlocalized list of
plants which can be found within about 15 miles of Eastbourne; Addenda
to the List of Wild Flowers, op. cit., 13 (3), 5—[D.H.K. ]
13-14, Sussex, and 15-16, Kent. Rose, F., 1952, ‘‘Atlantic’’ Species
in the Flora of the Weald, S.H. Nat., 57, 18-23.
13-14, Sussex, 15-16, Kent, and 17, Surrey. Rose, F., 1950-1952,
Plant Records in Kent, Sussex and Surrey, 1949-50, S.H. Nat., 55, xxx-
XXxlil; Botanical Records in Kent, Sussex and Surrey, op. cit., 57,
XVlli-xix. Gives a few new vice-county records.—[ D.H.K. ]
15, E. Kent. Day, V. F., 1950, Vegetation of Bombed Sites, Trans.
Folkestone N.H.S., 1949-50, 11-15. A systematic list of about 170 species
found growing on bombed sites in the Folkestone area.—[ D.H.K. |
16, W. Kent. Angel, Mrs. E. L., 1952, Wild Flowers of Shooters
Hill, Ann. Rep. Sidcup N.H.S., 2, 8-13. A list of nearly 150 flowering
plants found on Shooters Hill and in Oxleas Wood between the years
1945 and 1951.—[D.H.K. ]
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx., and
24, Bucks. Kent, D. H. and J. E. Lousley, 1953, A Hand List of the
Plants of the London Area, part 3, Rosaceae (Cydonia) to Compositae
(Lapsana), Supplement to Lond. Nat., 32.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx., and
24, Bucks. Lousley, J. E., 1953, Botanical Records for 1952, Lond. Nat.,
32, 79-82. Further interesting records for the London Area are given.—
[D.H.K.]
17, Surrey. Bangerter, E. B., 1953, The Survey of Bookham Com-
mon, Eleventh Year: Willows of Eastern Plain, Lond. Nat., 32, 45-46.
Salix atrocinerea Brot. and S. caprea var. rotundifolia Gaud. are added
to the known flora of Bookham Common.—[D.H.K. ]
17, SurrREY. Cory, C. G. L., 1950, Flowers of the Epsom Neighbour-
hood, Ann. Rep. Epsom Coll. N.H.S., 10, 37-38.
18, S. Essex. Jermyn, S. T., 1952, Botanical Records, S. Essex Nat.,
1, 7-11. Gives stations for some of the more interesting plants found in
the Benfleet-Leigh-Southend area.—|[D.H.K. |
20, Herts. Carter, J. R. L., 1951, Orchids, Ann. Rep. Haileybury
Coll. N.H.S., 1951, 10. A short list of the species of Orchidaceae found
near Haileybury in 1951.—[D.H.K.]
90, Herts. Harding, W. K., 1950, Local Orchids, Ann. Rep. Hailey-
bury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 12. Notes on the orchid species found near the
college in 1950.—[D.H.K. ]
90, Herts. Horne, B. & G. E. Winbolt, 1950, Botanical Report, Ann.
Rep. Haileybury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 10.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 73
20, Herts. Meyer, D. & H., 1949-1950, Plant Records, J. Letchworth
and Dist. N.H.S., 9, 11-13 & 10, 9-11.
20, Herts. Millett, A. G., 1950, Some Less Common Haileybury
Trees, Ann. Rep. Haileybury Coll. N.H.S., 1950, 11.
21, Mippx. Mitchell, N. S. P., 1953, Wild Flowers in Middlesex,
Middx. Monthly, 3, 2-4.
22, Berxs, and 23, Oxon. Stern, R. C., D. R. Tristram & A. F.
Twist, 1950, Flora of the Radley District, Report of Observations made
by Members [of the Radley College Natural History Society] in the
Radley District, 1944-1949, 20-34.
22, Berxs, and 24, Bucks. Hyde, M. B., 1953, Plant Records, 1951-
1952, Middle-Thames Nat., 5, 9-11. Gives many interesting records in-
cluding a second Bucks. station for Danaa cornubiensis.—[D.H.K. ]
25-26, SurFoLK. Simpson, F. W., 1953, Plant Records and Additions
and Corrections to the Flora of Suffolk, Trans. Suffolk N.S., 8, 12-22.
Gives a number of new records for the county, including many adven-
tives.—[D.H.K. ]
27-28, Norrotk. M.B.B., 1953, Botanical Records, Gresham’s School
N.H.S. Rep., 30, 6-7, & 31, 29-32. Gives new stations for Norfolk plants
and includes a report on the Orchidaceae found near Holt between 1949
and 1952.—[D.H.K.]
29, Camps. Abeywickrama, B. A., 1950, A Study in the Variations
in the Field Layer Vegetation of Two Cambridgeshire Woods, Abstr.
Diss. Univ. Camb., 1948-1949, 7-8. The two woods studied are Hailey
Wood and Buff Wood (Kast Hailey), situated on the chalky boulder clay
plateau in the south-western corner of the county. They are of the
‘“(Ash)-Oak-Hazel”’ coppice type and the field layer shows much varia-
tion, several societies being recognised. Primula elatior dominates the
wetter areas and Mercurialis perennis the drier slopes; in the inter-
mediate area between them Hndymion non-scriptus is abundant in Hailey
Wood and Primula vulgaris in Buff Wood. Where the light intensity
is high Filipendula ulmaria or Rubus caesius becomes frequent to abun-
dant. The recentiy wooded areas have societies dominated by Deschamp-
sia caespitosa and Brachypodium sylvaticum. The past history of the
wood is summarised and the problem of the distribution of Primula
elatior and P. vulgaris is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
31, Hunts. Gilbert, J. L., 1952-1953, Flora, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna
and Flora Soc., 4, 15-22. This account, which includes a number of new
vice-county records, gives only records not previously published in
Druce’s account of the flora of the county in the Victoria County His-
tory. Op. cit., 5, 15-19. Gives a few new records, including many
adventives.—[ D.H.K.]
32, NortHants. Gilbert, J. L., 1952-1953, Botanical Records, 1951,
J. Northants. N.H.S. and F.C., 32, 145-148. Reports the more interest-
ing records made during 1951. Botanical Records, 1952, op. cit., 32, 201-
202. Gives further localities for Northants plants.—[A.E.W. & D.H.K.]
74 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
33-34, Gtos. Fleming, G. W. T. H., 1952, Phanerogams and. Vascular
Cryptogams, Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 34-42. Reports the more
interesting records made during the year; many adventive species are
included.—[ D.H.K. |
33-34, Gos. 1952, Corrigendum to the Flora of Gloucestershire Proc.
Cotteswold N.F.C., 31, 43.
34, W. Gios.—See 6, N. Som.
35, Mon. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1953, Bristol Botany in 1952,
Proc. Bristol N.S., 28, 305-314. The authors cite further additions to
the flora of Denny, a small islet in the Bristol Channel. [N.B.—Denny
is in v.c 35, Mon.: see Price, 1950, The Denny, Proc. Cotteswold N.F.C.,
30, 100-102. ]|—[D.H.K.]
37, Worcs. Hardaker, W. H., 1952, An Ecological Study of the
Flora of Broadmoor Wood in the Lickey District of Worcestershire,
Proc. Birmingham N.H. and Phil. Soc., 18, 31-40.
39, Srarrs. Edees, E. S., 1951-1952, Botany, Trans. N. Staffs. F.C.,
85, 59-68. Gives further new stations for Staffordshire plants. Op. cit.,
86, 80-87. Includes a few new county records and gives short accounts
of the history of Thelypteris palustris, T. phegopteris and Lycopodium
clavatum in Staffordshire.—[D.H.K. ]
41, Guam. Nock, A. I., A. E. Wade & J. A. Webb, 1952, The Clyne
Common Survey of 1944, Proc. Swansea Sct. and F.N.S., 2, 329-342.
Clyne Common is an area of about 14 square miles in the south-east of
the Gower Peninsula. Most of it is dry and dominated by Agrostis
tenuis, Festuca ovina and Nardus stricta, but there are several bogs,
streams, and one small remnant of sessile oak wood. A list of the
flowering plants, fern allies, bryophytes and lichens is given.—[ A.E.W. |
41, Guam. Wade, A. E., 1952, Botanical Notes, 1949-50, Trans. Car-
diff N.S., 80, 37-38.
41, Guam., 42, Brecon, 438, Rapnor, 44, Carm. & 45, Pems. Webb,
J A., 1952, Records in Botany, 1948-51, Proc. Swansea Set. and F.N.S.,
2, 323-328. Includes a few new vice-county records.—[{ D.H.K. ]
42, Brecon, 48, Rapnor, 44, Carm., 45, Pems., 46, Carp., 48, Mer.
& 50, Dens., 1950-1952, Report of the Dept. of Botany, Ann. Rep. Nat.
Mus. Wales, 43, 15, 44, 16 & 45, 12-13. Gives a few new vice-county
records.—[ D.H.K. ]
44, Carm. Vaughan, I. M., 1952, Some Botanical Notes on the Pro-
posed Scientific Area in Carmarthenshire, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S.,
14, 19-23. <A short ecological account of the upper Towy-Cothi region
at present under consideration by the Nature Conservancy. A short list
of the rarer plants of the area is also given.—[D.H.K. ]
45, Pems. Gillham, M. E., 1953, An Ecological Account of the Vege-
tation of Grassholm Island, Pembrokeshire, J. Ecol., 41, 84-99.
45, Pems. Rees, M., 1953, The Vegetation of St. Margaret’s Island,
Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 15, 18-21.
46, Carp. Wade, A. E. (Ed.), 1952, A Supplement to Dr. J. H.
Salter’s The Flowering Plants and Ferns of Cardiganshire. Cardiff.
University of Wales Press. Pp. i-vi and 1-48. This supplement com-
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 79
prises two parts; the first giving additional records of plants made
since the publication of Salter’s work in 1935. A number of new county
records are included. The second part consists of previously unpublished
corrections made by Salter to the original work.—[D.H.K. |
49, CaERN. Dallas, J. E. S., 1953, Caernarvonshire Filicineae, N.W.
Nat. (N.S.), 1, 100-101. Gives new stations for Ceterach officinarum,
Ophioglossum vulgatum and Botrychium lunaria.—[D.H.K. |
53-54, Lincs. Gibbons, E. J., 1952, Botany, Trans. Inncs. Nats.
Union, 13, 30-32. Contains a few new vice-county records.—[D.H.K.]
58, CHESHIRE. McMillan, N. F., 1953, Botanical Notes from Brom-
borough, Mid-Wirral, Cheshire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 98.
58, CoesHirE & 59, S. Lancs. McMillan, N. F., 1958, Botanical
Notes, 1951-52, Proc. Inverpool N.F.C., 1952, 18-19.
59, S. Lancs. Edmondson, T., 1953, Some Aspects of the Natural
History of Western Chat Moss, N.IW. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 400-416. <A short
ecological account with a list of plants found in the area.—[D.H.K. ]
59, S. Lancs. Holder, F. W., 1953, Changing Flora of the South
Lancashire Dunes, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 451-452. A short compari-
son of the flora of the South Lancashire dunes about 1910 and in 1951.
The flora is now thought to be richer due to the influx of alien species.
DMs i ae
09, S. Lancs. London, M. E., 1953, Further Notes on the Flora of
a Plot of Waste Ground at Blundell Sands, Proc. Liverpool N.F.C.,
1952, 19-21.
61-65, Yorks. Sledge, W. A., 1953, Plant Records, The Nat., 1953,
AQ-42.
63, S.W. Yorks. Scurfield, G., 1953, Ecological Observations in
Southern Pennine Woods, J. Ecol., 41, 1-11.
64, Mmp-W. Yorxs., 65, N.W. Yorxs., and 69, West. Aiken,
J. K., 1953, Wild lowers of the Clints, Gousiramon: 47, 148-150. A
short Ee oant of some of the plants to be found on the ivewiens pave.
ments of Wharfedale and Teesdale. 4) HK]
66, DurHam & 67-68, NortHumsB. Heslop-Harrison, J. W., 1950-
19538, ers Mowerine Plants, Vasc. (Subst.), 35, 14-16, 22- 23 and
31-32, 36, 15-16 and 22-24, 37, 6-7, 15-16 and 32, 38, 16 and 23-24.
Gives tlie more interesting “Ret. including a Aerie of new vice-
county records, made between 1950 and 1953.—[D.H.K.]
67, None S. Blackburn, D., 1950, The Flowering Plants of
St Mary’s Island, Vasc. (Subst.), 35, 21. Lists 31 species of phanero-
gams found growing on the tiny island of St. Mary’s—[D.H.K.]
68, CHEVIOTLAND. Kellett, EH. G., 1952, A Botanist in Northumber-
land, Countryside (N.S.), 16, 273-274. Gives a short account of some
of the more interesting plants encountered during visits to Seahouses,
Holy Island, Farne Island, etc.—[D.H.K.]
70, CUMBERLAND. Yapp, Y. B., 1953, The High-Level Woodlands of
the English Lake District, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 190-207 and 370-383.
76 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
71, Man. Allen, D. E., 1952, Who Wrote the Botany for Blackwell’s
Guide?, Peregrine, 2, 22-23. It is very desirable to know who was the
author of an anonymous list of Manx plants published in the second
edition (1858) of Blackwell’s Illustrated Guide to the Isle of Man.
Various evidence is considered and the conclusion reached that the
author was either J. F. Robinson of Frodsham, J. H. Davies of Thirsk
(the most likely) or Dr. B. Carrington of Leeds.—[D.E.A.]
75, Ayr, 76, RENFREW, 77, LaNaRK, 86, Srreiine, 87, W. PeErtu,
98, AreyLL, 99, DunBarton, 100, CrypE IstEs and 101, Kiytyre. Lee,
John R., 1953, Additions to the Flora of the Clyde Area, Glasgow Nat.,
17, 65-82. The author gives numerous additional records made since
the publication of his Flora of the Clyde Area in 1933. Many new
vice-county records are included in the account.—[D.H.K.]
91, Kincarp. Gimingham, C. H., 1953, Contributions to the Mari-
time Ecology of St Cyrus, Kincardineshire: Part 3. The Salt Marsh,
Trans, and Proc, Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 137-164.
104, N. Esupes, and 110, OvureR Hesripes. Heslop Harrison, J.
W., & J. K. Morton, 1951, Botanical Investigations in the Isles of
Raasay, Rhum (v.c. 104), Lewis and Harris (vy.c. 110) in 1951, Proce.
Oniv. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 12-23. Many new records for these
islands are listed. Jentys-Szaferowa’s claim that the segregate of Betula
alba in the Scottish Highlands is B. carpatica Waldst. & Kit. is not
accepted, as regards the Outer Hebridean birches at any rate. The
latter was found to be identical with authentic Scandinavian material
of B. tortwosa Ledeb. OUrchis fuchsti is very abundant on Raasay, but
none exactly matches the type as found in Durham but rather resembles
the var. dunelmensis of the Durham coast. Gymnadenia conopsea
occurs on Rhum and Raasay as subsp. insulicola H.-Harr.—[D.E.A.]
110, OureR Hesripes. Atkinson, R., & B. Roberts, 1952, Notes on
the Islet of Gasker, Scot. Nat., 64, 129-137. Includes a short list of
plants and some ecological data.—{D.H.K.]
110, OvrrR Hesripes. Barkley, S. Y., 1953, The Vegetation of the
Island of Soay, Inner Hebrides, Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36,
119-131.
110, OurER Hesripes. Heslop-Harrison, J. W., 1953, Observations
on the Flora of the Isle of Lewis, Isle of Harris and the Shiant Isles
in 1952, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 83-90. Further new stations
are given for Hebridean plants, and a few new vice-county records are
included.—[ D.H.K. ]
IRELAND. Braun-Blanquet, J., and R. Tiixen, 1952, Irische Pflanzen-
gesellschaften, Verdffentl. Geobot. Inst., Riibel Ziirich, 25, 224491. A
list of the plant communities observed during the 10th I.P.E. through
Ireland. The associations are compared with those of the European
mainland.—[D.H.K.]
TIrELAND. Heslop-Harrison, J., 19538, The Modern Distribution of
Irish Plants in the Light of Post Glacial History, Adv. Sci., 10, 42-44.
lord
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE ee
IRELAND. Jessen, K., 1952, An Outline of the history of the Irish
Vegetation, Verdéffentl., Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 79-84.
TRELAND. Liidi, W., 1952, Die Standortsstetigkeit elniger irischer
Gewichse aus mitteleuropaischen Blickpunkt gesehen, Verdffentl.
Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 201-213. The habitat constancy of some
Irish plants as seen from a middle European point of view. Compara-
tive habitats in Ireland and mid-Europe are given for several species.—
fark
Irevanp. Liidi, W., 1952, Fragmente zu Waldstudien in Irland,
Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 214-233.
IRELAND. Markgraf, F., 1952, Uber einige nordatlantische Bltiten-
pflanzen Irlands, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 143-146. A
discussion on the North Atlantic element in the Irish flora.—[D.H.K. ]
Tretanp. Mitchell, G. F., 1953, The Immigration of Flora and
Fauna into Ireland in Late Glacial Time, Adv. Scz., 10, 41-42.
IRELAND. Webb, D. A., 1952, The Flora and Vegetation of Ireland,
Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 46-78.
IRELAND. Webb, D. A., 1952, Narrative of the Ninth [.P.E.,
Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 25, 9-31. An account of the pre-
liminary arrangements and a diary of the International Plant-
Geographical Excursion in Ireland in 1949.—[D.H.K.]
Guernsey. Girard, P. J., 1952, Report of the Botanical Section,
1951, Rep. and Trans. Soc. Guern., 15, 94-96. Includes an account of
the Orobanche species found on the island by N. Le Poidevin.—
MOSH K:]
JERSEY. Attenborough, T. W., 1952, Botanical Report for 1951,
Soc. Jers. Bull Ann., 15, 387. No new species were recorded from the
island during the year, but the author suggests that a search be made
for the following species, which still may occur although they have not
been seen for a long time:—IJnula conyza, Sagina nodosa, Mentha pule-
gium, Spiranthes aestivalis and Euphorbia peplis—[D.H.K.]
ECOLOGICAL (see also TOPOGRAPHICAL).
Brave, N. C. W., & A. B. Costin, 1952, Ecological Classification
and Nomenclature, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales, 77, 61-82. A scheme
for the objective classification of plant communities is outlined. A
glossary of ecological terms is given.—[D.H.K.]
BoucHarp, J., 1952, Notes sur quelques plantes annuelles ou
bisannuelles colonisant les bréilis de la Sauvette (Var), Monde des
Plantes, 287-288, 17-18. Three species lists, taken one month apart,
are given to show the floristic variation of the vegetation invading
freshly burned sites in mountains on the French Riviera.—[D.H.K.]
Buenon, F., 1950, Etudes sur la végétation hygrophile des hautes
plateaux Jurassiques Bourguignons: les marais de pente du Bajocien
Supérieur, Bull. Sci. Bourg., 12, 1-35. An ecological account of a
number of bogs on the marls of the Upper Bajocian in Bourgogne. Of
particular interest is the Schoenetum (Schoenus ferrugineus), an asso-
78 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ciation having a much wider area of distribution than formerly recog-
nised. Map and diagrams are provided and floristic lists given and
discussed. Pteridiwm aquilinum, Polystichum thelypteris and P. spinu-
losum, species regarded as more or less calcifuge, are recorded from these
turfaceous bogs.—[E.B.B. ]
CuristiAn, C. S., & R. A. Perry, 1953, The Systematic Description
of Plant Communities by the use of Symbols, J. Ecol., 41, 100-105.
Coutraux, M., 1953, Contribution a l’étude de la végétation et de
la flore du district Lorrain apercu sur la région située au nord d’Arlon,
Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 305-330. The vegetation of this district
in Belgian Lorraine is related to the various soil areas, marls and sands.
Beechwood associations form the main groups; these are analysed with
the aid of diagrams and tables. An alphabetical list of species, with
habitat and locality notes, completes the study.—[E.B.B. ]
Davipson, J. F., 1952, The Use of Taxonomy in Ecology, Ecology,
33, 297-299. The author suggests that the lack of documented research
in recent ecological papers reflects a lack of appreciation of the funda-
mentals of taxonomy. LEcologists should be capable of and, practice.
adequate documentation of their research materials. This should lead
to increasing co-operation between ecologists and taxonomists, to their
mutual advantage.—[D.H.K.]
DeEtvosatLz, L., 1952, Sur la répartition de quelques phanérogames
au littoral belge, Nat. Belge, 31, 160-168. A phytogeographical ac-
count of a number of species, illustrated by several distribution maps,
of interest for comparative purposes as, with very few exceptions, the
species selected are also found in Britain. The atlantic and sub-
atlantic element is dominant; the mediterranean-atlantic and boreal
elements have marked influence; central-european and eastern ele-
ments are lacking except for Hippophae; the west of the area favours
calcicoles, the east much less; hydroseral species are declining, mobile
sand species progressing.—[E.B.B.]
De Vries, V., 1950, Over de plantegrooi de Duindalen op Vlieland,
De Levende Natuur, 53, 29-38.
Dimsiesy, G. W., 1958, Natural Regeneration of Pine and Birch
on the Heather Moors of North-East Yorkshire, Forestry, 26, 41-52.
Both pine (Pinus sylvestris L.) and birch (Betula pubescens Ehrh.)
usually invade after a fire; the invasion reaches greatest force after 3
to 5 years, then falling off rapidly probably with the return of the
heather (Callwna), Pine seedlings only grow vigorously if their tap-
roots reach the pan, when secondary roots are developed extensively. In
birch the tap-root is not well developed, but secondary roots spread
vigorously sending down sinkers to penetrate the pan. Regeneration
of birch is helped by rotten stumps and roots which its mycorrhizal roots
explore, The root forms are compared and contrasted and the findings
compared with the work of Laitakari and Erteld.—[Author’s sum-
mary. ]
ler
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 79
Freiréupy, L. J. M., 1950, Studies on the Shore Vegetation of Lake
Bels6-T6 at Tihany, Arch. Biol. Hung., 19, 185-146.
Hermans, J., 1953, Groupements végétaux des pays-Bas, Bull. Union
Soc. Franc. d@ Hist. Nat., 13, 1-10. A key to the plant associations of
the Netherlands, extracted from Heiman’s Geillustreerde Flora van
Nederland and translated into French by R. J. de Wit and J. M.
Rouet. Habitat preferences and other ecological factors are used as
the key characters and about 40 different groups are shown.—[H.B.B. |
Hype, M. & B., 1952, British Woodlands, Middle-Thames Nat., 4,
5-7. Gives a short account of the ecology of Oak-, Beech-, Ash-, Birch-
and Pine-woods.—[{D.H.K. ]
Jovet. P., 1951, Causalité en biocénotique végétale, Année Biol.,
27, 281-286. An account of the various types of plant associations
found in the vicinity of Paris. The associations studied include those
found on siliceous sand dunes untouched by man, rough limestone
blocks, tombstones in Parisian cemeteries, walls, rubbish-tips, and for-
merly cultivated fields now abandoned.—[D.H.K. |
Kyrx, J. & T. Retcuerit, 1952, Onze Rivieroevers, Schatkamers
voor de Floristiek, De Levende Natuur, 55, 106-115 and 126-134. An
account of the flora, including many adventive species, of some river
banks in the Netherlands.—[ D.H.K.]
Kira, J., 1953, The Xerothermic Grass Associations of the
Bohemian Stredohori, Bull. Int. Acad. Tchéq. Sci., 51, 231-238.
Korimaingen, M. J., 1951, Die Verbreitung der Moorpflanzen in
Nordfinnland, Ann. Acad. Sci, Fenn., Ser. A, No. 17. Ecological and
phytogeographical studies of plants in northern Finland. Illustrated
by distribution maps.—[D.H.K.]
Krause, E., & B. Sprmpen, 1952, Zur floristschen, geographischen
and okologischen Variabilitat der Glatthaferwiese (Arrhenatheretum
elatioris) in mittleren und siidlichen Westdeutschland, Ber. Deutsch.
Bot. Ges., 65, 403-419.
Krause, W., 1952, Das mosaik der Pflanzengesellschaften und seine
Bedeutung fiir die Vegetationskunde, Planta, 41, 240-289.
Lasos, T., 1952, Gyomvizsgdlatok a szeged-kérnyéki kender-, len-és
syapotvetésekben, Ann. Biol. Univ. Hung., 1, 447-454. An account of
studies of the weed flora of crops of Hemp, Flax and Cotton around
Szeged, Hungary.—[D.H.K.]
Lemnp, G., 1952, Végétation et écologie des tangues du havre de
Portbail (Manche), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Mém., 156-165. An account
of the associations of halophytes and maritime species, including Sali-
cormia spp., Limonium spp., Spartina townsendu, etc., found colonis-
ing the muddy areas that are built up near ports on the north French
coast; Portbail is taken as an example.—[ E.B.B. |
NorrFaLisE, A., 1952, Etude d’une biocénose. La Frénaie 4 Carex
(Caricetum remotae-Fraxinetum, Koch, 1926), Mém. Inst. Roy. Sci.
Nat. Belg., 122, 1-184. This study of the association of Ash and Carex
remota is in two parts. First, general ecological and distributional
80 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
characteristics, based on surveys of areas in France, Belgium and Swit-
zerland are given; the atlantic form of the association is shown as
occurring in England. It is found typically by streams and never far
from water and comprises several subassociations and variants.
Secondly, a particular example at Rouge-Cloitre is analysed in detail
to show the effect of seasonal variations, etc. Carex strigosa is found
to be a good indicator. Floristic lists, diagrams and two plates of
habitat photographs illustrate the work and there are two appendices
on the molluscan population of the particular example.—[E.B.B.]
Ovineton, J. D., 1953, Studies of the Development of Woodland
conditions under different trees, J. Ecol., 41, 35-52.
Prsota, V. A., 1952, Paraisten ja Lohjan kalkkilouhosten kasvil-
lisuudesta, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 7, 57-77. An ecolo-
gical account of the vegetation of the limestone quarries of Parainen
and Lohja in south west Finland.—[ D.H.K.]
PretrFrer, H., 1951, Uber die Pflanzengesellschaft des kleinsten
Igelkolbens in wassergefiillten Torfstichen, Phyton, 3, 112-120. The
ecology of Sparganietum minimi is discussed and it is suggested that
it is probably a sociologically independent association, although this
may not appear evident at once to the ecologist.—[D.H.K.]
Puri, G. S., 1952, The Field Method in the Study of Plant Com-
munities, J. Ind. Bot. Soc., 31, 204-213. The transect method in the
study of plant communities is described. The methods of laying a
transect and charting quadrats are given. The ways of collecting and
analysing vegetational and environmental data are described in detail
and the methods of their representation and correlation with each other
are enumerated. The chief merits of this method are its simplicity and
the great amount of information it provides at a relatively low cost.
The applicability of this method to the study of every type of vegeta-
tion is shown.—[D.H.K. ]
Qurenry, A., 1950, La flore rudérale des bords du Rhone en amont
du pont Boucle, Bull. Soc. Linn. Iyon, 19, 228-232. Ecological studies
of various stretches of the river Rhone near the city of Lyon.—
i BRE Pe ee]
QurzeL, P., 1952, A propos des foréts de Hétres (Buxeto-Fagetum)
dans les canolles du Causse Noir, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Mém., 12-16.
An account of the communities found within the Box-Beech associa-
tions of the narraw gorges of the Causse Noir cliffs. An interesting
feature is the abundance of Orchid species, mostly British.—[E.B.B.]
QuEzEL, P., 1952, L’ Association & Corylus Avellana L. et Galanthus
nivalis L. dans la zone sud-orientale des Causses, Monde des Plantes.
287-288, 27-28. Floristic and ecological details ofi this association in
south west France are given to show that it is a definite phytosocio-
logical entity.—[ E.B.B.]
Raang, E. W., 1949, Der Zeigerwert der Ackerunkriuter im 6stli-
chen Holstein, Biol. Zentralbl., 68, 471-488. Gives an account of
studies on the indicational value of the field weeds in eastern Holstein.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 81
The different species of the field vegetation in the area depend to a
strictly limited, though varying degree on the size of the grains, the
amount of water available and the acidity of the soil, on certain methods
of cultivation and on climatic influences. Thus there is the possibility
of replacing single influential factors, or groups of factors, by others.—
[DeH Ke]
Ross, F., 1953, A Survey of the Ecology of British Lowland Bogs,
Proc. Iinn, Soc., 164, 186-211.
Savitz, D. B. O., 1951, Changes in Grassland near Ottawa, Ontario,
following Prolonged Flooding, Canad. Field-Nat., 65, 42-45. A strip
of grassland adjoining the Ottawa River was flooded throughout May
and June 1947. Nearly all the herbaceous plants were killed by this
flood. By September 1947 Lysimachia nummularia had invaded large
areas of the denuded ground. During 1948 Z. nummularia was partly
replaced by Potentilla argentea and grasses. By September 1950, re-
covery of the grass sod was almost complete, except in areas where
soil was extremely scarce.—[ Author’s summary. ]
Smarpa, J., 1950, Mechova a Lisejnikoua Spoletenstva, Cas. Moray.,
85, 79-156. An ecological account of the flora of the Hruby Jesenik
mountains in north eastern Czechoslovakia.—[D.H.K. |
Sovengez, N.. 1951, Essai d’une classification phytosociologique des
Prairies du Pays de Herve, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 123-151.
An ecological account of grasslands, subjected to cutting or grazing,
dominated by Arrhenatherum elatius; these are classified into sub-asso-
ciations, each with its variants. TJllustrated by graphs, diagrams and
photographs.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercHEN, C., 1949, L’ Association a Isolepis setacea et Stell-
aria uliginosa en Moyenne Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82,
71-80. This association, found along damp forest paths where stag-
nant water accumulates in cart-ruts, etc., is analysed in a table com-
piled from twenty five stations. Peplis portula and Callitriche stag-
nalis among other British species are given as important constituents.
In spite of the difficulty of defining its characteristic species the asso-
ciation is widely recognisable in the mid- and northern-atlantic areas
of Hurope; a comparative table from seven stations in this wide area
is given.—[D.H.K.]
Van Bereuen, C., 1951, Landes Tourbeuses et Tourbiéres Bombées
a Sphaignes de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 157-226. The
ecological group covering the peat- and raised sphagnum-bogs of Bel-
gium is the Ericeto-Sphagnetalia. The two subgroups it comprises are
(a) Sphagnion europaeum, of natural associations characterised by
hygrophile species of Sphagnum, and (b) Ericion tetralicis, of associa-
tions on peaty heathlands dominated by Erica tetralix, which are able
to maintain their floristic composition only through the agency of man’s
agricultural activities. Tables, diagrams and photographs illustrate
the floristic and synecological account of these groups.—[E.B.B. |
82 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Van BercHEN, C., 1951, Les Prairies 4 Molinia de Belgique, Bull.
Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 373-403. In this study of Molinieta in Bel-
gium floristic tables are provided to exemplify the two types (a) Moli-
nietum coeruleae atlanticum, and (b) Eu-Molinietum coeruleae; these
are differentiated geographically and, although having the same domi-
nant, contain other species having different frequencies in each (e.g.
Crepis paludosa and Cirsium anglicum, frequent in (b) but rare in (a)
are good differentiating species). The effects of scything on some
Molinia grasslands is considered as a factor influencing succession;
microclimatic, edaphic and ethological factors are also discussed. Two
habitat photographs are included.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercuHEN, C., 1952, Contributions 4 l'étude des Bas-Marais de
Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 1-64. The ecology of Belgian
peat-bogs is analysed in some detail. The associations described are
grouped under four main conformations :—Rhynchosporion albae (Cari-
cetum limosae and Rhynchosporetum albae); Caricion lasiocarpae (Cari-
cetum lasiocarpae and Calletum palustris); Caricion Davallianae
(Schoenetum nigricantis and Drepanocladeto-Caricetum trinervis) ; Cari-
cion canescentis-goodenoughii (Cariceto canescentis-Agrostidetum
caninae). General synecological aspects are discussed under micro-
climatic, edaphic and ethological headings.—[ E.B.B.]
Van BercuHen, C., 1953, Contribution 4 |’étude des groupements
végétaux notés dans la vallée de ’Ourthe en amont de Laroche-en-
Ardenne, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 195-276. The main vegetation
groups studied are forest, which comprises the major part of this area
of the Belgian Ardennes, and aquatic from the river valleys. Various
types of association are floristically listed and analysed, diagrams,
photographs and a vegetation map providing the _ illustrations.—
[K.B.B.]
WestHorr, V. & W. G. Brerrink, 1950, De Vegetatie van Duinen
Slikken en Schorren op de Kaloot en in het Noord-Sloe, De Levende
Natuur, 53, 124-133 and 225-233. |
WestHorr, V. & Van Dux, J., JR., 1952, Experimenteel Successie-
Onderzoek in Natuurreservaten, in het Bijzonder in het Korenburger
veen bij Winterswijk, De Levende Natuur, 55, 5-16.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 83
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
An Exhibition Meeting was held in the Lecture Hall of the British
Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, by kind permission of
the Trustees, on Saturday, November 28, 1953, from 2.30 to 5.45 p.m.
The attendance created a new record, comprising 253 members and
guests. Exhibits were arranged by 45 individuals and institutions, and
an account of these is given below. The meeting was followed by a
Conversazione at the Glendower Hotel attended by 55 members.
THE HERBARIUM OF JONATHAN SALT
Jonathan Salt (1759-1810) was a master cutler by trade. He com-
piled a large herbarium, the majority of his specimens being collected
in the environs of Sheffield between 1796 and 1807. He also received
specimens from Sowerby and G. Don. The collection is now preserved
at the City Museum, Sheffield. A number of representative sheets from
the herbarium were exhibited, together with a copy of a printed
““catalogue’’, published in 1889.
F. W. ADAMS.
LOTUS HISPIDUS IN WALES
Specimens of Lotus hispidus Desf. ex DC. collected by the exhibitor
from near Dale, Haverfordwest, Pembroke (v.c. 45)* in June 1953 were
shown. The plant was hitherto known mainly from scattered coastal
localities in south-west England. Its discovery in quantity in Wales is
therefore of interest. The species occurs on cliff-tops, and in adjacent
grassland in association with Carex punctata Gaudin (also exhibited).
It is interesting to note that both these species have a similar western
distribution, and are frequently found growing together. The geological
formation is Old Red Sandstone, and the soil pH is approximately 5-2
(Johnson’s Indicator Paper).
F. W. ADAMS.
A CARDAMINE NEW TO BRITAIN
A sheet was exhibited from the Druce herbarium, Oxford, of a
Cardamine collected in Snowdonia in 1892 by Dr. G. C. Druce. The
specimen is labelled ‘“‘C. pratensis var. palustris (Peterm.)’’, but is fairly
typical of C. crassifolia Pourr., a species confined to alpine springs and
bogs between 3,000 and 9,000 feet in the Pyrenees, Corbiéres, Cevennes,
Alps, and probably Carpathians. Except for its dwarf habit it closely
resembles the lowland species C. hayneana (Reichb.) Jiingst, of which
*A further locality in v.c. 45, near Marloes, ‘Haverfordwest, is reported by C. D.
Pigott.—ED.
84 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
it 1s perhaps better regarded as only an alpine subspecies. Moreover,
these two species agree in having very small, globose pollen grains; in
the other British representatives of the C. pratensis complex the pollen
grains are ovoid or ellipsoid and considerably larger.
D. E. ALLEN.
SOME INTERESTING IRISH PLANTS. Miss F. M. BARTON.
HYPERICUM UNDULATUM IN MERIONETH
Hypericum undulatum Schousb. ex Willd. was first recognised in
Merioneth (v.c. 48) in August 1951, when a specimen was collected from
Arthog Bog in the west of the county.
The new station is the northern lm -t of known world distribution.
This markedly ‘‘Atlantic’’ species is otherwise confined in the British
Isles to Cornwall and Devon (v.ce. 1, 2, 3 and 4), where it is fairly wide-
spread, and to single stations in Pembroke (v.c. 45) and Cardigan (v.c.
46). Extra-British distribution (Clapham, Tutin and Warburg, 1952):
W. Spain, Portugal and Azores. Carmarthen (v.c. 44) would seem a
likely place for the species.
The plant is locally abundant in the new station, where it grows in
ditches and wet boggy places on apparently fairly acid peat. A specimen
from the new locality was exhibited, together with a map showing the
distribution of the species in Arthog Bog and in the British Isles.
P.M. BENOIT.
THE DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS OF JUNCUS BULBOSUS
AND J. KOCHII
The exhibit consisted of herbarium sheets of the two species, together
with drawings showing their distinguishing characters. The most
important of these are :—
Juncus bulbosus L. Plant weak. Stamens 3. Capsule 2-5-3 mm.,
oblong, obtuse, not retuse at apex, bluntly trigonous, about equalling
or rather shorter than the light brown, or greenish, perianth-segments.
Capsules closely sessile in a neat level row in the cluster.
Juneus kochii F. W. Schultz. Plant often stouter. Stamens 6. Cap-
sule 2-2-5 (-3) mm., obovoid, blunt, slightly retuse, acutely trigonous at
top, usually exceeding the blackish-brown perianth-segments. Capsules
irregularly placed in the cluster, usually closely sessile, often a few
pedicellate.
Both species are widespread in the British Isles, though J. kochi
is a neglected plant and its distribution very imperfectly known.
P. M. BENOIT.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 85
SOME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM THE EUROPEAN HER-
BARIUM OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
(1) SPECIMENS CONNECTED WITH PAPERS IN WATSONIA
This exhibit was prepared to enable examples of some interesting
and uncommon plants discussed in recent parts of Watsonia to be seen.
The following herbarium specimens were shown :—
Rhynchosinapis wright (O. E. Schulz) Dandy; see Bowen, Watsonia,
2. 303; from Lundy Island, N. Devon (v.c. 4), collected by the original
finder, F. R. Elliston Wright.
Sagina nodosa var. moniliformis Lange; see Wright, op. cit., 2, 369;
northern examples from N. Lancs. (v.c. 69).
Acanthus mollis L.; see Ribbons, op. cit., 2, 392; a gathering from
W. Cornwall (v.c. 1) from the herbarium of the late James Groves.
Rumex xX wrightti Lousley (R. conglomeratus x cuneifolius); see
Lousley, op. cit., 2, 396; a duplicate of the type no. from N. Devon
(vaex,4)-
Orchis traunsteineri Sauter; see Heslop-Harrison, op. cit., 2, 371;
two sheets from the herbarium of the late H. W. Pugsley, one from
Ballyman Glen, and the other from Newcastle, both Co. Wicklow (v.c.
H.20).
Carex microglochin Wahlenb. and C. rupestris All.; see Davies, op.
cit., 2, 300; the former from Lady Davy’s original locality in mid-Perth
(v.c. 88), and the latter from W. Sutherland (v.c. 108), from the her-
- barium of the late T. J. Foggitt.
(2) A. “SPECIES PAIR’
Two sheets to illustrate the distinction between Cardaria draba (I..)
Desy. and C. chalepensis Hand.-Mazz. The former from Middlesex (v.c.
21), A. H. G. Alston, 1953, showed the broadly cordate fruit (broader
than long) with persistent style, emarginate at the base at maturity.
The latter from Cumberland (v.c. 70), R. Martindale, 1952, showed the
fruit longer than broad, cuneate at the base at maturity.
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
VERONICA SECTION BECCABUNGA
The exhibit illustrated :—
1. The distribution of V. anagallis-aquatica L., V. catenata. Pennell
and their hybrid in the British Isles.
2. The distribution of all described species of the section through-
out the world.
3. The distribution of endemic species of Veronica throughout the
world.
4. The crossing and fertility relationships of the known diploids
and tetraploids of the section Beccabunga.
It was concluded that a probable centre of origin of section Becca-
bunga was the area Caucasus-Iran, and that this coincided with a centre
86 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
for other species of the genus. A final map illustrated the probable
history of the section.
J. H. BURNETT.
EXHIBITS BY MEMBERS OF THE BOTANY SCHOOL, UNIVER-
SITY OF CAMBRIDGE
(1) THE DISTRIBUTION OF IMPATIENS SPP. IN BRITAIN
Maps were shown indicating the dates of the first evidence for, and
present status in, the Watsonian vice-counties, of the four Impatiens spp.
now found wild in Britain. J. noli-tangere Li. has been recorded from at
least fifty-seven vice-counties and is known to persist in ten, but it
is almost certainly not native in four of these. It was certainly estab-
lished locally for a period in ten v.cc. and there are authentic records
for eleven more where it was only fugitive. In the remaining twenty-
six v.cc. it was demonstrably recorded in error, or was unlikely on
various grounds. JI. capensis Meerb. shows a fairly good correla-
tion between date of first evidence and present abundance. It is still
spreading in the northern and eastern Midlands, and is certainly pre-
sent in twenty-eight v.cc. (probably also in v.ce. 18 and 57). J. parvi-
flora DC. (correctly recorded from fifty-five v.cc.) is locally well estab-
lished in woodlands in south-east England where it has been known for
many decades, but in the West and North it is now abundant on some
river-banks where in several cases it has only comparatively recently
been observed. JI. glandwlifera Royle is now correctly recorded from
seventy-two v.cc., excluding Ireland, where it is spreading; it may be
present in four more English and Scottish vice-counties (viz. v.cc. 1,
40, 90 and 92). It is now most abundant in the industrial regions of
England and Wales, on the Wye, and in Devon and Cornwall, but it is
rather rare in most of lowland England, except around London.
D. E. COOMBE.
(2) KOENIGIA ISLANDICA IN THE SCOTTISH LATE-GLACIAL
The exhibit consisted of microphotographs of a single pollen grain
recovered from late-glacial layers at Whitrig Bog, Berwickshire, and
displaying all the characteristic morphological features of Koenigia
islandica Iu. Too much cannot be argued from a single pollen grain,
but, as contamination during preparation is most improbable, the evi-
dence points towards the presence of Koenigia in southern Scotland in
late-glacial time.
H. GODWIN.
(3) (a) PHOTOGRAPHS OF BRITISH DACTYLORCHIDS AND
SOME SCOTTISH PLANTS
The photographs shown included Orchis cruenta O. F. Miill. in Co.
Clare and Co. Mayo, O. occidentalis (Pugsl.) Wilmott, O. purpurella T.
& T. A. Stephenson, O. praetermissa Druce and OQ. strictifolia Opiz.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 87
The photographs of Scottish species included a varied assortment of
general interest, taken during the summer of 1953:—Polystichum
lonchitis (L.) Roth, Thelypteris phegopteris (L.) Slosson, Cerastium
cerastoides (L.) Britton, Astragalus alpinus L., Salix lapponum L., S.
lanuta L., S. arbuscula L., S. myrsinites L., Gentianella septentrionalis
(Druce) E. F. Warburg, Erigeron borealis (Vierh.) Simmons, Carex
vuginata Tausch, C. norvegica Retz., Poa glauca Vahl and Catabrosa
aquatica (L.) Beauv.
M. C. F. PROCTOR.
(b) VARIATION IN HELIANTHEMUM GUTTATUM
Herbarium sheets were exhibited showing the effect of cultivation on
this species from some British and Continental localities.
Seed from three localities, in Ireland, Brittany and Portugal, was
sown at the same time (March 1953), and grown under identical con-
ditions: representative plants from each sample were pressed in mid-
August. The three samples showed ‘striking differences in size and habit.
The Portuguese plant was the largest, with numerous long many-flowered
inflorescences, while the Irish plant remained compact with short
flowering axes. In most respects the French plant was intermediate
between the other two, but the Irish plant alone had a few bracts on
the lower part of the inflorescence. These differences were associated
with differences in photoperiodic response, and are probably to some
extent a function of this. It is clear that while a simple experiment
of this kind will show the existence of genotypic differences, a more
detailed experiment is necessary to analyse the nature of these differ-
ences, or to give a precise statement of them. It is hoped to do this
during the summer of 1954.
The species, like many other annuals, is extremely plastic. This was
shown clearly by herbarium sheets of wild material from Ireland and
Portugal, and wild and cultivated material from Anglesey.
M.C. F. PROCTOR.
(c) THE CYTOLOGY OF THE BRITISH SPECIES OF HETLIAN-
THEMUM AND THEIR ALLIES
The exhibit showed some of the results of chromosome studies carried
out on British and Continental species of Helianthemum Mill. (sens. lat.)
during 1952-3. In general the chromosome counts support the delimi-
tation of genera used by Grosser in his monograph of the Cistaceae
(1903, Pflanzenreich, IV, 193) and accepted by most recent authors.
The chromosome numbers found in the genera are :—
Halimium (Dunal) Spach ae ay 18
Tuberaria (Dunal) Spach Re it 14, 36
Helianthemum Mill. ae ee ny 20, 22
Fumana (Dunal) Spach ... ute pa: 32
88 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
The chromosome numbers of the British species as assigned to these
genera are :—
Tuberaria guttata (L.) Fourr. (Helianthe
mum guttatum (L.) Mill.) ae 36
Helianthemum apenninum (l.) Mill. ... 20
H. chamaecistus Mill. ae sat ae 20
H. canum (L.) Baumg. ... i ae 22
It is intended to prepare a fuller account of the investigation for
publication later.
M. C. F. PROCTOR.
(4) SOME RARE AND INTERESTING HAWKWEEDS RE-DIS-
COVERED IN 1953
This exhibit of eight herbarium sheets comprised four species of
Hieracium from Wales, and four from the Lake District. All were
collected during the summer of 1953, the majority after an interval of
at least half a century since they were last recorded. All except one,
however, came from the recorded stations.
J. E. RAVEN.
(5) (a) ALCHEMILILA MINOR HUDS. IN SCOTLAND
This very distinct Alchemilla, which is locally abundant on the
Yorkshire limestone round Ingleborough, occurs in one isolated region
in Ireland (from which specimens were exhibited last year) and had also
been recorded from Wester Ross by Wilmott. A successful search was
made this year (by M. S. Campbell, J. E. Raven and S. M. Walters) to
re-find the Poss locality; this resulted further in the discovery of the
plant in W. Sutherland also.
The Wilmott locality is on the narrow band of limestone which crosses
the road just south of Ullapool (‘‘The Braes of Ullapool’). Here A.
minor occurs, rather sparingly, in damp, grazed limestone turf around
outcropping rock, on a S.W.-facing slope. The situation is not one which
suggests a recent introduction.
At Inchnadamph, W. Sutherland, A. minor occurs very locally on a
sheltered S.-facing limestone bank on very open rabbit-grazed ground.
It should’ be looked for elsewhere in the vicinity (e.g. Elphin, and
Cnochan rocks), although it seems unlikely that the plant is anywhere
very abundant.
J. E. RAVEN & S. M. WALTERS.
(b) THE INCHNADAMPH ROEGNERIAS
Roegneria doniana (F. B. White) Meld., formerly thought to be
confined to the Lawers range, has been shown (Raven, J., 1952, Watsonia,
2, 180) to be locally frequent in the vicinity.of Inchnadamph, W. Suther-
land. A visit to Inchnadamph this season enabled a further study to
be made, which revealed that, in addition to ‘‘good’’? R. doniana and
R. canina (l.) Nevski, a plant occurred with these which was mor-
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 89
phologically intermediate between them, possessing the palea charac-
teristic of R. doniana and the long awn of R. canina. These plants seem
to be rather uniform, and the situation in the field suggested a rela-
tively simple case of hybridisation. Dr. A. Melderis has examined the
putative hybrid, however, and finds no pollen sterility (which is always
evident in the comparable R. canina hybrids in Scandinavia); so that
the status of the intermediate is still obscure.
J. E. RAVEN & S. M. WALTERS.
(6) VERONICA SPICATA L. AND V. HYBRIDA L.
These two Linnean species have generally been merged into Veronica
spicata by Continental systematists, but the existence of extreme forms
in Britain has encouraged British botanists to think of them as specific-
ally distinct. Cultivation and cytogenetic experiments confirm the
Continental view that even the extreme ecotypes of chalk grassland
and limestone cliff should be included in the one variable species, for
the characters are merely those of. habit and leaf shape and size, and
moreover plants from the different British populations all prove to be
highly infertile, with the same chromosome number (2n = c. 68).
A diploid (2n = 34) exists in Central Europe, but is much less vege-
tatively vigorous, and a Swiss plant in cultivation has unfortunately
died. It is interesting that the diploid does not seem to have received
any taxonomic recognition.
A Breckland plant (VI) was shown, together with one of origin Avon
Gorge, Bristol (V4), and the vigorous, fertile hybrid between them
(V1 x V4).
S. M. WAI “ERS.
(7) RECENT CAMBRIDGESHIRE RECORDS
1953 has been an exceptionally productive season in the recording
of the Cambs. flora. The introduction of printed record cards has
enabled the recording of distribution to be speeded up and put on a
Grid Reference basis, and already over 200 such lists have been com-
piled for the County.
Notes on one or two of the more interesting 1953 records exhibited:
Alchemilla vestita (Bus.) Raunk. A most interesting confirmation
of an old record. Babington records Alchemilla vulgaris agg. for ‘‘ the
outskirts of Balsham Wood ”’, but states that it ‘‘ was ploughed up and
extirpated ”’ in 1863. A small quantity of the plant, however, still
persists in old rough-grazed pasture by the wood, in what was probably
a locality known to Ray in 1660!
Epilobium lanceolatum Seb. & Mauri. A new county record. There
Is some evidence that this south-western species is extending its range
in eastern England; it was first recorded in Bedfordshire in 1943, and
has also been recorded for W. Suffolk this year.
Sonchus palustris L. Formerly a native of Cambs., but extinct by
the middle of the 19th century, is now apparently spreading back into
90 EXHIBITION MEETING 1953
the county from its centres of re-introduction at Wood Walton, Hunts.
This ‘‘ aggressive ’? behaviour is a very curious phenomenon in view
of the past history of the species in the Fenland.
Stachys arvensis (L.) L. The first record this century for what must
have been a not uncommon weed in earlier times, to judge from the
records. Its decline, like that of Chrysanthemum segetum L. may be due
to improved agricultural methods, particularly to generally higher base-
status in arable soils.
S. M. WALTERS.
(8) WILD AND CULTIVATED SPECIMENS FROM SIX POPULA-
TIONS OF EUPHRASIA NEMOROSA
Plants representing six wild populations of Euphrasia nemorosa
(Pers.) H. Mart. were grown in the experimental garden at University
College, Leicester, using Plantago lanceolata lL. as the host-plant. The
use of this host resulted in luxuriant development.
The wild populations were located as follows:—two in Leicester-
shire, and one in Northamptonshire, all being situated on oolite; two
from different parts of the Chilterns, on chalk, and one from Box Hill,
Surrey, also on chalk.
The first three could not be distinguished from each other under culti-
vation on general appearance, though some differences have been de-
tected. One of the Chiltern forms, while agreeing essentially with the
first. three, was easily distinguished in the garden by its small flowers
and leaves. The other Chiltern form, and that from Box Hill, differed
markedly from one another and from all the other populations. The
Chiltern one approaches the Continental H. condensata Jord. (EB. stricta
Host, non Kunth) in leaf characters. The Box Hill plant had short
internodes and may be Pugsley’s EH. nemorosa var. calcarea.
The principal differences between the populations grown were in
internode length, leaf size, leaf shape, number of leaf teeth, leaf tex-
ture, breadth and texture of calyx teeth, flower size, and details of
Shape of lower lip. The condensata-like form, and the one from Box
Hill, showed differences in more characters, and of a more pronounced
degree, than the other populations.
The experiment was illustrated by herbarium sheets of both wild
and cultivated plants from the same populations, and by contact prints
of flowers and leaves of cultivated plants as well as photographs of
plants growing in the garden.
The maximum numbers of leaf teeth were 9, 8, 8 (Leicestershire and
Northamptonshire), 7, 6 (Chilterns), and 4 (Box Hill), the means rang-
ing from 7:4 to 3-7.
PoP. YEO:
FRESH AND DRIED MATERIAL OF EROPHILA CONFERTA
The type specimen of Erophila conferta Wilmott from Herb. Mus.
Brit. was shown together with living specimens from N. Essex (type
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 91
locality) and central Perthshire. It is a point of interest that whilst
the original specimens were in full flower when gathered in the Island
of Rhodes on March 8, 1934, plants have been noted in flower in Perth-
shire in November (1951), and the Essex specimen here exhibited
(gathered three days before the meeting) bore flowers. In both locali-
ties the majority of plants flower in the spring.
For a description of the plant, and the history of its introduction
into Britain, see Wilmott, Watsonia, 1, 137-138 (1948) and Campbell,
Scot. Nat., 63, 49 (1951).
Miss M. 8S. CAMPBELL.
A BRITISH EPIPHYTIC FLORA
The exhibit was intended to illustrate some of the problems associated
with the study of British epiphytic floras, and the opportunities they
afford for co-operation between botanists and ornithologists and other
zoologists.
The exhibit was based on observations on a group of pollarded willows,
on the bank of the river Stour, near Flatford Mill, E. Suffolk. Sugges-
tions concerning the probable means of dispersal of epiphytic plants to
the tree tops were made, together with an analysis of the species repre-
sented. At Flatford the willows studied were mainly Salix fragilis L.
with some S. alba L., but apparently the species of willow does not
affect its consequent epiphytic flora.
Pollarding produces a bowl-shaped depression at the top of the trunk,
which gradually becomes filled with leaf-mould and wind-blown material,
having an average pH of 5:0. Pollarding provides a greater surface
suitable for the establishment of epiphytic plants than is available in a
non-pollarded willow. The effect is purely quantitative, and non-
pollarded willows may sometimes support quite a rich flora. Thirty
species of flowering plants were recorded in the hundred willows studied
at Flatford. Over a period of three years only very slight fluctuations
in the number and frequency of the epiphytic species were recorded.
Galium aparine appears to be the most efficient coloniser of epiphytic
habitats in the British Flora; this conclusion is supported by the classi-
cal work of Willis and Burkill at Cambridge (1893), and by Thompson,
working between Bath and Bristol (1925). Thomas at St. Dizier
(France) also obtained similar results (1904). It seems probable that
this species may be dispersed by three distinct methods to the tops of
the willows: as birds’ food, attached to birds’ feet and feathers, and as
a constituent of birds’ nests. Some of the epiphytic plants are obviously
well established and may form large shrubs (e.g. Rosa and Rubus spp.),
while others may only appear as ephemerals (e.g. Fagopyrum). Epilo-
bium spp. (especially H. hirsutum IL.) are very abundant in the neigh-
bourhood, and apparently are well equipped for dispersal, but they do
not appear in this epiphytic flora.
The trees were re-pollarded six months before the 1953 investigation
and this appears to have had surprisingly little effect on their epiphytic
92 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
flora. An observed decrease in the representation of Cratuegus
monogyna Jacq. was thought to be apparent rather than real, and to be
due to slow regeneration from the stem stumps, mutilated in the pol-
larding process. These small shrubs were very difficult to find in the
dense new growth of the willow crowns. Rubus and Rosa on the other
hand had regenerated very quickly, and after six months had re-formed
as quite large shrubs.
Information relating to the location of other groups of willows, etc.,
bearing epiphytic floras would be very welcome, as it is hoped to ex-
tend these studies. We are greatly indebted to Mr. F. J. Bingley,
M.A., Warden of Flatford Mill Field Study Centre, for his assistance
and encouragement in this work.
REFERENCES.
RIDLEY, H. N., 1930, The Dispersal of Plants throughout the World.
THOMAS, M. C., 1904, Vegetation Epiphyte sur les saules tetards, Bull. Acad.
Géogr. Bot., 13, 358.
THOMPSON, H. S., 1925, Flowering Plants as Epiphytes in Willows and Alders.
Nature, 116, 710.
WILLIS, J. C. & J. H. BURKILL, 1893, Observations on the Flora of Pollard
Willows near Cambridge, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., 8, pt. 2, 82.
J. F. M. CANNON.
Miss M. J. HERBERT.
SOME NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL HYBRIDS IN THE CAREX
FLAVA AGGREGATE
It now seems clear that the five British members of the Carex flava
aggregate (C. flava L., C. lepidocarpa Tausch, C. demissa Hornem, C.
serotina Mérat and C.. scandinavica FE. W. Davies) may be regarded as
ecospecies, and the group as a whole as one coenospecies. Some natural
and artificial hybrids between these ecospecies were exhibited, together
with photographs showing their highly irregular meiosis.
Miss E. W. DAVIES.
ANEUPLOIDY AND CHROMOSOME MORPHOLOGY IN THE
CYPERACEAE
Photographs of meiosis in Isolepis, Eleocharis, Schoenus, Erio-
phorum and several species of Carex were exhibited. These indicated
the presence of aneuploidy and the range of chromosome size and
morphology in the Cyperaceae.
Miss E. W. DAVIES.
DRAWINGS OF BRITISH PLANTS Miss FITCHEW.
EGERIA DENSA IN BRITAIN Miss L. W. FROST.
BEWICK WOODCUTS FROM THORNTON’S NEW HERBAL
Mrs. A. N. GIBBY.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 93
POLYGALA VULGARIS AND “P. OXYPTERA”
The purpose of the exhibit was to demonstrate that “ Polygala
oxyptera Rehb.’’ is not specifically distinct from P. vulgaris L.
IG was im two parts, as. follows :—
(a) Capsules of P. vulgaris and “‘P. oxyptera’”’ were displayed.
These were arranged in a continuous series to show the intergradation,
and also to show that wing shape is independent of size. A parallel
series in P. serpyllifolia Hose was also displayed.
It was pointed out that the differences between P. vulgaris and
“P. oxyptera”’ are not of the same order as those separating the other
British species; capsules and seed of these were shown for comparison,
and the chief differences were listed.
(b) It was suggested that the frequent occurrence of small flowers
with reduced wings on small plants with few-flowered spikes is due to
the fact that these are reduced plants from exposed habitats. A series
of specimens from one population was shown. It included both small
‘“‘oryptera’’ type plants from the exposed crest of a hill, and larger
typical vulgaris plants from more sheltered conditions below.
It was suggested that P. amara L. and P. austriaca Crantz also may
not be specificially distinct, but that, as so little material is available in
Britain, the final decision must depend on examination of Continental
material.
D. R. GLENDENNING.
EPILOBIUM LINNAEOIDES HOOK. IN BRITAIN
Specimens of the alien, Hpilobium. linnaeoides Hook f., a native of
New Zealand, from Helsby, Cheshire, and Leenane, Connemara, were
shown, together for comparison, with the well-established FH. pedunculare
A. Cunn.
Epilobium linnaeoides was determined by G. M. Ash from material
gathered at Helsby, Cheshire, in 1938 (it still persists there though it
did not. flower in 1953) and from near Leenane, W. Galway, where it
is well established for about a mile along the roadside west of the vil-
lage. Near Leenane it grows on the wet banks in association with
Epilobium pedunculare and Chrysosplenium oppositifolium L. <A de-
scription of E’pilobium linnaeoides from Cheeseman’s Manual of the New
Zealand Flora was attached.
Miss V. GORDON.
[See also Plant Notes.—KEd.]
EPIPOGIUM APHYLLUM
The exhibits were based entirely on the colony discovered in July
1953, in Buckinghamshire.
These included photographs by Messrs. J. P. M. Brenan, J. HE.
Lousley and J. HE. Raven, paintings by Mrs. John Chapple and Miss
“Roles, and three specimens.
94 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
On loan from Kew was a small specimen preserved in a spirit bottle.
The most interesting exhibit, however, was a plant bearing a capsule
from which seed had been largely dispersed—a feature hitherto un-
recorded from Britain and occurring only rarely on the Continent.
R. A. GRAHAM.
VEGETATION MAP OF THE BRECON BEACONS NATIONAL
PARK
A vegetation map was displayed summarising the results of the ex-
hibitor’s ecological work in the Brecon Beacons and Black Moun-
tains. The ecology was studied on the wider bases of reconnaissance
and primary sarvey. Much intensive work was undertaken though the
degree of investigation was, of necessity, subject to the extreme limi-
tations inherent in the survey.
Mapping was conducted on a 6” scale and the data reduced to the
scale of 1/25000. The ‘‘23” map’’ was further reduced to a 1” = 1
mile scale (the exhibit itself) with little loss of detail. The map is an
innovation in that it is more than a static picture of the existing vege-
tational pattern, for by careful study and diligent interpretation of
the explanatory text, the trends of vegetational change may be read
into the map.
The Vegetation Map is proposed for exhibition in the public gal-
leries of the Department of Botany, National Museum of Wales,
Cardiff.
D. P. M. GUILE.
THE FORMS OF SILENE NUTANS IN BRITAIN
This exhibit illustrated the paper on Silene nutans L. previously
published in Watsonia 2: 80 (1951) and did not seek to present any
new information. An example of each of the several forms of the plant
in Britain was exhibited and these were in turn grouped into the two
varieties smithiana Moss and salmoniana Hepper. Herbarium sheets
corresponded to switches which, when depressed, illuminated the respec-
tive localities on a large map of Great Britain suspended behind the
exhibit, thus showing the distribution of each variety. Living plants
from cultivation and photographs supplemented the information given
with the dried specimens. For comparison with the British plants, a
specimen of S. nutans, from what is believed to be the type locality in
Sweden, was also shown. This plant has been grown at Kew for four
years and has remained extremely small in all its parts compared with
the British plants growing beside it.
F. N. HEPPER
MONSTROUS FORMS OF CALYSTEGIA SYLVESTRIS AND
GALIUM VERUM
The monstrous form of Calystegia sylvestris (Willd.) Roem. &
Schult. from Kilereggan, Dunbartonshire, possessed many flowers with -
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 95
5 petals free to the base. There were also some flowers with only 2 or
3 free petals, but none was typically gamopetalous. The corolla was
white.
A specimen of Galiwm verum L. from the cliff-top near Arbroath,
Angus, showed a remarkably erect habit which distinguished it at
once in the field from the surrounding vegetation. But more remark-
able still was the fact that the flowers had been wholly replaced by
branchlets. That vegetative propagation was effective was obvious by
the fact that this form covered an area of 6 sq. ft. and 130 stems were
counted.
F. N. HEPPER.
BRANCHING IN FOUR EQUISETUM SPECIES
The exhibit was part of the results of a preliminary investigation
into the variation of habit and habitat within the genus Hquwisetum.
Random samples of individual shoots were collected from populations
and the various characters of the plants were measured or counted.
This preliminary survey was done on E. fluviatile L., E. palustre L.,
E. sylvaticum L. and E£. telmateia Ehrh.
The results showed (1) there were significantly fewer nodes on the
fruiting shoots than there were on the sterile shoots of the same popula-
tion; (2) a combination of number of nodes per shoot and number of
whorls of branches per shoot gave a good separation of the four species
for the 20 populations examined.
It is proposed to collect samples from populations of all species from
throughout Great Britain and to make an extensive study of (1)
branching; (2) sheath and teeth characters; (3) habitat factors.
B. HOPKINS.
TILLAEKA MUSCOSA IN SURREY Miss S. HOOPER.
NAJAS MARINA
The exhibit consisted of two parts. The first showed the present dis-
tribution of Najas marina lL. in Europe and in Britain. A map of E.
Norfolk (v.c. 27), indicated the spread of the species in that vice-
county from its original discovery by Arthur Bennett in July of 1883,
in Hickling Broad. A few years later it was found by Hanbury and
Holmes in Martham Broad, but it was not until 1949 that it was dis-
covered much further inland in Barton Broad. Two years later mem-
bers of the B.E.S. excursion found N. marina in Upton, a land-locked
broad, and its latest extension was in 1952, when Dr. J. M. Lambert
and D. H. Barry found it to be abundant in Hoveton Little (Inner)
Broad. Little evidence has come to light as to why the plant has
suddenly spread. Ecological factors show very little correlation, and
NaCl concentration, once thought to be a factor, was shown on the
map to be very variable.
96 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
The second part consisted of herbarium specimens of two apparently
distinct forms, collected from the same square metre of water at White
Slea, near Hickling Broad, in September 1953. One had short, narrow
leaves (1-2 em. long) each with 4-7 spines on each side and with 1, 2 or
3 spines on the back of the leaf. The short, spiny internodes, the
obovoid fruit (4-4-5 x 2-2-5 mm.) and the pentagonal markings on the
seed-coat, suggested, with the luxuriant growth (up to 100 cm.) that
the specimen may have been the variety that Rendle saw only from N.
Germany and in his monograph on the genus (1899) called var. brevifolia.
The other specimen was slightly different in having somewhat longer
internodes which were completely spineless. The leaves were longer (1-)
2-4 cm., and had 5-10 short teeth on either side with very few, if any,
on the midrib. The oblong fruit (44:5 x1-5-2 mm.) was narrowed
towards the sub-obtuse apex, and along with these other characters
suggested a form intermediate between that originally collected by
Bennett in Hickling Broad—which Rendle terms form S—and the N.
European specimens called by Rendle var. angustifolia.
Both specimens were of fertile female plants and it is worth noting
that, as far as is known, no male plants have been recorded from Nor-
folk. It would be interesting to know if any male plants are recorded
as Norfolk material in any Herbarium.
A. C. JERMY.
DRAWINGS OF SOME ISRAELI PLANTS Mrs. R. KOPPEL.
APIUM NODIFLORUM AND A. REPENS
Some ‘‘typical’’ specimens of Apiuwm nodiflorum and the rare A. repens
were shown, together with some intermediate ‘‘problem’’ plants. The
two species can be distinguished by their habit, leaf shape, length of
peduncle and the number of bracts below the umbel. There are a very
large number of plants combining some characters of both species, even
from localities where A. repens is not known. At present I do not
feel able to say whether these are hybrids, or merely forms of the vari-
able A. nodiflorum. I should be very grateful for further records and
specimens,
Miss S. M. LITTLEBOY.
A HYBRID SENECIO NEW TO BRITAIN
Material was exhibited of Senecio sylvaticus L. and S. viscosus L.
from Frensham Little Pond, Surrey (v.c. 17), and of the hybrid be-
tween them (8. Xviscidulus Scheele). Two forms of the hybrid were
shown, one a good intermediate and the other with the evidence of
S. sylvaticus less obvious.
J. E. LOUSLEY.
[See also Plant Notes.—Ed.]
—ws ve
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 97
ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA
Specimens were shown of plants in flower collected in 1953 from
the locality in north-west Scotland discovered by Sir Christopher Cox,
together with photographs and a list of associated species.
J. K. LOUSLEY.
A WILD ARUM HYBRID
A living plant of a wild hybrid between Arum neglectum (Towns.)
Ridley and A. maculatum I.., found at Arundel, Sussex, was exhibited,
together with herbarium specimens of this plant and A. neglectum.
Drawings of chromosome counts at first anaphase of meiosis in A.
neglectum, A. maculatum, and the hybrid plant were also shown.
It has been shown that in this country at least the vast majority
of A. maculatum has 2n = 56 chromosomes. Cytological examination
of plants of A. neglectum from Cornwall, Dorset, and Sussex has shown
that this species has 2n = 84 chromosomes or occasionally an immediate
aneuploid derivative of 84.
The plant exhibited has 2n = 69 or 70 chromosomes, which may be
regarded as sufficient evidence that this plant is an example of a wild
first-generation hybrid between A. neglectum and A. maculatum.
J: D: LOVIS.
THE SYNTHESIS OF ASPLENIUM x BREYNII
Six plants of Asplenium x breynii (A. septentrionale x tricho-
manes) have recently been raised as the result of hybridisation experi-
ments carried out by us in the experimental gardens of the Depart-
ment of Botany of the University of Leeds. Success has been obtained
only when the diploid form of Asplenium trichomanes is used as the
male parent in attempted crosses.
Cytological examination of meiosis in one of these synthesised
plants shows the same features, i.e. 36 bivalents and 36 univalents, as
had already been found in wild plants of A. xbreynii by Professor I.
Manton. The triploid nature, 3x = 108, of the synthesised plants has
also been established by means of root-tip squashes.
While our experiments were in progress we received a communica-
tion from Dr. D. E. Meyer of Berlin which includes an account of the
successful synthesis of A. xbreynii so our exhibit was not the first
example of the synthesis of this hybrid fern.
Herbarium specimens of both wild examples and of a synthesised
plant of A. xbreynii were exhibited, together with herbarium material
and live plants of the two parent species.
Maps showing the distribution in the British Isles of the hybrid
and its parents, a photograph of a synthesised plant of A. x breynii,
and photographs of cytological preparations of meiosis in wild examples
of the hybrid and of root-tip mitosis in synthesised A. x breynii com-
pleted the exhibit.
J.D. LOVIS & Miss M. G. SHIVAS.
98 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
COMPARATIVE FIGURES OF BRITISH PLANTS
Rev. W. KEBLE MARTIN.
SOME INTERESTING GRASSES COLLECTED AT FORRES
A selection of grasses from the Society’s excursion at Forres (1953)
was exhibited. The following specimens were collected :—
1. In v.c. 95, Elgin: Deschampsia setacea (Huds.) Hack. (Culbin
Sands); Corynephorus canescens (lu.) Beauv. (Lossiemouth); 2 pheno-
typically different forms of Poa subcoerulea Sm., one from the sea-
shore (Culbin Sands) and the other from a grove (Forres); a peculiar
form of Festuca arundinacea Schreb. having greyish lower sheaths, short,
rigid leaves and dark-purplish spikelets (sand dunes, Findhorn); a
hybrid F’. arundinacea Schreb. x F’. gigantea (L.) Vill. (Greshop Wood) ;
3 coastal forms of F. rubra L., viz. f. litoralis Hack. (sea-shore, Culbin
Sands), var. arenaria (Osb.) Koch (sand dunes, Culbin Sands) and var.
glaucescens (Hegetschw. & Heer) Nym. (near Garmouth); F. vivipara
(L.) Sm. (bank of River Findhorn, Darnaway Forest) and Bromus
lepidus Holmb. (Forres).
2. In v.ec. 96, Easterness: Deschampsia cespitosa (li.) Beauv. (vivi-
parous) and Poa flexuosa Sm., both on Coire an Lochan (Cairn Gorm).
A. MELDERIS.
A METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF A SUSPECTED HYBRID
POPULATION BETWEEN CENTAURIUM MINUS AND C.
LDLITTORALE
Populations of Centauwriwm on the sand-dunes at Freshfield, S. Lanes.
(v.c. 59) were studied in an attempt to determine the extent of hybridisa-
tion between Centaurium minus Moench and C. littorale (Turner) Gili.
The two species were first defined by an adaptation of Wilmott’s (1950)
method for the analysis of critical species, population samples being
analysed for the morphological characters usually used to distinguish the
two species.
On the basis of this analysis 6 characters were considered to be suffi-
ciently distinct to be used to separate the two species. <A suspected
hybrid population was scored for these characters. Using Anderson’s
(1936) Hybrid Index method a numerical index was obtained for each
individual. The population was summarised as a frequency distribution
which showed a range of intermediates between the two species. Her-
barium sheets of the two species and the putative hybrid were included
in the exhibit.
ANDERSON, E., 1936, Hybridization in American Tradescantias, Ann. Miss. Bot.
Gard., 23, 511.
WILMOTT, A. J., 1950, A New Method for the Identification and Study of Critical
Groups, Proc. Linn. Soc., 162. 83-98.
Miss W. T. M. O’CONNOR.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 99
A REMARKABLE VARIETY OF RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA FROM
ORKNEY AND SHETLAND.
The exhibit illustrated the distinguishing morphological character-
istics of an unusual variety of Ranunculus fammula L. found in the Ork-
ney and Shetland Islands in June 1953. The plant grows in exposed situ-
ations by the sea and is dwarfed, with short internodes and thick fleshy
leaves which are very broad with a cordate base. It appears to be
somewhat similar to R. flammula forma minima A. Benn., but it is
suspected that there is a genetical basis for the unusual morphology
and that the plant is therefore worthy of higher rank than a ‘‘forma’’.
Miss P. A. PADMORE.
A HYPOCHOERIS HYBRID
Last August in company with Mr. #. C. Wallace, I found a number
of plants of an evident hybrid between Hypochoeris glabra lL. and
H. radicata L., growing in a sandy field in Surrey, with both parents. .
The plants were obviously intermediate, particularly in the fully open
eapitula, and the achenes were all sterile. The capitula are nearer those
of H. glabra, but always wider when open, and the bracts much exceed
the involucre. Herbarium specimens of the hybrid and both parents
were exhibited. N. Y. SANDWITH.
HYBRIDS OF EPIPACTIS HELLEBORINE AND E. PURPURATA
C. A. THOMAS.
SOME MEMBERS OF CAREX SECTION ACUTAE
Gea nO aiNe
SALICORNIA. A DISPLAY OF IGNORANCE
The exhibit consisted of specimens (preserved in 70% alcohol) cf
representatives of the five groups into which the British species can be
divided by way of a preliminary classification.
Salicornia perennis Mill. is a very distinct species and the only
perennial one in this country.
The numerous annual species are difficult to classify, probably mainly
because of the extreme reduction of the floral and vegetative parts and
the consequent lack of orthodox ‘‘characters’’.
The accompanying table (Table 1, page 100) shows the representatives
of four fairly clear-cut groups of species.
In each of these groups there appear to be a number of distinct
entities which probably represent species. Two of these belonging to
the dolichostachya group were shown. In order to attempt the clarifica-
tion of the position I should be grateful for population samples from as
many localities as possible. Fresh material travels perfectly if placed
in polythene food bags (obtainable from Boots or Woolworth’s) and
packed to prevent crushing. It is useful in flower (usually August to
September) or fruit (late September to end of October) or, best, if
specimens can be obtained in both flower and fruit from the same place.
T. G. TUTIN.
‘Sop
Suds TOUR M
“sly ynoqe
ye ouoz MO
-IVU @ SUTULLOST
‘dno..s sty
suofoq Oo} avrod
DULISSYSOULDA
pue vuprvy VvUs
‘pssauddp = *S'
‘Soply suLIds ye
possotwqns ATUO
soov[d ul Uso
vgpourys Appne
tO APO Way
0}
-dv
7S)
iS)
“STOAOT TOUT 1
sjfouueryo pur scuty
-yno punor pur
OUu0Z DIUL091)DS
-4a]SY UT pNUI JOS
‘soply dvou
LOYEM-T SITY Mopod
pnw JOM “OS
LViIAV
|
“poyovye YMA
qyIM jJO oul
-WU00 SOLUTPOUUOS
tO JUOJSTSHOd pur
yono) ATUoIeddy
ou}
‘queyd
oy? UO poos ol
SUIABOT ‘od St
poos UIYM SUITIV A
‘doy
our ye suTVIITTds
Ayyenjuo Ao
pue juojstsitod
AjJuoIeddy
HINVIWVAd
‘SOUG
poadn
LOSUOT OUULOS
pure siey
poyooy
AOUs
MO} UIA
“WU «9-0 X |
"SATeY
poyoou YIM
UU «6-0 X 77
‘SATCU
poyooy UIIM
“WU 8-0 XG-F
“pospooy
“VLOUS
AIOA SALTY
“UU 4}
XL:b—Gt
aduus
“UMOUG
-YstIppod JO UMOAG
“LETNOATO YSOupV
JOMOY ‘PpoloMO-T
“SLOMOT
Tedoyey aoypeuis
ou} osuryeardos
140U puke MOTO
popunol Jamo
[erju00 “podoMOy-e |
‘OZIS 9UIeS OU}
Aporewurxor1dder
SHOMOT 99Lt}
Ie ‘podoMoy-g
‘SouUO [LL01PT
UCU JIGdeT
‘MOTOqd oe7eoUND
-SUOT ‘oAOqR
popuno.t coMoy
[eijuoe. ‘poloMoy-gE
SHINAO
“AVI
ye sjurof popoos-z ‘SOUDURAG
ojuLr dn Suryrorg AAR PUOIOS
‘SJUOUIDOS G-% YIM VLOYUS YIM JO
\un[q “Wdous etduns ‘sujed uy
‘ueys Uleul
| $B suo, Sse ynogeR
| SOyUIUBIG JOMO'T
‘(UIUL GI-G) Joys
| soyoueIq o}PuUlyyn
| ‘poyoueiq 991M)
eas cea! JO 909U0 ATISOUI
UdTTOMS-YOnU! souo Adevurad
8-F = UJIM ‘osnidqg ey} ‘sured uy
| ‘uIo1s
UICUL UP) Jo LOYS
AT[VULIOU 91P
SOyUDURIG JAMO]
‘UTR Se payourag
| SsJUOULSOS | ‘s}uUe[d 95.1] UT ‘LO
/sI-9 UIIM ‘osniqg | o[dus ‘sured uy
|
| ‘SJUDUISOS | “SUTI9de) pur SUOT
| 9LOUL SOUITJOWOS TO ‘oTdUITS [TR ATIROU
| 06-9T UPIM ‘oinoy ‘Ssanoy ul auloS
SAMIdS WILY SHHONVUd
TV UTav.L
“MOTTOA
DUI
‘U9015
-SNOone[s
> AySsng
Ppue ooo
“e UI Se Ul
01 YsIppad
: ORISO1d +
*MOTIOA
SUIULODAG
‘us013
-MOTTOA
: Woody
“YUSIUMOIG
SULUIOD9q
‘u9015 doaop
: AYSnq AJGA
pue 4o014y
INV Id
‘VLVTOIILUVSIG ‘S
VIVULSOUd 'S
VLOIULS °S
VAHIVIS
-OHIITOT 'S
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 101
THE RANGE FORMS OF DRYOPTERIS DILATATA AND THE
SEPARATION OF A NEW SPECIES
The wide range of form existing in tetraploid Dryopteris dilatata
(Hoffm.) A. Gray was illustrated by herbarium sheets. <A diploid form,
collected on Ben Lawers, Mid-Perth, by Mr. A. H. G. Alston, is con-
sidered worthy of specific separation owing to its morphological and
cytological distinction. Hybrids between the diploid and tetraploid
forms have been synthesised and found to be triploid or sterile with
approx. ‘‘n”’ bivalents and ‘‘n’’ univalents at meiosis (n = 41 in
Dryopteris).
S. WALKER.
CUSCUTA AUSTRALIS
The appearance of this species as an accidental introduction to the
London Region was evidenced by the specimens shown.
The first case was brought to light by Miss J. Maude, M.Sc., of
[Enfield Grammar School, who sent specimens to the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.) and to one of us (J.F.S.). These specimens were para-
sitising Chinese Asters (presumably Callistephus chinensis (I.) Nees)
growing in the garden of a Mr. Hedgley at Enfield, Middlesex (v.-c. 21);
though we have not been able to follow this up fully, it seems that
the host plants were raised from seed imported from Austria and else-
where and there can be little doubt that the Dodder seed was intro-
duced in one of these samples.
The second specimen was found by S. T. Jermyn and B. T. Ward
while searching for aliens on the Barking Municipal Rubbish-dump, S.
Essex (v.c. 18); the following hosts were noted :—
Artemisia verlotorum Lamotte
Senecio squalidus L. (immature)
Polygonum aviculare agg.
and one other plant which had possibly been killed by the parasite.
No explanation for this particular occurrence is apparent but it is
obvious that it may have originated in a specimen thrown out by a
gardener or, more likely in view of its associates, the seed may have
bee deposited there with cleanings or packings.
With the help of Dr. A. Melderis this dodder has been referred to the
variety césatiana (Bertoloni) Yuncker (see T. G. Yuncker, The Genus
Cuscuta, in Mem. Torrey Bot. Cl., 18, 113-331 (1932)).
We wish to express our gratitude to Dr. A. Melderis and Mr. FE. B.
Bangerter for assistance in staging this exhibit and to ‘‘Artricia
Photographs’ of Enfield for permission to include the photograph of
infested asters, taken in the laboratory of Enfield Grammar School.
B. T. WARD & J. F. SHILLITO.
[See also Plant Notes.—Ep. ]
102 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953
SORBUS ARIA AND ITS ALLIES IN BRITAIN
Specimens and maps of the British distribution of the following
species were exhibited :—Sorbus aria (L.) Crantz, S. leptophylla E. F.
Warb., S. eminens EK. F. Warb., S. hibernica E. F. Warb., S. porrigenti-
formis E. F. Warb., S. lancastriensis E. F. Warb., S. rupicola (Syme)
Hedl. and S. vexans E. F. Warb.
EK. F. WARBURG.
ERICA MACKAIANA IN IRELAND AND SPAIN
This species hag long been known from Connemara and northern
Spain, having been discovered in both regions almost simultaneously.
Recently I have been able to show that it is also present in abundance
round the shores of Upper Lough Nacung in West Donegal. The valley
here has been scheduled for hydro-electric development and the level
of the lough is to be raised; the flooding, together with associated con-
structional work and peat-cutting, constitutes a serious threat to a
very rare species and the Society’s Conservation Committee is support-
ing efforts to save as much as we can.
The great abundance of this species over two very restricted areas
in Ireland is connected with the fact that it never sets seed there, but
spreads vegetatively. In Spain, though vegetative spread is important,
dispersal by seed also takes place.
The exhibit included maps showing the distribution in Ireland and
Spain, and details of! the distribution round Upper Lough Nacung,
the earliest known specimen of the species collected by William McCalla
from Roundstone, Connemara, in 1834, specimens from Spain, and
material of Hrica x praegeri Ostenf. (EZ. mackaiana x tetralix) from L.
Nacung.
D. A. WEBB.
CERASTIUM SUBTETRANDRUM—NOT A BRITISH SPECIES
By means of a discriminant analysis (Fisher, 1941; Whitehead, in
the press) it was shown that the Scandinavian populations described by
Murbeck as Cerastium subtetrandrum differed from both Scandinavian
and British populations of Cerastium tetrandrum. The characters
most important in this distinction were pollen size, length/breadth
ratio of the petals, and seed size, but other characters, e.g. ratio petal
length/sepal length, were also correlated to varying degrees. An
examination of British material from the herbaria at Edinburgh, Kew
and Oxford, which had previously been determined as C. subtetrandrum
showed that it should, on the basis of this analysis, more properly be
assigned to C. tetrandrum Curt.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1953 103
So far no British material examined had been found to lie within the
range of variations typical of the Scandinavian species C. subtetrandrum
and it was concluded that at present Cerastium subtetrandrum (Lange)
Murbeck must be excluded from the British Flora.
FISHER, R. A., 1941, Statistical Methods for Research Workers, 8th edition.
KF. H. WHITEHEAD.
VARIATION IN THE GENETICAL STRUCTURE OF THE
CANINAE ROSES
Some of the consequences of variation in chromosome behaviour
at meiosis in the Caninae were illustrated. These included the forma-
tion of aneuploids, whose frequency in different pentaploid and hexa-
ploid families of seedlings was shown, together with details of meiotic
behaviour in some of the aneuploids. They retain the Canina system
more or less unimpaired. The occurrence of hexaploids (from fertilisa-
tion of unreduced eggs) and of tetraploids (following development of a
normal egg without fertilisation) in otherwise pentaploid families indi-
cates one possible way in which the different levels of polyploidy in the
Caninae may have arisen.
Miss A. WYLIE.
A further account of the various exhibits displayed may be found in
Nature, 173, 113 (1954).
104 REVIEW
REVIEW
The Natural History of the City. By R. S. R. Firrer and J. E.
Loustey. Published by the Corporation of London, Guildhall, E.C.2.
Pp. 36, with 14 photographs. 1953. Price 2/3, post free.
No less than 269 flowering plants and ferns, 3 mammals, 31 birds,
56 insects and 27 kinds of other invertebrates have been recorded from
bombed sites in the City of London. The chapters on birds, mammals
and insects are written by R. S. R. Fitter, and those on plants by
J. E. Lousley.
A short history is given of the study of City plants from William
Turner’s Names of Herbes (1548) to the outbreak of the recent war.
Special attention is given to the mode of introduction of the seeds of
many of the species found in the area, e.g. wind-dispersed (Chamae-
nerion angustifolium, Senecio squalidus, Erigeron canadensis, Pteri-
dium aquilinum, ete.); by horse-traffic (Scandix pecten-veneris, Tri-
folium pratense, T. hybridum, Polygonum convolvulus, ete.); on wheels
and boots (Plantago lanceolata, P. major, Polygonum aviculare, Matri-
caria matricarioides, etc.); by commerce (Lycopersicon esculentum,
Ficus carica, Anethum graveolens, Fagopyrum esculentum, etc.);
by birds (Sambucus nigra, Solanum nigrum, Lemna minor, etec.); and
from gardens (Buddleja davidi, Colutea arborescens, Linaria purpurea,
Ailanthus altissima, Papaver atlanticum, ete.).
Three plants named after London are also fully treated, viz. :—
Senecio x londinensis, Platanus x acerifolia (London plane) and Sisym-
brium wrio (London rocket). An appendix gives a list of all the flower-
ing plants and ferns found in the City since 1942, with indications of
their relative frequency.
D. H. Kent.
OBITUARIES 105
OBITUARIES
Marcarer Knox (— - 1952) died at an advanced age on April 29th,
1952. She was of Scottish extraction, her father hailing from Peterhead.
Miss Knox was born in London: she studied painting at the Slade
School of Art and for several years spent the summer vacation with
Walter Russell’s sketching party in Cornwall. A number of her paint-
ings of wild flowers dating from 1899 exist and form the nucleus of the
collection which she made during her long and active life. After the death
of her father she made an extensive tour in the Dominions during
which she crossed Canada, travelled widely in New Zealand and spent
a few weeks in Australia. In subsequent years she visited the Continent
from time to time. She does not, however, appear to have painted when
abroad. During the interval between her earlier sketches in Cornwall
and the departure on her world tour she made a few additions to her
paintings of wild flowers as opportunity offered, but after return-
ing to England she took up painting in earnest and formed the
ambition to make as complete a collection of paintings of British plants
as She could. Her note-books show that she planned during winter a
programme to cover the flowering period for the following year, which
would enable her to visit some of the least accessible stations in the
United Kingdom at the time of flowering of the rarer plants. If, as
occasionally happened, the plant in question could not be found, some
other plant would be chosen to occupy the available time. In order
to secure fidelity of form and colour, every plant had to be seen in its
native haunt. The writer and his wife made their first ascent of Ben
Lawers in the summer of 1932. Approaching the summit, they spied
Miss Knox toiling slowly ahead in what proved to be an abortive attempt
to see Saxifraga cernua in flower. It seemed as natural to find her on ~
this mountain as in her home in Highgate. For almost twenty years
she climbed Ben Lawers chiefly to see this saxifrage in flower and even-
tually her quest was rewarded. On this memorable climb in 1932 we
spent a long afternoon on the summit being shown many of the rarities
for which Ben Lawers is noted. The following morning we were travel-
ling between Killin and Aberfeldy: we called at the Lawers Hotel to
enquire after her health after her exertions of the previous day. She
had partaken of an early breakfast and was ‘‘away on the mountain’’ !
Miss Knox became a member of the School Nature Study Union many
years ago and we shared her company in many rambles during our long
period of membership. Soon after the opening of the South London
Botanical Institute, she became a member, took part in its varying
activities, became a member of the Council in 1936 and served until her
death. In 1931 she joined the British Bryological Society and usually
106 OBITUARIES
took part in the spring and autumn meetings. She was at Dorchester
during the spring meeting when she became ill, passing peacefully away
a few days after being removed home. She shared with some other field
botanists a strong antipathy to the activities of the old Botanical
Exchange Club, and it was only when convinced that our Society heid
very different objects from the B.E.C. as she had known it that she
became a member. She carried her age lightly and attended many of
our excursions and meetings, at some of which she exhibited a number
of her paintings. On the advice of the late A. J. Wilmott she gave her
large collection of water-colour paintings of British wild flowers to
the nation and they have been transferred to the Department of Botany
at the British Museum (Natural History). A few local paintings have
been bequeathed to the citizens of Peterhead.
Margaret Knox possessed those virtues particularly associated with
the Scottish character in a high degree. She retained an active memory
and seemed to extract humour from every incident in her long and busy
life. She had an inexhaustible supply of good stories and many botanists
will recall how, after the day’s work was over, she would entertain a
botanical party at some hotel with her reminiscences, so that the veriest
stranger amongst us became drawn into that friendly circle which is so
outstanding a feature when field botanists come together.
I am indebted to Mrs. V. M. Hale of Bromley and to Mrs. Adriana
White of Ampfield for information concerning Miss Knox’s early life.
I am glad to have the opportunity of paying a tribute to the gracious
lady whose friendship I so valued in life, and of whom [I shall retain
happy memories so long as I retain memory itself.
J. E. WoopHEaD.
Rosert Lioyp PRAEGER (1865-1953).—The death of Robert Lloyd
Praeger on May 5th, 1953, at the age of 87, marks the end of an epoch
in the biological exploration of Ireland. He was the last survivor of a
remarkable group of men who belonged to the pre-specialist age of
scientific natural history, and whose achievement, thanks to the com-
bination of very wide interests and enthusiasm with great physical
energy and stamina, has something of an epic quality. Praeger in his
most active period of field work would average 20 to 25 miles of cross-
country walking day after day, accumulating each day several hundred
records; would spend the evening writing up notes and preparing per-
haps 50 herbarium specimens, and could find time meanwhile to ferret
out anything of geological, zoological or archaeological interest which
lay near his route. He was sustained, not by the daemonic energy of
the sort that enabled H. C. Hart to traverse all the mountain ranges of
Ireland, botanising at six miles an hour, but by a dogged and tireless
persistence which enabled him to ‘‘keep on going when the rest had
stopped’. Utterly indifferent to weather or terrain, he maintained that
the best boots were those with plenty of holes in them to let the water
out, regarded swimming a stream in his clothes as a perfectly normal
OBITUARIES 107
part of field-work, and held that the naturalist who felt under an obliga-
tion to keep reasonably dry and clean missed much that was revealed to
those who would ‘‘poke their enquiring noses, like terriers, into every
hole, be it dry or wet’’. In his later years he did not disdain motor
transport when occasion offered (he found the third Irish station for
Alchemulla alpina by stopping the car at the foot of an undistinguished
Kerry mountain and sitting there while his companion, at his suggestion,
went up to see what grew on its top); and although a puritan streak
did not allow him to feel comfortable in a first-class hotel, he did not
practise toughness for its own sake—he simply saw that the programme
was carried through in the most rapid and practical way. It is in this
spirit that we may picture him as Secretary of the Belfast Field Club
struggling up the Mourne Mountains in a blinding storm when all others
had turned back; swimming through subterranean lakes at Mitchels-
town with a candle in his hat; camping on Inishturk in an abandoned
shed in a medley of wire, dynamite, fish-scales, petrol, cement and saw-
dust (‘‘an ideal existence’’, he comments); exploring the dense vegeta-
tion of Connemara lake-islands clad in a vasculum and walking-stick ;
digging bronze-age cairns on Carrowkeel and sifting eskers for marine
shell-fragments; joining in deep-sea trawling off Cork and attempting
to land on Rockall.
But Praeger was much more than a vigorous, enterprising and versa-
tile naturalist. Directing all this activity was a brain which, though
limited perhaps in imaginative range, was acute and shrewd, which
could very rapidly ascertain and marshal all the relevant facts, and could
expound them with quite remarkable lucidity. Though scholarly he was
never finicky, and was quite innocent of the disastrous pride in un-
published knowledge which besets so many naturalists. The skill with
which he collated and set out in Irish Topographical Botany and The
Botanist in Ireland his own records and those of his predecessors means
that, although Ireland remains less thoroughly explored botanically than
Britain, the results of the exploration are far more effectively integrated
and codified.
Born near Belfast in 1865, Praeger received as a schoolboy his first
training in biological study from the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club,
which included then a large number of exceptionally keen and talented
workers. He trained as an engineer at Queen’s College; and his earliest
substantial publication was on the sub-fossil molluscs in the estuarine
clays of Belfast which he came across in the course of his work on the
construction of a dock. In this now classic paper be brought forward
for the first time evidence that since the last glaciation the climate has
been warmer than it is to-day, and may therefore claim to be the dis-
coverer of the neolithic climatic optimum. His prospects as an engineer
seemed dependent on accepting a post which would cut him off from his
botanical and geological contacts, so with characteristic courage and
decision he gave up his career, and after two or three years of an un-
certain future came to Dublin in 1892. where a post had been found for
108 OBITUARIES
him in the National Library. Here he remained for over thirty years,
succeeding eventually as Librarian a few years before circumstances
consequent on the setting up of the Irish Free State enabled him to retire
on favourable terms at a relatively early age.
It was soon after he came to Dublin that he formed the project of
compiling an Irish Topographical Botany. The library side of the task
(which was to include the making and sorting of over 30,000 slips, and
assembling a bibliography of almost 1,000 references) would have daunted
many men; but it was the least part of the work. For a survey of the
literature’ in 1895 revealed that of the forty county-divisions in Ireland
only eleven were at all adequately explored (one by Praeger himself a
few years earlier); for seven others some sketchy lists existed; but over
half were virtually unknown. Praeger determined to devote his holidays
for five years to the exploration of these; and 200 days of field-work,
carefully planned and unflaggingly executed during this period, enabled
the work to be published in 1901. Alike in the completeness of its lists,
the citation of its authorities, and the indications of frequency and
ecological preferences it compares very favourably with its English
counterpart.
Supplements to Irish Topographical Botany appeared at intervals
throughout Praeger’s lifetime, but the compiling of local records was no
longer his major occupation, and he turned from this rather solitary
work to a number of co-operative enterprises. With Pethybridge he
carried out an ecological survey of the mountainous region south of
Dublin, and soon after this he became a member of the British Vegeta-
tion Committee. Already joint editor of the Irish Naturalist (a post he
retained throughout its thirty-two years of life), he became in 1903
Librarian of the Royal Irish Academy and editor of its Proceedings,
retaining the former post till 1931 and the latter till 1945. A triennial
series of joint conferences and excursions by all the Irish Field Clubs
under Praeger’s leadership was held from 1895 to 1907. The experience
and contacts developed in these led him to organize the general bio-
logical survey of Lambay Island (1905-6), which proved so rewarding
that it led on in its turn to the celebrated Clare Island survey of 1909-11.
Although the most sensational and substantial results of this survey
were in the realm of zoology, the knowledge gained of the distribution
of plants, especially cryptogams, over a wide area of western Ireland
which had hitherto been worked only in the neighbourhood of the prin-
cipal hotels, was of considerable importance: over 500 species new to
Ireland were recorded, and 11 new to science described. Nobody but
Praeger could have assembled in this remote spot such a distinguished
team of specialists, organised tolerable working conditions for them,
and bullied them into publishing their findings within a very few years.
The problems of insular distribution, which originally prompted the
survey, led him to undertake at this time a very extensive series of
experiments on the power of flotation of seeds and fruits of British
plants—a pioneer piece of experimental ecology which deserves to be
extended and consolidated.
OBITUARIES 109
In this way Praeger became a sort of godfather to most of the
societies in Ireland which related to any form of natural history; and
there are few of them which he did not either found, or see through
hard times, or rescue from the doldrums and revivify. This was notably
true of the Dublin Naturalists’ Field Club; of the Geographical Society
of Ireland (of which he was first President); of the Royal Horticultural
Society of Ireland; and of the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland, to
the adornment of whose gardens with flowering shrubs he devoted much
care and labour during the second War (amusing tales were told of the
grubby gardener who, when questioned, turned out to be the President).
His interest in horticulture and exotic floras grew during the second
half of his life; and in the twenties he undertook the monographing of
Sedum and Sempervivum for the Royal Horticultural Society. This
bore fruit in two admirably clear and practical volumes, which make
one regret the curious diffidence he showed in tackling taxonomic pro-
blems in the native flora. In preparing these monographs he travelled
to the Canaries and Bulgaria; and about the same time he took part in
the International Phytogeographical Excursions through the Alps and
Scandinavia. These travels, together with some personal contacts (his
father was Dutch and his wife German), gave him an awareness of con-
temporary continental botany which was at that time not very common
among British field workers.
The year 1934 saw two great achievements. One was the publication
of The Botanist in Ireland, a brilliant synthesis of fifty years’ field
experience, with a comital flora thrown in for good measure. The second
was the launching of the work of the Trish Quaternary Research Com-
mittee. Praeger alone saw that the problems that were vexing archaeo-
logists and phytogeographers could both be illuminated from the same
source—bog-borings and pollen-analysis; and he alone knew that Jessen
of Copenhagen was the man to start off the work. To his obstinate
hammering in of these two points at one committee after another we
owe Jessen’s impressive volume on the post-glacial vegetation of Ireland
and the training of G. F. Mitchell in quaternary research.
Three years later The Way That I Went appeared and soon ran
through three editions. [t is a happy blend of topographical commentary
on Jreland with autobiographical reminiscence, and is the best of his
numerous popular works (though mention should be made of his excellent
guide to Co. Down, written in 1898 for the local railway company). Its
success helped to make him a public figure in Ireland, well known to
many whose interest in natural history was slight.
Up to the age of eighty Praeger remained remarkably youthful in
mind and body, though it was generally felt that he had left till too
late the composition of his two last books, a general natural history of
Treland, and a series of biographical sketches of Irish naturalists. Both
are useful for reference, but they fall far short of his best work both
in accuracy and originality of conception. When the I.P.E. visited
Ireland in 1949, though unable to accompany them into the field, he
took great pleasure in presiding at their opening session. But in his
110 OBITUARIES
last few years disabilities and misfortunes befell him; he was unable
to walk far, he was cut off from his friends by deafness which became
total in 1950, and he lost his wife, the devoted companion of all his
wanderings. When the end came none of his friends could feel it was
too soon.
Praeger possessed in full measure the bluff, and at times gruff
manner which is traditionally associated with his native Ulster; and
there were times when the practical scepticism with which he greeted
a project which one hoped deserved enthusiastic praise could be chilling.
But although he had a shrewd and accurate estimate of his own abilities
he was quite devoid of vanity, and was free from jealousy and touchiness
to a quite remarkable degree. If he were criticised he replied vigorously,
but bore not the least ill-will and was prepared to turn round and work
with his critic immediately. And to any younger man who was really
fired with enthusiasm and was prepared to work, Praeger’s generosity
with his time, his effort, and often with his money, was unbounded.
The bulk of his estate is bequeathed to a fund, originally collected by
his admirers on his eightieth birthday and administered by the Royal
Irish Academy, to promote field studies in natural history. It is a
fitting memorial; but no less fitting is the memorial he will leave to at
least one generation—the spur to extra effort that is given us when we
compare our achievement with his.
D. A. WEBB.
Franois Ritstone (1881-1953) was born at Penhallow near Perran-
porth, Cornwall, on November 5th, 1881, and died in hospital at Truro
after a short illness on January 22nd, 1953. He was the elder son of
John Rilstone, a mine blacksmith, who became a J.P. and took a pro-
minent part in the social and religious life of the parish. As a boy he
attended Penwartha school where he became a pupil teacher and from
there went to Treleigh near Redruth and then to Westminster College,
London, for professional training. After teaching for some years at
St. Mary’s School, Truro, he became headmaster first of St. Agnes Boys’
School and in 1914 of the County Primary School at Polperro. Here
he remained until he retired on a break-down pension in 1934. His life
at Polperro was evidently very full. He was a freemason, a Methodist
local preacher and for some years chairman of the parish council. When
he retired he went to live in the cottage on the hill between Penhallow
and Perranzabuloe which had been his boyhood home. He was a bachelor.
He began botanising in 1905 or 1906 when F. H. Davey was pre-
paring his Flora of Cornwall and with W. Tresidder for a companion
spent the whole of at least one summer holiday exploring the country
within a five mile radius of Penhallow. Afterwards he supplied records
to E. Thurston and C. C. Vigurs for a Supplement. But he told me his
first good find for the Supplement, Nitella gracilis, was made when he
was looking for small algae in a marsh pool. From the first, Rilstone
was as keenly interested in cryptogams as in phanerogams. He used to
WER
—
SW
\
Francis Ritstone, 1881-1953
ey
es
OBITUARIES lal
quote Isaac Foot’s conundrum, ‘‘What is the difference between a Ril-
stone and a rolling stone?’’ The answer is that Rilstone was a bryologist.
He became acquainted with W. H. Pearson and D. A. Jones and at the
latter’s invitation joined the Moss Exchange Club, Section II, of which
he soon became distributor. He was present at the meeting at Dolgelley
in 1922 when the two sections of the old club were merged to form the
British Bryological Society and continued for a further period to act
as distributor of mosses. Then at a meeting at Ross-on-Wye in 1925
Dr. Rhodes persuaded him to take up the study of micro-fungi. It was
a great joy to him when the Mycological Society held their spring foray
at Perranporth in 1952 and he was able to show them the fungus
treasures of his garden. A manuscript record of his work in this subject
was presented to the Royal Institution of Cornwall. His work on mosses
and hepatics culminated in ‘‘A Bryophyte Flora of Cornwall’’ which
was published in 1948.
Rilstone began to study brambles seriously in 1919 and sent his first
twenty gatherings to Kew to be named by R. A. Rolfe. Later on he
came to know H. J. Riddelsdell and relied on him for determinations.
Riddelsdell helped him generously with specimens of standard species not
found in Cornwall, but could make very little of the Cornish plants he
was asked to name. However a visit which Riddelsdell made to Looe in
1924 cleared up some difficulties and enabled Rilstone to publish his first
important paper on the brambles of the county. About 1930 he acquired
a set of between 300 and 400 gatherings of Rubi from C. C. Vigurs which
he claimed were of great help to him. They were specimens which had
been distributed through the exchange clubs in the years immediately
preceding and following the turn of the century and illustrated the views
of Rogers, Ley, the Lintons, Marshall, White and other batologists of
the day. In addition to these plants he collected personally about a
thousand numbers mainly from Cornwall, but also from the London
commons, Wiltshire, the Cotswolds and North and South Wales. Then
he purchased from W. C. Barton a splendid series of photographs
(about 600 prints) of authentic specimens from the herbarium of W. O.
Focke. All this, added to his study of the printed word, gave him con-
fidence to publish first a Key to the brambles of Cornwall and then a
Key to the species of all Britain.
But undoubtedly his most valuable work in this field was the elucida-
tion of the Cornish species. He knew the Cornish brambles very well
indeed and his list of 16 new species was not the outcome of a precipitate
judgment but of long and patient observation in the field. He was con-
vinced that the Rubus flora of Cornwall was very different from that of
other parts of Britain and claimed that of 25 common or frequent
brambles found within a two mile radius of Penhallow only 9 were
described in Rogers’ Handbook. Time will show how many of these
names can stand: at present it is a gain to have them. The importance
of Rilstone’s work as a batologist is acknowledged in the name Rubus
rustonei Barton & Riddelsd.
112 OBITUARIES
Rilstone was a member of the Berliner botanischer Tauschverein
before the war and of both the British exchange clubs, acting as distri-
butor for the B.E.C. in 1933. In 1932 he became a member of the Royal
Institution of Cornwall and in the same year was awarded the Henwood
Gold Medal for his botanical work. Five years later he was elected an
Associate of the Linnean Society, honoris causa, and in 1949 became an
Honorary member of the B.B.S. in recognition of nearly 40 years of
active bryological work. In 1951 he became a Bard of the Cornish
Gorsedd with the name Whyler Dreys which means ‘‘Searcher-out-of-
Brambles’’.
During the years of his retirement he rarely travelled far from his
house and garden, but he lived a strenuous mental life and had a wide
circle of correspondents. His letters were full of detailed information
and a delight to read. He had a strong sense of humour. My corre-
spondence with him began in 1933 and developed with increasing momen-
tum until his death. During recent years we corresponded almost every
week in the winter season and when discussing brambles I have had as
many as three letters in one day. He had a gift for clear and often
picturesque expression and spared himself no trouble when helping
others with their botanical problems.
In addition to his botanical studies Rilstone had a special interest
in Cornish place names and popular speech, the results of his investiga-
tions being published regularly in the Devon and Cornwall Notes and
Queries and the Perranzabuloe parish magazine. In 1949 he completed
a vocabulary of the countryside, a treatise of about 150 typewritten
foolscap sheets, recording the words in general use in his own village in
his younger days. This was offered to and accepted by the Philological
Society.
Rilstone was a great Cornishman and a distinguished amateur botanist
His passing is a grievous loss to all who were privileged to know him.
His herbarium, which he estimated to contain 10,000 sheets of flowering
plants and 10,000 packets of mosses and hepatics, has been presented to
the British Museum (Natural History) except for about 300 sheets of
Rubi which were given tome. The more important of his botanical books
have been privately sold. I am greatly indebted to Mrs. K. A. Rilstone
and to Mr. E. Rilstone for help in writing this memorial notice.
The following list of publications may not be complete, but it con-
tains all the chief botanical papers and as many of the short notes as
I have been able to trace.
1917-8: New Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 20,
310 ff.
1918: Notes on Cornish Plants, J. Bot., 56, 114.
1919: Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Bot., 57, 3-10.
1920: Scilla campanulata, J. Bot., 58, 274.
1922: Cornish Sphagna, J. Bot., 60, 263-67.
1923: The Distribution of Euphrasia in Cornwall, J. Bot., 61, 546.
1926. Cornish Mosses and Hepatics, J. Bot., 64, 178-83.
1927 :
1928:
1929 :
1930 :
1931-2 :
1932:
1933 :
1935:
1936 :
1938 :
1940 :
1941:
1945:
1947:
1948 :
1950 :
1952:
1953 :
OBITUARIES ‘ 113
Cornish Rubi, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 22, 269-80.
Cornish Rubi, J. Roy. Inst. Cornwall, 23, 364.
Erica ciliaris x tetralix, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1928, 631.
Myosotis caespitosa, J. Bot., 68, 153.
A Key to the Species of Rubi or Brambles in Cornwall, J. Roy.
Inst. Cornwall, 23, 462-76.
Abnormal Panicles of Rubus argenteus, J. Bot., 70, 318-19.
Rust Infection in Species of Rubus, J. Bot., 70, 319.
Rumex rupestris, J. Bot., 71, 107.
A Key to the Species of Rubi of the London Catalogue, Rep.
Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1934, 931-55.
Cornish Micro-Fungi, J. Bot., 73, 95-104.
Plantago lanceolata var. anthoviridis, J. Bot., 73, 234-35.
Cornish Bryophyta, J. Bot., 74, 234-36.
Some Flowering-Time Facts and Problems, Rep. Bot. Soc. &
E.C., 1937, 525-26.
Isoetes hystrix at the: Lizard, J. Bot., 76, 56-7.
Anagallis arvensis var. carnea, J. Bot., 76, 85.
Notes on Davey’s Flora of Cornwall, J. Bot., 76, 134-36.
The Flowering of Corylus Avellana, J. Bot., 76, 292-95.
Cornish Micro-Fungi, J. Bot., 76, 353-61.
A New Rubus from Cornwall, J. Bot., 78, 13-4.
Three East Cornwall Brambles, J. Bot., 78, 164-67.
A New Fungus from Devon, J. Bot., 78, 192.
Fungus Notes, J. Bot., 79, 13-5.
The Effect of Trochila Tini on Viburnum Tinus, J. Bot., 79, 173.
A Hyphomycete on Resin, J. Bot., 79, 187-89.
A New Staffordshire Bramble, V.W. Nat., 20, 161-63.
The Stability of Rubus Species, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1945,
77-9.
The Meaning of Spore Form in Aquatic Hyphomycetes, N.W.
Wap. 22, 117-18.
Notes upon Bramble Seedlings, N.W. Nat., 22, 180-82.
Geranium Endressi and G. versicolor, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C.,
1946-47, 258-59.
Rubus Daltrii, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1946-47, 260.
Fluctuations of Sibthorpia europaea, N.W. Nat., 23, 130-81.
Exotic Fungi on Bamboo, N.W. Nat., 23, 167-68.
A Bryophyte Flora of Cornwall, Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc., 1, 75-
100, 153-65.
Some Cornish Rubi, J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 53, 413-21.
Rubi from Dartmoor to the Land’s End, Watsonia, 2, 151-62.
Exotic Fungi on Bamboo, N.W. Nat. (New Series), 1, 101.
Cornish Fungi, N.W. Nat. (New Series), 1, 563-67.
E. S. Eve&es.
114 OBITUARIES
Karis Starcs (1897-1953), a Latvian botanist, was born on 18 May
1897 at Lidere, Latvia, and died on 2 February 1953 at Indianapolis,
U.S.A. He was educated at the University of St. Petersburg, Russia,
and at the Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Science of the University
in Riga, Latvia, where he graduated Mag. rer. nat. in 1936. He was
employed as a botanist at the Bio-entomological Station, Priekuli, and
later at the Institute for Plant Protection, Riga. Starcs was a critical
botanist with a good general knowledge in nearly all groups of plants.
He studied the taxonomy and distribution of Latvian plants, being par-
ticularly interested in trees and shrubs (Salicaceae and Betulaceae),
garden plants, weeds and parasitic fungi of cultivated plants. More
recently he had studied Taraxacum, mosses and lichens. About 65 papers,
including some monographic studies on the Latvian forms of Pinus and
Saliz, as well as on Philadelphus and Syringa, have been published by
him. He was a very keen collector and his beautifully prepared speci-
mens enrich many foreign herbaria. Starcs edited Betulaceae exsiccatae
(1931) in 60 sets and Diseases of the Latvian Cultivated Plants (1937-
1944) in 150 sets. In 1944 when he was forced to leave Latvia, as a
refugee, for Germany, he left behind him a large private herbarium
containing about 100,000 specimens, and nearly as many duplicates. In
1945 he was appointed a temporary conservator at Haussknecht’s her-
barium in Weimar, and from 1946-1947 he was a lecturer in Dendrology
and Phytopathology at the University of U.N.R.R.A. at Munich. Living
in primitive conditions in a camp of displaced persons in Thuringia and
Bavaria, he studied the local flora with great assiduity and collected
about 80,000 specimens, including 35,000 Taraxaca. In 1947 he went to
the U.S.A. where he began the formation of another collection. His
dream of returning to his native country to work on his fine herbarium
was not however to be fulfilled. He joined the Society in 1951,
and was a member of 22 other scientific societies in the U.S.A., Germany
and Latvia.
The following taxa have been named in his honour:—Phegopteris
robertiana var. starciana Kummerle, Rosa glauca subsp. starciana
Matsson, Ascochyta starcii Sydow and Anthostomella starciti Sydow.
A. MELDERIs.
M. L. Wepvewoop (1854-1953).—Mrs. M. L. Wedgwood, who died at
Slough on April 17, 1953, in her 99th year, was an outstanding character
of what we may call the ‘‘Druce period’’ in the history of our Society.
She was Mary Louisa Bell, born on November 23, 1854, and was twice
married, her grand-daughter by the first marriage being our member,
Miss Mary McCallum Webster. Her favourite son, Allen, the only child
of her second marriage, was educated at Marlborough and Cambridge.
They went botanising together and began to form a herbarium. Then
Allen was caught by the first World War and in 1915, at the age of 22,
he was sent to Gallipoli. He was reported missing and was never found.
This entirely altered his mother’s mode of existence. She devoted her
OBITUARIES TALS)
whole life to the completion of a herbarium of British plants for Marl-
borough College. Time and money were no object. She hired a car,
with chauffeur, by the year and scoured these islands in search of every
species, variety and hybrid, as listed in the London Catalogue. The
quest introduced her to every botanist of the period, and she made the
school collection at Marlborough something which is quite unique: a
nearly perfect representation of the British flora, with all the critical
forms verified by the specialists of that time. She also gave a playing-
field to Marlborough in memory of her son, and was a passionate, if
quite unexpected, believer in the public schools and all they have given
to our country. During the second World War, when she had retired
from London to Marlborough, she published (in 1944) the Wedgwood
Catalogue of the herbarium. This will be of permanent use to British
botanists, as well as to the Marlborough boys of future generations. The
beautiful book-plate with the noble quotation from Plato’s Apology had
been designed many years earlier by her friend, Emery Walker. Let us
hope that the authorities at Marlborough will always value and take
care of the Wedgwood Herbarium.
Tt would be quite out of place now to give any long description of
Mrs. Wedgwood’s most unusual personality: the ‘‘Druce period” and
all that it meant have vanished for ever, but she would have delighted
as much as anyone in the rebirth (or should we call it the transforma-
tion?) of the Society and its modern approach to the study of our
flora. She became one of Druce’s intimate friends—he had come to
her help when she lost Allen—but stood quite outside the circle of
his more fashionable acquaintances. Long ago, at the turn of the
century, she had entertained the ‘‘Bloomsbury’’ of her day in her
house on Campden Hill, and she had travelled widely in India and
the Mediterranean before she became interested in _ plants. To
the country botanists on whom she later descended she may have seemed
formidable or even a little odd, with her outspoken opinions, keen intel-
ligence and experience of the world, and there may even be amusing
recollections of some of those Cleopatra-like whims which go with the
imperious manner of a great beauty. Those who were lucky to become
her friends remember her with deep affection as the neat little figure
in black in a very large car, sometimes severe, but full of kindness and
fun and enchanting conversation, able even in extreme old age to cast
a spell over one or two of the younger men whom she decided to take
up and civilise. She served for six years on the General Committee
which was formed after Druce’s death, and her name is commemorated
in a Bramble, Rubus wedgwoodiae Barton & Riddelsd.
N. Y. SanpwItH.
116 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
FLORA OF WICKEN FEN, CAMBS.
Dr. S. M. Walters, Botany School, Cambridge, would be very grateful
for any records of the flora of Wicken Fen, particularly of any date
earlier than 1935. These may be simply notes of the occurrence (or
abundance) of a particular species of plant in a particular year on the
Fen, or lists, however incomplete, of plants seen, for example, in the
brick-pits, or on the Main Drove, in a particular year. Many botanists
probably have notes of this kind in field note-books, which could contri-
bute a great deal to our knowledge of floristic change on the Fen. Copies
of photographs taken on the Fen in a particular year would also be very
welcome. Any lists or photographs can be returned if the owner so
desires.
Species about which field notes would be particularly interesting
include the following :—Potentilla (Comarum) palustris, Menyanthes
trifoliata, Stellaria palustris, Stellaria alsine (uliginosa) and Epilobium
palustre.
THE SOCIETY'S ANNOTATED COPY OF BRITISH PLANT LIST
(ED. 2).
An annotated copy of the British Plant List (Ed. 2) kept up to date
by the late P. M. Hall was left by him to the Society. Additions and
corrections were made for a number of years by the late A. J. Wilmott
The volume was used as a standard for corrections to nomenclature.
Since the death of A. J. Wilmott enquiries have been made regarding
this book, but so far it has not been possible to trace its where-
abouts. Any member who may be able to give information as to the
present location of this important volume is urgently requested to get
in touch with the Hon. General Secretary.
The Society’s annotated copy of Comital Flora is in the custody of
Mr. E. C. Wallace who is at present responsible for Plant Records.
INDEX OF BRITISH HERBARTIA
The Society is preparing for publication an index to the location of
herbarium collections of British flowering plants and ferns. It is pro-
posed to include details of private collections and members are invited
to send details of their herbaria to Mr. D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road,
London, W.13. The information should include their full Christian
names, approximate number of sheets, and a note of any groups or
areas especially well represented. Work on this project is now well
advanced and members are requested to send information as soon as
possible.
:
i
;
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS WAL?
MYXOMATOSIS IN RABBITS
The first outbreak of the fatal disease of myxomatosis in wild rabbits
was reported from near Edenbridge, Kent, in the autumn of 1953, and
shortly afterwards it appeared near Robertsbridge, and also near Lewes,
it Sussex. By the end of February 1954 at least 11 outbreaks had been
reported and it appears to be spreading northwards from Kent and
Sussex in the Eastern Counties. Warmer weather in spring and sum-
mer is likely to favour a rapid extension of the disease, and the rabbit
population may be very greatly reduced.
Considerable changes in the vegetation of localities where rabbits
now abound would follow their removal and members may like to take
the opportunity of making an immediate record of the flora of selected
areas likely to be affected. Chalk grassland and the East Anglian
Brecklands are examples of habitats where considerable changes are
likely to occur. Rare species, including a number of orchids, dependent
on the surrounding vegetation being kept down by grazing, may suffer.
If the threat materialises ar)angements will be made later for the
collection of information, but in the meanwhile members may like to
have this preliminary notice.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the follow-
ing Reserves: Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner Wood, Devon; Moor
House, Westmorland; Holme Fen, Huntingdonshire; Kingley Vale,
Sussex; Ham Street, Kent; and Beinn Ejighe, Ross-shire, and Morton
Lochs, Fifeshire, in Scotland. Permits to collect are required for all
reserves; permits to visit are required for all reserves except Cavenham
Heath and Kingley Vale.
A small pamphlet, ‘‘Visiting Nature Reserves’’, setting out the con-
siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting
visits may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 91 Vic- ~
toria Street, London, S.W.1. Applications for permits may be sent to
this address for the English Reserves, or to The Nature Conservancy, 12
Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9, for those in Scotland, or to the Regional
Officers of the Conservancy concerned. Visitors who wish their permits
to include the right to collect and take away specimens should say so in
making application and should specify what it is that they wish to
collect.
THE CHANGING FLORA OF BRITAIN
A report of the Conference held in 1952. Edited by J. E. Lousley, pp. 204
+ 6 half-tone plates and 25 figures in the text. Bound in buckram. The
book contains contributions covering many aspects of the subject, includ-
ing ecology, palaeo-botany, plant geography, the influx of alien plants,
and conservation. The contributors include Dr. Maurice Burton, Prof.
A. R. Clapham, Dr. H. Godwin, Canon C. E. Raven, Sir Edward Salisbury,
Sir Arthur Tansley, Prof. G. T. Tutin, Dr. S. M. Walters, and Dr. E. F.
Warburg. The volume provides much information which is not easily
available elsewhere, and some that is new. It should be in the hands of
all interested in British field botany. The price of the publication is
15/-, plus 9d. postage.
THE STUDY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS
being a Report of the Conference arranged by the Society in 1950. Edited
by J. E. Lousley. Demy 8vo., pp. 128, with about 28 plant distribution
maps and other illustrations.
This book contains full accounts of the papers, exhibits and discussions
at the Conference: much of the information included is not easily avail-
able elsewhere and some of it is new. The aims of the study of the dis-
tribution of British plants are discussed from various angles and the
methods employed in this and other countries are described and com-
pared. This volume should be in the hands of everyone interested in
British field botany. The price of the publication is 10/-, plus 4d.
postage.
BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS AND MODERN SYSTEMATIC
METHODS
being the Report of the Conference on ‘‘The Study of Critical British
Groups’’, arranged by the Society in 1948. Edited by A. J. Wilmott,
pp. 102 + 18 half-tcone plates. This book contains accounts of some of the
latest work on British Flowering Plants. The price of the publication is
10/-, plus 4d postage.
PUBLICATIONS OF THE BOTANIGAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH
ISLES
A list of publications available for sale appeared in the Society’s Year Book
for 1953. Copies of the list may be obtained from the Hon. General
Secretary. Orders for all publications should be sent to E. B.
BANGERTER, c/o Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, and payment made on receipt of invoice.
Instructions to Contributors
PAPERS, ARTICLES AND NOTES
are invited both from Members of the Society and others. They
should be of general interest concerning the British Flora. Papers should
be typed. They should be double-spaced and typed on one side of the
paper only. The form adopted in this part should be used for citations
and references. Full references should be put at the end, except where
special reasons exist (e.g., the citation of place of publication of a plant
name) or in very short papers. Illustrations, which may take the form
of line drawings or photographs, will be considered for publication.
Twenty-five separates of each paper are given free to the author, and
further copies may be obtained on payment; requesis for extra copies
should be made when proofs are returned. Papers should be sent to the
Editor, Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
PLANT RECORDS
Instructions are given in the Year Book, 1953, 71-73. Records may
be sent either to the Editor or Mr. E. C. Waliace, 2 Strathearn Road,
Sutton, Surrey.
PLANT NOTES
Instructions are given in the Year Book, 1953, 73. Notes should be
sent to the Editor
OBITUARIES
These should include date of birth and death, summary of life so far
as events have a bearing on botanical work, whereabouts of herbarium
and any manuscripts, and chief botanical publications. Offers to write
obituary notices may be sent either to the Editor or to Mr. J. E. Lousley,
7 Penistone Road, Streatham Common, London, S.W.16.
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History
Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee.
Epirep spy Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of
Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/* post free. Single Parts, 3/6.
All communications to be addressed to:—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
Continued from inside froni cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1953-54
Development and Rules
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.)
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan
J. E. Dandy
Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison
(Hon. Sec.)
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley
H. K. Airy Shaw
E. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Maps
Prof. A. R. Clapham
(Hon. Sec.)
J. E.. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead
P. D. Sell
Prof. T. G. Tutin
E. C. Wallace
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Prof. D. A. Webb
Advertising
Meetings
A. H. G. Alston
E. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell
Captain C. Diver
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.)
E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Junior Membership
D. EK. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost
Miss B. M. C. Morgan
J. Ounsted
C. T. Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham (Hon Sec.)
J. E. Lousley
D. McClintock
x Pat k =
cd 3! .
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE 7
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | NOVEMBER 1954 Pra
CONTENTS PAGE
THe DistRrBuTION Mars ScHEME. By S. M. Walters ... seth Wee
THe LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND
NORTHERN IRELAND. By H.G. Baker ... a Set eo
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY. By J. Ounsted ... yee
-ScorZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE. By J. G. Hawkes
and J. B. Phipps oe es uae a i. pias
MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE. By J. D. Grose ie iy Spe cite 85.
Prant NOTES Ea. os ea. ue ee oe ioe au ee
Pxiant Recorps. Compiled by E. C. Wallace _... a (e eOL
ABSTRACTS FROM LiTERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent ER
See Meeevcs, 1953 a
NorTHern RecionaL Meetine, 1953 a: es a een
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL .... ae eee sea ses bit te
AnnuAL GENERAL Meetine, 8th Aprin 1954 A Oe Sree Ee
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1953 et aa ae pene AS,
REVIEW ap ae see om ee Se Fs Soe RRL
OBITUARIES... oe 32 eS re ee oe cei Oe
PERSONALIA AND Notices TO MEMBERS _... Se oy el ng ee
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
c/o DEPARTMENT OF Botany, British Muszum (Naturat History),
Lonpon, S.W.7
Price TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THE PRINCESS RoyaL
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant
Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom
copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1954-55
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING,
APRIL 81x, 1954
President: Rev. Canon C. E. Raven
Vice-Presidents: Dr. R. W. Butcher, J. S. L. Gilmour,
N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer : E. L. Swann
Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL j
(in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e)) ;
Elected April 1951 Elected March 1953
Prof. D. A. Webb . Dr. J. H. Burnett
Prof. J. Heslop-Harrison R. A. Graham :
Dr. R. C. L. Burges D. E. Allen
E. Milne-Redhead Mrs. A. N. Gibby
Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954
Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle
V.S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker
E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock 7
Dr. 8S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser ;
os :
j
Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch ¥
Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES |
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony
Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett
Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley
Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
BOTA! CAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Victoria regia
ny i
TY VK >
a = — em a
eos SE = 5
aS Cait Io ay
TV keke
TV V Vie
eS AAT
BOW YY YY
se se
ae =
————$——
Floreat Flora
PROCEEDINGS
MOE by. RAR 2
EDITOR
Dy eh PGE NE
NOVEMBER 1954
Printed for the Society by
T. Buncle & Co. Ltd., Market Place, Arbroath, Angus
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY
THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES, clo DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), LONDON S.W.7
PRICE TEN SHIELINGS
toe
+“ a ae ifs r4
veo oar;
TT
ned bn) . Baath r mere Shi =.
\ ‘ ‘ i PP a oy:
aed its ng vu ved Aa
a - Pa’ ae A
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 121
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
By S. M. WALTERS
HISTORY OF THE PROJECT
The collection and publication of data on the distribution ot
British plants has been a major activity of our Society from its
earliest days, and the interpretation of these data in the study
of plant geography has always interested the members. both
amateur and professional. This interest was well shown at the
Society’s very successful second Conference which met in Aprii
1950 to consider the whole field of the study of the distribution
of British plants in the light of the requirements of modern
botanical science. The Times (12 April 1950) devoted a fourth
leader to some aspects of the work of this Conference under the
title of ‘Mapping the Cat’s Ear’.
The Conference Report, edited by J. E. Lousley and published
in 1951, made available in convenient form the papers, illustra-
tions and discussions, and stimulated further interest amongst
British botanists as a whole.
At the closing session of the 1950 Conference, Professor A. R.
Clapham had put forward a detailed proposal for a scheme to
prepare and publish a set of distribution maps of the British
flora, and a resolution was passed asking the Council of the
Society to discuss the possibility of preparing and producing such
a series of maps. The Council, accordingly, discussed Professor
Clapham’s suggestion at a meeting in May 1950, and appointed
a Committee to consider the part the Society might play in the
project. This Maps Committee consisted of: —
Professor A. R. Clapham
Mr. J. E. Lousley
Mr. E. Milne-Redhead
Professor T. G. Tutin
Mr. E. C. Wallace
Dr. E. F. Warburg
and at its first meeting, Mr. Lousley was elected Chairman and
Professor Clapham, Secretary. Much careful investigation of the
practical difficulties followed, and members undertook experi-
mental mapping of a number of species from the existing records
to reveal inadequacies of data and of methods of representation.
Early in 1953 the Committee felt sufficiently sure that, given
adequate financial support, the project to prepare and publish
an atlas of distribution maps of British vascular plants was a
practical one and, accordingly, an approach was made to the
22, TEE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
Nuffield Foundation for a grant for a five years’ project. This
approach was successful, and the offer of a grant of £10,000 for
the Scheme was gratefully accepted by the Council in December
1953. The Council further appointed myself as Director of the
Scheme, which was to be centred in Cambridge, where facilities
were available in the Botany School through the co-operation of
the Professor of Botany and the General Board of the University.
The Maps Committee was re-formed and enlarged, with power to
co-opt representatives of other bodies, and the Council accepted
its recommendation to appoint Mr. F. Perring as full time Senior
Worker from 1 October 1954, and Miss A. Matthews as full time
Secretary from 6 April 1954. The “Maps Office’ thus came into
being just before the Scheme was officially launched at the
Society’s Conference on April 9 and 10, 1954—exactly four years
after the foundations were laid. Public acknowledgment was
made of the generous grant of the Nuffield Foundation, and of
valuable financial assistance from the Nature Conservancy, in
the form of a grant of £1,000 per annum for the four years of the
Scheme (commencing April 1955), and the cost of the Powers-
Samas punched-card recording system adopted by the Committee
for the incorporation of the vast body of data and the automatic
production of maps. At the end of the Scheme, the Conservancy
will take over the machinery, and the punched cards, as the basis
of a permanent recording system.
At the April Conference it was possible to demonstrate the
system of incorporating data and ‘mechanised mapping’; in addi-
tion, Professor Clapham and I outlined the history of the project
and the part field botanists could play in it. What follows is
largely an expansion of the talks and demonstrations given on
this occasion.
OUTLINE OF METHOD
The basis of the scheme is to indicate by means of a conven-
tional symbol the presence of each species of vascular plant in
each 10 kilometre square of the Ordnance Survey National Grid,
thus producing a distribution map of the species concerned. The
National Grid does not cover Ireland; we have had to extend it
backwards from the N-S baseline (which, roughly, bisects
Ireland). There are roughly 3,500 such squares on the map of
the British Isles and it is hoped to map some 2,000 species. As-
suming each species to be present in roughly one-third of the
squares, some 2,500,000 individual records will have to be as-
sembled and transferred to maps. This will be done in the follow-
ing way :—
A small 40-column punched card (fig. 1) will be prepared for
each record. It will carry, as ‘essential information’, the following
data : —
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 123
Il. PuncHED Carp
$2.6.4:7696 |) \.
—E P| vwicej10No
cur aS!
STATUS
R GHN
HE POWERS $23
SPECIES
HABITAT
TRADE
MARK
S31S!i HSILIbB 3Ni JO ALZIDOS IWIINVIOB 3HL
POWERS-SAMAS ACCOUNTING MACHINES
FCF.3046
Ja. Inpivipuat ReEcorD CARD BEFORE PUNCHING
SPECIES | DATE
—€ F G H{10 15 16 EP VICE
AB C Oj11 1718 @ct@® U7]
' !
! I
12 @ |GRID REFERENCE (ate
SPECIES Ce
@ VICE COUNTY
LOCALITY
TRADE
eee
HABITA®
S318! HSIAIN@ 3IM1 4O ALZIOOS IWOINVLOS 3HL
7)
wu
z
I
ro)
<
z
°
=
e
z
>
°
°
is)
a
7)
a
z
<a
®
o
4
w
z
°
a
FCF.3046 3:
SeOn 78 aS OR N eats: 41516 18 19 ZO 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1b. Same Recorp, PuNCHED
124 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
(a) the ‘code number’ of the species (each species is as-
signed a serial code number for the purposes of the
scheme). (Columns 1-4).
(b) the date of the record (at least the year). (Columns
5-7).
(c) the National Grid Reference of the locality (at least
to the 10 kilometre square (e.g. 52/41); if available,
in more detail (e.g. 52/4010 or 52/400100)). (Columns
8-15).
(d) the vice-county number. (Columns 16 and 17).
In addition, columns 18 and 19 have been assigned for data
which, though not absolutely essential to mapping, are valuable
and relatively easily obtained; column 18 is for altitude (in 100’)
and 19 for a coarse habitat classification (12 major types, e.g.
woodland, aquatic, etc.). The remaining 21 columns of the card
are not yet assigned; they are available for the Nature Con-
servancy’s permanent recording scheme.
The punching of the card (done on an automatic key-punch,
resembling a typewriter (fig. 2a)) transfers the data to the card
in the form of holes, each hole indicating a particular digit (1-9).
The face of the card is occupied by compartments for written
data, and from which the required information for punching can
be obtained; it 1s thus a ‘dual purpose’ card, and an individual
record (e.g. from a herbarium sheet) can be transcribed directly
on to it (figs. la and Ib).
Data will also be available in the form of lists of species made
at the same locality at the same date; for these the system has
the great advantage that information (e.g. grid reference) com-
mon to all the species can be punched automatically on all the
cards in one operation. It is thus apparent that large, reliable
lists constitute the most rewarding type of data for the scheme.
All the punched cards referring to a particular species (e.g.
Lamium album) will carry the same code number (1098); they
can therefore be sorted mechanically for this number, with the
aid of the second piece of essential machinery, the sorter (fig. 2b),
at a speed of 40,000 per hour. Similarly, if it is required, all the
ecards bearing, e.g., the same 10 kilometre Grid Reference (e.g.
52/41) can be sorted out. Finally, packs of cards for a particular
species are sorted into sequence of Grid Reference, and given to
the largest machine, the tabulator (figs. 2c and 2d), which trans-
fers each 10 kilometre Grid Reference on to a base-map as a
symbol, at a rate of about 100 per minute. In this way, a com-
plete map (fig. 3) can be tabulated automatically in about half an
hour. Mechanical map tabulation is, incidentally, so far as we
are aware, an entirely new departure; and owes its existence to
the ingenuity and enthusiasm of the representatives of Powers-
Samas, who converted our tentative suggestions into reality with
remarkable promptitude.
WAL AOS
AWANTHOV JL
2
OLLV'Td
PLATE 3
GC \\
yy
AK
\\
YY
AG
SN
\
NS
N
7
7 Yy
i
NA
\
\
N
N
APRIL
THE
AT
A Map
PRODUCING
r
LTABULATOR
(Above) 2d.
MONSTRATION
~
4
CONFERENCE DE
TABULATOR
(Left) 2c.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 125
3. ‘TABULATED Map or DistRIisuTion oF Clematis vitalba L.
(DATA SUPPLIED BY EK. Mitnz-REDHEAD.) [This map is given as an
example, and should not be taken as representing the known distri-
bution. |
126 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
So much for the mechanics of assembling and using the
records. We can now turn to the method of acquiring data. The
use of correctly determined herbarium specimens provides, of
course, the ideal method; in practice, however, not only are many
species (especially common ones) very poorly represented in
herbaria, but also the labour of abstracting the data, and par-
ticularly of supplying a Grid Reference to the locality, is very
great indeed for relatively small reward. E. Milne-Redhead
(whose Clematis data are tabulated on the map (fig. 3)), has
estimated that as much as 95% of the herbarium material of this
species was for varying reasons (e.g. duplication, inability to
localise) unproductive! The Committee has faced this difficulty
and decided that the principal herbaria should be used in the first
place to supply data on the rarer species, and has approved the
part-time appointment of Mrs. B. Welch to begin such extraction
of data from the Herbarium of the British Museum. It will clearly
be impracticable to extract all herbarium data; but we hope
that in this task many members of the Society will feel able to
help in the winter months by offering to extract records from
their own or some local herbarium with which they are familiar,
particularly if the collection covers a restricted area and is,
therefore easily localisable to a 10 kilometre square.
Individual literature records, particularly in the B.S.B.I.
publications, are, of course, another source of information which
can be extracted in the same way; again these will mostly yield
data for the less common species.
The other principal source of data is field lists compiled by
reliable observers; a great deal of information, much of it em-
bodying precise records for common species, is in fact already in
the possession of field botanists throughout the country, and its
extraction from note-books for incorporation in the recording
system is an urgent and highly productive task. Members are
invited to offer such records and at the same time to indicate
whether they are able to spare some time to put these into a
convenient form for use in the Scheme, 1.e., on regional record
cards (see below).
All this is existing data; but it is quite clear that a major part
of the Scheme will be the collection of new data, particularly
from botanically neglected areas. For this work, we are produc-
ing regional record cards (fig. 4), which provide an easy method
of listing species present in a particular locality; and also a
‘common species card’ listing some 100 common and (we hope)
unmistakable species, which might be used by less experienced
workers. Experience already gained with the use of similar cards
in County Flora Schemes (e.g., Cambridgeshire, Derbyshire) has
proved their extreme value for simple recording. Members able
to produce data in this way are invited to offer their services;
in particular a commitment to work in a specified 10 kilometre
square is of great value.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
CRanipperkors ten.
Rough |e acme
538 Colch
Coniu
Conop
Convo
548 Comu
Coron
Coron
aut
mac
ma}
oxy
571 Crepi bie
372
i
= IT
| S| LOCALITY
~—
‘ '
=A HABITAT
ig =| |
oc |
fil rox |
ONS |
3 Acer cam 207 Astra dan
fo) pse 208 gly
6 Acera ant 211 Athyr fl
7 rohit 0212 Atrip gla
9 pta 214 has
12 Acino arv 217 lit
15 Acoru cal 218 pat
19 Adoxa mos 216 sab
20 Aegop pod 220 Avena fat
2241 Aescu hip 221 lud
21 Aethu cyn
22 Agnm eup 224 Balde ran
23 odo 225 Ballo nig
26 Agrop can 229 Barba vul
28 jun 231 Beke—pes-
32 pup 232 Berbe vul
33 234 Berul ere
35 Agros can 235 Beta mar
36 gig 240 Betul pub
S20 tr 239 er
4U ten 241 Biden cer
41 Aira’ car 242 tri
42 pra 243 Black per
46 Ajuga rep 244 Blech = spi
57 Alche ves 245 Blysm com
60 xan 248 Botry lun
62 Alism lan 249 Brach pin
63 pla 250 sy]
64 Allia pet 251 Brass nap
75 Alliu urs 252 nig
76 vin 253 ole
77 Alnus glu 254 rap
79 Alope aeq 256
82 gen 258 Broinu arv
84 myo 262 com
85 pra 268 lep
87 Altha off 269 *mol
97 Ammop are 270 mol
98"Anaca pyr 271 rac
99 Anaga arv 273 sec
100 ten 275 tho
105 Anemo nem 276 Bryon dio
106 pul 288 Butom umb
109 Angel syl
113 Anisa_ ste 291 Cakil mar
117 Anthe arv 292 Calam can
+ i cot 293 epi
121 Antho odo 296 Calam asc
123 Anthr neg 298 nep
125 syl 303 Calli int
126 Anthy vul 304 obt
128 Antir oro 307 sta
131 Aphan *arv 305 ver
132 arv 309 Callu. vul
133 ‘ mic 310 Calth pal
134 Apium gra 311 Calys sep
135 inu 312 sol
137 nod 313 - syl
142 Arabi tha 315 Campa glo
146 Arabi hir 321 rap-
151 Arcti lap 320 rapunculo
152 min 322 rot
153 yal 323 tra
161 Arena sex 325 Capse bur
162 (SEE 327 Carda ama
163 lep 328 fle
166 Armer mar 329 hir
167 Armor rus 331 pra
169 ttrrhe—ele- = 333 Carda dra
170 Artem abs 335 Cardu cri
172 mar 337 nut
175 vul 341 Carex acu
176 Arum mac 340 acuta
182 Asper cyn 342 app
183 odo 344 are
185 Asple adi 350 bin
192 rut 355 car
194 tri 357 con
204 Aster tri 359 cur
4. REGIONAL
578
588
589 .
592
596
597
607
617
620 bessn—eae
628
630
434
435
640
644
645
646
HE
647
657
661
664
666
670
673
674
675
677
678
679
681
682
687
688
689
692
694
695
696
697
698
700
705
708
710
tar
epi
epith
Cymba mur
Cynog off
Cuscu
Daphn lau
Descu sop
Desma mar
ng
Digit pur
Diplo mur
ten
Dipsa_ ful
RE
pil
Drose_ rot
Dryop aus
*fil
spl
Echiu vul
Eleoc aci
mul
pal
pau
uni
Eleog flu
Elode can
Elymu are
Endym non
Epilo ade
ros
Epipa hel
ees pal.
712 -bewts—e
713
717
721
726
731
733
735
740
745
733
Erica
Erige
Eriop
Erodi
Eroph *ver
361 Carex dem
363 dia
366 —<dreters-
367 disticha
368 divisa
369 divulsa
370 ech
371 ela
373 eri
374 ext
376 :
381 hur
She
385 lae
386 las
387 lep
393 nig
396 otr
397 ova
398 pai
399 pal
400 Panicea
401 panicula
404 pen
405 pil
406 pol
407 pse
408 pul
412 rem
413 rnp
414 ros
419 ser
421 syl
424 ves
= roe D
427 Carli vul
428 Carpi bet
432 Casta sat
433 Catab aqu
440 Centa cya
444 —__ nig.
446 sca
451 Centa min
453 pul
456 Centu min
457 Cepha dam
461 Ceras arv
466 glo
469 sem
462 tet
409
471 Cerat dem
474 Chaen min
476 Chaer tem
477 Chama ang
480 Cheli maj
481 Cheno *alb
484 bon
487 fic
493 pol
502 Chrys leu
503 par
504 seg
506 Chrys opp
509 Cicho int
513 Circa lut
514 Cirsi aca
515 ————_aae
6 rs
517 eri
520 —
522 vul
523 tects
525 Clayt per
528 Clema vit
530 Clino vul
532 Cochl ang
533 dan
535 off
537 Coelo vir
759 Erysi che
762 Euony eur
763
764 Eupho amy
769 *esu
Recorp Carp
SOUTH EAST
Date V. FT q45| 24 No.
71945)
NAS 2
Alt. Code No
30 | |oo
771 Eupho exi 961 Helic pra
Ci2 hel 962 pub
777 peplus $68 Herac sph
2213 Evphe ag2 976 Hiera pil
783 ang 979 Hippo com
798 ———ewe 980 Hippo rha
891 pse 981 Hippu vul
804 TOs 983 Holcu lan
984 mol
988 Honke pep
810 Fagus syl 989 Horde eur
S13 este (991 Horde mar
816 Big $92 mur
821 *ovl 993 sec
823 pra 995 Hotte pal
824 *rub 996 Humul lup
830 Filag ger $98 Hydro mor
831 min 99S Hydro vul
833 4p —seee 1003 “Hyper and
834- vul 1004 cal
835 Foeni vul 1006 dub
§36 Fraga ana 1008 elo
838 ves 1010 bir
839 Frang aln i0li hum
841 Fraxi exc 1014 per
847 Fumar cap 1015 pul
849 mic l10iG —————tet=
854 off 1018 Hypoc gla
856 par 1020 rad
858 val
1022 Iberi ama
1023 Ilex aqu
862 Galeo lut 1030 Inula con
863 Galeo ang 1036 Iris foe
— = _ — — =
867 spe 1038 pse
868 *tet 1047 Isole set
871i Galin par
872 Galiu ang 1048 Jasio mon
873 apa 1050 Juncu acu
875 cru. 1054 art
877 ere 1057 buf
878 her 1058 *bul
879 *mol 1062 com
880 mol 1063 con
882 pal 1067 eff
886 tri 1069 ger
887 ——s# 1070 :
888 ver 1072 mar
891 Genis ang 1075 squ
893 O06 076g err
897 Genti *ama 1077 ten
$06 Geran col 1080 Junip com
907 dis
909 luc 455 Kentr rub
911 mol 1082 Kickx ela
914 pra 1083 spu
916 pus 1084 Knaut arv
917 pyr 1087 Koele gra
918 rob
919 rot 1094 Lactu' ser
929 san 1095 vir
923 Geum int 1098 Lamiu alb
924 tiv 1099 amp
925 urb- 1100 hyb
929 Glaue fla 1103 pur
930 Glaux mar 1104 Lapsa com
931 Glech hed 1107 Lathr sgqu
932 Glyce dec 1108 Lathy aph
933 flu. 1112 mon
934 max 11i4 nis
935 ped 1115 pal
936 pli 1116 pra
940 Gnaph syl 1117 syl
941 uli 1125 Lemna gib
948 Gymnacon 1126 min
1127 pol
949 Halim por 1128 tri
952 Heder hel 1i29 Leont aut
955 Helia cha 1130 i
~]
128 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
As the Scheme proceeds, it is hoped that the Society’s field
meetings may be increasingly planned and used to produce lists
of species from under-worked areas. Some experience, it is hoped,
will be gained this season in a ‘pilot scheme’ which will enable
such planning to be made for 1955.
Special arrangements are being made individually with vice-
county recorders and compilers of County and Local Floras to
avoid duplication of the work of collecting and assembling the
data. In certain counties (e.g. Warwickshire) where a scheme is
already in operation for the collection of data on a 1 kilometre
Grid Square basis, such arrangements are particularly easy to
make and could be mutually advantageous. Regional arrange-
ments are also in hand for Wales (with the co-operation of the
National Museum of Wales), and, also for Scotland. For
Ireland, the Committee has accepted gratefully an offer of co-
operation from Professor D. A. Webb of Trinity College, Dublin,
whereby a separate Regional Office for Irish records is being set
up; this will collect Irish data for incorporation and mapping in
the head office in Cambridge.
At present, the main work of the Maps Office in Cambridge is
concentrated on the planning and production of the cards for
the filing system and for recording, and the correspondence with
individuals offering to supply data. The quite considerable press
publicity attendant on the launching of the Scheme has naturally
produced a good many offers of help, each of which necessitates
an individual reply, at least in some stage in the correspondence.
In addition to The Times leader, articles or notes on the Scheme
have appeared in The Scotsman, News Chronicle, Country Life,
Amateur Gardening and Gardening Illustrated, and, more
recently, in Nature (Vol. 173, p. 1079) and the Irish Naturalists’
Journal (Vol. 11, pp. 201-203). An account has been published
in the School Science Review, and an outline of the Scheme will
appear in the Journal of Ecology.
Delivery and installation of some at least of the punched-card
machinery is planned for September, when the incorporation of
collected data can begin. It is hoped that the complete machinery
will be installed by April 1955, so that some ‘interim map’ pro-
duction can be undertaken to show areas obviously inadequately
covered, to which field meetings and special recording parties may
be directed.
It is the intention of the Committee that all native and natur-
alised species of vascular plant should be mapped (including, as
far as is practicable, apomictic microspecies); but detailed deci-
sions on final mapping must be postponed, both with regard to
the inclusion or exclusion of particular species, and the desira-
bility of producing more than one map of a species (i.e., of pre-
and post-1900 records) to show a change of range.
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 129
Recorders are, however, encouraged to submit data about all
wild species, including casuals and garden-escapes, because of
the long-term value of the data as part of the Nature Conser-
vancy’s permanent record system. Detailed guidance as to the
treatment of planted species and garden-escapes is being pre-
pared, and will be available for all recorders.
DIFFICULTIES INHERENT IN THE SCHEME
(a) Duplication of records
A rough estimate of the total number of individual records
needed for approximate completion of the Scheme is 2,500,000.
Some duplication (either of the same locality, or of a locality
within the same 10 kilometre square) is inevitable; but a great
deal can be avoided by attempting to assign particular 10 kilo-
metre squares to particular observers, and directing attention to
unworked areas. In this way ‘list’ duplication of common species
records can be kept to a minimum.
(b) Indication of frequency
The basic scheme is merely to indicate presence or absence per
10 kilometre square. It is not practicable to include an objective
estimate of frequency on the punched card. It would, however,
probably be practicable to indicate, by some appropriate symbol,
dots known to be based on a single (or very few) records (e.g., in
Cambridgeshire the records for Melandrium dioicum for grid
squares 52/54, 52/65, 52/55, 52/35); in this way the final map
would be much more informative.
(c) Accuracy of records
This is a considerable problem for which no single solution
exists. Absolute accuracy is impossible; even the voucher speci-
men in a herbarium can be labelled in error with an incorrect
locality. Several safeguards are, however, being adopted.
Wherever possible, lists are to be submitted to the County
Recorders for comment; voucher specimens will be required for
any questioned records. Records backed by herbarium specimens
will be so indicated on the punched cards; these can, therefore,
if it is considered desirable, be indicated by a different symbol on
the final maps. Further, when interim and final maps are pro-
duced, outlying records can be noted and checked individually.
(d) Incomplete survey
It is impossible to forecast how effectively the British Isles
can be covered in five years. A good ‘scatter’ of records, even if
far from complete, will, however, be an adequate basis for
publication. Clearly there is no possibility of an absolute com-
pletion of the survey, if only because of constant floristic and
vegetational change.
130 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHBME
CONCLUSION
The project offers an opportunity, on a scale not previously
known in botanical science in this country, of fruitful co-operation
between amateur and professional in a field in which the amateur
contribution has always been recognised as of first-rate im-
portance. Its successful completion will provide scientists,
(botanists, agriculturists, entomologists and many others) not only
in this country but internationally, with a work of reference of
major importance. The Botanical Society of the British Isles is
a flourishing and expanding body; the Maps Scheme offers to its
members at this time of active growth an opportunity of co-
operative work which is unlikely to be paralleled for many years
to come.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX Wau
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX IN WESTERN AND
NORTHERN IRELAND
By H. G. BAKER
(University of Leeds)
It is quite clear that Limonium binervosum (G. Ei. Sm.) C. E
Salmon, L. recurvum C. E. Salmon, L. transwallianum Pugsl. and
L. paradoxum Pugsl. are all members of an apomictic complex
(Baker, 1950, 1953, etc.). It is also quite certain that the con-
ventional classificatory treatment accorded to sexual species
cannot be applied satisfactorily to this complex. An attempt is
being made to classify these taxa and also the populations which
do not fall neatly into them. In this attempt the results from a
cytogenetic survey of natural populations are being used as an
adjunct to morphological studies. This work is not nearly com-
plete but it may be stated, already, that there is no evidence to
support the belief of Pugsley (1924, 1930, 1931) that the popula-
tions ascribed to L. recurvum, L. transwallianum and L. para-
doxum are more than local derivations from L. binervosum. They
agree with L. binervosum in pollen and stigma type (Baker, 1950,
1953) and in each of the type-localities (Portland for L. recurvum ;
Giltar Point, Pembrokeshire, for L. transwallianum; St. David’s,
Pembrokeshire, for L. paradoxum), evidence can be found to sup-
port the belief that they have arisen locally (probably fairly
recently) from L. binervosum, which accompanies them in each
case. Consequently, it is reasonable to consider them together as
members of a single complex.
A certain coastal population in Co. Clare has been claimed by
Pugsley (1930) to contain L. transwallianum, while he also believed
(Pugsley, 1931) that a population at Malin Head represented a
northern Irish occurrence of L. paradoxum. However, an inspec-
tion of the literature has revealed considerable confusion about
the history of this complex in western and northern Ireland.
Alleged endemic species are fair game for speculations on the his-
tory of the British flora and it is important that this confusion
should be removed. In presenting this brief historical survey it
will be possible to consider whether or not the L. binervosum com-
plex is relict or spreading in this region. The implication hitherto
(Pugsley, 1924, 1931; Wilmott, in litt.) has been that the known
populations are relics from a much earlier period which may have
been inter-glacial or even pre-glacial.
The oldest Irish reference that I have seen to a Limonium
which might have belonged to this complex is that given by
Smith (1756) who refers to “Limonium Ger.” occurring “Along the
132 THE LIMONLUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
Ross gui \|
Knockglass
Lees (Malin Head)
Opposite
Rathlin O Beirne’s
Is] and —~—
Poulsallagh z
a Craggagh os
Co:
Inishmore
Es,
Inishmaan
Loop Head 3 fiz
Barrow
Harbour as
Fig. 1. The known stations for the Limonium binervosum complex in western
and northern Ireland.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 133
sea-coast in Iveragh”’ (a district of Co. Kerry). Scully (1916), in
his Flora of that county is inclined to consider that this refers
to Limonium humile Mill., but even that species has not been seen
in recent years from the Iveragh district. Nevertheless, this may
be the basis for the statement by Mackay (1836) in the Flora
Hibernica that L. binervosum (as Statice spathulata Dest.) occurs
in “many places on the Kerry coast.”
The oldest Irish specimen of this complex that I have seen
was collected in 1829 on Howth Hill (Co. Dublin) and rests in
the Walker-Arnott herbarium (now incorporated in the herbarium
of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh). In the Flora Hibernica
(Mackay, 1836) it is recorded from four localities in Co. Dublin as
well as from the Kerry coast as mentioned above. Specimens con-
tinued to be collected and referred to and there is a (misleading)
taxonomic note by Babington (1854) on a Waterford collection.
Moore and More (1866) give a larger number of vice-comital
records but it is only with those referring to western and northern
Ireland that we are now concerned.
In their Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica, these
authors repeat Mackay’s (1836) statement of occurrence in Kerry
and then give two stations for County Clare (with the Aran
Isles). They also cite two stations for Donegal. The occurrences
of the complex in these three areas are worthy of separate analysis,
beginning with the most southerly.
NortuH Kerry (v.c. H.2).
The first certain North Kerry record was made by Scully
(1888): “In some plenty on rocks at both sides of the entrance to
Barrow Harbour, over a limited area, and on an adjoining old
tower on the east side” (see Fig. 1 for all known populations in
western Ireland). L. binervosum was seen here again by Scully
in 1902 and he repeats the record in his Flora of the county
(Scully, 1916). I visited this locality in 1948 and found strong
plants growing in cracks between rocks and on the rather grassy
old limestone walls. Rebuilding of the walls has undoubtedly
reduced the numbers of plants at this station.
During 1952, members of the B.S.B.I. visited this region and
collected plants from the low limestone cliffs below a round tower
which must be the one referred to by Scully. In addition they
found a large colony at Banna Strand, about a mile or so from the
previous station. This colony appeared to be increasing in size
and was growing on muddy sand which was not yet fully stabi-
lised. This is an unusual ecological situation for this species,
nevertheless the specimens are truly referable to L. binervosum.
Mr. O. Buckle has grown a specimen from the Banna Strand
population in his garden and is satisfied that it is true L. biner-
vosum.
154 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
Opinions have been expressed that these plants should be
referred to L. recurvum C. E. Salmon. However, I do not think
that the spikes of these plants can be described as “‘arcuately re-
curved” (most material from the western shores of the British
Isles shows a greater recurving of the spikes than south-eastern
British plants); they are not remarkably dense-flowered and
stout; they are not particularly congested at the ends cf the
branches and scape and the characteristic formation of the spikes
into a cross at the tip of scape is not seen. The spikelets are not
arranged with the same remarkable regularity that they show
in material from Portland and they are not “so compressed that
(the) outer bracts of (the) same row are distinctly imbricate”
(Salmon, 1903). The bract sizes do not agree with those of true
L. recurvum and the colour of the bracteoles is different. The
scapes of the Kerry plants are not remarkably stout and they
disagree with Portland plants in tapering from the base upwards
rather than in the reverse direction. On the other hand, it must
be agreed that, in leaf shape and the asperity of the scape, there
is relatively close agreement. Nevertheless, in the last character,
L. binervosum itself shows considerable variation between popula-
tions in the British Isles.
Thus, although individual plants may approach L. recurvum
in some characters, I do not believe that the populations as a
whole show these characters in the striking manner of the Port-
land plants and I do not believe that their ancestry shows any
direct connection with that of the Portland population. I think
that the not unaggressive North Kerry populations are best re-
ferred to L. binervosum, at least until cytological determinations
have been made.
CLARE (v.c. H.9).
Farther north, across the estuary of the River Shannon, at the
extreme south-west tip of Co. Clare, is the peninsula which ter-
minates in Loop Head. The first record of L. binervosum from
here is by Praeger (1909, a, b) who records that it is to be found
on the steep cliffs between Kilkee and Loop Head itself. Although
I have not seen any material from this region, the descriptions of
the local ecology and the associated species given by Praeger raise
no doubts as to the correctness of the species-identification. He
says that “On spray-swept stony slopes, Swaeda maritima grows
100 feet above the sea, with the three Spergularias, Statice occi-
dentalis and Cochlearia danica’. Nevertheless, an earlier survey
of the area published by Stewart (1890) does not include L. biner-
vosum.
This vice-county includes the Aran Isles and the first record
of this complex from them is by C. Moore (Moore & More, 1866):
“On the west side of Great Aran Island.” Hart (1875) expanded
this by stating that ‘Statice occidentalis’ is found along the cliffs
THE LIMONLUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 135
between Dun Aengus and Bungowla; abundant at the western
extremity.of the Great Island”. All of these statements refer
to the island best known as Inishmore. There is no further men-
tion of the species in the reports of Nowers and Wells (1892),
Colgan (1893) or Praeger (1895) but the last-named author repeats
the record in “Irish Topographical Botany” (Praeger, 1901) and
later (Praeger, 1909 a) adds the island of Inishmaan.
On the mainland opposite the Aran Isles there is a very famous
population of this complex. Probably no other population has
suffered so much confusion. The first record seems to be that by
Moore & More (1866): “On rocks by the road-side south of Black
Head, Clare”. ‘These authors performed what must have been
one of the very first experiments in “genecology” for they remark
that the form found in the Aran Isles and in the Clare population
“differs remarkably in appearance from the ordinary state of the
species as found along the east coast, being only about half the
size with a less branched panicle, and it does not survive the
ordinary winter at Glasnevin when planted in the open ground”.
They were not only the first botanists to record these populations
but were more observant than some succeeding authors who
noticed no difference between plants from Co. Clare and those
from other parts of the British Isles.
Hart (1875, p. 16) also refers to the occurrence of this species
“at Poulsallagh, on the opposite coast (from Aran) of Clare’.
This is the first exact location of this famous population. Praeger
(1901) presumably was not unaware of it and says that the species
was ‘local’ in the ‘Burran’ (sic! ). He also records it from Fanore
on the authority of a collection in 1900 by Miss Knowles. Collec-
tions in the west of Ireland dating from this period are not always
very accurately localised but Fanore School is 54 miles north of
Poulsallagh. Praeger (1909 a, p. 116) mentions that ‘Statice occi-
dentalis’ was “local in (the) Burren” apart from recording ‘var.
intermedia Syme’ from “near Poulsallagh”. The Poulsallagh
population was probably ascribed to this variety because of the
determination by Arthur Bennett of specimens collected there by
P. B: O’Kelly in 1891 and 1892. O’Kelly described the locality as
“Ballyryan, near Poulsallagh”. Actually the specimens are no
closer to (or farther from) intermedium than any other of the
western Irish plants. Praeger’s belief in the heterogeneity of the
northern Clare plants is maintained in The Botanist in Ireland
(Praeger, 1934) where, on p. 350, he refers to the occurrence of
both L. binervosum and L. transwallianum* in the Burren. In his
census list (p. 517), L. binervosum is recorded from v.c. H.9 as
well as L. transwallianum.
Nevertheless, other authors appear to have been unaware of
variation. It was in 1930 that Pugsley claimed that his species
*By a curious slip, Praeger (1934, p. 133) refers to transwallianum and paradoxum
as segregates of L. humile Mill. !
136 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
L. transwallianum (which had been described in 1924) was to be
found in Co. Clare (although A. J. Wilmott had wanted to give
this name to some specimens in 1925). Pugsley (1930) gave the
locality as Ballyvaughan and based his determination on living
material grown by T. J. Foggitt at Thirsk, in Yorkshire. Accord-
ing to the label of a herbarium sheet (now in Herb. Mus. Brit.)
containing a collection made by Mr. Foggitt at this locality, the
material must have been in cultivation for 32 years before being
seen by Pugsley. During this time it had preserved its diagnostic
characters.
Wilmott (1930) stated that his material was gathered farther
south at Poulsallagh and dismissed Ballyvaughan as a possible
station “as there is no suitable ground for the plant at that place”
and he was no more inclined to accept Foggitt’s alternative
labelling (on his herbarium sheet) of “Black Head, Bally-
vaughan”. Wilmott (l.c., p. 347) then makes a most remarkable
statement: “When Mr. Francis Druce and I collected there in
1925, Mr. P. B. O’Kelly, who showed us the plant, said that it
was the only locality for L. binervosum in the west of Ireland.
Evidently, therefore, all the records refer to the one place, which
was a small cleft in a rather isolated low rock-cliff at a consider-
able distance from both the Black Head and Ballyvaughan”. It
is surprising that O’Kelly should have said this and amazing that
Wilmott should have accepted it! Apparently, both were quite
unaware of the long-standing records from Barrow Harbour, Loop
Head and the Aran Isles, apart from those from farther north.
Nevertheless, it is reasonable to trust Mr. O’Kelly’s judgment
as far as the more restricted area of the Burren is concerned.
There can be no doubt that his knowledge of this fascinating
region, in which he spent his life, was extraordinarily detailed.
As the coastline of the Burren is easy of access, he must have
covered it thoroughly and it is very likely that when he demon-
strated the plants in 1925, the “small cleft in a rather isolated
low rock-cliff’ represented the extent of the distribution of the
L. binervosum-complex in the Burren. O’Kelly died in 1931.
When I visited this region in 1948, I was assisted in searching
suitable localities by my wife and by members of the South Wilts.
Speleological Society (who were investigating the caverns of
Poulnagollom in Slieve Elva). There was no difficulty in locating
the Poulsallagh station, although the number of plants appeared
to have increased considerably since 1925, for the population con-
sisted of two relatively compact colonies about 80 yards apart,
each containing at least 50 mature plants. Seedlings were
frequent and occasional plants connected the colonies. It seemed
that the grassiness of the cliffs away from the sites already occu-
pied might be restricting the expansion of the population.
Although the plants showed the narrow petals of L. trans-
wallianum and many of them possessed narrow leaves without
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 137
discernible petioles, there was considerable variation in leatf-
shape, some plants possessing quite broad, spathulate leaves.
Plants brought back to Leeds and cultivated there have retained
their distinguishing characters.
On July 25th, 1948, Miss Brenda Sugden discovered plants of
this complex on the rocks of the headland opposite Craggagh,
about 44 miles farther north than the Poulsallagh population.
Subsequently, other plants were seen between these stations,
and collections were made. There can be no doubt that the L.
binervosum-complex is spreading on the coast of the Burren.
Apart from those collections already cited, there are a few
others made since 1925. P. B. O’Kelly is_ distressingly
vague in the labelling of his 1931 collection, but in 1935 H. 8.
Redgrove labelled a specimen (now at Kew) as being from
“Fanore” which may represent a similar population to that found
by Miss Sugden (or even the same one). In June 1952, Miss B.
M. C. Morgan collected material, specimens from which are in
the herbaria at Kew and the British Museum. The locations are
extremely vague, the dates of collection are uncertain and the
specimens are tiny and very immature. Again it has been sug-
gested that these plants should be ascribed to L. recurvum, but
there is less justification for this than with the Kerry plants.
Pugsley’s ascription of the Burren plants to L. transwallianum
is much more satisfactory, but even this breaks down for the
broad-leaved plants. A detailed cyto-taxonomic study of all the
segregates of L. binervosum is being made and, until that is com-
pleted, these plants are best referred to the aggregate species, with
a note of their morphological resemblance to L. transwallianum.
It is probable that if Pugsley had seen the wild population at
Poulsallagh (rather than herbarium specimens) before naming
it in 1930 he, too, would have hesitated before describing it as
belonging to the same species as that at Giltar Point in Pembroke-
shire. When he visited the locality in 1933 for the first time, he
collected specimens (now at the British Museum) which even he
hesitated to name L. transwallianum.
DONEGAL (v.cc. H.34 and H.35).
The confusion which has clouded the occurrence of this com-
plex in County Clare has also shadowed the only record from the
northern part of the west coast. In v.c. H.35 (W. Donegal) there
is a record by Hart (1885): “On rocks at the signal tower on the
mainland abreast of Rathlin O’Beirne’s Island, west of Slieve
League”. This record for the south-west of the county is repeated
in the Flora of Donegal (Hart, 1898) and by Colgan and Scully
(1898), but I have found no record of this important population
ever being revisited, although it is referred to by Praeger (1934).
Passing to the north coast, but still within the bounds of
v.c. H.35, there is a well-documented record. This is from “one
138 THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
place only on the west side of Horn Head” and is attributed to
Moore (Moore & More, 1866). The plants were seen again by
Hart (1879), but although the record is repeated (Colgan & Scully,
1898; Praeger, 1901) there is no record of any subsequent visitor.
Hart (1898), in his Flora of the county, gives greater precision to
the record saying that the plant occurs “Near MacSwyne’s Gun,
Horn Head”, and noting that Mr. Arthur Bennett had determined
the plant as the variety intermedia of Syme. This would seem to
indicate a resemblance to the western Irish populations already
referred to and is an important point because plants from the
next population, only about eight miles to the east, were deter-
mined (also by Mr. Bennett) as of the variety occidentale Syme
and, therefore, showing a greater resemblance to Scottish and
much eastern Irish material. It is highly desirable that some
suitably situated botanist should revisit these Donegal popula-
tions.
This next population occurs “On the cliffs at Boyeaghter Bay,
Rossgull’ (or Rossguill according to the Times Survey Atlas).
This peninsula les between Horn Head and Fanad Head. The
record first appears almost simultaneously in Hart (1898) and
Colgan & Scully (1898), and is variously attributed to one or more
of the Misses Kinahan. There is a passing reference to this popu-
lation in Praeger (1934) but I know of no other visitor to it.
The most famous Donegal population is across the vice-comital
border in v.c. H.34 (E. Donegal) and was discovered by C. Moore
(Moore & More, 1866). This has received attention because
Pugsley (1931) claimed it for his new endemic species L. para-
doxum (otherwise known only from St. David’s in Pembroke-
shire). Pugsley (1931, p. 44) refers to a single specimen in the
herbarium of the British Museum collected in 1898 by Hart. This
is now preserved as a paratype specimen. Pugsley (loc. cit.)
believed that the population was “possibly a relic of an early
Atlantic flora. . . Its occurrence on two headlands jutting out
into the Atlantic, one the most westerly in Wales, the other the
northernmost point of Ireland (Malin Head), indicates that it is an
ancient survival and affords an interesting parallel to what is
known of the more normal species L. transwallianum L.”’.
These dogmatic words were written before Pugsley, himself,
visited the Donegal coast with Mr. C. R. Nodder and collected L.
paradoxum in 1937. There is no evidence that he was at any
time aware of the existence of other Donegal populations.
Reference to Hart’s account of “Botanical Excursions in
Donegal” (Hart, 1899) gives us full details of his encounter with
this population. He describes (/.c. p. 126) how he left the town
of Malin and followed the coast, passing along mud flats to the
sandy beach of the Back Strand. He continued along here until
he reached the first rocky point below Knockglass. He then
continued “along the base of these disintegrating rocks, some-
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 139
times of a black basaltic nature’. “About a mile along the base
of these cliffs there is a grand show of Statice binervosa. This is
C. Moore’s old record, “rocks of Dunargas”.” His herbarium
sheet is labelled “between Knockglass and Caloort”. He was still
about four miles from Malin Head itself (which may explain why
some later searchers for this species have failed to find it there).
On p. 156 of the same paper, Hart repeats the record and observes
that Mr. Bennett had referred his specimens to var. intermedia
Syme and comments (not without truth) that intermedia “seems
to be the commonest form in Ireland, as it is in nearly all western
stations in England”. C. E. Salmon has annotated the British
Museum specimen: “LL. occidentale, O.K. Abnormal growth;
caused by stem being damaged”. Pugsley’s later specimens show
that this is not true and the reduced and irregular development
of the spikes is characteristic of the population through time.
This is not the place to discuss the significant differences
between these specimens and those from Pugsley’s type-locality
at St. David’s Head but it does not seem in the least likely that
the populations have had a direct common origin. ‘They are
almost certainly of separate derivation from L. binervosum
stock. However, there is some morphological resemblance be-
tween the Knockglass population and small plants of the well-
known Mull of Galloway (Wigtown) form of L. binervosum
(which was named L. binervosum var. humile (Gir.) by Salmon
(1907). Similarly, there is considerable resemblance in leaf-shape
and in the reduction of the foliar mucro between both of these
populations and the western Irish ones. Geographically all these
populations form a series, so that a common ancestor does not
seem impossible.
In summary, one may say that there seems little likelihood
that the discontinuous distribution of the L. binervosum-complex
on the west coast of Ireland is due to the persistence of isolated
populations from inter-glacial or even pre-glacial times. The
L. binervosum-complex is generally distributed, in suitable
habitats, around the coasts of England and Wales. It reaches
no farther north than Lincolnshire on the east coast and the Mull
of Galloway in extreme south-western Scotland. This does not
suggest that any member of the complex is (or was) physiologically
suited for survival in a nunatak. It seems quite reasonable to
believe that this apomictic complex is a post-glacial immigrant
into the British Isles. In such a case the relative abundance of
L. binervosum on the east and south coasts compared with the
west and north may be the result of longer tenancy. The present
distribution of the complex on the west coast of Ireland is spotty
but there is some evidence that the gaps may be slowly filling.
Occasional seeds may be dispersed to a considerable distance from
the parent population and, because of the apomictic nature of the
plants, a single seed may be sufficient to start a new, seed-
140
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX
reproducing colony in a fresh locality. Fruiting calyces of L.
binervosum may be distributed by wind or by adhesion to the
feathers of birds. Tests have shown that the seeds can withstand
immersion in sea-water.
The following specimens, supporting the records and observa-
tions mentioned above, have been seen by the author. The loca-
tions
and dates are given in extenso because of their importance
in this instance.
NortH Kerry (v.c. H.2)
ITerb.
Herb.
Herb.
ITerb.
Flerb.
CLARE,
Herb.
Herb.
ITerb.
Herb.
Herb.
TTerb.
TTerb.
ITerb.
TTerh,.
Herb.
ITerb.
Herb,
IT. G. Baker. Barrow Harbour; limestone rocks. July 14, 1948.
H. G. Baker.
O. Buckle. Banna Strand, near Ardfert. June 20, 1952.
O. Buckle.
Kew. Mud flats at Banna Strand, N. of Tralee. June 20, 1952.
Miss B. M. C. Morgan.
Mus. Brit. Low limestone cliffs below Round Tower at N.
entrance to Barrow Harbour. Aug. 13, 1952. A. P. Fanning.
Mus. Brit. Same locality. Awert8, 1952. Miss Muirhead,
P. M. Newey and Mrs. B. Welch. 7
witH ARAN IstEs (v.c. H.9)
Kew; Herb. Mus. Brit. Near Ballyryan. July 20, 1891.
P. B. O Kelly.
Mus. Brit. (2 sheets); Herb. Yorks Phil. Soc.; Herb. Univ.
Sheffield. Ballyryan, near Poulsallagh. Aug. 12, 1892. P. B.
O’ Kelly.
Mus. Brit. Rocks 4 to 3 mile from sea, Black Head, Bally-
vaughan. July, 1898. 7. J. Foggitt.
Mus. Brit. T.imestone cliff facing sea, N. of Poulsallagh. June
18, 1925. A. J. Wilmott.
Mus. Brit. Inishmore, Aran Islands. Aug. 18-17, 1927. C. St.
G. Poole.
Kew. The Burren. June 20, 1931. P. B. O'Kelly.
Mus. Brit. Rock face near Poulsallagh. May 18, 1938. H. WW.
Pugsley and R. L. P(raeger).
Kew. Fanore. Aug. 5, 1935. H. S. Redgrove.
HT. G. Baker. Limestone headland, near Poulsallagh. July 21,
1948. H. G. and I. Baker.
H. G. Baker, Limestone rocks, opposite Craggagh. July 27,
1948. Miss M. EF. Bradshaw.
Kew (as recurvum). Black Head, in limestone rock. c. June
24, 1952. Miss B. M. C. Morgan.
Mus. Brit. (as recurvum). On sheer limestone rocks, ‘ Clare’’.
June, 1952. Afiss B. M. CG. Morgan.
THE LIMONIUM BINERVOSUM COMPLEX 141
EK. Doneeat (v.c. H.34)
Herb. Mus. Brit. Paratype of L. paradoxwm. Rocks between Knock-
glass and Caloort. Malin Head. Aug. 1898. HA. C. Hart.
Tero. Maus. Brit.” Clit near Malin Head. Aug. 14, 19387. A. W.
Pugsley and C. R. Nodder.
Herb. Mus. Brit. Near Malin Head (Hart’s locality). Aug. 19, 1937.
H. W. Pugsley.
REFERENCES.
BABINGTON, C. C., 1854, Statice Dodartii a native of Ireland. Phytol., 5, 147.
BAKER, H. G., 1950, The agamic complex in Limonium subsects. Densiflorae
and Dissitiflorae. Proc. 7th Int. Congr. Botany. Stockholm.
- 1953, Race-formation and reproductive method in flowering plants,
S.E.B. Symposia, 7, 114-145 (Evolution). Cambridge.
COLGAN, N., 1893, Notes on the flora of the Aran Islands. Jrish Nat., 2, 75-78,
106-111.
———, & R. W. SCULLY, 1898, Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica. 2nd
ed. Dublin.
HART, H. C., 1875, A List of plants found in the Islands of Aran, Galway Bay.
Dublin.
———.,, 1879, On the flora of north-western Donegal. J. Bot. 17, 77-83, 106-114,
143-150, 183-184.
——., 1885, Report on the flora of south-west Donegal. Proc. R. Irish Acad.,
9nd ser., A, 443-469. 1885.
———.,, 1898, Flora of the County Donegal. Dublin and London.
——.,, 1899, Botanical excursions in Donegal, 1898. J. Bot., 37, 125-130.
MACKAY, J. T., 1836, Flora Hibernica. Dublin.
MOORE, D. & A. G. MORE, 1866, Contributions towards a Cybele Hibernica.
Dublin.
NOWERS, J. E. & J. G. WELLS, 1892, The plants of the Aran Islands, Galway
Bay. J. Bot., 30, 180-183.
PRAEGER, R. L., 1895, Notes on the flora of Aranmore (Inishmore). Jrish Nat.,
G, 249-252.
———.,, 1901, Irish topographical botany. Proc. R. Irish Acad. 38rd ser., 7,
1-410.
———., 1909a, A Tourist’s Flora of the West of Ireland. Dublin.
——., 1909b, Botanical notes, chiefly from Lough Mask and Kilkee. Jrish Nat.,
18, 32-40.
——., 1934, The Botanist in [reland. Dublin.
PUGSLEY, H. W., 1924, A new Statice in Britain. J. Bot., 62, 129-134.
—, 1930, Limonium transwallianum Pugsl. in Ireland. J. Bot., 68, 316.
———.,, 1931, A further new Limonium in Britain. J. Bot., 69, 44-47. i
SALMON, C. E., 1903, Notes on Limonium. J. Bot., 41, 65- 7.
———.,, 1907, Notes on Limonium. 5. J. Bot., 45, 24-25.
SCULLY, R. W., 1888, Notes on some Kerry plants. J. Bot., 26, 71-78.
——_——.,, 1916, Flora of County Kerry. Dublin.
SMITH, C., 1756, The Ancient and Present State of the County of Kerry. Dublin.
STEWART, S. A., 1890, Report on the botany of South Clare and the Shannon.
Proc. R. Trish Acad., ser. 3, 1, 343-369.
WILMOTT, A. J., 1930, Limonium transwallianum Pugsley in Ireland. J. Bot.,
68, 347.
142 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
By JOHN OUNSTED
I had the good fortune to be able to spend the four days, May
30-June 2, 1953, camping in the island of Alderney. The greater
part of my time was passed in botanising, and, as the island
proved fruitful ground for a botanical holiday, a short account
may prove of interest.
Alderney lies ten miles from the coast of France, nearer to it
than any other part of the British Isles. For the most part it is
a plateau about 250 feet above the sea, with steep cliffs in the
south and west but some lower lying sandy areas in the north-
east.
One great advantage of Alderney as compared with Jersey
and Guernsey is that very little of the land is enclosed or cul-
tivated, so that one can wander freely over most of the island.
The climate also is more bracing, and winds prevail. The coastal
scenery is attractive, although marred by the fortifications which
have been built on the island by its invaders from the Romans
of antiquity down to the Germans of the 1940’s. Among the more
rare and interesting plants are: —Hirschfeldia incana, Helianthe-
mum guttatum, Polycarpon tetraphyllum, Hypericum linarii-
folium, Ononis reclinata, Lotus angustissimus, L. hispidus, Orni-
thopus pinnatus, Bupleurum opacum, Valerianella eriocarpa,
Orobanche rapum-genistae, O. purpurea, Herniaria ciliata,
Romulea columnae, Bromus diandrus (B. gqussonei) and B. cathar-
ticus (B. unioloides).
Part of the purpose of my visit was to see how the flora com-
pared with that described by Marquand (1901), and in particular
to see if the German occupation had produced any changes. The
area of Alderney is about four square miles, so that in so short
a visit nothing like a complete survey was possible. Nevertheless,
of the 503 flowering plants and ferns listed by Marquand (1901),
290 were seen; and another 17 plants not included in his list were
also noted.
C. C. Babington visited Alderney for a week in 1838 and listed
almost the same number of species—313 (Babington, 1839). His
was the first attempt at a full plant list for the island. In 1901
EK. D. Marquand published his Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser
Channel Islands. From 1902 to 1910 he annually listed additions
in the Transactions of La Société Guernesiaise, these additions,
with others, being brought together in 1924 as a Supplement to
the Flora (McCrea, 1924). During the 1930’s the island was
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 143
visited by A. B. & A. K. Jackson, H. K. Airy Shaw and J. D.
Grose. These visits resulted in further important additions to the
known flora being published (Jackson, 1933; Jackson & Shaw,
1937, and Grose, 1938). J. E. Lousley visited the island in 1950,
and D. McClintock spent a few hours there in August 1953, and
has kindly placed the interesting records that he made at my
disposal.
In the list which follows the simple mention of a plant name
indicates that the plant’s present status seems the same as de-
scribed by Marquand (1901). Plants new to the island are
marked with an asterisk.
LIST OF FLOWERING PLANTS, FERNS AND FERN ALLIES
FOUND ON THE ISLAND OF ALDERNEY
ANUNCULUS REPENS L.
. AcRIS L.
. BULBosUS IL.
. FLAMMULA L.
. PARVIFLORUS L. N.W. coast. Cliffs by Essex Castle.
. TRICHOPHYLLUS Chaix. Mauney.
PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM IL.
P. rHoEAS L.
P. pustium L.
P. HYBRIDUM IL.
GLAUCIUM FLAVUM Crantz.
R
R
R
R
R
R
“KSCHSCHOLZIA CALIFORNICA Cham. Fort Houmet, D. McClintock.
MAtTTHiIona INcANA (L.) R.Br. Well established on the cliffs of the flooded
quarry near Corblets Bay.
NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE R.Br. sens. lat.
ARABIS HIRSUTA (L.) Scop.
CARDAMINE HIRSUTA LL.
LopurartA maritima (L.) Desvy. Fort Houmet, etc.
EROPHILA VERNA (L.) Chevall.
ARMORACIA RUSTICANA Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. Abundant near the
Nunnery.
CoCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS L. Inland, a few plants by Longy Road.
C. DANTIcA L.
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop.
Brassica RAPA L.
SINAPIS ARVENSIS IL.
HIRSCHFELDIA INCANA (L.) Lagraze-Fossat. Abundant.
DipLoraxis TENUIFoLIA (L.) DC. Abundant.
CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic.
CoRoNoPUs pipymus (L.) Sm.
CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv.
Leripium smirum Hook. Clanque, a single plant.
TEESDALIA NUDICAULIS (L.). R.Br.
144 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
CRAMBE MARITIMA L. Has apparently increased, both at Fort Houmet
and Platt Saline (cf. Grose, 1938).
CAKILE MARITIMA Scop.
RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM L.
R. MARITIMUS Sm. A conspicuous feature of the flora.
RESEDA LUTEOLA L.
HELIANTHEMUM GuTTATUM (L.) Mill. Apparently reduced in quantity
(cf. Grose, 1938), perhaps due to the encroachment of Ulex galli:.
VIOLA RIVINIANA Rchb.
V. ARVENSIS Murr. sens. lat.
PoLYGALA VULGARIS L.
SILENE MARITIMA With.
S. vuntearis (Moench) Garcke (S. cucubalus Wibel).
S. contca L. A single small plant cn Longy Common.
LYcHNIS FLOS-cuUcULI L.
MELANDRIUM ALBUM (Mill.) Garcke.
M. piorcum (L.) Coss. & Germ. Scarce. Western cliffs.
CERASTIUM ATROVIRENS Bab. (C. tetrandrum Curt.).
STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Vill.
*S. GRaMINEA L. In small quantity on a bushy hillside above Clanques.
Very rare in Guernsey.
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L.
HoNCKENYA PEPLOIDES (L.) Ehrh.
SAGINA SUBULATA (Sw.) C. Presl.
S. MARITIMA Don ex Sm.
S. PROCUMBENS L.
SPERGULA ARVENSIS L.
SPERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis.
POLYCARPON TETRAPHYLLUM (L.) IL. Common.
HYPERICUM PULCHRUM Iu.
H. TETRAPTERUM Fr.
H. Humirusum L.
LAVATERA ARBOREA L.
MALvA SYLVESTRIS L.
LINUM BIENNE Mill.
L. catHarticum L. Fairly common. Also in one or two places in the
west of the island.
GERANIUM DISSECTUM L.
G. mone L.
G. rorunpIFoLIuM L. Apparently increasing. Longy Road; railway
near White Gates.
G. ROBERTIANUM L.
EroptumM MARITIMUM (L.) L’Hérit. N.E. of island, and on the burnt
west cliffs opposite Garden Rocks.
Ii. crcutartum (L.) L’Hérit.
ACER PSEUDO-PLATANUS L.
ULex EuROPAEUS L.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 145
U. eatim Planch.
SAROTHAMNUS SCOPARIUS (L.) Wimm. ex Koch. The subsp. pRosTRATUS
(Bailey) Tutin is common on the south western cliffs, and looks
very distinct.
ONONIS RECLINATA L. Not seen, possibly owing to the fact that it was
too early in the season for the plant to be in flower. Grose (1938)
records that it was seen in several parts of the coast in June 1937,
but that it was not nearly as plentiful as would be expected from
Marquand’s Flora. [Plentiful in 1950, J. K. Lousley].
O. REPENS L.
TRIGONELLA ORNITHOPODIOIDES (L.) DC. Cliff top near Corblets Bay,
abundant; Hanging Rock.
MeEpDIcaGo SATIVA L.
M. nwisprpa Gaertn. Longy Road.
M. arasica (L.) Huds. Very common.
M. tupurina L.
MELILoTus ALTIssIMA Thuill. Near the Harbour.
*M. rnpica (L.) All. Braye Bay, D. McClintock.
*TRIFOLIUM MEDIUM L. S. of Mauney Quarry.
ARVENSE L.
SCABRUM L.
STRIATUM L. The var. ERECTUM Gaspar was also seen.
SUBTERRANEUM L.
. REPENS L.
. GLOMERATUM L. Not rare on the southern cliffs.
. SUFFocATUM L. Not rare but easily overlooked. Rather plentiful
on southern cliff paths and paths across Longy Common.
T. CAMPESTRE Schreb.
T. pusrum Sibth.
T. MICRANTHUM Viv. (7. filiforme auct.).
ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L.
Lotus uticrnosus Schkuhr.
L. cornicunatus L.
L. nisprpus Desf. ex DC.
L. aneustisstmus L. Noticeably rarer than the previous species.
ORNITHOPUS PERPUSILLUS L.
QO. prnnatus (Mill.) Dr. Mauney Quarry and southern cliffs.
VicIA ANGUSTIFOLIA (L.) Reichard.
V. uirsuta (L.) Gray.
V. TETRASPERMA (L.) Schreb.
PRUNUs sPINOoSA L.
POTENTILLA REPTANS L.
P. precta (L.) Rausch.
*“APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Common. A. arvensis
was not seen, and it may well be that all the old aggregate records
belong to A. microcarpa.
CRATAEGUS MONOGYNA Jacq.
ciclcistclcls
146 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
UMBILICUS RUPESTRIS (Salisb.) Dandy.
SEDUM ACRE L.
S. aneticum Huds.
S. artpum L. Near St. Annes, D. McClintock.
Hiprpuris vuuearis L. Apparently increasing for it is now abundant
in the pool in Mauney Quarry. Jackson (1933) states that it
grew there sparingly.
*CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. I think that I saw this in
the S.W. corner of the island, but find that I kept no specimen
K. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
*EPILOBIUM HIRSUTUM L. A large patch in Mauney Quarry.
I. pARVIFLORUM Schreb.
*OQRENOTHERA ERYTHROSEPALA Borbas. N. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
*CARPOBROTUS EDULIS (L.) N.E.Br. Now well established on the rocky
shore near Fort Houmet.
ERyYNcGIUM MARITIMUM L.
CoNIUM MACULATUM L.
SMYRNIUM PERFOLIATUM LL. Butes Hill, fairly plentiful.
BurLeuruM opacum (Ces.) Lange. Longy Sandhills.
AplumM NopIFLoRUM (L.) Reichb. f.
PETROSELINUM cRISPUM (Mill.) Airy Shaw.
ANTHRISCUS SYLVESTRIS (L.) Hoffm.
A. caucattis Bieb. (A. seandim (Scop.) Aschers., A. neglecta Bois. &
Reut.).
ForNICULUM VULGARE Mill.
CrITHMUM MARITIMUM IL.
PASTINACA SATIVA L.
HERACLEUM SPHONDYIIUM I,.
Daucus carota I.
D. ginerpium IL.
HEDERA HELIX L.
SAMBUCUS NIGRA L.
LONICERA PERI-CLYMENUM IL.
RUBIA PEREGRINA L. Marquand (1901) forecasts its extinction, but there
is still a little, probably in the same spot where Babington saw
it in 1838 (cf. Jackson & Shaw, 1934).
GaArium mMotiuGo L. Marquand (1901) calls it extremely rare and gives
only one locality. A second station occurs W. of Val du Sud.
G. SAXATILE TL. (G@. hareynieum Weigel).
G. verum lL.
G. APARINE IL.
SHERARDIA ARVENSIS L.
CENTRANTHUS RUBER (L.) DC. With white flowers by the old railway.
VALERTANELLA ERTOCARPA Desv. Apparently decreasing. Seen only in a
pasture W. of Essex Castle. Not seen by Grose (1938) or D.
McClintock.
V. CARTNATA Lois.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 147
Erteeron acrts L. Quarry S. of Fort Albert, D. McChutock.
*I), canapensis L. N. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
PULICARIA DYSENTERICA (L.) Bernh.
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L.
ANTHEMIS NoBILIS L. Only seen in one place.
CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM L. So dense and fine on the cliffs as
to be conspicuous from an aeroplane.
ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM L.
A. vuntearts L. Stated to be ‘‘very rare’? by Marquand (1901), but still
at the sole locality on Braye Sands.
SENECIO JACOBAEA L.
S. syzivaticus L.
S. vuteaRis L.
CaRLina vuuearis L. Only seen once.
Arctium minus (Hill) Bernh.
Carpuus nutans L. Mauney Quarry.
C. TENUIFLORUS Curt.
CIRSIUM VULGARE (Savi) Ten.
C. acauton (L.) Scop. Hill above Longy Common.
C. ARVENSE (L.) Scop.
C. patustTRE (L.) Scop.
CENTAUREA NIGRA L. agg.
C. scasrosa L.
Cicuorium Intyspus L. Not seen by me, but reported by Major Palmer
of the Nunnery to have appeared at Longy Common since the war
though never seen before. E. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
CREPIS VESICARIA subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. Very common.
HIBRACIUM PILOSELLA L.
HYPpOCHOERIS RADICATA L.
H. euasra L.
TARAXACUM OFFICINALE Weber agg.
T. LAEVIGATUM (Willd.) DC.
SONCHUS ARVENSIS L.
S. ASPER (L.) Hill.
S. oLeraceus L.
TRAGOPOGON MINOR Mill. Longy Road.
JASIONE MONTANA L.
CALLUNA VULGARIS (L.) Hull.
ERICA CINEREA L.
LIMONIUM LYCHNIDIFoLIUM (Gir.) Kuntze. Still about a dozen plants
at Fort Houmet. Marquand (1901) recorded a dozen plants,
Jackson (1932) an increase to 60, and Grose (1937) a reduction to
25. [At least 20 plants were present in 1950, J. E. Lousley }.
L. BINERVosUM (G. E. Sm.) C. E. Salmon. Fort Houmet.
ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. Common. Also with white flowers.
PrIMULA vuLGARIS Huds. Surprisingly still plentiful in flower at the
beginning of June.
14s NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
Guaux MARITIMA L. Still at the single station given by Marquand (1901).
ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Common. The var. azuREA Wilmott occurred
W. of St. Annes, D. McClintock.
IF RAXINUS EXCELSIOR L.
Vinca MAJOR L.
CENTAURIUM ERYTHRAEFA Rafn (C. minus Moench).
SYMPHYTUM OFFICINALE L.
S. PEREGRINUM Ledeb. Essex Valley and S. of St. Annes.
BoraGo OFFICINALIS L. Scattered in the western parts of the island.
Lycopsis ARVENSIS L.
Myosotis sEcuNDA A. Murray.
M. arvensis (L.) Hill.
M. uisprpa Schlecht.
EcHIUM VULGARE L. Conspicuous.
CALYSTEGIA SEPIUM (L.) R.Br.
C. SOLDANELLA (L.) R.Br.
*C. sytvestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. N. and E. of St. Annes, D.
McClintock.
CoNVOLVULUS ARVENSIS L.
Cuscuta EpIrHyMUM (L.) Murr. Conspicuous.
SoLANUM DULCAMARA L.
LycIuM CHINENSE Mill.
VerBASCUM THAPSUS L. Two large plants in front of Essex Castle (cf.
Grose, 1938). St. Annes and Braye Bay, D. McClintock.
CyMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. W. of St. Annes, near
the watch-tower.
DIGITALIS PURPUREA L.
VERONICA OFFICINALIS L. Marquand (1901) describes it as ‘‘very rare’’
and gives a single locality. Another station is Clanque, where
a large patch has unusually dark flowers.
V. CHAMAEDRYS IL.
V. persica Poir. Now very common.
V. HEDERIFOLIA L.
KUPHRASIA OFFICINALIS L. agg.
PARENTUCELLIA viscosa (L.) Caruel.
PrDICULARIS SYLVATICA L.
OROBANCHE RAPUM-GENISTAE Thuill. Still fairly plentiful in one spot,
on the prostrate broom.
O. MARITIMA Pugsl.
QO. mInoR Sm. Very common.
QO. puRPUREA Jacq. Common in many parts of the island.
MENTHA AQUATICA L.
THYMUS SERPYLLUM L. agg.
*SALVIA PRATENSIS L. Near the Nunnery.
S. HORMINOIDES Pourr. Very abundant.
GLECHOMA HEDERACEA L. Still at Essex Castle quarry.
Marruspium vutGare L. Near the Nunnery.
ets {
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 149
*GaLEopsis TETRAHIT L. Weed by the airfield.
LAMIUM PURPUREUM L.
L. Hypripum Vill.
BaALLOTA NIGRA L.
TEUCRIUM SCORODONIA I.
PuLantTAGo coronopus L.
P. LANCEOLATA L.
HeRNIARIA CILIATA Bab.
ScLERANTHUS aNNUUS L. Marquand (1901) says ‘‘very rare... dying
out’’, but I found a dwarf form quite common on the south cliffs,
bearing much fruit and looking rather like the associated
Polycarpon tetraphyllum.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L.
BETA MARITIMA L.
ATRIPLEX PATULA L.
A. LActniATA L. (A. sabulosa Rouy).
PoLYGONUM CONVOLVULUS I.
P. ampuipium L. Still in the solitary station given by Marquand (19% 01)
P. avicuLaRE L.
RuMEX crispus L.
OBTUSIFOLIUS L.
PULCHER L. Very abundant.
ACETOSA L.
. ACETOSELLA L.
EupHoRBIA HELIOSCOPIA L.
EK. parawias L.
E. portuanpica L.
E. peruus Li.
MERCURIALSS ANNUA IL.
Urtica piorca I.
U. urens L.
PARIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch.
Portius auBA L.. Val du Sud.
Hd Ho bo
*ORCHIS PRAETERMISSA Druce. Plentiful in Rose Farm Valley. Per coe
this is the ‘‘O. latifolia’? of Marquand (1901).
ANACAMPTIS PYRAMIDALIS (L.) Rich. Slope above Longy Road.
Iris pseupacorus L. Longy Pond.
J. rortTipissima L. Near Corblets Bay.
Ruscus acuuEatus L. Cliffs. :
ALLIUM TRIQUETRUM L. Much increased. Common on both sides of
Longy Road, etc.
ScILLA AUTUMNALIS L.
JUNCUS MARITIMUS Lam. Among rocks on east coast.
J. acutus L. Still below Essex Castle at the foot of the cliffs, an
untypical sort of habitat.
J] INFuEXUS LL.
J sBuFontus L.
150 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY
Luzuwua camprstris (l.) DC.
MLEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS (L.) Roem. & Schult.
ScHOENUS NicRIcANS L. Still abundant at Trois Vaux.
CAREX HIRTA L.
*C. pEMIssA Hornem. The ‘‘C. flava’’ of Marquand (1901).
C. extTENSA Good. Still in the single station given by Marquand (1901).
C. CARYOPHYLLEA Latour.
), FLACCA Schreb.
C. spicata Huds. (C. contigua Hoppe).
C. PANICULATA L. Only at Marquand’s one locality, but the ‘‘large
clumps’ referred to are now enormous.
C. ARENARIA L.
PHALARIS CANARIENSIS L. Sporadic on rubbish-tips.
ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM L.
ALOPECURUS PRATENSIS L. Only in a meadow near Rose Farin.
PHLEUM ARENARIUM L.
AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link.
AIRA CARYOPHYLLEA L.
A. PRAECOX L.
Houtcus tanatus L. Dominant on some cliffs.
TRISETUM FLAVESCENS (L.) Beauv.
ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (L.) Beauv. ex J. & C. Presl.
PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin.
CYNOSURUS CRISTATUS L.
*KOELERIA ALBESCENS DC. Comimon on Longy Common, confirmed by
Dr. A. Melderis. Marquand (1901) gives only K. cristata.
DactTYLIS GLOMERATA L.
POA PRATENSIS L.
P. triviauis L.
P. annua L.
*GLYCERIA X PEDICELLATA ‘Townsend (G. FLUITANS x PLICATA), Stream
below Rose Farm. Neither of the parents was seen.
IkStTucA RUBRA lL.
I’. ovina L.
VULPIA MEMBRANACEA (L.) Dum,
V. BRomMoIDES (L.) Gray.
Carapopium RicIpuUM (L.) C. HE. Hubbard (Desmuzeria rigida (lL.) Tutin).
Very common.
Bromus pIANDRUS Roth. (B. gussonei Parl.). Abundant.
B. steritrs L.
*B. catHarticus Vahl (B. wnioloides H.B.K.). Abundantly established
‘and very fine in hedgebanks and streamsides by Essex House.
B. mottis L. Common, including diminutive forms.
B. rHominir Hard.
BRACHYPODIUM SYLVATICUM (Huds.) Beauv.
LOLIUM PERENNE I.
AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME (A. & D. Love) A. & D. Love.
HorpBUM MURINUM L.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF ALDERNEY 151
HQUISETUM ARVENSE IL.
E. paLtustRE L.
PTERIDIUM AQUILINUM (L.) Kuhn. Very common.
PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Clanque Valley.
ASPLENIUM MARINUM L. Nunnery Gate.
A. ADIANTUM-NIGRUM L.
A. RUTA-MURARIA L. Wall N. of Longy Road, by the eemetery (cf.
Grose, 1938).
DryorrErRis FILIX-MAS (L.) Schott. Mauney Quarry.
PoLYPODIUM VULGARE L.
If one may draw a conclusion from so brief a visit it is that the
strains of the twentieth century have made remarkably little difference
to the flora of Alderney, and that the island remains a most attractive
spot for the botanist, who will find plenty of scope for future work.
My thanks are due to my daughter, Miss Tanya Ounsted, for
assistance with nomenclature, to Mr. D. McClintock for his kindness
in allowing me to use some of his records, and to Mr. D. H. Kent for
valuable help and advice.
REFERENCES
BABINGTON, C. C.. 1839, Primiliae Florae Sarnicae.
CLAPHAM, A. R., T. G. TUTIN & E. F. WARBURG, 1952, Flora of the British
Isles.
GROSE, J. D., 1938, Notes on Some Alderney Plants, Rep. Bot. Soc. & LE.C..,
1937. 561-564. :
JACKSON, A. B. & A. K., 1933, Alderney Plants, J. Bot., 71, 106-107.
JACKSON, A. B. & A. K. & H. K. AIRY SHAW, 1937, Further Notes on Alderney
Plants, J. Bot., 75, 299-300.
MARQUAND, E. D., 1901, Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser Channel Islands.
McCCREA, M. A., 1924, Supplement (1923) to Marquand’s “Flora of Guernsey and
the Lesser Channel Islands’, Trans. Soc. Guern., 1923, 161-182.
152 SCORZONERA HUUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE
By J. G. HAWKES AND J. B. PHIPPS
A third locality has been found recently for one of Britain’s
rarest plants, Scorzonera humilis L.
This species was previously known in the British Isles from
two localities in east Dorset* where it occurs in marshy fields.
We have now discovered a small colony of five plants in a
meadow in the Earlswood region of Warwickshire, some 10 miles
south of Birmingham.
On the continent the species occurs from the northern Medi-
terranean to south Scandinavia, and from Portugal eastwards to
central Russia and the Caucasus. It is therefore quite widespread
and apparently common in Europe, and one might have expected
it also to be quite frequent in the southern part of England.
In Warwickshire Scorzonera humilis was found with all the
appearance of being perfectly native in a damp, old meadow on
a sandy clay soil. Other plants found in this field include
Alopecurus pratensis, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Holcus lanatus,
Hypochoeris radicata, Lolium perenne, Lychnis flos-cuculi, Plan-
tago lanceolata, Polygala vulgaris, Ranunculus acris, R. repens,
Rumex acetosa, Trifolium pratense and Veronica chamaedrys.
The general aspect of the plant is common to many rosette
Compositae, with long pointed leaves resembling at first glance
those of Plantago lanceolata. The pale yellow flowers are similar
in colour to those of Hieracium pilosella, though of course rather
larger.
In reviewing the distribution so far recorded of Scorzonera
humilis in Britain and comparing it with that for continental
Europe one cannot avoid the conclusion that the species might
indeed be more widely distributed here than has previously been
realised. In the Warwickshire locality careful search revealed
the presence of only five plants in the one field, and none in
adjacent fields. However, many collectors undoubtedly overlook
the yellow-fiowered Liguliflorae, and it is quite possible that this
species may be found, on more intensive study, to be more com-
mon than was thought previously. The locality in which it was
found is not apparently specialised and must be mirrored in
thousands of places in the British Isles. Furthermore, since a
distance of some 130 miles separates the Dorset and Warwick-
shire stations it would be of great interest to see whether a con-
tinuous, if sparse, distribution existed between them.
*Rep. Bol. Soc. & E.C., 1915, 202; Ibid., 1927. 309.
Se
I SITINDH V
Tv ALVId
WANOZUOIG
SCORZONERA HUMILIS L. IN WARWICKSHIRE 1S
The find was made whilst one of us (J.B.P.) was recording
for the Flora of Warwickshire revision, sponsored by the Univer-
sity of Birmingham and the Birmingham Natural History and
Philosophical Society. In this work a complete list of species,
together with habitats and frequencies, is made for each of the
1 km. National Grid squares in the county, so that many regions,
especially meadows and botanically “uninteresting” areas are
now being surveyed, virtually for the first time.
Whilst the discovery of this rarity would normally have been
largely a matter of chance, it was made far more likely in this
instance because of the intensive methods in use in the Flora of
Warwickshire revision. It is greatly to be hoped that botanists
in other parts of Britain will be able to make an intensive search
for this interesting species in habitats of the type indicated so
that its distribution may be worked out in some detail for this
country.
154 MENTHA PRATENSIS SOLE
MENTHA PRATENSIS Sole
By J. D. GROSE
-_———_—-
The original description of Mentha pratensis by Sole (1798)
concludes with the statement: ‘I found this plant in the year
1789, in wet places in the New Forest, Hants, particularly in a
common (Alderbury Common) near the Roebuck, between Salis-
bury and Romsey. It has not varied in the least by cultivation’.
Alderbury Common is in South Wilts, v.c. 8, but the true site of
the Roebuck has been in doubt for many years and the record
for Sole’s mint has been claimed for both Hants and Wilts.
Townsend (1904) accepts the first part of the sentence as apply-
ing to Hants, and Preston (1888) quotes the second half for Wilts
without qualification. Later writers, e.g. Druce (1928) and
Fraser (1927) mostly credit a single locality to the plant, and that
to Wilts.
There is now no ‘Roebuck Inn’ at Alderbury and extensive
enquiries failed to reveal any evidence that there ever was, or
that either of the existing inns ever bore the name. In a letter
to Sir James Smith, A. B. Lambert stated that he ‘ascertained
that Mentha pratensis (Sole) was thrown out of the Roebuck Inn
garden on Alderbury Common, and was merely a single plant;
this Mr. Sole dug up, and the original specimen is at the Linnean
Society’. The substance of this letter is contained also in a
pencilled footnote by T. B. Flower in his copy of Sole’s book (now
in the writer’s possession) but the words ‘Alderbury Common’ are
omitted. A clue to the locality was provided when J. Britten
(1905) discovered an alteration in A. B. Lambert's copy of
Menthae Britannicae where ‘Alderbury Common’ had been de-
leted and ‘Shervile Common’ substituted The following note
was added: ‘This common I examined in the year 1798 & was
shown by the person who keeps the Roebuck the spot where Mr.
Sole found the plant which was nothing more than a plant of
Mentha rubra thrown out of the Roebuck garden’.—A.B.L.
In the light of this information the search was extended to
Sherfield English but here, also, there is no Roebuck. Eventu-
ally Dr. B. Whitehead, of Downton, who has been helping with
the enquiry, found that an incline about a mile east of the village
was known locally as ‘Buck Hill’ and that the small general stores
there was the original inn. The proprietress informs me that the
name ‘Roebuck’ is still used by the Customs and Excise authori-
ties for the tobacco licence. The locality is in South Hants,
vice dT;
MENTIIA PRATENSIS SOLE 155
Sole’s Mentha pratensis has never been refound either in
Hampshire or elsewhere and must, I think, be regarded as ex-
tinct. It was described by Sole (1798) as a new species but was
reduced by Sir James Smith to a lower grade. Sole, who was at
issue with Smith on the ranking of this and other mints, wrote
in his copy of Menthae Britannicae: ‘Dr. Smith makes this new
Mint a Variety of the following one (M. rubra),—and_ soon after
in a future Observation he chooses it shall be a Variety of my
Sativa pl. 21. Quere—Is not the Dr. full as ardent for Varieties,
as he says I am for Species? See the Observations’. And a later
note: “The Dr. has in his last Flo. Angl. made it a gracilis’. J.
Fraser (1927) places the plant under M. x gentilis and Mr R.
Graham (in litt. 1953) agrees that it was probably a hybrid of
the M. arvensis-spicata group being closely akin to M. X gentilis
L. and M. x gracilis Sole, but adds that there is a morphological
possibility that it arose as a hybrid of M. arvensis (3) with M. x
piperita (2). The solution must await a new discovery.
REFERENCES.
BRITTEN, J., 1905, Mentha pratensis Sole, Journ. Bot., 43, 189-190.
DRUCE, G. C., 1928, British Plant List, ed. 2. Arbroath.
FRASER, J., 1927, Menthae Britannicae, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 241.
PRESTON, T. A., 1888, The Flowering Plants of Wilts. Leicester.
SOLE, W., 1798, Menthae Britannicae. Bath.
TOWNSEND, F., 1904, Flora of Hampshive, ed. 2. London.
Tt should perhaps be remembered, with regard to Mr. Grose’s paper,
that some of Sole’s names applied to mints different from those described
under the original binomials. Thus, Sole’s M. sativa is not that of
Linnaeus (--M. x verticillata L.) but is in fact M. x smithiana R.
Graham (=M. rubra Smith, non Miller). Further, Sole’s MM. rubra is
M. x gentilis I. subhybr. gentilis, and his M. gentilis is M. x gentilis
L. subhybr. gracilis Sole var. cardiaca (Baker) Briq. The Mentha rubra
to which Lambert refers would presumably have been Sole’s M. rubra,
i.e. M. x gentilis Ilh., and it might well have been that M. pratensis
arose as a sport from this as a garden outcast. R. A. GRAHAM. ~
156 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
197/9. Cotoneaster horizontalis Decne., 1877, Fl. des Serres, Sér. 2,
12, 168. 6, N. Som.; sparingly on limestone rocks, Crook Peak, J. P.
M. Brenan (1953, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 307). 14, E. Sussex; Black
Rock, Brighton, 1950, D. McCuintrock: chalky railway bank north of
Waldron and Horam Station, one bush, 1952-1953; steep bank by rail-
way bridge, Ghyll Lane, Heathfield, one bush, 1953, K. E. Bury. 15,
EK. Kent; chalk down, Wrotham Hill, about a dozen bushes, ec. 1945-
1954, D. McCuintock. 17, Surrey; railway bank, Caterham, one bush,
1954, D. McCrintock. 21, Middx.; bank above chalkpit, Harefield, one
small bush, 1945-1954, D. H. Kent. 23, Oxon; epiphytic on a pollard
willow by the river bank near Iffley Lock, 1944, J. P. M. Brenan and
Rev. N. E. G. Crutrwewy (Ref. No. 7059).
Deciduous or half-evergreen shrub of squat habit. Branches horizon-
tal, pubescent. Leaves + roundish, 12 mm. or less long, mucronate,
glabrous and shining above, subglabrous below. Flowers pinkish, 1-2
together, subsessile; fruit globose or ovoid, about 5 mm. across, bright
red, containing 3 nutlets. Native of China. Long grown in British
gardens from whence it is doubtless bird-sown to wild habitats.—D. H.
Kent.
467/2. ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Although the various colour forms
of this species have attracted considerable attention in the past, there
is one feature of their occurrence which appears to have been over-
looked. This is the tendency for other colour forms to appear whenever
any two grow together in one place.
As early as 1700, W. Stonestreet (ex Druce, 1926, Fl. Bucks., 225)
recorded both purple and white flowers among the scarlet type near
Quainton, Buckinghamshire. E. Lees (1868, Bot. Malvern Hills, ed.
3, 48) mentions scarlet, blue and white forms growing together at Astley
in Worcestershire. H. Hoffmann (1879, Bot. Zeit., 37, 177) stated that
he had only encountered the form with salmon-pink flowers when the
scarlet and blue forms grew together, both in cultivation and in the
wild. According to E. D. Marquand (1901, Fl. Guernsey, 153), blue and
scarlet plants are both plentiful on the island of Jethou, Channel Isles,
and among them grows a sprinkling of the form with pure white flowers.
R. Scott (1953, Country Life, 114, 1223) records blue, pale pink and
heliotrope plants along with the scarlet type in a beet field in Norfolk.
N. F. McMillan (1958, Proce. Liverpool Nat. Field Club, 19) has found
single specimens of the shell-pink and sky-blue forms respectively among
the scarlet type at Bromborough, Cheshire; and M. E. Gillham (1953,
N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 547) has reported a single blue specimen on Skok-
holm Island, Pembrokeshire, where both pink and scarlet forms are
plentiful. Finally, V. C. Smith (verbal communication), after crossing
PLANT NOTES LSS
the blue and scarlet forms artificially, found that specimens with pale
pink and bluish-white flowers appeared alongside the parents in the
F, generation.
It has been shown by EH. M. Marsden-Jones & F. EK. Weiss (1938,
Proc. Linn. Soc., 150, 146-154) that the five colour variants, scarlet, pink,
white, purple and blue, form a series in which scarlet is simply dominant
to pink, pink to white, and so on. Blue is simply recessive to all the
others, except that when it is crossed with lilac there is a segregation
in the F,. No mention, however, is made by these authors of the pos-
sibility of linkage, which the records cited above seem to suggest. Fur-
ther genetical work on these colour variants is clearly needed.
Marquand (l.c.) remarks that in Guernsey ‘the form with salmon-
coloured flowers is frequent, especially near the sea; plants with pale
pink or flesh-coloured flowers also occur, but less commonly’. Likewise,
W. C. Barton (1916, Wats. B.E.C. Rep., 2, 544) records that among
searlet and pale-flowered plants growing at Barmouth, Merionethshire,
a few specimens occurred with flowers intermediate in colour. The
only other person to have reported two distinct pink variants appears
to be H. W. Pugsley (1928, Wats. B.H.C. Rep., 3, 435), who distinguished
a plant from Poole Harbour with pale pink corolla and bright crimson
eye (‘clearly bicoloured flowers’) from the more frequent flesh-coloured
form. Marsden-Jones & Weiss (l.c.) merely describe the corolla of their
pink form as ‘salmon or flesh’, with a.purple eye. This matter, too,
deserves closer investigation.
It has been pointed out by F. Rilstone (1938, J. Bot.. 76, 85) that the
flesh-coloured form is almost exclusively a maritime plant in Cornwall,
where it occurs mainly on sand dunes in a form with a neater habit and
suberect stems. This dune form certainly has a very distinct facies, and
as its characters appear to be constant it deserves a varietal name.
However, while maritime populations (both of the suberect and
straggling varieties) contain a large proportion, or even a predominance,
of flesh-coloured plants in the Channel Isles, the Cornish Peninsula, the
southern tip of Ireland and along the Welsh coast as far as Anglesey,
the populations—at least of the suberect dune variety—outside this
region, in Lancashire, Dorset and Norfolk, for example, are evidently
(apart from rare isolated instances) uniformly scarlet. The coincidence
of flesh-coloured flowers and suberect stems, postulated by Rilstone, is,
therefore, not complete. The reason for the prevalence of the flesh-
coloured form in the milder, westerly coastal areas is obscure.—D. E.
ALLEN,
517(2)/1. Salpichroa origanifolia (Lam.) Baillon, 1888, Hist. pl., 9,
288, fig. 363; Physalis origanifolia Lam., 1793, Tabl. encycl., 2, 28;
Atropa origanifolia Desf., 1829, Cat. hort. Paris, ed. 3, 396; Busbeckia
radicans Mart., 1829, Cat. hort. Monac., 69; Atropa rhomboidea Gillies
& Hook., 1829, Hook. Bot. Misc., 1, 135-6, tab. 37; Salpichroa rhom-
boidea Miers, 1845, Hook. Lond. J. Bot., 4, 329.
A sprawling perennial, with rather woody, pubescent stems. Leaves
with short hairs, or almost glabrous, small (1:5-2°5 x 1-2 cm.), ovate-
I
158 PLANT NOTES
rhomboid. Flowers small, > 1 ecm., solitary, nodding; corolla urceolate,
constricted at middle and at throat, with a ring of hairs above the in-
sertion of the stamens within, white; calyx cleft almost to the base into
five narrow, acute segments. Berries said to be white or yellowish and
edible.
Baillon in making the combination gives no description and cites no
authors’ names but gives a figure of a section of the flower. This is ac-
cepted by Litardiére (1948, Candollea, 11, 215) as validating the name.
The same combination was made later by Thellung (1912, Mém. Soe.
Nat. Sc. Cherbourg, Series 4, 38, 452).
This species has been found in Britain as follows:—S.; Guernsey ;
‘found apparently wild’, 1946, W. A. Warry, (Hb. Kew); Shore at
Grandes Rocques, 1950, J. EK. Loustry, (Hb. Lousley); Jersey; St.
Ouen’s, 1949, Miss TurnBuLt, (Hb. Lousley): v.c 9, Dorset; Abbotsbury,
opposite gardens in field, 1937, Mrs. Davirs, (Hb. Kew): v.c. 10, Wight;
Ventnor-St. Lawrence, ‘‘among brambles and nettles by a dry stone
wall’, 1952, J. H. Wauter, (Hb. Mus. Brit.): v.c. 11, S. Hants.; Hay-
ling Island beach, 1949 & 1951, Mrs. D. WorrenpEN, (Hb. Mus. Brit.).
Salpichroa origanifolia is a native of South America (Brazil,
Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina), and is grown for its edible berries,
and as an exceedingly rapid climber. In California it has become a
weed, and it is also naturalised in Florida. In Europe it is established
in Corsica, and is on the way to becoming naturalised in the south of
France. It appears also to be established in Portugal, and in Holland,
near Rotterdam. In New Zealand it ‘‘occasionally escapes in North
Island”’ (Allan, 1940: Handbook Naturalised Fl. N.Z., 299). In Britain
it is said to be half-hardy but the records above suggest that it is likely
to persist in competition with native plants in the Channel Islands and
on the south coast.
In Paraguay, Argentina and France it is known as ‘‘cock’s eggs’’.
I am very much indebted to Mr. N. Y. Sandwith for assistance in com-
piling this note.—J. E. Loustry.
691/2.x3. Polygonatum x hybridum Briigger, 1886, in Jahresb.
Naturforsch. Ges. Grawbiind., Neue Folge, 29, 160 (P. multifiorum x
odoratum); P. x intermedium Bor., 1857, Fl. C. France, éd. 3, 2, 615,
non Dum. (1827). 88, Mid Perth; Dunning burn adjacent to gardens,
Dunning, 1953. Several plants of this garden hybrid mentioned in
Clapham, Tutin & Warburg, Flora of the British Isles, 1220 (1952),
were found growing amongst native vegetation and appeared to be
well established. The flowers occurred in threes; the _ perianths,
measuring up to 22 mm. were contracted in the middle, and the filaments
were pubescent.—A. W. Rosson.
+744/6. Cyperus esculentus L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 45. 34, W. Glos.;
waste ground, St. Philip’s Marsh, Bristol, IT. W. Evans, in C. I. and
N. Y. Sandwith, Bristol Botany in 1948, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 27,
889 (1949).
PLANT NOTES 159
+744/7. CG. rotundus L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 45. 30, Beds.; Sundon
Rubbish Dump, 1953, J. G. Dony and H. B. Soustrr (J. G. Dony 2046,
Herb. Mus. Brit., Herb. Kew, Herb. Luton Mus.).
Cyperus esculentus and C. rotundus, both sold commercially as tiger-
nuts, are perennials. Superficially they resemble the British C. fuscus
L., an annual; but they are taller, growing to 30cm. Their spikelets
are longer, in C. esculentus from 5 to 10 mm., and in C. rotundus from
15 to 30mm. The glumes of C. esculentus are many-veined and straw-
coloured with a narrow green keel; in C. rotundus they are three-veined
and reddish-brown with a green keel.
Both species have a wide distribution in the Tropics, S. Asia and
S. Kurope.—J. G. Dony.
758. Spartina. Specimens collected by Mr. A. W. Westrup and
others during the excursion to West Wittering, W. Sussex, included
some which, by the key in Clapham, Tutin and Warburg’s Flora of the
British Isles, ran down to Spartina maritima, yet were clearly not that
species. They formed a patch among otherwise normal S. townsendir
but were distinct in appearance on account of their small spikelets. In
this gathering, the spikelets were shorter than 14 mm., and the anthers
6mm. long, but the spikelets were short-hairy and the rachis was
extended as a flexuous bristle beyond the spikelets; whereas in S. mar-
tima the spikelets are densely hairy with long hairs, and the rachis
is scarcely prolonged beyond the spikelets. The hairiness of the spikelets
and the length of the rachis in the specimens in question was in favour
of the assumption that they belonged to S. townsendiu which has prob-
ably arisen from hybridisation between S. maritima and S. alterniflora.
In S. alterniflora, the spikelets are glabrous and the rachis is prolonged
in a flexuous bristle up to 83cm. beyond the spikelets.—A. MeELperis.
770/2. AtopEcurnus aLPpInus Sm. The discovery of Alopecuris
alpinus in Upper Teesdale adds another plant to the already extensive
list of arctic-alpine species growing in that area. Also it adds another
species to the list of English plants; all the other British records being
from north of the Border. ;
The species was discovered in a collection of grasses made by the
writer in Upper Teesdale in 1945 and identified recently by Mr. C. FE.
Hubbard. The plant was growing on sheep-cropped mounds of short,
ereen turf in boggy ground near the Tees, at an altitude of about
1500 ft., on the Durham side of the river. It belongs to the awned
variety of the species.—J. K. Morton.
827/13(2). Bromus cartnatus Hook. & Arn. In September 1953
Mrs. B. Welch discovered a few tussocks of this alien grass growing
on a rubbish-tip at Hanwell (v.c. 21). Dr. A. Melderis and [I visited
the area shortly afterwards and saw about eight tussocks growing
over a small area of grassy waste land.
169 PLANT NOTES
Bromus carinatus is abundant by the Thames in the vicinity of the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (v.c. 17), from whence it originally
escaped. It was at Kew that the plant was shown to members of the
Society at the start of the London Area excursion in September 1952.
During the course of that excursion the rubbish-tip at Hanwell was
visited, and it is possible that the seeds were accidentally introduced
from Kew via the trouser turn-ups or shoes of a member, or members.
of the Society.—D. H. Kent.
PLANT RECORDS 161
PLANT RECORDS
Compiled by FE. C. Wa acer
Records are for the year 1953 when no date is given. |
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con-
tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated
copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the plant is not a
- mative species in the British Isles.
+ before the record; to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
* before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
Tt will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as
accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
1/1. Cxematis viraupa L. 48, Mer.; near Porkington Terrace,
Barmouth, 1951, P. M. Bewnort.
72/6. THALIcTRUM AQuILEciIFotium LL. 14, (Kent); (7) railway bank
near Tunbridge Wells West Station, an escape, but established in some
quantity, 1949-1953, K. E. Butz.
6/6. Ranuncutus tineva L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) pond immediately
east of railway, between Hellingly and Hailsham Stations, growing with
Comarum, Menyanthes, etc., 1950-1953, K. E. Butt.
§6/7bis. RaNUNcULUS FLAMMULA subsp. scoticus (E. S. Marshall)
Clapham. £95, Elgin; Buckie Loch, N. D. Smpson—but see J. Bur-
gess, Flora of Moray, 1 (1935).
§6/22. RaNnuNCULUS TRICHOPHYLLUS Chaix. *95, Elgin; Gilston
Loch, M. McCatitum Werster, det. A. MELDERIS.
6/24. RanuNcULvUs- AQUATILIS L. subsp. aquatinis (R. heterophillus
Weber). 37, Worcs.; pond at Callow Hill, near Redditch, D. O. Jonzs
and C. C. Townsenp.
162 PLANT RECORDS
§6/25. RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS subsp. PELTATUS (Schrank) Syme. *95,
Klgin; The Leen, Garmouth, M. McCarnum WEBSTER.
§6/28. RanuncuLus BAubDotTir Godr. 163,--9.W.. Vorke-aprickyard
pond, Thorne, W. Bunting (1954, The Nat., 1954, 26).
§8/1. Troritus zuRopaAEus L. *+17, Surrey; on tipped soil at the
edge of a road near Bisley, a single large plant, presumably from a
garden, Miss Maynarp, comm. B. M. C. Morean.
9/2. HELLEBORUS FOETIDUS IL. 36, Heref.; Cherry Hill, Town-
hope, F. M. Day.
+10/1. Eranruis HyreMatis (I..) Salish. 14, E. Sussex; (4) rather
well naturalised in Iford Churchyard, below Lewes, 1951; (5) wood at
back of King’s Drive, Willingdon, a patch in wet soil, escape, 1950,
K. E. Burt.
§14/1. Aconitum aNclicum Stapf. +100, Clyde Isles; Cumbrae,
W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 70).
¥21/11. Papaver ornrenTALE L. 14, E. Sussex; (4) railway banks
west of Lewes Station, well established and in considerable quantity,
1951-1953, K. EK. Butt.
§22/1. Meconopsts camMBrica L. +16, W. Kent; established as an
escape, in and near Bull’s Hollow, Rusthall, Tunbridge Wells, 1949-
1953, K. E. Butt. 71, Man; naturalised for a great many years in
several places about Sulby, R. HowartH: dump, Braddan Works, D.
K. Auten. {+101, Kintyre; woodland near Limecraigs, Campbeltown;
also sporadically elsewhere in the district, e.g. Tangy and Peninver,
M. H. CunnineHam—see also Glasgow Nat., 17, 70 (1958).
23/1. Guauctum FLAVUM Crantz. +14, E. Sussex; (4) disturbed
ground by new houses, Kingston-by-Lewes, an inland station, 1951],
IK. EK. Burn.
23/2. Guauctum coRNIcuLATUM (L.) Rudolph. 14, E. Sussex; (4)
one large plant in overgrown allotments by Lewes Priory ruins, 1950,
K. KE. Butt.
32/9. Fumarta BASTARDI Bor. 52, Anglesey; sea-front gardens,
Holyhead, 1952, C. C. TownseEnp, det. N. Y. SANDWITH.
wr]
33/5. Marraroua tRicusprpata R.Br. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) Charlton
Kings tip, near Cheltenham, 1952, C. C. Townsrnp, conf. A. MELDERIS.
§35/1. RorirrpA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Hayek. 9, Dorset, by
a streamside between Tilly Whim and Dancing Ledge, Swanage: 33,
IX. Glos.; (6) roadside at Amberley: 37, Worcs.; Abbey meadows, Red-
ditch, on Bunter sandstone, C. C. Townsenp. *108, W. Sutherland;
Bettyhill, S. M. Watters.
PLANT RECORDS 163
§35/1(2). RoriveA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. *12, N. Hants.;
stream in Alice Holt, near Buckshorn Oak, 1952, A. W. Wesrrup.
30/1(2)x1. Roripra X sTERILIS Airy-Shaw. 37, Worcs.; pool near
Hanbury, C. C. TownsEnp.
36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. 14, E. Sussex;-(5) roadside,
Vines Cross Road, Horam, a number of plants after road-widening,
1950. Did not persist here: 14, (Kent); (7) a single plant, railway
bank near Tunbridge Wells West Station, 1950, K. EK. Butt. 20, Herts.;
arable field by Merlyn’s Wood, near Watford, Lonpon Naturat History
Society Hxcursion, det. EK. B. Bancerter. 48, Mer.; Talybont, P. M.
BrENoIT, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
37/12. Apmapis cAucasicaA Willd. 37, Worcs.; well established in
quarries at the Wyche cutting, Malvern, 1952, C. C. TowNsEND.
§39/2. CARDAMINE AMARA L. *47, Montg.; canal-side, Welshpool,
J. D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates.
39/7. DENTARIA BULBIFERA L. 16, W. Kent; a very small patch
on Tunbridge Wells Common, first noticed in 1938; still there in 1953
though not increasing, K. EK. Butt.
+49/5. SisympBrium irto L. 21, Middx.; rubbish-tip, Greenford,
in fair quantity, B. WeucH: bombed site near Great Tower Street,
City, E.C., A. W. Jonss.
51/2. CoNRINGIA AUSTRIACA (Jacq.) Sweet. 69, Westin.; roadside
between Appleby and Dutton, M. Cross, det. at Krew.
§¢52/1b. CAMELINA SATIVA subsp. prtosA (DC.) Zinger. *95, Elgin;
casual at Moy House, A. MeLpERIs.
§53/1. SuBuLaria aquatica L. {98, Argyll; near Inverary, K. N. G.
Macleay (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 71).
§60/1. Coronopus pipymMus Sm. *69b, N. Lancs.; roadside be-
tween Greenodd and Haverthwaite, 1952, A. W. Wesrrup.
§61/3. CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. $95, Elgin; Spey shingle and
roadside near Garmouth, M. McCattum WesstEer—but see J. Burzess,
Flora of Moray, 3 (1935).
165/2. Isepris umBELtLatTa L. 3, S. Devon; waste patch, Rock-close,
Broadsands, Churston, 1949-1953, K. K. Buu.
+76/3. RapistruM RuGosum (L.) All. 14, EK. Sussex; (5) waste
ground, Kastbourne, 1950, K. EK. Burn, det. J. K. Loustey. 22, Berks. ;
allotments near Maidenhead Station, 1952, A. W. Westrup, det. R. D.
MEIKLE (as var. scabrum (Host) Rouy & Fouc.),.
164 PLANT RECORDS
80/1e: RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM var. AUREUS Wilmott. 108, W.
Sutherland; arable field, Melvich, S. M. Watrers.
80/2. RapHanus MARITIMUS Sm. 14, E. Sussex; (6) shingle-bank
east of Rye Harbour, one plant only noted, 1952, K. E. Butt.
88/3c. VIOLA REICHENBACHIANA val. LEUCANTHA (Célak.) Wilmott. 36.
Heref.; The Golden Valley, Ewgas Harold, M. Porter, det. at Kew,
comm. I") M. Day.
88/6. Viota cantina L. 101, Kintyre; sandy links ground near
Lochsanish, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam, det. D. H. VALENTINE.
88/8h. ViIoLA ODORATA var. SUBCARNEA (Jord.) Parl. 14, E. Sussex;
(5) shrubberies and lawns at Folkington Rectory, 1950; near the entrance
to Selmeston Churchyard, 1953, K. E. Butt.
788/13. VioLta cornuta L. 95, Klgin; by banks of Spey at Grantown:
hedgerows at Dallas; bank at Dunphail, M. McCattum WesstTeER, det.
A. MELDERIS.
§88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. currisit (EK. Forst.) Syme. $101,
Kintyre; sandy sea pasture by Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninc-
HAM, det. R. D. Merxkue—but see J. R. Lee, Flora of the Clyde Areu,
43 (1933).
[§89/6. Potyeata amaRA L. *S, Jersey?, 1837 or 1838, C. C. Bas-
INGTON (Herb. Edinb. Bot. Gard.), det. and comm. D. R. GLENDINNING. |
§90/1. FRrANKENIA LAEVIS L. {t4, N. Devon; Saunton Cliffs, Braun
ton, established for two or three years, Mrs. Cadell (1953, Rep. & Trans.
Devon. Assoc., 85, 180).
92/2. Dranruus pDELToOIDES L. 52 Anglesey; sandy bank of lane
to Newborough Warren, about a dozen plants, 1951, A. W. Wesrrur.
96/8. Sruene Acautis (L.) Jacq. 112, Zetland; on north facing
cliffs, Noss of Rerwick, and Wick of Shuni, E. W. Davies and P. A
PADMORE.
§+96/11. Srene rrarica (L.) Pers. *35, Mon.; Newport Docks, J.
MacQueen, det. A. E. Wapr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
196/16. SrteNe picnotoma Ehrh. 21, Middx.; on the island at
Penton Hook Lock, near Staines, B. M. C. Morean.
$96/20. Srienr ARMERIA L. 33, E. Glos.; (2b) waste ground, North-
way, near Ashchurch, 1952, R. G@uynng, det. A. MELDERIS, comm. C. C.
TOWNSEND.
PLANT RECORDS 165
198/10. AGRoSTEMMA coRONARIA IL. 14, KE. Sussex; (5) shingly
ground near Tower House, Pevensey, plentiful, 1951: 15, K. Kent;
waste ground among furze, Littlestone-on-Sea, plentiful; waste ground,
New Romney Warren, one plant, K. EK. BULL.
§100/7. CrRastiIum pumiILUM Curt. *11, S. Hants.; by Paulsgrove
Chalkpit, Portsdown, Portsmouth, 1951, A. W. Wesrrup, det. R. D.
MEIKLE.
101/3b. Srexuaria APETALA Ucria. 31, Hunts.; wall top, Waternew-
ton village, 1952 (1953, Ann. Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc., 5, 16).
36, Heref.; wall, Lyde Farm, near Hereford, L. E. Wuireneap, det.
and comm. F. M. Day.
101/5c. STELLARIA HOLOSTEA var. LOUSLEYI (Druce) Brenan & Lous-
ley. 4, N. Devon; Burley Wood, South west of Bridestow, C. I. and
N. Y. SANDWITH.
102/6. ARENARIA LEPTOCLADOS (Reichb.) Guss. 71, Man; walls and
vanks, Castletown; bank by sea, Scarlett; Derbyhaven; wall-top by
Hango Hill, with A. serpyllifolia, D. E. ALLEN.
4102/14. AReNnaRIA BALEARICA L. 1, W. Cornwall; wall at Portreath,
1945, C. C. TowNSEND, cont. A. MELDERIS.
§103/7. Sacina cruiata Fr. 71, Man; walls about Castletown ,
Malew; Derbyhaven, D. E. Auten. {76, Renfrew; Mearns, R. Mac-
kechnie (1953, Glasgow Nut., 17, 71).
1168/1. CLAYTONIA ALSINOIDES Sims. 3, S. Devon; damp sandy soil
by the Dart, Staverton, 1949: 16, W. Kent; plentiful as a weed, Reho-
both Chapel, Chapel Place, Tunbridge Wells; weed in gardens, Lons-
dale Gardens, Tunbridge Wells, 1948-1953, K. E. Buti. 62, N.E. York.;
well established at the top end of Bransdale, ten miles north of Helms-
ley, A. Feversham (1953, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 97). 101, Kintyre; deep
wayside ditch north of Tarbert, not near dwellings, M. H. CunnincuHam.
111, Orkney; shady ditches along the Howtown-Orphir road, E. W.
Davies and P. A. PAapMoRE.
1108/2. CLAyToNIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. 19, N. Essex; abun-
dant in a lane, Parney Heath, near Dedham, M. E. Kennepy, comm.
D. H. Kent.
109/2d. MonvTIa FoNTANA subsp. vartaBitis S. M. Walters. 69b, N.
Lanes.; pond by old railway, Rampside, Furness, 1952, A. W. Wesrrur,
det. S. M. Watters. 88, Mid Perth; Ben Lawers, 1950, D. O. Jonzs,
det. S M. Watters, comm. C. C. Townsenp.
7112/4. Hypericum ELatum Ait. 71, Man; Foxdale, J. T. Wu-
LIaMs, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
166 PLANT RECORDS
§112/12. Hypericum macuLtatum Crantz. *107, E. Sutherland;
hedgebank near Lairg, M. S. Camppett, J. E. Raven and S. M. WatL-
TERS, form with eglandular sepals, det. S. M. Watters.
123/1. TitIA pLATypHyLLos Scop. t71, Man; _ self-sown and
naturalised in Ballure Glen, D. E. ALuen.
125/1. Linum Brienne Mill. 21, Middx.; field near Hounslow
Heath, B. WeEtcH.
127/4. GERANIUM PRATENSE L. 13, S. Devon; by Staverton Church-
yard, 1949; rough waste ground, Horseshoebend, Goodrington, well
established: +16, W. Kent; in ditch and long grass by War Memorial,
Brenchley, well established, K. E. Butt.
§127/8. GERANIUM COLUMBINUM L. *95, Elgin; shingle at mouth
of river Spey, Garmouth, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§7132/2. OxanIs coRNicuLATA L. *101, Kintyre; Bardaravinue
Woods, W. Kintyre, south of Tarbert, H. T. Mayo, det. D. P. Youne,
comm. M. H. CunnINncHAM.
§133/1. ImpaTIENS NOLI-TANGERE L. {98, Argyll; Kilmory, W. A.
Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
§133/3. ImpaTIENS PARVIFLORA DC. 177, Lanark; garden weed,
Cleghorn, near Lanark, W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 11, 73).
§+133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. 59, S. Lanes.; ditch,
Parbold, including several specimens with deep-red flowers, and also a
number of albinos with white flowers and pale green foliage, D. LE.
ALLEN. *71, Man; between Braaid and Foxdale, J. T. WiLLIAMs, comm.
D. KE. ALLEN.
4145/4. Luernus aneustirotius L. 49, Caern.; Llandudno Warren
in some quantity with ZL. urboreus Sims, probably originally planted,
1952, C. C. TOWNSEND.
§152/1. TRIGONELLA oRNITHOPODIOIDES (L.) DC. 17, Surrey; golf-
course, Wimbledon Common, A. W. Jones. *48, Mer.; near Tonfanan,
P. M. Benorr, comm. Nat. Mus. Wares. ItH.3, W. Cork; grassy bank
near railway line on Baltimore Pier, Cape Clear, J. E. O’ Donovan (1953,
Irish Nat. J., 11, 108-109).
+153/3. Mepicaco sativa L. 48, Mer.; railway siding, Barmouth
Junction, P. M. Benorr, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
4154/4. Meuiotus inpica (L.) All. S., Guernsey; L’Ancresse
Common, in plenty, L. W. Frost.
PLANT RECORDS 167
155/13. TRIFOLIUM FRAGIFERUM L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) Vines Cross
Lane, Horam, one small patch, 1949-1953; in the pit at the brickworks,
Marle Green Road, Horam, 1951; Hales Hill, near Vines Cross, Horam,
one or two roadside patches, 1950, K. E. BuLt.
156/1. ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) railway banks,
north of Waldron and Horam Station, far from the chalk, 1949-1953,
K. E. Butt. ;
§¢160/1. TrTRAGOoNOLOBUS MARITIMUS (L.) Roth. *23, Oxon.; large
patch on a chalk slope near Ipsden, V. S. SummeErRHAyYES and N. Y.
SANDWITH.
§160/7. Lotus nispipus Desf. ex DC. {45, Pemb.; cliff top turf
near Hook Vale, above Westdale Bay, and above Mill Bay, near St.
Ann’s Head, C. D. Pigott; fields above Watwick Bay, F. W. Apams.—
See also Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 83 (1954)—Ed. +tH.38, W. Cork; Cape Clear,
a large colony, J. E. O’ Donovan (1953, Irish Nat. J., 11, 108-109).
4163/1. Gateca orricinatis L. 9, Dorset; naturalised on cliffs at
Swanage, C. C. TOWNSEND.
4170/1. CoRonr~ta varia L. 3, S. Devon; rampant on disused
tennis-court, Hydro Hotel, Daddy Hole Plain, Torquay, K. EK. Butt.
+176 /33(8). Victa ERIocARPA (Hausskn.) Halacsy. 17, Surrey; (5)
rubbish-tip, Earlswood, M. McCattum WesstER and B. M. C. Morean,
det. A. MELDERIS.
178/3. LatHyrus TuBEROsSUs L. 14, E. Sussex; scrambling over
brambles on rough ground, Newhaven Heights, K. E. Butt.
178/9. Latuyrus apHaca L. 17, Surrey; (5) rubbish-tip, Earls-
wood, B. M. C. Morean.
185/38. RusBus Lactntatus Willd. 71, Man; between Groudle and
Old Lonan Church, J. T. Wiziiams, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
185/84d. Rusus RapuLorpEs (Rogers) Druce. 38, Warw.; two
bushes by roadside near Maffleborough Green, near Redditch, 1952, C.
C. TowNsEND, conf. W. C. R. Watson; roadside by bridge over stream
at Hill Wootton, C. KE. A. ANDREWs and C. C. TownsEnD, conf. W. C.
R. Watson.
185/104. Rusus morier Barton & Riddelsd. 18, S. Essex; Blake’s
Wood, near Danbury, B. T. Warp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/104(2). Rusus RADULICAULIS Sudre. 37, Worcs.; Muskett’s
Way, Redditch, C. C. Townsenp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
165 PLANT RECORDS
185/124. Ruspus murrayi Sudre. 37, Worcs.; Pitcher Oak Wood,
Redditch, C. C. TownsEND, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/137. Rupus aNneustTiIFRoNs Sudre. 18, S. Essex; Hart’s Wood,
near Brentwood, B. T. Warp, det. W. C. R. Watson.
185/149(2). Rupus myrtacantuts Focke. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) near
road at top of Charlton Hill, Cheltenham, 1952, C. C. TowNseEnp, det.
W. ©. R.. Watson.
+185/15b. Rusus spectaBILIs Pursh. 71, Man; naturalised in marshy
ground, Port Soderick, J. T. WuitiiamMs, det. E. M. Rosser, comm.
D. E. ALLEN.
*188/1. FRagAarIA MoscHATA Duchesne. 71, Man; naturalised on
hedgebank, Mount Murray; hedgebank by Braddan Works, D. E.
ALLEN. 88, Mid Perth; on south bank of Loch Tay, 14 miles from Ken-
more, M. McCattum WessteEr, det. A. MELDERIS.
§190/4b. ALCHEMILLA FILICAULIS Bus. *42, Brec.; Capel-y-ffin, 1941,
S. G. Cuarzes, det. S. M. Watters, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAteEs.
§190(2)/2. APpHANES mMiIcROocARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. The ®.
Som.; Minehead Warren, C. I. and N. Y. Sanpwitn. 13, W. Sussex;
on several tracks in woodland on Graffham Common, E. C. Watuace.
38, Warw.; Oversley Wood, L. H. Writtams and C. ©. TownsEnp,
conf. S. M. Watters. *48, Mer.; garden weed at Felin Sylfaen, near
Barmouth, P. M. Benoit, det. A. E. Wave. *95, Elgin; near Moy
House, Forres, N. D. Simpson.
§195/11. Sorsus rupicota (Syme) Hedl. *H15; S.E. Galway; west
shore of Lough Dearg, a little below Portumna Golf Course, J. N. Mitts,
det. E. F. Warsure.
4196/10. PyracantHa coccinea M. J. Roem. 14, E. Sussex; (5) two
large bushes on a chalky railway bank north of Waldron and Horam
Station, probably bird-sown, 1949-1953; one bush on railway bank north
of Hailsham Station, 1950-1953, K. E. Burnt. *21, Middx.; disused
chalkpit, Harefield, one large plant, T. G. and M. Conterr, det. A.
MELDERIS, comm. D. H. Kent.
1197/2. CoTroNEASTER MICROPHYLLUS Wall. ex Lindl. 3, S. Devon;
a single bush on slaggy waste ground by Goodrington Sands Station:
14, KE. Sussex; (5) chalky railway bank north of Waldron and Horam
Station, 1949-1953; chalky field above Ratton Woods, several bushes,
1950, K. E. Butt. 17, Surrey; North Downs above Betchworth lime
works, EK. M. C. Isuerwoop and B. M. C. Morgan.
§+197/3. CoTONEASTER sIMonsiII Baker. *95, Elgin; Spey shingle,
J. SoOUSTER.
PLANT RECORDS 169
§209/1. CrasstLa TILLAEA Lester-Garland (Tillaea muscosa L.).
*17, Surrey; a troublesome weed for 10 or more years in Waterer’s
Nursery, Bagshot, 1932, B. ScHarer (Herb. Mus. Brit.). This speci-
men appears to be the first evidence for the plant in Surrey, J. E.
LoustEY: sandy ground near Virginia Water, 1952, S. HoopER.
§211/1. Sepum tTEeLEPHIUM L. “*101, Kintyre; sides of ditch and
by grassy heathside, borders of Aros Moss, §. Kintyre, 1952, M. H.
CUNNINGHAM.
§211/4. Sepum FORSTERIANUM Sm. *45, Pemb.; wall, St Davids,
1952, J. A. WEBB, comm. Nat. Mus. WALES.
§213/1. Drosera aNnetica Huds. *47, Montg.; Plynlimon, 1948,
J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§217/2. CALLITRICHE oBTUSANGULA Le Gall ex Hegelm. *48, Mer.;
ditch near the Post Office, Arthog, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus.
WALES.
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA Hoffm. 98, Argyll, and 101, Kin-
tyre; edges of Crinan Canal at Dunarary Locks, and elsewhere in the
canal in 101, Kintyre, K. N. G. Macteay and O. BUCKLE.
§219/1. LyrHrum saticaria L. *95, Elgin; marsh by road between
Dyke and Kintessack, M. McCattum WEssTER.
220. EprmLoBium. All records, except those for H. pedunculare,
have been determined or confirmed by G. M. AsH.
220/3x4. EpILopluM HIRSUTUM X PARVIFLORUM. 14, E. Sussex;
(5) waste ground by Princes Park, Crumbles, Eastbourne, 1950, K. i.
Butt. 24, Bucks.; rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/5x4. EprLopium ADNATUM X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.; gar-
den. shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7. Errnopium opscurum Schreb. 101, Kintyre; Tarbert, way-
side ditch, N. Kintyre; Carskiery, S. Kintyre; roadside, Ugadale, E.
Kintyre, and many other places, M. H. CunnrIncHAM.
220/7x4. EprmLopIumM oOBSCURUM X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.;
Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
§+220/7(2). KpiLopiuM ADENOCAULON Hausskn. 38, Warw.; Rough
Hill Wood, Studley, C. C. Townsrznp. *48, Mer.; Dolgelly, P. M.
Benort, comm. Nat. Mus. Waters. {61, S.E. York.; bombed site, Hull,
F. E. Crackles (1954, The Nat., 1954, 28).
220/7(2)x3. EpiLoBIUM ADENOCAULON X HIRSUTUM. 24, Bucks.;
rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
a ee
|
i
'
170 PLANT RECORDS
220/7(2)x4. MprtopiuM ADENOCAULON X PARVIFLORUM. 24, Bucks.,;
rubbish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. I. Woop.
220/7(2)x7. EprILoBIUM ADENOCAULON X oBSCURUM. 24, Bucks. ;
Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/7(2)x8. EpinoBIuM ADENOCAULON X ROSEUM. 24, ee ueks:::
Burnham Beeches, A. I*. Woop.
220/7(2)x10. ErrLoBIuM ADENOCAULON X MONTANUM. 14, E. Sus-
sex; (5) Furnace Wood, near Sharps Corner, Horam, 1951, K. E. But.
24, Bucks.; Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
§220/8. EprLopium rosEUM Schreb. *95, Elgin; garden weed, West-
field, Roseisle, a very large leaved torm, M. McCattum WEssTER.
220/9. EprmLoBium LANCEoLATUM Seb. & Mauri. 9, Dorset; a few
plants on walls near Sandsfoot Castle, Weymouth, C. C. TowNsEnp.
220/10x4. EpmILoBIUM MONTANUM X PARVIFLORUM. 37, Worcs. ;
Hanbury, near Droitwich, C. C. TownseEnp.
220/107. EprLopiluM MONTANUM X oBSCURUM. 24, Bucks.; Burn-
hain Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/108. EKpinopium MoNTANUM X ROSEUM. 24, Bucks.; Burnham
Beeches, A. F. Woop.
220/144. EPpILoBIUM PALUSTRE X PARVIFLORUM. 101, Kintyre;
marshy ground on hillside near Ballegreggan, Campbeltown, M. H.
CUNNINGHAM.
1220/17. KprLtoprtum repUNCULARE A. Cunn. 3, S. Devon; garden
weed, Exminster, L. A. Harvey (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85,
180). 14, E. Sussex; (7) damp wall, Ship Lane, East Grinstead, 1952-
1953, K. E. But.
$223/1. OENOTHERA BIENNIS L. 47, Montg.; railway bank, Dovey
Junction Station, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
223/10. Opnoruera rosEA Ait. 90, Forfar; garden weed, Lunan,
U. K. Dunoan, det. J. P. M. BRENaN.
923/15. ObNOTHERA PARVIFLORA L. 6, N. Som.; sandhills, Berrow,
1951, C. I. & N. Y. Sandwith (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 308).
+234/1. Carvosrotus EDULIS (L.) N.E.Br. 14, E. Sussex; (4) steep
grassy bank at Splash Point, Seaford, established as an escape, but
not yet noted in flower, 1949-19538, K. Ik. Butt.
+239/3. MRYNGIUM PLANUM L. 8, S. Devon; Dawlish Warren, one
plant, B. M. C. Moreax,. det. A. Mrtperts.
PLANT RECORDS aril
243/1. Contum maAcunatum I. 108, W. Sutherland; roadside,
Melvich, M. S. Camesert, J. HK. Raven and S. M. Watters.
244/1. SMYRNIUM OLUSATRUM L. 14, KE. Sussex; (5) colony by
roadside between Rosers Cross and Cross-in-Hand, 1951-1953, K. K.
Bun.
§247/1. Aptum GRAVEOLENS L. *47, Montg.; Lymore Park, Mont-
gomery, 1952, J. D. K. Liuoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgss.
§257/1. Myrryis oporata (l.) Scop. *111, Orkney; roadsides
along the Germiston Road between Orphir and Stenness, E. W. Davies
and P. A. PapMoRE.
§265/7. OENANTHE FISTULOSA L. *47, Montg.; Stalloe Pool, Mont-
gomery, J. D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WaALtgs.
§276/3. Pastinaca sativa L. {177, Lanark; Carmyle, I. C. Crom-
bie: £7101, Kintyre; Campbeltown, M. H. Carrothers (1953, Glasgow
Git do 1).
7277/1. WERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier: 37, Worcs.:
railway bank, Bromsgrove Lickey, 1952, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
_ 287/2b. SAMBUCUS NIGRA var. LAcINIATA L. 14, EK. Sussex; one large
tree by stream near Theobaids Green Farm, south of Heathfield, 1950;
several bushes in hedge, roadside near entrance to Nevill Golf Club,
1949-1950, K. E. But.
§290/1. Lainnaka porkeALIS L. *78, Peebles; Rachan, near Brough-
ton, M. McDonatp, comm. D. Patron.
+292/1. LEycESTERIA FORMOSA Wall. 3, S. Devon; near Churston
Ferrers War Memorial, a few bushes on rough ground, K. EK. Butt.
-296/5. Gatium pumMirum Murr. 98, Argyll; Craigentairbh Wood,
near Ford, K. N. G. Mactray.
§296/10. Gattum TRICORNE Stokes. {+75, Ayr; banks of Ayr, F.
David (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
§296/12. Gatium vaitLantir DC. {+75, Ayr; banks of Ayr, F. David
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
7298/5. ASPERULA ARVENSIS L. 24, Bucks.; garden weed, Bourne
End, A. F. Woop, conf. J. G. Dony.
§304/2. VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desv. *+95, Elgin; garden weed,
Greshop House, Forres, M. McCatnum Wenrster, det. A. MrLpERIs.
172 PLANT RECORDS
304/5. VALERIANELLA RIMOSA Bast. 38, Warw.; with V. dentata
and V. dentata var. mixta in a mixed crop at Newbold-on-Stour, C.
EK. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TowNsEND.
+308/2b. ScaBrosa arropuRPUREA L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) bare chalky
bank close to Eastbourne Station, well-naturalised and in quantity,
with Hrigeron acris, 1950-1953, K. E. But.
+312/5. SoLipaAGO GIGANTEA var. LEIOPHYLLA Fern. 16, W. Kent;
slaggy ground by Tonbridge Gasworks, one clump, 1950, K. E. Butt,
det. at Kew. 31, Hunts.; Hicks Pit, Woodston, H. F. Tesss, det. A.
MELDERIS.
§+320/3. ERIGERON CANADENSIS L. 4, N. Devon; Instow, Mrs. D.
Hilton, the first record on the N. Devon mainland since 1871 (1953,
Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 181). Remove record from brackets in
C.F. *59, S. Lanes.; a fast increasing weed of gardens, pavements
and waste ground, Birkdale, Southport, 1952-1953; unknown on bombed
sites in north-west England, so possibly introduced directly from the
sou!b with garden plants or, more likely, with bricks, with which it is
associated in nearly every locality in the Midlands in which it has
appeared since the war, D. E. ALLEN.
$327/1. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. 3, S. Devon; a patch
on slaggy waste ground by Goodrington Sands Station, 1949-1953, K.
E. Burt. 96, Easterness; rough ground by river Nairn, Clova, M.
McCaLtum WesstTErR, det. A. MELDERIS.
§333/1. Inu~a HELENIUM L. 1101, Kintyre; Sunadale, F. David
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 75).
1353/6. BrpENs rronposa L. 37, Worcs.; one plant by the south
bank of the canal, Tardebrigge, near Bromsgrove, D. O. Jones and
C. C. TowNSsEND.
1354/1. GaALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cay. 14, (Kent); (7) weed among
marrow-plants, Hillside Nurseries, Tunbridge Wells, 1949, K. E. Bunn.
24, Bucks; Chalfont St. Peter, V. M. Sacre, comm. F. R. Browne.
59, S. Lanes.; abundant weed in allotments, Sefton Park, Liverpool,
J. R. Capman, det. and comm. D. E. AtLzen.
$354/2. Gatinsoea crtaata (Raf.) Blake. 9, Dorset; several plants
as weeds outside the Bankes Arms Hotel, Corfe, C. C. TownsENnD. 19,
N. Essex ; roadside, Dovercourt, M. K. Corrman, det. and comm. B. T.
Warp.
§368/1. ANTHEMIS TINCTORIA L. *95, Elgin; one plant on shingle
mouth of river Spey, Garmouth, M. MeCantum WeEpsTErR.
PLANT RECORDS 173
+370/18. CHRYSANTHEMUM BALSAMITA L. 59, S. Lancs.; naturalised
on sandy waste ground, Victoria Park, Southport, D. EH. ALLEN.
§378/1. ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM L. {75, Ayr; Largs, Dr. Cairne
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
+378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. 15, E. Kent; hedgebank,
Old Wives Lees, near Chilham, D. H. Kenv.
+383/7. SmNECIo squatipus L. 14, E. Sussex; (6) on slag by rail-
way line just south of Mayfield Station, one plant, 1952, many plants,
1953; (7) one plant, Tunbridge Wells West Station, 1952, not seen in
1953, K. E. Butt.
§383/8. SENeEcIo viscosts L. *t95, Elgin; railway siding, Gran-
town-on-Spey, M. McCattum WessTER, det. A. MELDERIS.
393/1. ARcTIUM LAPPA L. 71, Man; waste ground, Braddan
Works; all previous Manx records doubtful, D. E. ALLEN.
396/3. CiRSIUM HETEROPHYLLUM (L.) Hill. 48, Mer.; railway line,
Arenig, E. H. CHater, comm. Nar. Mus. WALEs.
§+416/10. CrEPIS VESICARIA subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. *95,
Elgin; Findhorn shingle near Greshop, A. Mruperts.
$419/256. Hizractum AURANTIACUM L. 33, E. Glos.; (7b) by the
roadside, Leckhampton Hill, Cheltenham, 1950, C. C. Townsenn, det.
P. D. Seti and C. WEstT.
1419/257. HifRAcIUM BRUNNEO-cROcEUM Pugsl. 34, W. Glos.; (4)
Symonds Yat, 1947, C. C. TownseEnp, det. P. D. Serm and C. West.
§425/4. Mycrris muratis (L.) Reichb. t76, Renfrew; Rouken
Glen: 177, Lanark; Kilmacolm (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
$425/7. CrcERBITA pLUMIERI (Gren. & Godr.) Wallr. 76, Renfrew;
near Paisley: 77, Lanark; Tollcross: 99, Dunbarton; Milngavie (1953,
Glasgow Nat., 17, 76).
+425/8. CICERBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wallr. 16, W. Kent;
Ruxley gravel pit, near Sidcup, F. J. Hotroype, det. and comm. J. HB.
Loustey. 71, Man; Tromode Road, Douglas, patch known since 1951,
A. Bucke, det. KE. B. BANGERTER, comm. D. EF. ALLEN.
4428/1. TRAGopoGon porRIFOLIUS L. 14, E. Sussex; (4) grassy
bank by Glynde Church, abundant, and as a weed in nearby gardens,
1948-1953; (5) rough ground near Polegate Station, 1952; (6) Camber
Golf Course, several plants, 1952, K. E. Butu.
174 PLANT RECORDS
§432/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. {68, Cheviotland; Longframlington,
J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 24).
§433/1. WAHLENBERGIA HEDERACEA (L.) Reichb. 7, N. Wilts.:
boggy ground near the White Lodge, Spye Park, J. D. Grose (1954.
Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 260).
§+435/4. CAMPANULA RAPUNCULOIDES L. {3, S. Devon; cornfield
about half a mile south of Blackingstone Rock, Bridford, in quantity.
O. Greig (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assuc., 85, 181).
§436/1. LrcoustA HypRIDA (L.) Delarb. {4, N. Devon; Freming- |
ton, Mrs. Cadell (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assoc., 85, 181).
439/1b. Vacctintum micRocaRpuM (Rupr.) Hook. f. 95, Elgin;
lochan on Dava Moor, M. McCattum WEpsster.
+443/1. GavrTHERIA sHALLON Pursh. 16, W. Kent; well natura-
ised, with Rhododendron ponticum, in woods opposite Pembury Hos-
pital, 1949-1953, K. E. Butt.
§456/1. Monotropra nyporitys L. agg. *95, Elgin; Cothall Quarry,
B.S.B.I. Excursion.
§458/4. ARMERIA MARITIMA (Mill.) Willd. *47,. Montg.;_ salt-
marsh by Dovey Junction Station, P. M. Brnotr, comm. Nat. Mus.
WALES.
§462/1. CycLAMEN HEDERIFOLIUM Ait. +77, Lanark; well estab-
lished at Cleghorn, and at Braxfield, near Lanark, W. A. Scott (1953.
Glasgow Nat., 17, 77).
466/1. Guaux maritima IL. 47, Montg.: salt-marshes by Dovey
Junction Station, P. M. Bewnorr.
467/1. ANAGALLIS 'TRENELLA (L.) L; 18, W. Sussex; Poison Copse,
near Linchmere, E. C. Watnacr.
+474/2. Buppirsa pavipt Franch. S., Sark; hedgeside in centre
of island, Kine’s Cotiurek (DurHAM) N.H.S., comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
§478/6b. CrNTAURIUM SCILLOIDES var. PORTENSE (Brot.) Butcher. *1,
W. Cornwall; near St. Levan, E. G. Corpiner, comm. Nar. Mus. WAtes.
§482/1. Nympnorprs prettata (S. G. Gmel.) Kuntze. oo Ce
Hants.; duckpond, Clanfield, probably introduced c. 1940; now (1951)
covers pond, A. W. Westrvr.
+494/1. ASPERUGO PROCUMBENS I.. 17, Surrey; (5) rubbish-tip,
Karlswood, EB. M. C. Tsurrwoop and B. M. C. Morean.
PLANT RECORDS 175
1497/3. SyMPHYTUM ORIENTALE L. 9, Dorset; Blandford Forum;
roadside at outskirts of town, towards Wimborne, well established, 1952,
A. W. WestRuvp, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
4497/4. SymMPHYTUM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. 95, Elgin; Spey shingle,
N. D. Srmpson. H.16, W. Galway; roadside at Faul, near Clifden,
Connemara, J. WHITTAKER, det. and comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
T497/9. SyMPHYTUM GRANDIFLORUM DC. 37, Wores.; Worcester-
Hereford Road near Newtown, a large patch on the roadside verge,
Mrs. Dyson PrrRrins, det. A. MELpERIS, comm. B. M. C. Morgan.
1500/10. BRUNNERA MACROPHYLLA (M. Bieb.) I. M. Johnston (Anchusa
myosotidifiora Lehm.). 33, E. Glos.; spreading on a roadside near a
cottage near Withington, 1952, C. C. Townsenp, det. A. MELDERIS.
§7503/1. PunMonaria orFicinaLis L. {77, Lanark; naturalised ut
Cleghorn, W. A. Scott: 86, Stirling; Campsie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17,
78).
§506/9. Myosotis uisprpA Schlecht. 1101, Kintyre; frequent in
Cantyre, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 78).
506/10. Myosotis piscoLor var. puBIA (Arrond.) Rouy. 101, Kin-
tyre; damp wayside ground near Ronadhan, N.W. Kintyre, M. H.
CunnINGHAM, det. A. E. Wane.
509/1. EcHIuM VULGARE L. 49, Caern.; Deganwy Castle rock,
very dwarf and stunted, 1952, C. C. TownsEnp.
$511/2. CatnysTEGIA syuivestris (Willd.) Roem. & Schult. So
Sark; hedgeside, Little Sark, Kine’s Corttece (DuRHAM) N.H.S., det.
and comm. EK. B. Banegerter. 11, S. Hants.; sandbanks, near the ferry,
Mudeford, C. C. TownsEnpD.
1527/1. VersBascum PHLoMorpEs L. 16, W. Kent; railway bank
near Edenbridge Town Station, 1950-1952, K. E. Burn, det. J. EK.
Lous ry.
527/7b. VERBASCUM LYCHNITIS var. ALBUM (Mill.) Druce. +85, Fife;
established on waste ground by Newburgh-Lindores road near Denmilne,
A. W. Rosson, det. J. E. Loustry.
1527/12. VrrBascum spEctiosum Schrad. 38, Warw.; abundantly
naturalised by the disused railway station at Great Alne, C. E. A.
ANDREWS and C. C. TownseEnpD, det. J. KH. Lousiey.
§532/1. Linarta vuLearis Mill. *106, E. Ross; Fearne Lodge,
roadside near the entrance gates, M. S. Camppertt, J. E. Raven and
S. M. Watters.
ie a aes
. > oo.
et a
«=
176 PLANT RECORDS
§532/3. | LinaRIaA REPENS (J..) MiJ!. £198, Argyll; Ardrishaig, W.
A. Scott (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 78).
§543/9. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell. 59, S. Lancs.; in several
ditches, Birkdale dunes, growing intermingled with V. anagallis-
aquatica, but no hybrids detected, D. E. AtteN. 69b, N. Lanes.; gravel
scrape near shore, N. Walney, Barrow-in-Furness, a form with alter-
nate racemes, 1952, A. W. WestrRvup, det. R. D. MErxiz. *71, Man;
dyke running into Dumb River near Ballakeigan, Castletown, a few
plants only, D. E. ALien.
+543/31. Veronica PEREGRINA L. 90, Forfar; garden weed, Glamis,
U. K. Duncan, conf. J. P. M. Brenan.
1543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 3, S. Devon; abundant on grass
verge and roadside by Paignton Goods Station; Ashburton Churchyard;
roadside, outskirts of Galmpton; near a cottage, not far from Berry
Head Hotel, Brixham: 16, W. Kent; grassy bank, Bishops Down,
Tunbridge Wells, 1950-1953; abundant in turf, St. Paul’s Churchyard,
Rusthall, 1950-1953; Bull’s Hollow, Rusthall, 1951, K. E. Bui. 17,
Surrey; roadside, Marden Park, Woldingham, P. GREENFIELD, conf. EF.
B. BANGERTER. 34, W. Glos.; (6) Brimscombe: *38, Warw.; Rough Hill
Wood, near Studley, ©. C. TownsEenD. 67-68, Northumb.; near Halt-
whistle; Riding Mill; Wylam; Rothbury, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953,
Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 24).
§545/2. HKuPHRASIA BOREALIS Towns. *5, S. Som.; Simonsbath,
1918, E. S. Marswatit (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. YEo.
545/5d. HurpHRASIA NEMOROSA var. CoLLINA Pugsl. 90, Forfar; sand
dunes, Sands of Barry, U. K. Duncan, det. E. F. Warsure.
§545/10. HKupHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. *13, W. Sussex; Park
Farm, Lurgashall, mixed with FE. nemorosa, 1923 and 1929, R. J. Bur-
DoN (Herb. Kew), det. P. F. Yeo. An inland locality. ‘* Sheet 1 ”
(Herb. Kew), B.E.C. Distribution 1923, labelled ‘‘nemorosa”’ by Pugs-
ley, is the mixture. ‘‘Sheet 2’? (Herb. Kev), 1929, is all E. occidentalis,
but the label is not in Burdon’s hand and the different date is perhaps
an error, P. F. Yro. *95, Elgin; Spey shingle, M. McCartum WEBSTER.
det. E. F. Warpura.
§545/10d. EupHraAsIA OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. 9.
Dorset; Hambledon Hill, in turf on chalk hill, 1948, E. Netmes (Herb.
Kew), det. P. F. Yeo. *90, Forfar; sand-dunes, Sands of Barry, U. K.
Dunoan, det. E. F. Warsure.
§545/13. KupHRASIA FoULAENSIS Towns. ex Wettst. *95, Elgin; short
turf at edge of salt-marsh, Findhorn, U. K. Dwnean, det. E. F.
WARBURG.
aaa a a
a
PLANT RECORDS AGEL
§545/19. EupHRasiaA ROSTKOVIANA Hayne. *68, Cheviotland; Hart-
hope Burn, south west of Wooler, 1941, A. H. Evans (Herb. N. D.
Simpson), det. P. F. Yeo. *72, Dumfries; farm by Taras Burn, with
E. brevipila, 1950, P. A. Papmore, det. P. F. Yeo. *98, Argyll; moor
near Kilchrenan, 1920, L. V. Lester-Gartanp (Herb. Kew), det. P. F.
YEO.
§546/4. PaRENTUCELLIA viscosa (L.) Caruel. *t24, Bucks.; open
space near the Moat, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop, conf. J. G. Dony.
548/1. RuInaANrHUs sERoTINUS (Schénh.) Schinz & Thell. 54, N.
Lines. and 63, S.W. York.; near Lindholme, in both Yorks and Lincs.,
W. Bunting (1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
§548/6. RuINANTHUS sPADICEUS Wilmott. *95, Elgin; sand-dunes,
Culbin Sands, U. K. Duncan, conf. E. F. Warsure.
§550/6. OROBANCHE RETICULATA Wallr. Hole obey Yorks Noren
Grimston, on Cirsium eriophorum (chiefly) and C. vulgare, W. A. Sledge
(1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
§550/10. ORroBANCHE MINOR Sm. 159, S. Lancs.; one small patch,
on Trifolium pratense, in dune slack by railway, Birkdale, Southport,
D. E. Auten. But see C. T. Green, Flora of Iiverpool Area, 72 (1933).
1554/1. Acanrnus motus L. 3, S. Devor, waste ground, Horse-
shoe-bend, Goodrington, established as an escape; cliffs near Torcross
Hotel, Slapton, escape, 1949-1953, K. E. ButLv.
§558/1. Menrna rotunpiroria L. {101, Kintyre; Peninver, M. H.
Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
§558/31. MENTHA LONGIFOLIA var. HORRIDULA Brig. 38, Warw.;
marsh on Lower Lias clay, Newbold Quarry, near Rugby, 1950, D. E.
AunEn, det. R. A. Granam. *+71, Man; Ramsey, J. T. WitiiaMs, det.
R. A. GrawaM, comm. D. EH. ALLEN.
§558/10. Menrua x cEentTinis L. 3, S. Devon; damp roadside at
Michelcombe, near Holne, Ashburton, K. E. Butt, det. R. A. GRAHAM.
£76, Renfrew; Giffnock, R. Mackechnie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
558/12. MrntTHa X SMITHIANA R. A. Graham. 3, S. Devon; waste
ground, Horse-shoe bend, Goodrington, K. EK. Buty, det. R. A. GRAHAM.
9, Dorset; ditch near Fiddleford Mill, Sturminster Newton, 1952, A.
W. Westrup. 38, Warw.; by the Ridge Way, Astwood Bank, C. C.
TownseEnD, conf. R. A. Granam.
562/1. Acrnos ARVENSIS (Lam.) Dandy. 21, Middx.; railway
bank between Denham and Uxbridge, a small patch, T. G. and M.
Cottet? and D. H. Kent.
178 PLANT RECORDS
———
577/4. _SracnHys xX ampBrievua Sm. 14, E. Sussex; (5) edge of wood
close to Hampden Park Siaticn, 1950. kK. E. Buri. 69b, N. Lanes:
hedge by shore, foot of Humphrey Head, near Grange-over-Sands. with
both parents, 1952, A. W. Westrvp.
§581/6. Lamium AMPLEXIcAULE L. *47, Montg.; Aberhafesp, 1947.
J D. K. Lioyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtEs.
583/1. Battota niera L. +95, Elgin: roadside between Fochabers
and Speybay, M. McCatitum WEeEssTER.
588/8h. PLANTAGO LANCEOLATA Var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Waits. 34. W.
Glos. ; (4) Wigpool Common, Mitcheldean, C. C. Townsenp, conf. J. E.
LousLEY. we
§588/9. PLantraco mepi4 L. 795, Elgin; lawn at Moy House.
Forres, B.S.B.1.. Excurston—but see~J. Burges. Flora of Moray, 25
(1934).
589/1. lLirroretta untriora (L.) Aschers. 15, E. Kent; open pits,
Dungeness, first record for nearly 80 years, F. Rose and R. A. Boni-
face (1953, S.E. Nat., 58, xx).
600/6. CHENOPoDIUM mMURALE I.. 9. Dorset: Mill House. Ware-
ham, C. C. TowNnsEnD.
§+600/12. CHENoPoDIUM FICIFoLIUM Sm. *95, Elgin: arable land,
Darnaway, and garden at Moy House, Forres, U. K. Duncan.
§611/1. SanicoRNIA PERENNIS Mill. *48, Mer.; salt-marshes near
Barmouth, 1951, P. M. BeEnorr.
§611/8. SaLIcoRNIA APPRESSA Dum. *48. Mer.: near Tonfaneau,
P. M. Benort, comm. Nat. Mutus. WAtgss.
+615/28. Potyconum AMPLEXICAULE TD. Don. 17, Surrey: chalk
slope, Warlingham, P. GREENFIELD.
§618/13. Rumex maritimus L. *47, Montg.; Stalloe Pool, Mont-
gomery, 1950, J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. Wats.
618/16(2). Rumex tTenvrrorivs (Wallr.) Léve. 95, Moray: by river
Findhorn, near Forres, U. K. Duncan, conf. J. E. Lous ey.
621/1. Asarum EuRoPAEUM [L.. +36. Heref.; garden weed, Eastnor,
F. M. Day.
§+628/2. Evupnorsra putcts L. 177, Lanark; Cleghorn. near Lanark,
W. A. Scott (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 73).
PLANT RECORDS 179
628/11. KurHorspta cyparissias L. 13, S. Devon; well established
in furze, Fishcombe Cove, Brixham, 1949, K. EK. Butt.
§628/16. EKurHorsia LAtTHYRUS L. *47, Montg.; Hendomen, Mont-
gomery, 1952, J. D. K. Luoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
§632/2. MercurtaLis AaNNUA L. *46, Card.; garden weed, Aberyst-
wyth, EK. H. CHater, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtLEs.
633/5. UnLMus PROocERA Salisb. +71, Man; planted here and there,
near Castletown Mill, Glen Vine, Ballure Glen, etc., D. E. AtiEn.
650/46. SaLIx xX HIPPOPHAEFOLIA Thuill. 59, S. Lancs.; hedge
near sea, Marshside, Southport, probably planted, 1952, D. E. ALusn,
det. R. D. MEIKLE.
>.
~
650/5x6. SaLIx PURPUREA X VIMINALIS. 101, Kintyre; Carskiey
meadow marsh, S. Kintyre, M. Hi. CuNNINGHAM, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
650/6(2). Satix CALODENDRON Wimm. 90, Forfar; base of sea-clifts,
Auchmithie, U. K. Duncan, det. R. D. MEIKLE.
650/8x6. SALIX CAPREA X VIMINALIS. 101, Kintyre; banks of
Breckere Burn near Gortavie Southend, S. Kintyre, M. H. CunnINGHAM,
det. R. D. MEIKLE.
§650/19. Sanrx rericutata L. *98, Argyll; north-facing crags of
Meall nan Gabhar, Dalmally, R. Mackecunie and B. W. Ripsons.
652/2. KMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM (Lange) Hagerup. 70, Cumb. ;
hillside above Angle Tarn, Bow Fell, D. A. Ratciirre.
§1656/1. ExLopEA caNapENsis Michx. {75, Ayr; Dalry, A. Shanks
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 79).
664/2. SprRANTHES SPIRALIS (L.) Chevall. 71, Man; rediscovered
in small quantity on slope of Keeill Vaill, Balladoole, the only known
locality, where it had not been seen again since its discovery in 1918,
L. V. Baker and Mrs. KE. M. Mecaw, comm. D. E. ALuen.
§666/1. Kprpogium APHYLLUM Sw. 238, Oxon.; refound in one of
the localities in this county by its original discoverer, Mrs. V. N. Paun.
24, Bucks.; see Watsonia, 3, 33 (1958).
§668/3(3)b.. EprrpacTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A.
Steph.) D. P. Young. 8, S. Wilts.; in a beech wood, Erlestoke, W. O.
CosBeTtT, det. and comm. J. D. Grosg and D. P. Youne. {H.20, Wick-
low; coastal dunes south of Wicklow. New to Ireland. First seen in
1949 by C. Srpxes, who photographed the immature plants but kept
no specimens; he determined it tentatively as H. dunensis. Refound in
1953 by D. A. Wess following Sipkes’s directions, det. and comm. D. P.
Youne.—See also Irish Nat. J.. 11, 90-98 (1953) and 113-115 (1954).—Kd.
iRsi0) PLANT RECORDS
§669/7. ORcHIs INcARNATA L. *95, Elgin; Buckie Loch, B.S.B.I.
EXCURSION.
§669/9. ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. ~ *95, Elgin; The
Leen, Garmouth, A. Metperis. 101, Kintyre; plentiful, Aros Moss,
Kintyre, 1952-1953, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669/10. Orcuis macunata L. 44, Carm.; Laugharne Burrows, J. F.
THomas, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates. 101, Kintyre; common on hilly and
peaty ground throughout Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. V. S
SUMMERHAYES.
§669/11. ORcuis FucHsir Druce. *95, Elgin; The Leen, Garmouth,
N. D. Simpson. 101, Kintyre; plentiful on coastal stretches particu-
larly on west coast of Kintyre, M. H. Cunninecuam, det. V. S. SuMMER-
HAYES.
72/3e. OPHRYS APIFERA var. TROLLII (Hegetschw.) Reichb.
59, S. Lancs. ; Birkdale dunes, 1952, a single specimen with the labellum
inside out and colouring and notching somewhat different from the type,
D. EK. Aten, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYEsS as ‘‘one of many freaks which
seem to be all variants of var. trolliw’’.
§t685/1. GauantHus wnNivatis L. *42, Brec.; Penyarth Wood,
Glanusk, V. Witt1ams, comm. Nat. Mus. Wates. 73, Kirke.; south of
Dalbeattie, Miss Bragar, comm. B. M. C. Morean.
702/4. ALLIUM VINEALE L. 71, Man; roadside between Peel and
Glenfaba, L. V. CrELLIN, comm. D. E. ALiEn.
702/4c. ALLIUM VINEALE var. compactum (Thuill.) Bor. 71, Man;
Ballemanagh, Sulby, R. Howartrnu, det. and comm. D. E. ALLEN.
§t702/8. Axuittum carInatum L. {100, Clyde Isles; Rothesay, I. C.
Crombie (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
§+707/2. ORNITHOGALUM UMBELLATUM L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) grass
bank near Jevington Church; grassy bank near Hanging Birch, Horam,
well-established as an escape, 1951-1953; (6) roadside, Benhall Mill Lane,
1950-1953, K. E. Bury. 71, Man; naturalised at Howstrake, Onchan,
1947, J. T. Wiu.rams, det. and comm. D. E. Anten. [101, Kintyre;
near Carskey, M. H. Cunningham (1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
709/1. Frivinnaria MELEAGRIS L. 20, Herts. and 21, Middx.; in
quantity in a meadow near Barnet, in both vice-¢ounties, I. LANspury,
comm. D. H. Kent.
§711/1. Gacra turga (L.) Ker-Gawler. {75, Ayr; Largs, J. Boyd
(19538, Glasgow Nat., 17, 80).
PLANT RECORDS Id]
§715/1. Torrenpia pALusTRIS (Michx.) Pers. *100, Clyde Isles;
Arran, Glen Sannox, 1883, J. Wye (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D.
PATTON.
§718/8. Juncus suBNopULosus Schrank. *48, Mer.; bog near
Arthog, P. M. Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. WAtgs.
718/12. Juncus sunBosus L. 48, Mer.; Arthog Bog, P. M. BEwnotr.
§718/12b. Junous KocHm F. W. Schultz. *48, Mer.; Arthog Bog,
1951, P. M. Benorr. 58, Ches.; abundant in a dried-up pond, Thurstas-
ton Common, 1952, D. EK. ALLEN.
§718/14. Juncus compRessus Jacq. *13, W. Sussex; by pond on
Sidlesham Common, R. A. Bontrace and EH. C. Wauuace. 71, Man;
Talbot’s specimen in Herb. Manx Museum is J. acutiflorus Khrh. ex
Hoffm.; R. P. Murray almost certainly derived his record from this
source, and all the other authors cited by Paton in his list (N.W. Nat.
Suppl. (1933)) used the name in an aggregate sense and clearly intended
J. gerardi Lois. Delete 71 from C.F., D. EK. ALLEN.
§+718/16. Juncus TENuIS Willd. 101, Kintyre; wayside near W. Loch
Tarbert, N. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam. {H.35, W. Donegal; near
Letterkenny, 1952, J. McK. Moon (1953, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77).
§719/8. Luzuta spicata (L.) DC. *100, Clyde Isles; Lochranza,
1883, J. WyLiz (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
7221/1. TYPHA LATIFOLIA L. 101, Kintyre; marshy ground by sea,
W. Loch Tarbert, N. Kintyre, one very large clump, M. H. CunnincHam.
722/3. SparRGANIUM stMPpLEX Huds. ex With. 47, Montg., Lymore
Pool, Montgomery, 1952, J. D. K. Liuoyp, comm. Nat. Mus. WaALEs.
§737/20. PoTAMOGETON OBTUSIFOLIUS Mert. & Koch. *95, Elgin ;
burn by Chapelton Farm, Forres; pond at Blairs Farm, Forres, M.
McCatitum Wesster, det. J. EK. Danny and G. Taytror.
737/23. PoTAMOGETON PUSILLUS IL. 95, Elgin; Gilmerston Loch,
M. McCatitum Wesster, det. J. EH. Danpy and G. Taytor.
§738/1. Ruppia sprratis L. ex Dum. *100, Clyde Isles; South Bute,
1908, T. Wist (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
§738/2. Ruppia maritima L. *100, Clyde Isles; Ardmore, 1892,
R and T. Wixre (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D. Patton.
740/1. Zostera MaRInA L. 71, Man; Ballaugh shore, A. C. Hoyts;
Port Erin, off jetty, J. R. Bruce; lifeboat slip, Peel, G. Comme,
comm. D. E. ALuen.
-
182 PLANT RECORDS
§740/2. Zostera NANA Roth. *95, Elgin; Findhorn Estuary, R. D
GRAHAM.
$742/1. APoNOGETON DISTACHYos L. f. 96, Easterness; Guisachan
Tomich, Strathglass, E. R. Parmer, det. and comm. E. F. Warsurec.
745/38. ELEOCHARIS MULTICAULIS (Sm.) Sm. 52 Anglesey; by the
old reservoir, Holyhead Mountain, 1952, C. C. TowNsEND.
753/3. - CAREX ACUTIFORMIS Ehrh. 98, Argyll; shallow swamp at
south end of Ederline Loch, K. N. G. Macteay and O. Buck te.
753/8. Carex LASIocaARPA Ehrh. 95, Elgin; lochan on Dava Moor,
M. McCattum WEssvTeER, det. A. MELDERIS.
753/21. CAREX LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. 14, E. Sussex; (5) Sapperton
Wood, Horam, 1952, K. E. Buut, det. EK. NELMgs.
753 /22(2). CaREX SCANDINAVICA E. W. Davies. 95, Elgin; “‘winter
lochs’, Culbin State Forest: 108, W. Sutherland; shelving rocks by
sea at Clachtoll, M. McCattum Wesster, det. E. W. Davtiss.
§753/38. Carex timosa L. *95, Elgin; lochan on Dava Moor, M.
McCatitum WessteR, det. A. MELDERIs.
753/46. Carex acuta L. 14, E. Sussex; (5) swampy ground near
Buxted Railway Station, 1951, K. E. Buti, det. E. Netmegs.
§753/54. Carex LACHENALIZT Schkuhr. *98, Argyll; damp rock
ledges, 2750 to 3000 ft., on Bidean nam Bian, Glencoe, A. M. Strrrrmc,
det. KE. Nretmss.
753/61. Carex patRAEr F. W. Schultz. 49, Caern.; Deganwy Castle
Rock, 1952: 52, Anglesey; roadside near to track approaching Dinam
Farm, near Valley, 1952, C. C. Townsenp, conf. E. Neues.
e
753/62. Cant pivutsa Stokes. 49, Caern.; dry bank, Penrhyn
Bay, L. W. Frost.
§753/65. Carex piANpRA Schrank. 166, Durham; on boggy ground
near Sprucely Farm, and on cliff tops north of Crindon Dene, J. W.
Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vase. (Subst.), 38, 23). 98, Argyll; shallow
marsh, south end of Ederline Loch, K. N. G@. Mactray and O. Bucxr.
§753/66. Carex pisticHA Huds. 71, Man; wet field by Dumb River,
near Ballakeigan, D. BE. Auten, conf. S. M. Watters. *95, Elgin; banks
of river Spey, Grantown-on-Spey, M. McCatrum Wesster, det. A.
MELDERITS.
PLANT RECORDS 183
§753/75. Carex pioicA L. 71, Man; Talbot’s record for this species
was accepted by C. I. Paton (N.W.Nat. Suppl. (1933)), but the speci-
mens in his herbarium labelled as this are C. pulicaris. Delete 71 from
O.F., D. E. ALLEN.
+754/26. PANICUM CAPILLARE var. OCCIDENTALE Rydb. 14, E. Sussex,
(5) weedy allotment near Waldron and Horam Station, 1952, K. EH.
Buty, det. C. EK. Hussarp.
§¢758/3. SpaRTINA TOWNSENDIT H. & J. Groves. *48, Mer.; salt-
marshes near Barmouth, 1951, P. M. Benoit, det. A. E. Wapz. *69b,
N. Lancs.; Rampside, Furness; shore by Piel Island Road, 1952, A. W.
WESTRUP.
§770/2. AtopecuRUS ALPINUS Sm. *66, Durham; see Plant Notes.
§770/3. ALopEcuRUS MyosUROIDES Huds. *95, HKlgin; cornfield,
Moy House, Forres, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
7Vi7/1g. Puurum noposum I. *48, Mer.; Barmouth sand dunes,
P. M. Benort, comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
783/1. CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS (L.) Roth. 20, Herts.; Ball’s Wood,
R. M. Payne.
§783/4. CALAMAGROSTIS sTRICTA (Timm) Koel. {63, S.W. York.;
with C. canescens near the canals above Moorends, Thorne, F. W. Adams
(1954, The Nat., 1954, 27).
791/1f. DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA var. PARVIFLORA (Thuill.) Dum. 14,
Ki. Sussex ; (5) Furnace Wood, near Sharp’s Corner, Horam, 1952, K. E.
Butt, det. C. E. Husparp. 33, E. Glos.; (7a) much along the lower wood
path leading to Whittington, Puckham Woods, near Cheltenham, 1950:
38, Warw.; abundant in Rough Hill Wood, near Studley, C. C. Towns-
END, det. C. E. Hussarp.
809/1. Kornerta cractuis Pers. 48 ‘er.; Brit) ‘ir, 1950, Mrs. M.
RicwaRps, det. C. E. Husparp. Bee
§+824/1. Poa cHarxi Vill. t77, Uanark; Core-house, Castlemilk
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 81).
§825/5. PuccingELLiA maRiTIMA (Huds.) Parl. *47, Montg.; salt-
marshes by Dovey Junction Station, P. M. BrEnoirr.
826/3x2. FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA X GIGANTEA. 87, W. Perth; water-
meadows by river Teith at Callander, with both parents, U. K. Duncan,
conf. A. Mretperis. 95, Elgin; Greshop Wood, near Forres, U. K. Dun-
can and B. M. C. Morean, det. A. MELDERIS.
+827/13(2). Bromus carinatus Hook. & Arn. 85, Fife; waste
ground, Leven, M. McCattum WessteErR, det. A. MELDERIS.
184 PLANT RECORDS
§827/18. Bromus RAacemMosus L. {101, Kintyre; Cour, f. David
(1953, Glasgow Nat., 17, 81).
827/19. Bromus mous L. 85, Fife; waste ground, Elie, M.
McCattum WEeEpsstTER, det. A. MELDERIS.
§827/19(2). Bromus Lepipus Holmb. *59, S. Lancs.; weed on sandy
lawn, Victoria Park, Southport, D. E. Aten, conf. T. G. Turm. 195,
Elgin; Forres, A. Melderis (1954, Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 98).
827/19(3). Bromus tHomiIntr Hard. 108, W. Sutherland; meadow
near the sea, Melness, M. McCattum Wessrer, det. A. M=LDERIS.
§828/2. BRracHypopiIuM PINNATUM (J..) Beauv. 466, Durham; Fish-
burn, J. W. Heslop-Harrison (1953, Vase (Subst.), 38, 25).
830/1x2. AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME X PUNGENS. 9. Dorset: Chesil
Beach, near Weymouth, D. O. Jonss, det. C. E. Husparp.
§830/2. AGROPYRON PUNGENS (Pers.) Roem. & Schult. *100, Clyde
Isles; Corrie, Arran, 1883, J. Wy.ie (Herb. Glasgow Univ.), comm. D.
PATTON.
§844/4. EQquisrTUM PRATENSE Ehrh. *75, Ayr; shady wooded islet
in river Ayr above Mid-Heilan, H. Mrtne-REDHEAD.
§848/1. ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L. *+36, Heref.; (4) railway
bridge, Ledbury, known for at least 20 years, J. M. KENDRICK, comm.
L. E. WHITEHEAD.
854/1. PotysTIcCHUM SETIFERUM (l*orsk.) Woynar. 20, Herts. ;
Bayford Wood, R. M. Payne.
856/1c. DRyYorTERIS BORRERI Newm. 14, FE. Sussex; (5) near Wen-
ham’s Farm, Hawkhurst Wood; Sicklehatch Lane, Maynards Green,
near Horam, 1951-1953, K.. E. Burn, det. J. P. Puen. 20, Herts.;
Ball’s Wood and Wormley Wood, R. M. Payne. 34, W. Glos.; (5) Hortou
Bushes, G. W. Garlick (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 312).
856/9. THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (I..) Slosson. 6, N. Som.; Leigh
Woods, G. W. Garlick (1952, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 28, 312). 112,
Zetland ; in shelter of overhanging rocks on the Grud Burn, Ronas Hill,
alt. c. 800’, E. W. Davirs and P. A. PapMore.
§856/11. THELYPTERIS ROBERTIANA (Hoffm.) Slossoa. *108, W. Suther-
land; limestone cliff south of Inchnadamph, M. Jaques, det. A. MEL-
peRIs, comm. M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§859/1. CrETERACH OFFICINARUM Lam. & DC. 1100, Clyde Isles;
near Rothesay (1958, Glasgow Nat., 17, 82).
864/1. OsmuNDA REGALIS L. 3, S. Devon: cliffs by railway be-
tween Dawlish and Dawlish Warren Stations, 1949-1953. K. E. Butt.
PLANT RECORDS 185
§T868/1. AzoLLA FILICULOIDES Lam, S., Guernsey; pool at Petit
Bot, L. W. Frosr. +4, N. Devon; plentiful in the dyke at Vellator,
Braunton, Mrs. Cadell (1958, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 182).
869/2. IsonrEs ECHINosPoRA Durieu. 3, S. Devon; dam ends of
the highest and lowest of the three reservoirs at Christow and Hennock,
O. Greig, det. at Kew (1953, Rep. & Trans. Devon Assoc., 85, 182).
CuHaropnuyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/9. NireLLa coNFERVACEA A. Braun. {95, Elgin; in grab sample
of mud in 12 of water, Lochindorb, A. V. Holden, comm. A. J. Brook
(1953, Scot. Naut., 65, 190).
§873/2. ToLypeLLa PROLIFERA Leonh. *56, Notts.; disused canal,
Wollaton, R. C. L. Howitt.
§874/1. NirELLopsts osptusA (Desv.) Groves. {89, EK. Perth; Loch
of Marlee, A. V. Holden, comm. A. J. Brook (1958, Scot. Nat., 65, 190).
876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. 56, Notts.; canal,
Corsall, R. C. L. Howitt. 71, Man; Malew, D. BH. Auten. 95, Elgin;
Gilston Loch, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§876/4. CHara rupis (A. Braun) Leonh. {88, Mid Perth; Loch
Choin, between Trinafour and Loch Garry, A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Nat.,
65, 190).
§876/5. CHara HispIpA IL. *68, Chevictland; pool on Ross links,
1951, Ff. D. Goovciirre. {89, EK. Perth; Loch Moraig, A. J. Brook
(1953, Scot. Nut., 65, 90). 95, Elgin; Gilston Loch, M. McCatuum WsEs-
STER.
§876/11. CHARA ACULEOLATA Kuetz. *31, Hunts.; in London. Brick
Company’s pits at Fletton, near Peterborough, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
§876/12. Cuara aspera Willd. *37, Wores.; Westwood Pool, near
Droitwich, C. C. TowNsEND.
§876/17. CHaRra pELIcATULA Ag. *63, S.W. York.; river Torne soak
ditch, W. Bunttne. 112, Zetland; Brouster, Walls, a small form, A.
H. G. Aston.
§876/17b. CHARA DELICATULA var. BARBATA (Gant.) Groves & Bullock-
Webster. 6, N. Som.; Shapwick, A. J. Dopp. *54, N. Lincs.; near
Dirtness Pump Station, W. BuntTING.
§876/17c. CHARA DELICATULA var. ANNULATA (Wallm.) Groves &
Bullock-Webster. 88, Mid Perth; Loch Kinardochy, and Lochan an
Daim: {89, KE. Perth; Loch Dunmore: £95, Elgin; Lochindorb, A. V
Holden, comm. A. J. Brook (1953, Scot. Nat., 65, 190).
IS6 ABSTRACTS PROM LITERATURE
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE*
Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter, A. E. Wade and
I. Ff. Warburg for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, ETC.
3. ANEMONE. Berton, A., 1952, L’involucre des Anemones, Monde
des Plantes, 287-288, 26. The involucre of Anemone should be regarded
as an imbricated rosette of three distinct leaves, and not as a whorl of
one leaf divided into three leaflets.—[ E.B.B. |
3/1. PuLSATILLA vuLGARIS Mill. Pawlowska, S., 1951, Sasanki,
Chron. Przy. Ojcz., 7 (83/4), 3-18. Studies on Pulsatilla vulgaris and its
allies in Europe. The account is illustrated by photographs and distri-
bution maps.—[D.H.K. ]
5. Myosurus. Campbell, G. R., 1952, The Genus Myosurus L.
(Ranunculaceae) in North America, El Aliso, 2, 389-403. The author
recognises four species of the genus in N. America, viz.:—MWyosurus
minimus, M. aristatus, M. nitidus and M. cupulatus. M. minimus with
eight taxa of subspecific rank is the most widespread; occurring in
N. & S. America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. A key is given
as an aid to the identification of the various species and varieties.—
[i Dai eet Sag
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. Boivin, B., 1953, Notulae Taxonomicae
—l. Myosurus minimus Linné, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 85, 331-332
The American var. nov. interior is distinguished from the European
var. minimus by its sepals having longer spurs and narrower leaves
(spur 2-2°5 mm.; leaves (0:2) 0°5-0°7 (1:2) mm.).—[ E.B.B. ]
6. RANUNOULUS. Marsden-Jones, EK. M. & W. B. Turrill, 1952.
Studies in Ranunculus 4. Additional experiments with Ranunculus
bulbosus and R. acris, J. Genetics, 51, 26-31. This paper is a continua-
tion of two previous papers on the genetics of Ranunculus bulbosus and
R. acris. Characters studied are flower colour and sex in both species,
poor development of petals in the former and leaf-blotch in the latter
species. Evidence is given that these have all a genetic basis, but the
ratios are often disturbed by the occurrence of apomixis and, particu-
larly in R. acris, semi-lethality and perhaps of lethality with certain
gene combinations.—[ Authors’ summary. ]
*Owing to pressure of space miscellaneous abstracts have been held over to the
next part of the Proceedings.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 187
6/4. Ranunctunus aurtcomus L. Baum, H., 1952, Die doppelsprei-
tigen Petalen von Ranunculus auricomus und neapolitanus, Osterr. Bot.
Zeitschr., 99, 64-77.
6/33. RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. Perje, A.-M., 1952, Some causes of
variation in Ranunculus ficaria L., Arkiv fiir Bot., 2, 251-264. The
tetraploid race (2n = 32), which reproduces vegetatively from bulbils in
the leaf axils, is the common race in Sweden. It is split up into a great
many genetically distinct clones, differing especially in the number of
floral organs. Abnormal poilen is often produced, and it also fruits
badly, a condition which may be due to the effect of a growth-retarding
substance on the seeds. The more northerly range of the tetraploid
is perhaps a consequence of its greater ability to endure night frosts
than the diploid.—[D.E.A. ]
7/1. CattHa paLustRis L. Reese, G., 1952, Hochgradige Dysploide
bei Caltha palustris L., Planta, 41, 195-196. <A cytological examination
of a number of specimens of Caltha palustris revealed at least 19 different
somatic chromosome numbers.—[D.H.K. |
7/1. CautHa paLustris IL. Stecki, K. & K. Bogdazski, 1953,
Teratologie kwiatu i przykwiatkow u Caltha palustris L., Acta Soe.
Bot. Pol., 22, 207-224. An account of abnormalities in the bracts of
Caltha palustris.—[D.H.K. ]
8/1. Trotiius EURoPAEUS L. Madalski, J., 1950, Petnik, Chrov.
Przyr. Ojcz., 6 (3/4), 12-17.. An account of Trollius ewropaeus in Poland.
—![D.H.K.]
9/1. HeEtLeEBoRUs viripis lL. Jaspers, G., 1950, De Wrangwortel
(Helleborus viridis L.), De Levende Natuur, 53, 67.
21. Papaver. Tedd, H. G. & W. B. Turrill, 1951, A Study of
Papaver Populations in Western Thrace, Kew Bull., 1951, 192-196. A
random sampling of populations of plants of the Papaver rhoeas groups
growing in western Thrace showed variations and character combina-
tions similar to those found in English populations. The problems in-
volved are discussed.—[ D.H.K.]
25/1. CHELIDONIUM Majus L. Hara, H., 1949, An Hast-Asiatic
representative of Chelidonium majus L., J. Jap. Bot., 23, 43-50. The
race of Chelidontum majus which occurs in Manchuria, China, Korea
and Japan is described as subsp. astaticum Hara. It differs from the
European type (2n = 12) not only in external morphology but also in
having 2n = 10. The variation, and probable history, of the species
in Eurasia are discussed.—[D.E.A.]
25/1. CHELIDONIUM magus L. Widder, F., 1958, Die ‘‘ laciniaten ”’
Abanderungen des Chelidonium majus Linné, Phyton, 5, 153-162.
188 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
32. Fumarta. Lefort, L., 1951, Quelques groupes infra-spécifiques
Luxembourgeois de Fumaria officinalis L., Proc. Soc. Nat. Luxemb.
(N.S.), 44, 180-181.
32. Fumaria. Negodi, G., 1951, Cariologia del gen. Fumaria bl. e
poliploidi da colchicina, Sci. Gen., 4, 94-121. The following chromo-
some numbers are reported in the genus:—n = 7 (Fumaria rostellata),
n = 14 (F.. officinalis, F. micrantha, F. parviflora, F. muralis, F.
spicata), n = 28 (F. capreolata, F. flabellata, F. agraria, F. major).
Artificial polyploid forms are described and figured which the author
produced by colchicine treatment of all the species except F. micrantha,
F. spicata and F. agraria, and their characters are compared with
spontaneous polyploids.—[D.EK.A. |
33/1. Marruiota IncANA (L.) R.Br. Saito, K., 1949. Studies on
inducing polyploid flower-plants and their utilization: 1. On several
polyploid plants of wallflower, stock and others, J. Hort. Assoc. Jap..,
18, 129-137. An induced tetraploid of Cheiranthus cheiri had larger,
deeper yellow and more fragrant flowers than the diploid type and was
partially sterile. An induced tetraploid of Matthiola incana had larger
and more fragrant pink flowers and was partially sterile, while an in-
duced octoploid had larger and more fragrant flowers with thicker petals
variegated with pink and white and was completely sterile.—[D.E.A.]
34/1. CrerrantHus cHETRI L.—See 33/1. Marruroua INcANA (1:.)
R.Br.
35. Rorrppa. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Cressons de Fontaine, Nat.
Belge, 31, 28-33. Describes Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum, R. micro-
phylla, and the hybrid between them (R. x sterilis), and gives their
known distribution in Belgium and Europe.—[D.H.K.]
39. CarpamMIne. Allen, D. E., 1952, Cardamine pratensis on the
Lancashire dunes, Bull. Liverpool Bot. Soc., no. 11. Two distinct
segregates of this species grow on the Lancashire dunes, viz., a local
race of the common Cardamine pratensis L. sensu stricto (2n = 56)
and the northern C. polemonioides Rouy (2n = 64). The latter grows
in peaty ‘‘slacks’’ which are still moist in midsummer, the former in
dryish places at the edges of the ‘‘slacks’’. C. polemonioides is very
local in a pure state, but hybrids with C. pratensis occur over a much
greater area, indicating that the species formerly had a wider range.
Hybridisation is very extensive and the hybrids are fertile and ean
backeross with the parents. Introgression was found to be taking place
in one colony of C. polemonioides analysed biometrically. | With in-
creasing desiccation of the ‘‘slacks’’ C. pratensis is gradually invading
the habitat of C. polemonioides and threatens to hybridise it out of
existence—unless a new intermediate entity is created, of which there
are already signs. ‘‘In a few decades scarcely anyone will deduce that
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 189
the (. pratensis form found on the dunes has been created by the fusion
of two distinct species’’.—[D.}H.A. ]
49/5. Srsymprium trio L. Brunker, J. P., 1952, Sisymbrium irio
L. in the Dublin district, Irish Nat. J., 10, 319-320. Gives a short
account of the present distribution of the plant in Dublin.—[D.H.K.]
54. Brasstca. Gates, R. R., 1953, Wild Cabbages and the Effects
of Cultivation, J. Gen., 51, 363-372. The wild cabbage (Brassica oler-
acea lu.), on the coasts of western Europe, shows enormous increase in
size when taken into cultivation. It shows much variation, which is
correlated with its self-sterility. It has the potentiality for producing,
since its cultivation began, perhaps early in the Neolithic, kale, brussels-
sprouts and cabbage. The historical evidence favours the derivation
of cabbage and kale from Italy in pre-Roman times. The middle and
eastern Mediterranean contains several species nearly related to B.
oleracea. Probably cauliflower and broccoli came from B. cretica, the
most eastern of these; and such cultigens as kohlrabi may have been
derived from one of the middle Mediterranean species. The various
cultivated forms appear therefore to have had a polyphyletic origin.—
{[ Author’s summary p.p. |
55. Drpnoraxis. Ltibbert, G., 1951, Vergleichende cytologische
morphologische and physiologische Untersuchungen innerhalb der Gat-
tung Diplotaxis, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 28, 254-293. A cytological, mor-
phological and physiological account of the genus. The distribution of
Diplotaxis muralis, D. tenuifolia, D. erucoides, D. viminea and D.
catholica in Europe and N. Africa is shown by a map. The chromosome
numbers of the species are given as follows:—D. eruwcoides 2n = 14,
D. catholica 2n = 18, D. tenuifolia 2n = 22, and D. muralis 2n = 44.
The variation in plant size and leaf shape in D. muralis is discussed at
length.—[D.H.K.]
55/2. DrpLrotaxis muRALIS (L.) DC. Hoogenraad, H., 1950, Muur-
zandkool, Natura, 47, 206-209. The spread of Diplotaxis muralis in the
Netherlands since the beginning of the present century is discussed and
illustrated by maps.—[D.H.K. ]
59/1. CapsELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic. Negodi, G., 1951,
Tetraploida da colchicina in Capsella bursa-pastoris Moench, Atti Mem.
Accad. Sci. Modena, 9, 27-38.
61. Lepiptum. Meissner, H., 1950, Notizen iiber Wanderpflanzen,
1. Lepidium densiflorum Schrad., und L. virginicum L., Mitt. Flora-soz.
Arb., 2, 77 & 93. Lepidium densiflorum and DL. virginicum, American
adventives closely allied to LZ. ruderale, have extended their ranges
rapidly in Lower Saxony, apparently migrating along the railway tracks.
The different characters of the three species are tabulated.—[D.H.K. ]
190) ABSTRACTS FROM. LITERATURE
64. 'THUASPI. Gernohorsky, Z., 1950, Anatomie des graines des
especes tcheques du genre Thlaspi L., Bull. Int. Cesk. Acad. Frant.
Josef., 48, 5-10. Anatomical differences are given for distinguishing
between the seeds of Thlaspi arvense, T. perfoliatum, T. alpestre and
T. montanum.—[D.H.K. |
66/1. TrEspaLIA NupDIcAULIS (L.) R.Br. Garjeanne, A. J., 1953,
Teesdalia, De Levende Natuur, 56, 146-154.
77. CaxiLte. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1953, The new British Sea
Rocket, Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hooker, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 30. A hybrid
between Cakile edentula and C. maritima is reported as growing on the
beach near Seilebost (v.c. 110). It was totally sterile, and displayed
great heterosis.—[D.H.K. ]
93/1. KoHLRAUSCHIA PROLIFERA (L.) Kunth. Bocher, T. W., K.
Larsen & K. Rahn, 1953, Experimental and cytological studies on plant
species: 1. Kohlrauschia prolifera and Plantago coronopus, Hereditas,
39, 289-304. The diploid form of Kohlrauschia prolifera (2n = 30) is
found in central Europe stretching towards the French side of the
Pyrenees in the south-west, and alone forms the northern tongues of
distribution reaching to the Kattegat and the southern part of the
Baltic. The tetraploid plant (2n = 60) has a Lusitanian-western Medi-
terranean-southern English distribution. The only morphological
difference between the two forms appears to be in the smaller size of
the seeds in the tetraploid.—[D.H.K. ]
98. ViscartA. Hakansson, S., 1952, Om Viscaria alpina (L.) G. Don
och V. alpina (L.) G@. Don x vulgaris Bernh. i sydéstligaste Blekinge.
Bot. Not., 1952, 411-424. A report on the distribution of Viscaria alpina
and the occurrence of a supposed hybrid with V. vulgaris in south east
Blekinge, Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
98(2). Mrnanprium. Burtt, B. L., 1953, A note on typification,
Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edin., 21, 163-164. The author shows that the
correct name for the Red Campion is Melandrium dioicum (L.) Coss. &
Germ. in spite of the fact that the name was first applied to the White
Campion on its transfer from the genus Lychnis.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastium. Brett, O. E., 1952, Basic chromosome numbers
in the genus Cerastium, Nature, 170, 251-252. The following chromo-
some numbers are reported from counts made on British material :—
Cerastium alpinum L. 2n = 72, C. arvense L. 2n = 72, C. brachypetalum
Pers. 2n = 90, C. glomeratum Thuill. 2n = 72, C. holosteoides Fries (C.
vulgatum auct.) 2n = 72, OC. semidecandrum L. 2n = 36 and C. tetran-
drum Curt. 2n = 72.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastrum. Brett, O. E., 1953, Cerastium arcticum Lange,
Nature, 171, 527-528. Cerastium edmondstonii (Wats.) Murb. & Ostenf.
is an illegitimate name and should be replaced by C. arcticum Lange.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 191
Chromosome counts have now been made on all the British species, and
the following previously unpublished counts are given:—. arcticwm
Lange 2n = 108 and 2n = 195, the latter number is believed to be due to
the plant being cross-fertilised by OC. holosteoides. OC. cerastoides (L.)
Britton 2n = 38 and ©. pumilum Curt. 2n = 90 and 95.—[D.H.K.]
100. Crrastium. Sollner, R., 1950, Polyploide intraspécifique chez
Cerastium arvense L. et nombres chromosomiques de quelques autres
Cerastium, Hxperienta, 6, 335-337. A table of chromosome numbers of
four subspecies of Cerastium arvense (subsp. commune Gaudin, subsp.
strictum (Haenke) Gaudin, subsp. suffruticosum (L.) Koch, and subsp.
calcicola (Schur) Borza) is given. Rohweder and R. Mattick-Ehrens-
berger found 2n = 72 for C. arvense. The present author finds two
chromosome races, n = 18 (diploid) and n = 36 (tetraploid). The
lowland subsp. commune has a different number (36) from the alpine
subsp. strictuwm (18); the latter is therefore not simply a high altitude
form of O. arvense. Experimental work in cultivation led to the same
result, these two subspp. retaining their differences. Subsp. suffruti-
cosum differs very little from strictwm, and subsp. calcicola (tetra-
ploid) is closely allied to subsp. commune. It was found that the dis-
tribution of the diploid and polyploid forms followed neither altitude
nor habitat (e.g. Haut-Jura plants are tetraploid, Alps diploid, and
the tetraploid form is on both chalk and peaty soil). It seems that the
present distribution is related to historic causes and to the origin of
the two subspp. The polyploid occupies a vast area in central and
eastern Europe whilst the diploid is local. Phylogenetically strictum
is the oldest subsp. and probably the only representative of arvense in
the alpine chain; the interesting point arises of an alpine form being
the ancestor of a lowland and almost cosmopolitan form. Chromosome
numbers of other species given are: C. perfoliatum L. n = 19, C.
chloraefolium Fisch. & Mey. n = 19, 0. dahuricum Fisch. n = 19 and
C. banaticum (Roch.) Heuff. n = 36.—[E.B.B.]
100. CERASTIUM. Sollner, R., 1952, Nouvelle contribution la
cytotaxonomie du genre Cerastium, Haperienta, 8, 104-105. Chromo-
some counts of some widely distributed species of Cerastium are tabled.
They show that chromosome races in these species may be revealed when
the species examined are from widely separated localities. One case (.
arvense (n = 18 and 36), is discussed in the short note.—[ E.B.B. ]
100/5. CrRAsTIUM HOLOSTEOIDES Fr. Wiinstedt, A. K., 1953,
Cerastium holosteoides Fries i Danmark, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 107-109.
101/2. Sreniarta NEMorRUM L. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Stellaria nemo-
rum L. subsp. glochidosperma Murb. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot.
Brux, 23, 77-79. A description and details of the distribution in Bel-
gium of this subspecies are given: its general European distribution is
from southern Sweden to the French and Dinaric Alps and the Apen-
192 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
nines; its eastern limits are not precisely known. The leaves of the
subsp. are + deeply cordate, all distinctly petioled, at the most twice
as long as broad; the typical plant has slightly cordate to subcuneate
leaves, the upper sessile to subsessile, at least twice as long as broad.
The bracts of the inflorescence are rapidly transitional to small scales.
not foliaceous and gradually transitional as in the typical plant. Seed
of subspecies with elongate and narrowly cylindrical protuberances; of
typical plant with short and subovoid protuberances.—[ E.B.B.]
101/2. SrernariaA NeMoRUM L. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Stellaria nemo-
rum lL. subsp. glochidosperma Murb. en France et en Espagne, Bull.
Soc. Bot. Franc., 100, 270-272. The finding in 1953 of this plant in nor-
thern Spain led the author to study French and Spanish herbarium
material, where he found that its distribution extends much further
west than previously recognised, as well as reaching as far south as
Madrid in Spain. The distribution of type S. nemorum in S.W. Europe
should be further investigated. The following diagnostic characters to
separate the subspp. are given:
Leaves oval-oblong, slightly cordate-subcuneate at base, upper sessile-
subsessile, blade at least twice as long as broad; inflorescence bracts
large and foliaceous, gradually transitional to leaves; seeds with short
and hemispherical-subovoid protuberances at the margin ... S. nemorum
Leaves oval, + deeply cordate at base, upper petiolate and with blade
at most twice as long as broad; bracts abruptly reduced to small scales.
the lower hardly or not transitional to leaves; seeds with elongate or
narrowly cylindric protuberances at the margin ... subsp. glochidospermu
—[E.B.B.]
101/38. Sretiaria MEpIA (L.) Vill. Pal, N., 1952. <A contribution to
the life-histories of Stellaria media Linn. and Polycarpon loeflingiae
Benth. & Hook., Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci., India, 18, 363-378.
101/8. STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm. Tapio, S., 1951, Lihdetaihtimén
(Stellaria uliginosa) kukkimisesta, Duunn. Tuth.. 55, 38. A short note
on the flowering of the species.—[{D.H.K. ]
102/18. ARENARIA MONTANA L. Ingwersen, W. E. T., 1947, An
addition to the alpine flora of Britain, Natwre Lover, 4, 133-137.
Several large patches of Arenaria montana were discovered growing far
from gardens on Dartmoor about 1930. The plant was competing suc-
cessfully with native vegetation, and unless it was deliberately planted
its occurrence in Devon is hard to explain. The nearest native habitat
of the species to Britain is believed to be the Landes of south west
France, where it usually inhabits open woodlands. The account is aug-
mented by a photograph.—[D.H.K.]
108/11. Sagrna procumbens L. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Sagina,
De Levende Natwur, 54, 190-195. Some anatomical details of Saginu
procumbens collected from different habitats are described. The flowers
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 193
are tetramerous or pentamerous, but sonie had 3, 2, 1 or 0 petals. Very
few, if any, insects visit the flowers of Sagina and self-fertilisation is the
rule. Tetramerous flowers produce 40-60 seeds and pentamerous flowers
50-70 seeds. The seeds appear to germinate in 4-5 days.—[D.H.K. |
106/1. PotycaRPoN TETRAPHYLLUM (L.) L. Bugnon, F., 1951, Une
variante remarquable de l’inflorescence au Polycarpon tetraphyllum L.,
Monde des Plantes, 276-277, 18-19.
109. Monta. Clason, E. W., 1953, Watermontia in Noord-Drente,
De Levende Natuur, 56, 50-52.
111/2. EvatInkE HEXANDRA (Lapierre) DC. McMillan, N. F., 1953,
EKlatine hexandra DC. in the Dibbin, Bromborough, Cheshire, N.W.Naft.
(N.S.),.1, 100.
112/14. Hypericum perroratum L. 1950, St. John’s Wort, a dan-
gerous weed, fmg. S. Africa, 25, 61-63. Hypericum perforatum was
introduced into S. Africa from Australia as an impurity in vetch seed
in 1942. Since then it has spread at an alarming rate, and being poison-
ous to stock is becoming a serious pest.—[D.H.K. ]
112/14. Hyprrtcum PERFoRATUM L. Huffaker, C. B., 1951, The
return of native perennial bunchgrass following the removal of klamath
weed (Hypericum perforatum) by imported beetles, Ecology, 32, 443-458.
112/14. Hypericum prrroratum L. Clark, N., 1953, The biology
of Hypericum perforatum L. var. angustifolium DC. (St. John’s Wort)
in the Oven Valley, Victoria, with particular reference to entomological
control, Austr. J. Bot., 1, 95-120.
123/1x4. TILIA PLATYPHYLLOS X TOMENTOSA. Kobendza, R., 1951,
Wartosciowy mieszaniec lipy wegierskie} 1 szerokolistnej Tilia Varsavi-
ensis (T. argentea x platyphyllos), Roczn. Sekc. Dendr. Polsk. Tow.
Bot., 7, 159-174. A description of the hybrid between Tilia platyphyllos
and T. tomentosa which has occurred naturally in Warsaw.—[D.H.K. |
127/12. Geranium pusittum L. Shaw, R. J., 1952, A cytotaxonomic
study of the genus Geranium in the Wasatch region of Idaho and Utah,
' Madrofio, 11, 297-304. Geranium pusillum has been introduced from
Kurope and is now commonly naturalised as a weed of lawns and waste
places in the U.S.A. and southern Canada.—[D.H.K.]
1382/1. Oxatis acETosELLA L. Uziak, Z., 1952, Obserwacje nad ner-
watura lisci Oxalis acetosella L., na tle siedliska w Bialowieska Parku
Naradowyn, Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie, 6, 249-261. An account of studies
on the innervation of the leaves of Oxalis acetosellan—[D.H.K. ]
133/38. Impatiens PARvIFLORA DC. Erkamo, V., 1952, Pienikuk-
kaiseta haipykannukseta Impatiens parviflora DC. Suomessa, Arch. Soe.
194 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Zool.-Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 6, 87-94. Gives the history and distribution
of the species in Finland. Some ecological data are also provided.—
[DE Ke]
133/4. ImpaTIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle. Delvosalle, L., 1951, Apro-
pos d’Impatiens roylei Walp., Nat. Belge, 32, 37-38. An account of the
arrival and spread of the species in Belgium.—[D.H.K. ]
149/2.. Utex gautit Planch. Corillion, R., 1950, Contribution 4
Vétude de la répartition d’Ulex gallii Planch. sur le littoral du nord
de la Bretagne, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 24, 97-99. Details of the local
distribution are given and U. gallu is found to be common on the coasta!
plains of north Brittany; its eastern limit is the estuary of the Rance.
—[E.B.B.]
153/3. Merpicaco sativa L. Vasilj¢éenko, I. T., 1948, On the origin
of cultivated Lucernes (in Russian), Bot. Zhurn., 33, 591-604. The poly-
phyletic origin of the cultivated species of Lucerne in Western Europe
is said to be connected with M. varia Mart., which the author claims
is an ancient endemic species, and not a hybrid as is usually supposed.—
DFEeKes
1538/3. Mepicaeo sativa L. See 155. TriFrottum.
155. Trirotrtum. Vicioso, C., 1952, Revisién del género Trifolium,
An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10, 347-412. The Spanish species of Trifolium.
which include many also found in Britain, are described and keyed.—
DEKE |
155. Trirottum. Wexelsen, H., 1959, Polyploidiforedling en over-
sikt, Forsk. Forsk. Landbr., 1, 287-310. A review of the progress made
in breeding polyploid forms of Trifolium pratense, T. hybridum, T.
repens and Medicago sativa.—{ D.H.K.]
155/12. Trirotium suBTERRANEUM L. Brock, R. D., 19538, Species
formation in Trifolium subterraneum, Nature, 171, 939.
155/15. Trironium aypripum L. Williams, W., 1951, Geneties of
incompatability in Alsike Clover, Trifolium hybridum, Heredity, 5,
51-738.
172. Hrerocrerts. Hrabétova-Uhrova, A., 1949-1950, Generis Hip-
pocrepis L. revisio, Acta Acad. Sci. Nat., Morav.-Siles., 21 (4), 1-54
& 22, 99-158, 219-250 & 331-356. A revision of the genus Hippocrepis.
A key is given to all the species and varieties, and maps show the world
distribution. Many new varieties and forms of H. comosa are
described. A specimen in Herb. Mus. Nat. Budapest labelled “chalk,
Oxford, 1893, Baker’? is described as a new form:—
ABSTRACES FROM LITERATURE 195
f. yracilis f. nov.—20-35 cm. alta. gracilis, subglabra, internodiis haud raro
elongatis (4-8 cm.), caulibus teneribus. Folia 13cm. longe petiolata, stipulis
obovato-lanceolatis, membranaceis, diaphano-albidis, 24mm. longis. Umbellae
4-9 floreae, pedunculo 8-1i1cm. longo. Flores 8-10 mm. longi, unguibus tenuibus
filiformibus, calice duplo longioribus. Calix subglaber solum margine Ciliatus.
Ungues petalorum longii praecipue unquis vexilli, quod limbo aequat: alae
paulo angustiores ut in typo—T[D.H.K. |
172/1. Hrerocrepis comosa L. Bolman, J., 1950, Paardenhoefklaver
(Hippoerepis comosa), Natura, 47, 54-56. The distribution of the species
in the Netherlands is discussed.—[{ D.H.K. ]
176. Vuicta. Kostrakiewicz, K., 1951, Studia systematyczne nad
polskimi gatunkami rodzaju Vicia L., Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci., 27, 1-71.
Gives keys and descriptions of all the species of Victa known to occur
in Poland. These include a number of species also found in Britain.
= BEAK.
WS/o. LATHyRUS PALUSTRIs - L. Thommen, E., 1952, Lathyrus
palustre L. record d’altitude, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 14. This
species was found in 1950 at an altitude of 1,070 metres in a marshy
meadow with Swertia and Salix pentundru. Fournier gives its limits
as 0-500 metres.—[ E.B.B. ]
178/6. LATHYRUS PRATENSIS IL. Larsen, K., 1953, Chromosome
numbers of some European flowering plants, a preliminary note, Bot.
Tidssk., 50, 91. Lathyrus pratensis which has been investigated from
several places in Europe has been shown to contain polyplotypes, one
diploid, 2n = 14 (strains from Denmark, Finland, the Baltic and Swit-
zerland), and one tetraploid from south-west Europe, with 2n = 28.
These strains are being cultivated for further study.—[D.H.K. ]
183. Prunus. Hruby, K., 1950, The cytology of tetraploid cherries,
Studia Bot. Cech., 11, 87-97.
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W., 1952, The Rubus-flora of Belgium and
the Netherlands: its study and problems, Biol. Jaarb., 19, 28-51.
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Deter-
mineertabellen voor onze Nederlanse bramen (Rubi-Moriferi), De
Levende Natuur, 55, 50-58. Gives a key to the species of Rubus found
in the Netherlands, these include many also found in Britain.—
DEAK. |
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Nieuwe
bramen uit het Drentse district, De Levende Natuwur, 55, 89-96. De-
scriptions of new brambles found in the Netherlands include a number
also known from the British Isles —[D.H.K. ]
185. Rusus. Beijerinck, W. & A. J. Ter Pelkwijk, 1952, Rubi in the
north eastern part of the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 325-360.
Many British species are included in the account.—[D.H.K. ]
L96 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rubus. Heslop-Harrison, Y., 1953, Cytological studies in the
genus Rubus, 1. Chromosome numbers in the British flora, New Phyt.,
52, 22-39. 217 chromosome determinations of British Rubus taxa are
reported, including counts from 80 taxa hitherto not known cytologic-
- ally. All species examined were found to be euploids. Studies of
chromosome morphology are unlikely to assist very greatly in the
elucidation of the origin of Rubus taxa owing to the uniformity and
small size of the chromosomes.—[ D.H.K. ]
185. Rusus. Vaarama, A., 1951, Om artkorsningforaddling inom
slaktet Rubus, Nord. Jordb., 1951, 412-417. An account of the results
of breeding work on Rubus carried out at the State Hort. Inst., Piiki6,
Finland, by crossing R. arcticus with other species of the genus. A
short account on cytology, segregation and fertility in the Fl and F2
generations as well as in a colchicine-induced F2-amphiploid of the
hybrid R. idaeus x arcticus is given. Differentiation of genomes in
Rubus has probably taken place to a great extent through gene muta-
tions and minor structural alterations not able to disturb the pairing
capacity of the chromosomes. The successful artificial hybrids obtained
were R. phoenicolasius x arcticus, R. phoenicolastus x idaeus X arcti-
cus and R. phoenicolasius x saxatilis x caesius—[D.H.K. |
187. Geum. Raynor, L. A., 1952, Cytotaxonomic Studies of Geum,
Amer. J. Bot., 39, 713-719. Most species of Gewm have 42 zygotic and
21 gametic chromosomes. None of the Geum chromosomes is of peculiar
morphology, nor can individual genomes be identified, with the excep-
tion of two Chilean species which have somewhat shorter, thicker chromo-
somes. Basic chromosome numbers in the subfamily Rosoitdeae tribe
Potentilleae, indicate that Gewm is a mostly hexaploid genus assuming
7 to be the basic chromosome number. Meiotic chromosome behaviour
is very regular except in hybrids. On the basis of cytological evidence
Geum is a closely knit taxonomic group.—[D.H.K. ]
188. Fracarta. Scott, D. H., 1951, Cytological studies on poly-
ploids derived from tetraploid Fragaria vesca and cultivated straw-
berries, Genetics, 36, 311-325.
188. Fracarta. Staudt, G., 19538, Die geographische Verbreitung
der Gattung Fragaria und die Bedeutung ftir die Phylogenie der Gat-
tung, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 236-238.
188/2. Fragarta vescaA L. Dahlgren, K. V. O., 1953, Die eigenar-
tigen Vererbungsverhaltnisse der micrantha-Form von Fragaria vesca,
Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 47, 1-15. <A peculiar form of Fragaria vesca was
found in an alpine region of central Scandinavia in 1927. Compared
with the normal type it possessed very small petals which were not in
contact with each other, and short coneave sepals, but the epicalyx
segments were more normal. It is believed that the form may be due
to the influence of a virus. Details are given of experimental crossings
of this form with typical plants.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 197
189. Porentutya. Luther, H. & I., 1953, Neue Fundorte von Poten-
tilla anglica und P. anglica x erecta, Mem. Soc. Fuuna Flora Fenn.,
28, 25-32.
189. Porentmisa. Stomps, T. J.. 1951, Poteniilla anglica Laich.
ein neues Beispiel eines allopolyploiden Bastards, Ned. Kruidk. Arch..,
58, 57-59. The somatic chromosome number of Potentilla-erecta is 28.
the same as that of P. reptans. but P. anglica appears to possess twice
that number. The hybrids P. anglica x reptans and P. erecta xX
anglica, occasionally found in the field, proved to be 14 + 28. P. anglica
x reptans is patroclinous, i.e. it shows a striking resemblance to P.
reptans, whereas P. erecta x anglica is matroclinous, i.e. very much
like P. erecta. Since the first-named hybrid must possess two sets of
reptans chomosomes, and the second two sets of erecta chromosomes this
behaviour becomes comprehensible. As the somatic cells of some of the
Potentilla species contain 14 chromosomes, P. erecta and P. reptans are
to be regarded as tetraploids; P. anglica theréfcre is not a tetraploid
but an alloctoploid form.—{D.H.K. |
190. AtcHEMiLsA. Oskarsson, I., 1953, A new Alchemilla species of
the Eu-Vulgaris group found in Iceland, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 47, 30-33.
Alchemilla vestita, A. filicaulis, A. wichurae, A. glomerulans, A. glabra,
A. oxyodonta, A. subecrenata and A. murbeckiana are all found in Ice-
land. A species closely related to A. oxyodonta but differing from it
mainly in the strongly hairy inflorescence of its branches and the upper
part of the stem has been found on the island and is described as a new
species :—A. glacialis sp. nov.—|[ D.H.K. ]
190. AtcHemiira. Pawlowski, B., 1953, Przywrotniki Zebrane w
Czasie Trzech Podrozy Balkanskich, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 245-258.
The distribution of the segregates of Alchemilla vulgaris in the Balkans
is given. Some species also found in Britain are included.—[D.H.K.]
190. AtcHEMinna. Rothmaler, W., 1952, Alchemilla subglobosa C.
G. Westerl., ein Glazialrelikt des Harzes, Vegetatio, 4, 32-39. An
account of Alchemilla subglobosa in the Harz mountains where it is
believed to be a glacial relict. The author also gives a key to all the
segregates of Alchemilla rulgaris known from mid-Germany. Many
species also found in Britain are included.—[D.H.K.]
190. AtcHEwmmrsa. Smith, A. M. & G. A. Shaw, 1953, Alchemillas
of the vulgaris aggregate in West Yorkshire, The Nat., 1953, 53-56.
The distribution and ecology of the segregates of Alchemilla vulgaris
in Yorkshire is discussed; altitudinal limits are also given for some
species.—[ D.H.K.]
190(2). APpHANES. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Aphanes de la iiore
Belge, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 129-131. Describes the differences
between Aphanes arvensis and A. micrecarpa, and gives their known
distribution in Belgium. and throughout the world —[D.H.K.]
JOS ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
190(2). ApHaneEs. Navak, F. A., 1951, Nepatrnee maloplody Vv
Ceskoslovensku, Cesk. Bot. Listy, 4, 58-57. An account of Aphanes
arvensis and A. microcarpa in Czechoslovakia.—[D.H.K. ]
190(2). ApHANnes. Reichgelt, T., 1952, Aphanes microcarpa in the
Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 115-121. Aphanes microcarpa in the
Netherlands is as common as its near ally A. arvensis with which it was
until recently confused. Maps showing the distribution of the two
species in the Netherlands are given. A. arvensis predominates in the
more fertile parts of the country, while A. microcarpa is found on poor,
more or less acid, soils. Plants collected on the coastal dunes show a
slightly different habit; they are small-leaved, and the stipules are so
short that the achenes often protrude above their tops.—[D.H.K.]
195. Sorsus. De Poucques, M. L., 1951, Etude chromosomique de
quelques Sorbus, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nancy, 10, 41-46. Two forms of the
cross Sorbus torminalis x aria, one from Fontainebleau, S. latifolia Pers.
and the other S. confusa Gremli from Lorraine, were investigated cyto-
genetically. The former is fertile and it was thought that it would be
a tetraploid but the investigations showed the two hybrids and parents
all to have 2n = 34. The hybrids were shown to be very close to each
other and intermediate between the parents. The author puts for-
ward the theory that the difference between the hybrids might be a
result of the difference in frequency of the two parents in the areas
concerned. The fertile S. latifolia would result from the cross in one
direction and the sterile S. confusa from the reciprocal eross. The
hybrids need to be artificially produced and investigated to test such
a theory.—[E.B.B. ]
195. Sorsus. Walter, K., 1950, Le Sorbus Mougeotii Soyer-Wille-
met et Godron dans le Vivarais, Actes Congr. Assoc. Fr. Avance. Sci.,
1949, 105-106. Sorbus mougeotii is locally abundant in Haute-Loire,
where it has a higher more mountainous range than S. aria, with which
it crosses. The hybrids are rare and isolated, and the two species are
readily distinguished by their fruits by local children. S. mougeotii is
probably of hybrid origin NS. aria X aucuparia, a close parallel to S.
scandica of Scandinavia. Its centre of distribution is in the Jura,
whence it has colonised other French mountain regions.—[D.E.A.]
198. AMELANCHIER. Ter Pelkwijk, A. J., 1951, Over de benaming
van enige Amelanchier-soorten, Ned. Kruidk. Arch., 58, 37-47. Repre-
sentatives grown in the Netherlands as garden plants are identified.
Two of them, Amelanchier spicata and A. laevis, have escaped from
cultivation and are now completely naturalised, which has been reported
also for A. ovalis which was misidentified. A. laevis occurs as f. villosa
which appears to occur also in southern England and in Denmark; it is
the plant described by Ascherson & Graebner as A. canadensis. Her-
barium specimens show that it had run wild in the Netherlands as early
as 1866.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 199
Y05/1. Parnassta paLustRIS L. Kullenberg, B., 1953, Nagra iaktta-
gelser Over insektbesoéken pa blomman av Parnassia palustris L., Svensk.
Bot. Tidsk., 47, 439-448. Observations on insects visiting and pollinat-
ing the flowers of Parnassia palustris in southern Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
207. RIBEs. Zielinski, Q. B., 1953, Chromosome numbers and
melotic studies in Ribes, Bot. Gaz., 114, 265-274.
211/22. Srpum rosea (L.) Scop. Uhl, C. H., 1952, Heteroploidy in
Sedum rosea (L.) Scop., Evolution, 6, 81-86. This circumboreal species
has n = 11] in seven localities in north-east North America as well as in
six Old World localities. At eight other localities in the United States
however n = 18. Little or none of the considerable morphological varia-
tion appears to be consistently correlated with the difference in chromo-
some number. It is suggested that the 18-chromosome strain may have
arisen either as an amphiploid having the 11-chromosome strain as one
parent, or as a hexaploid with basic number of 6 in the section. The
distribution suggests that the 11l-chromosome strain is of more recent
arrival in North America.—[D.H.A. ]
214/1. Hierpuris vuuearis L. Gessner, F'., 1952, Der Druck in
seiner Bedeutung ftir das Wachstum submerser Wasserpflanzen, Planta,
40, 391-397. A study of the effects of water pressure and currents upon
the growth of aquatics with particular reference to Hippuris vulgaris.—
[D.H.K.]
217/5. CALLITRICHE INTERMEDIA Hoffm. Jones, H., 1952, Variation
in Leaf Form in Callitriche intermedia, Nature, 170, 848-849.
217/6. CALLITRICHE HERMAPHRODITICA L. Mendes, E. J., 1952,
Acerca da existéncia de Callitriche autumnalis em Portugal, Agron.
Tusit., 14, 52-58. The existence of Callitriche hermaphroditica (C.
autummnalis) in Portugal is confirmed and its distribution recorded. <A
revision of the various species of Callitriche reported by different Por-
tuguése systematists is also given.—[D.H.K. |
219/1. LytTHRuM SALICARIA L. Barabé, R., 1950, La Salicaire,
Agric. (Quebec), 7, 356-360. Lythrum salicaria, introduced into Canada
some years ago, is now spreading rapidly. In some districts it covers
wide areas and has become a serious pest.—[ D.H.K. ]
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Harrison, J. W.
Heslop, 1953, The present position of the Rosebay Willow Herb., Vasc.
(SLD SE), 38." 25; Chamaenerion angustifolium in lowland Durham
differs in flower-colour, leaf-structure and other details from plants
in upland habitats. These lowland plants are believed to have been of
American origin, and have not been derived from native British popu-
lations. An enormous increase in the spread of the plant took place
after the first World War, but a period of decline appears to have set.
200 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
in, at least as far as the Birtley populations are concerned. The author
requests information on the supposed status of the species in other parts
of Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Stephens, D. C.
R., 1951, A study of Rosebay Willow Herb (Epilobium angustifolium)
as a colonist of poor soils, Mag. Blundell's School Sci. Soc., 6, 52-55.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Jermyn, S. T., 1953, Some interesting notes
on the family Umbelliferae, Essex Nat., 29, 94-101.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1951, Con-
tribuigao para o estudo cariologico da familia Umbelliferae, Gen. Iber.,
3, 23-25. Chromosome counts were made on fourteen species of Portu-
guese Umbelliferae, of these Petroselinum segetum, Eryngium mari-
timum, Daucus carota and Aegopodium podagraria occur also in Britain.
Aegopodium podagraria was found to have diploid forms (2n = 11) as
well as tetraploid forms (Qn = 22).—[D.H.K.]
240/1. AsTRanTIA Mason L. Eberle, G., 1952, Sterndolden, Natur
und Volk, 82, 183-187. An ecological account of the species in Germany.
—[D.H.K. }
256/1. CoNnopopium masus (Gouan) Loret. Jovet, P., 1952, Cono-
podium denudatum Koch en milieu calcaire, Feuille des Nat., 7, 20-22.
An account of experimental tests on soil, ete., carried out in connec-
tion with the long-established station of this + calcifuge plant at Bois
de la Cendrée, Longpoint, Aisne. Some differences are given between
the leaves of this plant and those of the calcicolous Bunium bulbocas-
tanum. The latter has leaves with the lobes terminating in a minute
point (scarcely a mucro) and glabrous on the margins; Conopodium
majus has lobes terminating in a clearly distinct acumen and the mar-
gins are always ciliate.—[E.B.B. ]
275/1. ANGELICA ARCHANGELICA L. Schenk, E., 1950, Archangelica
im Kreise Celle, Mitt. Flor.-soz. Arb., 2, 11. Angelica archangelica
subsp. litoralis, frequent on the north European coasts, is a halophyte.
A. archangelica subsp. eu-archangelica is a salt tolerant plant and is
found on the banks of NaCl-containing rivers in Lower Saxony, but not
along the Aller river where the salt content is low.—[D.H.K.]
279/1. CortanpruMm sativum L. Adatia, R. D. & G. L. Shah, 1952,
A contribution to the life-history of Coriandrum sativum Linn., Bom-
bay U.J., Sect B., Biol. Sci. (N.S.), 20, 34-86.
284/1. Herpera HELIx L. Home, Sir J. M., 1952, Ivy as a forest
weed, Scot. For., 6, 86-87. Although there is no exact information on
the harm done to trees by ivy the author estimates the loss of incre-
ment in the timber crop to be 25%-35%. The various methods of
controlling the plant in forest areas are disecussed.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 201
984/1. Heprera HELIX L. Jasiewicz, A., 1951, Bluszcz, Chron. Przy.
Ojez., 7 (9/10), 3-11. The distribution of Hedera helix in Europe is
discussed and illustrated with maps.—[D.H.K.]
287. Samsucus. Michel, E., 1950, Les sureaux du pays (Sambucus
L.), Nat. Belge, 31, 54-56. Describes Sambucus nigra, S. racemosa and
S. ebulus, and gives some ecological data.—[D.H.K. |
287/3. SamBucus EBULUS IL. Grigson, G., 1953, The Legend of a
Plant, Country Infe, 113, 145. The origin of the legend that the plant
grows where Danes’ blood has been spilt is traced back to John Rous
(ob. 1491), an antiquary of Warwick, who, however, said the plant
grew from the blood of Englishmen slaughtered by the Danes. In
Sweden there are similar legends associating the plant with the blood
of the dead. These are presumably due to the foetid smell and the
blood-red berries; and it was a widely held notion that plants grew
out of corpses. The name ‘‘Danes’-blood’’ has also been applied in
Kast Anglia to Pulsatilla vulgaris (Anemone pulsatilla). The associa-
tion with the Danes in particular is probably incorrect, but was taken
up by the romantic antiquaries. Turner (1538) first recorded the name
Danewort, which is perhaps derived from ‘‘dain’’, meaning ‘‘to stink’’.
The old English name is Walwort, meaning ‘‘Foreigner’s Plant’’.—
[D.E.A.]
287/3. SamBucus EBuLUS.L. Gray, E. F., 1953, Legend of a Plant,
Country Life, 113, 585. The writer suggests that Sambucus ebulus was
introduced into Britain by the Jutes, as a valuable herb.—[D.H.K.]
287/3. Sambucus EBuLUs L. Sargant, W. L., 1952, Daneweed and
the Danish Vikings in Rutland and Kesteven, separately printed for
Rutland Arch. & Nat. Hist. Soc., pp. 6. This species is considered to
have been certainly introduced by the Danes, since it is found in the
creeks and estuaries frequented by them round the English coast. The
““Danes’-blood’’? legend found throughout the parts of England ana
south Sweden conquered by the Danes is attributed to the plant’s hav-
ing sprung from the equipment of the slain, the flower-stem having
possibly been employed as a fibre. It is not so much associated with
Danish settlements as with the sites of their battles. This hypothesis
is supported by archaeological and historical evidence, mainly relat-
ing to the great Viking invasion of A.D. 865-877 which resulted in the
conquest of Danelaw.—[D.E.A.]
291/2. LONICERA PERI-cCLYMENUM L. Ammal, E. J. K. & B.
Saunders, 1952, Chromosome numbers in species of Lonicera, Kew
Bull., 1952, 539-541. Plants of LD. peri-clymenum from Surrey were
found to be tetraploids. The authors suggest that the distribution of
diploid and tetraploid forms of the species in Britain needs further
investigation.—[D.H.K.]
202 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
296. Gatium. Ubach, M., 1951, Estudio anatomico de la epiderm:s
del fruto algunas especies de Galium, Coll. Bot., 3, 110-135. Descrip-
tions of the epidermal cells and hairs of the surface of the fruits in 9
species of Galiwm. In a number of hybrids these afford useful taxonomic
characters. <A key for the identification of species studied on the bass
of fruit surface is provided.—[ D.H.K. ]
301. VaterIANA. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Le groupe du Valeriana off-
cinalis L. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 193-200. It is stated
that recent work reveals a number of species in this complex group and
that the name Valeriana officinalis LL. should be rejected as a nomen
ambiguum. The characters of the group are given in detail and its
polyploid nature commented upon. Two species and one variety are
recognised in Belgium, keyed as follows :—
Middle cauline leaves petiolate, with 4-9 pairs of lobes with large teeth;
fruits 4-5 mm. long; fl. end June-Aug.
Stem hirsute at least in the lower part .........................0.0000e- V. procurrens
STEMM MOD eNSULerste 2 lalMOUS: teeneece-pesecene meres caee V. procurrens var. calvescens
Middle cauline leaves very shortly petiolate, with 6-14 pairs of narrow lobes.
entire or with small teeth; fruits 2-5 mm. long; fl. May-June ... V. colliiu
The Belgian distribution is given in detail. In general distribution
V. procurrens Wallr. occurs in the British Isles; var. calvescens Walther
similarly; V. collina Wallr. occurs in S.E. England.—{ E.B.B.]
304/1. VALERIANELLA Locusta (L.) Betcke. Garjeanne, A. J. M.,
1950, Valerianella, De Levende Natwur, 53, 101-107. Gives an account
of the anatomy and morphology of the species.—[ D.H.K. ]
308/1. ScastosA cotpumBARIA L, Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwin-
sten van de Nederlandse flora in 1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. De-
scribes a new form of Scabiosa columbaria—
f. prolifera f. nov. Capitula secundaria parva e capitulis primariis deducia.
IPI) 1A |
326/1. ANTENNARIA DiIoIcA (L.) Gaertn. Braun-Blanquet, J., 1952,
Pflanzensoziologische Uberlegungen als Hilfsmittel zur Erkennung sys-
tematischer EKinheiten am Beispiel von Antennaria hibernica dargelegt,
Vegetatio, 3, 298-300. During the International Phytogeographical Ex-
-cursion in Ireland in 1949 ‘‘A. dioica’ was found to be common in some
of the limestone areas. In the central and south European mountains
however A. dioica is typical of non-caleareous sites. The Irish plant
is theretore described as a distinct species :—
A. hibernica sp. nov.—A. dioeca L. et hansiit Kerner (A. groenlandica Porsild)
affinis—Caudex laxe stoloniferus. Folia basalia laxe rosulata, late ovato-
spathulata, 10-23.mm. longa, 3-7 mm. lata, apice saepe subtruncata-cuspidata
superne glabra viridia, inferne niveo-lanata, superiora lineari-lanceolata, acum-
inata. Caules florales erecti, (5) 10-20 (30) em. alti, sericei-lanati, 6-14 foliati.
Inflorescentia laxe-cymosa, calathiis 1-8, longe pedicellatis (0-5-2 c¢m.); campanu-
latis, 59mm. longis. Squamae involucri obovatae, superiore parte niveae (non
rubrae), apice rotundato vel emarginato. Pappi radii 7mm. longi.
The author has also seen material of the new species from Scotland.
[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 203
333/3. INULA BRITANNICA. L. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1952, Inula,
De Levende Natuur, 55, 221-227. A morphological and physiological
account of the species.—[D.H.K. |
353/6. BIpENS FRONDOSA L. Icsmesle, R., 1952, De laire d’exten-
sion du Bidens frondosus L. dans la vallée de la Vienne, Fewille des
Nat., 7, 9-10. A short phytogeographical account of the establishment
of this N. American therophyte on the banks of the Vienne, where in
some situations it has become dominant. It should be looked for along
other waterways of the Atlantic side of the cont:nent in areas where
it has not yet been recorded.—[ E.B.B. ]
354. GaLinsoca. Crane, M. B. (Kd.), 1952, Cyto-ecology, Rep. John
Innes Hort. Inst., 1951, 17-18. Galinsoga parviflora has 2n = 16, while
G. ciliata, ‘‘mostly confined to the vicinity of docks and probably intrs-
duced by shipping’’, is an allotetraploid with 2n = 32. The species
differ in their pollen grain and stomata sizes.—[D.E.A. | ;
304. GaALINSoGA. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Galinsoga, De Levende
Natuur, 54, 7-14. An account of the spreading of Galinsoga parviflora.
It is not certain which factors lead to the rapid spreading of immigrants
like Galinsoga, Elodea and Azolla, but it is interesting to note that
European Galinsoga seeds reintroduced into Peru, the native home of
the species, led to eruptive development there. The species is very sen-
sitive to night frosts. In experiments carried out by the author the
percentage of seeds germinating was low. Several anatomical details
of the plant are described.—[D.H.K. ]
304. Gauinsoca. Haskell, G. & G. E. Marks, 1952, Chromosome
ecology of British Galinsoga species, New Phyt., 51, 382-387. Galin-
soga parviflora has 2n = 16 and G. ciliata 2n = 32. The species form
eight and sixteen bivalents respectively at meiosis. Differences in
chromosome morphology, stomata and pollen-grain sizes indicate that
G. ciliata has not been derived directly from G. parviflora. Taxo-
nomical difficulties may be due to a possible polyploid series within the
genus.—|[D.H.K. ]
304. GaLInsoca. Tronchet, A. & J., 1951, Sur la présence 4 Besan-
con du Galinsoga aristulata Bicknell (=G. parviflora Cav. var. hispida
DC.), Ann. Sct. Univ. Besan., 6, 3-5. This species was discovered by
the authors in 1950 in St. Ferjeux. A brief summary of its known
Kuropean distribution is given, and speculations on its method of
arrival in Besancon. Characters to differentiate it from Galinsoga
parviflora are given; the following are additional to those given by
Lousley in Watsonia, 1, 238-241 (1950) (where the correct name is estab-
lished as G. ciliata) :—
G. aristulata: outer phyllaries + acute, scarcely membranous at
margins, finely fimbriate at apex; achenes of ligulate florets hairy on
the inner face, glabrous on the outer.
904 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
G. parviflora: outer phyllaries rounded at apex, fringed and mem-
branous all round; achenes of ligulate florets scarcely hairy.—[E.B.B.]
362/2. TacetEs minuta L. Jovet, P. & J. Vivant, 1951, Tagetes
minuta L., adventice nouvelle pour le sud-ouest de la France, Monde
des Plantes, 274-275, 13-14. A description of Tagetes minuta which has
been found for the first time in south-east France. The distribution of
the species and some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K. ]
377/1. Tanacetum vuLeGARE L. MHassebrauk, K., 1951, Uber eine
rostwiderstandfahige Dauermodifikation bei Tanacetum vulgare L., Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 116-119. A form of Tanacetum vulgare in which
each rachis bears a bundle of subdivided leaflets is described. The form
was not infected by Puccinia tanaceti.—[D.H.K. ] :
378. Artemisia. Straka, H., 1952, Zur Feinmorphologie des
Pollens von Salix und von Artemisia, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 46, 204-227.
378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. Nehou, J., 1952, L’ Arte-
misia verlotorum Lamotte a Saint-Malo, Monde des Plantes, 285-286.
1-2. Distribution and spread of this species in Saint-Malo is discussed
and compared with that of Artemisia vulgaris. The latter is indige-
nous and establishes itself in already colonised waste ground, etc.; the
achenes are wind-distributed. The former is a newcomer, spreading
by stolons. and establishing itself in uncolonised waste ground, ete.—
[E.B.B.]
378/22. Artemisia norvegica Fr. Blakelock, R. A., 1953, Artemisia
norvegica Fries in Scotland, Kew Bull., 1953, 173-184. Artemisia nor-
vegica was discovered in August 1950 in Wester Ross, in the neigh-
bourhood of Ullapool, Scotland, by Sir Christopher Cox, K.C.M.G. 24
colonies in all were counted, growing on the spur of a mountain be-
tween 2,350’ and 2,450’. Each of the colonies was about 5-10 yards
square and the collector estimates that he saw 500-1,000 plants. De-
tails of associated species and some ecological data is given. A map
shows the world distribution of the plant; apart from Scotland it is
confined to the Dovrefjeld district and adjacent mountains in Norway,
and to the Northern Urals.
The author discusses the possibility of A. norvegica being native in
Scotland, but mentions the known deliberate introductions of certain
alpine species into that country. It is concluded that the arguments
for and against the species being a native are much the same as for
Diapensia lapponica,
A full deseription of the plant is given, but the author states that
“the solitary or few large capitula with wide dark brown margins to
the involueral bracts, low growth and tufted habit distinguish it at
once from any other British species of Artemisia’’.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 205
381. Doronicum. Lindquist, K., 1950, Some results of a cytolo-
gical investigation of Doronicum, /Tereditas, 36, 94-102. Three species
have so far been investigated; of these Doronicum. pardalianches 2n=60
and D. plantagineum 2n = + 120 are known to occur in Britain.—
[D.H.K.]
383/10. Senecio vuntearis L. Haskell, G., 1953, Adaptation and the
breeding system in Groundsel, Genetica, 26, 468-484. Groundsel is a
common polyploid weed with high phenotypic plasticity and colonising
ability. Functionally it is an entomophilous cross-breeder yet unat-
tractive to insects. Hence it mostly self-pollinates, but some crossing
occurs during warm weather when insects are active. Hybrids between
micro-species may show heterosis. .
A ray-floreted groundsel, which differs by a single major gene, also
occurs in western England. This has failed to spread, either being an
ecospecies, or through a reduced reproductive capacity because - its
female ray-florets fail in pollination.
Groundsel investigated for suitability in biometrical studies has a
shorter life-cycle than other common weeds in a glasshouse. Five gene-
rations of three families were grown together. There was little differ-
ence between generations in heights, first flowering times and number
of branches. Families behaved more or less like pure lines and were
inter-related, not unexpectedly as they derived from a limited popula-
tion. Variation in each generation depended upon character, e.g.
variation fcr branching remaining constant, while that for flowering
time rapidly decreasing. In this respect families differed somewhat
from each other.
Groundsel’s highly advanced seasonal breeding system, of inter-
breeding with occasional outbreeding is compared with that of chick-
weed, another successful weed. Together with the relatively high repro-
ductive capacity and efficient dispersal mechanism, it permits successful
adaptation and colonisation. It leads also to production of the numerous
micre-species with restricted distributions.—[Author’s summary. ]
393. Arctium. Arénes, J., 1951, Les races francaises du genre
Arctium, Monde des Plantes, 276-277, 21-22. Describes and keys the
various species and varieties of Arctiwm found in France and gives
their distribution.—[D.H.K.]
411/2. Lapsana InTERMEDIA M. Bieb. Gagnepain, F., 1950, Une
nouvelle adventice en France, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 97, 217-218. <A
short account of Lapsana intermedia, an adventive which has been dis-
covered near Paris. The plant is new to France.—[D.H.K.]
415/1. Proris EcHIoipES L. Villion, P., 1952, De l’extension d’une
espece euryméditerranéenne: Picris echioides L. = Helminthia echioides
Gaertner dans la region Nord du Bessin, Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 24.
206 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
This species has extended its range in this region about three kilometres
from N. to S. inland. ‘‘Floras’’? of Normandy give it as mainly littoral.
—[E.B.B.]
419. Hieracium. Whlinstedt, A. K., 1953, Nogle nye Hieracium
arten i Danmark, 2, Bot. Tidssk., 50, 56-62. Six new species of Hiera-
cium are described from Denmark, while a number of others are reduced
in synonymy.—[D.H.K. ]
4229/3. LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat. Holub, J. & J.
Moravec, 1952, Thrincia saxatilis (Lam. ex Stankov) Holub-Moravec
em. v Ceskoslovensku, Preslia, 24, 73-94. A revision of Leontodon
taraxacoides in Czechoslovakia. The authors report that the correct
name of the species is Thrincia saxatilis (Lam. ex Stankov) em. Holub-
Moravee. The plant is divided into two subspecies, viz. :—subsp.
taraxacoides (Vill.) Holub-Moravee and subsp. hispida (Roth) Holub-
Moravec. The distribution of the two subspecies in Europe is discussed
and illustrated by maps. Subsp. taraxracoides, to which the authors
refer all the British material that they have seen, is widespread in
western, central and southern Europe, while subsp. hispida is appar-
ently confined to the Mediterranean region.—[D.H.K. ]
428. TRacorpocon. Ownbey, M. & G. D. McCollum, 1953, Cytoplas-
mie inheritance and reciprocal amphiploidy in Tragopogon, Amer. ./.
Bot., 40, 788-796.
31/1. JASIONE MONTANA L. Garjeanne, A. J., 1958, Jasione, De
Levende Natuur, 56, 187-193. A taxonomic and physiological account
of Jasione montana in the Netherlands.—[D.H.K. ]
435. CAMPANULA. Hruby, J., 1950, Campanulastudien innerhalb
der Vulgares und ihrer Verwandten in Mitteleuropa, Mitt. Flora-soz.
Arb., 2, 77-93. A number of new varieties of Campanula rotundifolic
are described.—[D.H.K.]
435/6. CAMPANULA PERSICcIFoLIA L. Darlington, C. D. & L. F. La
Cour, 1950, Hybridity selection in Campanula, Heredity, 4, 217-248.
438/1. Vaccintum uLictnosum L. Hara, H., 1952. Vaccinium ulig-
inosum L. in Japan, with reference to variations in widespread
northern species, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 309-315 & 28, 83-92. The variations
in Vaccinium uliginosum are discussed in detail. The size and shape of
leaves, corollas, anthers and berries are exceedingly variable in Japan
as well as in Kurope and N. America.—![D.H.K.]
445. Catnuna. Hagerup, 0., 1950, Thrips pollination in Calluna,
Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. Med., 18 (4), 1-16. Calluna may be pol-
linated in many different ways, the one most easily observed being bee-
pollination. This method of pollination, however, fails completely in
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 207
some regions (e.g. the Faroes), where large pollinating insects are
absent. In these areas pollination may be carried out by a very small
insect (Taeniothrips ericae) which seeks shelter, food and a breeding
gsround within the flower, and which in return pollinates the flower by
creeping on to the stigma.—[ D.H.K. |
446/2. Erica Tetratix L. Hagerup, EK. & O., 1953, Thrips pollin-
ation of Erica tetralix, New Phyt., 52, 1-7. As soon as the flower of
E. tetralix opens it is pollinated autogamously. The horns of the an-
thers are not adaptations for insect pollination; but on the contrary
promote autogamy. Being tightened springs pressed against the corolla.
they force the anthers with their falling pollen into the most favour-
able position above the stigma. At the same time the flower is also
pollinated by 1 mm. long insects, Taeniothrips ericae and Frankliniella
intonsa, which can carry pollen from other flowers and lay their eggs
in the tissue of the corolla.
As the males of Taeniothrips are rare and wingless, the winged
females roam actively from flower to flower in order to find the males,
thereby becoming active pollinators. Visits by large insects are rare
and most often useless to the flower, which is frequently pollinated
beforehand. The view of the classic flower biologists, e.g. Knuth, and
their observations on autogamy ought to be reviewed by experiments
with flowers wrapped in bags to prevent visits of insects.—f[ Authors’
summary. |
452/1. RHODODENDRON PoNTIcum L. Brown, J. M. B., 1953, The
Rhododendron problem in the Woodlands of southern England, Quart.
J. For., 47, 239-253. Rhododendron ponticum, native to the east and
west parts of the Mediterranean vegetation region, was introduced to
Britain in 1763 and has since become thoroughly naturalised in wood-
lands and shrubberies, particularly on sandy podzolic soils. The
vigorous colonies resulting from the dissemination of seed from planted
ornamental avenues and clumps are in many cases a serious hindrance
to the regeneration of woods by planting or natural seeding; while the
clear cutting of rhododendrons is very costly and not always of lasting
effect. Some aspects of the ecology of R. ponticum are here reviewed
in relation to the challenge which it presents to silviculture.—[ Author’s
summary. |
457. Limonium. Baker, H. G., 1953, Dimorphism and monomor-
phism in the Plumbaginaceae, 2. Pollen and stigmata in the genus
Limonium, Ann. Bot., 51, 433-446; 3. Correlation of geographical dis-
tribution patterns with dimorphism and monomorphism in Limonium,
Op ctt., 17, 613-627.
460. Primura. Ernst, A., 1951, ‘‘Maternal hybrids’? nach inter-
spezifischen Bestéubungen in der Gattung Primula, 2. Sektion
Farinosae, Arch. Klaus.-Stift. Ver. Forsch., 26, 187-322.
208 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
460/2. PrimvuLta vutearts Huds. Crosby, J. L., 1950, Population
genetics in the genus Primula, Abstr. Diss. Univ. Camb., 1948-49, 9-10.
462. CycLtaMEeN. Blasdale, W. C., 1952, Cyclamen europaeum,
Calif. Hort. Soc. J., 13, 132-137. Gives an account of Cyclamen euro-
paeum, including its geographical distribution and nomenclature.—
iD) bk
467/2. ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Lehmann, E., 1952, Von der Erfor-
schung einer heimischen Pflanzenart Anagallis arvensis—Gauchheil,
Beitr. Biol. Pflanz., 29, 208-219.
473. Vinca. Pichon, M., 1951, Classification des Apocynacées: 22,
Les especes du genre Vinca, Bull. Mus. Nat. d’ Hist. Nat., 23, 439-444.
A revision of the genus Viwca with keys to the species and varieties.
Only three species (Vinca major L., V. minor lL. and V. herbacea Waldst.
& Kit.) are recognised with the remaining forms reduced to varieties.
Seeker
473/1. Vinca major L. Smedley, D. N., 1953, Fruit of the Greater
Periwinkle, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 99-100. Vinca major apparently rarely
sets fruit in Britain, and a short account is given of fruits found on a
plant near Ross-on-Wye.—[D.H.K.]
476. GENTIANACEAE. Love, D., 1953, Cytotaxonomical remarks on
the Gentianaceae, Hereditas, 39, 225-235. The chromosome numbers of
seven species of Icelandic Gentianaceae are reported. Numbers of
species also found in Britain are:—2n = 36 for Gentianella amarella,
2n = 36 for Gentianella campestris, 2n = 14 for Gentiana nivalis. All
chromosome numbers known within the family are listed. It is shown
that different basic numbers are met with in different sections, and that
on the basis of these numbers as well as on chromosome morphology, the
separation of Gentiana and Gentianella as two genera only is insufficient.
Different taxonomical changes in order to get at generic uniformity are
discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
477/1. BwuAcKSTONIA PERFOLIATA (L.) Huds. Fabris, H. A., 1949,
Dos Gencianaceas aventicias para la flora argentina, Bol. Soc. Argent.
Bot., 2, 287-290. Blackstonia perfoliata and Centaurium pulchellum
have occurred as adventives in the Argentine; the former species has
also been found in Uruguay.—[D.H.K.]
478/2. CENTAURIUM LITTORALE (D. Turner) Gilmour. Pignatti, S..
1951, Polygala exile DC. e Centaurium vulgare Rafn. nella laguna
Veneta, Atti Ist. Bot. Univ. Pavia, 9, 268-274. Centaurium littorale
has been discovered in Italy. The author suspects that it is an old
indigenous plant, rather than a recent introduction.—[D.H.K.]
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. See 477/1. BLack-
STONTA PERFOLIATA (T..) Huds.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 209
480. Gentrana. Skalitiska, M., 1952, Badania cytologiczne nad gatun-
kami rodzaju Gentiana z Tatra i Pienin, Bull. l’Acad. Pol. Sci. Lett.,
1-3, B.1, 1951. A study of the cytology of seven species of Gentiana
native in the Tatra and Pieniny mountains of Poland. Only one species
found in Britain is included, G. verna 2n = 28.—[D.H.K.]
496. AmsinckiA. Kamb, P., 1952, Chromosome numbers in the
genus Amsinckia, Madrofio, 11, 305-307.
496. AmsincK1A. Lawalrée, A., 1950, Les Amsinckia adventices en
Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 304-306. Describes Amsinckia
intermedia Fisch. & Mey. and A. parishi A. Brand which have been
found as adventives in Belgium.—[ D.H.K.]
503. Putmonarta. Lawalrée, A., 1949, Les Pulmonaria de Belgique,
Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 97-102. Five taxa of Pulmonaria (P.
affinis, P. angustifolia subsp. azurea, P. longifolia, P. mollis, P. mollis-
sima) have been attributed to the Belgian flora that do not occur in
Belgium. The groups recognized are keyed as follows : —
eS AleeAVCSHCOLOALCNALA WAS) 2605 )..acq.tesedeced- nba semensies sdinetseatieoarsoey P. officinalis
Aestival leaves not cordate at base:
Leaves spotted, the aestival oval to elliptic, abruptly attenuate at the
IDASE soondansdbuk baa sa sate o dea Coe AEE aeRO BREN errr is Rea ae ines Ae ens Sr P. picta
Leaves not spotted, the aestival lanceolate to lanceolate-elliptic, + gradu-
ally attenuate at the base ..................... P. angustifolia subsp. tuberosa
P. officinalis L. is divided into subsp. officinalis, with pale-spotted leaves,
petiole of aestival leaves longer than blade, and subsp. obscura, without
(rarely with) spotted leaves, and petiole shorter than the blade. De-
tailed distribution in Belgium is given and some descriptive notes.
Hybrids are P. officinalis subsp. officinalis x angustifolia subsp. tuberosa
(P. x ovalifolia) and P. officinalis subsp. obscura x angustifolia subsp.
tuberosa (P. X vosagisa).—[E.B.B. ]
06/1. Myosotis scorptompEs L. em. Hill. Ohwi, J., 1952, Myosotis
scorpioides naturalised to Honshu, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 270.
007. LitHosPermMuM. Johnston, I. M., 1952, Studies in the Boragin-
aceae, 23: A survey of the genus Lithospermum, J. Arn. Arb., 33, 299-
363. Gives a key to all the species —[D.H.K. ]
513/1. ConvoLvuLus arvensis L. Wilcke, J., 1949, De bloemen
van de akkerwinde, De Levende Natuur, 52, 1-7. Studies on the flowers
of Convolvulus arvensis. One plant may produce thousands of flowers
during the course of the summer season. The structure of the buds and
the opening of the flowers is described in detail. Some insect visitors
are given. Ripe fruits are very rarely found in Holland and central
Europe.—[D.H.K. ]
515. Cuscuta. Wendelbo, P., 1952, Cuscuta campestris i Norge,
Blyttia, 10, 106-107. The author reports two Norwegian finds of Cus-
210 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
cuta campestris. The host plants were Satureja hortensis and Calli-
stephus chinensis.—[D.H.K. |
515/2. Cuscuta EUROPAFA L. Gaertner, E. K., 1952, Observations
on the host range of Cuscuta europaea among the Compositae, Canad.
J. Bot., 30, 682-684. An account of the examination of 128 species of 44
genera of Compositae as to their susceptibility as hosts to Cuscuta
europaea.—[ D.H.K. |
515/11. Cuscuta austraLtis R.Br. Hyjelmquist, H., 1953, Cuscuta
australis 1 Sverige, Bot. Not., 1953, 97-104. Most of the specimens in
Swedish herbaria determined as Cuscuta campestris have on re-deter-
mination proved to be (. australis. In most cases C. australis has been
introduced with the seeds of garden plants, while C. campestris which
has apparently occurred in only a few cases is believed to have been
imported with clover and alfalfa seeds. The form of C. australis found
in Sweden agrees most closely with the var. cesatiana, and its charac-
teristics in comparison with C. australis sensu stricto and C. campestris
are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
517. Soutanum. Westergaard, M., 1948, The aspects of polyploidy in
the genus Solanum, 3. Seed production in autopolyploid and allopoly-
ploid Solanum, Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. Med., 18 (3), 1-18.
517/7. Sovtanum rRostRATUM Dunal. Meyer, M., 1950, Gestekelde
nachtschade (Solanum rostratum), Natura, 47, 35-36. An account of
Solanum rostratum, a Mexican adventive, in the Netherlands.—
byisineg
517/14. SoLaANuM SISYMBRIIFOLIUM Lam. 1950, Solanum sisymbrii-
folium Lam., Natura, 47, 83-84. Gives details of a N. American adven-
tive often confused with Solanwm rostratum Dunal in the Netherlands.
== Dee
518/1. PHYSALIS ALKEKENGI I. Hara, H. & S. Kurosawa, 1952,
Physalis alkekengi and its Variation in East Asia, J. Jap. Bot., 27,
947-253. Physalis alkekengi is native from central and southern Europe
eastwards to Asia Minor, Caucasus, north Persia and southern central
Asia, but is unknown in Siberia, India and Malaya. The common
Japanese form differs from the European plant by having a robust
glabrous erect stem, much broader glabrous leaves, thick, generally
glabrous calyx tubes, less acuminate corolla-lobes and larger lustrous
fruiting-calyees. The chromosomes of both plants are the same in num-
ber and size. The history of the plant in east Asia is uncertain, and
it is still doubtful whether it is indigenous to Japan, or has spread
from ancient cultivation.—[D.H.K.]
522/1b. Datura sTRAMONIUM var. TATULA (L..) Torr. Rudorf, W.
& P. Schwarze, 1951, Polyploidie-effekte bei Datura tatula, Planta,
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Zl
39, 36-64. Tetraploid plants of D. stramonium var. tautula have a lower
and more bushy form than the diploid and fewer flowers are produced.
—— DEE Ky
532/1. Linania vutcaris Mill. Van Hest, P., 1952, Afwijkingen
bij de Vlasleeuwenbek, Nat.-Hist. Maand., 41, 63-65. Studies in the
peloric forms of Linaria vulgaris.—{ D.H.K. |
0932/7. CHAENORHINUM MINUS (L.) Lange. Champagnat, M., 1952,
Remarques caryologiques et génétiques sur quelques Chaenorrhinum du
groupe minus, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 99, 301-304. Short notes on (1)
an experimentally produced hybrid Chaenorhinum minus x C. minus
var. praetermissum; F1. showed all glabrous plants (as in the var.) and
F2. one pubescent to three glabrous, dominance of glabrous type, al-
though the var. is very restricted in distribution, being thus revealed.
(2) C. littorale Fritsch is the first polyploid (hexaploid) known in the
sub-genus.—[ E.B.B. ] |
5032/7. CHAENORHINUM MINUS (L.) Lange. Negodi, G., 1951, Cario-
logia delle specie elementari di Linaria minor (L.) Desf. e tetraploidi
da colchicina, Attt Mem. Accad. Sci. Modena, 9, 1-26.
332 (24-25. Kickxta. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1952, Twee zeldzame
leeuwenbekken, Natura, 49, 81-85. The distribution of Kickria spuria
and K. elatine in the Netherlands is discussed and illustrated by maps.
==) pia Bl cea
032/26. CyYMBALARIA MURALIS G.M. & S. Touton, J. B., 1952, Les pro-
blemes posés par Cymbalaria toutoni A. Ch. (mutation de Cymbalaria
muralis Gunth.) Rev. Gén. Bot., 59, 5-12. Discusses experiments and
hypotheses to explain the origin of this mutation, which is genetic, as
the piant has not undergone morphological modification since its dis-
covery 15 years ago. Its original natural locality has been destroyed
and it has not been found in the wild since.—[E.B.B.]
5934/1. ANTIRRHINUM Masus L. Mechelke, F., 1952, Die Entstehung
der polyploiden Zellkerne des Antherentapetums bei Antirrhinum
majus L., Chromosoma, 5, 246-295.
541. Dierraris. Olechowska-Baraiska, K., 1953, Nasiona Digitalis
L. 1 ich cechy rozpoznaweze, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 321-330. Having
investigated the size of the seeds, and the anatomical structure of the
seed-coat of Digitalis purpurea, D. ambigua, D. lutea and D. lanata,
species found in Poland in both the wild and cultivated state, the author
gives a key to their identification.—[{ Author’s summary. ]
541/1. Dicrranis puRPpuUREA [.. Grohne, U., 1952, Untersuchungen
zur Frage der Lichtkeimung von Digitalis purpurea L., Biol. Zentralvl.,
Ae ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
71, 10-42. Studies on the effect of light on the germination of seeds of
Digitalis purpurea.—[ D.H.K. |
542/1. Erinus aupinus L. Blackler, H., 1953, Erinus alpinus in
Aneus, WW. Nats CUNES))pabr4olk
542/1. Erinus atpinus L. Dallman, A. A., 1953, Erinus alpinus L.
in Argyll, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 295.
542/1. Erinus atpinus L. Palmer, C. E., 1953, Erinus alpinus L.
in Argyll, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 460.
543. Veronica. Hui-Lin Li, 1952, The Genus Veronica (Scrophul-
ariaceae) in China, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 104, 197-218.
A critical review of the thirty-four species recorded from China. The
following species which also occur in Britain are discussed :—Veronica
spicata L., the records are considered of doubtful value, although it may
occur along the very northernmost borders; V. serpyllifolia L. subsp.
humifusa (Dicks.) Syme, confined in China to high altitudes (2300-3700
metres) in the west; V. arvensis L., a single record and probably intro-
duced; V. polita Fr. (as V. didyma Ten.), widespread; V. persica Poir.,
adventive; V. beccabunga L., alpine, found only in Yunnan and
Szechuan; V. anagallis-aquatica L., common and widespread especially
in the northern provinces; V. catenata Pennell (as V. aquatica Bernh.),
western and central China.—[A.E.W. ]
543. VeRoNIcA. Lawalrée, A., 1953, Veronica anagallis-aquatica et
Veronica catenata Pennell en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruz., 23, 383-
389. The author states that Veronica catenata has been confused with
’ V. anagallis-aquatica and the distribution of the two species in Belgium
is consequently not well known. From a study of herbarium material,
after describing the two species, he gives details of their occurrence.
and concludes that V. catenata is essentially a plant of maritime and
low-country areas whilst V. anagallis-aquatica predominates in the
western higher areas. This is in accordance with the world range of
both so far as it is known; the latter has a much wider distribution,
reaching higher altitudes. Hybrids, recorded elsewhere from areas of
overlap in distribution, should be found in the central area of Belgium.
—[E.BiB.]
543/7. VERONICA BECCABUNGA L. Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwin-
sten van de Nederlandse flora in 1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. De-
scribes a new variety—var. rubra nov. var.—floribus phoeniceis nec
roseis.—|[ D.H.K. |
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Thaler, I., 1951, Morphologisches
iiber Veronica filiformis Smith und ihre Verwandten, Phyton, 3, 216-
226. The author gives a morphological and taxonomical account of
Veronica filiformis and deals with its affinity to V. persica.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Zils
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Thaler, I., 1953, Die Ausbrei-
tung von Veronica filiformis Sm., Phyton, 5, 41-54. The spread of
Veronica filiformis in Europe is discussed and illustrated by a map.
Many British records are cited.—[ D.H.K. |
545. HupHrasia. Callen, E. O., 1952, Studies in the genus
Euphrasia L., 3, Rhodora, 54, 154-156. Discusses Huphrasia arctica
Lange ex Rostrup which is regarded as a widespread and polymorphic
northern species occurring in N. America, Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe
Islands, Scandinavia and Scotland. He regards H.marshalliu Pugsl. as
synonymous with it and EH. frigida Pugsl. and EH. eurycarpa Pugsl. as
conspecific. He divides the species into five varieties of which three
are British:—var. arctica (EK. marshallu Pugsl.); var. obtusata (E.
Joerg.) Callen (EH. frigida var. laxa Pugsl.); var. submollis (K. Joerg.)
Callen (EZ. marshallu var. pygmaea Pugsl., EH. eurycarpa Pugsl.). Of the
remaining varieties 1. arctica var. stromoensis (Pugsl.) Callen described
from the Faroes may occur in Scotland where ‘‘plants that seem ta
resemble it’’ have been seen.—[ E.F.W. |
6548/3. RHINANTHUS oRISTA-GALLI L. Hambler, D. J., 1958, Pro-
chromosomes and supernumerary chromosomes in Rhinanthus minor
Ehrh., Nature, 172, 629-630.
548/3. RHINANTHUS cRISTA-GALLI L. Vallance, K. B., 1952, The
germination of the seeds of Rhinanthus crista-galli, Ann. Bot., 16, 409-
420.
549/2. MELAMPYRUM ARVENSE L. Gislen, T., 1949, Problems con-
cerning the occurrence of Melampyrum arvense in Sweden, Oikos, 1,
208-234. The species has much decreased in Sweden in recent times,
the main cause appearing to be changes in agriculture. The possibility
of a very early post-glacial immigration of all the Melampyrum species
(except M. nemorosum) by way of a southern land bridge is discussed.—
[D.H.K.]
549/2. MrLAMpyRUM ARVENSE L. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1951, Wilde
weit, Natura, 48, 93-97. Notes on the distribution of Melampyrwm
arvense in the Netherlands.—[D.H.K. ]
550/10. OROBANCHE MINOR Sm. Smith, A. M. & A. D. Greenwood,
1952, Notes on the biology of the Lesser Broomrape, The Nat., 1952,
102-105.
dol/1. Larurara squaMaria L. Smith, A. M., 1952, The Tooth-
wort, Bull. Bradford Nat. Soc., 28, 3-4. A short account of the species
including details of localities and host plants in the Bradford area.—
[D.H.K.]
578. GaLEopsis. Hagberg, A., 1952, Heterosis in Fl combinations
in Galeopsis: T & II, Hereditas, 38, 33-82 & 221-245.
24 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
581. Lamium. Bernstrom, P., 1953, Cytogenetic Intraspecific
Studies on Lamium, Hereditas, 39, 241-256 & 381-437.
581/1. Lamium atpum L. Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1952, Een Merk-
waardige vorm van Lamium album L., Nat.-Hist. Maand.. 40, 37-39.
A short account of an unusual form of L. album found in the Nether-
lands.—[D.H.K.]
581/3. Lamium puRPUREUM L. Dunstone, K., 1952, A New Record
for South Australia, S. Austr. Nat., 26, 59. Lamium purpureum has
become an established adventive in a market garden at Norton Sum-
mit, S. Australia.—[D.H.K. ]
588. PrLanraco. Garjeanne, A. J. M., 1951, Plantago, De Levende
Natuur, 54, 151-159. The species of the genus indigenous to the Nether-
lands are described, and many details of their anatomy are depicted,
with particular reference to the minute anatomy of the flowers.—-
[D.H.K]
088/3. PLANTAGO CORONOPUS L. Dodds, J. G., 1953, Plantago
coronopus L. (Biological Flora), J. Mcoi., 41, 467-478.
588/38. Puanraco coronopus L. See 93/1. KoHLRAUSCHIA PROLI-
rpRA (L.) Kunth.
593. Herntaria. Blackburn, K. B., 1953, Notes on Modern KRe-
search Methods in Taxonomy, Rep. & Trans. Soc. Guern., 15, 169-170.
Herniaria ciliata Bab. from Guernsey has 2n = 72, whereas a similar
plant from Portugal often called H. muritima var. ciliata Bab. and
believed by many to be the same thing has 2n = 108.—[D.H.K.]
595. SCLERANTHUS. Rossler, W., 19538, Scleranthi Lusitaniae,
Agron, Lusit., 15, 97-138. Describes and keys the species of Scleranthus
found in Portugal.—[D.H.K.]
596. AMARANTHUS. d’Alleizette, C. & P. Aellen, 1953, Bemerkens-
werte Amaranthus-Funde aus Frankreich, Candollea, 14, 159-162. This
account of new Amaranthus species recently discovered in France in-
cludes a description of a new hybrid—A. x alletzettet Aellen (A. cauda-
tus xX chlorostachys). Descriptions are also given of A. X ozanonii
Thell. (A. chlorostachys x retroflerus), A. bouchoni Thell. and A. pal-
mert S. Wats.—[D.H.K. ]
600. CHrNOoPOpDIUM. Kowal, T., 1953, Kluez do oznaezania nasion
rodzajow Chenopodium L. i Atriplex L., Polsk. Tow. Bot.: Monogr.
Bot., 1, 87-168. On a basis of morphological and anatomical features
the author gives keys for the determination of the seeds of eighteen
species of Chenopodium and ten species of Atripler. The morpholo-
wieal key is based on the outer structure of the seed coat and on the
size, outline and shape of the seeds. The anatomical key is based on
ABSTRACTS EROM LITERATURE Y15
the structure of the outer and inner seed coats. Drawings of some of
the seeds are given. Many species also found in Britain are included
in the account.
The author draws conclusions from his studies regarding the taxono-
mical division of the genera Chenopodium and Atriplex into sections
and proposes. certain changes in this division. A method of determin-
ing the seeds of hybrids is also given.—[D.H.K. ]
606. ArrirLEx. See 600. CHENOPODIUM.
614/1. PHyvro.acca amERtcANA L. Sauer, J. D., 1952, A geography
of Pokeweed, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard., 39, 113-125. Phytolacca ameri-
cana is native in N. America but was introduced into the Mediterranean
region about the year 1650. Its berries proved so useful for colouring
low-grade wines that the plant became widely cultivated in Portugal,
Spain, France and Italy. Escaping from cultivation it has become a
fairly common weed in the region, and has been reported from all the
European and African countries bordering the Mediterranean. The
plant has now extended its range northwards into Switzerland,
southern Germany, Austria, Hungary and Russia, eastwards to Persia
and westward to the Azores, Canaries and Cape Verde. ‘The plant is
also cultivated as an ornamental in some European countries includ-
ing England and France. It is now naturalised in S. Africa, and has
been reported as an adventive from California, Arizona, Bermuda,
Asia, Australia and Macronesia. The spread of the plant has been
entirely influenced by the activities of man.—[D.H.K.]
615. Potyeonum. Schotsman, H. D., 1950, De bouw der klieren
van enige Polygonum soorten en bastardeen, Ned. Kruidk. Arch., 52,
262-276. An anatomical study of the glands of some species and hybrids
of Polygonum. The species investigated were P. persicaria, P. minus,
P lapathifolium, P. mite and P. hydropiper, and the author shows that
each of these species has a very specific type of gland by which it is
easily identified. The hybrids P. minus x persicaria, P. mite x persi-
caria and P. hydropiper x minus were also studied, and although pos-
sessing a shape of gland deviating from all species, taken as a group the
glands of the three hybrids are virtually identical—_[D.H.K. ]
615/2x1. PoLyYGoNUM CONVOLVULUS X DUMETORUM. Lawalrée, A.,
1952, Deux hybrides Polygonum convolvulus x dumetorum, Bull. Jard.
Bot. Brux., 22, 211-213. Two new forms of the hybrid Polygonum x
convolvuloides Briigger are described. Forma intermedium differs from
P. convolvulus in pedicels jointed below middle and perianth segments
clearly winged; from P. duwmetoruwm in narrower wings and larger
achenes. Forma pterocarpum differs from P. convolvulus in its winged
fruiting perianth and smaller achenes; from P. dumetorum in short
fruiting pedicels, jointed near the top. The fruits are figured.—[ E.B.B. |
615/5. Poryconum ameHisrum L. Hoogenraad, H. R., 1953, De
Veenwortel, een tweeslachtige plant, Natura, 50, 51-54.
216 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
615/14. Potyconum (Sect. Avicunarta). Vindt, J., 1952, Le Genre
Polygonum L. sect. Avicularia Meisn., au Maroc, Bull. Soc. Sei. Nat.
Maroc, 31, 27-36. A rearrangement of the section Avicularia is given
after Fournier’s study of the Moroccan material of the genus Polygonum.
A key to the species in the section is supplied together with a key to the
varieties of P. aviculare L. As many of the species occur, some as aliens,
in the British Isles, and as the complex group is not well understood, the
keys are reproduced here; general distribution, as taken from the de-
scriptions following the keys, is interpolated : —
A Plants annual, rarely biennial; achenes not more than 3 mm. long, included
in or little exserted from perianth.
B Flowering branches leafy to top, leaves distinctly exceeding flowers
(COSMOPOHUGAM) eet eA ee eee ee ee a ee P. aviculare
BB Flowering branches slender, naked, or leaves not or liitle exceeding
flowers, simulating interrupted spikes.
C Plants upright; achenes smooth or sub-smooth. + shining.
D Achenes 2-5-3 mm.; flowers 1-5 in scattered groups: perianth with broad
greenish divisions on the back; plant + branched. branches
Sstraicht..(C.1& S: Europe, N. AtricaAsta) eee P. patulum
DD Achenes not more than 2mim.; flowers solitary or few together; stenis
and branchesslender, flexwWOus; ‘ZI@=7a@ = see ee ee te
P. aviculare var. rurivagunt
CC Plants spreading-diffuse, branches sometimes ascending, very branched
from base; inflorescences crowded: flowers 1-3 with narrow greenish
divisions on the back and broad pinkish margins: achenes 1-5-2-3 mm.,
subrugulose, dull or slightly shining. (S. European, littoral) .........
P. pulchellwia
AA Plants perennial, with woody stock
B Plant glaucous of maritime sands, stem thick, ascending. branches up-
right; leaves subcoriaceous, elliptic or lanceolate crowded; ochrea very
large, shining, the upper longer than internodes; achenes 45 mm.,
smooth, shining, exceeding perianth. (W. & S. Europe, N. Africa,
PINOT ICA va ccdees Goabrce oh shack sau gnc cove ausue ns duonsueteeeel cap neces a eee P. marilimum
BB Plants decumbent or upper part of branches only ascending; achenes not
more than 3 mm.
G; Flower branches leafy, leaves = or exceeding internodes.
D Stems numerous, elongate, sometimes 1 m. long, spreading on the
eround, naked below, branched. (S. France, C. & S. Italy)............
P. romanum
DD Stems few, subsimple, short, 1-20 cm., leafy their whole length: leaves
with prominent subparallel nerves. (W. Algeria) ... P. rhizorylon
CCG Flower branches threadlike, naked or with leaves distinctly shorter
than internodes.
E Leaves with very prominent nerves below, the secondary very curved
towards the median.
F Stems numerous, knotty, with long internodes + soon denuded
below: flower branches leafy: leaves oblong, elliptical or
lanceolate; ochrea discolorous, membranous part long and deeply
torn: flowers 2-4, peduncles unequal. often = or longer than
flowers. (S. Europe except France, N. Africa, W. Asia) ...............
P. equisetiforiie
FEF Plant decumbent with very numerous soon denuded stems, not or
little knotty, very branched, branches parallel; flower branches
leafless or nearly so: leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, long (up
to 3 cm.): flowers 4-7, peduncles = or longer than flowers.
(EnaGgemic’ toimMOPOCGO) . 4 < cvscqckon (.ccerep noes etees . P. decumbens
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Di
Kk Leaves with few nerves, little or not prominent, linear-lanceolate,
shorter than internodes; flowers in 1-3, subsessile. (Algeria) .........
P. Battandieri
KEY TO VARIETIES OF P. AVICULARKE.
A Achenes c.2 mim., shining, sub-smooth; plant littoral, spreading, glauce-
scent; branches long, slender; leaves thick, oblong, or lanceolate, obtuse
OWL GWOOONMTGS, \Wwvilila THEVOIUOUKE TOE ASO — 5, canosecsccocodeboenvoeocodoDes var. litorale
AA Achenes dull or scarcely shining.
B Achenes more than 2 mm.; subsmooth or finely lined.
C Plant very small, a few cm., ascending, subsimple or divided from the
base into several stems; leaves very small, spatulate or lanceolaie,
the lower easily falling off; inflorescence usually 1-flowered, crowded
WON PEWEOIS 1G) 0) “CA AETOT Lp oonadbesoothokbenconcdbascodéead doneoceGosnaadT var. minimuin
CC Not as above.
D Plant decumbent or with solitary ascending branches.
E Plant fairly laxly leaved; flower branches with distant inflorescence,
ochreay, Shorter -iany tmteeMOdeS se wastes te ceeeceeec ces var. triviale
EEK Plant fairly densely leaved; inflorescence crowded towards top of
branches, ochrea longer than internodes ...... var. condensatum
DD Plants with upright or ascending stems.
F Leaves oval or elliptic, up to 1-155 cm. broad, up to 2-3 cm. long,
obtuse or subobtuse at apex, + undulate at margins; plant
MODUS 202 SOMCINN Uke. S.osed en eeeeaenachcccasocantaeenemeessens var. monspeliense
KF Leaves lanceolate or lanceolate-linear, acute or acutiuscule at apex,
lower larger; plant with elongate internodes; inflorescence sub-
CON CENAHROTE TT ques Hennaa ead cnn nmaatconetor aeaueda immeraRcdncaen tess var. erectum
BB Achenes small, 1-1-5 mm. (rarely 2 mm.) generally dull; plant erect with
slender stems and branches, flexuous, zig-zag; leaves narrow, linear
or linear-lanceolate, upper very narrow acuminate; inflorescence often
1-flowered, distant; plant becoming + reddish on drying ..................
var. rurivagum
2B Be
615/14. Potyeonum (Sect. AvicuLARIA). Vindt, J., 1953, Note
complémentaire sur le genre Polygonum L. sect. Avicularia Meisn. du
Maroc, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, 32, 167-168.
618. RuMeEx. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Le Genre Rumex Sous-Genre
Acetosella en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 79-86. The writer
states that the subgenus Acetosella (Meissn.) Rech. f. of the genus Rumex
L. comprises four species, 2. angiocarpus Murb. 2n = 14, R. tenuifolius
(Wallr.) Love 2n = 28, R. acetosella L. sensu stricto 2n = 42 and R.
graminifolius Lamb. 2n = 56; basic chromosome number for subgenus =
7. The first two are represented in the Belgian flora. A _ detailed
description of each species is given with full distribution in Belgium.
World distribution is summarised. The species are differentiated ecolo-
gically: R. angiocarpus is found on dry banks and arable land (reaches
2,400 m.); R. tenwifoltus is more calcifuge and is found on poor, especi-
ally sandy and acid soils. A new variety var. turfosus of tenuifolius is
described (from Belgium) differing in shorter and less narrow leaves.
KR. angiocarpus is very variable; its variations are discussed from the
morphological and genetic points of view; it is the only species showing
“angiocarpy’’ or the joining of valve and achene into a false fruit.
218 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Some salient points of difference between the two species (ex deser.)
BCS) 3 =
anglocarpus tenuifolius
Plant green, rarely somewhat reddish Usually entirely reddish:
Stem ascending o1 erect 20-40 cm. Procunibent with erect flowering
branches, rarely more than 15 cm.
(green when young becoming
reddish)
Leaves lower, hastate-subrotund, hastate-linear with petiole = blade,
median lobe 1-5-3 times longer median lobe c.10 times longer than
than broad broad
cauline, 2-7 cm. x 0-4-2 cm. Margin rarely More thans2:3) ‘cites < Qe nine:
not involute margin involute c. 1 mm.
Stamen less than 1 mm. (Oy aaron:
Flower, mature female with valve = a little longer than achene
achene
False fruit a little less than 1 Imi. Achene 0-9-1-3) mm- x - 0-6-0-8 um...
Jone by as much broad, rough, reddish-black, shining.
dull.
—[#.B.B]
621/1. AsarRum EUROPAEUM L. Werth, E., 1951, Asarum europaeum
ein permanenter Selbstbefruchter, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 287-294.
The flowers of Asarum europaeum are not adapted for insect pollination
and no insect visitors have been observed. The pollinisation mechanism
is regarded as a form of cleistogamy, and although the reproductive
capacity of the plant is low, it certainly enables it to survive. The seeds
are distributed by ants.—[D.H.K. ]
625/1. H1ippopHAE RHAMNOIDES L. Van Soest, J. L., 1952, Zwei
Unterarten von Hippophae rhamnoides L., Mitt. Flor.-soz. Arb., 3, 88.
Describes H. rhamnoides subsp. maritima from sand dunes on the North
Sea coast and subsp. fluviatilis from the gravel banks of alpine streams.
—[D.H.K.]
626/1.. Viscum atpum L. Froment, M. & Mme. P., 1953, Précisions
sur la répartition géographique de Viscum album L. dans la region du
Nord et dans le bassin Parisien, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 57-59.
Many stations for mistletoe, with limits of distribution, are detailed for
the north of France.—[E.B.B. |
626/1. Viscum atpum L. Montfort, C. & L. Miiller, 1952, Grund-
satzliches zur Lebensrhythmik der Mistel (Viscum album L.) im jahr-
lichen Liingenzuwaechs und in der Blattgestaltung, Ber. Deutsch. Bot.
(res., 64, 297-308.
626/1. Viscum atnum L. Routier, 1953, Apercu sur la répartition
vcographique de Viscum album L. en Bretagne et en Normandie, Bull.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 219
Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 8-9. Mistletoe grows abundantly on the schists
and lower chalk, fairly frequently on granite but rarely on the upper
chalk, sandstone or puddingstone in the areas under observation.—
[E.B.B.]
626/1. Viscum atgum L. Routier, J., 1953, Apercu sur la réparti-
tion géographique de Viscum album L. dans la vallée de la Bresle, Bull.
Bot. Soc. Nord France, 6, 59. Short note on distribution of mistletoe
in the valley of the Bresle, where it grows on both lower and upper
chalk.—[E.B.B.]
626/1. Viscum aLtBpum L. Wiinstedt, A., 1952, Nye Bidrag til den
Danske flore: 33. Viscum album L., Bot. Tidssk., 49, 212.
628. EupHorsia. Krochmal, A., 1952, Seeds of Weedy Euphorbia
species and their identification, Weeds, 1, 243-255. The seeds of 26
species of Euphorbia are described in detail.—[D.H.K.]
628/10. EupHorsia psuta L. Charrier, G., 1950, Brevi note a pro-
posite di una Huforbia raccolta in Val Sangone, Italy, Nwov. Giorn.
Bot., Ttal., 57, 684-688. The author reports a large colony of EH. esula
in the Sangone Valley (Cozie Alps) and discusses the systematic posi-
tion of H. esula and EF. virgata, closely allied forms of which are not
always easily distinguishable from one another.—[D.H.K. ]
628/11. EupHorsia cyparisstas L. Moore, R. J. & D. R. Lindsay,
1953, Fertility and Polyploidy of Euphorbia cyparissias in Canada,
Canad. J. Bot., 31, 152-163. Euphorbia cyparissias, a Kuropean species
originally introduced into N. America as an ornamental, is now firmly
established on roadsides and pastures in eastern Canada. The Cana-
dian distribution is mapped from specimens in three herbaria. Plants
with a somatic chromosome number of 20 and plants with the number
2n = 40 occur in eastern Ontario and adjacent Quebec. According to
all available evidence for this region, the diploid plants never set seed,
whereas the tetraploid populations are highly fertile. The cells of the
upper leaf epidermis of the tetraploid plants are conspicuously larger
than those of diploid plants. By means of this criterion, the probable
chromosome no. of herbarium specimens was determined. The distri-
bution of the diploid and tetraploid plants in Ontario and western
Quebec is mapped. Tetraploid plants are known from eight locations
in this area, five of these infestations are serious. It is believed that
the sterility of the diploid population is due to a genic condition which
may interrupt normal pollen development.—[ Authors’ summary. |
628/11. Kupnorpia cyparissias LL. Troll, W. & B. Heidenhain,
1952, Studien tiber die Infloreszenzen von Euphorbia cyparissias, Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 377-382.
220 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
631/1. Buxus sEMPERVIRENS L. Shove, R. F., 1950, The common
Box (Buxus sempervirens), School Nat. Stud., 45, 37-40. Gives an ac-
count of the morphology and physiology of the species. Some ecolo-
gical data are also supplied.—[D.H.K. ]
633. Unmus. Ehrenberg, C. E., 1953, Studies on Elm Pollen, Bot.
Not., 1953, 308-316.
633/3. ULMuUsS X HOLLANDICA Mill. Lawalrée, A., 1952, Ulmus
hollandica Mill. en Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 22, 66-70. U. x
hollandica is the hybrid U. carpinifolia x glabra; it is often planted
and it is difficult to say whether it is native in Belgium and even else-
where. A key to the Belgian forms is given :—
All leaves simply acuminate, not lobed-tricuspidate :
Epicormic shoots not provided with strong corky protuberances :
Leaves with petiole 6-15 mm. long: blade 8-16 mm. long x 5-10 cm. broad:
with 8-14 primary lateral nerves on each side of median nerve ............
hollandica
Leaves with petiole 3-5 mm. long: blade 8-16 cm. long x 3-5-7 em. broad:
with 14-18 primary lateral nerves on each side of median nerve ............
f. belgica
Epicormic¢ shoots with strong corky protuberances ..........................-- f. major
Leaves, at. least some, lobed-tricuspidate in their upper parts .....................
f. tricuspidata
Detailed descriptions and the distribution in Belgium of the hybrid
and its forms are given; general distribution is given and f. be/gica
(Burgsdorf) Rehder and f. major (Smith) Rehder are said to occur in
Kngland.—[ E.B.B. ]
6387/1. Urtica piorca L. Ivins, J. D., 1952, Concerning the
Ecology of Urtica dioica L., J. Ecol., 40, 380-382.
6388. Parierarta. Paclt, J., 1952, Uber die Identitaét von Parietaria
ramiflora Moénch mit Parietaria erecta Mertens et Koch (=P. officin-
alis L.), Phyton, 4, 46-50. Parietaria ramiflora, P. erecta and P. offi-
cinalis cannot be separated from each other specifically or subspecific-
ally, and the first two are probably merely immature forms of the latter.
Due kG
642. BretTvuta. Berrie, A. M. M., 1953, A Study of the Scottish Birch
with special reference to the genetics and ecology of the species, Summ.
Thes. Univ, Glasgow, 1951-52, 10-11. Differentiation in the birch has
proceeded cytologically, there being two races, a diploid and a tetra-
ploid. These races are distributed in Scotland in such a way that the
western region contains only tetraploids, while in the east, only a local
area contains nothing but diploids. Between these areas there is a
zone of intergradation.—[D.H.K.]
643. Annus. Erdtman, G., 1953, On the Difference between the
Pollen Grains in Alnus glutinosa and those in Alnus ineana, Svensk
Bot. Tidsk., 47, 449-450.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE UPN
643/1. ALNUS GLUTINOSA (L.) Gaertn. McVean, D., 1953, Alnus
glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (Biological Flora), J. Heal., 41, 447-466.
644. CaRPINUS. Berger, W., 1953, Studien zur Systematik und
Geschichte der Gattung Carpinus, Bot. Not., 1953, 1-47.
644/1. Carpinus BeTtutus L. Corillion, R., 1953, Sur la répartition
et aire d’indigénat du Charme (Carpinus betulus L.) dans le Massif
armoricain, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 100, 320-323. A consideration of the
distribution of the Hornbeam in the Breton massifs area leads the
author to conclude that it must be considered indigenous in the south-
east of this range.—[E.B.B.]
645/1. Coryvius avetnaNna Ih. Wilcke, J., 1953, Elsen Hazelaar, De
Levende Natuwur, 56, 1-5.
646. Quercus. Krahl-Urban, J., 1951, Trauben- und Stiel-Kiche in
Schweden, Forstuiss. Cbl., 70, 319-336. A study of Quercus petraea and
@. robur on the borders of their natural range in Sweden. Low tem-
peratures appear to be the main factor in determining the northern
limits of the two species. The boundary of Q. robur corresponds roughly
with that of the —5° ©. January mean temperature line while that of
Q. petraea largely coincides with the —3° C. January mean temperature
line. The author suggests that natural hybridisation between the two
species is more common than is usually supposed.—[D.H.K.]
646/3. QuERous ceRRIs L. Corillion, R., 1950, Quercus cerris h.
et sa végétation a Notre-Dame-du-Guildo (Cétes-du-Nord), Bull. Soc.
Sci. Bretagne, 24, 51-54. A short discussion on the distribution and
ecology of the species, subspontaneous in this area.—[E.B.B.]
649/1. Fagus sytvatica L. Michel, E., 1950, Les Fleurs et le Fruit
du Hétre, Nat. Belge, 31, 181-182. Description of flowers and fruit of
the beech with some details of the economic uses of the beech-nut. The
nut is parasitised by the lepidopterous larva, Carpocapsa grossana.
[E.B.B.]
649/1. Faeus sytvatica L. Motyka, J., 1953, Z zagadnien ekologii
buka (Fagus silvatica L.), Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie, Sect. C. Biol., 8,
121-164. Studies in the ecology of the beech in eastern Europe.—
[D.H.K.]
650/11. Sanix REPENs I.. Thompson, J., 1953, Intersexual Catkins
of the Creeping Willow, Salix repens, on Birtley Fells (66), Vasc.
(Subst.), 38, 12-13.
650/16. Satrx tapponum I. Montserrat, P., 1951, El Salix lap-
ponum lL. en Espafia, Coll. Bot., 2, 439-443. Salix lapponwm subsp.
ceretana has been found in a bog near Andorra in the Pyrenees; it is
new to Spain.—[D.H.K.]
22D, ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
651. Porutus. Bugula, W., 1951, Euro-amerykanskie mieszarice
topoli ezarnych, zich naczenie oraz krétki przeglad dotychzasowych
osiagniec hodowli topoli WZSRR, Sylwan, 95, 324-338. The author
gives an account of the Euro-american hybrids between Populus nigra
and P. deltoidea, and a short review of poplar breeding in the U.S.S.R.
The following hybrids are described in detail: —P. x serotina, P. x
marilandica, P. x regenerata, P. x eugenei, P. x brabantica, I. x
gelrica and P. x robusta.—[D.H.K.]
651. Poputus. Van der Veen, R., 1951, Influence of Daylight on
the Dormancy of some Species of the Genus Populus, Phys. Plant., 4.
35-40. The author gives an account of experiments carried out on cut-
tings and seedlings of P. alba, P. x robusta. P. x marilandica, P.
tremula, P. x trichocarpa, P. x serotina, P. nigra and P. xX lasio-
carpa.—| D.H.-K.]
651/1. PopruLus cANESCENS (Ait.) Sm. Grohn, W., 1951, Die Grau-
pappel in Schleswig-Holstein, Mitt. Deutsch. Dendrol. Ges., 56, 64-66.
An account of Populus canescens in Schleswig-Holstein.—[D.H.K.]}
651/2. Popvutus tremuta L. Runquist, E. W., 1951, Ett fall av
androgyna hingen hos Populus tremula L., Bot. Not., 1951, 188-191.
A morphological account of the types of flowers noted in androgynous
catkins that were found in association with hermaphrodite flowers in a
clone of three trees of Populus tremula growing in Sweden. Seedlings
raised from seed from some of the abnormal catkins are thought to be
the result of self-pollination. A structural change in the chromosomes
of a trisomic sex chromosome may be the cause of the anomaly.—
[D.H.K.]
651/2. Poputus tremuta L. Seitz, F. W., 1952. Zwei neue Funde
von Zwitterigkeit bei der Aspe, Z. Forstgenet., 1, 70-73. The author
reports on two examples of hermaphroditism found in flowers of Populus
tremula in southern Germany. A comparison is made with those found
by Runquist in northern Sweden.—[ D.H.K.]
652. Emprerrum. McVean, D. N. & A. Berrie, 1952, Hermaphro-
dite Empetrum in Sutherland, Scot. Nat., 64, 45 —[D.H.K.]
653/1. CERATOPHYLLUM SUBMERSUM lL. Nilsson, A. A., 1952, Om
Ceratophyllum submersum L. i Lanskrona och om nya lokaler i omgivn-
ingarna, Bot. Not., 1952, 127-137. The only previously known locality
in Sweden for Ceratophyllum submersum was almost destroyed in
1931-35 when the canals around the castle of Landskrona were dredged.
The plant appeared afterwards sporadically until 1946 since when it
has not been seen there. It has however been refound in marl-pits east
of Landskrona by the author, who suggests that it was possibly intro-
duced from the original locality by water-hirds.—/[D.H.K.7
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 22>
653/2. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM I.. McGregor, R. L. & K. L.
Sperry, 1951, Variation of Ceratophyllum demersum in Eastern Kansas,
Trans. Kansas Acad., 54, 536-539. Mass collections of Ceratophyllum
were made from four localities in eastern Kansas. All the material studied
on the basis of fruit and leaf character (flower characters appear to be
of little morphological value) was referable to C. demersim L. The
species appears to be polymorphic by being subject to morphological
changes due to environment.—[ D.H.K. |
656/1. ELopEa CANADENSIS Michx. Ernst-Schwarzenbach, E., 1951,
Die Ursachen der verminderten Fertilitat von Elodea-Arten, Planta.
39, 542-569.
656/1. Enopra CANADENSIS Michx. Murray, I., 1952, Notes on
Anacharis or Canadian Pondweed (Elodea canadensis) in Europe,
Aquarium J., 23, 154-155.
657/1. VALLISNERIA sprraLis L. Michel, E., 1951, Vallisneria
spiralis L., Nat. Belge, 32, 145-149. An account of the species and its
history in Belgium and France.—[D.H.K. ]
659. OrcHIDACEAE. Ferlan, L., 1950, Aprenda a conhecer as
Orquideas da sua terra, Broteria, 19, 97-107. Gives an analytical key
to the species found in Portugal. This includes most of those also found
in Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
659.— ORCHIDACEAE. Gsell, R., 1951, Herbstbeobachtungen an
Orchideen, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 61, 280-376. A study of autumnal
observations on forty different species of Orchidaceae, belonging to
twenty genera. All the species developed the young shoots early in the
autumn, these shoots consist of leaves and all parts of the inflorescence
with the exception of spurs and pollinia.—[D.H.K. ]
659/1. HamMMarByA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze. Abbayes. H. des &
R. Corillion, 1953, Répartition et végétation du Malaxis paludosa Sw.
(Orchidacées) dans le Finistére, Bull. Bot. Soc. France, 100, 355-358.
Recent discoveries of and the disappearance from old localities of this
orchid in the Finistére area are discussed. It occurs on Sphagnum in
Rhynchospora associations, and tends to disappear as the Sphagnum-
bogs become modified.—[ E.B.B. ]
660/1. Liparis LokseLit (L.) Rich. Tornroth, H., 1958, Liparis
loeselii Rich., ny for Finlands Flora, Mem. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn., 28,
2-4. Details are given of the first known station for Liparis loeselii in
Finland. Some ecological data are included._[D.H.K.]
662/1. NerorTia wNnipus-avis (L.) Rich. Smitha A..” Ma. 1952:
The so-called Saprophytic Orchids, The Nat.. 1952, 159-163. The term
“saprophytic? as used by various authors, and the orchid-fungus re-
lationship is discussed. The author suggests that Neottia nidus-arvis and
294 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
other so-called ‘‘saprophytic’’ orchids feed on a living fungus and give
no advantage in return, i.e., they are parasitic on the fungus. It is
concluded that there are ne such organisms as saprophytic fiowering
plants.—[D.H.K. ]
666/1. Eprpoctum apHyLLuM Sw. Jovet, P., 1952, Epipogon aphyl-
lum Swartz, Orchidée boréo-montagnarde trouvée en forét de Com-
piegne, Feuille des Nat., 7, 39-46. A remarkable extension of the range
of the species westward from its usual French mountain stations; British
stations still remain the most westerly however. A detailed account of
the ecology of its new area is given and the general distribution of the
species is discussed.—[{ E.B.B. ]
668. Eprpactis. Young, D. P., 1953, Autogamous Epipactis in
Scandinavia, Bot. Not., 1953, 253-270. Descriptions are given of the
following autogamous (self-fertilised) Epipactis which occur in Sweden
and Denmark:
E. leptochila (Godf.) Godf., from Falster and Men (new to Scandin-
avia) ;
E. confusa sp. nov., from southern Sweden and Denmark, which for-
merly passed under the names of EF. microphylla Ehrh. and £. viridifilora
(Hoffm.) Rchb., and more recently was included under E. persica (Soo)
Hausskn. by Nannfeldt, but is here considered a distinct species; and
E. phyllanthes G. E. Sm. var. pendula D. P. Young from Jutland
and Funen, previously recorded by Nannfeldt as F. leptochila.
A revised key is given to the Scandinavian species of Epipactis sec-
tion Hu-eptpactis—[ Author’s Summary. ]
668/1. Eprpactis paLustrRis (L.) Crantz. Rantaniemi, P. A., 1952,
Suo=neidonvaipan, Epipactis palustris (L.) Cr., merkittéva erillisesiin-
tyma Tervolassa (P.P.), Arch. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 6, 136-138.
Epipactis palustris has been discovered in an isolated locality in N.
Finland. Some ecological data are given.—[D.H.K. }
668/2. EpreacTIs HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Drew. W. B. & R. A.
Giles, 1951, Epipactis helleborine (L.) Crantz in Michigan and its
general range in North America, Rhodora, 53, 240-242. The introduc-
tion of the species into the U.S.A. and its subsequent spread is dis-
cussed.—[D.H.K. ]
668/2. EPreacTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Weijer, J., 1952, The
Colour-Difference in Epipactis helleborine Cr. Wats. & Coult., and the
Selection of the Genetical Varieties by Environment, Genetica, 26, 1-32.
The author has found that climatological environmental influences play
an important réle in the natural selection of the colour-varieties of EZ.
helleborine on the island of Ameland (Netherlands). Data were obtained
from counts in open field of the frequency of the genetical colour vars.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Do
Data were also obtained concerning the occurrence of self-pollination or
allogamy of the species. Some conclusions are given regarding the
systematics of the species, and a new variety is described : —
Var. alba Weijer var. nov.—Rhizome with many roots springing from the
various nodes at different depths. Lower parts of stem never purple, with
short, firm leaves, light-green, placed close together. Raceme short to fairly
long and densely flowered, axis rough with short hairs. Ovary sometimes fairly
densely hairy. Flowers with greenish petals and small slightly or not wrinkled
bosses on heart-shaped white epichilium. Rostellum permanent.—{ D.H.K. |
668/3(6). EPpIrpACcTIS PHYLLANTHES G. E. Sm. Webb, D. A., 1953,
Epipactis phyllanthes G. E. Sm.: An Orchid New to Ireland, Irish Nat.
J., 11, 90-91. Epipactis phyllanthes has been found in Co. Wicklow.
The author gives a short description of the species and its known
British distribution, and suspects that it will be found elsewhere in
Treland.—[D.H.K. ]
668/4. EprmrpacTIS PURPURATA Sm. Nothdurft, H. von, 1952, Die
violette Sumpfwurz, Natur und Volk, 82, 269-272. <A short ecological
account of the species in Germany illustrated by photographs.—
DeEeK. |
669. OrcnHis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1952, Notes on the Distribution
of the Irish Dactylorchids, Verdéffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Aurich, 25,
100-113.
669. Orcuis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1953, Some problems of variation
in the British dactylorchids, S.H. Nat., 58, 14-25.
669. Orcuis. Harrison, J. Heslop, 1953, Microsporogenesis in some
Triploid Dactylorchis Hybrids, Ann. Bot., 17, 539-549. During meiosis
in naturally occurring triploid hybrids between the diploid Orchis fuchsii
Druce (2n=40) and the two tetraploids Orchis purpurella Stephenson
and Orchis praetermissa Druce (2n=80), there is a regular formation
of 20 bivalents and 20 univalents. Since the tetraploid species them-
selves show typical ‘diploid’ behaviour in synapsis and fertility, they
are considered to be allopolyploids, and the hybrid pairing to be allo-
syndetic. The implication is therefore that both tetraploids are amphi-
diploids of which Orchis fuchsi has been one progenitor. It is sug-
gested that varieties of the polytypic diploid Orchis latifolia L., sec.
Pugsl. may have been the other progenitors. A feature of interest in
the microsporogenesis of both parents and hybrids is the close synchron-
ization of nuclear events in the pollen massulae, which behave as
physiological units throughout meiosis and _ pollen-mitosis. In the
triploids, although numerous dysploid nuclei are produced, none dies
prematurely, probably because of mutual compensation within what is,
in effect, a common cytoplasmic matrix.—[ Author’s summary. |
669/1. OncHiIs puRPUREA Huds. MHordkova, V. M., 1950, Monstrosni
kvét u Orchis purpurea Huds., Cesk. Bot. Listy, 2, 158-159. A short
226 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
account of abnormal flowers of Orchis purpurea in Czechoslovakia.—
[D.H.K. ]
669/2. Orcuis mititaris L. Sipkes, C., 1950, De Soldaatjes-Orchis
in de duinen op Voorne, De Levende Natuur, 53, 201-207. An ecological
account of Orchis militaris in the Netherlands.—[ D.H.K. |
669/2x1. ORcHIS XxX gacguINI Godr. (O. MILITARIS X PURPUREA)
D’ Alleizette, C., 1951, A propos d’ x Orchis Jacquini Godr. (= O. mili-
taris x purpurea), Bull; Soc. Franc: eich. LL. Vase. —a sei aoboLk
parents of this hybrid exhibit considerable variation in shape of label-
lum (illustrations given); recognition by this character is often difficult.
The colour of the hood is a more reliable character; it is given as
‘‘always a more or less bright rose-lilac, standing out clearly in a group
of individuals of the two parents.’’—[E.B.B. |
669) 2m onelyile x QORCHIACERAS SPURIA Camus. Jans, A., 1951,
Orchiaceras spuria Camus en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84,
227-231. The hybrid between Aceras anthropophorum and Orchis mili-
taris is described and figured. It has one constant recognition feature:
the short conical spur, slightly recurved and about one quarter or one
fifth the length of the ovary. The close affinity of Aceras with the
Militares section of the genus Orchis is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
669/7. OnrcHIS INCARNATA L. Butcher, D.A.P., 1952, The Pollina-
tion of Orchids, Mag. Blundell’s School Sci. Soc. 7, 42-46. Studies on
the pollination of Orchis incarnata and Platanthera bifolia.—[D.H.K. }
669/9(3). ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Sauter. Grégoire, L., J. J. Jan-
sen & J. J. G. Prick, 1952, Beschouwingen over Dactylorechis traun-
steineri (Sauter) Vermln. en Dactylorchis deweveri Verm!n., Nat.-Hist.
Maand, 41, 17-22.
669/9(3). ORcHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Santer. Harrison, J. W. Heslop.
1958, The Occurrence of Dactylorchis traunsteineri Saut. in Durham
(66), Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 13. A plant, at the Blackhall Rocks, which has
long passed as Orchis purpurella has been studied by the author who is
now of the opinion that it falls well within the range of variability given
for O. traunsteineri by Fuchs in his ‘Monograph of Orchis Traunsteineri
Saut.’—[D.H.K. ]
669/11. Orcuts FucHstt Druce. Love, A., 1951, Téfragrés (Dactyl-
orchis fuchsii) & Islandi, Natturufr., 21, 91-92. In Iceland only
one species of the genus Dactylorchis was hitherto known, viz., D.
maculata (L.) Vermeulen.with the two subspp. elodes (Gris.) Vermeulen
and islandica A. & D. Love, the latter of which is endemic. Both these
subspp. have the chromosome number 2n=80. In the present paper
the author reports the occurrence of the species D. fuchsia (Druce)
Vermeulen in S.W. Iceland, where it was found to have the chromosome
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 227
number 2n=40. It was collected as early as 1910 at Dalsimynui but had
hitherto passed as D. maculata.—[ Author’s summary. |
672. OpHrys. Kullenberg, B., 1952, Recherches sur la Biologie
Florale des Ophrys, Bull Soc. Hist. Nat. VAfr. Nord, 43, 53-62.
672. Opnrys. Shimoya, C. & L. Ferlan, 1952, Orchid studies, III.
Chromosome determination in Ophrys (Gin Portuguese), Brotéria, 21, 171-
176.
672/5. OpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Kullenberg, B., 1950, Flugblom-
stret (Ophrys insectifera) och insekterna, Svensk Faun. Rev., 12, 21-30.
Several insects of different orders have been noted visiting the flowers
of Ophrys imsectifera on the Swedish island of Gland, but only the males
of two spp. of Gorytes (Hym. Sphecidue) seem to be active for trans-
ferring the pollinia.—[D.H.K.]
672/5. OpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Kullenberg, B., 1951, Ophrys
insectifera L. et les Insectes, Oikos, 3, 53-70. An account of the scent
of the flowers of Ophrys muscifera, its attraction to various species of
insects, and the pollination of the species.—[ D.H.is. |
672/5. OPpHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Wolff, T., 1950, Pollinisation and
Fertilisation of the Fly Ophrys, Ophrys insectifera L. in Allindelille
Fredskov, Denmark, Oikos, 2, 20-59.
672/5. OPHRYS INSECTIFERA L. Wolff, T., 1951, Ecological In-
vestigations on the Fly Ophrys, Ophrys insectifera L. in Allindelille
Fredskov, Denmark, Oikos, 3, 71-97. The only known habitat of the
species in Denmark is described, and an account of the previously far
more abundant occurrence of the plant in this and a neighbouring wood
is given. The effects of attacks on the plant by various insects and
animals is also studied. The world distribution of the species is given.—
[D.H.K.]
674(5)/2. PxLaranrHers pirotta (L.) Rich. See 669/7. Orcuis
INCARNATA Ih,
676/1. Iris psEupAcorus L. Michel, E., 1950, Iris pseudacorus
(Iris de marais), Nat. Belge, 31, 124-126. A popular account (technical
terms explained) of the species with some discussion on its various
Continental common names, and on the origin of its adoption as the
French royal emblem, the Fleur-de-Lis.—[E.B.B. |
684. Narcissus. Fernandes, A., 1952, Sur la phylogénie des especes
du genre Narcissus L., Bol. Soc. Brot., 25, 113-190. Having completed
a cytological and morphological study of the Linnean species of Narcis-
sus, the author discusses the possible phylogenetic relationships between
them. The evolution of the various species is discussed and a suggestion
made for a new classification of the genus.—[D.H.K. ]
225 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
685/1. GALANTHUS NIvALIs L. Luyten, I. & J. M. Van Waverei,
1952, De Orgaanvorming van Galanthus nivalis L., Med. Lund-
bouwhoogesch. Wag., 52 (4), 105-128. Galanthus nivalis is native in
south and central Kurope with its centre of distribution in the Mediter-
ranean region. It was probably introduced into western Kurope during
Roman times and is now extensively naturalised. The structure of the
buds and flowers of the plant are dealt with at length.—[{ D.H.K. }
685/1. GaLantHus NivaLis L. Wilcke, J., 1953, Het Sneeuwklokje,
De Levende Natuur, 56, 21-24. An account of the Snowdrop in the
Netherlands.—[ D.H.K. ]
689. Ruscus. Martinoli, G., 1951, Studio Cariologico sul Genere
Ruscus (Asparagaceae), Caryologia, 4, 86-97.
691. Potyeonatum. Therman, E., 1953, Chromosomal Evolution in
the Genus Polygonatum, Hereditas, 39, 277-288.
691. Potyconatum. Therman, E., 1953, On the Cytology of the
Genus Polygonatum. Groups Verticillata and Oppositifolia, Ann. Bot.
Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 25(6), 1-26.
706/3. KNDYMION NoN-ScoRIPTUS (L.) Garcke. Blackman, G. E. &
A. J. Rutter, 1950, Physiological and Ecological Studies in the Analysis
of Plant Environment: V. An assessment of the factors controlling the
distribution of the bluebell (Scilla non-seripta) in different communi-
ties, Ann. Bot., 14, 487-520.
709/1. FRririLuaRtiA MELEAGRIS L. NKostecka, O., 1950, Korona kost-
kowata, Chrov. Prey. Ojcz., 6(9/10), 3-9. An account of the species in
Poland.—| D.H.K. |
714/1. NarrHectum ossirracum (L.) Huds. Jovet, P. & R. B. Per-
rot, 1950, Sur le Narthecium ossifragum (L.) Huds. dans les Pyrénées-
Orientales, Monde des Plantes, 267-268, 37-38. Narthecium ossifragum
has been found in the Pyrénées-Orientales at an altitude of 2921 metres,
far above its previously known vertical range.—[D.H.K.]
718/16. Juncus renuts Willd. lLitardiere, R. de, 1951, Observa-
tions sur diverses plantes des Deux-sévres, Monde des Plantes, 278-279
35-38.
718/16. Juncus tenuis Willd. Moon, J. MeK., 1953, Juncus tenuis
Willd. in Ireland, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77. Gives a brief account of the
history of the species in Ireland, and suggests that the plant is extend-
ing its range in many parts of the country.—[D.H.K. }
718/16. Juncus tenuts Willd. Toérnroth, H., 1952, Juncus macer
Gray, ny for Finland, Mem. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn, 27, 8-10. Juncus
tenuis has been discovered in Finland.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 229
719. Luzuua. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1950, Fragimenta-
tion as a possible evolutionary process in the genus Luzula DC., Gen.
Iber., 2, 257-262. The diffused centromere characteristic of the genus
seems to have favoured a process of increase in chromosome number due
to fragmentation, referred to as agmatoploidy, which, 1t is suggested,
may also have occurred in the evolution of the related genus Carex.—
NE Key
719. Luzuta. Malheiros-Gardé, N. & A. Gardé, 1951, Agmatoplodia
no Genera Luzula DC., Gen. Iber., 3, 155-176.
719. Luzuna. Michalaska, ‘A., 1953, Badania cytologiczne nad
rodzajem Luzula, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 22, 169-186. The somatic chromo-
some numbers for the following Luzula species from natural stations in
Poland were determined:—2n=12 for L. silvatica, L. spadicea, L.
nemorosa, L. pallescens and L. spicata, 2n=24 and 36 were found for
L. multiflora, 2n=54 for L. sudetica and 2n more than 50 for L. pilosa.
The possibility of the formation of polyploid numbers of chromo-
somes by the way of chromosome tragmentation is discussed.—
[D.H.K.]
719. Luzuta. Noronha-Wagner, M. & D. Castro, 1952, Interpre-
tacao dum Comportamento Meidtico observado em Juzula, Sci. Gen., 4,
154-161. Meiosis was studied in plants of the tetraploid species, Luzula
campestris and L. nemorosa. The authors describe the chromosome
behaviour observed.—[D.H.K. ]
719/6. Luzuta campestris (L.) DC. Noronha-Wagner, M. & D.
Castro, 1952, Um Cromosoma Supranumerario em Luzula campestris,
Sci. Gen., 4, 149-153. A few cases of trisomy were found in Luzula
campestris. The trisomic plants (2n=13) appeared quite normal in all
their morphology.—[D.H.K. }
721. Typna. Fassett, N. C. & B. Calhoun, 1952, Introgression be-
tween Typha latifolia and T. angustifolia, Hvolution, 6, 367-379. In
many parts of the northern United States and southern Canada Typha
latifolia and T. angustifolia occupy the same region and may often be
found in the same colony. Mass collections have been made consisting
of a spike and a leaf from each clone in a colony (or from each clone
that could be conveniently reached). Six pairs of qualitative characters
have been used in the analysis of these collections. The gap between the
pistillate and staminate portions of the spike present in T. angustifolia
and absent in 7’. latifolia, and the light-brown spike typical of 7. angus-
tifolia and the mottled black spike of T. latifolia, while reasonably con-
stant for the respective ‘‘pure species’’, seem to diffuse readily from one
species to the other in regions of coexistence.
The other four characters include the slender bract subtending the
pistillate flower present in 7. angustifolia and absent in T. latifolia:
the filiform stigma of T. angustifolia and the flattened stigma of T.
2°31) ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
lutifolia; the flattened and flabellate aborted pistil of 7. ungustifolia
and club-shaped aborted pistil of 7. latifolia; the presence of knobbed
hairs on the pistillate flower of T. angustifolia and the knobless hairs on
the pistillate flower of T. latifolia. These characters are much more
closely correlated, but there is nevertheless some diffusion of these
characters from one species to the other.
Of the 821 individuals represented on the basis of these six charac-
ters, 536 are pure 7’. latifolia, 86 are pure T. angustifolia, and the rest
show various recombinations of the characters of the two. It is con-
cluded that while there has been introgression where the two species
occur together, there are forces, both external and internal, tending to
maintain them as specific entities.—[ Authors’ summary. |
724/1. Acorus catamus L.~ Berton, A., 1951, L’Acorus calamus
dans le Nord, Monde des Plantes, 216-277, 20. This species is natural-
ised in the N. as well as E. & W. of France. Points of distinction be-
tween its leaves and those of /ris pseudacorus are: yellowish-green,
crinkled (but sometimes so in Iris), aromatic when rubbed, brittle. The
leaves of Iris are bluish-green; not aromatic, and pliable.—[E.B.B. }
727/3. Lemna trisutca L. Corrigan, M. J., 1952, Studies on the
biology of Ivy-leaved duckweed (Lemna trisulea), Mag. Blundell’s School
Sci. Soc., 7, 26-41. An account of experimental studies on the methods
of encouraging growth and the effects of temperature on the growth
of Lemna trisulca. The effect of different intensities of light on the
plant and the reasons which cause it to sink to the bottom of ponds
and streams in the winter and to float just below the surface of the
water at other times were also studied.—[D.H.K.]
729. AtismA. Castro, D. & M. N. Wagner, 1950, Preliminary Ob-
servat’ is on the cytology of the genus Alisma L. in Portugal, Gen.
Iber., 2, 75-82. Caryological studies in Alisma show that there exist
in north and central Europe two forms of A. Plantago-aquatica and two
of A. lanceolatum each with different chromosome numbers. In
Portugal A. Plantago-aquatica has 2n=14 and A. lanceolatum 2n=26.
Owing to the fact that a form of A. Plantago-aquatica with 2n=12
is found elsewhere in Europe the authors discuss the possibility of A.
lanceolatum with 2n=26 being an amphidiploid of the two forms of A.
Plantago-aquatica with 14 and 12.—[{D.H.K. ]
732/1. SaGirraria saGitTirot1a L. Wan Schoor, G. H. J., 1951,
Action de lumiéres colorées sur le comportement de Sagittaria sagitti-
folia L., Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 5-12. An account, illustrated by
a graph, of experiments to show effect of varying light intensities on
erowth of Sagittaria. The formation of sagittate leaves is not
dependent on immersion in water, but on the presence of light: they
may even be produced in intense red light.—[ E.B.B. ]
737/5. PoramMoGETon ALPINUS Balb. Clason, E. W., 1953, Het Alpen
onteinkruid in Noord-Drente, De Lecende Natwur, 56, 87-92.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 231
740. Zostera. Arasaki, S., 1950, Studies on the LHcology of
Zostera marina and Z. nana, Bull. Jap. Soc. Sci. Fish., 16, 70-76.
Zostera marina flourishes during early spring and early summer and
decays from midsummer till late autumn. Z. nana, on the other hand,
flourishes during late spring and late autumn, decaying in winter, its
flowers opening twice in the year, in late spring and late autumn. Seeds
germinate in the sea after a dormancy of several months. The seedlings
of Z. marina appear abundantly in early spring, while those of Z. nana
appear in late spring.—[D.E.A. |
746/3. ScHOENOPLECTUS LAcUSTRIS (L.) Palla. Seidel, K.; 1952, Zur
Okologie von Scirpus lacustris, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 64, 342-352.
An account of studies of S. lacustris in EK. Holstein. The growth of the
plant and the stem structure is described in detail. The course of seed
germination is discussed and ecological data given.—[ D.H.K. |
747/2. Eriophorum aneustirorium Honck. Phillips, M. H., 1953,
Studies in the Quantitative Morphology and Ecology of Eriophorum
_angustifolium Roth. I, The Rhizome System, J. Hcol., 41, 295-318.
747/2. ERiIopHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Honck. Raymon, M., 1953,
On the presence of Eriophorum angustifolium Honck. in the Southern
Hemisphere, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 47, 122-123.
750/1. Criapium mariscus (L.) Pohl. Cédercreutz, C., 1950, Cladium
mariscus (L.) R. Br., ny for Finland, Mem. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn.,
24, 10-12. Cladiwm mariscus has been discovered in Finland.—
[D.H.K.]
753. Carex. Arnal, C., 1952, Essai sur la répartition des sexes
chez le Carex, Ann. Univ. Sarav., 1, 102-114. An analysis of the results
of plotting the relative positions of male and female flowers of the spike-
lets of 600 specimens, comprising about 100 species of the genus Carez.
Two basic ‘‘sexual gradients’? emerge, of which the variations and com-
binations are sufficient to explain many apparent anomalies. The
distribution of the sexes in Carex is partly determined physiologically
and partly by environmental variation; it is consequently a ‘‘bad”’
systematic character.—[E.B.B. ]
753. Carex. Neumann, A., 1952, Vorlaufiger Bestimmungs-
Schlissel fur Carex-Arten Nordwestdeutschlands im _ bliitenlosen
Zustande, Mitt. Flor.-soz Arb., 3, 44-77. <A tentative key, based on
vegetative characters, to the Carex species of N.W. Germany. Includes
many species found in Britain.—[D.H.K. |
753. Carex. Oskarsson, I., 1951, Islenzkar starir, Natturufr., 21,
3-23. An account illustrated by distribution maps, of the Carices of
Iceland. At present 42 valid species are known in the island, of these
00% are common and well distributed, 35% have a more limited distribu-
tion, and 15% are rare. The author expresses the opinion that the
ey ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Icelandic population of sedges originated from a common arctic popula-
tion of the late Tertiary, and that no less than 50% of the species
found at the present time have survived at least the last three glacial
periods of the Pleistocene. The following five species are believed to be
post-glacial: —Carex diandra, C. flacca, U. pallescens, U. pilulifera and
C. pulicaris. It is thought that CU. pallescens was most likely brought to
Iceland by the early settlers of the country.—[D.H.K. |
753. Carex. Raymond, M., 1951, Sedges as material for phyto-
geographical studies, Mém. Jaurd. Bot. Montréal, 20, 1-23.
753. Carex. Savile, D. B. O. & J. A. Calder, 1953, Phylogeny of
Carex in the Light of Parasitism by the Smut Fungi, Uanad. J. Bot., 31,
164-174. By using evidence derived from the relationship with smut
fungi (Cintractia and Planetella) that attack its members, new light
has been shed on the phylogeny of Carex. The genus is believed to be
essentially monophyletic and derived from Kobresia. It has been found
necessary to erect a new subgenus Kuekenthalia, composed principally
of those sections with persistent styles and bladdery perigynia that were
formerly placed in Hucurexz: Uncinia is shown to be an offshoot of the
evolutionary line that gave rise to Kuekenthalia.—[{ Author’s summary. ]
753/13. CAREX LAEVIGATA Sm. Bonnot, E., 1950, Carex helodes
Link dans les monts du Roannais, Bull. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 19, 191-192.
Carex laevigata has been found in the mountains of central France
near Roanne. Its general distribution and synonymy are discussed.—
pose ice |
753 /20-22. CAREX FLAVA agg. Reiter, M., 1950, Der Formenkreis
von Carex flava L. s. lat. und seine Bastards im Lande Salzburg, Mitt.
Nat. Arb. Haus. Nat. Salzburg, 1, Botunische Arbeitsgruppe, 42-46.
Descriptions are given of the following species and hybrids :—Carex
serotina, C. lepidocarpa, CU. flava, (. flava x lepidocarpa, C. flava x
serotina, CU. lepidocarpa x serotina, C. flava x hostiana, C. hostiana
x flava, CU. hostiana x lepidocurpa and C. hostiuna x _ serotina.—
oviseicey
753/23. CaREX EXTENSA Good. Hoeg, O. A. & J. Lid, 1949, Carex
extensa, ny for Norge, Blyttia, 7, 87-91. Career extensa was found for
the first time in Norway in 1949, growing in salt-marshes on the island
of Skatoy on the Skager Rack coast.—[D.H.K. ]
753/51(2). Carex srootor All. Gyaerevoll, O., 19% Contribution to
the Ecology of Carex bicolor All. in Seandinavia, Aong. Norsk Vid.
Selsk., 22, 11-15. Carex bicolor is considered to be a glacial relict in
Norway. The author deals with its distribution in Seandinavia and
gives lists of associated species.—[D.H.K. ]
753/74. Carex puntcarts L. Davidsson, I., 1950, N¥ starartegund
og nokkrir fundnarstadir jarta, Vatturufr., 20, 187-189. Carex pulicaris
has been discovered in Iceland.—[D.H.K. ]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 2333
754.2 Gramineae. Claustres, G., 1952, Variations de type
épharmonique de l’histologie foliaire des Graminées en rapport avec le
métabolisme hormonal, Rev. Gen. Bot., 59, 429-438. Experiments with
synthetic “‘photohormones’’ on certain grasses produced adaptive varia-
tions in the foliar cells similar to those produced by warm, dry condi-
tions. Details of the results are given, illustrated by diagrams of cross-
sections of leaves in various sections of Festuca, Deschampsia flexuosa
and Agrostis schleicheri.—{ E.B.B. |
734. GRAMINEAE. Fasseux, W., 1950, La Tribu des Festuceae ect
ses affinités avec Jes Tribus voisines, Bull. Soc. Ruy. Bot. Belg., 82, 307-
314.
754. GRAMINEAE. Fasseux, W., 1951, Eléments d Organologie des
Graminées, Nat. Belge, 32, 87-93. A useful analysis, illustrated by
diagrams, of the morphological characters of grasses, examples being
freely given.—[{ E.B.B. |
754.—GRAMINESE. Forlani, R., 1950, Ibridazioni interspecifiche e
intergeneriche di Graminacee, Ann. Sper. Agr., 4, 537-560.
754. GRaMINESE. Paunero, E., 1953, La Agrostideas espanolas,
An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 11, 319-418. The grasses of the tribe Agrostideae
found in Spain are keyed and figured. Many of the species are also
found in Britain.—[{D.H.K. ]
754.2 GRAMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1952, Temperature and
Photoperiod in relation to flowering of three perennial grass species,
Med. Landb. Wagen., 52 (2), 75-92. Studies on Cynosurus cristatus,
Dactylis glomerata and Lolium perenne.—[D.H.K.]
754.2 GrRaMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1953, The Distribution of
Viviparous Grasses in Great Britain, J. Ecol., 41. 275-288.
754/10. Dieirarta saneutnaLis (L.) Scop. Gianfagna, A. J. & A.
M. S. Pridham, 1951, Some Aspects of Dormancy and Germination of
Crabgrass Seed, Digitaria sanguinalis Scop., Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort.
Scz., 58, 291-297. The control of Digitaria sanguinalis, a major weed in
many parts of the U.S.A. is made difficult by its seeds germinating over
long periods. The authors give new information on the facts affecting
dormancy and germination.—[D.H.K.]
756. Setar._°° Pohl, R. W., 1951, The Genus Setaria in Iowa, Iowa
State Coll. J. Sci., 25, 501-508. The author illustrates and gives a key
to the various species of Setaria found in Iowa. These include several
which are found in Britain.—[D.H.K. ]
758/3. SpaRTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Corillion, R., 1951,
Extension récente du Spartina townsendii Groves en Bretagne, Monde
des Plantes, 274-275, 2. A short account of the recent spread of the
species in Brittany.—[D.H.K. ]
Ww
x.
—
~~
—
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves: Deloffre, G., 1953,
Observations écologiques sur les peuplements de Spartina townsendi de
la baie de Brakman, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 13-14. Observa-
tions on Spartina townsendu planted in 1948 in the bay of Brakman (at
mouth of R. Escaut) show that it has developed on the clay basins but
not on the sandy banks of the creeks.—[ K.B.B. ]
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. McMillan, N. F.,
1953, Spartina townsendii H. & J. Groves, at Parkgate, Cheshire,
N..-W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 98.
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Pratt, M. C., 1953,
Spartina townsendii H. & J. Groves on the Dee Marshes, N.-IWV. Nat.
(N.S.), 1, 98-99. A short ecological account of the species, and its status
and progress, on the Dee Marshes.—[D.H.K. |
758/3. SPARTINA TOWNSENDII H. & J. Groves. Van Schreven, A. C.,
1952, The Fruit of Spartina townsendii Groves, Koninkl. Nederl. Akad.
Wetensch., 55, 150-162.
760. TRAGUS. Fasseaux, W., 1949, Les Tragus Adventices en
Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 82, 67-69. Describes the species
which have occurred as adventives in Belgium.—[ D.H.K. }
762. DacTYLOCTENIUM. Fasseaux, W., 1951, Les Dactyloctenium
Adventices en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 153-155. De-
scribes Dactyloctenium radulans (R. Br.) P.B. and D. aegyptium (L.)
P.B. which have occurred as adventives in Belgium.—[D.H.K. }
765. Puauaris. Paunero, E. 1948, Revision de las especies espano-
las del género Phalaris, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 8, 475-522. A key, de-
scriptions and synonyms are given for the Spanish species, Phalaris
paradoxu, P. canariensis, P. brachystachys and DP. arundinacea, and
their varieties and forms.—[D.H.K. }
765. Puavarts. Stermer, P., 1950, Nokkel til de norske Phalaris-
artene, Blyttia, 8, 156-159. The author presents an illustrated key to
the species of Phalaris found in Norway.—[D.H.K. ]
770. Atorrourus. Nissen, 0O., 1949, Cytology and Fertility of the
hybrid Alopecurus pratensis L. x A. aequalis Sobol. and its progeny,
Aaron. J., 41, 164-166.
770. Atorgpeurus. Paunero, E., 1952, Las especies espanolas de!
eénero Alopecurus, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10 (2), 301-346. An account
of the species of Alopecurus found in Spain, including many also found in
Britain. A. aequalis is reduced to a variety of A. geniculatus.—
RUD Ye we IG gy
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE SAAS 5)
777/\. Puteum PRATENSE L. Nordenskiold, H., 1953, A Genetical
Study in the Mode of Segregation in Hexaploid Phleum pratense,
Hereditas, 39, 469-488.
(ito. EHTEUM PHLEOIDES: (..) Karst. Bocher, -——W., 1950,
Chromosome Behaviour and Syneyte Formation in Phleum_ phleoides
(L.) Karst., Bot. Not., 3, 353-368. Meiosis is described in plants from
eastern and western Europe and Scandinavia. The chromosome num-
ber is 2n=14 or 28. B chromosomes are often present. Structural
aberrations were noted in some cases. Syncyte formation was fairly
frequent in two samples.—[D.H.K. |
780/2. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. Hildegard, J., 1952, Aneuploidie
und Systematik bei Agrostis stolonifera L. und Festuca rubra L. aus
Schleswig-Holstein, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., €5, 330-337.
780/2(2). AGROSTIS GIGANTEA Roth. Stormer, P., 1952, Agrostis
gigantea Roth, Blyttia, 3, 73-76. A report of the distribution of
Agrostis gigantea in Norway, where the grass has been recognised as an
independent species since 1949.—[D.H.K. ]
783. CatamMaGrostis. Jalas, J., 1950, Kastikkalajit uusimpien solu
= ja perinnollisyystutkimusten valossa, Luonn. Tutk., 4, 120-123. An
account of the Finnish species of Calamagrostis and their hybrids. The
chromosome numbers of the species also found in Britain are given as
C. canescens 2n=28 and C. epigeios 2n=42.—[D.H.K. |
787/1. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. Gemmell, A. B., P. Greig-
Smith and G. H. Gimingham, 1953, A Note on the Behaviour of Ammo-
phila arenaria (L.) Link in relation to Sand-Dune Formation, Trans.
and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 132-136.
791/4. DEScHAMPSIA FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin. See 792/1. Hotcus
MOLLIS L.
792. Houcus. Beddows, A. R. & K. Jones, 1953, Chromosome Num-
bers in Holcus mollis, Nature, 171, 938-939. Cytological examination of
60 plants of Holcus mollis from 6 localities in England and Wales has
shown that the plant has three chromosome numbers :—2n=28 (tetra-
ploid), 2n=35 (pentaploid) and 2n=42 (hexaploid). The pentaploid
form is the most frequent, and in some areas at least it co-exists with
the tetraploid and hexaploid forms. More extensive investigations are
being made to determine the distribution and relative frequency of the
chromosome types in various areas and their relation to each other.
H. lanatus was found to have 2n=14.—_[D.H.K. ]
236 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
792/1. Hontcus motuis L. Jowett, C. H. & G. Scurfield, 1952,
Statistical Investigations into the Success of Holeus mollis L. and
Deschampsia flexuosa (l..) Trin., J. Ecol., 40, 393-404.
792/1. Hoxtceus moriis L. Ovington, J. D., 1953, A Study of In-
vasion by Holeus mollis l.., J. Kcol., 41, 35-52.
798. CHiLoRIs. Fasseaux, W., 1952, Les Chloris Adventices en Bel-
gique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 84, 239-242. The author describes
and gives a key to the identification of the species of Chloris found as
adventives in Belgium.—[D.H.K. |
802/1. PH2aGMITES coMMUNIS Trin. Otterstrom, C. V., 1950,
Tagror (Phragmites communis Trinius) med spiredygtigt Fre, Flora og
Fauna, 56, 46. A short note on the morphology of the seeds of Phrag-
mites communis.—[D.H.K. |
802/1. PHRAGMITES comMMUNIS L. Weber, H., 1950, Gramineen-
studien ITI. Neue Beobachtungen tiber die Kriechsprosse von Phrag-
mites communis Trinius, Biol. Zentralbl., 69, 323-334.
808. Cynosurus. Petetin, C. A., 1950, Dos especies de Cynosurus
adventicias en la Argentina, Rev. Argent. Agron., 17, 83-88. Cynosurus
cristatus and C. echinatus have been found as adventives in the Argen-
tine.—[D.H.K. |
809. Kornrria. Jungblut, F., 1951, Contribution & lVEtude du
Genre Koeleria Pers. au Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, Bull. Soc. Roy.
Bot. Belg., 83, 241-255. An account illustrated by tables and photo-
graphs of the three species of Koeleria—K. pyramidata (Lam.) Domin,
K. gracilis Pers. and K. albescens DC.—which occur in the Grand
Duchy. Their distribution is related to geological formations.—
(D.H.K.]
819/1. Dactyrnts eromErAtA L. Rebischung, J., 1951, Auto et inter-
fertilité chez le Dactyle, Ann. Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron., Ser. B., 1, 20-33.
A three year study of material of Dactylis glomerata from the vicinity
of Paris showed that the proportion of individuals having a high degree
of self-fertility was low.—[D.H.K. ]
824/2. Poa prRatENsts IL.. Juhl, H., 1952, Zytologische Unter-
suchungen an einigen Formen von Poa pratensis L. in Schleswig-
Holstein, Flora, 139, 462-476. A cytological account of the Poa pratensis
complex in Schleswig-Holstein.—[D.H.K. ]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 237
3824/2. Pow pratensis L. Nielsen, EH. L.. & Ds C. Smith, 1952,
Interrelations of Selected Plant Characters in Kentucky Blue Grass
(Poa pratensis L.), Bot. Gaz., 114, 53-62.
824/2. Poa pratensis L. Nissen, 9.. 1950. Chromosome Numbers,
Morphology and Fertility in Poa pratensis L. from South-Eastern Nor-
way, Agron. J., 42, 135-144. <A study of the chromosome numbers, mor-
phology, and fertility in 24 strains of Poa pratensis collected from pas-
tures in south east Norway. Nearly all the strains had aneuploid num-
bers varying from 2n=53 to 92. The data obtained lead to the con-
clusion that apomixis is the usual mode of reproduction in the Nor-
wegian material examined.—_[D.H.K. ]
824/11 x2. Poa anpIna x PRATENSIS. Akerberg, E. & S. Bingefors,
1953, Progeny Studies in the hybrid Poa pratensis x Poa alpina,
Hereditas, 39, 125-135.
824/14. Poa annua L. Magrou, J., 1950, Transformation du Poa
annua L. en plante vivace a rhizomes, Bull. Soc. Bot. Franc., 91, 9-11.
Poa annua planted in soil containing the correct fungus will become a
perennial as the result of the formation of mycorrhiza.—[D.H.K.]
824/14. Poa annua L. Magrou, J. & F. Mariat, 1950, Transforma-
tion expérimentale d’une plante annuelle (Poa annua L.) en plante
vivace, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, 230, 22-25. <A plant of Poa
annua has been induced to perennate by growing it on soil from the
Pyrenees. The change is attributed to mycorrhizal action.—[D.H.K.]
825/3(2). GLyYcERIA DECLINATA Bréb. Litardiére, R. de, 1951,
Observations sur diverses plantes des Deux-sévres, Monde des Plantes,
278-279, 35-38.
825 (2) Guyceria. Jungblut, F.. 1953, Les Espéces du Genre Glyceria
R. Br. au Grande-Duché de Luxembourg, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86.
25-37. Glyceria maxima (Hartm.) Holmberg, G. plicata Fries and G. flui-
tans (L.) R. Br. have been known in the Grand Duchy for some time. Re-
cent investigation has revealed the presence of G. declinata Bréb. A
diagram shows the distinctive 3-toothed lemma of G. declinata and a
table gives other diagnostic differences between the species of the sect.
Euglyceria; J. M. Lambert’s description of G. declinata is included and
compared. G. fluitans and G. declinata prefer acid situations but the
former is commonly distributed, whereas the latter is considered rare.
G. plicata is frequent but prefers more alkaline conditions. A map
illustrates the discussion on distribution. Plates show the variation
in form of these species: var. sub-spicata Cogn. of G. fluitans and var.
depauperata Crép. of G. plicata are recognised and a new form, f.
effusa, of the latter is described :—distinguished from plicata by long,
slender, slightly flattened stem; long, narrow leaves; depauperate
panicle bearing long, slender, spreading branches. The hybrid G.
fluitans x plicata (G. x intersita Haussknecht) is also recorded.—
[E.B.B.]
238 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
825/3(2). GLYCERIA DECLINATA Bréb. Litardiére, R. de, 1951.
Nouvelles localités francaises du Glyceria declinata Bréb., Monde des
Plantes, 282, 50. Gives new French stations for Glyceria declinata.—
[Dia Ky
826. Festuca. Markgraf-Dannenberg. I., 1952, Studien an irischen
Festu_a-Rassen, Veréffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Zurich, 25, 114-142.
Studies on the Festuca rubra and F. ovina complex in Ireland. A key
is given to all the known varieties and forms. F. ovina subsp. indigesta
var. molinierz Litard., a plant known from Spain, Portugal and Morocco
is reported from Clare and Galway: it is new to the British Isles.
A new subvar. of F. ovina var. vulgaris is described from Waterford
and Sligo, viz., subvar. hibernica—Planta abbreviata (usque ad 30 cm.
alta). Folia vix setiformia (0-3—0-5 [0-6] mm. lata), laevia. Panicula
brevis (4-6 cm. longa). Spiculae magnae (quadrifiorae usque ad 7-0 mm.
longae), glumae fertiles usque ad 5-0 mm. longae, aristae breves (0°3-0°5
[0-6] mm. longae).
Some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K. |
826. Festuca. Litardiere, R. de, 1952, Contribution a l'étude des
Festuca du Portugal, Agron. Lusit., 14, 31-51. Describes and gives a
key with observations on the species found in Portugal.—[D.H.K. }
827/7. Festuca ruBRA L. See 780/2. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA Ih.
826/11b. FEsTUCA LONGIFOLIA var. TRACHYPHYLLA (Hack.) Druce.
Jalas, J., 1952, Festuca ovina subsp. capillata (Lam.) Sch. & K. ja
Festuca trachyphylla (Hack.) Krajina Suomessa, Mem. Soc. Fauna
Flora Fenn., 27, 10-12. Festuca longifolia var. trachyphylla has been
found growing abundantly on a lawn in Maarianhamina (Finland). A
list of all Finnish localities of this species Known at present is given.
F. tenuifolia has been discovered in the Finnish province of Ahvenan-
maa (Aland), where it was probably introduced with grass seed.—
[D.H.K.]
826/12. Festuca TENUIFOLIA Sibth. See 826/11b. Frstvea Lonert-
FOLIA var. TRACHYPHYLLA (Hack.).
827. Bromus. Fasseaux, W., 1951, Le Groupe du Bromus mollis L.
en Belgique, Nat. Belge, 32, 190-196. A key is given to the four sec-
tions into which the native and introduced species of Bromus of
Belgium may be subdivided: Zeobromus, Ceratochloa, Stenobromus,
Festucaria. The species comprising the section Zeobromus, to which the
group Bromus mollis L. belongs, are keyed out in detail and detailed
descriptions of B. mollis, B. thominii, B. lepidus and B. molliformis
follow; the introduced B. macrostachys Desf., and B. scoparius L. are
mentioned, and B. interruptus Druce should be looked for. The follow-
ing table is given to differentiate three closely allied species : —
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 239
153. NOUS: 10. B.thominii Hardouin B. lepidus Holmb.
Siena 20-80 cm., numerous, 5-20 cm., spreading 25-60 cm., as B.
erect or ascending or geniculate - as- mollis
cending forming low
and tight tufts
Ranicle.- fib com. Oblong: 4-5 em, ovoid, com= 5-7 cm. usually con-
fairly lax, spread- pact, contracted tracted
ing during an- even during flower-
thesis, contracted ing
after flowering
emma 2..:.- 8-9 mm.,- usually 62-8 mm, usually 5565 mm.. usually
hairy at the mar- glabrous at the glabrous at the
gins forming an margins rounded or margins forming a
obtuse angle, de- forming a weak right angle a little
pressed or split at angle, apex as B. below the middle,
apex mollis SOs — Eig eee WO
point of insertion of
the awn and form-
ing 2 triang. some-
what diverging teeth
PNW BB apenee =lemma Shorter than lemma Shorter than lemma
al@ay ese ecece i broadest towards as in B. mollis broadest towards the
middle, = fruit, cili- apex, shorter than
ate its whole length fruit. eilliate i4-= of
its leneth
Caryopsis .. with apical hairs with apical hairs a equalling or slightly
not reaching base little exceeding the exceeding the lem-
of awn base of awn ma, with apical
hairs distinctly ex-
ceeding it
[E.B.B.]
827. Bromus. Isely, D., D. West & R. W. Pohl, 1951, Seeds of Agri-
cultural and Weedy Bromus, Jowa State Coll. J. Sev., 25, 531-548.
The authors illustrate and give keys to the identification of the various
species of Bromus, and their seeds found in the U.S.A. Many of these
occur as adventives in Britain.—[D.H.K. |
827/9. Bromus INERMIS Leyss. Knobloch, I. W., 1953, Tetraploid
Smooth Bromegrass, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 80, 131-135.
827/16. Bromus sEcatinus L. Isely, D., 1952, Seeds of Bromus
secalinus and B. commutatus, Proc. Iowa Acad., 58, 155-163.
827/17. Bromus commutatus’ Schrad. See 827/16. Bromus
SECALINUS L.
835. Horprum. Covas, G., 1949, Taxonomic Observations on the
North American Species of Hordeum, Madrofo, 10, 1-21. Deals with
the taxonomy and cytology of the group. A key is given to all the
known species of N. America.—[D.H.K.1
240 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
835. HorprEuM. Covas, G., 1952, Numero de cromosomas de las
especies de ‘‘Hordeum’’, Rev. Argent. Agron., 19, 52-53. A short
account of studies on the genus. The haploid numbers of the following
species are given as:—Hordeum hystrix Roth 7, H. jubatum L. 14, H.
marinum Huds. 7, H. nodosum L. 14, H. leporinum Link 14, and H.
murinum L. 7.—[D.H.K. |
8386/1. Enymus arenarius LL. Nehou, J., 1950, Apparition
d’Elymus arenarius L. (Graminées) en Bretagne, Bull. Soc. Sci.
Bretagne, 24, 101-104. First discovery of this species in Brittany; an
account of the associated species is given; its origin is suggested as by
grain or rhizome from the opposite bank of the bay of St. Michael’s
Mount (Normandy).—[E.B.B. |
840/1. Taxus saccata L. Fabijanowski, J., 1951, Cis (Taxus
baccata L.), Chron. Przy. Ojcz., 71(3/4), 18-32. A study of the distribu-
tion of the species in Poland.—[ D.H.K. |
840/1. Taxus sBaccata L. Traczyk, T., 1953, Obserwacje nad
rozmieszezeniem cisa (Taxus baccata LL.) w Sudetach, Ann. Univ.
Mariae-Curie, 8, 103-119. Studies on T. baccata in eastern Europe.—
[D.H.K.]
841/1. Prnus syivestris L. Wareing, P. F., 1953, Experimental
Induction of Male Cones in Pinus sylvestris, Nature, 171, 47. <A short
account of disbudding experiments carried out on Pinus sylvestris at
Oxshott Common, Surrey.—[D.H.K. ]
842/1. Larix prorpua Mill. Christiansen, H., 1950, A Tetraploid
Larix decidua Miller, Agl. Danske Vid. Selsh. Biol. Medd., 18 (9), 1-9.
A short account of a tetraploid larch discovered at Sealand, Denmark in
1949.—[D.H.K.]
844. Eaquisetum. Hogendijk, T. R.. 1953, Twente’s paardestaarten,
Natura, 50, 13-19.
844/4. EQquisETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. Berton, A., 1952, Apropos
d’Equisetum pratense Ehrh., Monde des Plantes, 282, 54. The author
gives taxonomic notes, and new French stations for the species.—
[D.H.K.]
Prertpornyta. Bange, C., 1953, Quelques mots sur la Nomenclature
du Dryopteris Filix-mas et de l’Athyrium Filix-femina, Bull. Soc. Roy.
Bot. Belg., 86, 135-136.
PrertpopHyta. Boullard B., 1951, Champignons endophytes de
quelques Fougéres indigénes et observations relatives & Ophioglossum
vulgatum L., Le Botaniste, 35, 257-281. The author gives detailed
accounts of the endotrophic mycorrhiza associated with the following
ferns: Polysticham spinulosum, P. filir-mas, Pteris aquilina, Blechnum
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 241
spicant, Scolopendrium officinale. The material for study was gathered
from three widely separated localities. Previous work on these species,
including that of British authors, is discussed and compared; observa-
tions only are given on Ophioglossum vulgatum as much more work had
already been done, the results of which the author more or less confirms.
Polypodium vulgare surprisingly gave no evidence of endophytic as-
sociation.—[ E.B.B. ]
PTERIDOPHYTA. Chevalier, A., 1953. Sur deux nouvelles formes de
Fougeres des environs de Domfront (Orne), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 100,
336-339. Two new forms of ferns from the neighbourhood of Domfront
are described by the author and illustrated by line drawing. Dryopteris
spinulosa subsp. crispiloba has the lobes of the pinnules curved down-
wards giving the frond a crisped appearance. Asplentwm adiantum-
nigrum var. clandestinum is a very minute, decumbent variety (frond
3-8 cm. long).—[E.B.B. |
PTERIDOPHYTA. Grigson, G., 1953, Ferns, Rock and Water, Country
Tnfe, 113, 650-651. A popular account of some British ferns and their
habitats.—_[D.H.K. ]
PrerimporpHytTa. Tryon, R. M., Junr., 1952, A sketch of the history
of fern classification, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard., 29, 255-262.
847/1. PreRipium aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Burke, D.P.T., 1953, A
Study of the Influence of Light and Soil Properties on the Growth of
Bracken (Pteridium aquilinum), Vag. Blindell’’s School Sci. Soc., 8.
13-17.
847/1. PreRIpIuM aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1952,
Bracken—the problem plant, Scot. Agric., 1952, 181-184. Bracken is
estimated to have invaded 3-14 million acres in the west of Scotland,
mainly in the Highlands, and the infestation of further areas is pro-
gressing. Control measures must be directed against the underground
stems either directly by ploughing or indirectly by continually cutting
away the fronds, thus exhausting the plant.—[D.H.K. |
847/1. Preripium aquitinum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1953, Spore
and Sporeling Survival in Bracken (Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn),
J. Heol., 41, 289-294.
850/1. PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. Sipkes, C., 1952, De
Tongvaren (Phyllitis scolopendrium), Natura, 49, 17-18.
851. AspLENIuUM. Meyer, D. E., 1952, Untersuchungen _ iiber
Bastardieurung in der Gattung Asplenium, Biol. Bot., 123, 1-34. <A
morphological and cytological account of the various species and the
hybrids between them.—[D.H.K.]
851/38. ASPLENIUM VIRIDE Huds. Senay, P., 1952, Découverte de
VAsplenium viride Huds. dans la Seine-Inférieure, Bull. Soc. Bot.
249 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
France, 99, 306-308. This species was discovered in July 1952 growing
in a wall-joint (caleareous sandstone) at Ancretteville, a locality far
removed from its usual alpine habitats. One suggestion as to means of
introduction is that the spores might be wind-borne from S. Wales.—
[E.B.B. ]
856. DRYOPTERIS. Bange, C., 1952. Nomenclature de quelques
genres de Fougeres. 1. Dryopteris, Bull. Bot. Soc. France, 99, 290-293.
Guétrot’s arguments (1937, Pteridophyta Fxsiccata) rejecting the name
Dryopteris are shown to be erroneous. It is here accepted in the
narrow sense, distinct from Lastrea, Gymnocarpium and Polystichum.
French species included are: —D. filiz-mas, D. villarsii, D. dilatata, D.
spinulosa, D. aemula and D. cristata.—[ E.B.B. ]
856. DryopreRis. Reichling, L., 1953, Dryopteris paleacea (Sw.)
Handel-Mazetti et Dryopteris x tavelii Rothmaler au Grande-Ducheé
de Luxembourg et en Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belge, 86, 39-57.
Dryopteris paleacea (D. borreri Newm.) is found in Luxembourg on acid
soils in damp beechwoods; it is yet to be recorded from Belgium. The
hybrid D. x tavelii (D. filix-mas x paleacea) has been recorded from
several localities in both countries on various soils. Comparison of
Kuropean with tropical material of D. paleacea reveals no morphological
evidence for distinguishing more than one species in the taxon; its
nomenclature remains somewhat uncertain.
Detailed descriptions, including the morphology, ecology, phenology
and geographical distribution, of ). paleacea and the hybrid are given,
illustrated with diagrams and photographs. The characters of the
hybrid and its two parents are contrasted in a table. D. x _ taveliti
shows an intermediate character in many respects but favours PD. filix-
mas in its soft, tapering frond and soft, not coriaceous, indusium: it
resembles D. paleacea in its dense, dark scales, evergreen frond, + oppo-
site, right-angled pinnae, black spots at base of pinnules and apogamous
method of reproduction. Clearly distinct from the former parent, it is
often difficult to distinguish from the other parent, especially in a dried
state. The many forms intermediate between the hybrid and J).
paleacea require further cytological investigation.—[{ E.B.B. ]
856/3. DryopTeris SsPINULOSA (O. F. Muell.) Watt. Manton, I. & S.
Walker, 1953, Cytology of the Dryopteris spinulosa complex in Eastern
North America, Nature, 171, 1116-17.
858/1. Potyroptum vutGarE L. Martens, P., 1950, Les Paraphyses
de Polypodium vulgare et la sous-espéce serratum, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot.
Belge, 82, 225-261. An analysis of a number of distribution tables,
which have been drawn up from the examination of many hundreds of
specimens from all the continents except Australia, leads to the con-
clusion that the area of the subsp. serratum coincides with that of
material bearing paraphyses. The area is roughly mediterranean, ex-
tending through France to the British Isles; British material from
England, Ireland and Wales was examined and is of interest as being
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 245
from the northern limits of the area. The structure of the organs, which
are branched and gland-tipped, arising from the receptacle of the sori,
is described and illustrated; their great importance as diagnostic char-
acters for the determination of the subspecies is discussed.—[ H.B.B. |
858/1b. PoLypopIUM VULGARE subsp. SERRATUM (Willd.) Christ.
Litardiere, R. de, 1951, Observations sur diverses plantes des Deux-
sevres, Monde des pluntes, 278-279, 35-38.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE. Nishida, M., 1952, A New System of Ophiogios-
sales, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 271-278. The order Ophioglossales is classified
into two suborders Ophioglossineue and Botrychineae, by the character
of the vascular system.—|[D.H.K. |
862/1. TRICHOMANES sSPEcIosum Willd. Kertland, M. P. H., 1952,
The Killarney fern in Co. Antrim, Jrish Nat. J., 10, 320. Records the
discovery of the species in a cave in Co. Antrim (H.39) in 1952:—
[D.H.K.]
863/1. HyYMENOPHYLLUM TUNBRIGENSE (L.) Sm. Turmel, J.-M.,
1952, L’ Hymenophyllum tunbrigense Sm. et Sow. aux Pyrénées, Monde
des Plantes, 283-284, 62. The species previously unknown at altitudes
above 1000 metres has now been discovered at 1750 metres altitude in
the French Pyrénées. Some ecological data are given.—[ D.H.K. ]
868/1. AzoLLA FILICULOIDES Lam. Rechow, M. von, 1952, Azolla
filiculoides im Interglazial von Wunstorf bei Hanover und das
wahrscheinliche Alter dieses Interglazials, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65,
315-318.
861/1. AZOLLA FILICULOIDES Lam. West, R. G., 1953, The Occur-
rence of Azolla in British Interglacial Deposits, New Phyt., 52, 267-272.
The discovery is reported of Azolla filiculoides Lam. in Interglacial
deposits in Britain. It is shown that the terminal structure of the
glochidia permits a distinction from A. caroliniana Willd., and the stalk
structure of the glochidia from the other species in the section
Euazolla. The presence of A. filiculoides in Interglacial deposits may
give some indication of their age and also of climatic conditions during
their formation.—[ Author’s summary. |
870/5. Lycopopium cLtavatum L. Dhien, R., 1952, Une rare varia-
tion du Lycopodium clavatum L., Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 284-285.
Lycopodium clavatum var. laurentianum Vict. formerly known only
from America has been discovered in the Vosges Mountains.—[D.H.K. ]
872.— CuHarRackEaE. Brook, A. J., 19538, Some New Records of Stone-
worts (Charophyta) in Scotland, Scot. Nat. 65, 190. Gives details of a
number of interesting Charophytes discovered in Scotland during studies
on several freshwater lochs by workers from the Brown Trout Research
Laboratories, Pitlochry.—[D.H.K. |
244 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
MAY 9th, 1953. ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS, KEW
About 80 members and friends joined the party which visited the
exhibition arranged to commemorate the centenary of the Herbarium
and Library. The exhibits illustrated various aspects of the work
carried out at Kew since 1853, and of the development of the herbarium
(which now includes some six million collectings) and the library. They
included demonstrations of methods of collecting and mounting material
and of the many valuable contributions to the knowledge of the flora
of the British Commonwealth and elsewhere made during the past
century.
A most interesting historical survey of the work and purpose of
this great establishment was given by Sir Edward Salisbury, and
visitors were handed a booklet lsting the exhibits and summarising
the history and work of the herbarium and lbrary. The Society’s
thanks are due to the Director for extending to us an invitation to
be present on this historic occasion, and for providing tea. We are
also grateful to the members of the staff who took so much trouble to
explain their exhibits and answer our questions. All those who attended
had a most profitable as well as a most interesting afternoon.
J. E. Loustey.
MAY 22nd to 25th, 1953. BANGOR
Leader: Prof. P. W. RicHarps
This was a most enjoyable and light-hearted week-end, which 48
members and friends attended.
The party met at the Department of Botany, University College
of North Wales at Bangor on Friday evening, and were welcomed by
Professor Richards. An interesting display of exhibits was shown and
the general programme for the week-end explained. Members were
eiven the freedom of the library and the use of some equipment, and
this was much appreciated.
On Saturday morning the party left by coach for Anglesey, and a
short stop was made at Newborough Warren to see Mibora minima
and the plant was duly found in some quantity. The journey then
continued to Aberffraw where the party separated and made a detailed
examination of the dunes and dune slacks. Many interesting plants
were seen including Ophioglossum vculgatum, Carex extensa, Linum
catharticum on the one hand and Blysmus rufus, Pinguicula vulgaris
and Selaginellu selaginoides on the other. In addition, Centaurium
littorale, Orchis strietifolia subsp. coccinea, Eleocharis quinqueflorus
(FE. pauciflora) and Equisetum variegutum, were found. Mibora minima
was seen again here at its ‘locus classicus’.
FIELD MBETINGS, 1953 245
Atter lunch the party continued by coach to Llanbedr-goch, where
a most fascinating fen was explored. Again as in the morning, a wide
range of plants was seen, calcicoles and calcifuges often growing together
in close proximity. Among the more interesting plants seen were,
Arabis hirsuta, Viola luctea, Rosa spinosissima, Menyanthes trifoliata,
Scilla verna, Antennaria dioica, Asplenium adiantum-nigrum, Carex
caryophyllea, Potentilla palustris, Pediculuris palustris, Drosera rotun-
difolia, Pingwcula vulgaris, Schoenus nigricans, Cladium mariscus,
Carex limosa, and C. lasiocarpa.
Whit Sunday, a brilliantly fine day, was spent at Cwm Idwal. A tew
members who had explored the Cwm before, went, under the guidance
of Mr. Evan Roberts and Mr. Inigo Jones, to Black Ladders, where
interesting alpines were seen. The remainder of the party made the
climb through grassland with Viola pulustris, Scirpus cespitosus, Carex
dioica, and C. panicea, up to the head of the Cwm where a number of
alpines were seen including Thalictrum alpinum, Trollius eurcpaeus,
Meconopsis cambrica, Minuurtia verna, Saxifraga nivalis, S. oppositi-
folia, S. stellaris, S. hypnoides, Sedum rosea, Silene acaulis, Oxyria
digyna, Empetrum nigrum, E. hermaphroditum, Asplenium viride,
Cystopteris fragilis, Dryopteris borren, D. abbreviata, Hymenophylluin
wilsom, Cryptogramma crispa, Thelypteris phegopteris, T. dryopterts,
Lycopodium alpinum, and many others.
Whit Monday was spent on limestone at Pabo and at Little Orme.
A short stop was made at a small limestone hill near Pabo where the
following plants were seen, Arabis hirsuta, Cardaminopsis petraea,
Helianthemum canum, Cotoneaster microphyllus, Veronica spicata
subsp. hybrida, and Orchis morio. Mr. Price Evans, who joined the
party here, showed members a fine limestone pavement on Pabo ridge,
and, during heavy rain following a violent thunderstorm, gave a most
interesting and instructive talk on the botany, geology and ecology ot
the ridge. Mr. Price Evans has studied the district for many years,
and we had the benefit of his expert knowledge. Geranium sanguineum,
Convallaria majalis and Juniperus communis were seen here, together
with many Hieracia which were just coming into bloom. We were very
fortunate that this thunderstorm cleared the ridge as well as it did.
A little further north, very great damage was done. A last stop on
this good day was at Little Orme where the following plants were seen,
Brassica oleracea, Minuartia verna, Geranium lucidum, Silene nutans,
Helianthemum canum, Sedum forsterianum, Cotoneaster macrophyllus
in great quantity, Potentilla tabernaemontam, Marrubtum vulgare,
Veronica spicatu subsp. hybrida, and Scilla verna.
The Society’s grateful thanks are due to Prof. Richards for his
leadership and interest, and to his enthusiastic helpers, Messrs Price
Evans, Evan Roberts and Inigo Jones.
O. BUCKLE.
246 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
JUNE 27th to JULY 4th, 1953. FORRES
Leader: Miss M. McCattum WEBSTER
The object of this Meeting was to attempt to confirm some of the
old records in the Flora of Moray (1935) by James Burgess, and to add
new ones. Lists of plants for which records were desired were handed
to the forty-two members and guests attending, and except for the
visit to Cairngorm (v.cc. 94 and 96), the week was spent in Elgin
(v.c. 95).
Most of the party arrived on the morning of Saturday, June 27th,
and in the afternoon Greshop Wood (about a mile west of Forres) and
the adjacent stretch of the river Findhorn were visited. Mrs. Grant-
Peterkin most kindly invited the party to tea at Greshop House. In
the evening an informal meeting was held at the Cluny Hill Hotel.
On Sunday, June 28th, Darnaway Woods (the property of the Earl
of Moray) were studied. Here, in a young fir plantation, Trientalis
europaea and Pyrola minor were seen; on the steep, wooded west-bank
of the river Findhorn, Trollius europaeus, Stellaria nemorum and Geum
x intermedium were found, and on a damp slope nearby, Dr. Melderis
collected Festuca rubra var. planifolia. After lunch, the opposite bank
of the river was visited, near the long-disused Cothall Limestone quarry.
This is in old mixed deciduous woodland, mainly ash, regenerating
naturally. Here Monotropa hypopitys (one of the rarest plants in
Moray) was rediscovered in its old station, with abundant Listera ovata.
which is also uncommon in v.c. 95. In the pine wood around Blairs
Loch, about a mile distant, an abundance of Goodyera repens was seen.
Monday, June 29th, was spent in the ‘‘Culbin State Forest’,
formerly the Culbin Sands, a tract some eight miles long by three miles
wide, along the coast of the Moray Firth between Nairn and Findhorn,
now almost completely planted with conifers. Among the dunes are
depressions known as ‘‘winter lochs’’, which are relics of the course of
the river Findhorn before 1694, when the great sandstorm blocked the
mouth and altered the course of the river to its present position further
east. On the way to Buckie Loch, a stop was made and in a very small
area we saw Moneses uniflora, Orthilia secunda (Pyrola secunda), Pyrola
minor, Corallorhiza trifida, Goodyera repens and Listera cordata. Fur-
ther into the Forest, we were met by Mr. Milne, the Head Forester,
and were shown the ‘‘thatch’’ of branches in which the young trees are
planted. The Buckie Loch is to remain unplanted. It was completely
dry, a wide flat area with Corallorhiza trifida in plenty in the grass at
the eastern end, and fine Botrychium lunaria and Ophioglossum vui-
gatum. Where water had most recently stood, Littorella uniflora formed
a turf. Working westward, we reached the coastal dunes where Juncus
balticus and Poa subcaerulea were abundant, with Radiola linoides,
Hypochoeris glabra, Ligusticum scoticum and Pyrola media (new in this
area). On the return journey we were delighted by the kind invitation
of the Hon. Mrs. Murray to take tea at Moy House, and visit the
wardens, where Miss Gibbons found an odd association of Sedum album
and Goodyera repens growing on a potting shed roof.
FIELD MBETINGS, 1953 247
Tuesday, June 30th, was spent near the village of Findhorn, the
morning on the estuary salt-marsh and the afternoon on the seaward
dunes where Thalictrum minus subsp. arenarium, Astragalus danicus,
Vicia lathyroides and Rumex longifolius were seen. Towards 4 o’clock
the scattered groups gathered at Quay Cottage, where we were invited
to a welcome cup of tea by Mrs. McCallum Webster. In the evening
we were shown the coloured film ‘The Culbin Story’, kindly lent by the
Iorestry Commission.
On Wednesday, July Ist, the party left Forres at 8.30 a.m. for
Glenmore Lodge where we were joined by members of the Moray
Mountaineering Club who kindly volunteered to help the leader should
the mountain be misty. Actually the sky was cloudless and the sun
shone brightly all day. One party made for the summit of Cairngorm
(4084 ft.) and the other set off for the Coire an Lochain, passing Chamac-
periclymenum suecicum, Tofeldia pusilla, Rubus chamaemorus, Saus-
surea alpina, etc. The lochan was reached about 1 p.m. and we were
sooh upon a wet grassy slope with Cerastiwm cerastoides, Saxifraga
stellaris and Luzula urcuata. Above were patches of snow, and tower-
ing over us the vertical granite cliff. Cerastium arcticum was found
growing in crevices and Saxifraga rivularis, in beautiful flower, was
abundant where water trickled over the rock. Veronica alpina,
Empetrum hermaphroditum and the viviparous form of Deschampsia
cespitosa were seen, but the best find was Poa flexuosa. The other party,
led by Mr. George Mackenzie of Forres, reached the summit plateau
and tound Cardaminopsis petraea, Loiseleuria procumbens and Juncus
trifidus. After a late dinner at Grantown-on-Spey, the party visited a
nearby pinewood to see Linnaea borealis and Pyrola media.
The morning of July 2nd was spent by the lower reaches of the Muckle
Burn and on flat sandy ground near the Binsness entrance to Culbin
Forest where Blysmus rufus and Juncus balticus were seen. After lunch,
several of the ‘‘winter lochs’’ were explored. One was full of Drosera
rotundifolia and Lycopodiwm inundatum, while in another were quai-
tities of fine Carex serotina with Inttorella uniflora, Eleocharis multi-
caulis, H. quinqueflora (H. pauciflora) and Deschampsia setacea; in a
third was Orthilia secunda. Hottonma palustris was seen in its only
known station in Moray. Mrs. Murray again entertained us to tea at
Moy House, after which we walked down the Muckle Burn to the Find-
horn River, where Heracleum mantegazzianum formed a thicket along
the bank.
On Friday, July 3rd, the coach set off for Garmoutkh near the eastern
extremity of the county. Near Elgin we noticed the great damage done
in the woods by the January gales. At Lossiemouth a short stop was
made to see Corynephorus canescens, first recorded here over fifty years
ago as a casual and now well established. At Garmouth the party
divided; some walked along the shore in a vain search for Carex mari-
tima, while others made for the old bed ot the river Spey, called ‘‘The
Leen”, now marshy meadows interspersed with Phragmites swamp.
Between “The Leen’’ and the sea. Jasione montana was seen on the
248 FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
shingle bank; its only known station in the north-east of Scotland.
After lunch the Spey shingles were visited. Here the flora included
alpine species brought down by the floods (Cardaminopsis petraea and
Alchemilla alpina were seen), and escaped garden plants. Mimulus
guttatus, Impatiens glandulifera, I. parviflora, Silene maritima anc
Galium boreale were common. That evening the final meeting took
place at the Cluny Hill Hotel, when Mr. N: D. Simpson thanked the
leader and all who had helped to make the week so enjoyable. The
weather had been fine and warm throughout.
In the list that follows plants marked * are additions to the Flore
of Moray (1935). Alien species are indicated by fT.
(B.M.) indicates a specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit., det. by Dr. A. Melderis.
(M.McC.W.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Miss M. McC.
Webster.
(N.D.S.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Mr. N. D. Simpson.
(U.K.D.) indicates a specimen in the herbarium of Miss U. K. Duncan
CULBIN FOREST
RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA Subsp. SCOTICUS (E. 8. Marshall) Clapham. Buckie J.och
(N.D.S.).
PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS L. Near Buckie Loch.
CENTAURIUM LITTORALE (Turner) Gilm. Buckie Loch (B.M.), and near Binsness.
EUPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. Buckie Loch (B.M. and M.Mc.W., det.
E. F. WARBURG).
E. OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. Near Binsness (M.McW., “not typical’, det. E. F.
WARBURG.
*RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
*R. SPADICEUS Wilmott. Buckie Loch (U.K.D., det. E. F. WARBURG).
ORCHIS INCARNATA L. Buckie Loch.
*QO. PRAEBTERMISSA Druce. Buckie Loch (N.D.S.).
QO. MACULATA L. Binsness.
PLATANTHERA BIFOLIA (L.) Rich. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
ELEOCHARIS MULTICAULIS (Sm.) Sm. Binsness (B.M.).
E. QUINQUEFLORUS (F. X. Hartm.) Schwarz. (£. pauciflora (Lightf.) Link)..
Binsness (B.M.).
CAREX SEROTINA Mérat. Binsness (B.M.).
*C, SCANDINAVICA E. W. Davies. Winter Lochs, Binsness (M.Mc.W., det. E. W
DAVIES).
©. DIANDRA Schrank. Buckie Loch.
DESCHAMPSIA SETACEA (Huds.) Hack. Binsness (B...).
AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. subsp. STOLONIFERA Binsness (B.M.).
A. TENUIS Sibth. Binsness (B.M.).
POA SUBCAERULEA Sm. Binsness (B.M.).
FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA Schreb. Binsness (B.M.).
F. RUBRA var. ARENARIA (Osb.) Koch. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
F. RUBRA f. LITORALIS Hack. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME A. & D. Léve. Buckie Loch (B.M.).
PLANTS RECORDED IN OTHER PARTS OF MORAY
*RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS subsp. PELTATUS (Schrank) Syme. ‘The Leen’, Garmouth
(B.M. and M.Mc.W.).
*RORIPPA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. The common form in V.c. 9%.
SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE var. LEIOCARPUM DC, Findhorn, rubbish-heap (B.M. and
WD):
+CAMELINA SATIVA Subsp. PILOSA (DC.) Zinger. Casual at Moy House (B.M.).
FIELD MEETINGS, L953 249
*CARDARIA DRABA (L.) Desv. Findhorn; Spey shingle and roadside near Gar-
mouth.
POLYGALA OXYPTERA Reichb. Garmouth golf course, flowers white and crimson
(B.M.); Findhorn (M.Mc.W.).
SAGINA SUBULATA (Sw.) C. Presl. Findhorn Shingle, near Greshop-(B.M.).
*SPERGULA SATIVA Boenn. Findhorn (N.D.S.).
*HYPERICUM MACULATUM Crantz (H. dubium Lees). Spey shingle (N.D.S.).
*GERANIUM COLUMBINUM L. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W.).
*+ITMPATIENS PARVIFLORA DC. Spey shingle.
*+T. GLANDULIFERA Royle. Spey shingle.
*APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Near Moy House (B.M. and
N.D.S.).
* ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. Spey shingle.
A. GLABRA Neygenf. Darnaway (B.M.); Spey shingle.
* + COTONEASTER SIMONSII Baker. Spey shingle, J. SOUSTER.
CHRYSOSPLENIUM OPPOSITIFOLIUM L. Darnaway.
*+EPILOBIUM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. Findhorn shingle, near Greshop (B.M.);
Cothall (M.Mc.W.).
CIRCAEA INTERMEDIA Ehrh. Darnaway (M.Mc.W.); Spey shingle.
*+HERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. Banks of Findhorn river near
Greshop; Darnaway; Moy; Spey shingle (B.M.).
*+VALERIANELLA ERIOCARPA Desy. Garden of Greshop House (B.M. and M.Mc.W.).
*+ANTHEMIS TINCTORIA'L. Spey shingle (M.Mc.W.).
*+CREPIS VESICARIA Subsp. TARAXACIFOLIA (Thuill.) Thell. Findhorn shingle, near
Greshop (B.M.).
HYPOCHOERIS GLABRA L. Lossiemouth (B.M.).
MYCELIS MURALIS (L.) Reichb. Darnaway; Moy House.
MONOTROPA HYPOPITYS L. agg. Cothall quarry.
*+SYMPHYTUM PEREGRINUM Ledeb. Spey shingle (N.D.S.).
MYOSOTIS DISCOLOR var. DUBIA (Arrond.) Wade. ‘“‘The Leen’’ (N.D.S.)
LITHOSPERMUM OFFICINALE L. Cothall.
*+LINARIA PURPUREA (L.) Mill. Spey shingle (N.D.S.).
EUPHRASIA BREVIPILA Burnat & Gremli. Darnaway (B.M.); near Moy House;
Spey shingle.
E. OCCIDENTALIS Wettst. Spey shingle (M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WARBURG).
E. OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W., det. E. F.
WARBURG).
*E. FOULAENSIS Towns. ex Wettst. Findhorn (U.K.D., det. E. F. WARBURG).
E. CONFUSA forma ALBIDA Pugsl. Near Moy House (M.Mc.W., det. E. F. WaAk-
_BURG).
*+MENTHA X NILIACA var. SAPIDA (Tausch) Brig. Findhorn, rubbish-tip; near Muy
House (B.M., det. R. A. GRAHAM).
*M. X VERTICILLATA var. PALUDOSA (Sole) Druce. Near Moy (M.Mc.W., det. R. A.
GRAHAM).
*THYMUS DRUCEL Ronn. Greshop Wood (B.M:); Darnaway (U.K.D.).
PLANTAGO MEDIA L. Lawn at Moy House.
P. LANCEOLATA var. ANTHOVIRIDIS W. Wats. Findhorn (B.M. and N.D.S.).
*+CHENOPODIUM FICIFOLIUM Sm. Arable, Darnaway; Moy House Gardens (B.M.
and U.K.D.).
*RUMEX TENUIFOLIUS (Wallr.) Love. Findhorn shingle near Greshop (U.K.D.,
det. J. E. LOUSLEY).
SALIX PHYLICIFOLIA L. Darnaway (B.M.).
*ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Stephenson. Darnaway; ‘Ihe Leen” (B.M.).
*O. FUCHSII Druce. ‘‘The Leen’’ (N.D.S.).
*ZOSTERA NANA Roth. Findhorn estuary, R. D. GRAHAM.
ELEOCHARIS UNIGLUMIS (Link) Schultes. Garmouth golf course (B.M.).
SCHOENUS NIGRICANS L. Garmouth (B.M.).
CAREX LAEVIGATA Sm. Greshop Wood.
*PHLEUM NODOSUM L. Garmouth (B.M.).
25() PIELD MEETINGS, 1953
* FESTUCA ARUNDINACEA X GIGANTEA. Greshop Wood, B. M. C. MoRrGAN and U. kK.
DUNCAN (B.M.).
KF. RUBRA var. GLAUCESCENS (Heg. & Heer) Nym. “The Leen” (3B.M.); Findhom
(N.D.S.).
I. RUBRA Var. ARENARIA (Osb.) Koch. Findhorn (B.M.).
F. RUBRA Var. PLANIFOLIA Hack. Darnaway (B.M.).
F, RUBRA forma LITORALIS Hack. Spey Shingle (B.M.).
F. TENUIFOLIA Sibth. Darnaway (B.M.): Findhorn (N.D:S.).
F. VIVIPARA (L.) Sm. Findhorn shingle, near Greshop,. Darnaway (B.4i.).
VULPIA BROMOIDES (L.) S. F. Gray. Near Moy House: Spey shingle-(B ).
*BROMUS LEPIDUS Holmb. Arable at Cothall: near Forres station (B.M.): Find-
horn, det. A. MELDERIS.
JULY 12th, 1953. SOUTH LANCS. LOCAL FIELD MEETING
Thirteen South Lancs. members met at Ainsdale, near Southport on
July 12th, 1953, for what we hope will be the first of a series of locai
field meetings in the vice-county.
Miss V. Gordon led the party over the dunes and dune-slacks.
concentrating mainly on the rich flora of the slacks. Among the species
seen were Parnassia palustris var. condensata, Centaurium erythraca
and CU. littorale, Parentucellia viscosu, Epipactis palustris and EB. dun-
ensis, Scirpus americanus, Botrychium lunaria and Ophioglossum vul-
gatum. After tea those members who were able to remain saw
Antennaria. dioica, recently found in the area by Miss Gordon, growing
at the side of a drainage channel on fixed dune sand colonized by Rulus
caesius. The meeting was concluded by a visit to a damp thicket to see
Osmunda regalis and the members then dispersed after thanking Miss
Gordon for her leadership of an extremely pleasant excursion.
EK. M. Rosser.
JULY. 24th to 26th, 1958. MALDON, ESSEX
Leaders: Mr. B. T. Warn and Mr. S. T. JERMYN
On Kriday evening 27 members and friends assembled at Head-
quarters, The Blue Boar Hotel, for the usual briefing, and then went
for a short walk along the towpath of the River Blackwater to Beeleigh
Weir and back. Many interesting riverside plants were seen including
Thalictrum flavum, Brassica nigra and Acorus calamus. We also found
Ranunculus sardous, Sison amomum and Trifolium fragiferum in very
great quantity. The ahen Thlaspi alliacewum has been known at thle
Weir for some years, and it was just possible to identify some withered
remains. Members will remember the excursion to Rippers Cross in
April 1952 to see this plant in its original 1923 site. In Essex it was
associated with Lepidium ruderale and Cardaria draba. Later in the
evening Hyoscyamus niger, Phalaris canartensis and Euphorbia lathyrus
were seen on Maldon rubbish dump.
On Saturday the party left by coach tor the Blackwater Estuary
at Stansgate Abbey. In February 1953 the sea wall broke all along this
part of the coast, and here and there the effect of salt water on former
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953 251
arable land was very evident. In many ditches behind shingle banks
maritime plants, especially grasses, had survived the effect of sea water
but had assumed extraordinary and monstrous forms of growth while
they were submerged. The odd looking forms of Parapholis strigosa
were especially remarkable. Other plants seen here were Suaeda fruti-
cosa, Carum segetum, Chenopodium ficifolium, Carduus tenwuiflorus.
Senecio squalidus, and Bupleurum tenuisstinum. Interesting grasses
included Agropyron pungens, Parapholis strigosa, Puccinellia fasciculata,
P. distans and Hordeum marinum.
After lunch the party continued to Bradwell juxta Mare, and had
the opportunity of examining the very famous old chapel of St. Peter
by the Wall. The shore here is dominated by Spartina townsendii,
which appears to be steadily smothering other plants. Limoniuwm vul-
gare and L. humile with Salicornia perennis appeared to be able to exist
with Spartina townsendi quite well, but many other maritime species
such as Artemisia maritima, Suaeda maritima and Halimione portula-
coides had been banished to the extreme edge of the Spartina area. It
was interesting to see large quantities of Lathyrus nissolia in seed.
This was a lovely warm and windless day, and ideal for sea coast botany.
Sunday morning was cooler and showery, and the party was for-
tunate in having woodland to explore instead of open country. Woodham
Walter Common and Blake’s Wood were examined and a new vice-county
record was made. This was Rubus moylei Barton and Riddelsdell (det.
W. Watson) from Blake’s Wood. Other plants observed during the day
were Aphanes arvensis and A. microcarpa, Agrostis tenuis, Symphytuim
peregrinum, Convallaria majalis, Carpinus betulus, Quercus petraea,
Thelypteris palustris, Epilobium lanceolatum, E. parviflorum and Ff.
adenocaulon. Both Lactuca serriola and L. virosa were seen in the lane
leading to Woodham Walter Common.
This was an interesting week-end in country new to many members
present, and the delightful little town of Maldon provided an idea!
headquarters. The Society’s thanks are due to Mr. Ward and Mr.
Jermyn for organising the excursion. Thanks are also due to Dr
Melderis for identifying the various grasses.
O. BuckiE.
AUGUST 28th to 30th, 1953. PULBOROUGH
TLeader: Mr. O. BuckiE
This week-end was planned to show typical south coast salt marsh
and the peat brooks at Amberley and North Stoke. In West Sussex
salt marsh is being reclaimed very rapidly, and there is now little left
in the vice-county.
Thirty-six members and friends attended, and after the usual meet-
ing on Friday evening at which details of the excursions were given,
together with a few general remarks on the botany, geology and local
history of the district, the party met on Saturday morning in the rain
to go by coach to West Wittering in the Selsey peninsula. On arrival
DAS FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
there, the weather became very much worse and the party set off across
the salt-marsh to the dune fringe in a heavy downpour. Jt was too wet
to consider a detailed examination of the flora of the marsh, but a trudge
round the sandy edge revealed many interesting plants including
Althaea officmalis, Frankema laevis, Bupleurum tenuissimum, Inula
crithmoides, Oenothera ammophila, Euphorbia parahas, FE. portlandica
oe seen in West Sussex in 1951), Limonium humile, Salicornia peren-
ms, S. prostrata, S. appressa, S. stricta, S. disarticulata and Elymus
aos. In addition, some Gaherestine forms of Spartina townsendii
were seen and Dr. Melderis has been good enough to make some
observations on them.*
Lunch was taken at Wittering and the party continued by coach to
Pagham Harbour on the east side of Selsey. Here, an examination
of the steady growth of Spartina townsendii had been planned. The
water-way is now almost silted up. The leader had also hoped to make
a thorough search for Spartina maritima which has not been seen there
for some time. He had taken the precaution of walking over the area
at high tide, but unfortunately had not exercised sufficient forethought
to make allowance for the effect of the full moon, and the selected area
was under water. Consequently the afternoon was rather disappointing
although the following plants were seen, Chenopodium rubrum var.
pseudo-botryodes, Stachys arvensts and Carex extensa.
On Sunday morning in heavy rain the party left by coach for Amber-
ley Wild Brooks. The rain ceased during the morning and these famous
Sussex brooks were seen at their best. Many interesting plants were
seen including Thelypteris palustris, Stellaria palustris, Impatiens
capensis (always a cleistogamous form here), Hlodea canadensis in full
bloom, Anthemis nobilis, Mentha x verticillata, Leersia oryzoides and
Sium latifolium.
After lunch at Amberley, a short halt was made at Houghton Bridge
to see Wolffia arrhiza, Scirpus tabernaemontami x triqueter and Carex
acuta. The party then proceeded to North Stoke where another range
of peat brooks was shown. Here nine pondweeds were seen :—Potamo-
geton acutifolius, P. obtusifolius, P. lucens, P. perfoliatus, P. trichoides,
P. natans, P. pusillus, P. crispus and Groenlandia densa (Potamogeton
densus). In addition there were seen in the brooks other interesting
plants including Myriophyllum verticillatum, M. alterniflorum, Utri-
cularia neglecta and triglochin palustris. All these plants are compara-
tively scarce in West Sussex. Two other splendid finds were Chara
delicatula and Tolypella prolifera, both named by G@. QO. Allen.
This completed the work of the week-end and the party returned by
coach to Pulborough.
Dr. Young thanked the leader who replied briefly regretting that
rain had to some extent restricted the programme.
O. BucKLE.
“See Plant Notes. —Ea
bo
Or
FIELD MEETINGS, 1953
SEPTEMBER 26th, 1953. PETERBOROUGH
Leaders: Mr. J. E: Danny and Dr.-G. Taytor
This was primarily a Potamogeton excursion, and a large number of
members gathered at Peterborough. The morning was spent at tlie
London Brick Company’s pits at Fletton (v.c. 31). Almost-at once the
rare P. x cooperi (P. crispus xX perfoliatus), a new record for Hunts.,
was discovered. Both parents were subsequently seen although P. crispus
was in small quantity. Another interesting find here was P. coloratus.
Other Pondweeds seen in the various pits examined were P. pectinatus,
P. natans, P. lucens and P. pusillus. Artemisia absinthiwm was
abundant in the brick-yards.
After lunch the party went to a dyke near Ramsey where Potamo-
geton X sparganifolius (P. gramineus X natans) was seen with both
parents. It was interesting to see P. gramineus in such good quantity.
On the walk to the dyke some splendid Galeopsis speciosa was seen
in a field of carrots. Sonchus palustris grew in quantity along a ditch
at the edge of Wood Walton Fen, and here also was seen Galium x
ochroleucum (G. mollugo x verum).
The Society’s thanks are due to the leaders for their enthusiastic
leadership, and for the patience they displayed in helping members in
the identification of the various Pondweeds.
O. Buck.
A= x
254 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
The first Northern Regional Meeting, attended by 78 members and
guests, was held in the Department of Botany, University of Man-
chester, on October 31st, 1953, by kind permission of the Vice-Chancellor
and Professor S. C. Harland.
When the meeting opened at 11.15 a.m. Professor S. C. Harland.
F.R.S., welcomed members of the Society and their guests to Man-
chester, commenting on the great taxonomic advances which had been
made since the days of Mr. Charles Bailey. who was so closely associated
both with the Society in its early days and with the University which
has benefited so much from his presentation of his fine herbarium. He
then took the chair at the opening session, introducing the speakers, Mr.
P. C. Sylvester-Bradley, Miss C. M. Rob and Mr. J. E. Lousley.
At the afternoon session Professor Tutin, the chairman, introduced
Professor Harland’s talk on the experimental work which is in progress
on the genus Senecio, which was followed by an interesting and informa-
tive discussion.
After tea all adjourned to the laboratories to examine a large selec-
tion of exhibits and discuss points of interest. The meeting ended at
6 p.m., when Dr. Dony and Mr. Lousley thanked all who had con-
tributed to the success of the meeting. I should like to take this oppor-
tunity of supplementing my inadequate thanks on the day of the meet-
ing by recording here my indebtedness to Dr. Dony, Mr. Lousley, the
local secretaries for Lancs. and Yorks and Dr. W. O. Howarth for their
patience in replying to my numerous enquiries and appeals for advice
both before and during the meeting, and to the exhibitors and others
not only for their contributions on the day of the meeting but also for
their help in compiling the report of the lectures and exhibits which
follows.
FE. M. Rosser.
Lectures
THE TAXONOMIC IMPLICATIONS OF THE BRITISH ROSE
SURVEY
P. C. SytvesterR-BRADLEY
Mr. P. C. Sylvester-Bradley, in his interesting lecture, gave a brief
account of the native roses and indicated what kind of information he
hoped would emerge from the British Rose Survey.
The native roses can be divided into two sharply distinct groups on
the basis of their cytological behaviour. On the one hand there are the
two species with orthodox behaviour at meiosis: Rosa arvensis (diploid)
and R. spinosissima (tetraploid). On the other there is the multitude
of micro-species belonging to the section Caninae. with their aberrant
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 255
type of meiosis, leading to the production of gametes of unlike chromo-
some number, the pollen grains always being haploid. On fertilisation
the parent number is restored. Tetraploids, pentaploids and hexaploids
are known here, the pentaploids being the most frequent.
Unlike most plants, the principal species (as recognised by Warburg
in the new British Flora) in each subsection show reasonably well-
defined geographical replacement.
Local populations of roses would appear to show rather different
types of variation. There are the densely populated areas with sometimes
a very wide range of variation—it is on these, naturally, that field
botanists have tended to concentrate in the past. But there are also
areas where exactly the same microspecies is encountered over and over
again to the exclusion of any other. Such areas would appear to be
more sparsely populated than the ‘‘good’’ rose areas. _But a great deal
more information on these lines is required and this, it is hoped, will
emerge as the results of the Survey are analysed.
SOME ALLEN PLANTS OF YORKSHIRE
Miss C. M. Ros
It is impossible to reproduce adequately here the humour and en-
thusiasm with which Miss Rob put forward her plea for more interest
in the alien plants occurring in Yorkshire, but it is to be hoped that
they had a lasting effect on her audience, and that any present who
retain any vestige of what she believes to be distrust of ‘‘foreigners’’ wil!
soon lose it and join in the recording of interesting aliens.
Reasons for devoting more serious study to alien plants were
further stressed by Mr. Lousley in the discussion which followed. Firstly,
he said, it was important to obtain early records of species which may
subsequently spread (early records of Senecio squalidus and Hpilobium
adenocaulon are inadequate). Secondly, closer study of the introduc-
tion, spread and taxonomy of present aliens is likely to give information
which will throw light on the status of many plants already in our flora
and, thirdly, by compelling the use of characters of families and genera
it leads to knowledge of the distribution and variation of genera and
species and encourages the use of floras and monographs dealing with
most temperate areas of the world. For these and other reasons the
study of aliens is to be encouraged provided it does not detract from
the investigation of native plants.
SOME RECENT DISCOVERTES AND RE-DISCOVERIES
J. E. Loustey
The purpose of this lecture was to discuss some of the more im-
portant additions to the British flora and re-discoveries which have been
shown at the London meetings of the Society or described in Watsonia.
The additions to our flora were reviewed under two headings. First,
those which resulted from the investigation of little-known areas and
256 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
were very easily recognised as different from previously known British
plants. Of these Diapensia lapponica and Artemisia norvegica are
excellent examples and were found on Scottish mountains in places
which may not previously have been visited by botanists. Koenigia
islandica 1s equally easily recognised but as at least one place where it
grows in Skye is frequented by tourists it seems that its small size must
explain why it was not detected earlier. These important discoveries
suggest that there is still scope for further major additions to our flora
from the more remote parts of the British Isles.
The second category of additions arises from the close study of critical
groups. These are more numerous, and examples of species added to the
British list recently were selected from the work of Dr. S. M. Walters on
Alchemilla and Aphanes, of Dr. EK. F. Warburg on Sorbus, and of Dr. J.
Heslop-Harrison on Dactylorchis.
Roegneria doniana was selected as one of the most interesting
examples of a species recently re-discovered. It was suggested that a
similar careful examination of the records of some other species might
result in them being re-found in old localities.
THE GENUS SENECIO AS A SUBJECT FOR CYTOGENETICAL
INVESTIGATION
S. C. Harnanp
Professor Harland said that Senecio vulgaris was chosen for study
because it was possible to obtain three or more generations in one year.
With the object of getting a number of clear-cut Mendelian differ-
ences to use as markers in interspecific hybrids 250 different geographical
strains of groundsel from all parts of Europe, from Iceland, South
America and the United States were grown in 1950 at the Manchester
University Experimental Ground; but curiously there was little varia-
tion.
Attempts are being made to take the radiate gene from Senecio
squalidus and, by repeated back-crossing to S. vulgaris, to put it in a
groundsel background and discover whether it is the same gene. If it is
this would indicate that S. vulgaris and S. squalidus had a common
ancestry.
A groundsel variant ealled ‘strap’ which has been obtained is very
weak, has narrow leaves and is male sterile but female fertile. This
plant was pollinated extensively by S. squalidus pollen and a hybrid
obtained which is a sterile triploid. ‘Strap’ provides the possibility
of obtaining other hybrids with S. vulgaris. It hybridises readily with
the alien described in Druce and Hayward’s Adventive Flora of Tweed-
side as Senecio lautus Sol.*
*See J. E. Lousley, 1953, Year Book, B.S.B.I., p. 107, for comments concerning the
identity of this plant. It is there suggested that the plant is S. inaequidens
DC., which has since heen confirmed by the National Herbarium, Pretoria.—
J. BE. Lousley.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 19538 257
Excised roots of different geographical strains grown by Dr. H. FE.
Street and co-workers under artificial conditions have shown different
growth rates. [Lantern slides illustrating these differences of growth-
rate were shown.
Exhibits
1. An IntTERESTING MiInT FROM THE SHEFFIELD DISTRICT
The exhibit showed a peculiar mint form from the Rivelin Valley
near Sheffield, v.c. 63, which bears a strong affinity to Mentha smithiana
R. Graham and has perhaps arisen from this taxon by a somatic gene
mutation. R. A. Graham identifies it as M. smithiana R. Graham var.
angustifolia R. Graham forma. The Rivelin mint differs from M.
smithiana and its variety angustifolia in having the pedicels and the
bases of the calyces more or less hirsute instead of glabrous.
The leaf shape is very variable, some being lanceolate and deeply
serrate and others approaching ‘typical’ A. smithiana.
F. W. Apams.
Mr. Adams also exhibited interesting sheets from
2. THe HERBARIUM OF JONATHAN SALT
3. LOTUS HISPIDUS 1x WateEs
See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.1., 1, 83, 1954).
4. Spectres PArRS AND THEIR HYBRIDS IN THE ISLE oF MAN
Maps were exhibited showing the distribution in the island of 5
pairs of species: Stachys sylvatica L., S. palustris L. and S. x ambigua
Sm.; Glyceria fluitans (L.) R.Br., G. plicata (L.) R.Br. and G. x pedi-
cellata Townsend; Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum (l.) Hayek, R. micro-
phylla (Boenn.) Hylander and R. x sterilis Airy Shaw; Veronica
anagallis-aquatica L., V. catenata Pennell and their hybrid ; and Poten-
tilla reptans L., P. mixta auct. angl. and their hybrid.
These were all selected as instances where the hybrids (usually quite
sterile) occur plentifully in areas from which one or both parents are
apparently absent. In the case of the Veronica the sterile hybrid is much
more abundant in the island than either parent. The remarkable pre-
valence of hybrids in the Manx flora is perhaps partly explicable by the
absence or excessive rarity of many species that are more plentiful in
Great Britain, thus permitting the hybrids to occupy ecological niches
from which they would normally be excluded by the much greater com-
petition prevailing on the mainland. _
D. BK. ALiEn,
258 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
> ALCHEMILILA VULGARIS (sace.) tx Norra ENGLAND
Eleven of the twelve micro-species of Alchemilla vulgaris occur in
North England ; pressed specimens of these species were shown, together
with notes on their distribution. A. monticola Opiz, A. acutiloba Opiz
and A. swbcrenata Buser are lccalized in Teesdale and Weardale, A.
minima S. M. Walters and A. minor Huds. in the Craven district (the
latter occurs in Seotland and Ireland) and the other species are more
widespread. Specimens, and/or records of ‘‘difficult’’ A. restita (Buser)
Raunk. and A. filicaulis Buser would be welcomed by Dr. S. M. Walters
and myself.
Miss M. FE. BrapsHaw.
6 CALAMAGROSTIS NEGLECTA 1x Sourn-East YORKSHIRE AND A
PUTATIVE HYBRID witH CALAMAGROSTIS CANESCENS
Calamagrostis neglecta and (. canescens were shown, together with
the suspected hybrid and drawings of the floral structure of the parents,
leaf positions and flowering spikes of (. neglecta and the hybrid.
Miss F. FE. CRAckKtes.
7. SOME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM YORKSHIRE, ETC.
Herbarium sheets of the following species were shown :—
Orchis traunsteinerioides (Pugsl.) Pugsl. A recently gathered Yorks.
specimen.
Orchis fuchsti x purpurella.
Adiantum capillus-veneris L. Kent estuary, 1953.
Polystichum lonchitis (L.) Roth. Near Settle. Yorks... 1953.
Orobanche alba Steph. ex Willd. West Yorks., v.c. 64. 1953.
Veronica spicata subsp. hybrida (L.) E. F. Warburg. A plant from the
exact Westmorland station where it was recorded as V. spicata
type and so got into the Comite] Flora for v.ec. 69.
Myosotis brevifolia C. E. Salmon. Upper Wharfedale.
Gagea lutea (L.) Ker-Gawl. Upper Ribblesdale, its highest known
altitude in Britain, where it very rarely flowers.
Mertensia maritima (L.) S. F. Gray. V.-c. 60. First record for West
Lancs. Shingle near Morecambe, August 1941.
Epilobium alsinifolhum Vill. V.c. 64. Upper Wharfedale, Yorks.
Linum catharticum var. dunense Druce from an inland station.
Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Beauv. from the sear limestone. Yorks.
All previous records are doubtful.
J. N. FRANKLAND.
8. EGERIA DENSA 1w Britatx
This new and interesting addition to the alien fora of Britain was
recently found by Miss Frost in a South Lanes. canal. Fresh material.
drawings and herbarium specimens were shown, together with a map
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 259
illustrating the temperature gradients in the canal and the distribution
ot Hgeria and associated species.
g.
Miss ite MAY Frost.
KLoRd OF LSRAEL
Two volumes of 50 illustrations cach, the second having five plates
in colour.
10.
(b)
Mrs. A. N. Gibby.
British POLY GALA SPECIES
The demonstration consisted of :—
A specimen of Polygala amara seemingly from Jersey, collected by
Babington, differing shghtly from known British stocks of P. amara
and DP. austriaca. This is thought to justify a queried record for
that locality.
P. calcarea (misidentified as P. depressa = IP. serpyllifolia) from
Thirsk. It seems most unlikely that suitable localities for the species
occur in this neighbourhood, and as the species 1s not rare in the
south of England it is thought that the locality on the sheet is an
error (5/58 e. coll. Fletcher).
A demonstration of capsules of Polygala species to draw attention
to useful characters of wing venation, capsule shape and capsule
rim. See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.1., 1, 98,
1954) for further details.
Herbarium material of the species, differences in habit, leaf shape
and corolla proportions being pointed out. P. vulgaris, P. amara
and P. austriaca tend to grow from the base, 2. serpyllifolia and
P. calcarea tend to continue the growth of a stem by shoots arising
from the upper axils of overwintering stems, and in P. serpyllifolia
from the axils beneath a spike. The leaves of P. calcarea, P. amara
and P. austriaca are broadly spatulate below, narrowly above. (In
P. austriaca the leaves are blunt, in P?. amara pointed). Those of
P. serpyllifolia are usually elliptic, broadest about the middle,
and blunter than in P. vulgaris, where the broadest point
is usually below the middle, and the leaves longer. The corolla is
usually short-tubed with long petals and comb in P. calcarea, P.
amara and IP. austriaca, longer-tubed in LP. serpyllifolia and LP.
vulgaris, the comb and petals being short in P. serpyllifolia and
longer in P. vulgaris.
The similarity of P. amara and I. austriacu was pointed out and
emphasized by the display of a sheet of P. austriaca from Shoreham.
Kent, which has the habit of P. amara, and can only be distinguished
with difficulty. The intergradation of-P. vulgaris and “P. oxyptera’”’
was again shown by the display of a collection from Wye, Kent, where
“P. oryptera” can be obtained on the top of the Down and P. vulgaris
260) NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
below. The forms grade into one another, the series being visible in
several flower colours, and leaf and wing shape seem constant through-
out (the wing being greatly reduced in the ‘“‘P. oxyptera’’). It appears
as one population, the ‘‘P. oxyptera’’ form being brought about by the
exposed conditions.
The intergradation of P. vulgaris and ‘‘P. oxyptera’’ was emphas-
ised throughout, the point being stressed that they do not differ in
qualitative characters as do the other species, e.g., characters of wing
venation, capsule shape and rim, corolla proportions, leaf shape or habit
other than in size. It was also pointed out that there are various ideas
as to what is meant by ‘“‘?. oxyptera’’, various people employing habit,
small size and few flowers, or wing shape, or the proportions of wing to
capsule, to define it. It is felt that the non-significance of habit is shown
by the population mentioned above, which also varies in wing-to-capsule
proportions. Wing shape commonly varies in one population, as was
Shown in the demonstration of capsules, and is generally independent
of plant size. It seems that all P. vulgaris in Britain has the wing
narrower than the fully ripe capsule.
The similarities of P. amara and P. austriaca were also brought out,
showing that they did not differ more than isolated populations of the
other species.
D. R. GLENDINNING.
ll. EPILOBIUM LINNAEOIDES Hook. ¥. In BRITAIN
See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 93, 1954) for
details.
Miss V. Gorpon.
12. Warer Cotourn DRAWINGS OF SEEDS OF BRITISH PLANTS
A selection of water colours of seeds and fruits of British plants.
H. E. GREEN.
13. An InreREstING SHNECIO rrom NortH WALES
A specimen was exhibited of a large radiate Senecio which could not
be named by any of those present. Seed of this plant, supplied by the
exhibitor, is in cultivation at the Manchester University Experimental
jround and it is hoped that further information about this “‘giant
eroundsel’’? can be given soon.
H. E. Green.
l4. Two SENECIO Hysrips
The weak, narrow-leaved groundsel variant called ‘‘strap’’, which
is male-sterile, was exhibited. This plant has been used as a female
parent to obtain an inter-specifie cross between Senecio vulgaris and 8.
squalidus, the hybrid being a sterile triploid. Interspecific hybrid
seedlings were shown from the crossing of ‘‘strap’’ with an alien species
thought at first to be S. lautus Sol., but now thought to be probably
S. inaequidens DC. (See earlier reference.)
S. C. Hartanp and A. R. HayGartn Jackson,
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 261
15. Excisep Roots or SENEHCIO SprEcIES GROWING IN STERILE CULTURE
The first part of the demonstration showed the methods of main-
taining excised roots in sterile culture, and of increasing them for
experiment.
The second part consisted of excised roots of the species Senecio
vulgaris, S. squalidus and S. jacobaea, to show the striking differences
in morphology between roots of these species.
Roots of strains of 8. vulgaris from Norway, Iceland, Czechoslovakia
and Peru demonstrated intraspecific differences in morphology and
particularly in growth rate.
Finally there were roots of the Czechoslovakian strain growing on
Arginine and Yeast media, showing the differential effect on growth
rate exercised by these two substances which is not found with the
Icelandic strain.
H. KE. Srreet, H. P. CuHaries and B. CHoierton.
16. Some BritisH VARIETIES oF FESTUCA
A series of forms of Festuca ovina and IF. rubra showing parallel
divergences was exhibited, as, for example :—
A. Hairiness of spikelets illustrated by :—
F. ovina (mutica) and var. hirtula
F. ovina (type) and var. hispidula
F. rubra (type) and var. dumetorum
3B. Pruinose (waxy) surface illustrated by :—
F. ovina var. glauca
F. rubra var. pruinosa
Forms of F. elatior were also shown and the natural hybrid x Festu-
lolium loaceum (Huds.) P. Fourn.
W. O. Howarru.
17. Some INTERSPECIFIC Hysrivps IN POTENTILLA
The demonstration included the preliminary results of a cytogenetical
investigation of the relationships of Potentilla erecta (.) Rausch. (Qn=
28), and P. anglica Laich. (2n=56). Natural hybrids between these
species are frequently recorded in British floras under the names P. x
suberecta Zimm., P. x italica Lehm. and P. x mixta Nolte. Crossing
experiments, including all combinations, were successful in producing
P. erecta x anglica and the reciprocal hybrid. All other combinations
failed. The hybrids, 2n=42, are female fertile, and slightly male fer-
tile. Backcrosses to both parents produced viable seed, and the back-
cross derivatives are mainly vigorous. Chromosome numbers already
determined include 2n=28, 33, 35, 36, 49 and 51.
An investigation of the possibility of intergeneric hybridisation
between species of Fragaria and Potentilla has shown that the most
promising combination is Ff’. vesca L. 9 x P. reptans L. 6. The two
species cross easily, but the seedlings die after one or two months.
J. K. Jones.
262 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
18. KMxuHipirs By MemBersS GF LIVERPOOL UNIVERSITY
(1) Brirtsny LTHRACIA or Hisrortc INTEREST FROM THE HERBARIUM
oF W. R. Linton
The exhibit showed specimens of historic interest extracted from
Herb. W. R. Linton, now in the possession of the University of Liver-
pool.
The Linton herbarium includes an extensive collection of British
Hieracia, mainly collected by W. R. Linton, with many additional
specimens contributed by E. I. Linton and other British and Continen-
tal Hieracium specialists..
The sheets exhibited showed only those species or varieties whicl:
appear to have been first described by W. R. or E. F. Linton. The
interest of these sheets is considerably enhanced by the abundant critica!
comments or extracts from correspondence with other contemporary
specialists. The names most frequently occurring are those of Dahlstedt.
K. S. Marshall, F. J. Hanbury and Augustine Ley.
C. L. Hare.
(2) DRYOPTERIS DILATATA
Herbarium material of Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray was
exhibited. Work on this species was carried out whilst the exhibitor
was a member of Leeds University.
A wide range of form was shown to be present in tetraploid Dry-
opteris dilatata. <A diploid form, collected on Ben Lawers, Perthshire.
Scotland, by Mr. A. H. G. Alston of the British Museum, is considered
worthy of specific separation owing to its morphological and cytological
distinction. Hybrids between the diploid and tetraploid forms have
been shown to be triploid and sterile, with approximately ‘n’ bivalents
and ‘n’ univalents at meiosis (n=41 in Dryopteris).
S. Walker.
19. Two ERICA ¥ForMS
Erica tetralix L. Herbarium specimens of this plant were shown in
which the leaves were devoid of cilia. Similar plants were found in
blanket bog in several localities in Connemara. Search in Herb. Bailey
showed no similar plant among sheets of English material, but similar
forms were found in material collected in Connemara.
The plants shown were growing among E. mackaianu, and typical
Mrica tetralix was rare here.
Erica cinerea L. A dwarf form with restricted inflorescence, a
‘pinched’ appearance to the corolla, and the corolla usually salmon pink.
occasionally white. An unmistakable form in the field, scattered over
the blanket bog behind Roundstone, Connemara, between Errisbeg and
the Clifden road.
NORTHERN REGLONAL MEETING, 1953 263
No similar plant was found in the English material in Herb. Bailey,
but an exactly similar form (white-flowered) was found, collected in
exactly the same locality in 1868, labelled ‘nana fl. albo’.
J. N. Miuus.
90. A puzztiInc GALIUM From CoNNEMARA
A small number of plants, all dwarfed like the specimen exhibited,
were found on rocks at Connemara just above the highest tide-mark.
Typical well-grown Galium aparine was growing nearby.
Professor D. A. Webb, who saw fresh material, commented, ‘‘A very
odd plant; seems intermediate between the two (G. aparine and G.
tricorne) in most respects, especially curvature of and length ot
peduncles and surface of fruit. Leaves are more like G. aparine; colour
of fruit and frequent abortion more like G. tricorne”’
The corolla, when fresh, was dirty yellow, like G. tricorne. Petals
were usually 3 and leaves in whorls of 4, unlike either species, re-
sembling G. aparine both in shape and in the direction of the mar-
ginal bristles near the apex.
Hybrid origin is improbable, as G. tricorne ae never been recorded
from Ireland.
J. N. Mitts.
21. A METHOD FOR THE ANALYSIS OF A SUSPECTED HYBRID POPULATION
BETWEEN CHNTAURIUM MINUS ano CENTAURIUM § LITTO-
RALE
See report of the London Meeting (Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 98, 1954)
for details.
Miss W. T. M. O’Connor.
22. A Narurat Hyprip BETWEEN VACCINIUM MYRTILLUS anv JV.
VITIS-IDAEA, V. x INTERMEDIUM RutHe
This hybrid was discovered in Germany in 1826, and Vaccinium
myrtillus and V. vitis-idaea were suggested as parental species. The
distribution of the putative hybrid and its supposed parents in N.W.
Europe was presented on maps.
The results of artificial pollination experiments showed that V. x
intermedium is formed from V. myrtillus x V. vitts-idaea of which the
former is the maternal parent. Backcrossing of this hybrid by polli-
nating it from V. vitis-idaea yielded a progeny which showed more
variability than any of the progeny of parental selfings or hybrid first
generation progeny. Individuals of the backcross progeny provide
strong evidence of introgression to the recurrent parent.
Using a pictorialized scatter diagram technique, the results of a
field analysis of V. x intermedium were summarized and it was shown
that the population (in the British Isles) is homogeneous, in that it
shows no more variability than either parent.
264 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953
Low pollen viability of the hybrid and the negative results of self-
pollination experiment indicate that the production of a second gene-
ration is unlikely. Back-crossing experiments provide evidence for
introgression to the recurrent parent, V. vitis-idaea. With one excep-
tion, in Sweden, the absence of evidence of natural introgression indi-
cates that gene-flow between these two ecospecies has scarcely begun,
being limited by the selective effects of environment. Further, the
longevity of individual clones and their mode of reproduction—almost
entirely vegetative—retards potential gene-exchange and convergence.
J. C. RitcHiz.
23. A Sucrion APPARATUS FOR THE EMASCULATION OF SMALL FLOWERS
The emasculation of the small flowers of Trifolium species for use
in experimental crosses is achieved by the exhibitor by means of fine
glass jets attached to a water pump which provides sufficiently strong
suction to remove the anthers. He gave a number of demonstrations
of his technique during the meeting.
A. SMITH.
24. SoME MEMBERS OF CAREY section ACUTAE
Carex nigra (L.) Reichard is a common, variable and widely distri-
buted species which in Dansk Ekskursions-Flora (7th edition by K.
Wiinstedt) is divided into three species. It is probable that all three
of these can be recognized in Britain, but one, C. stolonifera Hoppe,
needs further investigation. C. subcaespitosa (Kiikenthal) Wiinstedt
is, however, a distinct plant in its densely tufted habit and fruit shape.
It is known to occur near Edale and Malham and may well be found
elsewhere. It appears almost certain that records of C. juncella (E.Fr.)
Th.Fr. from this country refer to C. subcaespitosa.
The exhibit consisted of specimens of C. subcaespitosa together with
sheets of C. bigelowu, C. nigra and what may be C. stolonifera. Speci-
mens of C. juncella and C. cespitosa, neither of which appear to be
British, were included for comparison.
Ty Gs Turrm.
25. A Dwarr Ecotyert or GEUM RIVALE From TEESDALE
Specimens were shown of a dwarf form of Geum rivale L. collected
at a height of 1700 ft. from the grazed limestone grassland of Cronkley
Fell, Upper Teesdale, and of the common lowland form.
These and other forms of G@. rivale have been recently studied by
Miss A. C. Tallantire at Durham. She has found that, in general,
plants from montane habitats are significantly smaller than those from
lowland habitats. Experiments on plants from Durham populations
have shown that the forms retain their distinguishing characters in
cultivation, breed true, and are perfectly interfertile.
NORLHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1953 265
The differences between the lowland and montane populations (which
may be regarded as ecotypes) appear to be purely quantitative; no
qualitative differences have been found.
Populations intermediate in size characters between the extreme
forms demonstrated here have been found in sub-montane habitats in
other parts of the British Isles; but the extreme dwarfness of the Tees-
dale population appears to be unique.
D. H. VALENTINE.
26. RUBUS SPHCTABILIS Pursx# From tHE IsuE or Man
This attractive North American alien was recently recorded by the
exhibitor near Port Sodrick in the Isle of Man, where it appears to be
naturalised. Herbarium sheets were shown.
J. T. WILuIAMS. -
27. THe status or ROSA WILSONT
The demonstration included drawings and microphotos of different
stages in meiosis of Rosa x wilsoni Borr. and data on the breeding
behaviour of this hexaploid hybrid between Rk. tomentosa and R. spino-
sissima. This new information suggests that R. wilsoni arose from a
cross of the type:—R. tomentosa (female) x R. spinosissima (male),
giving a hexaploid in one step, rather than from the reciprocal, followed
by chromosome doubling to produce an allohexaploid as had previously
been suggested. The observed breakdown of the meiotic system charac-
teristic of the Caninae themselves, agrees with the results of Scandin-
avian and American workers on artificial hybrids between members of
the Caninae and species from other sections of the genus.
A. P. Wytis.
2066 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
This report and the audited accounts printed below cover the period
January Ist to December 31st, 1953.
MEMBERSHIP. During the year 92 new members joined the
Society; of these 14 (15%) were introduced through the activities of the
Advertising Committee. We lost 31 members through death, resigna-
tion, and the operation of Rule 6 (e), giving a net increase of 61. This
may be compared with 12, 104,79 and 97 respectively for the years
1949, 1950, 1951 and 1952. The total membership at the end of the
year was 839.
FINANCE. Receipts from subscriptions amounted to £823 compared
with £719, £641 and £590 for the preceding three years. Income Tax
recovered was £44, compared with £32 for 1952. The Council are grate-
ful to those members who have made this possible by entering into Deeds
of Covenant but think there must be many more who could assist us in
this way without cost to themselves.
During the year the Society has expended no less than £1,062 on
publications (£428 in 1952), and it is expected that our expenditure on
periodicals and books in 1954 will be even greater. For this reason
it has been thought prudent to make as much provision as possible
towards future commitments. The balance of the Publications Fund
has been built up towards the cost of the books it is hoped to publish
in 1954 and 1955 (see below). A new Proceedings Fund has been opened
in the books with an initial balance of £200 for the periodical which will
replace the Year Book. The cost of the latter has in the past been
charged to the General Fund which would have shown a credit balance
of some £175 if this transfer had not been made.
Our total assets at the end of the year were about £156 less than at
the same date last year. This is regarded as not unsatisfactory since
the expenditure on publications included £250 earmarked in 1952 for
the Conference Report. The Society’s financial position remains sound.
We wish to express our appreciation to the Royal Society for a grant
of £50 towards the cost of our periodicals from the Scientific Publica-
tions Grant-in-aid Fund, and to Mr. J. H. G. Peterken for acting as
Honorary Auditor.
DEVELOPMENT AND RULES COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. D. E.
Allen.
During the year various proposals for providing improved facilities
for Junior Members and for members living at a distance from London,
which were contained in the recommendations to Council mentioned in
the last report, have been implemented but no new developments have
been referred to this Committee for consideration. They have carried
out the usual revisions of the lists of Local Secretaries, Recorders, Vice-
county and Regional Referees, and Panel of Specialists.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 26
MEETINGS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. G. Dony.
. Arrangements were made for three papers to be read on the day of
the Annual General Meeting. The published programme of field meet-
ings was carried out as arranged. The meeting at Forres lasted a week,
the one at Bangor three days and there were week-end visits to Maldon
and Pulborough districts. In addition members were able to attend the
Centenary Exhibition of the Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, by kind invitation of the Director, and a day visit was
made to the vicinity of Peterborough for the study of Potamogetons.
Attendance was as follows:—Kew 80, Bangor 48, Forres 42, Maldon
27, Pulborough 36, and Peterborough 34. A special meeting for younger
members, lasting a week, was arranged in the Lake District and was
attended by 13 (accommodation was restricted).
The Annual Exhibition Meeting arranged in the Lecture Hall of
the British Museum (Natural History) by kind permission of the
Trustees, on November 28th was attended by about 250 members and
guests. The meeting was followed by a Conversazione at the Glendower
Hotel attended by 55 members. A Northern Regional Meeting was held
at Manchester University on October 3lst. We are grateful to the
Vice-Chancellor of the University and to Professor S. C. Harland for the
facilities they provided, and to Dr. E. M. Rosser for the very
efficient manner in which she made the local arrangements for this most
successful meeting. It was attended by 70 members and guests, five
papers were read, and 28 exhibits displayed. A similar meeting is
being arranged at Durham for October 1954. During the year the
Committee have also been engaged in making preliminary arrangements
for the Conference on ‘‘The Species Concept in its relation to the British
flora’’ to be held at Church House, Westminster, on April 9th and 10th
1954.
In view of the increasing work attached to the organisation of the
Society’s meetings it has become necessary to relieve the Meetings
Secretary by appointing an Honorary Field Secretary responsible for
the arrangements for field meetings. The Council took advantage of the
powers arising from the alterations of the Rules at the last Annual
General Meeting to appoint Mr. O. Buckle to this office as from March
14th. The Meetings Secretary, Dr. J. G. Dony, completed the arrange-
ments for the 1953 field meetings, but in future he will be responsible
only for indoor meetings.
PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison.
During the year steps have been taken with a view to improving
the Society’s periodicals and facilitating regular publication. Watsonia,
Volume IJ, Parts V and VI were issued in the old format in January
and April respectively, and Volume III, Part I, with a page size in-
creasing to 63” x 10”, was published in December. The larger format
will provide improved facilities for the publication of original papers,
and Watsonia will in future appear twice a year, edited by Dr. Warburg -
as hefore.
I6R REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
The Year Book 1953, edited by Mr. D. H. Kent, was published in
September. This will be superseded by a new periodical, the Proceed-
ings of the Botanical Society of the British Isles, in the same page
size, and to include some matter previously appearing in Watsonia as
well as reports of the Society’s activities. The Proceedings will be
edited by Mr. D. H. Kent, and two parts will be issued each year.
Arrangements were made with our printers for the supply of standard
binding cases for Watsonia, Volume II, and for binding members’ own
parts. The Changing Flora of Britain, being the report of the 1952
Conference, was published in July. 245 members took advantage of
the offer to purchase copies at half the published price, and sales to
non-members have been satisfactory. The total cost of the book was
£434 and £153 has been recovered from sales. It is expected that with
the aid of the generous grant received from the Royal Society in 1952,
the balance of the cost should eventually be covered by sales.
Work on the revised and shortened edition of the British Plant List
has been continued and a draft prepared by Mr. J. E. Dandy has been
circulated to members of the Committee. It is expected that this will
be published next year. In March the Council agreed to a proposal
that an Index of British Herbaria should be prepared with a view to
publication. Collection of the necessary information has been under-
taken by E. B. Bangerter, D. H. Kent and J. E. Lousley and a circular
letter has been sent to a large number of universities, museums and
institutions requesting details of the herbaria preserved in their collec-
tions. The Council has also agreed to publication of A Flora of the Isles
of Scilly by J. E. Lousley. It is hoped that this will be ready for the
printers in 1954.
CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. J. E. Lousley.
The number of ‘‘threats’’ under consideration was fortunately some-
what lower than in recent years. The more important included a
threat to the magnificent colonies of Aconitum anglicum by the Ely
River, Glamorgan, a proposal to exploit the peat resources of Flanders
Moss, Stirlingshire, and the projected hydro-electric scheme at Lough
Nacung, Co. Donegal, where EHrica mackaiana has recently been dis-
covered. Reasonable safeguards to the flora and access by scientists
have been offered by the War Department in connection with the threats
to the Teesdale plants from the Warcop A.F.V. Range. Following our
representations at the Public Enquiry on the proposed use of New-
borough Warren, Anglesey, as a firing range, the Air Ministry has
undertaken to supply us with advance notification of the times of firing
practices. We have nominated Professor P. W. Richards as our repre-
sentative to receive these notices, and members wishing to visit New-
borough Warren should communicate with him in advance.
We are grateful to members living in Cheshire who prepared reports
on areas in that county already scheduled as of special scientifie in-
terest. The information they supplied enabled us to make recommen-
dations to the Cheshire County Council regarding sites considered as of
sufficient importance to warrant management as local nature reserves.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 269
The usual meetings at intervals of six months between members of
our Conservation Committee and representatives of the Nature Con-
servancy have been continued, and many matters of mutual interest
have been discussed. In response to a request from the Conservancy the
Society has undertaken the preparation of reports on areas in which
they are especially interested. For 1953 it was necessary to restrict
this scheme to a relatively small number of members and the work could
not be commenced until May. Reports on a total of 37 areas (some of
which were large) were received from H. J. M. Bowen, Lt.-Col. C. J. F.
Bensley, C. P. Castell, F. M. Day, Dr. J. G. Dony, E. S. Edees, R. A.
Graham, J. D. Grose, Ian Hepburn, J. E. Lousley, E. Milne-Redhead,
Dre er. Peteh, Dr. EK. Rose, P. J. Wanstall, B. T. .Ward,. and G.
Wilson. Under the terms of the agreement we have entered into with
the Nature Conservancy, members undertaking this work will be
reimbursed for expenses they incur. During 1954 it is hoped to extend
this scheme with a view to surveying as many areas as possible, and
giving more members an opportunity of assisting.
MAPS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Prof. A. R. Clapham.
Since 1950 this Committee has been considering methods of recording
data on the distribution of British vascular plants. Trial maps have
been prepared and much valuable experience has been gained on
problems concerning the collection of available information. By the
beginning of 1953, it was felt that, provided the necessary finance could
be made available, a satisfactory atlas showing the distribution of
British vascular plants could be prepared in a period of five years.
Detailed proposals were placed before the Council in February and, in
view of the great importance of this project to workers in many branches
of botany and allied sciences, it was agreed that application should be
made to the Nuffield Foundation for a grant towards the funds required.
The Society has now been notified that the Trustees of the Nuffield
Foundation have offered a grant of £10,000 provided that the Society is
able to find the balance of the money required. With the support con-
fidently expected from other bodies, the Council felt justified in giving
this assurance, and we are most grateful to the Nuffield Trust for mak-
ing it possible for us to undertake this major project.
Collection of the data and preparation of the atlas will be super-
vised by Dr. S. M. Walters, with a full-time staff at Cambridge under
the direction of an Executive Committee. Some of the preliminary
work will be decentralised and all members of the Society will be invited
to co-operate in the investigation of little known areas. Work will com-
mence early in 1954.
ADVERTISING COMMITTEE.
During 1953 circulars have been sent to 136 individuals and 104 in-
stitutions, and 10 new members and 4 subscribers are believed to have
joined as a result of the Committee’s activities. At a meeting on
December 15th Mr. Graham tendered his resignation as Secretary of
the Committee and it was decided not to appoint his successor in view
270) REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
of proposals for reallocating the advertising work which would be =
before the Council at their next meeting.
JUNIOR MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. A. W.
Westrup.
This Committee has been appointed to consider how the Society can
make known its activities to, and cater for, botanists of school age.
Three meetings have been held during the year and many methods have
been explored of interesting young people and their teachers in field-
work. Arrangements have been made for two special field- meetings for
young botanists in 1954 in the vicinity of London and it is hoped to
extend these later to other centres. A junior prospectus has been drawn
up and other developments are under consideration.
APPOINTMENTS MADE BY THE COUNCIL.
Mr. D. H. Kent was appointed Honorary Assistant Secretary on
February 6th on the resignation of Mr. W. R. Price, and Mrs. B.
Welch was appointed an additional Honorary Assistant Secretary on
November 27th. Mr. O. Buckle was appointed Hon. Field Secretary
on March 14th.
EXCHANGE SECTION.
To the 1952-53 Distribution, 14 members contributed 985 sheets of
specimens. Dr. D. P. Young acted as Distributor and made a special
effort to encourage interest in the work of the Section. His report
printed in the Year Book, 1953, pages 100-102, includes a valuable state
ment of the functions of this branch of our activities and the service
it offers to botanists and institutions. Professor T. G. Tutin is acting
as Distributor for 1953/54 and is now dealing with the plants con-
tributed.
STOCK OF PUBLICATIONS.
Since the death of Dr. G. Claridge Druce in 1932 the Society’s stock
of publications has been stored on the property of the University of
Oxford and during the last five years orders have been attended to by
Dr. J. H. Burnett. He has now left Oxford to take up another appoint-
ment and we are grateful to the Trustees of the British Museum
(Natural History), and to Dr. George Taylor, for kindly granting us
facilities for storage in one of the towers at the Natural History
Museum. The stock was transported from Oxford to London by Mr. G.
M. Ash in December, and orders will in future be executed by Mr. E.
B. Bangerter.
The Council would like to express its appreciation of the services
of members who have represented the Society at meetings of other
organisations during the year.
C. E. Raven, President.
J. E. Lovstry, Hon. General Secretary.
By Order of the Council,
February 5th, 1954.
To Balance from 1952 ...
5°
, Receipts
REPORT OF
THE COUNCITI,
ACCOUNTS FOR 1953.
Subscriptions received
during the year
from Advertise-
ments oe
Income Tax Recovered Bae
_ Interest for 1952 on Post
Office Savings Bank De-
posit
_ Balance (dehit)
GENERAL FUND.
GOs he
823 8 10
£1157 12° 2
By
Transfers to Journal
Fund
,, Transfers to Publications
Fund
_ Transfers to “Proceedings
Fund oe ee ee
, Transfers to Meetings
Committee’s Fund
,, Notional Interest to Pub-
lications Fund
. Year Book, 1953, and post-
ages thereon
_ Hire of Rooms for Goan
cil and Committee Meet-
ings
. Cheque Book
. Duplicating
Minutes of
Meetings
,. Officers’ Expenses 5
. Fire Insurance on publi-
cations at London and
portrait
,. Telephones
,, Advertising Expenses
. General Printing and
Stationery ee Ds
. Preliminary Expenses of
Index of British Her-
hbaria”’ a sen ee
,, Removal Expenses on
transfer of publications
. Curator
from Oxford to London ..
Luton Museum
for share of postages re
Rose Survey
.. Postages and Petty EX
penses. :—
Hon. General
Secretary 55 eel a Al)
Hon. Treasurer 13 2 6
Hon. Assistant
Secretary 1018 4
Hon. Distributor 216 8
Hon. Secretary,
Rules © Com-
mittee See OKO
Hon Secretary,
Publications
Committee ... 1 8.7
ho
~“
—
168 8 0
Qrrp
=
rm >
ww -1 D
iIDy
we)
slay (0)
~
6 8
46 13 6
asnlilayy/ ap) 9
DUM, REPORT OF THE COUNCII
JOURNAL FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. Lolo 2)°6 By Printing Watsonas and
, Transfers from General postages thereon :
Fund ae nae coe OU (YO WAOIL, INE, IPATEE BY © ce eereHiBya., 4, 7
, scientific Publications, WOM UL leeway AVES Le. Sere GOS 156
Grant-in-aid Fund oe 50 0 0 Volk. Tht. Part; sepa
, sales of Reports and cost) oie he sae bal bss
Reprints ; 614 4 6 ,, Balance ae A apes ALT heal
£934 7 0 £934 7 0
PUBLICATIONS FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. £990 18 2 By Cost of 1952 Conference
,. Transfers from Report, “Changing Flora
General Fund :— of Britain’, and postages
“Index of Brit- thereon ae ate coe EEZBRT AD
ish Herbaria’’ £125 0 0 ,. Balance a Be eG = eet
“Flora of
Scilly”’ 125510) 10
RN (0% XO)
, Interest for year on
initial balance at 22%
(per General Fund) se YAGI (83
, sales of C.F. and B.P.L WA by &
,» sales of 1948 Conference
Report cee ee aE 10 6 9
, sales of 1950 Conference
Report a ae Aes (By 2 a(t
, sales of 1952 Conference
Report ke at Oman O
BOAO a at £1450 1 11
MEETINGS COMMITTEE’S FUND.
To Transfer from General By Balance from 1952 ig oot 9
Fund being cost of 1952 ., Northern Regional Meet-
Exhibition Re wa £89) 9 ing Expenses ie es 3 18 10
,» Profit on Field Meetings , Advance Payment, he-
and Conversazione a Git ing half-cost of hire of
» Balance (debit) in beh 98 9 11 hire of hall for 1954 Con-
ference tee ae ce So 4u @
. Exhibition Meeting Ex-
penses ace ee a 9 11 11
400 3 £43 1.1
BENEVOLENT FUND.
To Balance from 1952 .. #41 3 6 By Payments made .., ener Gt ka
., Balance se sae nt 39 11 0
£41 3 6 £413 6
By reason of the change in form of the Society’s publications a new Proceedings
Fund has been opened with an initial sum of £200 transferred from General
Fund; the balance on Life Members’ Fund remains at £145 12s 0d, and there
have been no entries on this account during the year.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
BALANCE-SHEET as at
Journal Fund TS Fi 4
Publications Fund ial 7h ae!
Proceedings Fund fi 200 0 0
Life Members’ Fund ... 145 12 0
Benevolent Fund am AP 39 11 0
Cheques issued but not pre-
sented 410 0
£1880 8 0
Examined and found correct.
13th January 1954.
sist December 1953.
General Fund (Debit Balance) £24 19 8
Meetings Committee’s Fund
(Debit Balance) 98 -9 11
500 National Savings Certifi-
cates, at cost 400 0 O
Deposit with Post Office
Savings Bank 1300 0 0
Cash at Bank 126 18 5
£1880 8 O
(Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor.
E. L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
bo
NX
Ss
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. 8TH APRIL 1954_
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 8th APRIL 1954
The Annual General Meeting was held in the rooms of the Linnean
Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, on Thursday, April 8th,
1954, at 6.15 p.m.
Mr. J. S. L. Gilmour (Vice-President) was in the chair and 60 mem-
bers were preesnt. The Chairman said that he felt sure that members
would wish for a letter of sympathy to be sent to the President offering
condolences on his recent bereavement. This was agreed unanimously.
The Minutes of the last Annual General Meeting as printed in the
1953 Year Book were adopted.
Councit’s Report.—The Report of the Council for the year 1953,
having been printed and circulated, was then considered, the Hon.
General Secretary further outlining the work of the Society in 1953.
Mr. S. T. Jermyn enquired why a fee was charged when booking for
Field Meetings. Dr. Dony said that this was essential to obtain accur-
ate details of the number of people attending. Many members joined in
the lengthy discussion which followed and the following resolution was
put to the meeting:—‘‘That fees charged for Field Meetings be
abolished’’ (Tutin/ Ash); an amendment was immediately proposed :—
“That fees charged for Field Meetings be considered as an advance con-
tribution to payment of expenses on the said Meetings’? (Ounsted /
Ribbons). The amendment and the resolution were then put to the
meeting in turn, and were defeated by 24 votes to 17 and 34 votes to 13
respectively. It was finally decided to refer the matter to the Meetings
Committee for their consideration.
The Report was adopted, and Mr. Lousley was thanked for drawing
it up.
Evection oF Vick-PRESIDENTS.—There was one_ retiring Vice-
President, who under Rule 3(d) was eligible for re-election, and there
was one other vacancy. Council had nominated Prof. T. G. Tutin for
re-election, and had nominated Mr. N. D. Simpson to fill the other
vacancy. The proposal was then put to the meeting and Prof. Tutin
and Mr. Simpson were declared elected.
Exiection or Honorary GENERAL SECRETARY, Honorary TREASURER,
Honorary Eprror ann Honorary Fretp (Meretrincs) Srecretary.—Coun-
cil had nominated Mr. J. E. Lousley, Mr. E. L. Swann, Dr. E. F. War-
burg and Dr. J. G@. Dony respectively. These were unanimously re-
elected. Mr. R. A. Graham then expressed the gratitude of all to the
Executive Officers of the Society for their work during 1953.
Mr. Gilmour left the meeting at 7.15 p.m., the Chair then heing
taken by Mr. G. M. Ash.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, StH APRIL 1954 wie
Exvection oF MEMBERS oF CouNciIL.—There were four vacancies on
Council provided by the retirement of Mr. J. E. Raven, Mr. G. M.
Ash, Mr. R. D. Meikle and Prof. D. H. Valentine in accordance with
Rule 3(e). Dr. H. G. Baker, Mr. O. Buckle, Mr. D. McClintock, Dr.
C. T. Prime and Dr. E. M. Rosser had been nominated by members.
Ballot papers were distributed, and Mr. Graham and Dr. J. Heslop-
Harrison were appointed scrutineers. The following were declared
elected :—Mr. O. Buckle, Dr. H. G. Baker and Mr. D. McClintock. Dr.
Prime and Dr. Rosser having received an equal number of votes for the
fourth vacancy, the Chairman drew lots and Dr. Rosser was declared
elected. The order of seniority for retirement, as decided by lots drawn
by the Chairman, is in the sequence given.
Maps CommittEeE.—The Hon. General Secretary explained that the
work of the Maps Committee necessitates closer collaboration with other-
Societies and bodies over a wider field than normally arises, but the
Rules restrict membership of Committees to persons who are members
of the Society. The Council consider it desirable that the Committee
should have exceptional powers but that the Rules should remain un-
altered.
The following resolution was then put forward:—‘‘That the Maps
Committee be authorised to co-opt as members of that Committee per-
sons who are not members of the Society, provided that the number of
non-members of the Society on the Committee shall not at any time
exceed one-third of the membership of the Committee.’’ This was
agreed.
Any OtTHerR Business.—Mr. Sandwith drew attention to the fact
that a full report of the Society’s Glen Affric Field Meeting held in
1947 had not yet been published, and proposed the following resolution :
—“That a letter from the Hon. Secretary of the Publications Com-
mittee be sent to Prof. A. R. Clapham requesting him to complete the
report of the Glen Affric Field Meeting for publication’’. This was
seconded by Mr. E. C. Wallace, put to the meeting, and agreed. Mr.
W. E. Warren also drew attention to the fact that no report had been
published of the Society’s Field Meeting to Cliveden in 1951, and pro-
posed the following resolution: —‘‘That a similar letter be sent to Mr.
C. E. Hubbard requesting him to complete the report of the Cliveden
Field Meeting for publication.’’ This was seconded by Mr. E. Milne-
Redhead, put to the meeting, and agreed.
The Chairman then thanked members for their attendance and
proposed that the thanks of the meeting be accorded to the Council
of the Linnean Society for the use of their rooms. This was agreed.
J.E.L.
D.H.K.
276 ASSISTANT SECRETARY'S REPORT FOR 1953 _
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1953
During 1953, 92* new members joined the Society, this being 22 fewer
than in 1952, and 14 fewer than in 1951. Of the new members 69* were
Ordinary members, 5 Subscriber members, 16 Junior members and 2
Family members. Losses were 31, this being 14 more than in 1952, and
4 more than in 1951. Of these 7 members resigned, 16 ceased to be
members under rule 6 (e), and we regret having to record the deaths of
the following 8 members:—C. M. Baker, Major R. Mackenzie, Rt. Hon.
the Earl of Morley, Dr. R. L. Praeger (Honorary Member), F. Rilstone,
Lady Victoria Russell, K. Stares, and Mrs M. L. Wedgwood.
New Ordinary members are:—Dr. G. J. H. Amshoff, Miss J.
Andrews, Miss R. M. Barnes, Miss J. E. Bartle, P. M. Benoit, F. C.
Best, E. Q. Bitton, Dr. T. E. T. Bond, Miss E. M. Booth, B. N. Bowden,
Miss E. A. Bruce, Mrs. C. M. A. Cadell, Dr. B. Campbell, Miss H.
Child, Mrs. H. N. Clokie, G. W. Collett, Mrs. M. E. Cotton, Mrs. M.
Cowling, A. Currie, O. Davis, Miss D. E. De Vesian, Miss O. R. Dewey,
T. W. J. D. Dupree, P. B. Gahan, D. R. Glendinning, F. D. Hanson,
R. E. Hardy, Dr. J. 'G. Hawkes, Mrs. H. V. Hawkins, Miss M. B.
Hinton, Miss E. M. Howard, I. Jones, Miss V. E. Jones, M. N. 8.
Khash, W. S. Lacey, J. Latham, W. N. Lawfield, Miss J. R. Lawrie, D.
V. Le Mare, Lady Lennard, Dr. J. Liger, Major J. G. MacGeorge, A. P.
Major, W. F. C. Marwood, F. C. Minns, Miss D. E. North, Dr. H.
O’Reilly, Mrs. V. N. Paul, G. J. Paxman, O. Ranson, I. H. Rorison,
Mrs. K. N. Sanecki (re-joined), W. H. Somers, P. S. L. Southall (re-
joined), B. Sowerby, Col. C. E. H. Sparrow, A. W. Stelfox, Dr. T. D.
V. Swinscow, Mrs. A. E. Swinton, Mrs. M. E. Tanner, Mrs. N. Teacher,
[. H. Welsh, A. K. Wilson, D. Wilson, E. V. Wray, Miss A. P. Wylie,
and Mrs. H. J. Younger.
New Junior members are:—J. A. Adcock, Miss J. Davis, H. J.
Iletcher, R. Harley, B. S. Kear, M. McFarlane, Miss S. Maxwell, R.
Maycock, N. R. Morrison, B. J. Perry, G. S. Perryman, G. R. Sagar,
A. V. Simpson, Miss P. M. Tuckett, J. T. Williams, and P. J. Wood.
New Subscriber members are:—Haslemere Natural History Society,
Institut de Botanique, Grenoble, Lloyd Library and Museum, Nature
Conservancy, Merlewood Research Station, and Texas Research
loundation.
New Family members are:—D. W. M. Cowling and Mrs. A. H.
Gurney.
D. H. Kent.
January 1954.
*These figures include an adjustment of 2 brought forward from the 1952 figures.
see Year Book, B.S.BJI., 1953. 33.
REVIEW With
REVIEW
Flora of Bedfordshire. By J. G. Dony. Pp. 532, 25 plates, 22 figs.
and a map. Luton Museum, 1953. Price 2 guineas.
In an age in which many forces are at work tending to favour large-
scale national organisations at the expense of regional or more local
ones, it is a particular pleasure to welcome a work of this type; written,
printed and published within one of the smaller English counties, by a
native of that county, about the county flora, and reflecting on every
page the great care which has been taken in its preparation and final
production. This new Flora of Bedfordshire is indeed a model of what
a modern local Flora should seek to do. Whilst in no way ignoring or
breaking with the long tradition established by his eighteenth and nine-
teenth century predecessors—indeed, we find an excellent histori-
cal introduction to Bedfordshire field botany provided—Dr. Dony
has rightly chosen to incorporate features which most older County
Floras conspicuously lack. Chief among these is an attempt to give
some picture of the vegetation of the county based upon 86 ‘habitat
studies’ (all accurately localised by National Grid References) in selected
localities on all the main soil types. This section, occupying some 75
pages, enormously enhances the value of the book to the field botanist,
amateur and professional; it 1s preceded by a section on topography,
climate, geology and soils, and followed by a discussion of the composi-
tion of the flora from the point of view of the status of species and of
their distribution. Of special interest is the author’s critical re-
assessment of the status of many species in the flora, by which, for
example, he accords unquestionably native status to Carum carvi in
some of its Bedfordshire habitats.
Together these sections make an admirable introduction to the main
body of the Flora, which then follows traditional] lines; although it
should be pointed out that its scope is rather larger than that of most
works of this type, for (in addition to the vascular plants and the tradi-
tionally-hallowed Characeae) Bryophytes and Fungi, each contributed
by specialists, are included.
Naturally the type of treatment accorded to individual species varies.
Local patriotism and botanical interest alike would agree in welcoming
the excellent account, with frontispiece photograph and dot distribution
map, of the great earth-nut (Buniuwm bulbocastanum), which the author
considers ‘the most interesting Bedfordshire species’; or, to take an-
other example, the historical detail accompanying the account of Orni-
thogalum pyrenaicum, whose history as a local Bedfordshire plant can
be traced back to Abbot’s Flora Bedfordiensis and the illustration in
Sowerby’s English Botany, at the end of the eighteenth century. Yet,
278 REVLEW
interesting as these inay be, the botanical worth of the book may well
rest more on the author’s substantiated claim to have given some better
idea of the distribution of the commoner species that is normally pro-
vided by the ‘traditional’ County Flora. This is achieved by listing,
under each species, all the ‘habitat studies’ in which that species was
recorded; thus, Holcus lanatus is recorded in 47 of these surveys, and
Lotus corniculatus in 21, out of the total 86. Such data go to support
generalisations made about the occurrence and frequency of each species,
which are all too often glibly made on little or no evidence.
Particular mention should be made of the excellent treatment of non-
native species in the Flora. Dr. Dony has made a special study of the
alien flora of the county, and has rightly decided to include in the
main body of the Flora all plants, whatever their origin, which are
reasonably well established; he has also provided a separate list of all
recorded casuals or garden escapes.
The nomenclature of the vascular plants differs slightly from that
of Clapham, Tutin and Warburg (the general arrangement of whose
Flora of the British Isles is followed), but I have been unable to discover
any statement as to the nomenclatural policy adopted. This is, how-
ever, no serious drawback, as a rather full synonymy is given, with
references to Clapham, Tutin and Warburg. In all the more difficult
groups, the author has enlisted specialist help. The degree to which this
has enhanced the value of the Flora above that of some, at least, of its
kind can be gained by a comparison of the excellent account of Carex
(for which E. Nelmes’ valuable assistance is acknowledged) with that of
the same genus in A. H. Evans’ Flora of Cambridgeshire, although this
is admittedly a somewhat extreme contrast!
In a detailed work of this kind, some errors are unavoidable, but Dr.
Dony’s care and scholarship seems to have reduced them to a minimum.
Some, indeed, are clearly not to be laid at his door, but rather reflect
the inadequacy of the records published for adjoining counties; in this
category, for example, is the incorrect statement that the red campion
is absent from Cambridgeshire. It is less easy to see the basis for the
equally incorrect statement that Dianthus deltoides is extinet in Cam-
bridgeshire. Minor errors undetected in proof seem to be very com-
mendably few; page 134 provides two examples in ‘Cantoneuron’ and
‘Climaceum’ (sic).
The twenty-five photographs, mainly of the habitats studied in detail,
are of a high standard and very well reproduced; indeed the printers
are to be congratulated on a neat, pleasing, well-bound volume. An
appreciative foreword by Sir Edward Salisbury and a triple index (to
botanists, localities with Grid Reference, and plant names) form an
admirable start and finish to a book worthy of the highest praise.
S. M. Watters.
OBLTUARIES 279
OBITUARIES
Sir Roger Curtis (1886-1954).—Sir Roger Colin Molyneux Curtis,
Ath Baronet, of Gatcombe, was born September 12, 1886, and succeeded
to the Baronetcy in 1898. He was educated at Keble College, Oxford,
where he graduated B.A. in 1910, and he became one of H.M. Inspectors
of Schools, Board of Education, first in Surrey, and subsequently in
Staffordshire and Derbyshire.
He joined the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British
Isles in 1915 and was a member for 25 years.. For a period he was
keenly interested in the alien plants which appeared in the vicinity of
the breweries at Burton-on-Trent trom the use of foreign grain. He
was joined in some of his visits there by Dr. G. Claridge Druce, and this
work culminated in a useful paper (Rep. B.E.C., 9, 465-9, 1931). At
that time Dr. Druce, who had been the sole officer of the Society for
many years, was making arrangements for the continuance of the work
alter his death and he named Sir Roger as a member of the ‘‘Advisory
Committee” charged with making appropriate arrangements. Follow-
ing preliminary work by this Committee it was decided to place the
affairs of the Society on a democratic basis, and at the Annual General
Meeting called in May 1932, Sir Roger became a member of our first
elected Committee. In 1934 he was elected Honorary Treasurer, and he
served in this capacity until 1937 when he resigned on being asked to
make a long visit to South Africa to study education methods there.
In his last years he lived in a delightful cottage overlooking the lake
at Melbourne, a locality well known to Derbyshire botanists. There he
always had a warm welcome for his friends, and particularly for those
of botanical inclination. Botany to him was a recreation and, although
he knew his plants well, he never had the opportunity, nor perhaps the
taste, for intensive work. He threw himself with great energy and
enthusiasm into many things. During the war he greatly assisted in
the collection of material from our hedgerows for wartime needs,
emphasising always its educational value in helping children to appre-
ciate better the interests in the countryside. Later he helped in the
organisation of field investigations for the new Flora of Derbyshire. He
was also greatly interested in boys’ clubs and annually took a large
number of boys on a camping tour on the continent. He was a governor
of Trent College.
Sir Roger was a genial companion on a botanical ramble and found
delight and much of interest in even the commonest flowers. He had
a great sense of humour. He resigned from the Society in 1940 and
died on January 11th, 1954.
R.- W. Burcuer and J. EK. LousieEy.
280 OBITUARIES
RatpH HowarrH (1889-1954), who passed away on February 8, 1954,
after a long illness, will be remembered by those members who attended
the Isle of Man meeting in June, 1950. His eagerness on that occasion
to show the party the most interesting parts of the island, and to take
uiembers in his car to areas that would otherwise have been inaccessible
was characteristic of his kindly nature.
Born in Yorkshire, and engaged in the textile trade all his life, he
first came to the Isle of Man in 1916 in connection with the manuiac-
ture of airship fabric. After the war he made his home in the island.
living first at Peel, and later at Sulby. After his retirement he acted
as wool valuer for the Manx Government. He was a member of the
island’s Education Authority and of Lezayre Parish Commissioners, a
Steward of Sulby Methodist Chapel, an ardent freemason and rotarian,
a Trustee and valued helper of the Manx Museum, and an ex-President
of the Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquarian Society, whose
natural history activities he had fostered over many years.
A life-long lover of the country, he was first drawn to the ee ot
ornithology, but latterly his enthusiasm had been directed more and
more towards botany. He joined the Botanical Society of the British
Isles at the end of the 1950 meeting and shortly afterwards became
Local Secretary for Man, in which capacity he established contact with
all the island’s botanists, enlisting their help in the preparation of the
Flora which had been commenced in 1949. As Recorder I found in him
a perfect collaborator, ever ready to search for any plant that he could
persuade me to mention. He never pretended to be an expert botanist,
but his hospitality to botanical visitors was unfailing, and I shall never
forget the days that we spent together exploring the northern half of
the island—especially the pond near Jurby where we found four plants
new to the Manx flora in as many minutes.
He leaves a widow and two sons, to whom we extend our deepest
sympathy.
D. E. ALLEN.
Kart Ronnicer (1871-1954) was born at Gmunden, Upper Austria,
on 13th August 1871, and died in Vienna on 5th February 1954. His
father, Ferdinand Ronniger, was Manager of the publishing house
Holder in Vienna, and a member of the Zoologisch-Botanische Gesell-
schaft, and his love of nature was evidently inherited by his son who
showed a keen interest in plants from early childhood. Ronniger was
educated at the lower and middle schools in Vienna, and in 1889 joined
the staff of the Finanz-Landes-Direktion. Later he was transferred to
the Finanzministerium, where he remained until he retired as the head
of the Rechnungsdepartment IV in 1925. He married Gabriele Haas
in 1902; there were no children. ;
Ronniger was one of the most distinguished Viennese amateur botan-
ists of the older generation, and made many excursions through all the
former Austrian-Hungarian Monarchy. He also travelled extensively
OBITUARIES 281
in the Mediterranean, southern Europe and the Balkans. He was of a
cheerful disposition, and a keen and extremely careful collector. His
herbarium contains about 60,000 sheets, mostly of plants collected by
himself, including more than 80 large parcels of Thymus; certainly the
most complete collection of this genus ever assembled.
Ronniger’s later years were devoted to the study of Thymus, his
favourite genus, though unfortunately he did not publish a monograph.
In recognition of his papers on British Thymes he was elected an
Honorary Member of the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the
British Isles in 1924.
The following is a list of Ronniger’s most important publications : —
1924: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Thymus, 1. Die britischen Arten und
Formen, Fedde Repert., 20, 321-332.
Contributions to the Knowledge of the genus Thymus. The British species
and forms, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1923, 226-239.
1928: The Distribution of Thymus in Britain, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 1927, 509-517.
1930: Thymus, in Hayek Prodr. Fl. Penins. Balcan., 2, 337-382.
1932: Die Thymus-Arten des Kaukasus und der stidlich angrenzenden Gebiete.
Fedde Repert., 31, 135-157.
Thymus, in Grossheim Flora Kawkasa, vol. 3, 334-347.
A complete list of Ronniger’s botanical papers and notes will be
published in Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesellschaft Wien, together with a longer
obituary notice.
K. H. Recnwincer.
282 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
CARDAMINE PRATENSIS L. agg.
Mr D. E. Allen is carrying out a revision of the Cardamine pratensis
complex in the British Isles and would be glad to examine material from
all parts, especially from Scotland and Ireland. Care should he taken
to gather the radical leaves.
JUNCUS BULBOSUS L. agg.
Messrs. D. E. Allen and P. M. Benoit are co-operating in a study of
the variation and distribution of Juncus bulbosus L. and J. kochii F.
W. Schultz in the British Isles. They would be grateful for material
(preferably fresh) of both species, which may be sent to either of them.
It would be helpful if the number of stamens could be noted in each
gathering.
CYPERACEAE
Dr. T. Koyama, 1341 Ryoke, Urawa-City, Japan, wishes to obtain
material of any British species of Cyperaceaec; in exchange he offers
material from Japan.
CAREX
Mr. J. A. Calder, Department of Agriculture, Science Service
Building, Ottawa, Canada, is anxious to obtain material of British
Carices for the Divisional Collections, in exchange for Canadian material.
Interested members should write direct to Mr. Calder giving details of
the specimens they have for exchange.
STEEP TIOLM TRUST
The island of Steep Holm in the Bristol Channel has been acquired
on a twenty-one years lease by a Trust, representing four local societies :
—Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society, Bristol
Naturalists’ Society, Mid-Somerset Naturalists and Bristol Folk House
Archaeological Club.
One of the aims of the Trust is to preserve the flora of the island.
Steep Holm is the only habitat in Britain of Paeonia mascula; Allium
ampeloprasum and Inula crithmoides are also well established.
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 283
The annual rent of the island is guaranteed by the four societies, but
the development of the Trust’s aims is entirely dependent on a small
income from landing dues and voluntary effort. Much work has already
been carried out by the Trust, including clearing the path round the
whole perimeter of the island, overgrown to such an extent as to be, in
places, impassable; cleaning the well which supplies the only drinking
water; clearing the guttering of the Barracks roof; fixing wire netting
over all its broken windows, etc.
During the coming year the Trust feels that it should endeavour to
provide the following :—
1. Improved landing facilities.
2. Repair and maintenance of the fresh water supply.
3. Conversion of one of the smaller buildings into a Bird-Ringing
Station.
4, Provision of camp-beds, blankets, stores and cooking facilities
for working parties.
5. Purchase of an adequate supply and selection of tools for clear-
ance work and repair of buildings.
Ample voluntary labour by members is assured, but it is estimated
that between £200 and £300 will be required for purchase of materials
and equipment.
Donations to assist the work of the Trust will be gratefully received
by the Hon. Secretary, Mr. J. H. Savory, 61 Lower Redland Road,
Bristol 6.
FLORA OF HUNTINGDONSHIRE
Mr. J. L. Gilbert, ‘‘Riverside’’, Wansford, Peterborough, is com-
piling a Flora of Huntingdonshire and would be glad to receive notes
and records of plants in that county.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the follow-
ing Nature Reserves:—Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner Wood,
Devon; Moor House, Westmorland; Holme Fen, Huntingdonshire;
Kingley Vale, Sussex; Ham Street, Kent; Beinn Eighe, Ross-shire;
Morton Lochs, Fifeshire; Monk’s Wood, Huntingdonshire; Blean
Woods, Kent; Orfordness-Havergate, Suffolk; Woodwalton Fen, Hunt-
ingdonshire; Old Winchester Hill, Hampshire; Bridgwater Bay,
Somerset; Castor Hanglands, Soke of Peterborough; Scolt Head,
Norfolk; and Tentsmuir Point, Fifeshire. Permits to collect are required
for all reserves; permits to visit are required for all reserves except
Cavenham Heath, Kingley Vale, Old Winchester Hill, Scolt Head, and
Castor Hanglands (except for ‘“‘Blacklands’’).
SS ee =e oy
ase:
—
ee
a
2R4 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
A small pamphlet, ‘‘Visiting Nature Reserves’’, setting out the con-
siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting
visits, may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 19
Belgrave Square, London, S.W.1. Applications for permits may be sent
to this address for the English Reserves, or to The Nature Conservancy,
12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9, for those in Scotland, or to the Regional
Officers of the Conservancy concerned. Visitors who wish their permits
to include the right to collect and take away specimens should say so in
making application and should specify what it is they wish to collect.
NEWBOROUGH WARREN, ANGLESEY
The Air Ministry propose to establish a range at Newborough Warren
but following representations made at a Public Local Inquiry by this
Society and others, have agreed to make advance notices of firing prac-
tices available to research workers and students. These notices will be
sent to our Local Secretary, Prof. P. W. Richards, Coed Menai, Upper
Bangor, Caernarvonshire, and members wishing to visit the Warren are
advised to make arrangements with him well in advance of the time of
their visits.
THREATS TO BRITISH FLORA
Members are urged to report to the Hon. General Secretary any
threats to the British flora. The Council has appointed a Conservation
Committee to deal with such matters and every effort will be made ‘‘to
promote in every way possible the conservation of the British flora’’.
TOXIC SPRAYS
The Society is collecting information about the effect on native vege-
tation of toxic chemicals used for spraying crops. The increasing use
of weed-killing chemicals on arable land implies a threat to neighbour-
ing uncultivated land or woods since the spray can be carried a con-
siderable distance under suitable conditions. _ Members who observe
damage from this cause are asked to send full details to the Hon.
General Secretary, 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
SYSTEMATICS ASSOCIATION
A card index of autecological and/or cytogenetic-taxonomic
researches that are being carried out on British flowering plants is
maintained by the Association. Copies of the index may be consulted at
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, or at the Royal Botanic Garden,
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 285
Edinburgh. Its purpose is to obviate overlapping between different
workers. Members taking up research of this nature are asked to
send particulars either to Mr. R. D. Meikle, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, Surrey, or to Mr. B. L. Burtt, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Members are reminded that through the kindness of the Council of
the Linnean Society of London, they have the privilege of consulting
the Library of the Linnean Society at Burlington House, Piccadilly,
London, W.1.
ADVERTISEMENTS
A limited number of relevant advertisements will be accepted for
the Society’s publications as space permits. Enquiries should be
addressed to Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
< fen =
2 an
na
ST.
BO RAVICAIS SOCIETY OF: THE-BRITISH: ISLES
PUBLICATIONS
To be obtained from Mr. E. B. Bangerter, c/o Department of Botany,
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Prices revised October 1954. Postage extra.
B.E.C. REPORTS
A few almost complete runs are available for sale to Institutions; details
will be sent on request. For details of other available parts see Year
Book 1951.
SPECIAL OFFER OF BACK REPORTS. To enable new members to
obtain a representative selection of earlier publications, and in order to
reduce the Society’s stock of surplus Reports, they are offered certain
back Reports at a greatly reduced price. The parts availabie are mainly
from Vol. X (1933) to Vol. XIII (1946-47), and parcels of 20 different
Reports (10 Secretary’s Reports and 10 Distributor’s Reports; published
price £7), are offered at the price of £1 post free. Parcels of 10 different
Reports (5 Secretary’s Reports and 5 Distributor’s Reports; published
price £3 10/-), are offered at the price of 10/- post-free. Selection of
Reports to be made by the Society.
SEGCOND-HAND REPORTS. The runs listed below are offered at less
than half-price. in some cases the covers are worn or torn, or the pages
annotated, but they include parts which cannot be supplied separately
out of the Society’s stock.
EBNIG. Vols. VIXEN, 1920-1947 —................. £10
RUN D. Vols. VI—Xill, 1920-1947 ..................... £10
Certain parts of Volume I and other volumes are also available second-
hand at half-price—details may be obtained from Mr. Bangerter.
WATSONIA
Vol. | (1949-50), parts 1-6; Vol. 11 (1951-52), parts 1-6; Vol. Ili (1953-
54), part 1, 7/6 each; part 2, 15/-. Members purchasing Reports, Wat-
sonia and Proceedings, for their own use are entitled to a reduction of
25%. This concession cannot be allowed on more than one copy of a
part or volume.
YEAR BOOK
1949, 1950, 1951, 1952 and 1953, 7/6 each.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH
ISLES. Vol. | (1954), parts 1 and 2, 10/=- each.
BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS AND MODERN SYSTEMATIC
METHODS. Ed. A. J. Wilmott, 1948, 10/-.
THE STUDY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS.
Ed. J. E. Lousley, 195i, 10/-.
THE CHANGING FLORA OF BRITAIN. Ed. J. E. Lousley, 1953, 15/-.
THE COMITAL FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES. Druce (1932).
Bound, 25/-.
THE FLORA OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE. Druce (1930). Members
are given the opportunity of purchasing this book at half-price, i.e., 10/-.
The price to non-members remains at 20/-.
THE FLORA OF WEST ROSS. Druce (1929). 7/6.
pe
oy ee ake
ray
a
- = oe te
REPRINTS FROM B.E.C. REPORTS
WATSONIA and PROCEEDINGS
Reprints of most papers which have appeared in Watsonia from Vol. III,
part 1 onwards, are available for sale; details will be sent on request.
HISTORICAL s. d.
Annals of the B.E.C. Foggitt (1933) — 7 aes
Samuel Brewer’s Diary (N. Wales). Hyde (1931) 1-26
Du Bois Herb., British Plants in. Druce (1928) ... Ss er 1220
John Blackstone, Apothecary and Botanist (1712-53). Kent
(1949)... bes — = sm Se a ox 2.0
NOMENCLATURE
Duplicated Binomials. Druce (1925) ee gt a 1 0
Nomenclature and Corrections to British Plant List
1 (1942), 2 (1944), 4 (1947), 5 (1948), 6 (1949),
Wilmott; 7 (1950), 8 (1951), Warburg... per set 36
A Binary Name for the Hybrid Watercress. Shaw (1951) -) 40
Nomenclature of the British ages of ae ess Lousley
(1950)... : ee #5. is +O
Correct Name for Veronica aquatica ‘Bernh. Burnett (1950) ... t 3B
Orchis latifolia. Vermeulen, Pugsiey, Wilmott (1947) ... Ae 1 6
TOPOGRAPHICAL
Notes on the Flora of Alderney. Ounsted (1954) ........ 2 0
Notes on Flora of Scilly isles & Lizard. Raven (1950) . # o-'S
A List of Plants from the Isle of Wight. Drabble & Long (1932) 1.6
Flora of Surrey (Notes on). Druce (1932) . 15
Additions and Correction to the Comital Floral for Middlesex.
Kent (1949) ree i
Notes on the Flora of Kensington Gardens & Hyde Park. Kent
(1950) ce dg a ae 1 6
Additions to the Berkshi re Flora. Druce (1919) ; A 46
Neighbourhood of Oxford. Brenan (1948) a as by 1 6
Additions and Emendations to C. F. for Beds. Dony (1946) ... 1 6
Contribution to the Flora of Huntingdonshire. Dony (1950) ... 2. ai}
Plants of the Silurian Limestones on the West of the Malvern
Hills. Day (1953) Ris a
Staffs., additions to C. F. Edees (1944) am ne 1° 8
Flora of Caldey !sland, Pembrokeshire. Hepper (1954) 2 0
Recent Work on the Manx Flora. Allen (1954) 2. SS
Additions and Emendations to the C. F. for Fife and Kinross
(v.c. 85). MacLeay (1953) 2
W. Sutherland (Lochinver). Wilmott and Campbell (1946) 1 0
Contribution to the Flora of W. Sutherland. McCallum Webster
& Marler (1952) Lam
Three Weeks’ Botanising in Outer Hebrides. Campbell (1937) figly
Additions to Flora Zetlandica. Druce (1925) Pee
Flora of Foula. Turrill (1929) 1 6
Irish Plant Records. Webb (1952) 1s
Egypt and Palestine. Druce (1926) ... 242
REPRINTS FOR SALE (continued)
ALIENS
Adventive Flora cf the Port of Cardiff and additions. Wade &
Smith (1926 and 1927), each s es
Adventive Fiora of the Port of Bristol. Sandwith (1933)
Adventive Flora of Burton-on-Trent. Curtis (1931)
Adventive Flora of Burton-on-Trent. Burges (1946)
Southampton Docks. Brenan (1947) 2m:
Flora of Bombed Sites in Canterbury. Kent (1951)
SYSTEMATIC
Extinct and Dubious Plants of Britain. Druce (1920) ...
Notes on British Batrachia. Pearsall (1922) ay
Identification and Distribution of the British Watercress Species.
Howard & Lyon (1950) ie)
ieee trie of British Watercress Species. Howard & Lyon
q951)° -*:.
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. in Britain. Allen (1952)
Viola odorata. Walters (1946) ee aD
Variations of Silene nutans L. in Great Britain. ‘Hepper (1951)
Floral eau, in Stellaria holostea L. Brenan & Lousley
1846)... ve am =i se a Bey =
British Brambles. Trower (1929)... =x ee
Weihean Species of Rubus in Britain. Watson (1949)
Rubus Watsonii sp. nov. Mills (1949) bere he =e
Rubus corylifolius var. purpureus Bab. Watson (1950)
Alchemilla vulgaris L. agg in Britain. Waiters (1949)
Alchemilia subcrenata Buser in Britain. Walters (1952)
Aphanes microcarpa (Boiss. et Reut.) Rothm. in Britain.
Walters (1949) ty: ses ne
Mossy Saxifrages of the British Isles. Webb (1951) ._.. sot
Australian Myriophylium verrucosum Lindley in_ Britain.
Brenan & Chapple (1949)
Artemisia verlotorum Lamotte and its Occurrence in Britain.
Brenan (1950) Le 3
Homogyne aipina in Scotland. Ribbons (1952)
Lapsana intermedia in Britain. Burtt. (1950)...
Limonium binervosum complex in Western and Northern Ireland.
Baker (1954)
Habitats & Distribution of Gentiana uliginosa. Lousley (1950)
Cuscuta europaea var. nefrens . Verdcourt (1947) se
Cuscuta epithymum var. trifolii Bab. Van Oostroom (1951)
Some Remarks on British Rhinanthus. Wilmott (1942) .
Another British Rhinanthus with Pubescent Calyx. Wilmott
(1949) _ te c at
Scutellaria hastifolia in Britain. Pigott (1951) ...
Menthae Briquetianae. Fraser (1925) a Bae
Menthae Britannicae. Fraser 27) ae ey
Mint Notes. Graham, 1 (1949), 2 (1950), 4 (1951). each
Koenigia islandica L. in Scotland. Raven (1952) .
Rumex cuneifolius and a new Hybrid. Lousiey (1953) .
Lines of Evolution and Geographical Distribution in ‘Rumex
Subgen. Lapathum. Rechinger (i949) a
Ficus carica L. Lousley (1948) ze
Key to the British Species of Salix. Rechinger (1949)
Observations on some Scottish Willows. Rechinger (1950)
Salix calodendren Wimm. in Britain. Meikle (1952)
The Kenfig Enipactis. Thomas (19508) ts: ek
Studies in the British Epipactis, | and ie Young (1949)
car ay ay SE OG
—_b
eh ek DD) ND eh eh
MNP aa hy a
QoOo0O DD ©
© a
NDHOD ODO oon m (=p)
i=) Dn ©
OnQVOND® & Qone © Ona
Oeonnnn
REPRINTS FOR SALE (continued)
Studies in the British Epipactis, I1!. Young (1952) a
Orchis cruenta Mull. in the British Isiands. Heslop-Harrison
(1950) Me, Pe Fie
Orcnis DUNES von, Saut. in the British Isles. Heslop-Harrison
1953)... TH 2
Be cig and Ecology of Scheuchzeria ‘palustris L. Siedg
1949) oe Bt:
Carex flava and C. muricata. Nelmes (1947) beet
Another Hybrid Carex from Ireland. Nelmes (1949) .
A Mysterious Carex on Ben Lawers. Sandwith leet
Milium scabrum Merlet. Tutin (1950)
Avena strigosa. Marquand (1922)
British Fescues. Howarth (1948) . an a ay
Roegneria doniana (F. B. White) Meld. in Britain. Raven
(1952)
Note on Species Pairs in the Gramineae. Tutin (1950) -
Equisetum ramosissimum as a British Plant. Alston (1949) .
MISCELLANEOUS
Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants. Parkin (1927)
‘‘Victoria regia’’—the Embiem of the Society. Lousley (1951)
Dp =a = © =| =P
_— ©
ooonoeoo oO lows) op)
nO ©
on
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1954-55
ae
Development and - Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.)
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
R. D. Meikle
EK. Milne-Redhead
O. V. Polunin
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan
J. EK. Dandy
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley
H. K. Airy Shaw
E. C.: Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.)
Dr. KE. F. Warburg
Maps
Prof. A. R. Clapham
(Hon. Sec.) ~
Dr. V. M. Conway
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. E. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
EK. Milne-Redhead |
W. T. Stearn (co-opted)
Prof. T. G. Tutin
EK. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. E. F. Warburg
[<- Prot D. A: Webb
A. H. G. Alston
Dr. H. G. Baker
E. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham
Dr. E. M. Rosser
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
Captain C. Diver
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.)
EK. Milne-Redhead
V. S. Summerhayes
P. J. Wanstall
Mrs. B. Welch ©
Junior Membership
D. E. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost
Miss B. M. C. Morgan
J. Ounsted
Dr. C. T. Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec
3 eS ee
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL
SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Published Twice Yearly
Price 15} per part
Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER,
c/o Department of Botany, British Museum,
(Natural History ), London, S.W.7
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | FUEY 1955 re aa
CONTENTS PAGE
THe DISTRIBUTION AND EcoLoGy oF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN
SOUTHERN ENGLAND. ue C. T. Prime, O. Buckle and
J. D. Lovis ... a 287
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN Waike. By William s. rae. 297
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES. By E.S. Edees ... a 301
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS L. Ey Douglas fe
Kent... % at & 312
CAREX HOSTIANA IN a oe E. Nelmes Si Der eaets
THe DIsTRIBUTION Maps SCHEME: A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO
TRELAND OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL GRID. By D.A.Webb = 316
PLantT NOTES es Pe = espe A
PLANT RECORDS. boupited = E. Cc. Wallace a eae Var
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Rent ie oon
NorrTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954 Les ike ey aNesape
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 ... _.... = BID
PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL Beweiis. Masaiwe: 1955 eet
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL _..... sees eons
DistrisuTion Mars ScHEMg, eae SNNGAN Brake Be ese? ANG
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955 is a ... 408
ASSISTANT SECRETARY'S REPORT FOR 1954 se at paper 81,
REVIEW a a 28 3c ae ec a eva 442
OBITUARIES cS ae Sa te moa, eee
PERSONALIA AND Gree TO a Meninag ane st see soc SANG
Last oF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS ee ARS cae Sse eS
GEOGRAPHICAL List OF MEMBERS ... en ie “a Se oD
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 ... seas ae see Se pEAES 5
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
c/o DEPARTMENT or Botany, British Museum (Naturat History),
Lonpon, S.W.7
Price TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THe Princess Royan
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant
Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom
copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1955-1956
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MERTING,
APRIL 2np, 1955
President: Dr. George Taylor
Vice-Presidents: N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin, G. M.
Ash, Prof. D. A. Webb
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer ; E. L. Swann
Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL
(in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e))
Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954
Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle
V.S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker
_E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser
Elected March 1958 Elected April 1955
Dr. J. H. Burnett Dr. F. Rose
R. A. Graham C. E. Hubbard
D. E,. Allen P. J. Wanstall
Mrs. A. N. Gibby J. E. Raven
Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch
Honorary Field Secretary : O. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony
Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett
Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley
Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM how
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM IN
SOUTHERN ENGLAND
By C. T. Prime, O. BuckKLE anv J. D. Lovis
PART I. KENT, SUSSEX, HANTS. AND DORSET
et
Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridley was first recorded in the
British Isles by A. Hambrough in 1854 when it was identified as
A. italicum Miller. Subsequently Townsend (1883) distinguished
it from A. italicum as var. neglectum and as recently as 1938 it
was re-described by Ridley as a separate species. The plant is
present as a native in southern and western England and northern
France but its status and distribution on the Continent are very
inadequately known. A. italicum (sensu stricto) probably does
not occur in England as a native, but it has been cultivated,
particularly in the south west and it is found occasionally as an
escape.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
A. neglectum has been recorded with certainty from ten vice-
counties and the records from the more easterly of these will be
treated in detail.
EAST AND West KeEntT (Vice-counties 15 and 16)
Hanbury and Marshall (1899) give six localities for Kent, but
it is very doubtful if the plant has ever occurred in the county
[see Prime (1954), also Melvill (1888) and Briggs (1888)]. A.
italicum (sensu stricto) has been recorded from Westwell near
Ashford (v.c. 15) but in this locality it is an undoubted garden
escape.
SUSSEX (Vice-counties 13 and 14)
_ Eight records were published by Wolley-Dod (1937); one
(Arundel, 1920) is a duplication and another (Park Bottom) is
now known to be an error. The following additional information
has been collected from the labels of herbarium specimens at
the British Museum and at Kew.
(a) Offington near Worthing, May 1858, W. W. Saunders; with a note
that he tried for the plant between Broadwater and Sompting with-
out success, and that he knew the plant only at Goring and Arundel.
(b) Lane leading to the Downs at Sompting, 1881, Oakeshott.
(c) Goring, 1921, C. EH. Salmon.
288 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
One of us (O. Buckle) has searched the county systematically
for this plant and has added many localities.
for A. neglectum now reads:
The complete list
1. Southwick 22. Holt Farm, Clapham
2. Lancing Manor 23. Clapham Church
3. Bramber Castle 24. Clapham Village
+4. Bramber 25. Nr. Patching Pond
5. Steyning 26. East Preston
6. Cokeham Road 27. West Preston
7. Sompting Village 28. Rustington
8. Sompting Church 29. Brookpits, ur. Littlehampton
9. Nr. Sompting Abbots 30. Clymping
10. Upper Brighton Road, 31. Cross Bush, Arundel
Sompting 32. Arundel Bridge
11. Lambley Lane +33. Swanbourne Lake
12. Tarring +34. Black Rabbit
13. High Salvington +35. Cocking Village
14. Ham Farm, Goring 36. Roadside north of Cocking
15. Old Forge, Goring 37. Treyford
*16. Sea Lane, Goring 38. South Harting
17. Titmore Lane 39. Bury Hill
18. Sea Lane, Ferring 40. Bignor
19. Hangleton Lane 41. Barlavington
20. Nr. Kingston Copse 42. Offham
21. Copse nr. Ferring 43. South Stoke
The plant has been seen recently in all these stations except
the first, and until its rediscovery, Lancing Manor (v.c. 13)
remains the eastern limit of the species in Great Britain.
absent from E. Sussex (v.c. 14).
the Petersfield localities in Hants.
It 3s
Sites 35-41 serve as a link with
The chromosome number of
two plants of A. neglectwm from Steyning has been determined
as 2n = 83 (J. D. Lovis).
The cultivated form of A. italicuwm with marked cream veins
in the leaves occurs in the following localities:
1. Newtimber
+2. Offington Lane
+3. Offington Hall
+4. Offington Corner
5. Sutton by Bignor
6. Bognor
The Offington plants were possibly planted by the owners of
Offington Hall who were enthusiastic gardeners. One or two
plants from the Tarring Colony of A. neglectum have the appear-
tA record given in Wolley-Dod (1937).
*Now destroyed by building.
THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM 289
ance of hybrids. All the plants from the first list are quite
clearly A. neglectum, and all have unspotted leaves.
The Newtimber record based on a leaf specimen in the Druce
herbarium at Oxford was refound in 1953 growing in cultivated
sround. The localities at Sutton by Bignor and Bognor are
similar.
The history of the plant in Sussex is puzzling. The earliest
notice was in 1858 at Offington and a specimen is in the Britisn
Museum. As already mentioned, it now seems certain that this
plant was A. italicum. It appears from notes with the specimen
that Saunders was at that time aware of the plant at Goring
and at Arundel, and neither of these localities is under suspicion
of producing A. italicwm. Another specimen at the British
Museum is labelled ‘Near Sompting, June 30th, 1881’, and is from
C. Oakeshott. This locality is also under no suspicion of pro-
ducing other than A. neglectum and is the first dated specimen
for the species in Sussex. Other reliable dates are:
Arundel (Swanbourne lake), 1920
Goring, 1923
Southwick, 1931
Cocking, 1933
A. neglectum (as A. italicum) is boldly claimed as a native of the
county in the Flora of Sussex (Wolley-Dod, 1937). Arnold’s
earlier Flora of Sussex (revised in 1907) gives only the Offington
localities, but the plant has certainly been in the county since
1881, and very probably at Goring and Arundel (where it still
grows) since at least 1858.
HAMPSHIRE (Vice-counties 11 and 12)
The following localities from Hampshire have been recorded:
1. Bordean Hangar, 1919, HE. H. White; but not visited after 1923
(Rayner, 1929), v.c. 12.
2. Hockham coppice, Kast Meon, 1933, F. Escombe, Hb. Kew.
Compton, nr. Winchester, F. Hscombe (Ridley, 1938).
4. Lyth Hanger, Steep, Petersfield, 1946, Mrs. O. G. Seward (in litt.)
we)
The first record is supported by a specimen in the Kew her-
barium and a small colony still persists (1953). Hockham
coppice is the locality from which F. Escombe made extensive
collections in 1933. These are now at Kew. Compton, nr.
Winchester, given by Ridley (1938), was inferred from the exten-
sive Escombe correspondence at Kew, but search of all likely
spots in the area has failed.
290 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
To these may be added the following : —
l> Buriton veer 11 7. Hawkley Hanger
2. Ramsdean 8. Goleigh Farm
3. Froxfield v.c. 12 9. Noar Hill
4. Stonor Hill 10. Selborne Hangar
5. Wheatham Hill 11. South Hay
6. Roadside near Hawkley
In Hampshire the plant may be considered abundant where
it occurs; in fact, it is found in every suitable locality along the
whole of the Chalk escarpment, where the Chalk and Gault meet,
between Cocking in Sussex and Selborne. It is most noticeable
that the plant always grows along the lower slopes of steep wood-
land where the soil over the Chalk is relatively deep and rich
as well as moist. South Hay is the northernmost locality in
southern England and is 25 miles from the open sea. The
chromosome number of two plants from Lyth Hanger has been
determined as 2n = 84 (J. D. Lovis).
IsLE OF WiGuHT (Vice-county 10)
A. neglectum was first recorded from Steephill, near Ventnor,
by Hambrough (1854), but in his account he says that he had
seen the plant there previously. Subsequently it was recorded
from Bonchurch on the other northern side of Ventnor. At the
present time the plant is common at the base of the Undercliff
all the way from Niton to Bonchurch, being more frequent than
A. maculatum. It shows some variation, for plants with
a few round spots are frequent as are plants with a slight
white venation, but they do not show the full development of
this character which is so marked a feature of A. ttalicum. The
chromosome number of one plant from Ventnor was found to be
2n = 84 (J. D. Lovis).
Dorset (Vice-county 9)
A. neglectum (as A. italicwm) was found in this county in 1874
by H. N. Ridley “at Swanage” and “in thickets near the sea
between Durlstone and Arish Mell” (Ridley, 1938) The first
locality has now been built over, but recent search by one of us
(J. D. Lovis) has located ten colonies in the second area. All
the habitats are more exposed than those further east and the
plants are slightly different, the leaves tending to a more pointed
apex and showing a slightly wider divergence of the lobes. A.
neglectum from other parts is sufficiently variable as to make it
impossible to distinguish the Dorset plants from some plants of
A. neglectum from elsewhere. Several plants from Dorset were
found to have chromosome numbers 2n = 84. Two other deter-
minations of 2n = 70 are probably hybrids between A. neglectum
and A. maculatum.
291
ARUM NEGLECTUM
OLOGY OF
AND EC
THE DISTRIBUTION
XOSSNS PUL JUSTIN JO o[S] ‘ortysdurey ‘ostoq ‘TF
UIVITIG Ul Wn2VIa bau wntPY JO UOTINGIAISIP oT, “F Sl
WANDIWLI YW YOA G8sOIA3Y
VJOUNS NI 2dvWW Gddoo3y
NOW! dNOD
ONIMINDad GvOD3"
WALORTIOSN WHS
30 SNOWWLS LN3SS3ud
ASA
292 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
ARUM NEGLECTUM
aaa
SPRING
LINE
SOIL PROFI
LITTER ——> WJ Ao Ve Y,
BLACK LOAM ———> Ay
/,
COMPACTED Y
BROKEN CHALK
Fig. 2. Arum neglectum near Swanbourne Lake, Arundel
THE ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
The present distribution is shown on the map (Fig. 1). The
northern limit may be correlated with a susceptibility to severe
frost during the winter (Prime, 1954). Within its range the plant
shows distinct ecological preferences. Although it occupies
rather varied habitats in different parts, these show similarity
and careful study of them suggests that the first requirement of
the species is a deep well drained soil.
The plant often occurs on shady banks above or near water.
In Sussex the usual station is on Brick Earth, Coombe rock,
Valley gravel or Gault near the junction with the Chalk so that
there will be a fairly continuous caleareous wash over the deeper
and richer soil. Though it occurs near the Chalk, the plant is not
found on the typical hot shallow rendzina soils: the nearest to
293
uoIN seq ‘voiddoD Weyy0H 4e wWin}Ia)baU WNtp °“§ “STA
* WM 1 ee
NEGLECTUM
SAN WNtiv———- /.
ARUM
Or
ECOLOGY
SNOSW3S LAM Ni YaWM SNIGNYLS —————>
AND
THE DISTRIBUTION
294 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
this type is the soil of the Lyth Hanger escarpment near Peters-
field. The rendzina soils are probably far too dry. A possible
exception to the deep soil requirement is Purbeck, Dorset, where
the soil is shallow, but the underlying rock is fissured and this
allows a deep root penetration. At Arundel in Sussex (locality
36) where there is one of the largest colonies, the plant grows at
the base of a steep chalk escarpment abutting on a road margin.
Here there are springs which lead away into a stream running
parallel with the base of the scarp. Fig. 2 is a rough diagram of
this locality. The soil is alkaline with a pH of 8-0 and some
drawings of the soil profile are given in figure 2. At this site,
light intensity appeared to be far less important than water
supply (Prime, 1954).
In other Sussex localities the association of the plant with
water is most marked. Examples are sites 4, 19, 27 and 35.
Hockham coppice, East Meon, Hants., is another locality where
the plant is to be found on a good soil at the base of a chalk
escarpment and near water (Fig. 3). The Isle of Wight sites show
a similar well defined habitat, the plant occurring at the base of
the Undercliff formed from Upper Greensand overlying the
Gault. The soil is consequently derived from the downwash,
and it is deep and moist and similar to those already mentioned.
The Dorset habitats are slightly different, for the parent
material is of heavy grey clay and limestone, which forms a soil
of a rich red-brown type (Robinson, 1948). The plant grows on
the cliff tops which are, in places, obviously moist with springs
issuing. ‘There does not appear to be any correlation between
the presence of Arum neglectum and these springs, but there are,
no doubt, very many places where water is passing up in the soil,
but not in sufficient quantity to show an outflow.
Although as shown above, a moist soil is required, Arum
neglectum cannot tolerate anything in the nature of a water-
logged soil. In Sussex it is very striking that, as soon as soil and
water conditions permit Phyllitis scolopendrium and Polystichum
lobatum to appear, Arwm neglectum disappears. <A favourite
position for the plant is a well drained sloping shady bank, where
the angle is steep, often exceeding 75°.
The reason for the plant requiring such a soil is most probably
associated with the presence of exchangeable bases, particularly
calcium. In Sussex the plant is never far from the Chalk, and
it is worthy of note that deposits of Reading Beds lying across
the area appear to be quite unsuitable for the plant, which has
stations all round the perimeter of the clay but no station actually
on it (Fig. 4). The Hampshire localities are all on or near the
base of chalk escarpments. The Upper Greensand in the Isle of
Wight is caleareous. In Dorset, the records are on the Purbeck
series or the Portland stone.
295
ARUM NEGLECTUM
OF
AND ECOLOGY
THE DISTRIBUTION
ASOTOOD 0} UOlPefod IIA ‘xossng UI 1WN729a)6au wnsp JO UOTINALISIG “Y ‘SVT
LLL EERE A AAA RN
TU ASSIS
WODTIWL WAV
WALOSISSN Whdv
AVII_ NOOGNO? % SOA ONIOVAY
WNIANTIY SI9ayu YOND0G MSs
NOLd WHS aN HLYv IWIN
SNIHLGOM Ate — as Pees
oe en ® 8 HLYVINIING ~*~ YS
SLISODIC-TEWOOD = @ 3 oy Hr Ya\
awa ) o BALSIH IHD
e6 2) (eo Sy x
neat ae \
~~. 3; 0 As
eee Se DH SLISOdIQ FewWROT a
es by) ‘ Le on ee.
A 5 ~ \ « “ ee = —
Ce “ \ ae Sans —_ >
. 3 " o Ses — .
. ar ( ’ Ly} ‘ : r) ae ee, ( ON * —
b e i? ie e Chr “7 - ~ PT re Lik.
Vadeneaen 2 AN A if Vi grey UG encanto an > NG Me enc Se Cte
v Ve re a/@ . ‘ OR Le TYAN eT Teh Writ yu top enc tae i YY Wl EY MD nae -
Aho) NEA RM NS EA IOUS TS Bora iy " ' Be oat efene
s\ou dese . . i ‘ = e 4
‘ FCN eet Ni ere cs , vd Sa ee
~ yt! DY fie oy \ OM Tepe a es
ues) CN - po oy SS Une ay)
z ’ «
== ' ' --.
DSS Seach awe pon ‘ @. YIVHI fore eyo? At Wwe “I an tes, SS xs iy
wee tee = ee v7 Meat '. ty
ee — “ cam. tS nen — | Ww) ~ “ nee sy i
— ‘ | . Wi) a \0 Re ‘
@ Was tt
'
’
: y) al URI RSS ia :
\ x aN \ ans Sse a a Bienisto eae sie
Ee N3Q7V3IM ‘ SS inet oe
Se a NN Ge STS eo —~ Na
N im ’
»\ xe SUNVSNIIYD INY LINVO Sangeaeee
—— Se. °*
nt ® OL ‘
RS 4 : : : : : “SS. on
296 THE DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY OF ARUM NEGLECTUM
Light shade is a second important factor, and shelter from
the danger of drying out in hot summers is as important as win-
ter protection. In Sussex, Hants., and the Isle of Wight many
plants grow in the shade of deciduous trees, e.g., Ulmus spp. and
Corylus avellana. Sites where shade is now absent can usually
be proved to have had suitable shade in the not very distant
past. Hedera helix is present on the ground in many localities,
and this evergreen may give winter shelter.
In Dorset the sites are more exposed and of two kinds. One,
very local, is in open grassland and dominated by Brachypodium
pinnatum. Here Arum neglectum is not luxuriant but gains
protection from the Tor grass which is very persistent in winter.
The second is in scrub on the east side of limestone walls, and
more rarely on the western sides where there is less scrub.
From a consideration of the foregoing, it will be seen that few
situations having all the requirements of the plant occur on the
south coast. Many possible habitats are too far from the sea,
too bleak and exposed (the Chalk west of Brighton), the soils
too heavy (London Clay of the Selsey peninsula), or lacking in
ealclum (Reading beds). There would appear to be suitable
localities in the more eastern strip of Kent. Most of the Sussex
sites occur in the sheltered valleys of the Arun and Adur. The
Hants. localities are also well defined, while the optimum develop-
ment seen in the Isle of Wight is associated with the added mild-
ness of climate and shelter found in the south-east part of the
island.
REFERENCES
ARNOLD, F. H., 1907, A Flora of Sussex.
BRIGGS, T. R. A., 1888, Arum italicum Mill. and Arum maculatum Linn, J. Bot.,
26, 378.
HAMBROUGH, A., 1854, Notice of the occurrence of Arum italicum at Steephill.
Isle of Wight, Phytologist, 5, 154.
HANBURY, F. J. and MARSHALL, E. S., 1899, Flora of Kent.
MELVILL, J. C., 1888, Arum italicum (Mill.), J. Bot., 26, 38.
PRIME, C. T., 1954, Arum neglectum (Biological Flora of the British Isles), J.
Ecol., 42, 241.
RAYNER, J. F., 1929, A Supplement to Townsend's Flora of Hampshire.
RIDLEY, H. N., 1938, Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridl., J. Bot., 78, 144.
ROBINSON, K. W., 1948, The Soils of Dorset, in Good, R. ad’O., A Geographical
Handbook of the Dorset Flora,
TOWNSEND, F., 1883, Flora of Hampshire, 327.
WOLLEY-DOD, A. H., 1987, Flora of Sussex.
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES 297
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
By WILLIAM 8. LACEY
Department of Botany, University College of North Wales, Bangor
—EEe
INTRODUCTION
While collecting bryophytes from the Rhyd-y-clafdy district
of the Lleyn peninsula, Caernarvonshire, on June 8th, 1953, I
discovered amongst a colony of marsh orchids several unusual
individuals. At first I believed them to be a form of Orchis
praetermissa Druce or a hybrid between that species and Orchis
ericetorum (Linton) E. 8. Marshall, which also occurred nearby.
Accordingly, I sent herbarium sheets of the new orchid to Mr. V.
S. Summerhayes for his opinion. Mr. Summerhayes informed me
that they strongly resembled specimens of Orchis traunsteineri
Saut. from both Irish and English localities. In order to confirm
the record of this species, which is new to Wales, I visited the
locality again this year (June 22nd, 1954), allowing about a fort-
night for the lateness of the season. A gathering of fresh materia!
was sent to Mr. Summerhayes, who confirmed the identification
as Orchis traunsteineri Saut., commenting “quite typical, and
agreeing well with specimens I have seen from the other British
localities”.
Specimens have been deposited in the herbaria of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, the National Museum of Wales, Cardifi,
and the University College of North Wales, Bangor.
DESCRIPTION OF THE LOCALITY AND HABITAT
LOCALITY
Cors Geirch, about 3 miles north west of Rhyd-y-clafdy, be-
tween Pwllheli and Nevin, Caernarvonshire, v.c. 49. (This area is
scheduled by the Nature Conservancy as a Site of Scientific Im-
portance and a report on it has been submitted by the writer.)
HABITAT
The immediate vicinity of the O. trawnsteineri locality is of
the nature of semi-fen with calcareous ground water. A list of
associated plants in the same area, made on the second visit
(22/6/54), is given below (Table 1), with some indication of their
frequency.
298 ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
TABLE 1.
Ranunculus fammula lL. f Eriophorum angustifolium
Caltha palustris L. o Honck. lf
Cardamine pratensis lL. o Schoenus nigricans L. 1d
Lychnis flos-cuculi L. f Cladium mariscus (L.) Pohl la
Lotus uliginosus Schkuhr a Carex rostrata Stokes la
Filipendula ulmaria (L.) Maxim. o (@. lasiocarpa Ehrh. o
Potentila palustris (L.) Scop. la C. diandra Schrank o
Epilobium hirsutum l. o C. panicea L. f
Angelica sylvestris L. o C. lepidocarpa Tausch f
Galium uliginosum Lh. f C. stellulata Good. o
Eupatorium cannabinum L. f Holcus lanatus L. o
Cirsium palustre (Iu.) Scop. o Festuca rubra L. o
Menyanthes trifoliata L. a Equisetum palustre L. f
Solanum dulcamara L. o E. fluviatile L. f
Pedicularis palustris L. f Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.)
Utricularia intermedia Hayne a Schwaegr. o
Mentha aquatica L. o Mnium pseudopunctatum B. & S.
Saliz aurita L. o If
Myrica gale L. o Campylium stellatum (Hedw.)
Orchis ericetorum (Linton) E. S. Lange & C. Jens. a
Marshall f Acrocladium giganteum (Schp.)
O. incarnata L. f Richards & Wallace a
O. purpurella T. & T. A. Steph. f Acrocladium cordifoltum (Hedw.)
Tris pseudacorus L. o Richards & Wallace a
Juncus subnodulosus Schrank la Sphagnum spp. (not determined) o
J. effusus L. o
Of the plants listed above, Orchis ericetorum, Carex stellulata
and Aulacomnium palustre occur in rather drier raised parts and
round the margin of the semi-fen.
A close similarity is apparent between this Welsh habitat and
those described by Heslop Harrison (1953) for O. traunsteineri in
Treland and in Berkshire. In Cors Geirch, as in other localities,
O. traunsteineri is very loosely rooted in a carpet formed of
mosses and occurs in areas where Schoenus nigricans is locally
dominant. The pH of the ground water, determined colorimetri-
cally (B.D.H.), is about 7:0, four determinations giving a range
of 6:5 to 7:5.
DESCRIPTION OF THE WELSH SPECIMENS
Vegetative and flower characters have been examined in the
manner described by Heslop Harrison (1953), but as the colony
is a small one only six individuals were collected for study. This
number is admittedly small, but permits some of the results to
be given in full (Table 2).
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES 299
TABLE 2.
Inflorescence
Specimen Stature Leaf number Leaf lengih Leaf width (no. of flowers)
A 28:8 cm. 5 10-2 cm. 1-1 cm. 10
B a4 Oem, 5 9-1 cm. ‘L-Suemet 23
C 38:0 cm. 5 iL1EOS) (eran it -2ema: 28
D 36°5 cm. 5 13:4 cm. 1-3 cm: il
E 31-3 cm. 3) 10-3 cm. enmemis 18
F 44-5 cm. 5 14-0 cm. Ilell Gina 24
Averages 36 cm. 9) 11-4 em. 1-2 cm. 21
These measurements agree well with the data provided by
Heslop Harrison (1953) and emphasize the important vegetative
characters of the small number and narrowness of the leaves.
They also show a similar range of flower numbers in the in-
florescence, and the occasional occurrence of curious lax speci-
mens with few flowers.
Other features of the Welsh specimens may be summarised as
follows: stem with or without small cavity, leaves widely spaced,
narrow-lanceolate, mid- to yellow-green, unspotted or with light
transversely arranged spots, slightly hooded at apex. Flowers
pale red-purple to magenta, labellum flat or slightly reflexed, with
obscure dashes or irregular loop markings, wedge-shaped, divided
into three lobes, with central lobe bluntly triangular. Spur
stout, much longer than in O. incarnata.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Orchis traunsteiert Saut. 1s recorded for the first time from
Wales. The record helps to fill a gap in the “remarkably dis-
continuous range in the British Isles” commented on by Heslop
Harrison (1953). |
It also provides another indication of the preference of this
species for fen or fen-like habitats with a pH near neutrality.
Since a number of such habitats are known in various parts of the
British Isles, it seems probable that, when carefully sought, O.
traunsteineri will be found to be quite widely distributed.
In Anglesey (v.c. 52), for example, there are two areas known
as Cors Goch and Cors Bodeilio, both of the nature of semi-fen,
with Juncus subnodulosus, Cladium mariscus, and Schoenus
nigricans, and pH ranging from about 6:5-8-0. Though not yet
fully explored, the former has yielded Orchis fuchsii, O. incarnata,
O. purpurella, with Gymnadema conopsea, Platanthera bifolia and
Coeloglossum viride in drier parts, while the latter has provided
the same species and, in addition, O. ericetorum, Ophrys musci-
fera and Listera ovata. O. traunsteineri may well be found in
these localilties.
B00 ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI SAUT. IN WALES
The Welsh specimens of O. traunsteineri corroborate Heslop
Harrison’s evaluation of leaf and labellum characters as a ready
means of separating this species from other British marsh orchids.
They provide further evidence of its homogeneity and support
for its recognition as a distinct unit.
I am indebted to Mr. V. 8S. Summerhayes for much help in
confirming the identifications of all the orchids mentioned above,
in addition to Orchis traunsteineri.
REFERENCE.
HARRISON, J. HESLOP, 1953, Studies in Orchis L. IJ. Orchis traunsteineri
Saut. in the British Isles, Watsonia, 2, 371-391.
NOTES ON STAFFORDSTILRE BRAMBLES SUL
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
By E. 8. EDEES
The object of this paper is to record or to criticise the records
of certain species of the Staffordshire Rubus flora which are now
well known to the writer. There are many others, some of them
resting on good recent authority, which are not yet understood.
We have at least a hundred constant and well marked species.
The Bunter Sandstone which is well developed in Staffordshire,
especially in the west of the county, yields many species. Others
are found on the Keuper marl of central Staffordshire, the car-
boniferous limestone of the north-east and the millstone grit and
peat of the moorlands, though these areas are less rich. There
is a remarkable contrast between the Rubi of the Bunter Sand-
stone in the south of the county and the Rubi of the same for-
mation in the north. This can be studied in two localities which
have a rich concentration of species, viz. Whitmore Common in
the north (Grid Ref. 795410) and Kinver Edge in the south (Grid
Ref. 830830). Other good bramble areas are Hillswood, near
Leek (Grid Ref. 985590), Hand Leasow Wood between Uttoxeter
and Stafford (Grid Ref. 025305) and Cranmere Wood _ near
Wolverhampton (Grid Ref. 850005). Seckley Wood (Grid Ref.
765785), now in Worcestershire, was once part of Staffordshire
and for that reason is included in this survey.
My interest in Staffordshire brambles was inspired by the
late F. Rilstone about twelve years ago and my indebtedness to
him is very great. More recently the late W. C. R. Watson named
several of my gatherings, and in 1950 spent a week with me in
the north of the county. In addition to my own herbarium, |
which contains about 2,000 sheets of Rubi, the following collec-
tions have been consulted:
1. The Bailey Herbarium. The extensive herbarium of C.
Bailey in the Manchester University Museum contains thousands
of Rubus sheets, including the principal British and European
sets.
2. The Bagnall Herbarium. The plants of J. EK. Bagnall are
preserved in the Natural History Museum, Birmingham. The
collection is particularly rich in Rubi, of which there are about
100 Staffordshire specimens, in addition to many from Warwick-
shire and elsewhere. Unfortunately many of them are incom-
plete, stem leaves being often missing.
3. The Daltry Herbarium. This is in the private possession
of Mr. H. W. Daltry. It contains very complete specimens of
about twenty Staffordshire species, of which all but one (a sheet
302 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
of R. ulmifolius) were determined by H. J. Riddelsdell and some
also by W. M. Rogers. The specimens were collected between
1914 and 1922 chiefly from Madeley in the north of the county.
4. The Reader Herbarium. The Staffordshire specimens of
H. P. Reader are in the Hanley Museum, Stoke-on-Trent. They
include beautifully preserved specimens of a dozen Rubus species
illustrating the flora of Rugeley and collected about the same
time as Mr. Daltry’s.
I am very grateful to Mr. Daltry and to those in charge of
the public collections for much generous help.
Rusus cagsius L. There are many old records for this
species, but the true plant is very local. I have seen it only in
the Manifold Valley, a short distance below Thor’s Cave.
[R. Nessensis W. Hall (R. suberectus Anders.). There is so
far no proof that this species occurs in Staffordshire. Rogers
(1900) recorded it within square brackets. There is a specimen
in Hb. Bagnall labelled R. swbherectus (“wild lane by Streetly
railway”, August 18, 1898), but this can hardly be correct. A
Warwickshire specimen from Handsworth Wood (said to be in
Staffs. but really in Warwickshire—between West Bromwich and
Birmingham) seems to be correctly named. There is a large
7-nate leaf, the petiole is apparently not channelled, the leaf-
toothing is nearly simple and the prickles on stem and panicle
are small, curved, few and remote. The specimen is dated 1869
and bears the following note: “Abundant in lower part of wood
in 1869, but since then has been destroyed, 8/69, J. E. Bagnall.
This was considered typical by Rev. Moyle Rogers.” |
R. scissus W. Wats. (R. fissus auct.). This is the commonest
suberect bramble in Staffordshire. It is found on sand or peat
in exposed or shaded habitats throughout the county, ascending
to well over 1,000 ft. near Ramshaw Rocks between Leek and
Buxton.
R. puicatus W. & N. Apparently a rare species in Stafford-
shire. Sparingly on Whitmore Common, but not quite typical.
R. BERTRAMIL G. Braun ex Focke. Hand Leasow Wood and
Shaw Wood in the parish of Stowe (between Stafford and
Uttoxeter) and Craddock’s Moss and Black Bank near New-
castle. A specimen from Hand Leasow Wood was named by
Watson and appears to match one collected by Ley at Llanwrtyd,
Breconshire, in 1902 and distributed through the B.E.C. Ley
considered R. bertramii commoner than R. plicatus in south and
central Wales and this may be true of Staffordshire also.
Riddelsdell (1948) doubted the occurrence of R. bertramii in
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 303
England and would probably have called my plants luxuriant
forms of R. plicatus. They differ from typical R. plicatus in
having rather broader leaves with finer toothing, shortly stalked
basal leaflets, strong faleate prickles on the rhachis and long
stamens.
R. SPRENGELII Weihe. This beautiful bramble, which Focke
called “decus dumetorum’”, is widely distributed in moist woods
and shady hedgerows, but is particularly common in the hilly
parts of north Staffordshire, as about Leek and in the Dane
Valley.
R. ARRHENII J. Lange var. POLYADENES Gravet ap. Focke. In
July 1950 Watson found a bramble in a roadside hedge on
Bailey’s Hill, Biddulph, which he later determined as above. It
had a glandular stem and rhachis, narrow elliptic leaflets, small
rose-pink petals and short stamens only half as long as the styles.
There was only one rather weak bush and no flowers were pro-
duced in 1951 and 1952 when it was last visited. Apart from the
narrow leafiets and the glandular development of the inflores-
cence, which are marks of the variety, my specimen compares
well with one of the typical plant sent to me recently from Hol-
land.
[R. AXILLARIS Lejeune. Growing with other brambles
opposite Belmont Hall, Ipstones. Discovered and determined
by Watson. Few flowers ever opened and no barren stem was
seen. In 1951 and 1952 no trace of the plant could be found.
The panicle appears to match that of a Scandinavian specimen
in my collection, but in view of the fact that no stem leaves were
seen the record cannot be accepted without doubt. |
R. cAaLvaTus Ed. Lees ex Blox. Widely distributed in
thickets and by roadsides and easily recognised by the erratic
toothing of the terminal leaflets which are characteristically
oblong and hard to the touch. There are many fine examples
in Shaw Wood.
R. CARPINIFOLIUS W. & N. A frequent species of sandy
heaths throughout Staffordshire. There are six sheets in Hb.
Bagnall. One of these was determined by Rogers as “good R.
carpinifolius’. The others are incomplete specimens lacking
stem leaves, but seem to be correct. I have collected specimens
from a dozen widely separated stations. These plants are uni-
form and typical, having oval-acuminate terminal leaflets with
emarginate base, white petals, spreading sepals and pedicels with
crowded subulate yellowish prickles, and compare well with the
R. carpinifolius of the London commons. But in the north of
304 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
Staffordshire we have an abundant bramble which differs from
typical R. carpinifolius in that the terminal leaflet is plane, cor-
date, often ovate and only thinly pubescent beneath. The
prickles on stem and rhachis are weaker and fewer and the
characteristic armature of the pedicels is wanting. Rogers’
description of R. carpinifolius would cover these plants and
several of them have been determined as Ff. carpinifolius by
Watson. It may be that growth in the shade or semi-shade of
woods and hedgerows is a sufficient explanation, but the plant
is not confined to woods. It is an attractive feature of Han-
church Hills (Grid Ref. 840400) where it flowers early and pro-
duces good fruit. Rilstone thought it might be R. plicatus x
carpinifolius.
R. LINDLEIANUS Ed. Lees. A well marked and widely distri-
buted species, one of the commonest Staffordshire brambles.
R. neMoRALIS P. J. Muell. (R. selmert Lindeb.). This is
another well defined and common species generally distributed
throughout the county.
R. LAciniaTus Willd. Occurs here and there, usually near
gardens, and is considered an escape from cultivation.
R. MACROPHYLLUS W. & N. Betley, Madeley, Mucklestone
and Whitmore, all in the Newcastle district of north Stafford-
shire. I have five gatherings which are quite unmistakable. The
earliest was determined years ago by Rilstone as “exactly
Weihe’s plant”.
R. SCHLECHTENDALIT Wheihe var. ANGLICUS Sudre. Mr. Daltry
has an undated specimen collected by himself at Madeley which
both Rogers and Riddelsdell determined as R. schlechtendalii. A
note with the specimen states that the flowers were very large
and showy, the petals bright pink, and that the anthers had long
hairs.
R. PYRAMIDALIS Kalt. Hand Leasow Wood. This seems to
be the true plant. It has pinkish petals, short stamens, long-
tipped loosely reflexed sepals, a glandular rhachis and felted
leaflets, though the toothing of the leaflets is somewhat finer than
usual.
R. INCURVATUS Bab. Typical R. incurvatus is rare in Staf-
fordshire, if indeed it occurs at all. There are specimens in Hb.
Bagnall from Hopton and Fradley which were approved by
Rogers. In the same part of Staffordshire I have seen a plant
on the edge of Hand Leasow Wood which is nearly identical with
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 305
a specimen from Bangor except for its looser panicle. The floral
organs are deep rose, the carpels densely pilose, the sepals loosely
reflexed and the leaflets strongly incurved and in shape and
texture quite characteristic of true R. incurvatus. Near Lichfield
there is a flourishing and uniform colony of bushes which sug-
gest R. incurvatus with a strain of RA. vestitus. Rilstone and
Watson both agreed with this judgment. In the north of the
county we have a bramble widespread and constant over a large
area (I have gatherings from Ashley, Bradnop, Cheddleton,
Endon, Heathylee, Hollinsclough, Ipstones, Maer and Whitmore),
which has obvious affinities with R. incurvatus, but which is pro-
bably an unnamed species. Some of these bushes were called
R. incurvatus by Watson and they all agree with the typical
species from North Wales in possessing thick lobate terminal
leaflets and strong triangular-based prickles on the barren stem.
But the leaflets, though sometimes slightly incurved at the edge,
are usually quite plane, the petals are nearly always pure white
and the panicle is markedly pyramidal without the compact
cylindrical upper part of R. incurvatus. There is an identical
specimen in Hb. Bailey, gathered by Bailey in 1896 between
Hawes Water and Bampton in Westmorland, which Rogers
determined as &. pyramidalis Kalt. and which was recorded by
Wilson (1938) under that name.
R. POLYANTHEMOS Lindeb. In hedgerows, disused gravel pits
and on heaths throughout the county. Living bushes are easily
determined. The dull green foliage with here and there a 6-nate
or 7-nate leaf, convex leaflets, long panicle and pink flowers are
characteristic features.
R. CARDIOPHYLLUS L. & M. Rather thinly distributed, rare
in the north, more frequent in the south of the county. Ashley;
Church Eaton; Hatherton; Kinver; Maer; Newcastle; Norbury;
Penkridge; Trysull and Seisdon; Whitmore. These plants differ
from many I have seen in the south of England in that the ter-
minal leaflet has a truncate instead of a cordate base.
R. LINDEBERGIT P. J. Muell. Locally common in north
Staffordshire, especially in the Manifold Valley, but rare in the
south. A specimen in Hb. Bagnall (Lane from Blockley, Trysull,
1897, J. EK. Bagnall), though labelled R. lindebergii, has a glan-
dular rhachis and is R. polyanthemos.
R. uLMirouius Schott. f. A lowland species abundant on the
Keuper mar! of central and southern Staffordshire, less common
on sandstone and apparently quite absent from large areas of
ie Staffordshire, though it occurs on limestone in the Manifold
alley.
306 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. Pprocerus P. J. Muell. Whitmore Common. Said to be
an escape from cultivation.
R. SCIOCHARIS (Sud.) W. Wats. Watson gave this name to
a bramble which occurs in local abundance at Codsall, on Kinver
Edge and near Stourbridge, Worcestershire, along a sandy lane
which is only a few yards from the Staffordshire boundary. It
has yellowish green foliage with a cordate terminal leaflet, rather
small prickles, spreading sepals, white petals and hairy anthers.
There are many sessile and subsessile glands in the upper part
of the inflorescence, but few stalked glands.
R. EIFELIENSIS Wirtg. Watson has so named bushes at
Meerbrook near Leek and Black Bank near Newcastle, which he
saw in the field in 1950. I have other specimens of the same
species from Rushton (coll. W. D. Graddon), Biddulph Grange
and High Shutt, Cheadle. Mr. B. T. Ward sent me a specimen,
collected by W. H. Painter from Norton-in-the-Moors in 1890,
which was originally labelled R. danicus Focke, but which had
been corrected to R. macrothyrsus Lange by Watson in 1950.
In my judgment it is R. eifeliensis. R. macrothyrsus has not yet
been found in Staffordshire, but R. ezfeliensis is widespread in
the north of the county. Two specimens in Hb. Bailey, collected
by Painter from Biddulph in 1889 and 1890 and named R. pyra-
nudalis with Focke’s approval, are also in my opinion R. eifeliensis.
R. vestirus W. & N. One of the most frequent Staffordshire
brambles, recorded from every part of the county on limestone,
sandstone and Keuper marl. On the limestone of the Manifold
Valley, where it is probably the commonest bramble, its flowers
seem to be always white. Elsewhere forms with large showy red
flowers are frequent, sometimes, as at Ashley, growing side by
side with white-flowered plants. Staffordshire specimens gathered
by earlier botanists and labelled R. lewcostachys are all referable
tc this species. The hybrid R. wmifolius x vestitus occurs with
both parents on the road to Abbot’s Castle Hill in the parish of
Trysull & Seisdon. It is a handsome plant with broad deep red
petals, red styles and filaments and hairy anthers. The leaflets
show on their undersurface the white indumentum of R. ulmi-
folius, but they are flat and much broader than is usual in that
species. The pubescent pruinose stem is armed with the long
straight prickles characteristic of R. vestitus. There is little
sign of developing fruit.
R. CRINIGER (KE. F. Linton) Rog. Widely distributed and
easily recognised. My plants exactly resemble W. R. Linton’s
gathering from Yeldersley Lane, near Shirley, Derbyshire, which
was distributed through the B.E.C. in 1904. The plant is still
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 307
quite common at Yeldersley and also in Bradley Wood near
Ashbourne. A good diagnostic character, not mentioned by
Rogers, but pointed out to me by Watson, is furnished by the
hairy anthers. I have examined ‘26 Staffordshire exsiccata and
in 23 of these the anthers are conspicuously hairy. Great Barr,
1904, J. E. Bagnall in Hb. Bailey, det. W. M. Rogers (“exactly
R. criniger Linton, as I understand it’’). A specimen of the same
gathering in Hb. Wedgwood was confirmed by Watson. Road-
side between Weston-on-Trent and Uttoxeter, J. E. Woodhead,
det. W. Watson. Camp Hills, Maer, 1920, H. W. Daltry in Hb.
Daltry, det. H. J. Riddelsdell. Bank of lake, Hawkesyard,
Rugeley, 1916, H. P. Reader in Hb. Reader. This gathering was
named R. villicaulis Koehl. var. calvatus Blox., but is quite
certainly R. criniger. In Hb. Bagnall there are nine gatherings,
all made by J. E. Bagnall and all correctly named, though some
sheets are without stem leaves.
R. MUCRONIFER Sudre (R. mucronatus Blox.). Very local.
Abundant on the edge of Hand Leasow Wood. My sheets are
a perfect match for a specimen in Hb. Bagnall from Twycross,
Leicester, 1870, J. E. Bagnall, “gathered in company with Rev.
A. Bloxam”. A Staffordshire specimen in the same collection,
gathered by Bagnall from Chartley Moss (which is in the same
parish as Hand Leasow Wood) in 1896, is doubtless correct, but
the panicle is poor and the anthers are not obviously hairy.
R. RADULA Weihe. I have not yet seen the true plant in
Staffordshire, but the small form, var. microphyllus Lindeb.,
occurs in some quantity between Seisdon and Abbot’s Castle Hill
in the parish of Trysull & Seisdon.
R. piscerrptus P. J. Muell. (R. echinatus Lindl.). Widely
distributed, but at present known chiefly from the south of the
county. Audley; Eccleshall; Fisherwick; Kinver; Lichfield;
Lower Penn; Saredon; Swindon; Trysull & Seisdon. Mr. Daltry
has a specimen collected at Seighford in 1922 which Riddelsdell
determined as “strong R. echinatus’’.
R. ECHINATOIDES (Rog.) Druce. A rather frequent species
in north Staffordshire, easily distinguished from R. radula by
the dark glabrous stem and white notched petals. There are
good examples in the lanes at the foot of Hanchurch Hills and
by the lake in the grounds of Biddulph Grange.
R. FLExuOSUS Muell. & Lef. Shady roadside near the aque-
duct at the southern end of Shelmore Wood, Norbury. An
attractive species with a zig-zag rhachis and small flowers with
elliptic pink petals.
308 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. RUBRISTYLUS W. Wats. (R. newbouldu Rog.). A frequent
bramble of sandy soil all down the west side of Staffordshire from
north to extreme south. An unlocalised specimen collected by
Druce from the county was determined by Watson (1930) as
R. newbouldii. Mr. Daltry has a specimen from Chebsey which
Riddelsdell thought was probably a weak shade-grown form of.
the species. Riddelsdell’s note contains the comment: “R. new-
bouldu occurs over a wide extent of Staffs.”. There are three
Staffordshire specimens labelled R. newbouldi in Hb. Bagnall,
though two are without stem leaves. One of these was collected
from Trysull Dingle by J. Fraser, the other two from Swindon
and Hatherton by Bagnall himself. Bagnall states that near
Hatherton R. newbouldii is the prevailing bramble. Rilstone
had a specimen (now in my herbarium) collected by Bagnall from
Gailey, which is not far from Hatherton, but he did not consider
it quite the same as the Cheshire plant from Edge Green (Set
No. 66) referred to in Rogers’ Handbook. JI have numerous
specimens of my own gathering from these and other stations
which seem to me to correspond quite well with Rogers’ Set No.
66 and to answer Watson’s description (1937) of R. rubristylus.
A visit to Malpas and Edge Green in 1953, where R. rubristylus
is a common bramble, has confirmed this opinion. The deep red
styles, which are very conspicuous when the flower bud begins
to open, are an attractive feature.
R. Buoxamir Ed. Lees. Abundant in many places in south
Staffordshire, less common in the north.
R. PALLIDUS Weihe. Near Gnosall, 1897, J. E. Bagnall in
Hb. Bagnall, conf. Rogers (“I agree with you good R. pallidus’’).
A note with the specimen states that the petals were pale pink
and the filaments longer than the pinkish-based styles. In the
same year Bagnall collected another specimen “near Oulton very
abundant” which was also confirmed by Rogers. There is no
doubt that Bagnall understood R. pallidus very well. It is one
of the commonest brambles in the Gnosall and Norbury district,
being abundant in Shelmore Wood, Mill Haft, Coneygreave Haft
and elsewhere. Mr. Daltry has a specimen collected near the
reservoir on Hanchurch Hills in 1920 which was determined by
Riddelsdell. Watson and I found it in the same locality in 1950.
T have other gatherings from Ashley, Consall, Maer, Stowe (Hand
Leasow Wood) and Tyrley (Burnt Wood). All agree in possessing
diffuse rather pyramidal panicles, white petals, red styles and +
erect sepals.
R. EURYANTHEMUS W. Wats. (R. pallidus var. leptopetalus
Frid. ex Rog.). Widely distributed and locally very common.
It is seen at its best in damp woods, being abundant in the shade
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES 309
of trees round Betley Mere in north Staffordshire and Gailey
Pools in the centre of the county. Mr. Daltry has a specimen
from Madeley which Riddelsdell passed as “characteristic R. lep-
topetalus’’ and Rilstone made the same comment on some of
my early gatherings. The short broad panicle, simall, narrow,
greenish-white petals and the “horrid” array of glands on the
stem are remarkable features.
R. INSECTIFOLIUS L. & M. (AR. fuscus var. nutans (Rog.). As
R. nuticeps Bart. & Ridd. this is recorded for Staffordshire by
W. C. Barton and H. J. Riddelsdell (1932). I have a specimen,
labelled R. fuscus var. nutans, which was collected by Bagnall
at Drayton Bassett in 1897 and distributed through the Watson
Exchange Club. In north Staffordshire it grows in several places
near Mucklestone. Watson pointed it out to me in a disused
gravel pit near Loggerheads and I have since found some fine
bushes in a wood at Napely Heath.
R. LINTONI Focke ex Bab. In several places about Whitmore:
First discovered by Watson near Whitmore Hall.
R. scaBerR Weihe. A local species of south Staffordshire.
Kingswood Common near Codsall.
R. RUFESCENS L. & M. (R. rosaceus subsp. infecundus Rog.).
This is another bramble which is known at present only from the
south of the county. It is abundant in parts of Seckley Wood
and occurs also on Kingswood Common. Specimens from these
localities are quite typical and answer Rogers’ description of
R. rosaceus subsp. infecundus in every detail. They have also
discoid flower buds and red styles, which are additional charac-
ters, not mentioned in the Handbook. A third locality is
Baggeridge Wood near Wolverhampton. My specimen is incon-
elusive, but a much earlier gathering in Hb. Bagnall (Sept. 1878)
is probably correct, though it lacks a stem leaf.
R. TAENIARUM Lindeb. (R. spurius Neum.). Haughton; Maer;
Mucklestone; Swynnerton. This is a remarkable bramble with
attractive cup-shaped flowers, pink or pinkish petals, pink fila-
ments, which only slightly exceed the styles, and pilose carpels.
On my specimens the armature of the barren stem varies in
strength, being sometimes almost hystrican. Focke (1914)
eauates R. taeniarum Lindeb. with R. infestus Weihe, but
Watson considers them to be distinct species. There are several
old Staffordshire records of R. infestus and four old specimens.
These should probably be ascribed to R. taeniarum.
310 NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES
R. DALTRII Edees & Rilstone. This bramble, which was first
described in 1945, is abundant about Whitmore Common and in
many other localities in the Newcastle district of north Stafford-
shire, but I have never seen it anywhere else. It has large,
showy, pure white flowers with long spreading stamens and is
very distinct from any other species known to me.
R. pASCuORUM W. Wats. (Rf. borreri Bell Salt. var. virgultorum
Ley). Probably a frequent, if not common, species in the south
west corner of Staffordshire. Specimens from Kinver Edge and
from the parish of Trysull & Seisdon, which are clearly identical,
were determined, the one by Rilstone, the other by Watson.
They seem to compare well with a specimen of R. borreri var.
virgultorum collected by Ley from the Wyre Forest, Shropshire,
in 1904.
R. DIVERSUS W. Wats. Farewell & Chorley (below the mill
on the road to Lichfield). Det. F. Rilstone, conf. W. Watson.
R. LEIGHTONI Ed. Lees ex Leight. (R. radula Weihe var.
anglicanus Rog.). This is a handsome bramble with showy pink
flowers, long stamens and exceptionally long stalks to the terminal
leaflets. It is a widely distributed and frequent species in
Staffordshire. I have specimens of my own gathering from 16
scattered localities.
R. HYSTRIX Weihe. Cheddleton, on a piece of heathy ground
not far from the station. Determined by Watson as “quite
unambiguous”.
R. HyLocHARIs W. Wats. A frequent species of woods and
hedgerows throughout Staffordshire, a very prickly bramble with
handsome pink flowers and erect sepals. This is the plant which
used to be called R. rosaceus in Staffordshire. Mr. Daltry has
specimens so named by Riddelsdell.
R. DASYPHYLLUS Rog. One of our commonest glandular
brambles, to be found in most parts of the county and abundant
in the north.
R. MuURRAYI Sudre. Rare. Discovered by Watson on Dab
Green near Whitmore Common. As far as I know there is only
one bush here, but it is quite unmistakable. More recently I
have found the same species in the south of the county, between
Swindon and Highgate Common, but again in small quantity. It
also grows on the northern edge of Sutton Park in Warwickshire,
just beyond the Staffordshire boundary. These are all typical
plants with white petals, red styles, strongly deflexed panicle
prickles and rather small ovate terminal leaflets.
NOTES ON STAFFORDSHIRE BRAMBLES oll
R. BELLARDII Weihe. There are two Staffordshire specimens
in Hb. Bagnall, one from the south of the county (Codsall, first
railway bridge, 1887, J. E. Bagnall) and one from the north (Dim-
minsdale, Alton Towers, 1896, J. E. Bagnall, conf. W. M. Rogers).
The plant still grows at the Codsall railway bridge and is quite
common in parts of Dimminsdale. It also grows in Hawksmoor
Wood, Oakamoor, and in Mud-dale Wood, Checkley. A specimen
in Hb. Bailey (Biddulph, 1886, W. H. Painter), labelled R. glan-
dulosus var. bellardii, is not Rf. bellardu. It matches exactly a
plant gathered from Bailey’s Hill, Biddulph, which has not yet
been satisfactorily determined.
R. SUBLUSTRIS Ed. Lees. Generally distributed, though there
are seldom many bushes in any one locality. A well defined
species.
R. MYRIACANTHUS Focke. This species has large white flowers
and strong uneven armature. It is common in north Stafford-
shire and probably common throughout the county.
R. scaBrosus P. J. Muell. Rilstone (1935) states that every
district seems to have its own special forms of R. dumetorum.
The Staffordshire forms are complex and require much further
study. Apart from R. myriacanthus, we have another widespread
and constant species, easily recognised but not easily named.
Watson examined several bushes and agreed to the name R.
scabrosus, though not without hesitation.
REFERENCES.
BARTON, W. C. & RIDDELSDELL, H. J., 1932, Some Rubus Problems in the
Light of Genevier’s Herbarium, Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F.C., 24, 197-221.
FOCKE, W. O., 1877, Synopsis Ruborum Germaniae.
———.,, 1914, Species Ruborum.
RIDDELSDELL, H. J.. HEDLEY, G. W. & PRICE, W. R., 1948, Flora of Gloucesier-
shire, 144.
RILSTONE, F., 1935, A Key to the Species of Rubi of the London Catalogue,
Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 10, 931-55.
ROGERS, W. M., 1900, Handbook of British Rubi.
SUDRE., H.. 1908-13, Rubi Furopae.
WATSON, W. C. R., 1930, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 113.
——, 1937, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 11, 220-1.
WILSON. A., 1938, The Flora of Westmorland, 128
312 THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS L.
By Dovetas H. KENT
Clapham (1952) gives the British distribution of Senecio
squalidus L. as “throughout 8. England to Lancs. and Yorks.,
locally in S. Scotland”.
The earliest evidence of the occurrence of the species in Scot-
land appears to be contained on two sheets in the herbarium of
the Royal Botanical Garden, Edinburgh. The first sheet is
labelled “Leith Walk, Edinburgh, 1833, J. H. Balfour’, and bears
the following annotation, ‘“‘no doubt this was a relic of the Old
Botanic Garden which was finally removed from Leith Walk
about 1822”, W. R. Evans, 1943. The second sheet is labelled
“waste ground N.E. of Edinburgh, 1833”, and Mr. B. L. Burtt
informs me that it probably refers to the same locality as that
given on the first sheet. Mr. J. E. Lousley has recently located a
third sheet at Edinburgh; this is labelled “near Leith, June, 1890”
(Terras herbarium), and no doubt this refers to the same locality
as the earlier sheets. In Herb. Bentham at Kew there is a further
undated and unsigned specimen labelled ‘“Nat’d., near Edin-
burgh”. The plant appears no longer to occur in the Edinburgh
area, nor is there any evidence to suggest that it has been seen
there since 1890.
The earliest printed record of the plant in Scotland appears
to be that given by Fraser (1911). viz. “Senecio squalidus L.
forma. One at Galafoot in 1908”. Apparently the plant, if cor-
rectly identified, was merely a casual wool-adventive. It seems
probable, however, that the plant in question was the polymorphic
Senecio inaequidens DC. which superficially resembles _ S.
squalidus, and is now known to be introduced with “shoddy”
(cf. Year Book, B.S.BJ., 1953, 107, and Proc., B.S.BI., 1, 256
(1954)). Hayward and Druce (1919), in citing the record, add:
“We have not seen Scottish specimens”’,
Druce (1932) gives the Scottish distribution of S. squalidus
as v.ce. 78 and 79; there are no Scottish specimens in Herb.
Druce and an exhaustive search of botanical literature has failed
to produce confirmation that the plant was ever found in the
first mentioned vice-county. The record for v.c. 79 appears to
be based on the record given by Fraser (1911).
There appears to be only one recent printed record for Scot-
land—“Bonnybridge, Stirling’, W. J. in Country-side, (N.S.), 14,
187 (1947); this has not been confirmed and was probably based
on a misidentification.
THE SCOTTISH RECORDS OF SENECIO SQUALIDUS mille
Miss C. W. Muirhead has recently informed me that the plant
was found “growing on a roadside bank near New Craighail
Colliery, near Musselburgh (v.c. 83)” in May 1954 by Dr. J. Milne.
This is the first definite evidence of the occurrence of S. squalidus
in Scotland during this century.
In conclusion both Mr. J. R. Lee and Mr. R. Mackechnie in-
form me (7 litt.) that they have never seen the plant growing
in Scotland; nor do they know of any Scottish records other than
those that I have given. I am indebted to Mr. B. L. Burtt and
Mr. J. E. Lousley for information relating to the specimens at
Herb. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
REFERENCES.
CLAPHAM, A. R., 1952, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora
of the British Isles, 1041. Cambridge.
DRUCE, G. C., 1932, Comital Flora of the British Isles, 189. Arbroath.
FRASER, J., 1911, Alien Plants, Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1911, 99-102.
HAYWARD, I. M. & DRUCE, G. C., 1919, The Adventive Flora of Tiweedside, 137
Arbroath.
314 CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE
By E. NELMES
The Hummocky Field, or, more officially, Cow Common, is
now ploughed up and most of its age-long wealth of plant lie
gone. Cow Common, no longer appropriately named, lies near
Totternhoe in Bedfordshire. I visited it in June 1952 because I
suspected that Carex hostiana DC. grew there and it seemed
desirable to record its presence—or absence—before the growing
threat of ploughing became an actuality.
I went to find Cow Common with the help of a little pencil
sketch made by a colleague. There were several meadows at the
end of the route, a gate leading into the most likely looking one.
I opened it, and my wife, who shared my day’s exploration,
stepped into the field. Before I could join her she tripped and
fell, hurting her leg. This was certainly the Hummocky Field!
A tiny stream flowed through the middle of it, and by the
water in its bed grew tufts of Carex lepidocarpa Tausch. Along-
side the streamlet, clear of its banks, C. distans L. oceurred plenti-
fully. Still further from the stream my guess came true: I had
found C. hostiana in the Hummocky Field! Not far from its
somewhat larger relative, C. distans, this neat little sedge with
the silvery-margined glumes occurred in patches for some dis-
tance parallel to the two other species.
At an earlier date Dr. John Dony, author of the Flora of Bed-
fordshire, had found somewhere here specimens of a sedge which
were determined (not by me) as a hybrid between C. distans and
C. lepidocarpa. As, however, this plant bears glumes which are
awnless and often acute at the apex, as in C. hostiana but not
characteristic of C. distans, it seems highly probable that C.
hostiana is one of the parents. It is not in dispute that C. lepido-
carpa is the other parent. Specimens have been placed in the
Kew herbarium.
A description of the hybrid follows.
CAREX HOSTIANA X LEPIDOCARPA: C. hornschuchiana x lepidocarpa
Hausskn. in Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Thiir., 2, 212 (1884): CG. x leutzii
Kneucker in Seub., Kleine Ercursfl. Baden, Ed. 5, 68 (1891).
Plant loosely tufted. Stems curved-erect, 30-40 em. tall, 0.75-1 mm.
thick below, smooth below but scaberulous on the acute angles of the
rhachis. ‘eaves much shorter than the stems, 2-3 mm, wide, flat or
flattish, lower reduced to pale and almost bladeless sheaths. Spikes
CAREX HOSTIANA IN BEDFORDSHIRE 315
3-4, usually 3, subdense-flowered, uppermost male, terminating the
stem, slenderly cylindric, but somewhat tapering at each end, 2-2.5
em. long, 2-2.75 mm. thick, lateral spikes female, more or less cylindric,
base often slightly thicker, 1-1.6 cm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. thick, upper
subsessile or on shortly, lower on rather longly, exserted peduncles,
upper at a node 2.5-4 em. below the male spike, lower 4.5-13 cm. dis-
tant from the upper female spike. Bracts subfoliaceous, 4-8 cm. long,
upper shortly lower longly sheathing; sheaths in front, at the mouth,
prolonged into a short membranous tongue. female glumes ovate,
acuminate, flattish-cymbiform, apex acute to obtuse, 3-3.3 mm. long,
1.8-2 mm. wide, light castaneous, often whitish at the base and irre-
cularly and widely so on the margins, midrib slender, from slightly
failing to reach to forming a firm tip at the apex. Utricles shrunken
and compressed, mostly broadly elliptic but a few obovate or ovate,
3.4-3.6 mm. long, 1.5-1.8 mm. broad, obscurely few-nerved to many-
nerved, narrowly marginate, glabrous, straightish, slightly spreading.
lowest few subpatent, greenish or yellowish-green above, white below
or at the base, very shortly stipitate, mostly abruptly or subabruptly
beaked; beak not or scarcely tapering, compressed, 1.4-1.6 mm. long,
narrowly marginate, margins very sparsely to subdensely rough, pale —
below, castaneous above, bidentate; teeth somewhat diverging. Achene
undeveloped.
V.c. 30, Bedfordshire; Totternhoe = The Litany = Hummocky
VWield, 1951, J. D. Dony, 1469 (Herb. Kew).
316 THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME:
A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO IRELAND OF THE BRITISH
NATIONAL GRID .
By D. A. WEBB
The decision to use the 10-km. squares of the National Grid
as the basis of the Society’s Atlas of the distribution of British
plants necessitated the extension of the grid to cover the whole of
Ireland. This presented a problem which was at once difficult
and incapable of an elegant solution.
The zero vertical of the grid nearly bisects Ireland, running
from Youghal to the Bloody Foreland, so that the eastern half
is covered by the existing grid; but only small-scale maps are
available to show this. Furthermore, a serious difficulty arises
from the fact that, whereas the grid was chosen to suit the projec-
tion on which the Ordnance maps of Britain are drawn (trans-
verse Mercator, with origin at 2° W., 49° N.), the Ordnance maps
of Ireland are drawn on Bonne’s projection, centred on the
meridian of 8° W. It follows from this that the grid will appear
on the Irish maps in a form that is neither rectangular nor
rectilinear, and that it will be set skew both to the graticule
(meridians and parallels) and to the margins of the sheets. In
fact, the verticals appear as virtually straight lines running from
west of north to east of south; while the horizontals appear as
curved lines, dipping south of west at an angle which increases
sensibly towards the west. In the eastern half of the country
their deviation from a straight line is barely perceptible, but in
the extreme west it becomes very marked.
To plot this grid accurately would require some fairly intricate
spherical trigonometry and a very long and tedious series of
calculations. Since the time for the latter was not available, I
wasted no vain regrets on my lack of the former, and proceeded
by a method which used approximation and extrapolation freely
to an interim solution which is (if one remembers the scale on
which the maps are ultimately to be printed) sufficiently accurate
for the present purpose. The grid has been drawn on a series of
}” maps which are kept in the School of Botany, Trinity College,
Dublin; duplicate sets are in the Departments of Botany at
Cambridge and (northern sheets only) Belfast. It nevertheless
seems worth while to put on permanent record the position of the
principal fixed points in this grid which is being used for the
atlas, so that any record which gives rise to queries in the future
can be searched for if necessary, and so that those who have not
aecess to the gridded maps can, by interpolation between these
points, reconstruct the grid with sufficient accuracy for most
purposes.
—*"
_—- .
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME O17
A PROVISIONAL EXTENSION TO IRELAND oF THE BritisH NATIONAL GRID
In this connection, however, attention must be drawn to a
totally unexpected obstacle which I encountered in transferring _
the grid to the Ordnance maps: the fact that a considerable
number of the Irish sheets deviate perceptibly from their osten-
sible scale of 4” to a mile. Altogether ten sheets out of the
twenty-five on which the grid was actually drawn show dis-
crepancies of scale exceeding 0:2%. ‘The most serious error is in
sheet 9, where the scale in the north-south direction seems to be
1:8% below its nominal value; the most bizarre discrepancy is
in sheets 4 and 8, where the north-scuth scale is 0:-5% too large
and the east-west scale 0:25% too small. How this state of affairs
arose I cannot imagine, but it is a trap against which I would
warn anybody who is attempting to reproduce a part of the grid.
we
—
Go
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
The two tables here appended should suffice for fixing the
grid within the limits of those errors which are inherent in the
method by which it was plotted.
TABLE 1.
INCLINATION OF VERTICALS WITH RESPECT TO THE MERIDIANS
Grid line Inclination
850 7 (eel Tt
900 6° 40’
950 6°
0 Sheer. |
50 4° 40”
100 4° 10’
TaBLe 2.
LOCALISATION OF PRINcTPAL GRID INTERSECTIONS
Intersection
(vertical is given
first) Locality
0/600 1-4 m. W. and 1-0 m. S. of the Bloody Foreland.
50 / 600 0-9 m. E. and 1-0 m. S. of the fort on Dunree Head,
Lough Swilly.
100/600 3-1 m. W. and 0-4 m. N. of Ramore Head, Portrush,
Co. Antrim.
900 / 500 0-4 m. E. and 0-3 m. N. of the 890 ft. summit N. of
Bangor Erris, Co. Mayo.
950 / 500 1-6 m. E. and 0-3 m. S. of the bridge at Geliaan: Co.
Shgo.
0/500 1-9 m. E. and 0-1 m. N. of Lisgorman station, Co.
Leitrim.
50/500 0-8 m. W. and 0-6 m. N. of the N.W. corner of L. Lea,
near Lisnaskea, Co. Fermanagh.
100 / 500 0-1 m. E. and 0-9 m. N. of the church at Lisnadill, near
Armagh.
150/500 1-0 m. E. and 0-3 m. S. of Edendarriff Mt. (553 ft.), S.
of Ballynahinch, Co. Down.
900 / 400 0-7 m. W. and 0:4 m. S. of the Cashla River bridge.
S.E. of Costelloe, Co. Galway.
950 / 400 1-9 m. W. and 0-9 m. N. of Athenry station, Co. Galway.
0/400 2-2 m. W. and 1°8 m. N. of the school at Clonmacnoise,
Offaly.
50/400 0-6 m. E. and 2-0 m. S. of Rochfortbridge.
100 / 400 1-1 m. W. and 2-8 m. N. of Leixlip station, Co. Kildare.
850 / 300 2-1 m. W. and 0:3 m. N. of Gurry Island (N. of Castle
gregory, Co. Kerry).
900 / 300 0-1 m. E. and 2:3 m. S. of the church at Duagh, Co.
Kerry.
Intersection
THE DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME 319
(vertical is given
first)
950 / 300
0/300
50/300
100/300
850 / 200
900 / 200
950 / 200
Locality
0:5 m. E. and 0-2 m. S. of Bruree station, Co. Limerick.
1-1 m. W. and 1-3 m. N. of Newinn, Co. Tipperary.
1-2 m. W. and 2-4 m. S. of Thomastown, Co. Kilkenny.
-0:3 m. E. and 1-8 m. N. of Grania’s cross-roads, EK. of
Enniscorthy, Co. Wexford.
5-9 m. W. and 2-1 m. S. of the 765 ft. summit above
Mizen Head.
0-4 m. W. and 0:2 m. N. of Scullane Point, near Toe
Head, Co. Cork.
1:6 m. E. and 5:3 m. S. of the Old Head of Kinsale.
320 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
33/2. MattruHiota sinvata (L.) R.Br. This is usually said to be a
biennial. J had however a plant of it in my garden grown from seed.
from Saunton, Devon, and sown in 1949, which was still lusty until the
frosts early this year (1954)—30° was recorded close by. It is perhaps
relevant to record that in its first year it proved a prime favourite
with rabbits and never managed to flower. This may have enabled
the plant to form a stouter stock and last longer.—D. McCurytocr.
147(2)/1. Genistella sagittalis (L.) Gams, 1923, in Hegi Jllustr. Fl.
Mittel-Eur., 4, 196; Genista sagittalis L., 1753, Sp. Pl., 710; G.
herbacea Lam., 1786, Encycl., 2, 616; Genistella racemosa Moench,
1794, Meth., 1383; Spartium sagittale Roth, 1798, Tent. Fl. Germ., 1,
302; Saltzwedelia sagittalis Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb., 1800, Fl.
Wetterau, 2, 498; Cytisus sagittalis Koch, 1837, Syn., 147; Syspone
sagittalis Griseb., 1843, Spic. Fl. Rum. Bith.;1, 5. 12, NO Hants.; a
large patch on bank by roadside on the Basingstoke-Andover road be-
tween Whitchurch and Hurstbourne Priors, 1954, Miss C. PLUNKETT,
comm. Miss D. E. pE VrEs1an. Dwarf procumbent shrub less than 30
em. high, with ascending or erect mostly simple broadly 2-winged
branchlets: leaves ovate to oblong, 12-20 mm. long, villous: flowers
yellow, each 10-12 mm. long, in terminal racemes 2-5-4 em. long; calyx
hairy; pods linear-oblong, 20 mm. long, silky, 3-6 seeded. Native otf
central and south east Europe.—D. H. Kent.
156/1. ANTHYLLIS VULNERARIA L. Sir Edward Salisbury’s recent
book Downs and Dunes more than once gives this species as a biennial.
A mature red-flowered plant collected in early 1951 was still flourish-
ing three years later in my rockery until destroyed by the activities
of moles. Its seedlings I might add have also produced red flowers.—
D. McCuintocx.
195/2. Pyrus communis L. In view of doubt about the status of
the pear-tree in Britain, it is interesting to note that the carbonised
fruits of either this species or the related P. corduta Desy. have been
found in the Tardenoisian midden on Téviec island, off the coast of
Morbihan, in Brittany (M. & S.-J. Péquart, et al., 1937, Arch. Inst.
Pal. Humaine, Mém. 18; J. G. D. Clark, 1952, Prehist. Eur., 48).
Since this deposit is of Mesolithic age, before the advent of orchardry,
it is reasonable to assume that the fruits came from wild trees grow-
ing in the vicinity. This increases the likelihood that at least one of
the species of Pyrus is native in southern England.—D. E. Aten.
378/22. ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA var. scotica Hultén, 1954, Nytt
Mag. Bot., 3, 67. In typical A. norvegica the basal leaves are sub-
palmate and the primary lobes have long secondary lobes. The plant
PLANT NOTES 321
recently found in Scotland has the primary lobes of the basal leaves
merely deeply 3-5-dentate and is described by Hultén (1954) as a new
variety. The full description of the new variety is as follows: —
Humilis 1-2 capitulata albo-pilosa; foliis basalibus cuneatis, vel sub-
palmatis laciniis tribus usque quinque profunde 3-5 dentatis. Capitula
minora iis apud Artemisiam norvegicam, modo c. 1-2 cm. diam. Type
specimen, 105, W. Ross; near Ullapool, Wester Ross, at about 2,400
feet on spur of mountain, 1953, J. E. Loustey (Hb. Mus. Brit.).
610/2. Kochia densiflora Turcz. The treatment of the genus
Kochia in Komarov FI. URSS., 6 (1936) by Iljin has drawn attention
to Kochia densiflora Turez. in Moquin, Chenop. Enum., 91 (1840)
(K. steversiana Ijin, |.c., 134—non C. A. Meyer) a species which is
closely related to K. scoparia (L.) Schrad. Whereas the flowers of K.
scoparia do not show any, or only a few, hairs at their base, in K.
densiflora they have a more or less dense ring of long hairs. The flowers
are embedded in this ring of hairs so that the flowering branches have
a general very hairy appearance. The intensity of this hairy develop-
ment is found in a whole series of stages, so that very often difficulties
arise in assigning individual plants to one or the other species.
It seems that the strongly hairy K. densiflora, which is found in
steppes and deserts of Central and Eastern Asia, is the wild form of
K. scoparia, which in Asia grows especially in cultivated ground such
as cornfields, or in ground influenced by man.
In recent years K. densiflora has been observed as an introduced
plant several times in Europe (Germany, Austria, Holland). In Eng-
land it was collected by Miss C. M. Goodman on a track adjoining
fields in which wool-aliens were abundant at Charlton, Worcs., v.c. 37,
on October 11th, 1953, and a specimen was sent to me by Mr. J. E.
Lousley. .
An account of the Asiatic species of this genus by the writer will be
found in Mitt. Basler Bot. Gesellsch., 2 Jahrg., No. 1, 4-16 (May 1954)
which includes a description of K. densiflora and discussion of the
nomenclature.—P. AELLEN.
656/2. Elodea callitrichoides (Rich.) Caspary, 1857, Monatsb. Berl.
Acad., 47; Anucharis callitrichoides Rich., 1814, Mém. Inst. France, 2:
7, 75, t.2. 20, Herts.; river Colne near Harefield, c. 1948, G. Taytor.
21, Middx.; Longford River, Stanwell, abundant, 1950, H. C. Grice;
still plentiful, 1954, D. H. Kent. A dark green pellucid submerged
plant. Stems up to 2 m. long, usually much less, brittle. Leaves 15-
25 mm. long x 1-5-2-5 mm. broad, opposite (or in whorls of 3), linear-
lanceolate, acute, translucent, lightly toothed. Flowers dioecious,
small, solitary, whitish. Male flowers carried on a pedicel 20-50 mm.
long, sepals 5-6 mm. long; stamens 9. Female flowers submerged with
very long stigmas which reach the surface of the water. Fruit with 7-8
seeds. Water-pollinated at the surface. Only female flowers have so
far been noted in Britain (cf. Year Book, B.S.B.I., 1951, 80). Native
322 PLANT NOTES
of temperate South America, and believed to have been accidentally
(or deliberately) introduced into British waters by aquarists.—D. H.
KENT.
656(2)/1. Egeria densa Planch., 1849, Ann. Sci. Nat. Ser. 3 Bot. 11,
80; Hlodea densa (Planch.) Casp., 1857, Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 49. 59, -
S. Lanes.; Ashton Canal, Droylsden, 1953, L. W. Frost, det. J. E.
Danpy. Plant resembling Hlodea canadensis, but larger and coarser.
Branches elongate with whorls of 4 (rarely 6) linear-lanceolate, acumin-
ate, finely toothed leaves, 20-30 mm. long. x2-3-5 mm. broad. Flowers
dioecious, large, whitish. Male flowers grouped 2-4 in a spathe and car-
ried on long pedicels; corolla 18-20 mm.; sepals 3-4 mm.; petals showy;
stamens 9. Female flowers solitary in a spathe, the corolla somewhat
smaller. Fruits elongated with 1-2 seeds. Insect-pollinated, the showy
flowers being raised above the water, whereas in Elodea pollination
takes place at the surface of the water.
Plants have been observed for some years at Droylsden, growing in
warm waste water from cotton-mills, but were thought to be luxuriant
forms of EKlodea canadensis until 1953 when the plant flowered pro-
fusely. The plant is frequently grown as an oxygenator in aquaria
(often as Hlodea canadensis var. gigantea), and it seems likely that the
Lancashire plants have arisen from aquarium waste, and have estab-
lished themselves in the warm water, multiplying by vegetative propaga-
tion, as only male flowers have been detected so far. EH. densa is an-
other native of temperate South America, and is naturalised and
spreading vegetatively in the U.S.A., mainly in southern California
and along the Atlantic coast; it has also been introduced into Kenya.—
D. H. Kent.
658(2)/1. Lagarosiphon major (Ridley) C. E. Moss, 1928, Trans. Ry.
Soc. S. Afr., 16, 1938; DL. muscoides var. major Ridl., 1886, J. Linn.
Soc. Bot., 22, 233. 1, W. Cornwall; old quarry, Sennen, 1954,
Miss B. M. Sturpy, det. at Kew. 17, Surrey, gravel pit near
Teddington Lock, 1948, J. P. M. Brenan (Hb. Kew & Hb. Mus. Brit.).
Distributed through B.S.B.I. Exchange Section (see Year Book,
B.S.B.1., 1950, 96); 1949, J. E. Loustey; B. Wetcn (Hb. Mus. Brit.):
gravel pit now filled in. 30, Beds.; pond in chalkpit, Arlesey, 1944, J.
G. Dony & E. Mitne-RepHeEap; 1945, J. G. Dony, det. J. E. Danny
(Hb. Kew, Hb. Mus. Brit., Hb. Luton Mus.); still there, 1954, J. G.
Dony. 59, S. Lanes.; Ashton Canal, Droylsden, 1953, J. E. Loustry.
A large, strong, rigid, submerged aquatic species, resembling in the
field luxuriant Hlodea canadensis. Stems long, + branched, leafy
throughout; leaves thick, dark green, translucent, whorled to alternate,
linear-acute, 10-15 mm. long x 2-3 mm. broad, with short blunt
triangular-shaped teeth. Flowers dioecious, small, whitish, enclosed in
long spathes. Male spathe ovate, bifid at the apex, many-flowered (up
to 40). Female spathe ovate or oblong, 1-flowered. Male flowers float
free on water on reaching the surface. Water-pollinated at the surface.
Native of S. Africa. Frequently grown as an oxygenator of aquaria
PLANT NOTES S23
(often under the name Elodea crispa), and believed to have been intro-
duced into British waters by the action of aquarists.—D. H. Kent.
830/4 x 835/1. x Agrohordeum langei (Richt.) G. Camus ex A.
Camus, 1927, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 33, 537 (Agropyron repens x
Hordeum secalinum); Agropyron repens var. hordeacea Nielson, 1872,
Bot. Tidsskr., 5,202; Agropyrum pratensexrepens Lange, 1886, Haandb.
Danske Fl., 4, 49; x Agropyron langei Richt., 1890, Plantae Europ., 1,
126; xTritordeum lange: Aschers. & Graebn., 1901, Syn., 2, 748; x
Elytrordeum langei Hylander, 1953, Nord. Kdrlvdxtflora, 1, 369. 34,
W. Glos.; brackish pasture by the river Avon, Shirehampton, 1945, Mrs.
C. I. SanpwitH; 1954, Mrs. C. I. & N. Y. SanpwitH. Plant male-
sterile; the slender yellow anthers remain closed and contain imperfect
pollen only. This hybrid is intermediate in several respects between its
putative parents, but its facies is that of an Agropyron due to the
dominance of certain A. repens characteristics. It is possible that for
this reason it has been passed over, being mistaken for slender A. repens.
From that species it may be distinguished by the articulated spike-
rhachis, the internodes of which fracture horizontally just above each
spikelet as they do in Hordeum secalinum; by the narrower, more rigid,
fewer(3-4)-nerved, awned glumes which are often placed slightly
obliquely in relation to the florets; and by the fewer (2-4) florets. Occa-
sionally there are two, rarely three, spikelets at each of the lower nodes
of the spikes; usually, however, they are solitary and in this respect
differ from Hordeum secalinum. The hybrid may also be separated
from that species by the wider glumes and the shorter awns. The
anthers (3-3-5 mm.) agree in length with those of Hordewm secalinum.—
C. E. Husnarp & N. Y. SANDWITH.
835/2(2). Hordeum leporinum Link, 1835, Linnaea, 9, 133. 30,
Beds. ; railway sidings, Flitwick, 1950, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1068,
Herb. Luton Mus.): shoddy heap, Deepdale, Potton, 1952, EK. MILNE
Repueap and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1820, Herb. Kew): railway
sidings, Willington, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1985, Herb. Luton
Mus.): railway sidings, Southill, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1991,
Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Shefford, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony
2232): arable field, Maulden, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2217). 37,
Worcs.; arable field, Pinvin, 1954, Miss C. M. Goopman. 63, S.W.
Yorks.; waste-wool heap, Kirkheaton, 1952, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony
1924, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Eccleshill, 1953, J. G. Dony, J. E.
Loustey and D. McCrintock (J. G. Dony 2107): railway sidings, City
Road, Bradford, 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2136). 65, N.W. Yorks.;
arable field, Catton, 1954, Miss C. M. Rop and J. G. Dony (J. G.
Dony 2170).
835/2(3). H. glaucum Steud., 1854, Syn. Pl. Glum., 1, 352, H.
stebbinstt Covas, 1949, Madrofio, 10, 17. 30, Beds.; railway sidings,
Flitwick, 1953, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2020, Herb. Kew, Herb. Luton
Mus.); 1954, J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2148). 37, Wores.; arable field,
524 PLANT NOTES
Pinvin, 1954, Miss C. M. Goopman and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2263).
63, S.W. Yorks.; Valley Scouring and Cleaning Works, Shipley, 1952,
J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 1911, Herb. Kew): Minerva Works, Kirk-
heaton, 1953, J. G. Dony, J. E. Loustty and D. McCiintock (J. G.
Dony 2108, Herb. Kew). 65, N.W. Yorks.; railway sidings, Baldersby,
1954, Miss C. M. Roz and J. G. Dony (J. G. Dony 2174).
835 /2(4)b. H. pusillum var. pubens Hitchcock, 1933, Journ. Wash.
Acad. Sci., 23, 453. 30, Beds.; arable field, Maulden, 1953, J. G. Dony
(J. G. Dony 2058, Herb. Kew): railway sidings, Flitwick, 1954, J. G.
Dony (J. G. Dony 2149).
Hordeum glaucum and H. leporinum are superficially alike, and
closely allied to, H. murinum L. from which they differ in the floret of
the central spikelet being borne on a ‘‘pedicel’’ (rhachilla-internode)
usually as long as the ‘‘pedicels’’ of the lateral spikelets. In dH.
murinwm the floret of the central spikelet is sessile or subsessile. The
lemma, awn and palea of the central spikelets of H. glaucum and H.
leporinum are shorter than those of the lateral spikelets: in H. muri-
num they are longer. In H. glaucum and H. leporinum the inner
glumes of the lateral spikelets are as broad as those of the central spike-
let, and the paleas of the lateral spikelets are pubescent. ere 37.
murinum the inner glumes of the lateral spikelets are narrower than
those of the central spikelet, and the paleas of the lateral spikelets
are almost glabrous.
H. glaucwm differs from H. leporinum in its spike being more dense,
6-8 spikelets per cm. of rhachis, and the stamens of the central floret
being included at anthesis; the anthers are 0-2-0-5 mm. long, their
upper filaments having no starch grains. In H. leporinum there are
3-5 spikelets per cm. of rhachis, and the stamens of the central floret
are exserted at anthesis; the anthers are 0-8-1-5 mm. long, their fila-
ments having conspicuous starch grains.
Hf. pusillum is closely allied to H. marinum Huds. It has a linear-
oblong spike, usually over 4 cm. long, the glumes being suberect. In
H. marinum the spike is ovate, usually less than 4 em. long, the awns
being strongly spreading.
H. leporinum is a native of the Mediterranean region, N. Africa
and the Orient, and is now cosmopolitan in warm temperate regions.
H. glaucum is also native in the Mediterranean region, N. Africa and
the Orient, and is becoming cosmopolitan in warm temperate regions
(N. & S. America, S. Africa, Australia). H. pusillum is probably
native from the U.S.A. to central Argentine, and is appearing as an
adventive in Europe.
[ wish to thank Mr. C. E. Hubbard and Dr. A. Melderis for their
assistance in naming my material.
REFERENCE
COVAS, G., 1949, Taxonomic observations on the North American species of
Hordeum, Madrono, 10, 1-21.
J. G. Downy.
1)
PLANT RECORDS 38
PLANT RECORDS
Compiled by E. C. WaLtack
Records are for the year 1954 when no date is given.
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con-
tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated
copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.LZ. number: to indicate that the plant is not a
native species in the British Isles.
t before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ ] enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
Tt will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as
accurate as is thought advisable, are added to all records.
§2/5. THatictrum aupInumM L. *79, Selkirk; basic flush at about
2,200 ft., east slope of Cramalt Craig, Meggat Water, D. A. RarcrirreE.
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. 22, Berks.; (5) farm land just outside
Reading, plentiful, 1953, J. OuNSTED.
§6/28. RanuncuLus BAaupoTir Godr. *101, Kintyre; coastal marsh
near Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunninenam, det. R. W. ButcHer.
21/6. PapAvER HyBRIDUM L. 16, W. Kent; edge of field near
Farningham, Lonpon Natura History Soctrty Excursion, comm. P.
C. Hatz, conf. E. B. BancEerter.
35/1(2). RorippA MICROPHYLLA (Boenn.) Hylander. 90, Forfar; Leys-
mill, U. K. Duncan, det. H. K. Atry SHaw.
35 /1(2)x 35/1. Rorrerpa x srERILis Airy Shaw. 90, Forfar; Carling-
heugh Bay, Arbroath, 1953: 96, Easterness; Allanfearn, 1943, U. K.
Dunean, det. H. K. Arry Suaw.
¥35/5. Rorippa Austriaca (Crantz) Bess. 23, Oxon; (7) Wayside
at Caversham, within the borough of Reading, a good patch, 1953,
H C. A. THomas, det. and comm. J. OUNSTED.
326 PLANT RECORDS
§44/1. ERoPHILA VERNA (L.) Chevall. *89, EK. Perth; railway bridge
north of Dalnaspidal Station, A. A. Strack.
54/14b. SINAPIS ARVENSIS var. ORIENTALIS (L.) Aschers. 36, Here-
ford; waste building ground, Colwall, F. M. Day.
§54/22. HiRSCHFELDIA INCANA (L.) Lagreze-Fossat. *t21, Middx. ;
rubbish tip, Hounslow Heath, in quantity, B. WetcH, comm. D. H.
KENT.
§61/2. Leprptum tatirorium L. {t26, W. Suffolk; near, and on
the banks of, the river Lark at Tollgate Bridge, Bury St. Edmunds,
? a relic of cultivation, 1953, H. J. Boreham (1954, Trans. Suffoli: Nats.
Soc., 8, 188). *t3l1, Hunts.; dredgings of river Nene backwater near
Yarwell Mill, Elton, T. Parston, comm. J. L. GILBerr.
§85/3. Resepa LuTEota L. +74, Wigtown.; roadside banks near
Lochlans village, Stranraer, 1952, A. M. Strriine, but see A. C.
McCandlish, A List of Wigtownshire Plants, 1931, for an earlier record.
§88/1. Viona sTaGNIna Kit. 126, W. Suffolk; Lakenheath, 1953,
R. G. Rutterford, conf. S. M. Walters (1954, Proc. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8,
188).
88/34. VioLA TRICOLOR subsp. curtTistr (E. Forst.) Syme. H.21,
Dublin; North Bull Island, Dublin Bay, purple, yellow and _ parti-
coloured forms, F. Suater.
92/2. DrianrHus DELTOIDES L. 34, W. Glos.; the possible occur-
rence of this species on St. Vincent’s Rocks is discussed by C. I. and
N. Y. Sandwith in ‘‘Bristol Botany in 1953’’ (Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc.,
28, 1954), arising from a specimen now in their possession labelled
“Chiffton Rocks, July 22, 1910, W. Prowse’’.
96/1x2. SILENE MARITIMA X VULGARIS. 68, Cheviotland : just be-
hind Bamburgh Castle, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vase. (Subst.),
39, 9).
96/4. MrLANDRIUM NocTIFLORUM (l.) Fr. H.21, Dublin; Port-
rane, J. P. Brunker (1954, Irish Nats. J., 11, 206).
103/2. Saeina susuLata (Sw.) C. Presl. 97, Westerness; frequent
on stony scree (basaltic), An Coire, Morvern (Argyll), E. C. Wattace.
104/2. SperGuLA SATIVA Boenn. 34, W. Glos.; on sandy soil,
Yate Common, G. W. Garlick, C. I. and N. Y. Sandwith (1954, Proc.
Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 380).
105/2. SpPERGULARIA MEpIA (L.) C. Presl. 101, Kintyre; salt-marsh,
Davaar Point, near Campbeltown; salt-marsh by Smerby, E. Kintyre,
1951, M. H. Cunnrineuam, det. A. MELDERIS.
PLANT RECORDS BPA
§105/3. SpERGULARIA MARINA (L.) Griseb. *101, Kintyre; salt-
marsh, Davaar Point, near Campbeltown; salt-marsh by Smerby, E.
Kintyre, 1952, M. H. Cunninenam, det. A. MELDERIS.
§¢108/2. CrLAYTONIA PERFOLIATA Donn ex Willd. *46, Card.; sand
dunes south of Gwbert, W. M. Conpry, comm. Nat. Mus. WaAtgss.
109/2. MontTIA FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) S. M.
Walters. 48, Mer.; dune slack below Plas Mynach, Barmouth, P. M.
Benoit, det. S. M. Watters, comm. Nar. Mus. WALgs.
116/2. WLavarera cretica L. +19, N. Essex; Colchester, 1953, D.
McCurntock, H. Cuitp and B. WELcH.
127/13. GeERANIuM LuctIpUM L. 86, Stirling; shaded rocks near the
Loup of Fintry on the Endrick, A. A. Suack and A. M. Strriine.
§132/2. Oxaris corntcuLata L. 101, Kintyre; recorded in error in
Proceedings, B.S.B.I., 1, 166 (1954). Delete 101 from C.F., M. H.
CUNNINGHAM.
§+133/3. ImpaTIENS PARVIFLORA DC. {59, S. Lancs.; Ashworth
Valley, Heywood, in locality stated in the preface of HK. Whittaker’s
Birds of a Lancashire Cotton Town (1932) to be the only station in S.
Lancs., 1953, F. Sater.
§149/2. Uzex cattm Planch. ~-*16, W. Kent; Kemsing, 1953, D.
McCiintock
176/1. Vicia sytvatTicaA L. 97, Westerness; rocky slope by Sound
of Mull, Aoineadh Mor, Morvern (Argyll), KE. C. Wannacer.
176/4. Victa oropus DC. 104, N. Ebudes; gullies near the sea,
north west side of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. Strriine
§176/13. Victa ancustiroria LL. 1101, Kintyre; roadside, Peninver,
M. H. CunntncHam—but see Glasgow Nat., 17, 73 (1954).
§176/14. Victa tatHyrompEs L. {101, Kintyre; coastal pasture by
Killean, W. Kintyre, 1953; Southend links, S. Kintyre, M. H. Cunnine-
HAM, det. A. MreLDERIS—but see Glasgow Nat., 17, 73 (1954).
185/13. Rusus tatirorius Bab. 90, Forfar; Auchmithie, U. K.
Duncan, det. W. C. R. Watson. ;
§185/155. Rusus cHamMaEmMorus L. *99, Dunbarton; at 1,700 ft. near
the summit of Creachan Hill, Glen Finlas, Luss, 1948, A. M. Srrrite.
§187/2x1. Grum x INTERMEDIUM Ehrh. *48, Mer.; with putative
parents, Torrent Walk, Dolgelly, Mrs. M. Ricuarps.
328 PLANT RECORDS
§189/6. PoTENTILLA TABERNAEMONTANI Aschers. *86, Stirling; on a
very limited area of rocks near the waterfall known as the Loup of
Fintry on the Endrick; also on basalt crags a little to the north west at
ec. 900 ft. Remove record from brackets in C.F., A. A. SLACK.
189/8. PotTENTILLA ANGLICA Laichard. 101, Kintyre; banks of
Corskiey Burn: widespread in Kintyre, M. H. CunNINGHAM.
190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. 101, Kintyre; wide-
spread—Tarbert Hills; Pennygown, S. Kintyre; Peninver, E. Kintyre,
etc., M. H. Cunninenam, det. S. M. WaALteERs.
190/8. ALcHEMILLA GLABRA Neygenf. 101, Kintyre; widespread—
Baraskomie pasture, Aros Moss, Tarbert Hills, ete., M. H. Cunninc-
HAM, det. S. M. WALTERS.
§190(2)/2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. *16, W.
Kent; rides in wood, Bedgebury, N. Y. SanpwirH. *44, Carm.: old
quarry, Cil-maen-llwyd, near Llandilo, A. E. Wapr, comm. Nat. Mts.
WALES. t61, S.E. Yorks.; Skipwith Common, R. Rose and C. M.
Rob: 62, N.E. Yorks.; Gribdale Gate, Great Ayton, G. F. Willmot and
C. M. Rob: {65, N.W. Yorks.; Cover Banks, Middleham, C. M. Rob
(1955, The Nat., 1955, 27).
4192/1. . ACAENA ANSERINIFOLIA (J. R. & G. Forst.) Druce. 33, E.
Glos.; (7a) Batsford Park, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
199/2. SAxIFRAGA opposiITIFoLIA L. 101, Kintyre; hillside rocks
at Mull of Kintyre, elevation c. 1,000 ft., M. H. Cunnrnenam, det. D.
A. WEBB.
T200/1. . TrtrrImaA GRANDIFLORA (Pursh) Dougl. ex Lindl. 4, N.
Devon; banks of river Heddon, near Hunter’s Inn, and elsewhere.
S. PALMER.
203/1. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM JT.. 88, Mid Perth; among
scattered boulders below crags, Loch na Craige, Aberfeldy, A. M.
STIRLING.
§211/7. Serpum aLtBum L. *+t68, Cheviotland; on a natural rock out-
crop at the roadside, approaching Bamburgh from the west, 1953, A. M.
STIRLING.
213/2. DROSERA INTERMEDIA Hayne. 101, Kintyre; Aros Moss by
Campbeltown, in company with DP. anglica and D. rotundifolia, 1951,
M. H. Cunnineuam, det. A. MELDERIS.
+220/7(2). Eprmoptum AapENocavuLon Hausskn. 37, Worcs.; marshy
ground by the lake, Westwood Park, Droitwich, J. W. Gover and N.
Y. SANDWITH.
PLANT RECORDS 329
+220/17. Eprnopium PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. 64, N.W. Yorks.; on a
wall, Bentham railway station, J. F. and P. C. Hatu. 88, Mid Perth;
north side of Shiehallion, following a stream up to 2,000 ft., J.
OunstED and C. J. Capspury. 97, Westerness; abundant in stone gullies
on An Coire, Morvern (Argyll), A. C. CrunpweEii and KE. C. WatLmace.
101, Kintyre; first found in 1948, Glenbreckerie, S. Kintyre, by burn-
side, since then in quarries and by roadside in many parts, M. H.
CUNNINGHAM, det. G. TAYLOR.
242/1. DANAA coRNUBIENSIS (L.) Burnat. 24, Bucks.; the Dorney
Wood locality, referred to as ‘‘a second Bucks. station’ (Proc.
B.S.BTI., 1, 51 & 73 (1954), is in fact the well-known station near Burn-
ham Beeches, J. EK. Loustey.
4244/2. SmMyRNIUM pERFOLIATUM Mill. 21, Middx.; Newland’s
Copse, Harrow Park, three plants, R. M. Harury, det. and comm. D.
H. Kent.
271/1. lLagusticum scoricum L. 103, Mid Ebudes; quite plentiful
on Staffa, above the basalt, J. OUNSTED.
+277/1. HERACLEUM MANTEGAZZIANUM Somm. & Levier. 66, Dur-
ham; along the Wear banks in Lambton Park, J. W. Heslop Harrison
(1954, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 18).
+287/1. SampBucus RACEMOSA L. 66, Durham;. common and fully
naturalised in woods near Baybridge and Hunstantworth, J. W. Heslop
Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 18).
* §304/1. VALERIANELLA Locusta (L.) Betcke. *42, Brecon; on an old
wall, Crickhowell, H. VERNALL, comm. Nar. Mus. WALES.
1320/7. ERigrhRON PHILADELPHICUS L. 35, Mon.; Tutshill, 1953, D.
McCuinTock.
3238/3. GNAPHALIUM syLvaATicum L. 15, E. Kent; Soles Wood, on
chalk, west of Barfreston, D. McCuintock.
1354/1. GALINSOGA PARVIFLORA Cav. 65, N.W. Yorks.; Hawkhills,
Crayke, J. H. Evers, per K. G. Payne (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
7354/2. Gainsoea ciniaTa (Raf.) Blake. 11, S. Hants.; (2) at the
foot of a wall near the quay, Christchurch, J. OunstEp. 26, W. Suffolk;
cultivated fields, Great Cornard, Dr. G. Griffith (1954, Proc. Suffolk
Nats. Soc., 8, 190). 62, N.E. Yorks.; York, C. Brereton, per C. M.
Rob: 64, Mid W. Yorks.; as a weed in a flower bed at the University,
Leeds, G. A. Shaw (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
§1378/21. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte. *16, W. Kent; waste
ground, Erith, J. F. and P. C. Hatt, conf. D. H. Kent.
330 PLANT RECORDS
1383/7. SrNEcIo squatipus L. 58, Cheshire; canal towpath, Sand-
bach, 1952, F. Siatrer.
1387/1. GAZANIA SPLENDENS Lemaire. S, Guernsey; still by Fort
Marchant, where I first saw it in 1947, then obviously of long standing,
D McC.utntTock. .
391/1. Carina vuteariIs L. 104, N. Ebudes; rock ledges in gully
near the sea, north west side of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A. Stack and
A. M. Stieqine.
1393/4. ARCTIUM TOMENTOSUM Mill. 90, Forfar; Monikie, U. Kk.
Duncan, det. W. A. SLEDGE.
395/3. CarRDUUS TENUIFLORUS Curt. 136, Hereford; waste ground
near Hereford station, casual, F. M. Day.
396/4. Crrstum acauLon (L.) Scop. 14, E. Sussex; clayey pasture
by Beechdown Wood, Ashburnham, E. C. WatLuace.
396/5x9. CIRSIUM DISSECTUM x PALUSTRE. 12, N. Hants.; marshy
ground, Conford, near Liphook, N. Y. SanpwitH.
Hrrractvm, all det. by P. D. Sett and C. West.
419/92. Hrieractum cyMBirorium Purchas. 64, Mid W. Yorks.;
Ingleton ; Oxenber Wood, Feizor, J. F. and P. C. Hatn.
419/166. Hrrractum anctorum (Ley) Pugsl. 57, Derby.; Whitwell
Wood, J..F. and P. C. Hatt. ,
419/169. Hirractum strumMosum Ley. *57, Derby.; Markland Grips,
J eoteeand JP Ce Eiarn:
419/184. HigRAcCIUM PRENANTHOIDES Vill. 57, Derby.; Tideswell
Dale; J. . and. P. CC. Harn.
419/216. Higractum TRICHOCAULON (Dahlst.) Roffey. 14, E. Sussex;
Tilgate Forest, J. F. and P. C. Hatt.
419/221. Hirractum pRuUMMOoNDII Pugsl. 101, Kintyre; seaside
rocks, Muasdale, W. Kintyre, 1953, M. H. CunNINGHAM,
$425/8. CrcerBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wallr. 20, Herts; lane-
side near Harpenden, Mrs. D. Jonrs, det. and comm. D. H. Kent.
§430/1. Scorzonera numtiInis L. 38, Warwick.; see Proceedings
B.S: BP, 1, 162 (19654):
§432/1. JAstoNE mMonTANA L. *86, Stirling; in very small quantity
on a rocky bank near the waterfall called the Loup of Fintry on the
Endrick, A. A. Stack and A. M. Srrruine.
PLANT RECORDS 331
4435/11. CampanuLA PyRAMIDALIS L. 16, W. Kent; East Farleigh,
1953, D. MeCuintock and F. Rosk. 8S, Guernsey; St. Peter Port, 1953,
D. McC.LintTock.
4442/1. PernertyaA mucronata (L.f.)Lindl. 97, Westerness; well
established near Corran Ferry, Mrs. B. H. S. Russeti and D. McCuin-
tock. 101, Kintyre; established on seashore rocks, and on the hills at
Tarbert, Loch Fyne, 1953, M. H. CunNINGHAM.
453/2. Pyrota MEpIA Sw. 97, Westerness; in ravine, Loch Aline,
Morvern (Argyll), E. C. Wawace.
467/3. ANAGALLIS FOEMINA Mill. 21, Middx.; Waste ground,
Regents Park, about twelve plants, H. C. Houme, conf. and comm. D. H.
KENT.
469/1. Samotus vaLERANDI L. 104, N. Ebudes; salt-marsh at head
of Loch Scavaig, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. SrirRLING.
4474/1. Buppursa pavipi Franch. 8S, Guernsey; St. Peter Port,
1953, D. McCuintocx.
+497/5. SympnHytumM AspERuM Lepech. 96, Kasterness; Drumna-
drochit, 1953, J. E. Loustry and D. McCuintock.
§506/9. Myosoris uispipa Schlecht. *50, Denbigh.; above the
limestone quarry, near Craig Farm, north-west of Denbigh, and
Cefnmeiriadog Caves, three miles south-west of St. Asaph, M. Morris,
comm. Nat. Mus. WALEs.
527/4. VEeERBASCUM VIRGATUM Stokes. +65, N.W. Yorks.; near
Skipton, 1953, D. McCuintock and C. M. Ros.
7532/26. CYMBALARIA MURALIS Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. 101,
Kintyre; old wall by Maiden’s Planting, near Campbeltown, M. H.
CUNNINGHAM.
§543/9. VeRONICA CATENATA Pennell. *101, Kintyre; coastal marsh
near Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, M. H. CunnincHam, det. J. H. Burner.
§1543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. “11, S. Hants.; garden weed,
Butts Ash, near Hythe, 1953, F. E. W. Vernnine, comm. E. B
BANGERTER: garden weed, New Milton, T. G. Cotterr. $18, S. Essex;
side of main road near ‘‘The Nag’s Head’’, Ramsden Heath, S. T.
Jermyn (1954, S. Hssex Nat., 3, 12). *53, S. Lincs.; garden weed,
Stragglethorpe: *56, Notts.; Farndon, 1940; Orston, 1953, both as
garden weeds colonising lane sides, R. C. L. Howirr, comm. E. B.
BaNncERTER. 164, Mid W. Yorks.; river bank above Tanfield, C. M.
Rob (1955, The Nat., 1955, 28). 66, Durham; in a dense mass along
the Wear near Eastgate, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.),
ja2 PLANT RECORDS
39, 18). *100, Clyde Isles; grassy verge near the pier, Brodick, Arran,
G. C. LEWARNE, comm. EK. B. BANGERTER.
545/10d. EurHRASIA OCCIDENTALIS var. CALVESCENS Pugsl. 101,
Kintyre; Clochkei] inks, W. Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuam, det. E. F.
WARBURG.
§545/19. MKupHRASIA ROSTKOVIANA Hayne. *47, Montgomery; heathy
hill slope between Llanidloes and Llandynam, C. I. and N. Y. Sanp-
With, de bah. Yo:
§548/5. RHINANTHUS STENOPHYLLUS (Schur) Druce. *101, Kintyre;
in pastures everywhere—Southend, Aros, Ardnacross, etce., M. H.
CunnINGHAM, det. E. F. Warsure.
550/3. OROBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. 104, N. Ebudes; crevice
of Cambrian limestone, lower slopes of Ben sea Beings: Skye;
also in rock gully near the sea, north-west of Loch Brittle, Skye, A. A.
Suack and A. M. StirR.ine.
§558/1. MENTHA RoTUNDIFOLIA L. 101, Kintyre; recorded in error
in Proceedings, B.S.B.I., 1, 177 (1954). Delete 101 from C. F., M. H.
CUNNINGHAM.
§558/2. MENTHA ALOPECUROIDES Hull. {101, Kintyre; wayside by
Kilkeddan and Oed Lintmill, 1953, M. H. Cunninenam, det. R. A.
GrAHAM.—But see Glasgow Nat., 17, 79 (1954) for earlier records.
§558/4. Menrua spicata L. *101, Kintyre; established along the
Tayinloan burn between the village and the sea, 1952, M. H. Cunnine-
HAM, det. R. A. GRAHAM.
560/1. OrrGaANum vuLcaRE L. 94, Banff.; on limestone rocks by
roadside about a mile north-west of Tomintoul, near Bridge of Avon,
A. A. Suack and A. M. Srrruine.
5963/1. CrLiInopopIuUM VULGARE L. 86, Stirling; rocky bank near
the Loup of Fintry, on the Endrick, A. M. Strruinc. 94, Banff.; on
limestone rocks by roadside about a mile north-west of Tomintoul, near
Bridge of Avon, A. A. Stack and A. M. Srrruine.
611/5. SALicoRNIA RAMOSISSIMA Woods. 24, W. Glos.; Pill, be-
tween Avonmouth and Chittering, M. P. W. Cummins (1954, Proc.
Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 383).
615/3. Potyeonum nistorta L. 101, Kintyre; damp grassland .
by Erines, N. of Tarbert, Loch Fyne, in great quantity and luxuriance,
M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
PLANT RECORDS Bo
§618/13. Rumex maritiuus L. £8, S. Wilts.; lake at Wardour, K.
Marks, det. J. E. Lousley (1954, Wilts. Arch. and N.H. Mag., 55,
261).
§632/2. MercurtaLis aNNuA L. *69, Westmorland; Rayrigg Wood,
Windermere, M. I. Treriey, det. G. Wiison.
633/4(2). UnmMus piversiIrotia Melville. 19, N. Essex; Great
Braxted, forming most of fieldside hedge, G. G. Harton, det. R. MEL-
VILLE.
638/1. PaRiETaRIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. 100, Clyde Isles; road-
side wall due north of Kingarth Hotel, Bute, A. M. STrRuine.
§652/2. EMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM (Lange) Hagerup. 72, Dum-
fries; acidic rocks, alt. c. 2,400 ft., north slopes of White Coon:b, Moffat
Hills, D. A. RATCLIFFE.
662/1. Neortira Nipus-Avis (L.) Rich. 96, Easterness; bank of the
Grotaig Burn, four miles south-west of Strone, Loch Ness, 1953, A. A. —
Suack. 97, Westerness; wood by Inninbeg, Lochaline, Morvern,
(Argyll), E. C. Watuace. 101, Kintyre; woodland at Ellavy, Loch Killi-
sport, H. R. Rogers, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES, comm. M. H. Cunnine-
HAM: Inverneill, Loch Fyne, M. H. CUNNINGHAM.
663/2. ListeRa corpata (L.) R. Br. 97, Westerness; at base of
damp overhanging rocks at 3,500 ft. on Stob Coire an Easain, Glen
Spean. Fully one hundred plants of which two were flowering. This
altitude is considerably higher than that given in (0.F., A. A. Stack
and A. M. Strruine. 103, Mull; open woodland, Craignure, E. C. Wat-
LACE.
664/2. SPIRANTHES SPIRALIS (L.) Chevall. 22, Berks.: (5) Leigh-
ton Park School, within the borough of Reading, two plants flowered
in an old lawn which was left unmown in September 1951. I+ is reported
that the same occurred in 1941, but the plant had not been seen in
other years, J. OUNSTED.
§667/3. CEPHALANTHERA LONGIFOLIA (L.) Fritsch. *96, Easterness;
high bank by Inverness to Fort Augustus road, Loch Ness, oppcsite
Inverfarigaig (north shore, near 19th milestone), M. S. Camppetyi. 101,
Kintyre; woodland by Ellavy, Loch Killisport, long known to H. R.
Rocers of Ellavy, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES, comm. M. H. CuNNINGHAM.
§668/3b. EpIpPACTIS PHYLLANTHES var. VECTENSIS (T. & T. A. Steph.)
D. P. Young. {61, S. E. Yorks.; on the wolds, west of Hull, first found
in 1953 by Mrs. Grewe of Hull. Visited in 1954 by Dr. D. P. Young
(1955, The Nat., 1955, 28).
Bai! PLANT RECORDS
§669/7. ORCHIS INCARNATA L. *63, S.W. Yorks.; near Tickhill, five
miles south-west of Bawtry, in a meadow on magnesian limestone, 1949,
J. Brown, det. V. S. SumMERHAYES. 101, Kintyre; coastal marsh by
Tayinloan, W. Kintyre, also marsh by Clochkeil, 1953, M. H. Cunnine-
HAM, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
669/7c. ORCHIS INCARNATA var. PULCHELLA Druce. 101, Kintyre;
damp coastal grassland near Ballochroy, also Clochkeil, both W. Kin-
tyre, M. H. Cunnincuam, det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
§669/8. ORCHIS PRAETERMISSA Druce. *38, Warw.; Sutton Park,
near Sutton Coldfield, 1951, R. C. Reaperr: marshy field, Earlswood,
100-200 plants, 1953, J. F. Wootman, both det. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
§669/9. ORCHIS PURPURELLA T. & T. A. Steph. *76, Renfrew.;
Eaglesham, E. M. Rurter, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES. “*91,
Kinecard.; Drumlithie, in a bog with Orchis ericetorum and Gymnadenia
conopsea, 1951, J. C. GarpInER, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMERHAYES.
*99, Dunbarton; Rosneath; Kilereggan, marsh on slope below road near
Portkil Farm, 1948, H. K. Arry SHaw (Hb. Kew), comm. D. H. KEnr.
§669/9(3). ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Saut. *49, Caern.; Rhyd-y-clafdy,
Cors Geirch, three miles west of Pwllheli, W. S. Lacey, det. and comm.
V.S. SuMMERHAYES. See also separate paper on p. 297.
§669/10. OrcHiIs ERICETORUM (Linton) EK. S. Marshall. *7, N. Wilts.;
Layfield outside Spye Park, near Chittoe, 1947, N. Y. SanpwitH (Hb.
ikew), comm. D. H. Kent. *27, EK. Norfolk; Upton Broad, north of
Acle, 1951, V. S. SumMERHAYES.
§669(3)/1. HIMANTOGLOSSUM HIRCINUM (L.) Spreng. *59, S. Lances.;
Freshfield, in sand dune area, J. Grant, det. and comm. V. S. SUMMER-
HAYES.
671/1. AckRAS AN'rTHROPoPHORUM (I..) Sm. 20, Herts; chalk down
three miles from Hitchin, 1931, K. Mears (Hb. ew), comm. D. H.
KENT.
674(2)/1. Leucorcuts auprpa (L.) KH. Mey. ex Schur. 97, Wester-
ness; dry hillocks, by Loch na Droma Buidhe, Dorlin, Morvern (Argyll),
I. C. Waace.
674(3)/1 669/11. CokLoGLossuM viIRtpbE xX OrRCHIS FUCHSII. 51,
Flint.; Maeshafen, with both parents, E. Huyron, det. and comm, V.
S. SUMMERHAYES.,
+678/1. Crocus NupIFLorUs Sm. 59, S. Lanes.; Woolfold, 1952, F.
SLATER.
PLANT RECORDS 339
§702/3. ALLIUM scoropoPRASUM L. *87, W. Perth.; among grass
by roadside on west bank of Forth, at the road junction immediately
south-west of Gartmore Station, 1950, A. M. Streiine.
§702/9. Axiium oLteERAcEUM L. {i7, N. Wilts.; Colerne Park, J. D.
Grose. But see Fl. Glus., 464 (1948).
§711/1. Gacea tutes (L.) Ker-Gawl. 77, Lanark.; in sandy soil
among trees on north bank of river Clyde near Crossford, 1952, A. M.
StTrrLtinc—see also J. R. Lee in Glasgow Nat., 17, (1952). Remove from
brackets in C.F.
718/2. Juncus acutus L. 49, Caern.; Bardsey Island, the second
record for the county, Mrs. M. Ricuarps, conf. P. W. RicHarps.
718/12b. Juncus Kocum F. Schultz. 46, Cardigan.; stream near the
shore (on mainland) between Gwhbert and Cardigan Island, P. M.
Benoit, comm. Nat. Mus. Wares. 101, Kintyre; marshy ground, Tar-
bert Hills, also hills around Campbeltown, and Aros Moss, M. H. Cun-
NINGHAM, det. P. W. RicHarps.
§+719/9. Luzuta LuzuLoIpEs (Lam.) Dandy & Wilmott. 166,
Durham; Lambton Woods, J. W. Heslop Harrison (1954, Vasc. (Subst.),
39, 18).
723/2. Arum macuLatum L. 101, Kintyre; Keil woodland, S&S.
Kintyre, long known and seen in 1952 and 1953, M. H. Cunninenam.
§745/2. ExxocHaris uniecLumis (Link) Schult. *38, Warw.; mar-
gin of pool (salt spring), Southam Holt, R. C. Reavert, det. S. M.
WALTERS.
747/1. ERtiopHoRUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe. 97, Westerness; several
places about Glen Cripesdale, and Loch na Droma Buidhe, Morvern
(Argyll), E. C. Watace.
§749/1. ScHoENUs nicRIcANS L. *86, Stirling; western shores of
Incheailloch, Loch Lomond, 1953, A. A. Stack and A. M. Strretine.
753/10. Carex PENDULA Huds. 86, Stirling; at the waterfall called
the Spout of Ballagan, Strathblane, A. M. Strriine.
753 /20(2). Carex pEmMIssA Hornem. 90, Forfar; above Falls of
Damff, Glen Esk, U. K. Duncan, det. E. NEtMgs.
§753/21. Carex LepripocarPsa Tausch. *101, Kintyre; damp pasture
by sea, Baraskomil, E. Kintyre, and shore marsh by Ardnacross, E.
Kintyre, M. H. Cunnineuaw, det. E. C. Watuace.
336 PLANT RECORDS
753/68. Carex pivisA Huds. 6, N. Som.; edge of a pool near Ber-
row Church, Miss A. Miller, and in 1953, Miss BE. Rawlins (1954, Proc.
Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 384).
§787(2)/1. »* AMMOCALAMAGROSTIS BALTICA (Fluegge) P. Fourn.
“(Ammophila arenaria x Calamagrostis epigejos). $25, E. Suffolk;
south end of Gorleston, 1953, F. W. Simpson (1954, Trans. Suffolk Nats.
Soc., 8, 192).
1796/1. GAuDINIA FRAGILIS (L.) Beauv. S, Jersey; Port Marquet,
D. McCuintock.
797/1. CyNopon pactyton (L.) Pers. +16,W. Kent; Abbey Wood,
G. M. Brown, conf. and comm. D. H. Ken’.
814/1b. CATABROSA AQUATICA var. LitoRatis Parn. 101, Kintyre;
sandy beach, seaward of all other land plants and apparently salt-
washed, north of Machrihanish, J. OuUNSTED.
§818/1. Merica nutans L. *104, N. Ebudes, rocky bank of burn
on Cambrian Limestone, south-east side of Loch Cil Criosd, Broadford,
Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. StrRuine.
§818/2. Merrica uniFLorA Retz. *96, Easterness; shaded rocks on
bank of Gralaig Burn, four miles south-west of Strone, Loch Ness, A. A.
Suack and A. M. Sriruine.
824/5. Poa paLustris L. +21, Middx.; bombed site, Lower Thames
Street, London, E.C.4, D. McCuintock.
824/8. Poa BALFouRI Parn. 72, Dumfries; moist calcareuvus rocke,
Raven Craig, Carrifron, Moffat Hills, D. A. RAtTcuirre.
8296/5. Festuca autisstMA All. 99, Dunhbarten.; steep rocks im
ravine on Finglas Water, near Luss, Loch Lomond, 1950, A. M.
StrrRLING, det. C. HK. HusBarp.
+827/13(2).. Bromus cartnatus Hook & Arn. 18, S. Essex; grounds,
of Shoebury Garrison, 1953, S. T. Jermyn, det. A. Melderis (1954, 8S.
Essex Nat., 3, 13).
827/19(2)b. Bromus LEPIDUS var. MICROMOLLIS (Kroésche) C. FE.
Hubbard. 83, Edinb.; locally dominant on overgrown cinder path by
the side of St. Steven’s Church, Comely Bank, Edinburgh, 1953, P. S.
GREEN, conf. C. EK. Hussarp.
827/19(3). Bromus tTHomintr Hard. 6, N. Som.; limestone quarry
at Cross (the f. hirsutus (Holmb.), C. I. and N.Y. Sandwith: 34, W.
Glos.; Bury Hill, Yate Rocks; and quarry east of Yate Court, G. W.
Garlick; Avonmouth Docks, C. C. Townsend (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats.
Soc., 28, 385).
/ Ae
PLANT RECORDS 337
7829/2. Lonium tTemMuLentumM L. 55, Leics.; waste ground between
railway and canal near Marlow Road, Leicester, three plants, E. kh.
Horwoop.
844/7. EquisETUM HYEMALE L. 92, S. Aberdeen.; a single clump
on the bank of the Glas Allt Beag near the track from Invercauld House,
Braemar, A. A. Stack and A. M. Sriruine.
850/1. PHYLLITIS scoLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. 104, N. Ebudes; in
fine condition in ‘‘grikes’’ of limestone pavement, lower slopes of Ben
Suardal, Broadford, Skye, A. A. Stack and A. M. StrRine.
856/5. DRyYopTeRIs AEMULA (Ait.) Kuntze. 14, E. Sussex; peaty
bank in Beechdown Wood, Ashburnham, E. C. WatLwace.
§856/11. THELYPTERIS ROBERTIANA (Hoffm.) Slosson. *t17, Sur-
rey ; railway platform, Kew Gardens Station, J. P. M. Brenan.
§857/4. CystopTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. *101, Kintyre; damp
rocks at Mull of Kintyre, in company with Sedum rosea, Sazifraga
oppositifolia and Thelypteris phegopteris, at c. 1,000 ft., M. H. Cun-
NINGHAM, det. A. MELDERIS.
865/1. Borrycutum LuNARIA (L.) Sw. 34, W. Glos.; Engine Com-
mon, Yate, G. W. Garlick (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 385).
870/5. Lycorpopium cLravatum L. 34, W. Glos.; scattered patches
on side of old cart track in open woodland, Lydney Tufts, near White-
croft; a rediscovery of a species thought to be extinct in Gloucestershire,
J. T. FietcHer, comm. W. R. Price.
CuARropHyta, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/7. Nrirevua cracinis Ag. *108, W. Sutherland; very small
immature specimens obtained by grapnel in about 10 ft. of water
(pH 5-7) interspersed amongst considerable masses of the alga Batracho-
spermum atrum (Dillw.) Harv., Lochan an Smuraich, near Loch Stack;
larger but sterile specimens from Loch Grosvenor, 13 miles north west
of Lochan an Smuraich (pH 5-7), A. V. HotpEn, comm, A. J. Brook.
873/1. ToLYPELLA INTRICATA Leonh. 34, W. Glos.; pond near Vin-
ney’s Lane, Horton, and in two ponds on Inglestone Common, G. W.
Garlick (1954, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 385).
§876/3c. CHARA VULGARIS var. PAPILLATA Wallr. *56, Notts.; peaty
drain, Misson, R. C. L. Howitt.
§876/4. CHaRra RupIs Leonh. *27, E. Norfolk; Hassingham, G. H.
ROocKkE.
338 PLANT RECORDS
876/16a. CHARA GLOBULARIS var. CAPILLACEA (Thuill.) Zanev. 53, S.
Lincs.; ballast pit, Woolsthorpe, R. C. L. Howirr.
§876/17. CHARA DELIcATULA Ag. *56, Notts; peaty drain, Misson,
R. C. L. Howitt. 88, Mid Perth; pool beside an old lime kiln near Loch
Kinardochy, on the road from Keltneyburn to Loch Tummel, 1952, A.
M. StTIRuinc.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 339
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter, N. D. Simpson
and A. K. Wade for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, ETC.
3/2. ANEMONE NEMOROSA L. . Kotilainen, M. J., 1953, Valkovuokon
levinneisyy dest’ maassamme, Suomen Luonto, 12, 54-68. Studies on
the distribution of Anemone nemorosa in Finland.—{ D.H.K.]
6. Ranuncutus. Hess, H., 1953, [Ranunculus acer L. x Ranun-
culus steveni Andrz.] ein neuer Bastard aus dem St-Galler Rheintale,
Ber, Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 63, 267-270.
23/1. ‘CHELIDONIUM MaAJus L. Fast, G., 1953, Uber laciniate
Mutanten von Chelidonium majus L., Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 188-
198. Chelidonium majus var. laciniatum includes forms described under
the names f. acutiloba, f. multifida, f. quercifolia and f. serrata. The
distribution of these forms is discussed, and the author suggests that
they have arisen spontaneously and independently.—[ D.H.K. ]
61/3. Carparta DRABA (L.) Desv. Willis, S. J., 1953, Cardaria
draba—a globe-trotting weed, World Crops, 5, No. 8. The spread of
Cardaria draba throughout the world is discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
77. CaxitE. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1952, A new British sea
rocket, Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hooker, Vasc. (Subst.), 37, 30. In
1941 the author drew attention to the fact that Hebridean material
differed from the normal British Cakile maritima. He now concludes
that this belongs to the American species C. edentula. It has been
observed from Barra to Lewis in the Outer Hebrides as well as in Coll
and Tiree.—[D.E.A.]
127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM L. Béocher, T. W., 1953, Cultiva-
tion experiments with Geranium robertianum, Veronica officinalis and
Prunella vulgaris, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 268-269.
152. TricgonELtta. See Kroos, A. W., Jr., 1952.
185. Ruvesvus. Beijerinck, W., 1953, On the habit, ecology and
taxonomy of the brambles of the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1,
523-546.
340 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rusus. Berger, X., 1953, Untersuchungen iiber die Embryo-
logie partiell apomiktischer Rubusbastarde, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges.,
63, 224-266.
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1953, Quantitative variation in sub-
sexual Rubus, Heredity, 7, 409-418.
185. Ruspus. Vaarama, A., 1953, Chromosome numbers of some
species and hybrids in the genus Rubus, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn.
‘Vanamo’, 8, 192-195.
190. ALCHEMILLA. Pawlowski, B., 1953, Nowe lub mato znane
przywrotniki zachodnio-karpackie, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 42-73.
Kight new species of Alchemilla are described from the Carpathians.—
[D.H.K.]
190/1. ALcHEMILLA ALPINA L. Naustdal, J., 1953, Om Alchemilla
alpina’s tilheve til kalk pa Vestlandet, Blyttia, 11, 79-95. Alechemilla
alpina is usually regarded as a calcifuge species, but in a great many
localities in west Norway it grows in association with a number of dis-
tinectly calcicolous species.—[ D.H.K. ]
191. AerRimonia. Brittain, N.H., 19538, Cytotaxonomy of some
species of Agrimonia, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 278.
197. CoTONEASTER, Eberle, G., 1952, Felsenbirne und Felsemi-
spel, Natur und Volk, 82, 325-331. An account of Cotoneaster integer-
rimus and allied species, and Amelanchier ovalis in Germany.—[{D.H.K. }
198. AMELANCHIER. See 197. CoTONEASTER.
207. Rises. Vaarama, A., 1953, A contribution to the genetics
of Ribes sativum Syme, Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 8,
115-116.
212/1. SrmMPprERVivum tEcToRUM L. Eberle, G., 1953, Donnerwurz.,
Natur und Volk, 83, 336-348.
217. Catiitricne. Schotsman, H. D., 1954, A taxonomic spectrum
of the section eu-Callitriche in the Netherlands, Acta Rot. Neerl., 3.
313-384. A taxonomic and cytological account of the genus Callitriche
in the Netherlands. Five species are recognised :—C. hamulata Kuetz.
(2n = 38), C. obtusangula Le Gall. (Qn = 10), C. platycarpa Kuetz.
(2n = 20), C. stagnalis Scop. (Qn. = 10) and C. palustris L. (2n = 20).
(’. pedunculata is referred to C. hamulata; all species are very variable,
especially in their vegetative parts. Detailed distribution of the species
in the Netherlands and the rest of Europe is given, and habitat prefer-
ence and other ecological data are also presented. British material of
all the species except (. platycarpa is cited, and nomenclature is dis-
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 34]
cussed at length. The following key to the identification of the species
is given. It is only reliable for well-developed flowering and fruiting
plants.
14
3a
4a
na
1a
A. Water forms
Leaves all linear, with widened and deeply emarginate apex. Basal rests
of the refiexed stigmata pressed close to the iateral sides of the fruit .........
C. hamulata
Upper leaves spathulate, forming a well-marked floating rosette ............... Q
Rosette composed of about 20 rhomboid thick leaves. Fruit with rounded
edges and very shallow median and lateral furrows, in side view elliptical,
longer than broad. Seed unwinged. Pollen ellipsoidal ......... C. obtusangula
Rosette composed of about 8-14 elliptical, circular or obovate leaves. Fruit
HOGCMOMMLESS INCCLEO: | SCOCSWANGEM .oksscseacduccecsvnoscgerccdevscsduedacdiacssonscuueaddentocsesles 3
Fruit small (1mm. long), narrowed in the lower half, in side view obovate,
ACS Me S COMMU "at GME! COPE eas sccshes sncisttanecsoncstcesasccasetecdteses C. palustris
Fruit larger, in side view circular or almost circular. Seed with dorsal
TT enor snocosaetod- cer bABUnE GE RROePiCE Ba ERES 4qneeE CoH enn: tt tat ep Renn ene nne: -annenE ee ane eae ee ee ee 4
Rosette cup-shaped. Stamens and stigmata wholly submerged. Anthers
small, rather colourless. Pollen colourless. Stigmata reflexed at base. Basal
rests of stigmata pressed close to the lateral sides of the fruit ... C. hamulata
Rosette more or less convex. Stamens and stigmata above the water surface.
Anthers yellow. Pollen yellow. Stigmata erect or-recurved ...................+ 5
Rosette leaves generally elliptical. Pollen of various shape. Stigmata erect
or spreading, to 5mm. long. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit
ORIPAINC! ocosstocacscO Cac ROHR OORS RON SE TROBRDRACOOUE DRE CnAEH MERC Re nCrne OU Hence ReEspearE sce meape C. platycarpa
Rosette leaves generally almost circular. Pollen globular. Stigmata gener-
ally arcuate-recurved, 2-3mm. long. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit
GIERVETERETN, —_ coadecbadSbBoee anon ob DOB MSR aBe accor nace nb Rpn Oc Ronee eer as error In pEDennnaGReT omens C. stagnalis
B. Land forms
Pistil with very reduced stigmata. Stamen reduced, generally entirely
lacking. Fruit small (1mm.), narrowed in the lower half, in side view
obovate, blackish. Seed winged at the top ..................cccecenencnee eee C. palustris
Pistil with well developed thread-shaped stigmata. Fruit larger, in side view
CHCA Ore (GT OUICRN I ye iaete Sasocsccdaa ud cacok omen cd ecae a oncdenc acd ScoeonCcaBconpeaceerceeninc nea mre 2
Fruit with rounded edges and very shallow furrows, in side view elliptical.
longer than broad. Seed unwinged. Pollen ellipsoidal ......... C. obtusangula
EVM COLEC AE SCCO. aWihtI CLOTS AT WAIN jansco acacia celeuetdeece ceacte slit eeicc ss lotinse deel seiice 3
Stigmata reflexed at base. Rests of the stigmata pressed close to the lateral
SIGE SO fame NC ManTRUIM Es as.cetet, foci srsisurn atiaah anaeiehtcoete eel cameben sacle dePrsicaeiecline cele na steealee C. hamutlata
SHSUINACD, CWOCH Ole” TEGURAKSC!) Zassacsooccbnoeesopeonaodoeseo500s0500 00808 anBALE oe bUsacRPnnaepoerbncebEerhn 4
Stigmata erect-patulous. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit parallel.
WWeAvVeEsmeeMeraliliy CLD GTIC AIR sc cis secteescscmscneantnete sossecaianeiesmecenin ecooeins C. platycarpa
Stigmata arcuate-recurved. Seeds in transverse section of the fruit divergent.
Weavesmoenerallliy, -AlMOSt CINGUMAMIs w-cieescheeceae neces cesesdadenee sels de sues C. stagnalis
—[D.H.K.]
220. Epritopstum. Ross, H., 1953, Physiologie der Reziprokenunter-
schiede bei einigen Epilobium-Bastarden, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr.,
Stockholm, 343-344.
290/7(2). Eprroprum ADENOCAULON Hausskn. Swann, E. L., 1953,
A new plant for Norfolk, Trans. Norfolk & Norwich Nat. Soc., 17, 298-
300. HEpilobiwm adenocaulon has been found in several parts of Norfolk.
The author gives a short description of the plant and compares it with
other closely allied species.—[D.H.K.]
342 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
238-> UMBELLIFERAE. Hakansson, A., 1953, Some chromosome
numbers in Umbelliferae, Bot. Not., 1953, 301-307.
261/1. ANTHRISCUS SYLVESTRIS (L.) Hoffm. Kousal, K., 1953,
Abnormity u kerbliku lesniho (Anthriscus sylvestris Hoffm.), Prir.
Sborn., 14, 526-527.
296/4. Gatium sAxaTILE L. Gilli, A., 1953, Galium hereynicum und
EKuphrasia nemorosa—neu ftir Osterreich, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien,
93, 110-111. Galium saxatile and Euphrasia nemorosa have been dis-
covered in Austria.—[D.H.K.]
353. BIDENS. Nehou, J., 1953, Deux Bidens nouveaux pour le
Massif Armoricain: Bidens frondosa L. et Bidens connata Miihl. (Com-
posées), Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 27, 97-107. Bidens frondosa L. and
B. connata var. petiolata Farw., N. American adventives, are spread-
ing rapidly along the waterways of western France, and have now ex-
tended their range into Brittany. The two species are described and
compared with the native B. cernua and B. tripartita. Drawings of
the leaves and fruits of the four species are also given.—[D.H.K. }
354. Gatinsoca. Dizerbo, A. H. & Nehou, J., 1953, Apparition de
Galinsoga parviflora Cay. et Galinsoga aristulata Bicknell (Composées)
dans le Massif Armoricain, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne, 27, 85-92.
419. Hieracium. Dijkstra, S. J., Kern, J. H., Reichgelt, T. &
Van Soest, J. L., 1953, Sur quelques Hieracia subg. Pilosella des Pays-
Bas, Acta Bot. Neerl., 2, 522-534. The subgenus Pulosella of Hieracitwm
falls into three groups in the Netherlands; Acaulia N.P. sect. Pilo-
selina N.P.; H. pilosella. Cauligera humilia N.P. sect. Auriculina
N.P.; H. auricula. Cauligera elata N.P. sect. Pratensina Aschers.;
H. aurantiacum, H. caespitosum: sect. Cymosina N.P.; H. cymosum:
sect. Praealtina N.P.; H. piloselloides, H. bauhini. Hybrids are found
in spite of a high degree of apomixis in the subgenus. The first two
groups are mainly western in eurasian distribution whilst the third is
central to eastern. Small distribution maps show H. caespitosum, H.
piloselloides and H. bauhini as occurring in the British Isles. Details
of the distribution in the Netherlands of the third group are given
with a map for H. caespitoswum.—{ E.B.B.]
444/1. ANDROMEDA poLIRoLIA L. Eberle, G., 1953, Rosmarinheide
und Torfgrinke, Natur und Volk, 83, 194-202. An ecological account
of Andromeda polifolia in Germany.—[{D.H.K.]
457. Limontum. Baker, H. G., 1951, The agamie complex in
Limonium (Sects. Densiflorae and Dissitiflorae), Proc. 7th Int. Bot.
Congr., Stockholm, 329-330.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 343
458. ArmerIA. Bernis, F., 1953, Revision del género Armeria
Willd. con especial referencia a los grupos ibéricos, An. Jard. Bot.
Madrid, 11, 5-287.
537. Mimunus. Vickery, R. K., Jr., 1953, An experimental study
of the races of the Mimulus guttatus complex, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot.
Congr., Stockholm, 272.
543. Veronica. Kunz, H., 1953, Hinweis auf Veronica catenata
Pennell, Mitt. Basle Bot. Ges., 1, 8. A short note on Veronica catenata
and V. anagallis-aquatica.—[ D.H.K. ]
9543/3. VERONICA OFFICINALIS I. See 127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTI-
ANUM L.
543/41. VERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Kornas, J. & Kuc, M., 1953,
Veronica filiformis Smith—nowy we florze polskie] uciazliwy chwast
lakowy, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 81-86. Veronica filiformis has been
discovered in the East Carpathians, it is new to Poland and appears to
be of recent introduction. The distribution and spread of the species
in Europe, and its affinity to V. persica is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
545/5. KupHRASIA NEMOROSA (Pers.) Mart. See 296/4. Gatium
SAXATILE L.
553. PrineurcuLa. Zurzycki, J., 1953, Studia nad polskimi-t-tustos-
zami (Pinguicula L.), Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1, 16-31. Studies on the
morphology, anatomy and cytology of the three species of Pinguicula
found in Poland, viz.—P. vulgaris, P. bicolor and P. alpina.—[D.H.K.]
573/1. PRUNELLA VULGARIS IL. See 127/14. GERANIUM ROBERTI-
ANUM L.
Gol. Porutus.. Ward, J. D. U., 1953, A note on poplars, Town ¢:
Country Planning, 1953, 138-141.
669/1. OrcHts puRPUREFA Huds. Medwecka-Kornas, A. & Kornas,
J., 1953, Orchis purpurea Huds. na Wyzynie Matopolskiej, Fragm. Flor.
Geobot., 1, 7-11. The distribution of Orchis purpurea in Poland and
adjacent countries is discussed and illustrated by maps.—[D.H.K.]
737. PotamMocEtTon. Clason, W., 1953, Notes on the Potamogetons
of the Zuidlaren Lake and its adjacent waters, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 489-
496.
741/1. Nasas marina L. Barry, D. H. & Jermy, A. C., 1953, Obser-
vations on Najas marina L., Trans. Norfolk & Norwich Nat. Soc., 17,
194-297. The distribution, habitat and ecology of Najas marina are
discussed.—[D.H.K.]
344 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
745. Exzocnarts. Walters, S. M., 1953, Eleocharis mamillata
Lindb. fil. and allied species, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 63, 271-286.
745/1. Etzocnaris paLustris (L.) Roem. & Schult. Walters, S. M.,
1953, Variation in Eleocharis palustris, Abstr. Diss. Univ. Camb.,
1950-51, 21-22.
778/1. Mrpora minima (L..) Desv. Eberle, G., 1953, Das Zwerggras,
Natur und Volk, 83, 33-39. A taxonomic and physiological account,
illustrated by photographs and drawings, of Wibora minima in Germany.
Some ecological data are also given.—[D.H.K.]
824/11. Poa anpiIna L. Skalitiska, M., 1952, Cyto-ecological studies
on Poa alpina L. var. vivipara L., Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci., Series B, 1,
4-10, 253-283.
824/11. Poa atpina L. Schwarzenbach, F. H., 1953, Die Abhangig-
keit der Bulbillenbildung bei Poa alpina vivipara von Photoperiodismus
und Frost, Hxzperienta, 9, 96. Culture experiments with Greenland
plants of Poa alpina (viviparous form) have shown that after the action
of frost the mode of reproduction is determined by the photoperiodic
factor. The influence of short days produces blossoms, and that of long
days results in bulbillae.—[Author’s summary. ]
826. Festuca. lLitardiere, R. de, 1952, Sur la répartition en
Espagne des Festuca du groupe du F. ovina L. subsp. laevis Hack. (var.
gallica St-Y. et var. marginata Hack.), An. Jard. Bot. Madrid, 10, 291-
300. The distribution in Spain of the two vars. is given, together with
descriptions of subvars. herviert St.-Y., leptophylla R. Lit. and costei
St.-Y. under var. gallica and subvars. timbalai Hack. and alopecuroides
Hack. under var. marginata. Various intermediate forms between
subsp. laevis and other subspp. are also described.—[ E.B.B.]
PTERIDOPHYTA. Cranfield, W. B., 1950, The vegetative increase of
hardy British ferns, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 297-298.
PTERIDOPHYTA. Whiteside, R., 1949, Some rare ferns, Brit. Fern
Gaz., 7, 257-259.
847/1. Prertprum aquiLtinum (L.) Kuhn. Conway, E., 1953, Studies
in the spread of bracken, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Conar., Stockholm,
238-239.
853/1. ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (L.) Roth. Druery, C. T., 1950,
The lady fern, Brit. Fern Gaz., 7, 267-269.
854. Porysticnum. Elliot, FE. A., 1950, Polystichum notes, Brif.
Fern Gaz., 7, 271-276.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 345
854/1. PorysTIcHUM sETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar. Greenfield, P.,
1950, The vagaries of Polystichum angulare pulcherrimum, Brit. Fern
Gaz., 71, 276-282.
857 /4. CysTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. Greenfield, P., 1951,
Cystopteris fragilis, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 10-12.
868/1. AzoL~“a FILIcuLoIDES Lam. Schloemer, A., 1953, Hin ver-
wildeter Wasserfarn, Natur und Volk, 83, 131-135. Gives an account
of the occurrence and spread of Azolla filiculoides in Germany.—
ED EK.|
TOPOGRAPHICAL
3-4, DEVON. Martin, W. K., 1953, 45th Annual report on tlie
botany of Devon, Rep. & Trans. Devon. Assocn., 85, 178-188. Includes
a few new vice-county records.—[A.E.W.]
5-6, Somerset. Hamlin, FE. J., 1952-53, Botanical report, 1951, Mid-
Somerset Nat. Soc. Rep., 1, 23-25, & 2, 30-31. Gives unlocalised lists
of Somerset plants.—[D.H.K.]
5-6, SoMERSET. Watson, W., 1953, Botanical report, Proc. Somerset
Arch. & N.H.S., 97, 168-170. Gives a number of new locality records,
mainly from v.c. 6.—[A.E.W. ]
10. Wiexut. Elliot, EK. A., 1950, Ferns in the Isle of Wight, Brit.
Fern Gaz., 7, 310.
11, S. Hants. Bury, H., 1953, Wild flowers in the New Forest, in
Guide to the New Forest, (Forestry Commission), 25-31.
11, S. Hants & 13, W. Sussex. Perraton, C., 1953, Salt-marshes
of the Hampshire-Sussex border, J. Hcol., 41, 240-246. An ecological
account of the Portsmouth, Langton and Chichester Harbour areas.
The primary coloniser is Spartina townsendu, but the upper regions of
the Spartineta become invaded by Obione portulacoides, and later by
other halophytic species. There is evidence of a transition from general
salt-marsh to a Festuca rubra turf.—[D.H.K.]
13-14, Sussex, 15-16, Kent & 17, Surry. Rose, F., 1953, Botanical
records in Kent, Surrey and Sussex, 1952-55, S.H. Nat., 58, xviii-xx.
14. EK. Sussex. Ticehurst, N. F., 1953, Notes on the local fauna
and flora for 1952: Plants, Hastings & E. Sussex Nat., 8, 77. The more
interesting records made during 1952 are given. They include Orobanche
aegyptiaca Pers. which was reported by F. G. Osborn as occurring on
tomatoes in'a St. Leonard’s nursery. The plant, which is a native of
south east Europe, the Middle Fast and India had not previously been
recorded from Britain,—[A.E.W. ]
346 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
21. Mippx. Mitchell, N. S. P., 1953, Ruislip Woods and their
structure: Mad Bess Wood, J. Ruislip & Dist. N.H.S., 2, 6-11.
22. Berxs, & 23. Oxon. Butler, K. I., 1951, Extract from botany
report, Reading Nat., 3, 11-12.
25. E. Surrotk. Trist, P. J. O., 1953, Ecology at Minsmere, Trans.
Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 66-72.
25-26. Surrotk. Simpson, F. W., 1953, New and interesting plants
recorded by W. A. Dutt (1870-1939) of Carlton Colville and Lowestoft,
Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 136-147. Gives records from an annotated
copy of Hind’s Flora of Suffolk, which formerly belonged to W. A.
Dutt, the East Anglian author and naturalist. The records include
many alien species found by Mrs. F. Baker, some of which are new to
the Suffolk flora.—[D.H.K.]
32. NORTHANTS. Gilbert, J. L., 1953, Botanical records, 1952,
J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 32, 201-2.
34. W. Gros. & 35. Mon. Jones, E. W. & Brown, J. M. B., 1947,
Plant life and vegetation, in National Forest Park Guide: Forest cf
Dean, (Forestry Commission), 21-29.
35. Mon. Elliot, E. A., 1949, Some Monmouthshire ferns, Brit.
Fern Gaz., 7, 260-261.
41. Gram. Wade, A. E., 1953, Botanical notes, 1951-52, Trans.
Cardiff N.S., 81, 100-101.
45. Pems. Gillham, M. E., 1953, An annotated list of the flowering
plants and ferns of Skokholm Island, Pembrokeshire, V.IV. Nat. (V.S.),
1, 539-557.
46. Carp., 47. Monte., 48. Mer. & 50. Dens., 1953, 46th Annual
Report Nat. Mus. Wales, 19. Includes a number of new county records.
Se |
49. Cargrn. Woodhead, N., 1948, Plant life, in National Forest Parl:
Guide: Snowdonia, (Forestry Commission), 31-37.
53-54. Lincs. Gibbons, E. J., 1953, Botany, Trans. Lines. Nats.
Union, 13, 37-39. Gives a few new stations for Lincs. plants.—[D.H.K.]
57. Dersy. Balme, O. E., 1953, Edaphic and vegetational zoning
on the carboniferous limestone of the Derbyshire dales, J. Ecol., 41,
331-344.
61. S.E. Yorks. Rowntree, H., 1953, Vascular plants, in Walsh,
G. B. & Rimington, F. C., The Natural History of Scarborough, 1, 206-
285.
a
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 347
64. Mrip-W. Yorks. Swinscow, D., 1953, Ferns in west Yorkshire,
Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 72-76.
66. Duruam. Harrison, J. W. Heslop & Richardson, J. A., 1953,
The magnesian limestone area of Durham and its vegetation, Trans.
Northern Nat. Union, 2, 1-26. The vegetation of the magnesian lime-
stone area is described in detail. Orchis fuchsii is represented on the
coast by the subsp. dunelmensis, some examples of which strongly recall
subsp. hebridensis. Orchis traunsteinert which occurs in a few stations
in north-east Yorkshire, Durham and Fifeshire (as well as in Ireland),
has evidently been hybridised out of existence by O. purpurella in
several places. O. traunsteineri and Cypripedium calceolus both possess
similar, anomalous distributions, resembling those of certain species
of Lepidoptera, and are regarded as survivals from the First Inter-
glacial Phase of the Last Glaciation.—[D.E.A. ]
66. Duruam & 67. Nortuums., S. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1953,
Plant records, Vasc. (Subst.), 38, 30-31 & 65-66.
70. CUMBERLAND. Pearsall, W. H., 1949, The botany of the district,
in National Forest Park Guide: Hardknott, (rorestry Commission),
29-34.
71. Man. Allen, D. H., 1953, Three years of Manx botany, Pere-
grine, 2, 4-7. Gives details of recent additions to the Manx flora.—
[D.E.A.]
jon iarkKe. & 75. Ayr. Matthews, J: BR., 1950, Plant life, in
National Park Forest Guide: Glen Trool, (Forestry Commission), 30-39.
96. Easterness. Walton, J., 1949, The vegetation of the park, in
National Forest Park Guide: Glen More, (Forestry Commission), 19-26.
97. WESTERNESS, 98. ArGyLL, 101. Kintyre, 102. S. Esupres & 103.
Mip Esupes. Macleay, K. N. G., 1953, New plant records for the
west of Scotland, Glusgow Nat., 17, 82-83. Notes on the occurrence of
Arenaria norvegica (v.c. 97), Spiranthes romanzoffiana (v.cc. 102 & 103),
Paris quadrifolia (v.c. 98) and Asplenium obovatum (v.c. 101).—
[A.E.W. ]
98. Areytt. Walton, ae 1947, Vegetation of the park, in Scottish
National Park Guide: Argyll, (Forestry Commission), 21-23.
Tre“LAnp. Praeger, R. L., 1949, Ferns in Ireland, Brit. Fern Gaz.,
7, 225-227.
H.39. Anrrim. Small, J. (Kditor), 1953, Botany, in Belfast in its
regional setting: a scientific survey, (Brit. Assocn.), 51-64. Gives a
short account of the flora, plant ecology and phytogeography of the
area.—[D.H.K. ]
348 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ECOLOGY (See also TOPOGRAPHICAL)
Buenon, F., 1952, Esquisse des principaux caracteres botaniques de
la Montagne chAatillonaise ot Plateau de Langres, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France, 99, 83-89. The principal characters of the flora of this plateau,
the Montagne (chiefly forest with some natural clearings and calcareous ©
marshes), are a marked influence from the northern and eastern
elements; some influence, particularly on the south and south east
borders, from the southern element and very little from the western
element. It may be considered, however, as a somewhat isolated moun-
tain area in the Paris Basin; species of a montane character, not un-
common, include Cypripedium calceolus and Schoenus ferrugineus.—
[E.B.B.]
CLEMENTS, C. N.:A., 1953, A study of the part played by the oak
tree in the natural plant and animal community of a woedland, Mag.
Blundell's School Sev. Soc., 8, 17-28.
CorILLIon, R., 1953, Les halipedes du nord de la Bretagne, Rev.
Gen. Bot., 60, 707-775. An ecological and phytogeographical study of
the areas Finistere, Cotes-du-Nord and Ille-et-Vilaine. Maritime asso-
ciations, with species of Juncus, Carex, Spartina, Festuca, Puccinellia,
Agropyron and Salicornia as dominants, are discussed and illustrated
by tables and figures.—[ E.B.B. ].
De Vries, D. M., 1953, Dominancy and dominance communities,
Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 500-505.
De Vriss, D. M., 1953, Objective combinations of species, Acta Bot.
Neerl., 1, 497-499.
DimbBLesy, G. W., 1953, Natural regeneration of pine and birch on
the heather moors of N.E. Yorks., Forestry, 26, 41-52.
Keauer, J., 1953, Mittelsteirische Rotbuchenwalder, Mitt. Naturw.
Ver. Steier., 83, 3-20. Kcological studies on beech woods in the Graz
area of Austria.—[D.H.K. |
GoopvaLL, D. W., 1953, Objective methods for the classification of
vegetation: 2. Fidelity and indicator value, Austr. J. Bot., 1, 434-456.
GoopaLL, D. W., 1953, Point quadrat methods for the analysis of
vegetation: the treatment of data for tussock grasses, Austr. J. Bot.,
1, 457-461.
Hanvet-Mazzetri, H., 1953, Zur floristisechen Erforschung von
Tirol und Vorarlberg, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 93, 81-99.
Huroninson, G. E., 1953, The concept of pattern in ecology, Pree.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 105, 1-12.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE J4Y)
Kienpu, J., 1953, Zum Wasserhaushalt des Phragmitetum communis
und des Glycerietum aquaticae, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 246-262.
KorceLer, K., 1953, Die pflanzenzeographische Gliederung der
Steiermark, Abt. Zool. Bot. Landes. Joan, Graz, 2, 3-58.
Lemé&e, G., 1952, Végétation et écologie des tangues du havre de
Portbail (Manche), Bull. Soc. Bot. France Mem., 1952, 156-165.
Lincotn, C., 1953, The role of plant ecology in biosystematics,
Ecology, 34, 642-649.
lirziter, P., 1953, Un villégiature sur la rive est de la baie de la
Somme, Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France, 6, 45-47. The author notes the
species and associations observed by him whilst acting as a warden on
the east bank of the mouth of the Somme. Most species also occur in
Britain; varieties of Atriplex patula and A. hastata are detailed, and
Cakile maritima var. edentula is recorded.—[ E.B.B. ]
McIntyre, G. A., 1953, Estimation of plant density using line tran- |
sects, J. Ecol., 41, 319-330.
Minter, A. D., 1953, Factors affecting the growth and form of young
beech at Gardiner Forest, Wiltshire, Forestry, 26, 111-122.
Moors, P. G., 1953, A test for non-randomness in plant populations,
Ann. Bot., 171, 57-62.
Mortensen, M. B., 1953, Urte-samfund pa skraenter pa Hinds-
holm, Bot. Tidssk., 49, 239-259. An account of the grassland-vegetation
on slopes in the peninsula of Hindsholm in the northern part of Funen.
(DK: ]
Neere, R., 1952, Note phytosociologique sur quelques mares et tour-
bieres de Kroumirie, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 16-22. The plant
associations of the pools and bogs of the Kroumirie area of Tunisia are
considered under two headings: those of running water and those of
stagnant water. Heliosciadium nodiflorum and Potamogeton polygont-
folius are British species dominant in the first category; Carex punctata -
and Osmunda regalis in the second. The role of Alnus glutinosa is
discussed in both. The number of species belonging to five floristic
distribution elements are given.—[E.B.B. |
Portrer-ALAPETITE, G., 1952, Note préliminaire sur I|’Isoetion
tunisien, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 4-6. An ecological note on an
association of Myosotis sicula and Isoetes velata, illustrated by a table,
which includes a number of British species, some at the eastern limit
of their African range, e.g., Hxaculum pusillum, Cicendia filiformis and
Juncus pygmaecus.—[ E.B.B. ]
1510) ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Seirkiz, W., 1953, The oecology of thicket-formation, Vegetatio, 4,
155-164.
SISSINGH, G., 1952, Kthologische synecologie van enkele onkruid
associaties in Nederland, Med. Landbouwhoogesch. Wagen., 52, 167-206.
An ecological study of several types of associations of the weeds of waste
and cultivated ground in the Netherlands.—[ E.B.B. ]
VANNELLI, S., 1953, Ricérche sulla flora infestante delle colture in
Italha: 4. La flora infestante di un Podere presso Montecatani Terms,
Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., 59, 388-435. Studies on the weed-flora of a
small farm near Montecatani Terme, Italy.—[D.H.K. ]
WEATHERALL, G., 1953, The checking of forest trees by heather,
Forestry, 26, 37-40.
WENDELBERGER, G., 1953, Die Trockenrasen in Naturschutzgebiet auf
der Perchtoldsdorfer Heide bei Wien: eine soziologische Studie,
Angew. Pflanzensoziol., 9, 1-51.
HISTORICAL
Bremexamr, C. E. B., 1953, Linné’s significance for the development
of phytography, Taxon, 2, 47-54.
Bremekampe, C. FE. B., 1953, Linné’s views on the hierarchy of the
taxonomic groups, Acta Bot. Neerl., 2, 242-253.
Bryk, F., 1953, Linné und die Species Plantarum, Taxon, 2, 63-75.
Girmour, J. S. L., 1952, The development of taxonomy since 1851,
Adv. Sci., 9, 70-74.
Henrey, B., 1953, J. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist., 3, 17. Richard Walker
(1679-1764), and not Thomas Martyn (1735-1825) as was generally be-
lieved, is shown to be the author of an anonymous pamphlet entitled
‘““A short account of the late donation of a botanic garden to the
University of Cambridge by the Revd. Dr. Walker, Vice-Master of
Trinity College; with rules and orders for the government of it’’, pub-
lished at Cambridge in 1763.—[{D.H.K. ]
NANNFELD, J. A., 1953, Species Plantarum, 1753—1 May 1953,
Taxon, 2, 37-38.
Srrks, M., 1952, The earliest illustrations of chromosomes, Genetica,
26, 65-76.
Srracuer, T. A., 1953, Linnaeus as a nomenclaturist, Taron, 2, 40-46.
Svenson, H. K., 1953, Linnaeus and the species problem, Tazon, 2,
55-5
(9 8)
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 351
Ucera, A. H., 1953, The preparation of the Species Plantarum,
Taxon, 2, 60-62.
Verpoorn, F., 1953, The International Plant Science Congresses,
their history and aims, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot, Congr., Stockholm,
42-56.
PALAEOBOTANY
Backman, A: L., 1951, Najas minor All. in Europa einst und jetzt,
Acta Bot. Fenn., 48, 1-82.
Conotity, A. P., Gopwin, H. & Mecaw, KE. M. 1950, Studies in the
Post-Glacial history of British vegetation: 11. Late-Glacial deposits in
Cornwall, Phil. Trans., Ser. B, 234 (bis), 397-469.
Gopwin, H., 1952, Palaeo-ecology: the study of the vegetation of
former times, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Int. & Phil. Soc., 93, 45-55.
Gopwin, H. & M. E., 1952, Pollen analyses from peat on the shore
and coastal plain of Jersey, Channel Islands, Soc. Jers. Bull. Ann., 15,
457-466.
LovusiERE, A., 1952, Apercu sur la végétation européenne pendant le
quarternaire inférieur et moyen, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., 24, 118-
125. An account of the flora of Europe during the lower and middle
Quaternary. There appear to have been a series of alternating warm
and cold periods with accompanying changes of vegetation.—[D.H.K. |
MircuHet., G. F., 1952, Late-Glacial deposits at Garscadden Mains,
near Glasgow, New Phyt., 50, 277-286.
MircHeru, G. F., 1953, Further identifications of macroscopic plant
fossils from Irish Quaternary deposits, especially from a Late-Glacial
deposit at Mapastown, Co. Louth, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 55, Sect. B.,
No. 12, 225-281.
Tatuantire, P. A., 1953, Studies in the Post-Glacial history of
British vegetation: 13. Lopham Little Fen, a Late-Glacial site in Hast
Anglia, J. Ecol., 41, 361-373. ;
HERBARIUM AND LABORATORY TECHNIQUE
DerFRANce, E., 1951, La préparation des orchidées pour l’herbier,
Nat. Belge, 32, 78-79. A note on the equipment needed and the method
for treatment of freshly gathered orchids with Hydrogen sulphide
(H.S) before drying. Plants treated four years previously have re-
tained their fresh appearance.—[E.B.B. ]
Fassett, N. C., 1952, Uses of Cellulose acetate in the herbarium,
Rhodora, 54, 286-288.
wet
nS
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Fosspere, R., 1953, Functions of the modern herbarium, Proc. 7th
Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 869.
Lincappa, B. T., 1952, A sand press method for the preservation of
natural colours in herbarium specimens, Bot. Gaz., 113, 484-485.
Marks, G. E., 1952, A controllable carmine technique for plants with
small chromosomes, Stuin Vechnol., 27, 333-336.
PreirFER, H. H., 1953, Rapid chromosome methods, Taxon, 2, 86-87.
Saver, J. D., 1953, Herbarium specimens as records of genetic re-
search, Amer. Nat., 87, 155-156.
SuoMALAINEN, H. O. T., 1952, An improved method for the use of
crystal violet and allied dyes as chromosome stains, Arch. Suc. Zoul. Bot.
Fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 7, 33-36.
Traus, H. P., 1953, Rapid chromosome methods for the taxonomist,
Taxon, 2, 28-29.
NOMENCLATURE
Breitune, A. J., 1952, How plants are named, Le Nat. Caunad., 79,
5-10.
Bucwanan, R. E., 1953, Transliteration of Greek words for use in
nomenclature in botany, Taxon, 2, 93-96.
CroizaTt, L., 1953, On nomenclature: the ‘‘Type method’’, Taxon, 2,
105-107 and 124-130.
Le6n y AymMéE, A. P. pE & AtvarEz, M. T., 1953, Family names,
Taxon, 2, 96-98.
Pacitt, J., 1952, Terminology of -onyms as applied in taxonomy,
Taxon, 1, 110-111. The author gives a short list of the terms used in
biological taxonomy to distinguish between various types of scientific
names.—[ D.H.K. ]
ProHi-SERMOLLI, R., 1952, The publication of Roth’s genera *‘Athyr-
ium’? and ‘‘Polystichum’’, Webbia, 8, 437-442. The place of publication
of these genera, which was uncertain, is established as follows :—
Athyrium Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ., 3, 31 and 58 (1799): Polystichum
Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ., 3, 31 and 69 (1799).—[D.H.K.]
Potuntn, N., 1958 Capitalization ou decapitalization encore une
fois!, Tawon, 2, 25-26.
Rickert, H. W., 1953, Expediency vs. priority in nomenclature,
Taxon, 2, 117-124.
ABSTRACTS FROM. LITERATURE 3y5)3)
MISCELLANEOUS
AperG, B., 1952, Karlvaxternas hojdgranser i Lule Lappmark och 1
Graubtinden en j amforelse, Svensk Bot. Tidssk., 46, 286-312. Studies
on the altitudinal limits of vascular plants in Lule Lappmark and in
Graubitinden.—_[D.H.K. |
ABERG, E., 1953, Biology of weeds and hormone weed killers, Proc.
?th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 182-184.
AuLaNn, H. H., 1952, Some remarks on the species question, Rep. Roy.
Soc. N.Z. Sci. Congr., 7, 36-39.
ALLEN, D. E., 1953, Botanical indications of a possible climatic
change in the Irish Sea area, Irish Nat. J., 11, 77-78. Several species
belonging to the Germanic element appear to be spreading in the Irish
Sea area. Conversely, other species markedly Atlantic in range have
gradually been decreasing or disappearing. In the Isle of Man the
summer rainfall has become less heavy since about 1910. The evidence
suggests a change towards a less oceanic type of climate.—[D.E.A. |
Awnon., 1952, Chromosome counts of species. and varieties of garden
plants, Rep. John Innes Hort. Inst., 1951, 47-50. New chromosome
counts include Fuchsia magellanica var. gracilis, 2n = 44, Rubus
fuscus, 2n = 28, R. carpinifolius, R. drejerit, R. dumetorum, R. koehleri,
R. lentiginosus, R. thyrsoideus, 2n = 35, Chrysanthemum parthenium,
2n = 18, and Triglochin maritimum, 2n = 48.—[D.H.K. |
ANZALONE, B., 1951, Flora e vegetazione dei muri di Roma, Annali
Bot., 23, 393-497. The author has made extensive studies on the flora of
- walls in Rome. A systematic list of 385 species noted is given, and the
various plant associations are discussed. The wall-flora of Rome is com-
pared with those of other cities in central and southern Italy, and
Sicily.—[D.H.K. |
Bascocre, EK. B., 1952, The development of fundamental concepts in
the science of genetics, Portug. Acta Biol., A., vol. R. B. Goldschmidt,
1-46. ; .
Baker, H. G., 1952, The ecospecies—prelude to discussion, Hvolu-
tion, 6, 61-68. The unsuitability of the taxonomic species as a ‘‘unit
of evolution’’ is emphasized, and it is believed that for many problems
in ‘‘micro-evolution”’ use of the categories of the ‘‘special’’ classification
of biosystematics is preferable although they are not as useful as a
‘“‘veneral’’ classification in tracing phylogeny. The time has, there-
fore, come for an increased measure of agreement in the use of such
terms as ecospecies and recent opinions and trends are discussed, while
a collection of published definitions is appended. An examination is
made of the genetical criteria of ecospecific distinction. The develop-
ment of hybrid incapacity is considered to occur in too irregular a
354 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
manner to provide the only criterion and it is proposed that the divid-
ing line between ecotype and ecospecies should be drawn at the level
where the first bar to crossing is imposed which is not purely concerned
with habit-preference. Suggestions are made as to the manner in
which tests for such barriers may be made.—[Author’s summary. ]
BancGeErRTER, E. B., 1953-54 Some alien fiowering plants (2), Country-
side, 16, 259-263. Describes Polygonum cuspidatum, Bunias orientalis
and Calystegia sylvestris; (3), op. cit., 16, 347-350. Gives accounts of
Petasites fragrans, Claytonia alsinoides and Veronica filiformis, the
latter is illustrated by a line drawing; (4), op. cit., 16, 391-394. De-
scribes Sisymbrium orientale, S. altissimum and Cicerbita macrophylla,
leaves of the first two are illustrated by drawings; (5), op. cit., 17,
9-12. Gives accounts of Omphalodes verna, Trachystemon orientale and
Symphytum orientale; (6), op. cit., 17, 61-64. Describes Coronilla
varia, Galega officinalis and Gaultheria shallon, siliquae of the first two,
and a plant of the latter are illustrated by line drawings; (7), op. cit.,
17, 97-101. Describes Heracleum mantegazzianum, Lycium halimi-
folium, L. chinense and Geranium versicolor.—[D.H.K.]
Bateman, A. J., 1952, Self-incompatibility systems in angiosperms:
1. Theory, Heredity, 6, 285-310.
Berton, A., 1950-52, Adventices et naturalisées du Nord, Monde
des plantes, 273, 85-87 and 285-286, 11-12. An account of various
adventive plants found in northern France.—[D.H.K. ]
BetHuAuMy, N., 1952, Why do plants wilt in cold weather?, Ecology,
33, 301-303.
Brtuines, W. D., 1952, The environmental complex in relation to
plant growth and distribution, Quart. Rev. Biol., 27, 251-265.
Bonancina, L. C. W., 1953, British forest trees in the weather scene,
Weather, 1953, 237-242.
Brown, J. M. B., 1952, Notes on the Chiltern beechwoods, Quart. J.
For., 46, 5-15. The growth of beech in the extensive woods of the
Chiltern Hills is poorer than in many other parts of England. The
cutting of the better trees in the past may have left poorer, less vigorous
trees for reproduction. Desirable silvicultural treatment is discussed.
—(D.H.K. ]
CaRrroTHERS, E. N., 1952, Giesecke’s report of Ledum palustre L.
and Papaver nudicaule L. in Ireland, Irish Nat. J., 10, 264-266. The
former existence of Papaver nudicaule near Achill Head is confirmed by
the discovery of a specimen in Herb. Kew. A letter written by G. L.
Giesecke, also preserved at Kew, records that a living specimen of
Ledum palustre, also reputed to have come from Achill Head, was taken
from the hat of a local fisherman. A short account of the life of
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 305
Giesecke is given, and the author concludes with the hope that the
two species may yet be refound in Ireland.—[D.H.K.]
Cayouttr, R., 1951, Trois additions a la flore adventice du Quebec,
Ann. L’afe., 17, 155-156. 9 Gypsophila muralis, Euphorbia peplus and
Ornithogalum umbellatum have occurred as adventives in Quebec.—
[D.H.K.]
CHRISTIANSEN, W., 1949, Polyploidie-Spektren: statistische Unter-
suchungen an Pflanzengesellschaften in Schleswig-Holstein, Biol.
Zentralbl., 68, 369-384. The author gives an account of statistical
studies carried out on plant associations in Schleswig-Holstein. In
nearly all the examined associations the proportion of polyploids ex-
ceeded the proportion of diploids. The possible reasons for this occur-
rence are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
CHRISTIANSEN, W. & ScHMIDTENDORF, H.. 1952, Zur Frage des
atlantischen Klimakeils in Scheswig-Holstein und zur _ pflanzen-
geographischen Stellung des Seestrandes innerhalb desselben, Ber.
Deutsch. Bot., Ges., 65, 341-348.
Conrab-Martius, H., 1952, Das Artproblem in naturphilosophischer
Beleuchtung, Experienta, 8, 400-404. Abandoning the accepted differ-
ences between species and subspecies in the plant and animal worlds,
the author proposes and discusses the empirical definition of a species
as the aggregate of subspecific forms developed through evolution. The
acceptance of such a definition raises anew the problem of whether
species distinctions are based on essential metaphysical differences. In
discussing the determination of species special reference is made to the
views put forward by Camp and Gilly.—[{D.H.K. }
CoqtitiatT, M., 1951, Sur les plantes Je plus communes 4 la su1face
du globe, Bull. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 20, 165-170. Lists of the ‘‘most com-
mon’’ plants, and of the species considered to be most widely spread
throughout the world are compared. The author concludes that the
most widely distributed plants, are, in the following order :—Poly-
gonum aviculare, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Chenopodium album,
Stellaria media and Poa annua.—[{D.H.K.]
Daunu, E., 1951, On the relation between summer temperature and
the distribution of alpine vascular plants in the lowlands of Fenno-
scandia, Oikos, 3, 22-52.
D’ Amato, F., 1953, The problem of the origin of spontaneous muta-
tions, Caryologia, 5, 1-13.
DoszHansky, T., 1950, Mendelian populations and their evolution,
Amer. Nat., 84, 401-418.
356 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Dony, J. G. & Loustey, J. E., 1952, The travels of plants, Bedford-
shire Mag., 3, 185-189. An account of wool-alien species in Bedford-
shire.—[D.H.K.]
DoorEensos, J., 1953, Review of the literature on dormancy in buds
of woody plants, Med. Llandbouwhoogesch. Wagen., 53 (4), 1-24.
Drees, E. M., 1953, A tentative design for rules of phytosociological
nomenclature, Vegetatio, 4, 205-214.
Dutven, J..M., 1952, Les ‘‘relicts’”’ de la période glaciaire dans la région
de Westerwolde (Pays-Bas), Monde des Plantes, 287-288, 15-16. Four
species :—Chamaepericlymenum suecicum, Trientalis europaea, Rubus
sazatilis and Carex aquatilis are claimed as true relicts for the Wester-
wolde region of north-east Holland. All the conditions necessary for
their occurrence in early times are shown to have existed, and the
argument that they are recent arrivals brought by birds is shown to be
erroneous.—[ E.B.B. ]
Durin, L., 1953, Notes pour la flore du nord de la France, Bull. Suc.
Bot. Nord France, 6, 11-13. Short plant notes on thirty species (British,
or recorded from Britain) of phytogeographical interest, in the north
of France. Some morphological distinctions between some of these and
closely allied species are given.—[E.B.B. ]
KarnsuHaw, F., 1953, The nature of ecotypes, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot.
Congr., Stockholm, 269-271.
Epuin, H. L., 1953, English tree names and their origins, Forestry,
24, 57-63.
Epi, H. L., 1953, Rebuilding Britain’s woodlands, Biology and
Human Affairs, 18, 72-80.
KmBercGer, L., 1951, L’origine de la fleur, Experienta, 7, 161-168.
The flower did not arise with the angiosperms in the Cretaceous period ;
its origin can be traced to the vascular eryptogams of the much earlier
Devonian. The sporangia of these plants, dispersed singly in a branched
arrangement, have gradually come together, become united, and, accom-
panied by contraction and foliarisation of the branched parts, have
resulted in the modern flower. The stages in this development are
given in detail and diagrammatically illustrated. Illustrated examples
are also given of present-day angiosperms which have not yet reached
full development of the flower.—[ E.B.B. ]
Eriine, C. & Carn, W., 1950, The relation of taxonomic method
to an explanation of organic evolution, Heredity, 4, 313-325. A general
discussion on the way in which taxonomic and genetic investigation may
be integrated to assist in the study of the course of organic evolution.—
[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Bon
Evenari, M. & Sretn, G., 1953, The influence of light upon germin-
ation, Haperienta, 9, 94-95.
Favarcer, C., 1950, Polyploidie et vicariance dans la flore alpine,
Arch. Klaus.-Stift., 25, 472-477.
Finney, D. J., 1952, The equilibrium of a self-incompatible poly-
morphic species, Genetica, 26, 33-64.
ForestRY Commission, 1952, Britain’s Forests: Thornthwarte.
Gives an historical account of the 5,000 acre forest of Thornthwaite in
Cumberland.—[D.H.K. ]
Forestry Commission, 1953, Britain’s Forests: Drumtochty Forest.
An account of the history and development of Drumtochty Forest, Kin-
eardineshire, which includes a brief mention of the more uncommon
plants.—[D.H.K. ]
Forestry Commission, 1953, Britain’s Forests: Glentress (Peebles-
shire).
Froment, P. & Mme., 1953, Importance du role des oiseaux pour
la dissémination de certains arbres et arbustes dans les gisements tour-
beux de la vallée de |’Ardon a Laon (Aisne), Bull. Soc. Bot. Nord France,
6, 6-7. A survey of the trees and shrubs found in the muddy bed of the
valley of the Ardon under tall planted poplars used as perches by frugi-
vorous birds. About 400 individual plants, covering twelve species, were
counted.—[E.B.B. |
Garbk, A. & Marnerros-Garnk, N., 1953, Contribuigao para o estudo
cariologico de algumas especies de angiospermicas, 1, Gen. [ber., 5,
115-124. Chromosome counts on Portuguese and Spanish plants include
Galega officinalis, 2n = 16, Matthiola incana, n=7 and Reseda suf-
fruticosa, n = 10.—[D.H.K. ]
Gatrs, R. R., 1951, The taxonomic units in relation to cytogenetics
and gene ecology, Amer. Nat., 85, 31-50. The genetical and taxono-
mical approaches to the classification of plant species are discussed with
reference to genic and chromosomal changes underlying speciation, sub-
specific categories, isolating mechanisms, ete. The general conclusion
reached is that the taxonomist should be the final arbiter in classifica-
tion, and that reproductive isolation is inadequate as the main criterion
of species.—[D.H.K. ]
Gatss, R. R., 1953, Polyploidy and the sex chromosomes, Acta Bioth.,
Series A, 11, 27-44.
Gates, R. R., 1953, The taxonomic units in relation to Cyto-genetics
and Gene-ecology, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 287-288.
358 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
GAuME, R., 1952, Considérations générales sur la flore de la brie,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 99, 70-78. In this area of northern France the
Atlantic distribution region reaches its eastern limits; a number of
oriental species are also found, together with representatives of the
Mediterranean element. This diversity may be attributed to climatic
factors as the geological constitution of the soil is fairly uniform.—
[E.B.B.]
GILLNER, V., 1952, Die Giirtelung der Strandwiesen und der Wasser-
standswechsel an der Westkiiste Schweden, Svensk. Bot. Tidssk., 46,
393-428.
GoopaLtL, D. W., 1952, Quantitative aspects of plant distribution,
Biol. Rev., 27, 194-245.
Grece, J. R., 1950, Taxonomy, language and reality, Amer. Nat.,
84, 419-435. Prompted by recent discussions on whether species are
real the author gives a semantic analysis of the species and other taxo-
nomic categories.—[D.H.K. ]
Gricson, G., 1952, Flower-show in the corn, Country Life, 112, 394-
395. <A popular account of some cornfield weeds and their origin.—
[D.H.K.]
Grieson, G., 1952, Flowers and men, History Today, 2, 823-831.
The author shows that the record of human migration and colonisation
may in many cases be traced by the diffusion and spread of plant species.
—[D.H.K.]
GrRicson, G., 1953, Ancient woods of box, Country Life, 113, 1240-
1241. Describes some of the ancient British box woods, and gives a
short account of the history of the species in Britain.—[{D.H.K. }
Gricason, G., 1953, Three instruments of magic, Country Life, 113,
1070-1071. Gives a short account of the folk-lore associated with
Hypericum perforatum, Sorbus aucuparia and Artemisia vulgaris.—
[D: HK
Hacpere, A., 1953, Further studies on, and discussion of the
heterosis problem, Hereditas, 39, 349-379.
Hacervup, O., 1950, Rain-pollination, Kgl. Danske Vid. Sels. Biol.
Med., 18 (5), 1-18. Studies on pollination in various species of Ranun-
culus, Caltha palustris and Narthecium ossifragum. In Ranunculus
the flowers of the commonest species may be pollinated in three different
ways:—by insects (particularly flies), by rain, and (should either of
these two have failed) by autogamy. Insect pollination was most pro-
nounced in R. acris, the flower of which bends in the rain.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 359
Hara, H., 1952, Contributions to the study of variations in the
Japanese plants closely related to those of Europe or North America,
Part 1, J. Faculty Sci. Univ. Tokyo, 6, Sect. 3, Bot., 29-96... The
Japanese flora includes many species and genera common to Europe
and N. America. The author brings together a number of these, and
discusses the differences between the Asiatic, American and European
forms.—[D.H.K. |
Hara, H., 1952, Vaccinium uliginosum L. in Japan, with reference
to variations in widespread northern species, 1, J. Jap. Bot., 27, 309-
315. Deals with the related species or races in east Asia and Europe,
or N. America, and discusses their taxonomic and genetical differences.
Plants which also occur in Britain that are discussed in the account
include several species of Ranunculus (Sect. Batrachium), Chelidonium
majus, Potentilla fruticosa, Adoxa moschatellina, Vaccinium uliginosum
and Plantago major.—{[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestop, 1952, A reconsideration of plant teratology,
Phyton, 4, 19-384. The implications of recent work on the physiology cf
plant growth and development are discussed in relation to the causes
of teratological phenomena. It is concluded that under the heading of
teratology a wide range of different anomalies is grouped. These are
classified under separate headings, and the possible causes of the
various abnormalities are discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
HASKELL, G., 1952, Polyploidy, ecology and the British flora, J. Hcol.,
40, 265-282. Analysis is made of the relations between polyploidy and
the British flora. Polyploidy was estimated as CPT, the coefficient of
polyploidy among types, i.e. in all subdivisions of the flora. CPTM=0-65
for monocotyledons and CPTD=0-46 for dicotyledons, slightly lower
values than another estimate; reasons for this are suggested.
The hypothesis of polyploidy increasing with altitude is confirmed.
Some species are polyploid in Britain and diploid in Greenland. Higher
polyploidy of monocotyledons favours the hypothesis that they returned
to dry land following an aquatic existence which promoted polyploidy.
Generally CPT’s are high for Scottish and Highland species and
low for Atlantic and Germanic species; monocotyledons and dicotyle-
dons differ in how their CPT’s change. Monocotyledon upland species
have a very high OPT’; dicotyledon upland and universal species have
comparatively high CPT’s. Polyploidy is lowest in lowland species;
monocotyledons and dicotyledons differ in how their CPT’s change.
Both monocotyledon and dicotyledon perennial species have higher
CPT’s than annuals but dicotyledon trees and shrubs are intermediate.
Polyploidy may change diploid annuals to perennials but perennial
diploids remain perennial.
Plants in man-made habitats (weeds) have lower CPT’s than those
of natural habitats. CPT’s seem to be high for very wet habitats and
also in monocotyledons for extreme wet-extreme dry situations; ordin-
360 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
ary conditions have lowest CPT’s. | Monocotyledons and dicotyledons
differ in how their OPT’s change.
Polyploidy has not been an important factor in influencing:
(i) the ability of introduced species to spread in Britain,
(ii) general comital frequency,
(iii) distribution of diploid/polyploid species pairs within
genera, and of British Carex species.
There is no supporting evidence for the Age and Area hypothesis.
New autopolyploidy has aided some British species to recolonise once
glaciated land. Old tetraploid relicts are still confined to the unglaci-
ated south but new polyploids have re-spread northwards.
Suggestions for further investigations of polyploidy in the British
flora are outlined.—[Author’s summary. ]
Hitzs, L. D., 1953, Hope from the wild lupin, The Field, 201, 587.
The author records Lupinus nootkatensis from the Fort William dis-
trict, the Orkneys and the valley of the Tay. The plant has a low
alkaloid content and the possibility of using it as a fodder crop and
pasture user is discussed.—[N.D.S. ]
Hyper, H. A., 1952, Studies in atmospheric pollen, 4A; pollen de-
position at two Cardiff stations, Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc., 80, 3-7. The
numbers of pollen grains of various kinds deposited on unit area of an
adhesive surface exposed horizontally on the roof of buildings situated
2% miles apart at Cardiff and Llandough (Glam.), respectively, are
compared, and it is shown that they are consistent with the hypothesis
that the catches at the two stations were in the main derived from
sources present within a relatively short distance of each other.—
{[ Author’s summary. ]
Hyvpeg, H. A., 1952, Studies in atmospheric pollen, 5; a daily census
of pollens at Cardiff for the six years, 1943-8, New Phyt., 51, 281-293.
A day-to-day census of atmospheric pollen caught at Cardiff during the
six years, 1943-48 is described. The same types of pollen were taken
every year, but the magnitude of the annual catches of individual types
varied considerably. The variation is considered in relation to its
possible causes.—[D.H.K.]
Iversen, J., 1953, Origin of the flora of western Greenland in the
light of pollen analysis, Oikos, 4, 86-103.
JaLas, J., 1951, Eraitaé ajatuksiata kasvisystemakiikan kehityksesta
ja nykyisesté asemasta, Valvoja, 71, 122-126. A short discussion on
the history of plant systematics.—[ D.H.K.]
Jauas, J., 19538, Hemerokorit ja hemerobit Kasvien kulttuurisuh-
teissiin liittyviin oppisanaston selvitysyritys, Duonn. Tut., 57, 12-16
The author attempts to solve the terminology dealing with the relations
of plants to human influence.—[D.H.K.]
:
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 361
Jovet, P., 1950, Sur l’Alchemilla micrantha (M.B.) Boiss. et le
Lampsana intermedia Bieb.: importance des observations relatives aux
plantes adventices, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 97, 218-219. The author
suggests that the recent discovery in France of two new adventives
shows the importance of noting and checking the introduction of foreign
species which may become noxious weeds.—[D.H.K. ]
Just, T., 1951, Citation of specimens in cytotaxonomic literature,
Evolution, 5, 280-281.
Keox, D. D., 1953, Examples of the applications of experimental
methods to taxonomy, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 277-
278.
Ktioos, A. W., Jr., 1952, Aanwinsten van de Nederlandse flora in
1950, Acta Bot. Neerl., 1, 122-156. The acquisitions to the flora of
the Netherlands in 1950 include a number of wool aliens and other
adventives. A few new varieties are described, and a revision of the
adventive species of Trigonella found in the Netherlands is given.—
[D.H.K.]
Koos, A. W., Jr. & Van Ooststroom, S. J., 1952, Nieuwe planten-
soorten en -vormen in Nederland gevonden in 1951, De Levende Natuur,
55, 176. Species new to the Netherlands flora in 1951 include Carex
punctata and a number of adventives.—[D.H.K.]
KwnaBen, G., 1950, Chromosome numbers in Scandinavian Arctic
plant species, Blyttia, 8, 129-155.
Kornas, J., 1953, Niektore interesujare rosliny synantropijne znale-
zione w poludniowej Polsce w latach 1939-1952, Fragm. Flor. Geobot., 1,
32-41. Discusses the more interesting adventives found in southern
Poland between 1939-1952. These include Puccinellia distans, Galiwim
tricorne, Papaver dubiwm and Sisymbrium altissimum.—[D.H.K. |
Krytue, J. M. & Wevenstek, S. J., 1952, Five years of colchicine
research, Bibl. Gen., 14, 1-132. 243 species in 137 genera treated with
colchicine are tabulated and the technique of application is described.
The literature on the induction of polyploidy is discussed in detail
and an extensive bibliography is appended.—[D.H.K. ]
Lamrecut, H., 1953, Taxonomy on genic and cytological basis, Proc.
7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 287.
LAWALREE, A., 1950, Notice sur des phanérogames adventices en
Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 83, 43-49. Descriptions of wool-
aliens and other adventives which have been recently discovered in
Belgium.—[D.H.K. ]
362 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Lawatreér, A., 1953, Contribution a l’étude de la flore adventice de
la Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86, 137-143.
Lip, J., 1950, Nye plantefunn, 1945-1949, Blyttia, 8, 41-53. New
Norwegian localities of 165 species and hybrids of vascular plants are
recorded with new northern limits for 35 species. The following hybrids
are new to Norway:—Anemone nemorosa x ranunculoides, Carex
canescens x remota, C. dioica x maritima (arctica), C. flava x lepido-
carpa, C. elata x fusca and Dactylis aschersoniana x glomerata.—
(DHE Ke
Lip, J., 1952, Nye plantefunn, 1950-1951, Blyttia, 10, 95-105. An
annotated list of the more interesting plants found in Norway during
1950 and 1951. Among the species assumed to be new to the Norwegian
flora are Cicerbita macrophylla, Physalis alkekengi, Phyteuma_ orbi-
culare and Sagina apetala.—[D.H.K. ]
Loustey, J. E., 1953, Study of the British flora in 1952, Nature, 171,
335-337. An account of the exhibition held in London in November
1952 by the Botanical Society of the British Isles.—[D.H.K.]
Love, A., 19538, The taxonomical evaluation of types with different
chromosome numbers, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 283-
284.
Love, A., 1953, Subarctic polyploidy, Hereditas, 39, 113-124. A
study of polyploidy in the Arctic flora. 511 indigenous and naturalised
plants are found in Iceland; of these 65-8% are polyploids. Out of
389 indigenous species which survived the pleistocene glaciations as
many as 71% are polyploids, or 90% of the monocotyledons and 60%
of the dicotyledons. The author gives further data to support the
hypothesis of the greater tolerance of polyploids to extreme climates
of high elevations.—[D.H.K.]
Love, A. & D., 1951, The Geobotanical Significance of Polyploidy,
Portug. Acta Biol., A., vol. R. B. Goldschmidt, 273-352. The frequency
of polyploids in fifteen European and Arctic countries is discussed. It
increases with the higher latitude, or with the extremeness of the
Pleistocene and postglacial climate as postulated by Hagerup (1931).
The frequency of polyploids with angiosperms in temperate or tropi-
cal regions is estimated to be 30% lower.
The frequency of polyploids is higher in monocotyledons than in
dicotyledons, but in both groups a statistically significant increase cor-
responds to the increase in latitude. A high frequency of polyploids
is found within the group of real glacial survivors in Scandinavia as
well as in the floras of smaller areas in Iceland and Spitzbergen with
a very high percentage of glacial survivors.
In arctic and boreal regions some connexion between polyploidy and
perennity appears to exist; this may however be a false correlation, as
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 363
it is not observed in more temperate regions. The growth rate of poly-
plo.ds is slower than that of the diploids, and they are more resistant
to excess and shortage of water than their diploid relatives.—
[D.H.K.]
MacponaLp, J. F. M. & Lockuarr, S. I’. M., 1958, Some early obser-
vations on the natural regeneration of conifers in Scotland, Scot. For.
J., 1953, 79-82.
MaztuHEws, J. R., 1952, Botanical aspects of nature conservation in
Scotland, Adv. Sci., 8, 369-373.
Me.LHeImM, A., 1953, Om floraen pa hustak in Hornindal, Blyttia, 11,
03-61. In the Norwegian countryside, and particularly along the coast,
it has long been the custom to cover the roofs of some houses with
turf. 201 of these roofs in the Hornindal area were examined by the
author, and 125 different species of vascular plants were found grow-
ing upon them. The dominant plants covering large areas, and the
number of roofs: that they were recorded from, were :—Deschampsia
flexuosa (175), Agrostis tenuis (177), Festuca vivipara (146), f. rubra
(164), Achillea millefolium (120), Poa pratensis (112), Rumex acetosella
(187), Viola tricolor (115) and Campanula rotundifolia (101). The
method of the introduction of the various species is also discussed.—
[D.H.K.]
MercatFre, C. R., 1953, The anatomical approach to the classifica-
tion of the flowering plants, Sci. Progress, 1953, 42-53.
MeuseL, H., 1952, Uber Wuchsformen, Verbreitung und Phylogenie
einiger Mediterran-mitteleuropaischer Angiospermen-Gattungen, Ilora,
139, 333-393.
baile. : he
Micuartis, P., 1953, Der Nachweis der Plasmavererbung (das Princip
und seine praktische Durchfitihrung beim Weidenréschen, Epilobium),
Acta Bioth., Series A, 11, 1-26. A short review of the historic develop-
ment of the problem of cytoplasmic inheritance is given, and the
principles for the proof of cytoplasmic inheritance, with special refer-
ence to the genus Hpilobiwm, is discussed.—[D.H.K. ]
MonpEnkE, H. N. & A. L., 1951, St. Patrick’s shamrock, Sci. Coun-
seler, 14, 35. Many triple-leaved plants have been called shamrocks,
but of all these only Trifolium dubium would seem to grow well on
sunny open hillsides, and have been native to Ireland. Trifolium
repens, commonly called the shamrock, may be a later immigrant.—
[D.H.K.]
Montserrat, P., 1953, El polen atmosférico de Barcelona en Bar-
celona en 1951, Publ. Inst. Biol. Aplicada, 13, 121-128. Counts of
pollen-grains deposited in special collectors on two roofs in Barcelona
3564 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
were made from January to June 1951. 20 different types of pollen
and 2 types of spores were noted.—[D.H.K. |
MueENSscHER, W. C. & ScHUMACHER, G. J., 1953, List of weeds of
New York, Cornell Extension Bull., 891, 1-16. A list of 413 common
weeds that grow in New York is given together with their frequencies
and status. Approx. 30% of the plants are native to New York, about
68% have been introduced from other parts of the world, and approx.
2% are native to some part of New York but have been introduced into
many parts of the State where they occur as weeds. Many plants also
found in Britain are included in the account.—[D.H.K. |
OsvaLp, H., 1953, On antagonism between plants, Proc. 7th Lntern.
Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 167-171.
Pacut, J., 1952, Hybrids and taxonomy, J'axon, 1, 117-118.
ParKER, R. N., 1958, Alien plants growing without cultivation in
the Somerset West neighbourhood, J. S. Afr. Bot., 19, 161-176. <A
systematic lst of 215 adventive species noted growing in and near
Somerset West, S. Africa. Approx. 63% of the plants are from Europe
(Qnany British) or the Mediterranean region.—[D.H.K. }
Parxkes, H. M., 1953, Some notes on the herbarium of University Col-
lege, Cork, Irish Nat. J., 17, 102-106.
Perrersson, B., 1952, An alien flora on Drumsoé (Helsingfors) intro-
duced by cork bark imported from Morocco and Spain, Mem. Soc.
Fauna Flora Fenn., 27, 111-117. The author lists 206 adventive plants
found in 1939-40 at the Finnish port of Drums6. About 75% of them
had not hitherto been found in Finland, and three were apparently new
to Kurope.—[D.H.K.]
Pimuott, J., 1952, The history of afforestation in Northern Ireland,
Adv. Sct., 9, 297-803.
Potunin, N., 1953, British Floras ancient and modern, Ihodora,
55, 209-224. The author reviews the published British Floras from
Johnson’s Mercurius Botantcus (1641) to Clapham, Tutin and War-
burg’s Flora of the British Isles (1950).—[D.H.K.]
Reese, G., 1952-538, Erginzende Mitteilungen iiber die Chromo-
somenzahlen mitteleuropaischer Gefasspflanzen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.,
64, 240-255 & 66, 66-74. A considerable amount of data on the chromo-
some numbers of European plants (including British) are given.—
[D.H.K.)]
RerrBperGerR, A., 1951, Die Chromosomenzahl von Siidtiroler Apfel-
sorten, Zeitschr. Pflanz., 30, 276-279.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 365
Ritey, H. P., 1952, ‘‘Gene’’ and ‘‘genetics’, Amer. Nat., 86, 249-
259. The history of the terms ‘‘gene”’ and ‘‘genetics’’ is discussed, and
it is emphasized that ‘‘genetics’’ was not derived from ‘‘gene’’ but pre-
ceded it, being proposed by Bateson in 1906. Johannsen first sug-
gested the use of the term ‘‘gene’’ in 1909.—[D.H.K.]
Ross-Craic, S., 1953, Botanical illustration, Med. & Burol. Illustr.,
3, 8-19. Gives an account of the purposes, and much useful intorma-
tion on the technique, of botanical drawing.—|[D.H.K.]
Rune, O., 1953, Plant life on serpentine and related rocks in the
north of Sweden, Acta Phyt. Swecica, 31, 1-139.
SakisakaA, M., 1953, Critical considerations of chromosome numbers
in relation to plant habit (life forms), Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr.,
Stockhoim, 286-287.
SANCHEZ-MonecE, E., 1950, Glosario de terminos de Genetica y cito-
genetica, An. Wst. Hxper. Aula Det, 2, 98-148. An annotated glossary
of cytological terms used in Spain and Portugal.—[ D.H.K.]
SarRvas, R., 1950, Effect of light on the germination of forest tree
seeds, Ovkos, 2, 109-119. In tests carried out with artificial-lighting
equipment the author discovered that with the seed of Picea excelsa,
Betula verrucosa and B. pwhbhescens the same germination result was
obtained in darkness and in light. Pinus sylvestris seed yielded a con-
siderably poorer final germination result in darkness than in light.—
[D.H.K.]
Scuuize, G. M., 1953, Beitrage zur deskriptiven Terminologie,
Engler Bot. Jahrb., 76, 109-133. The terms elliptic, oval, oblong, lanceo-
late, obtuse, rotund, acute, acuminate, cuspidate, apiculate, mucro-
nate, etc., as applied by various authors are discussed.—[D.H.K.]
Sinva, A. R. P. pa & Sosringo, L. G., 1950, Flora vascular da Serra
do Geres, Agron. Lusit., 12, 233-380. Salix atrocinerea is regarded as
a subspecies of S. cinerea, as the authors think that the two are merely
geographical races with few differences separating them. The correct
name for the hairy-leaved race of Viola palustris in Portugal, which
Wein established was not the same as V. epipsila Ledeb. is cited as
subsp. hermini K. Wein (1906) (subsp. 7uressi (Lk. ex Neves) Beck.
(1910).—[D.E.A.]
Simpson, C. G., 1951, The species concept, Hvolution, 5, 285-298. <A
general discussion on the species concept from many aspects, including
sematics, morphological and genetical concepts and the genetical defini-
tion of a species in relation to the evolutionary unit involved.—
[D.H.K.]
366 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Sirks, M. J., 1952, Variability in the concept of species, Act Bioth..,
10, 11-21.
Soo, R., 1952, Die modernen Grundsadtze der Phylogenie in neuen
Systemen der Bliitenpflanzen, Acta Biol. Hung., 4, 257-306.
STEBBINS, G. L., Jr., 1949, Reality and efficacy of selection in plants,
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 93, 501-513. The author examines the results
of studies on cultivated and wild species by various investigators. He
is led to the conclusion that natural selection in the higher plants is
founded on harmonious adaptive combinations of characters and that
the selective value of any individual character largely depends upon its
relationship to the other characteristics of the plant. The evolution of
angiosperms is discussed in relationship to this theory.—[D.H.K.]
STEBBINS, G. L., 1952, Aridity as a stimulus to plant evolution,
Amer. Nat., 86, 33-44. Where moisture is a limiting factor, xerophytic
plant communities possess fewer species than do the communities of
mesophytic regions, but the number of communities per unit of area is
likely to be larger than in regions of adequate moisture. ‘This pro-
motes geographic separation of species, populations and races, and thus
might be expected to speed up evolution. Evidence that certain meso-
phytic types are derived from xerophytic ancestors is presented for the
genera Scorzonera and Tragopogon of the Compositae, tribe Cichorieac.
and for certain genera of the subfamilies Mimosoideae and Caesalpini-
oideae of the family Leguminosae. The evidence in the latter family
is derived chiefly from the development of both adult and seedling
leaves.—[ Author’s summary. ]
STEINDORSSON, §., 1952, Florunyjungar, 1951, Nattiurfr., 22, 36-40.
Gives new localities for Icelandic plants. The hybrid Carex rigida x
salina is new to the island. Adventive species new to the Icelandic
flora in 1951 include Rorippa sylvestris, Alliaria petiolata, Armoracia
rusticana, Anthriscus sylvestris and Chenopodium eopulifolium.—
CDAneKe4
TAKHTADJAN, A. L., 1953, Phylogenetic principles of the system of
higher plants, Bot. Rev., 19, 1-45.
Tournay, R. & LAwatreéeE, A., 1952, Une classification nouvelle des
familles appartenant aux ordres des Ligustrales et des Contortées, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, 99, 262-263. A rearrangement of the families of the
orders Ligustrales and Contortae, keyed as follows :—
Liqustrales :
Ovary 2-loc.; plant often pilose:
Ovules 2 in each loc.;: andr. 2-merous, rarely 4-merous: corolla 4-, 5- or poly-
MOeOrous! LERVES ESRSTIPULAC © oo accra Accent ee Oleaceae
Ovules numerous in each loc.; andr. & cor. 4-merous; leaves usually
SULPUIB TG, © cite crane ces uncnuwasuecahcssxedapenweiin ks a RAM one ecne igh c(askee chk bee onnaeae Buddlejaceae
Ovary t-loc., ovules numerous: flowers 5-merous: andr. & cor. isomerous, plant
glabrous; lvs. exstipulate ................... Ree taacede acted: bub he aeeees elie .. Menyanthaceae
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 367
Contortae :
Plants lacking latex:
Woody plants, not bitter: stipules present. often much reduced ... Logadniuceae
CER ACCOMS EID ALES eEELGT a SULpos ON pecs oes wea coc iw oat ans wa neatinssadzessiticn Gentianaceae
Plants with latex:
Andr. not at all adnate to stigma: anthers not furnished with translators ......
Apocynaceae
Andr. adnate to stigma; anthers furnished with translators ... Asclepiadacege
= BE BBel
Troncuet, M. A., 1950, Apercu historique et bibliographique sur la
floristique et la phytosociologie en Franche-Comté, Ann. Sc. Univ. Bes.,
5, 9-20. Gives numerous bibliographic references on the floristics and
phytosociology ot Franche-Comté (EK. France).—[ D.H.K.]
TuRRILL, W. B., 1952, Methods of the experimental ground in rela-
tion to taxonomy, Kew Bull., 1952, 427-437.
Uniricn, J., 1953, Die ernahrungsbedingte Variabilitat im Bereich
von Blite und Infloreszenz, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 5-18.
Uniricu, J., 1953, Variationsstatistische Untersuchungen an Blat-
torn, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 66, 322-332.
VaLeNTINE, D. H., 1949, The units of experimental taxonomy, Acta
Bioth., 9, 75-88. Recent definitions of the botanical terms ecotype,
ecospecies and coenospecies are briefly reviewed. Examples of eco-
species are discussed and the following new definitions are proposed :—
g-ecospecies.—Groups with the same chromosome number between
which there are well-defined morphological, ecological and geographical
differences and which, under artificial or natural conditions, are cap-
able of only limited gene-exchange.
a-ecospecies.—Groups with different chromosome numbers between
which there are well-defined ecological and geographical differences and
which are capable of only limited gene-exchange.
ecotypes.—Groups forming genetically distinct components of eco-
species, adapted to special types of environment and capable of un-
limited gene-exchange.
cytotypes.—Groups forming polyploid components of an ecospecies.
The probable modes of origin of g-ecospecies (gradual) and a-eco-
species (abrupt) are explained, and the importance of the recognition
by taxonomists of a-ecospecies which may differ morphologically hardly
at all is emphasized.
Examples of the uses of the terms are given, and it is suggested that
their application to animals as well as plants would be of interest.—
[ Author’s summary. ]
Vatovirta, EK. J., 1951, Kasvien varinpoikkeania, Tuon. Tutt., 55,
101-102. A short account of colour aberrations in plants.—[D.H.K.]
268 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Van OoststRooM, J. J., 1953, Nieuwe plantensoorten en -vormen im
Nederland gevonden in 1952, De Levende Nutuwur, 56, 212-214. Many
adventives are included in this account of plants new to the Dutch flora
in 1952.—[D.H.K. ]
Voret, J. W., 1952, A technique for morphological analysis in
population studies, Rhodora, 54, 217-220.
Water, K., 1952, Deux fougeres calcifuges cn sol caleaire, Monde
des Plantes, 287-288, 20. A short note on the occurrence of Asplenium
septentrionale and Pteridium aquilinum in chalky soil in Alsace.—
[E.B.B.]
WeeEvERS, T., 1952, flower colours and their frequency, Acta Bot.
Neerl, 1, 81-92. After a short survey of the chemical structure of flower
pigments the relative frequency of the various flower colours is examined
on the basis of an analysis of standard floras of different parts of the
world. The approximate percentage of each colour was found to be:—
yellow-orange 31%, white 264%, red-pink 15%, green 73%, purple 7%,
violet-lilac 7%, and blue 53%. The reasons for higher percentages of
particular colours in specific regions, and the genetical problems of
flower colour are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
Went, F. W., 1953, The effects of climate on plant growth and dis-
tribution, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 56-163.
Went, F. W., & JunREN, G. & M. C., 1952, Fire and biotic factors
affecting germination, Heology, 33, 351-364.
Werrrt, R., 1951, Uber die Lebensdauer der Pollenkérner in der
freien Atmosphiare, Biol. Zentralbl., 70, 354-367.
WertH, E., 1952, Zur Kenntnis der alpinen Wuchstormen der Pflan-
zen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 65, 373-376. Studies on the growth forms of
alpine plant species.—[D.H.K. ]
Witson, A., the late, 1953, The Albert Wilson herbarium, NV.1W. Nat.
(N.S.), 1, 391-399. An account of a herbarium of some 6,000 British
plants now preserved at York Museum.—[D.H.K. ]
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. 369
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954
This regional meeting, the second of its kind, took place in the new
West Building of the Department of Science of Durham University on
Saturday, 30th October, the lectures being given in the Appleby
Theatre, while the exhibits were displayed in two rooms on the same
floor.
At 11.30 Professor D. H. Valentine, the chairman for the morning
session, welcomed members and their guests, numbering 69, and intro-
duced the first speaker, Professor J. W. Heslop Harrison, F.R.S., who
then gave his most instructive and illuminating lecture, illustrated by
a number of beautiful coloured lantern slides, on ‘‘Durham Wild
Roses’’. A short discussion followed.
After lunch, three talks were given by Messrs. F. H. Perring, R. J.
Elhott and J. Rossiter, followed by some lively discussion, with Mr.
Lousley in the chair.
Then tea was served in the laboratories, when the Society was the
guest of the University, and afterwards the exhibits were inspected
until the closure of the meeting at 6 o’clock.
An excursion to the Magnesian limestone had been arranged for the
next day, and a party of about a dozen, under the leadership of
Professor Heslop Harrison, went to Cassop, about 5 miles S.E. of
Durham, to study the vegetation and, in particular, the rose bushes,
when Professor Harrison gave practical demonstrations illustrating
some of the points made in his lecture on identifying these in the field,
chiefly by their fruits.
The weather was exceptionally good that week-end, which enabled
us to enjoy a picnic lunch on a hillside. After a three-mile walk, via
Cassop Vale and Shadforth, the party reached Sherburn Hill, where
a bus was taken back to Durham.
In spite of the lateness in the season, this excursion proved to be
an interesting and profitable one. No further details are given here,
as this will be one of the areas to be visited during the field meeting in
Durham in July 1955.
A. N. Gipsy.
Lectures
DURHAM WILD ROSES
J. W. Hestop HARRISON
Professor Heslop Harrison began by stating that, almost certainly,
the rose flora of our two counties was the richest in Britain and then
showed a number of lantern slides in colour, depicting the whole of the
Durham and Northumberland species. In doing so, he pointed out their
370 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
distinguishing features and emphasized that for distributional and
ecological reasons, as well as structural, Rosu dumetorum should be
kept separate from R. canina, and &. dumalis (R. glauca) from Kk.
caesia (R. coriifolia). It was stated, too, that the usual British ranges
supplied for R. tomentosa and R. micrantha are quite incorrect, R.
sherardi forms often being referred to R. tomentusu and R. caesia forms
to R. micrantha. As a matter of fact, both are very rare in Durham
and there attain their northern limits.
Next, taking up the question of rose hybrids, he listed those found
in the two counties, and insisted that, contrary to general opinions,
many showed limited fertility, although he remarked that Durham R.
villosa x spinosissima and R. dumalis x spinosissima were always sterile.
Very much different were the cases of R. sherardi x spinosissima, R.
rubiginosa x spinosissima, R. caesia x spinosissima, R. canina x
sherardi and R. dumetorum x villosa. The first of these crosses he had
reared up to the F, generation, the second to the F, lots and the third,
fourth and fifth to the F, lots. In each case, the F, and succeeding lots,
when the latter had been obtained, were much more fertile than the F,
generation. At this stage it was indicated that R. spinosissima was self
sterile.
Next, by the aid of lantern slides, he described the cytology of the
of the roses, stressing the peculiarities of the Caninae and the Spino-
sissumae. From that he led up to experimental work with the hybrids
between R. spinosissima on the one hand and R. sherardi, R. rubiginosa
and &. caesia on the other. In all the hybrids reared F, generations
were obtained which manifested a certain degree of fertility, and the
resulting F, lots leant strongly toward the RR. spinosissima parent when
reared to maturity. In addition, many F, plants remained herbaceous,
and perished after a height of 2 em. had been reached.
Professor Heslop Harrison emphasized that the F, lots, whilst con-
forming, in a general sort of way, cytologically to the usual Caninae
pattern, in their later meiotic stages on the female side showed im-
portant anomalies. As a result, amongst the seedlings, orthoploid
plants were secured carrying chromosome complements of 14, 28, 35 and
42. Thus it was clear that a new polyploid series had been evolved by
a distinctly novel mechanism. Further, amongst the seedlings there
were encountered aneuploid plants with chromosome numbers 2n = 24,
2n = 32 and so on.
Apparentiy, in development a fairly heavy mortality rate takes
place, leaving F, plants, as far as present results indicate, possessing,
like R. spinosissima, a balanced set of 28 chromosomes. These plants
display a regular heterotype division like R. spinosissima and a normal
homotype division, and are quite fertile. Further, this same fertility
is manifested by the F, and F, generations. Incidentally, the lecturer
pointed out that pinkness in all these crosses is dominant.
At this point the topic of the puzzling rose described by Smith as
Rosa rubella was raised. This species (?) was erected in 1810 on the
basis of Durham material, and its status has ever since been a problem
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. oral
to rhodologists. _By comparisons made point by point with Smith’s
and other descriptions, and by a direct consideration of Winch’s speci-
mens, the speaker showed that in every respect R. rubella agreed with
certain segregates in the F, R. sherardi x spinosissima lots, as did his
own R. rivalis described from Wheel Birks plants. He had, therefore,
no hesitation in regarding R. rubella and R. rivalis as naturally occur-
ring hybrids originating in a cross between R. sherardi and R. spino-
sissima. Obviously, since F, plants so reared are fertile, the generation
to which they belong remains undecided. Professor Heslop Harrison
stated that in his opinion, based on certain experimental data, they
actually belonged to the F, lot.
The lecturer concluded by indicating a few of the investigations yet
to be carried out on the wild roses of Durham and Northumberland.
THE B.S.B.I. DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
EF. H. PERRING
Mr. Perring gave a comprehensive account of this work, chiefly for
the benefit of those who had not heard of the scheme or were unfamiliar
with the details. He appealed for volunteers to undertake the record-
ing of 10 kilometre squares and answered a number of questions.
THE WORK OF THE NATURE CONSERVANCY RESEARCH
STATION AT GRANGE-OVER-SANDS
R. J. Evwiiorr
The lecturer gave an account of this work in its various aspects,
mentioning the most recent developments in this area as well as in
Scotland.
THE FLORA OF THE DURHAM WALLS
J. Rossiter and S. R. J. WoopELu
This paper was an account of some work on the flora of the walls
within the City boundary. The total number of species found was 141
angiosperms, 1] gymnosperm, 6 ferns, 12 mosses and 6 algae and fungi.
Exhibits
1. Cytotaxonomy oF HERNIARIA
The exhibit consisted of herbarium sheets of some European
Herniaria species, figures of their chromosomes, a list of chromosome
numbers and drawings of diagnostic morphological features. Special
attention was given to H. glabra L., H. ciliata Bab. and H. maritima
var. ciliata Dav. which are shown to be distinct on both morphological
and cytological grounds. A similar demonstration was shown, by re-
372 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
quest, at the London Exhibition meeting and is reported in more de-
tail in the account of that Meeting.
Miss K. B. BiackspuRN and Miss A. W. ADAMS.
2. Some CoRNISH PLANTS
The herbarium specimens fell into two groups.
(1). Native, such as Allium triquetrum L., very abundant round
St. Ives.
Scilla autumnalis L. and Scilla verna Huds.,
growing on the cliff tops.
Sibthorpia europaea L., growing in wet ditches.
Erica vagans L., abundant locally.
Parentucellia viscosa (1..) Caruel, growing in bogs.
(2). Introduced, such as
Erigeron mucronatus DC., growing on walls.
Carpobrotus edulis (1..) N.E.Br., hanging over
cliffs.
Acanthus mollis L., growing on cliff tops.
D. BLAcKBURN.
3. DISTRIBUTION OF THREE SprEcIES oF ALCHEMILLA IN County
DuRHAM
Detailed work on the distribution of all the species of Alchemitlla
found in Co. Durham has been continued since the maps were exhibited
at the London meeting in 1952.
Distribution maps of A. vestita, A. glomerulans and A. wichurae
were based on the presence or absence of the species in each 1 kilo-
metre square. These showed A. glomerulans and A. wichurae confined
to the valleys in the west and A. vestita in these valleys and the east
of the county. A. wichwrae occurs in 8 km. squares in Teesdale and
A. glomerulans in 16 squares plus 1 square in Weardale. Both species
occur in Scotland and the former in the Craven district and should be
looked for in Weardale and other parts of the Pennines.
Detailed work is being done on A. vestita and material from other
parts of the country would be welcome.
Miss M. FE. BrapsHaw.
4. A New Station ror DROSERA ANGLICA tN NortTHUMBERLAND,
S., V.c. ,67
The exhibit consisted of a pressed specimen of Drosera anglica col-
lected from Coom Rigg Moss at the head of the Chirdon Burn in the
North Tyne Valley and of a distribution map, showing the previous two
localities from which this plant has been recorded from Northumber-
land. As Drosera anglica is almost certainly now extinct in its earlier
known stations at Muckle Moss and Prestwick Carr, its discovery this
summer by Mr. Allison and myself in Coom Rigg Moss means that we
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. one
ean still claim this now very rare plant in North East England, as a
native of Northumberland. Coom Rigg Moss is situated in an area
where extensive planting of conifers by the forestry Commission is now
taking place and, although much of the surrounding area has been
drained prior to planting, there is every prospect that the moss itself
will neither be drained nor planted.
W. A. CraRK.
5. DISPERSAL OF SEEDS ON Boots
The transport of seeds and other propagules by their adhesion to the
feet of animals is well known, but few attempts have been made to
assess the importance of man as an agent in similarly dispersing plants
in the mud frequently clinging to his boots. Samples of mud scraped
from several pairs of boots have been kept under conditions suitable for
germination and the plants which have been noted, both as to species
and abundance. Often no seedlings appear, but there are usually a few
and there may be many, for from one sample 176 seedlings of Bellis
perennis were obtained.
From the boots not worn in England since their wearer’s return from
Ireland, 65 seedlings were raised; similarly, mud from boots worn in
Madeira yielded 10 seedlings. It is apparent that quite long distance
dispersal may be achieved in this manner.
To the present date, amongst the seedlings raised from boot mud,
the following genera have been identified.
Anthoxanthum, Bellis, Capsella, Cardamine, Cerastium, Chamae-
nerton, Chenopodium, Crataegus, Matricaria, Plantago, Poa, Ranun-
culus, Rubus, Trifolium, Urtica, Juncus.
H. T. Cuirrorp.
6. A CoLLEcTION oF HERBALS OLD AND NEw
The volumes shown were A Family Herbal by John Hill, 1812,
another copy of this work, but a different edition, of the same date,
A New Family Herbal by Thornton, with wood engravings by Bewick,
1810, Compassionate Herbs by Mrs. C. F. Leyel, 1946, etc.
Mrs. A. N. Gipsy.
7. DuRHAM ROosEs, ETC.
This exhibit included freshly collected fruiting specimens of Durham
and Northumberland roses. Amongst them were Rosa spinosissima L.,
R. canna L., R. dumetorum Thuill., R. obtusifolia Desv., R. dumalis
Bechst. (R. glauca auct.), R. caesia Sm. (R. coriifolia auct.), R. sherardi
Dav., R. villosa L., R. rubiginosa L., R. micrantha Sm. and R. agrestis
Savi. In each case, many of the varieties growing in the counties were
represented. In addition, a long series of dried specimens of species
and hybrids, comprising those mentioned above, as well as hybrids and
forms not shown in a living condition, were on view. Noteworthy
amongst these was the new subspecies R. dumalis subsp. dolomitica Hes-
lop Harrison.
374 NORTHERN REGIONAL. MEETING, 1954.
The hybrids from Durham and Northumberland exhibited were R.
villosa x spinosissima, R. villosa var. relicta x spinosissima, R. sher-
ardt x spinosissima, R. dumalis x spinosissima, R. canina x sherardi,
R. canina x caesia, R. canina x obtusifolia, R. villosa x dumetorum.
Scottish hybrids shown were R. sherardi x. spinosissima, R. rubi-
ginosa x spinosissima, R. caesia x spinosissima from Port Seaton (v.c.
82), R. sherardi x spinosissima, two forms, almost certainly originat-
ing as reciprocal crosses from the Isle of Eigg (v.c. 104) and R. sherardi
var. pseudomollis x canina var. verticillacantha from the Isle of Raasay
Gc 104): .
Amongst the plants of experimental origin shown were F,, F, and
F, generations of the cross R. sherardi x spinosissima and F, and F,
lots resulting from the R. rubiginosa x spinosissima cross. In addition,
living potted specimens of F, R. sherardi x spinosissima, F, R. canina
xR. sherardi, F, R. villosa x spinosissima and F, R. rubiginosa x
spinosissima were on view. One of the latter, a full-grown plant, at-
tained a height of only 1-4 cm.
Mounted specimens, also illustrative of experimental work, included
leaves of the parents of the cross R. sherardi x spinosissima, of the F,
lot and of a series from F,, plants to demonstrate the effects of Mendelian
segregation and recombination.
This portion of the exhibit demonstrated the strong leaning of the
F, generation to the spinosissima parent, a fact confirmed by their
chromosome number 28. A similar group of leaves, showing F, and
F, plants of R. rubiginosa x spinosissima, revealed a similar state of
affairs in that hybrid in which, again, the plants on display possessed
28 chromosomes.
Other plants brought by Professor Harrison comprised :—
Cerastium arvense x vulgatum from the Wear Banks, Lampton
(v.c. 66). j
Euphrasia curta (Fr.) Wettst. trom Birtley (v.c. 66).
Potamogeton epihydrus Raf. from the Isle of South Uist (v.e. 110).
P. X prussicus Hagstr. Isle of Colonsay (v.c. 103).
Betula tortuosa Ledeb. from the Isle of Harris (v.e. 110).
Cakile maritima Seop.
C'. edentula (Bigel.) Hook. from the Isle of Harris (v.ec. 110).
('. edentula x maritima from Horgabost, Isle of Harris (v.c. 110).
J. W. Hestorp Harrison.
PHOTOGRAPHIC ENLARGEMENTS OF DurHAM Roses
J. THomMPpson.
8. (1) Some Scottish CARICES
A number of herbarium sheets of Carices including Carex micro-
glochin, C. atrofusca, C. rupestris, C. atrata, C. saratilis, C. rariflora.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. 315
(2) Two Auien Species oF LYSIMACHIA From tHE LAKE DistRIctT
(a) Lysimachia ciliata L.
This specimen was collected from the Lancashire side of Lake Winder-
mere during the meeting of Junior Members of the Botanical Society
of the British Isles held in August 1953.
Wilson, in his Flora of Westmorland, gives references to plants from
adjacent counties, but makes no mention of this species. It would
appear, therefore, that it is an addition to the flora of the North Lanca-
shire portion of v.c. 69.
(b) Lysimachia terrestris (l..) Britton
Wilson records this species only from an island in Lake Windermere.
Since that time, however, it has spread widely and now occurs in
quantity, on both shores of the lake.
Attention is also drawn to the fact that the description in Clapham,
Tutin and Warburg’s Flora of the British Isles does not appear to be
true of the plants found at Windermere. None of these plants have
been found with elongated bulbils in the axils of the leaves, and during
the two years I have had them under observation the plants have
flowered freely.
(3). HERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Honck. ann ERIO-
PHORUM LATIFOLIUM Hoppe
Specimens collected from a small calcareous bog near Ingleton, v.c.
64, Mid-West Yorkshire, were exhibited to draw attention to what
appears to be good colour characteristics by which I was able to dis-
tinguish the two species without a close examination.
In Eriophorum angustifolium the leaves and stems are a
greyish green colour, and in E. latifolium they are a_ yellow-
ish green colour. <A further characteristic which was observed is the
colour of the inner sheaths of the lower leaves where surrounded by the
outer sheaths of the basal leaves. In E£. angustifolium these sheaths
have a pinkish tinge, and in E£. latifolium they have a yellowish tinge.
In dried material the leaf and stem colouration is not so easily dis-
tinguishable as in fresh material, but the colouration in the lower leaf
sheaths is retained.
I have had no further opportunity of examining any additional
material to verify if these characters are constant, and I am unable to
find any references to these colour characteristics in existing British
Floras. It would be interesting to know if these characters are, in fact,
constant, as the colour of the lower leaf sheaths would be especially use-
ful in the identification of non-flowering material. The observations of
other botanists on these points would be very welcome.
(4). CALYSTEHGIA SEPIUM (L.) Roem. & Scuutt. anp C. SYT-
VESTRIS (Wit1p.) Roem. & ScHuULt.
Specimens from South Holderness, S.E. Yorkshire, v.c. 61, were
exhibited to illustrate the main distinguishing characters between the
two species of Calystegia. hese are: —
376 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
(a) The corolla, which is c. 5 em. long in (. sepium and c. 7 cm. in
CU. sylvestris, and
(b) the bracteoles enclosing the calyx, which are not inflated in the
case of U. sepium, and which are large and inflated in the case of C.
sylvestris.
Owing to the fact that, until comparatively recently, C. sylvestris
was not recognised in Britain as a separate and distinct species from C.
septum our knowledge of the vice-comital distribution of the two species
in the British Isles is either inaccurate or incomplete. Generally, how-
ever, it may be said that C’. septum is common in the southern half cf
Great Britain, gradually becoming rarer northwards, and that @. syl-
vestris 1s fairly evenly distributed over the whole country and is the
commoner species in the northern half.
A reprint of a note by J. E. Lousley published in Rep. Bot. Soc. &
E.C. 13, 265-268, and giving a detailed account of the history of C.
sylvestris in Great Britain, was included in the exhibit.
R. Lewis.
9. Metotic BrHAaviour IN AGRIMONIA Potten MotTHer CELLs
Almost completely normal meiosis is observed in pollen mother cells
of the British Agrimonia eupatoria L. (2n=28) and A. odorata Mill.
(2n=56), the European A. repens L. (2n=28) and A. zeylanica (2n
=56) from Ceylon.
A sterile haploid plant (2n=14), arising parthenogenetically after
emasculation of A. ewpatoria, shows an overall reduction in size and
increase in auxiliary branching. A wide range of variation in the first
division followed by a normal second division results in the formation
of irregular tetrads of inviable pollen grains.
A wild hybrid A. eupatoria x A. odorata (2n=42) shows leaf charac-
ters intermediate between the two parents and is sterile owing to
irregular meiosis, in which both univalents and bivalents occur.
The artificially produced hybrid A. repens x A. eupatoria (2n=28)
is variable in both pollen mother cell chromosome number and the pre-
sence of univalents. Although this hybrid sets fruit, the seeds have
not been induced to germinate.
C. M. MeEpp.
10. Variation IN ANTENNARIA DIOICA (L.) Gaertn.
This demonstration was intended to show some of the results ob-
tained during a series of observations on fixed populations of Anten-
naria dioica.
The area selected for the work was a small island called Alstendy.
lying just off the Norwegian coast and some 30 miles south of the Arctic
Circle. Here this species grew in habitats of very varied aspects and
at heights ranging from sea-level to 2,300 feet.
Samples were taken of 20 plants per population and for each in-
dividual a number of measurements and observations were made on
seape length, width of largest rosette leaf, shape and colour of involucral
bracts, sex, ete.
NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954. BT
The results were subsequently subjected to statistical analysis in
order to try to determine any pattern in the variation of these charac-
ters and, if present, whether it could be linked with external influences.
It was found that, although certain general trends were evident,
these were masked by the different relative effects of certain factors on
various characters and by the inherent properties of the sexes (e.g., males
have a significantly shorter scape than the female plants).
These few observations did, however, show quite clearly the inter-
play between a number of clines in such micro-populations as were
dealt with here, although only a few could be evaluated completely.
The two which have been taken here as examples are:—(a) The reduc-
tion in width of the largest rosette leaf in response to the increase of
exposure, and (b) The expression ‘‘compactness of rosette’ which was
shown to become less with increase of soil depth and maturity.
The herbarium specimens from populations XI and XIV were in-
eluded, since they illustrate the importance of competition in determin-
ing the success of this species. Both these samples had markedly low
leaf widths and were found growing in quite close turf areas. Ecological
observations carried out at the same time showed a preference for
more open situations, so that these measurements do seem to conform
with such a state of affairs.
D. M. Moore.
11. Tae B.S.B.I. Distrrnution Mars ScHEemMe
This exhibit included maps, the various types of individual and
regional record cards, as well as leaflets giving information on the way
to use these cards and other methods of helping in the work of the
Scheme. Mr. Perring was kept extremely busy answering questions
and allocating 10-kilometre squares to volunteers. A quantity of
leaflets and record cards, which were available for distribution, were
taken by interested individuals.
KF. H. Perrine.
12. YoRKSHIRE ALIENS
The 30 sheets of alien plants from vice counties 62 and 65 in this
exhibit could be put into four groups.
1. Wool Shoddy plants. Examples of these are Vanthium spinosum
L., Echium plantagineum L., Erodiwm botrys (Cav.) Bertol.
2. Mill Aliens. Examples are Melilotus indica (L.) All., Medicago
arabica (L.) All., Phalaris paradoza UL.
3. Garden Escapes. These include such plants as Omphalodes verna
Moench, Laliwm monadelphum L., Veronica filiformis Sm.
4. Seed Introductions. The following are some of the representa-
tives of this class:—Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz, Silene dichotoma
Ehrh., Silene schafta Gmel., Impatiens glandulifera Royle, Linaria
supina (L.) Chazelles, Chenopodium glaucum L.
378 NORTHERN REGIONAL MEETING, 1954.
The recording of alien plants is often neglected. Impatiens glanduli-
fera was not noted in v.c. 65 until 1944, but by then had become so well
established there is no doubt it had been there for many years; the
object of this exhibit was to stimulate the recording of all alien plants,
and to stress the need for investigation into the possible means of intro-
duction, without which the mere recording is rather pointless.
Miss C. M. Ros.
13. THe FLoRA oF THE DURHAM WALLS
The demonstration illustrated the paper read to the Society the
same day, and consisted of 38 sheets of herbarium material of the most
frequent species, and of modifications of plant form due to habitat. Some
undetermined species were put out for identification.
A selection of photographs was shown, and a complete list of species
found indicating the status, lfe-form, dispersal-mechanism and usual
habitat of the plants.
J. Rossiter and S. R. J. WoovE Lu.
14. Some New ReEcorpDs AND INTERESTING PLANTS OF SARK
This exhibit, which includes a map of Sark, showed plant specimens
of some of the new records to the Sark flora. Sark has a flora of about
450 species, and a visit to the island in July 1953 added several new
records such as:—
Dianthus deltoides L. Spergularia rupicola Lebel ex Le Jolis
Potentilla recta L. Calystegia sylvestris (Willd.) Roem. &
Juncus kochu F. W. Sehultz Schult.
Bromus rubens L. ~ Carex polyphylla Kar. & Kir.
Several of these new records were of plants that are frequent in the
North of England, e.g., Sedum album L. and Galiwm erectum Huds.
Sark, having a much warmer climate than the north of England,
supports many interesting plants that are restricted in the British
Flora to southern England. <A few of these plants were shown, as they
would probably be unfamiliar to many northern members at the meet-
ing:—Leonurus cardiaca L., Polycarpon tetraphyllum (1...) L.,
Gnaphalium undulatum ., Chenopodium polyspermum L.
W. B. H. Sowersy.
15. Variation IN PLANTAGO MAJOR L.
Specimens were shown which had been grown in the garden from
seeds collected in (a) Durham, (b) Morocco and (ce) Tasmania. Con-
siderable differences between the populations from these three widely
separated localities could be observed. The Moroccan plants are signifi-
cantly larger in all parts than any plants normally observed in Britain,
while the Tasmanian plants differ from local Durham populations in
both habitat and leaf shape.
D. H. VALENTINE,
EXHIBLTION MEETING, 1954. ony
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
An Exhibition Meeting was held in the Lecture Hall of the British
Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, by kind permission of
the Trustees, on Saturday, November 27, 1954, from 2.30 to 5.45 p.m.
253 members and guests attended, and exhibits were arranged by 35
individuals. and institutions. An account of these is given below,
with notes supplied by the exhibitors.
THe Distrisution Maps ScHEME.
The centre-piece of the exhibit was a map showing the distribution
of botanists who had already volunteered to send records for
the Scheme. On this certain underworked areas were already apparent,
notably Ireland, Seotland, Mid Wales, Devon and Cornwall (excluding
the coast). However, even areas in more populated regions of the
British Isles had gaps, e.g., Northamptonshire, N. Oxford, N.
Buckinghamshire, N. Hampshire, Suffolk and Norfolk. Records for
common species from these areas would be particularly valuable.
The map showed that, by the end of November, 615 people had asked
for information about the Scheme. Of these 298 had agreed to send
records, of whom 175 were members of the B.S.B.I. In all, 900 squares
out of a total of 3,500 are being totally or partially covered, for which
records have been received from 278.
As a result of the exlnbit about 20 new volunteers were enrolled and
about 40 squares allocated.
J. E. Bagnatyt, AutHor oF FLORA OF WARWICKSHIRE
No portrait of James Eustace Bagnall (1830-1918) has ever appeared
in a botanical publication, and consequently his likeness has been a
subject for speculation by those who have followed in his footsteps. The
photograph exhibited was an enlargement of one which had lain hidden
in a rare, privately circulated memoir; it was used in an exhibition of
Bagnall and his work recently held at Birmingham Museum and Art
Gallery, to which his collections, comprising some twelve thousand sheets
of plants, were presented in 19138.
A clerk in a Birmingham pen factory for over fifty years, Bagnall
devoted all his scanty leisure to the investigation of the flora of the
central Midlands. His week-end excursions to explore the remoter areas
often entailed a railway journey of three to four hours, followed by a
slow walk of anything from twelve to thirty miles; he is even reputed
to have spent nights in the open, sleeping under hedges. Deeply
religious and of a retiring disposition, he was an indefatigable worker
and specialised in difficult groups like the roses and brambles. He died
unmarried, at the age of eighty-seven.—D. EF. ALLEN.
330 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A Hysrip CAREX From MERIONETH.
Herbarium sheets of the hybrid Carex binervis x punctata
and the putative parents were exhibited together with a table showing
their distinguishing characters.
An account of this new hybrid is being prepared for Watsenia.—-
P. M. BEnorr.
SALICORNIA PERENNIS 1x WaALtEs.
The discovery of Sulicurniu perennis in Merioneth (y.c. 48) con-
stitutes the first certain record of the species for Wales, and a consider-
able extension of its known British range. Previously it was considered
to be confined in the British Isles to the south and east coasts of
England.
The plant has been found in two localities in Merioneth: near
Mochras, and near Barmouth. In the Mochras locality it is abundant
on the mud-fiats where it is associated with Limonium humile,
Puccinellia maritima, Salicornia stricta sens. lat., Suaeda maritima,
etc., and forms large tussocks several feet in diameter. At Barmouth
the habitat is similar but the plants exist in very small quantity, suffer
through grazing by sheep, and rarely flower. The exhibit comprised a
herbarium sheet of the species and a map showing its distribution.—P.
M. BeEnoIlr.
Cytotocy In HERNIARIA.
Chromosome counts of six species of Herniaria show a _ polyploid
series on the base number of 9. The exhibit was chiefly concerned with
the ‘‘glabra’’ group of the subgenus Eu-Herniaria Williams.
H. glabra is diploid, but specimens of H. glabra var. subciliata from
Coimbra, Portugal, gave aneuploid counts near the octoploid. The
relationships of the plant are obscure and we should particularly like
to obtain material from other localities.
The chief interest of the exhibit centred round the relationship be-
tween H. ciliata Bab. and H. maritima var. ciliata Dav. which have
previously been considered on the one hand to be identical, and on the
other to be distinct taxa. The evidence from chromosomes seems to
support the latter view, since H. cililata from the Lizard, W. Cornwall
and from Guernsey is octoploid, whereas two stocks of H. maritima
var. ciliata were found to be 12-ploid and Mesquita-Rodrigues records
one 14-ploid.
Morphological details from plants growing under similar conditions
were illustrated, and were, in general, in support of the results from
the chromosomes.
A map of the distribution of these plants in Europe showed that
there were French forms from Brittany and the Vendée which were
still in need of examination. Material from these areas would be most
gratefully received.—Miss K. B. Bracksurn and Miss A. W. ApDAMs.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 301
STRONTIUM IN PLANTS
Strontium is a widely distributed element in soils and is found in
large concentrations near Wickwar and in the Avon Gorge (both v.c.
34, W. Glos.). The element was determined by the radioactivation
analysis of plant ashes, and was found to be present in amounts vary-
ing from about one to fifty parts per millon in the dry weight of
normal plants. In plants from strontium-rich areas, however, the
amount may rise to as much as 2% of the dry matter. Particularly in-
teresting from the point of view of plant distribution is the finding that
some of the rarities of the Avon Gorge (e.g. Arabts stricta Huds. and
Bromus madritensis J.) contain about 1% of the element. It is sug-
gested that plants of Strontium-rich areas, especially the Charophytes,
deserve further study. Scme autoradiographs of Strontium in native
plants were exhibited.—H. J. M. Bowen.
PREDICTING TIMES OF INSOLATION IN CREVICE PLANTS
A graph was presented showing values of altitude and azimuth of
the sun for all times of all days in north-west Yorkshire. The times at
which a microhabitat such as a rock crevice is potentially capable of
receiving direct sunlight depends on its angular exposure to the sky.
The periods at which the sun is in an effective part of the sky could be
drawn on such a graph.
This graphical expression is easily comprehended and is being used in
conjunction with a sunshine recorder to determine actual times of
insolation and to make rapid estimates of averages of actual insolation
received.—B. N. BowveEn.
SomME INTERESTING PLANTS FROM THE EUROPEAN HERBARIUM OF THE
BritisH MusEuM
1. SPECIMENS CONNECTED WITH PAPERS IN Watsonia:
Nuphar intermedia Ledeb.; see Harrison, Y. Heslop, Watsonia, 3,
7; from Chartner’s Lough, Northumberland, S. (v.c. 67), collected by
Fraser Robinson.
Stellaria nemorum subsp. glochidosperma Murb.; see Green, op. cit.,
3, 122; from Llandogo, Monmouth (v.c. 35).
Carex lepidocarpa subsp. scotica E. W. Davies; see Davies, op. cit.,
3, 70; type specimen from Creag-an-Lochain, Mid Perth (v.c. 88).
Festuca vivipara (1..)Sm., Poa bulbosa var. vivipara Koel., Poa alpina
var. vivipara L., Poa x jemtlandica (Almq.) Richt., Deschampsia cespi-
tosa var. pseudalpina (Syme) Druce, Deschampsia alpina (l.) Roem. &
Schult.; see Wycherley, op. cit., 3, 41; examples of grasses showing
proliferation of spikelets; also three examples of grasses showing ab-
normal proliferation due to attack by nematodes (eel-worms), viz.,
Lolium perenne L., Agrostis tenuis Sibth. and Agropyron pungens
(Pers.) Roem. & Schult. :
332 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
2. TypE spEcIMEN. oF ARTEMISIA NORVEGICA FR. var.
SCOTICA HuttEin*
_ Type specimen of Artemisia norvegica var. scotica Hultén from
Ullapool, W. Ross (v.c. 105), coll. J. E. Lousley, 1953, described by E.
Hultén in Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 67 (1954).—British Museum (NATURAL
HIstTorRy).
SOME UNPUBLISHED DRAWINGS AND TEXT FoR TYPES OF FLORAL
MECHANISM, sy A. H. Cuurcu
A selection from the 700 drawings and MSS. by A. H. Church;
material for further volumes of his Types of Floral Mechanism was
exhibited.—BritisH Musrum (Naturat History) Liprary.
FLOWER VARIATION IN DIANTHUS GRATIANOPOLITANUS
The occurrence of Dianthus gratianopolitanus in the Cheddar Gorge,
its limited habitat and the considerable variation which occur in the
petals were illustrated and described. The need for further work before
the full significance of the variation can be appreciated was stressed.—
S. CHALLENGER.
LABELS AND HANDWRITING, oR ‘WHo Dun It?’ (1) EARLY EXAMPLES.—
Mrs. H. N. CLoKiE.
Scottish HUPHRASIAE
Herbarium sheets were exhibited showing the distribution of the
commoner species in Scotland. Plants represented were Euphrasia
brevipila, E. confusa, E. nemorosa var. collina, E. micrantha, E. scotica,
E. frigida, FE. occidentalis var. calvescens, BE. foulaénsis, BE. marshall,
and two hybrids.—Miss U. K. Duncan.
VARIATION AND Ecotogcy oF CAREX FLACCA Scures.
The exhibit consisted of three herbarium sheets showing a range of
forms of Carex flacca from different habitats. In the accompanying
notes an attempt was made to correlate the length of the lowest fruiting
spike with the base status of soil (pH measurement). Similar variable
characters were pointed out including peduncle- and leaf-lengths which
showed similar variation to spike length, and the very variable charac-
ter of fruit colouration. Overall height was found to be an inconsistent
character and somewhat independent of soil conditions. One sheet
showed a series of fruiting spikes which were more uniform than the
specimens on the other sheets, thus demonstrating the danger of draw-
ing conclusions from single specimens.
Transplant experiments are being carried out, the results of which
it is hoped will show how much of the variation is due to environmental
differences, and how much to the genetical constitution of the plants.—
H. J. FLercHer.
*See also Plant Notes.—Ed.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 383
SoME PLANTS FROM THE ‘N’ HoRIzon IN THE ESTHWAITE BASIN
Photographs of pollen grains and a part of a pollen diagram trom
Out Dub’s Tarn, Esthwaite, were exhibited.
The photographs were of Plantago lanceolata, Gramineae type,
Chenopodiaceae type, Caryophyllaceae Scleranthus type, Urticaceae
type, Umbelliferue type, Hedera helix and Compositae Tubuliflorac
type.
These were compared with modern grains of Plantago lanceolata,
Deschampsia flexuosa, Pustinaca sativa, Hedera helix and Hwpatorium
cannabinum.
It was suggested that the presence of Plantago lanceolata and other
ruderals, together with the overall changes in vegetation as shown in
the pollen diagram, provided some evidence for regarding the ‘N’ Hori-
zon as a_ product of the first human settlement in the area.—J. W.
FRANKS.
THe Forms or GALLIUM PUMILUM 1 Britain
Five distinct taxa are included in the species known as Galiwm
pumilum in this country. The exhibit illustrated their morphology and
distribution.
1. The common northern form, a tetraploid whose closest allies
occur in Seandinavia and Iceland.
2. A western form, found on the Irish limestone, in Snowdonia and
at Inchnadamph. Morphologically similar to the northern form, but
a diploid.
3. The montane form, intermediate between the northern form and
Galium saxatile. A very variable plant; some individuals appear to be
hybrids cytologically. Found only on the Breadalbane range.
4. The southern chalk form, an octoploid found in small isolated
populations. Very different morphologically from the forms above, and
more closely related to the central European forms.
5. The Cheddar form, an octoploid found only in the vicinity of
Cheddar Gorge. Closest to the southern chalk form, but with a dif-
ferent habit. Perhaps identical with a plant found on chalk cliffs of
the Seine.
The relative status of these five taxa, and hence their nomenclature,
is not yet certain —K. M. Goopway.
Some Water Mints
The ‘‘varieties’’ of the polymorphic species Mentha aquatica L.
were shown, with a few intermediates, in order to illustrate how they
may be determined apart for convenience in large collections. Jt was
made clear that no scientific value was placed on these varieties’’. In
general, the exhibit provided an illustration of the recent paper on
water mints in Watsonia.
In addition, a specimen was exhibited of a mint, recently discovered
in Cornwall by Miss B. M. Sturdy, which appeared to be M. x mazav-
miiana F. Schultz (M. aquatica x rotundifolia), a hybrid not pre-
384 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
viously recorded for Britain. A final determination must await fresh
material next year, when, if the presumption is confirmed, the mint
will be again exhibited.—R. A. GraHamM.
British CYPRIPEDIUM CALCEOLUS
The exhibit consisted of a photograph, taken some years ago, of a
flowering plant im situ. In addition, a fragment was shown that had
been collected this spring, having been eaten off by slugs.—R. A.
GRAHAM.
STELLARIA NEMORUM UL. susse. GLOCHIDOSrPERMA Meprs. rx
BRITAIN
Two herbarium specimens of Stellaria nemorum L. subsp. glochido-
sperma Murb. and a typical specimen of subsp. nemorum were exhibited.
The two former specimens had been gathered: (1) ‘‘at the falls, Lian-
dogo, Monmouthshire, 36.6.29’’ (Ex Herb. F. Farre); (2) ‘‘Llyfnant
Valley, Cardiganshire, July-August 1954, Miss Sine MacLachlainn’’. The
specimen of subsp. nemorum was from Roslin Glen, Midlothian, 26th
June 1902, W. Edgar Evans.
In addition seeds of the two subspecies were exhibited and a map
showing the vice-comital distribution of S. nemorum L. sens. lat., marked
with the known localities of subsp. glochidosperma.—P. S. GREEN.
THE CytToLoGy AND Ecotocy or British OROBANCHACEAE anp SeEmi-
PaRAsiItic MEMBERS OF THE SCROPHU LARIACEAE
The genus Orobunche has been divided into two sections, Osproleon
Wallr. and Trionychon Wallr. Photographs and drawings of chromo-
some counts for eight of the nine British species in Osproleon Wallr.
were demonstrated. These species were Orobanche minor Sm., O. mari-
tima Pugsl., O. elatior Sutton, O. reticulata Wallr., O. ptcridis F.
Schultz, O. hederae Duby, O. rapum-genistae Thuill. and O. caryo-
phyllacea Sm., all possess 2n=38 chromosomes, indicating a basic num-
ber x =19. One of the two British members of Trionychon (O. purpurea
Duby) has been examined; it possesses 2n=24 chromosomes, which were
illustrated by a photograph and drawing. Drawings of O. caryophyl-
lacea and O. purpurea demonstrated the single bract characteristic of
the section Osproleon, and the two bracteoles which occur in addition
to the bract in Trionychon.
Rhinanthoideae in Britain may be classified cytologically into two
groups on the basis of the resting nucleus. One group, comprising
Rhinanthus and Euphrasia, possesses a prochromosomal resting nucleus;
the stainable material in this type of nucleus is concentrated into a
variable number of large bodies. The second group contains the re-
maining British genera; in these the resting nucleus shows irregular
small stained regions (chromocentres), or diffuse staining properties
with oceasional aggregation of stainable material. Rhinanthus has
been shown to possess the basic number x=1] which is the same basic
number as that of Euphrasia; this point has not previously been noted
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 385
as a number of small chromosomes (8 in a diploid complement of 22)
appear to have been overlooked, except by Fagerlind (1936)!, who gave
2n=22 as the number for R. major. Photographs and drawings of the
chromosomes of British Rhinanithus minor Ehrh.?, and Finnish R.
major EKhrh. (both 2n=22) were exhibited.
For comparison with these, P. Yeo kindly provided illustrations of
Huphrasia chromosomes which do not show such marked size differentia-
tion within the complement (the largest chromosome being about twice
as large as the smallest). The photographs were of EH. anglica Pugsl.,
2n=22, H. hirtella Jord., 2n=22, HK. pseudokernert Pugsl., 2n=44 and
E. marshallu Pugsl., 2n=44. All are members of the Section Semi-
calcaratae.
Members of the non-prochromosomal Rhinanthoideae possess different
basic numbers:—Pedicularis x=8*, Melampyrum x=94, Odontites
x=104 and Bartsia c=124. Photographs and drawings of the chromo-
somes of Pedicularis palustris L., 2n=16 (material from Kent), Melam-
pyrum cristatum L., 2n=18? (from Essex) and Parentucellia viscosa (L.)
Caruel, 2n=48? (from Kent) were demonstrated. This last count is
interesting in view of the fact that 48 is a multiple of 12, the basic
number for Bartsia, the genus to which this species was assigned by
Linnaeus.
Herbarium specimens of British Rhinanthus minor were exhibited
for comparison with R. major trom Switzerland. Preserved specimens of
Orobanche minor, O. maritima and O. caryophyllaceae were exhibited.
REFERENCES.
1. FAGERLIND, F., 1936, Hereditas, 22, 189-192.
2. HAMBLER, D. J., 1954, Nature, 174, 836.
3. WARBURG, E. F., 1952, in Clapham, A. R., Tutin, T. G. and Warburg, E. F.
Flora of the British Isles.
4,
WITSCH, H., 1932, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 81, 108.
é D. J. HAMBLER.
SomE OBsERVATIONS oN SALIVCORNIA
There is an erect form of Salicornia, similar to 8S. appressa (Duin.)
Dum. except in habit, which has not yet been described. This plant
differs from S. ramosissuma Woods in its dingy crimson colour, more
delicate cylindrical branches and in its habitat preferences. SN.
appressa 18 apparently genetically distinct from its erect counterpart
as the forms may grow side by side. The decussate nature of the
branching is partially obscured in the prostrate form where successive
branch-pairs lie in the same plane. Erect forms may be trampled, or
flattened by other environmental factors, or prostrate forms may be-
come semi-erect. These intermediate forms may cause confusion but
in general it seems possible to distinguish plants with negatively geo-
tropic shoots, as the apices of stem and branches of such plants are
not appressed to the substratum, and successive branch-pairs are
obviously decussate.
Photographs and habit specimens illustrated these points.
336 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A Salicornia like S. smithianu Moss possesses prostrate and erect
forms. Quadruple branching occurs at the nodes in this taxon (as in
S. dolichostachya Moss) which is very variable on the Medway Estuary ;
extreme forms, with long (up to 6 cm.) tapering fertile spikes, which
resemble S. dolichostachya Moss in habit, also occur. A series of photo-
graphs illustrated this variability.
A living specimen of Salicornia perennis var. radicans Moss & Salis-
bury was exhibited together with a photograph and drawing of its
somatic chromosomes (2n = 18). The somatic chromosomes of 8. ramo-
sissuma Woods (2n = 18) were also illustrated, together with a habit
photograph. All material was from the estuary of the River Medway.
—D. J. HAMBLER.
RU BUS ARCTICUS in Britain
Specimens of Rubus arcticus were exhibited from Ben Lomond and
from Ben-y-Glo; kindly lent by the British Museum (Natural History).
A third specimen, from Ben Lawers, recently located in Herb. J. C.
Melvill at Harrow School, was also exhibited.—R. M. Hartey.
PLANTS oF CALDEY ISLAND, PEMBROKESHIRE
A list of the plants of Caldey Island has already been published
(Hepper, F. N., 1954, Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 21-36) and the exhibit sup-
plemented that paper with other information on the island and its
flora. Two maps indicated the geology and the vegetation respectively
and a series of photographs helped to give an impression of the scenery.
A few specimens were also shown, including the more interesting species
occurring on Caldey in relation to Pembrokeshire (v.c. 45), and Carer
polyphylla Kar. & Kir., which was a new vice-county record.—F. N.
HEPPER.
A VarieGaTED Form or POA ANNUA
A variegated form of Poa annua was found in a shrubbery at the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, during the past summer, growing with
the normal green form. The original small plant was divided to pro-
duce 16 separate plantlets which rooted and branched from the lower
nodes, each giving rise to several vegetative shoots and a few flower-
ing culms. These plants had the habit of one of the short-lived
perennial variants of the species. In many leaves the green tissue was
confined to the midrib, whilst in others there were 2-4 longitudinal
strands of green, the remainder of the leaf being white. From panicles
flowering in the late summer two batches of seed were collected and
sown a few days later when dry. In the first batch all the seedlings
appear to have been green, but in the second there were two albinos out
of the 15 seedlings.
Plants with variegated leaves have been found in several grass-
species found in the British Isles. In these the leaves were longi-
tadinally striped with green and white, cream or yellow. Such
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 387
variegated forms are known in Alopecurus pratensis, Arrhenatherum
elatius, Dactylis glomerata, Glyceria maxima, Holcus mollis, Melica
uniflora, Molinia caerulea, Phalaris arundinacea and Phragmites
communis.—C. E. HusBArpb.
AN INTERGENERIC Grass Hypsrip New To BrItTAIN*
Intergeneric hybrids between genera of the tribe Hordeeae are not
of common occurrence in nature, although there are numerous instances
of them being produced artificially. Among the natural hybrids found
in Europe are two between species of Agropyron and Hordeum. These
hybrids must be comparatively rare since they have been recorded only
from Denmark and the south coast of France.
The Danish hybrid, Agropyron repens x Hordeum secalinum was
first gathered by P. Nielsen at Stubberup near Skjelskov in the south-
west of the island of Sjaelland in 1865, in a coastal meadow, where
it persisted until 1877 or later. Nielsen named it Agropyron repens
var. hordeacea, but at the same time observed that it might be a
hybrid between Agropyron repens and Hordeum secalinum, a sugges-
tion with which the Danish botanist, J. Lange, agreed. This rare
hybrid was first discovered in the British Isles by Mrs. C. I. Sandwith
in August 1945, in brackish pasture by the river Avon at Shirehampton,
W. Gloucestershire. It was refound there last August and September,
as a single large patch of about a square yard, with both parent species.
The French hybrid P?Agropyron pungens X Hordeum secalinum
(x Agropyron rouxii Gren. & Duval-Jouve, Rouxia x hordeoides Husn.,
Agropyrohordeum X rouwxit G. Camus, Agrohordeum x roux G. Camus)
was discovered first by Salzmann in August 1819, in brackish meadows
at Villeneuve, and later in June 1859 by Blaise and Roux near Mar-
seilles. It has since been recorded from various coastal localities in
the départements of Hérault, Bouches-du-Rhone and Var.—C. E. Hus-
BARD & N. Y. SANDWITH.
VARIATION IN THE CAREX NIGRA Compiex
Variation in herbarium specimens of this species complex was shown
under three main categories. Specimens whose variation in colour of
the female glumes and utriculi had attracted the attention of early
botanists have been collected from most parts of Britain. In forma
chlorostachya Reichb. (C. chlorocarpa Wimm.) the black female glumes
are much smaller than the green utriculi and almost hidden in the
compacted spikelet. Forma leucolepis Meinsh. has both glumes and
utriculi of a very light fawn, whereas in forma badia Sanio the utriculi
are as above but the glumes assume a chestnut-brown colour. The
extreme is seen in forma fuliginosa A.Br. (C. melaena Wimm.) where
both glumes and utriculi are of a sooty black.
Three anomalous forms were exhibited showing a variation which
can be seen in many species of Carex. A woodland form in which
*See also Plant Notes.—Ed.
388 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
the leaves are narrow and the spikelets distant, short and few-tlowered
compares with Kiikenthal’s forma subsetacea. An almost unisexual
plant only occasionally with female flowers at the base of the otherwise
all-male spikelet corresponds to forma polyandra (Schkuhr) Kiik. (C.
polyandra Schkuhr). Some living material from a grazed fiush
on being brought into the greenhouse produced flowering spikes in
which the lowest spikelet was pedunculate and originated almost from
the rootstock itself—forma basigyna Reichb.
Kiikenthal (in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich IV, 20, 1909) gives ten
forms of C. goodenoughu Gay a varietal status; three of these were
exhibited. Var. strictiformis L. H. Bailey (C. limula A. Gray) is a
tufted form in which the leaves and flowering stems grow up to a height
of 75 ems. The utriculi are markedly stipitate and nerved. Var.
recta Fleischer is a type with a Scandinavian and Central European
range and is probably present in Britain. The plant is more robust
than the type and the leaves overtop the spike. The spikelets are lax
and 4-5 cms. long and the utriculus is oblong-elliptical. The specimen
exhibited was from Langskar, Sweden. A further variety which we
have in this country is var. stolonifera (Hoppe) Aschers. (C. stolonifera
Hoppe). According to Kiikenthal the geographical range of this plant
extends to Chile and Bolivia. It has a very short, rigid and often
curved stem; the basal sheaths are shiny and of a reddish-brown. The
leaves are channelled and somewhat falcate; the whole plant suggests
very close affinities with (©. bigelowz Torr.
A fine specimen of the hybrid between the type nigra and a near
relative C. elata All. was kindly lent by Mr. E. A. Ellis for exhibi-
tion. This is a very large form (=C. goodenoughit var. turfosa
Aschers.) whose characters are intermediate between those of the
parents.—A. C. JERMY.
ORCHIS TRAUNSTEINERI Savur. 1x WALES
Specimens of Orchis traunsteineri Saut. collected by the exhibitor
from Cors Geirch, near Pwllheli, Caernarvonshire (v.c. 49), in June of
1953 and 1954 were shown. Hitherto this species has been known in the
British Isles from scattered localities in Ireland and south-east Eng-
land. The discovery in Wales helps to fill a gap in its markedly dis-
continuous distribution. Maps were provided showing the distribu-
tion of the species, together with photographs of the new locality in
Wales, and a short list of associated plants. A fuller account is pub-
lished elsewhere in this journal.—W. S. Lacey.
Witp PLANts or JERSEY, CHANNEL ISLANDS
Herbarium specimens of the following Jersey plants were ex-
hibited :—Dianthus gallicus, Kohlrauschia prolifera, Lythrum hyssopi-
folia, Eryngium maritimum, Centaurea aspera, Erica cinerea (albino
form), Limonium lychnidifolium and Euphorbia paralias.—Mrs. K, LE
SUEUR.
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 389
EPIPOGIUM APHYLLUM 1x OxrorvsHIRE
Epipogium aphyllum was first found in Oxfordshire ‘‘in a wood near
Henley’’ in 1924, and was seen again in this wood in 1926. In 1931
Miss Vera Emith (now Mrs. Paul) found it in a wood ‘‘near Peppard’’,
where it reappeared in 1933 and 1953. It did not flower in either of
these localities in 1954, but on September 4 I found it in a new wood
in the parish of Rotherfield Greys, where there were five flowering
spikes. Photographs taken there were exhibited.—J. EK. Lous try.
A SyYNTERESISED Prant or ASPLENIUM x BREYNIT
An exhibit was shown at the 1953 Exhibition Meeting concerning
the synthesis of the well-known hybrid fern, Asplenium x breynw (Pro-
ceedings B.S.B1., 1, 97 (1954). It was not possible then to display one
of the artificial hybrids, but on the present occasion a live synthesised
example was exhibited, together with a small explanatory demonstra-
tion.—J. D. Lovis.
ASPLENIUM ADULTERINUM anp 17s ProBABLE PARENTS
Asplenium adulterinum Milde is only known from serpentine and
other similar ultra-basic rocks in Central Europe and Fenno-scandi-
navia. It is intermediate in morphology between A. viride Huds. and
A. trichomanes L. and is usually found growing with one or both of
these species. On account of these facts A. adulterinum aroused con-
siderable speculation as to its true status amongst German authors in
the last century.
A. adulterinum is now known to be a tetraploid species with 2n=144,
and cytogenetic investigation shows it to be an amphidiploid, with A.
trichomanes, diploid form (2n=72) and A. viride (2n=72), as its pro-
bable parents. Meiosis in A. adultevinum is regular, 72 bivalents being
formed. Triploid hybrids between A. adulterinum and A. viride (=A.
x poscharskyanum) occur in the wild and have now also been synthe-
sised by myself in Leeds. Analysis of meiosis in both wild and synthe-
sised hybrids shows 36 bivalents and 36 univalents to be present. The
other backcross, between A. adulterinum and A. trichomanes diploid
form, has also been synthesised, and also shows 36 bivalents and 36 uni-
valents in meiosis. These results indicate a high degree of homology
between the chromosomes of A. adulterinum and the two diploid
species, which may therefore be regarded as the probable parents of
A. adulterinum.
It is possible that A. adulterinum may yet be found on rocks of the
serpentine group in the more remote parts of Scotland, and it is sug-
gested that botanists might bear this in mind when in such areas,
The exhibit was supported by (1) herbarium specimens of the three
species concerned, and of both wild and synthesised hybrids between
them, (2) photographs of meiosis in both species and hybrids, (3) photo-
graphs of A. adulterinum and of A. x poscharskyanum growing wild
in Norway.
390 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A full account of this investigation will appear elsewhere.—J. D.
Lovis.
NORWEGIAN MATERIAL OF SOME OF THE RAREST BRITISH MoUNTAIN PLANTS
This exhibit consisted mainly of herbarium specimens, mostly col-
lected at Finse, in Norway. The species shown were some of which
recent British specimens in luxuriant growth are not, or should not,
be available to-day, e.g. Woodsia alpina, Phyllodoce cverulea.
Colour transparencies of vegetation at Finse were also on display.
It was pointed out that our British mountain flora can be regarded
as essentially an impoverished sub-arctic flora, and its closest affinity
is with the flora of the Scandinavian mountains. There are very few
high mountain species in Britain which do not occur in Scandinavia.
Moreover, many of the rarest British mountain plants are relatively
common in Norway, e.g. Carex atrofusca, Carex vaginata, Arabis
alpina, Gentiana nivalis and Luzula arcuata—J. D. Lovis & J. V.
Lovis.
ReEcENT WorK ON THE GENtS SENECIO
Specimens were exhibited of Senecio vulgaris, S. squalidus, the
synthetic hybrid S. vulgaris x squalidus and the synthetic allopolyploid
which had been produced by colchicine treatment of the hybrid.
These were accompanied by a plant of the naturally occurring allo-
polyploid from north Wales.—DerptT. or Botany, MANCHESTER UNIVER-
SITY.
A Hysrip BETWEEN FESTUCA RUBRA ann VULPIA
MEMBRANACEA
An intergeneric hybrid new to science, Festuca rubra x Vulpia
membranacea was collected from two localities during summer 1954 :—
(1) at Southport, S. Lanes. (v.c. 59) by Mr. and Mrs. P. C. Hall and
Mrs. B. Welch, and (2) at Sandwich, E. Kent (v.c. 15) by Miss M.
McCallum Webster.
In appearance this hybrid resembles a long-awned form of Festuca
rubra with rhizomatous growth and dark-brownish lower leaf-sheaths.
The structure of the spikelet is similar to that of Vulpia membranacea,
having pedicels thickened upwards, and narrow keeled glumes, though
these gradually taper, and the lower glume is distinctly longer than
that of V. membranacea. The size of the lemma and the length of the
awn in the hybrid is intermediate. All specimens examined were
completely male-sterile, having narrow, indehiscent anthers with badly
developed pollen grains.
This intergeneric hybrid has not been recorded before either in
Britain or on the Continent, but it was collected earlier on Guernsey,
Channel Islands, by Francis Druce and C. E. Hubbard. In the her-
barium of the British Museum there are some specimens belonging to
this hybrid which were cultivated in Curtis’s Botanic Garden and dis-
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 391
tributed erroneously under the name ‘‘I’estuca cambrica’’ which is a
form of F. rubra.
Festuca rubra x Vulpia membranacea has in its external morpho-
logy a remarkable resemblance to Vulpia sicula Link which grows in
Sicily, Sardinia, Tunis and Algeria. This species may also have arisen
from hybridization between F. rubra and V. membranacea. As the
pollen grains in V. sicula are well-developed, it seems that the dupli-
cation of chromosome sets of species involved might have taken place
in that case.
Specimens of this hybrid with its putative parents and V. sicula
were demonstrated in this exhibit. A description and full account of
this hybrid is being prepared for publication.—A. MELDERISs.
THE DistrRisutTion oF CIRSIUM ACAULE ann ASPLENIUM VIRIDE
IN THE BritisyH ISLES
Many northern plants reach their south-eastern limit, and many
southern plants reach their north-western limit along a line running
diagonally across central England. There seems little doubt that this
phytogeographical boundary is also an important climatic boundary and
- maps were exhibited to show that to the south-east, over lowland Eng-
land, the climate is more continental, annual rainfall is lower and hours
of sunshine and summer temperatures are higher, than to the north-west,
where the reverse is the case. Asplenium viride, selected as an example
of a northern type, was compared with Cirsium acaule, a southern
type, and the distribution maps demonstrated that these two species
meet along this boundary but never overlap. In Derbyshire, which hes
on the boundary, Asplenium viride is always confined to north-facing
rocky slopes where limited observations show that summer temperatures
are very low and, probably of greater significance, relative humidity
correspondingly high. (Cirsium acaule, on the other hand, is generally
on south-facing slopes, and studies of the reproductive capacity in these
habitats show that this is greatly reduced.—C. D. Pieort.
HELIANTHEMUM CANUM w Britain
Helianthemum canum occurs very locally in Britain in five rather
small areas on Carboniferous Limestone; the Gower Coast, North Wales,
Teesdale, near the head of Morecambe Bay, and the Burren in Ireland.
Taxonomically these populations fall into three groups: (a) the well-
known and scarcely variable plant from Teesdale with small dark green
leaves. (b) The remaining populations in England and Wales; rather
large and often grey-tomentose plants. (c) The much coarser Irish
plants; like the Teesdale form in their lack of stellate tomentum on
the upper leaf-surfaces, but differing in their much larger hairier
leaves.
These were illustrated with herbarium sheets and cultivated material,
and by diagrams showing the results of analysis of leaf length and
length/breadth ratio measurements. Also exhibited were a number of
photographs of H, canum, and some of its British habitats.
392 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
A more detailed account is in preparation for publication elsewhere.
—M..C. F. Proctor.
CoLtour PHOTOGRAPHS oF ALPINE PLAntTs.—M. C. F. Proctor.
FERNS oN A RAaILwAay PLATFORM
On the eastern face of one of the platforms at Leagrave Station,
Bedfordshire (v.c. 30), beside the railway track, is a remarkable colony
of ferns (see also Dony, J. G., 1953, Flora of Bedfordshire). This plat-
form face is of cemented bricks, the cement crumbling in many places,
and the ferns grow from the crevices between them. The steam from
passing trains, though emitted on the off-side, is a fairly continual
source of moisture. A map showed the distribution of the train services
through Leagrave Station, and four photographs illustrated some of the
ferns there. A list of species seen there two months ago was displayed,
showing that calcicole ferns consort with calcifuge. An interesting
problem is whether the colony owes its existence primarily to the trans-
port of spores by the trains or to the favourable conditions afforded
by that particular platform face.—T. D. V. Swinscow.
SYMPHYTU M 1 Britain
Specimens were exhibited of Symphytui officinale, S. asperum, SN.
tuberosum and S. orientale. The origin of S. peregrinum was examined.
TGs Lorin,
THE Uses or ‘SuUB-SPECIES’ IN TAXONOMY
The recent increase in knowledge of variation within species of the
British Flora has resulted in the suggestion of a number of different
taxonomic treatments for particular cases. These niay roughly be
grouped as follows :—
A. The extreme genetical view, which would attempt to work
a species-concept based primarily on sterility, and would claim that,
below the level of species, orthodox taxonomic categories are un-
desirable. This view, in its extreme form, is likely to be upheld
only by workers who are not faced with the practical necessity of
producing a workable taxonomy.
B. A less extreme view, which, whilst aiming at a genetical
species-concept, concedes the practical difficulties by devices such as
the use of ‘aggregate’ (agg.), but which on the whole thinks the
orthodox infra-specifie categories of little value.
C. A view which concedes the desirability of incorporating
new knowledge (and particularly that usually called ‘experimental
taxonomy’) into the orthodox taxonomy, but which holds that the
latter must remain
(a) based on observable and describable morphological differ-
ences.
(b) practicable for the general purposes of the science of Botany
as a whole,
EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954 393
If, to satisfy these conditions, it is necessary to use the existing cate-
gories for what are genetically speaking different types of situation,
this is neither inconvenient nor undesirable. The taxon is morphologi-
cally definable; what it is equivalent to genetically or in terms of
evolving population studies ‘s a matter requiring a separate terminology.
(Such a terminology, involving the use of the suffix ‘-deme’, has been
suggested and elaborated by Gilmour, Gregor, Heslop Harrison and
others).
The case in favour of adopting the third view was set out, in the
exhibit, with reference to the use of the category ‘subspecies’ for par-
ticular examples. In current practice (e.g. in Clapham, Tutin & War-
burg’s Flora) three main types of situation (from the experimental
taxonomic viewpoint) underlie the use of this category :—
(1) ‘geographical subspecies’, morphologically more or less de-
finable from the ‘type’ subspecies with an assumed interfertility, at
least partial, e.g. Veronica spicata L. subsp. hybrida (L.) E. F.
Warb.
(2) ‘eyto-subspecies’, insufficiently clearly definable on mor-
phology (the differences being usually quantitative and statistical),
but, usually, with more or less complete sterility barrier between it
and the ‘type’, e.g., Galiwm palustre subspp.
(3) subspecies definable to some extent morphologically,
ecologically and geographically, but about the nature of whose
variation there is insufficient evidence for a satisfactory taxonomic
treatment, e.g., Ranunculus aquatilis L. subsp. radians (Revel)
Clapham.
Clearly the refusal of specific rank to examples of type (2) is a
decision based on purely practical considerations. No logical boundary
can be drawn between species and subspecies, nor should one attempt
to find one. In practice, specific rank should be given where it is
possible to assign, say 90% of reasonably complete specimens to one
or the other taxon. If this is not practicable, then the subspecific
category should be used, so that the unqualified binomial is available
for general-purpose taxonomy.
Evidence was given in favour of treating the three cytodemes of
Polypodium vulgare L. as subspecies (type (2)), not as separate species.
Type (3) cases will presumably continue to trouble us; but no-one
need feel dissatisfied with this, which is merely a convenient taxonomic
device.—S. M. Watters.
Some Hysrips In THE BritisH FLORA—EXISTENT AND NON-EXISTENT.—
K. F. Warsure. .
ARTIFICIAL INTERSPECIFIC Hysrips In HUPHRASIA
The hybrids shown were Euphrasia occidentalis x salisburgensis var.
hibernica and EF. pseudokerneri x occidentalis. Dried specimens of the
hybrids and their parents were exhibited. In addition flowers and leat
silhouettes were shown,
394 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1954
EK. occidentalis and E. pseudokerneri are placed in Subsection
Ciliatae, Series Nemorosae, and EH. salisburgensis is placed in Subsection
Angustifoliae. All have the same chromosome number.
The hybrids were intermediate between the parents in most respects.
An exception was seen in the flowers of H. occidentalis x salisburgensis
which were larger than those of either parent.
The percentage production of normal-looking pollen and of good
seed was normal or almost so in E. pseudokerneri x occidentalis. In
E. salisburgensis x occidentalis only about 20% of normal-looking pollen
was produced and seed-production averaged one to two good seeds per
capsule, as compared with nine per capsule in EL, salisburgensis.—P. F.
YEO.
PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEBTING, 1955 395
SUMMARY OF PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL
MEETING, 1955
CHANGES IN THE Frora or NortH-WEst YORKSHIRE DuRING THE Past
CENTURY
Miss C. M. Ros
Most of the changes in the flora of v.c. 65 since J. G. Baker’s day
are losses, It is an area of upland and lowland, but with no large
towns. ‘Catterick Camp encloses 11 square miles; airfields do not cover
much ground, nor do roads, and the only loss due to the making of A.1
into a dual-carriageway was Doronicum pardalianches. Thanks to an
enlightened Surveyor, no sprayed weed-killer is used.
It is drainage that has led to more changes in the flora than every-
thing else put together. There were several carrs, in one of which,
Leckby carr, Scheuchzeria palustris survived at least to 1840. Gentiana
pneumonanthe has gone from Catton and become very rare at Strensal,
where tanks are an added menace. Sazifraga hirculus is in danger.
Drainage had been begun earlier, but was intensified during the 1914-18
war and the land now grows good potatoes. Another change originat-
ing in the 1914-18 war was the wholesale removal of willows from the
river banks, which leads to scouring which prevents the growth of her-
baceous plants. When there is much snow on Mickle Fell, the rush of
water washes out plants of Potentilla fruticosa which is much decreased.
On the uplands there are less sheep, and on the lower ground more
potatoes and sugar-beet are grown and less corn, and there are now
far fewer arable weeds; poppies are now rare. Everywhere wire fences
replaced hedges, many of which were delightful mixtures of Salix pent-
andra, crabs, etc., planted about 1790. The recent spectacular spread
of Senecio viscosus right up into the dales is attributed to milk lorries
carrying seeds which germinate on bare patches by farm gates. Col.
chicum autumnale has been exterminated by ploughing up pasture.
There has been very little afforestation. Lord Bolton’s well-managed
mixed woods are allowed to regenerate, and have a good ground flora.
The War Office ranges automatically form Nature Reserves, but tank
training churns the soil into porridge annihilating all vegetation. One
change for the better was the increase, between 1940 and 1945, of
Gentiana verna in Upper Teesdale, attributed to lack of transport for
marauders.
“Quo Imus?’’
R. W. BurcHer
After a warning that he would be ignoring the laws of priority and
using synonyms indiscriminately for the Society which began as the
Botanical Society of London and, after being the ‘‘B.E.C.’’ for many
396 PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 19505
years, is now the B.S.B.I., Dr. Butcher described how he joined it. In
1921 he discovered Tillaea aquatica, and showed it to Dr. Druce, who
said: ‘‘Splendid; the Society should make you an Honorary Member’’,
which he remained for fifteen months, after which he was asked for a
subscription.
Many things had changed since then. For years, Dr. Druce was
combined Secretary-Treasurer-Editor and often Exchange Distributor;
there was no A.G.M. and no excursions; the Reports were sometimes late
but full of interesting items. For the amateur Dr. Butcher thought
the finest period of the Society was the forty years from the 1890’s, when
identification was on gross morphology. Now the emphasis is on micro-
scopic distinctions, on genetics, biology and ecology. Lately we have
had an orgy of changes, in nomenclature, from ‘‘Hooker order’’ to
‘“‘Hingler order’’, and splitting of species and genera to the confusion of
the amateur. The change from mere collecting to the study of habitats
and distribution is all to the good, and the Maps Scheme was admirable.
As to the fate of the flowers, they have many enemies and are the
victims of rural and social economics. Many attempts at conservation
are useless, for fencing in a plant will not preserve its environment;
many are dying out from changing conditions. Dr. Butcher strenuously
opposes deliberate sowing or replanting a species in a ‘‘lost locality’’,
and, above all, he thought we must help to educate the public to ap-
preciate the plants of Britain before it is too late.
In the discussion which followed, Dr. Warburg commented that the
number of cytological papers in early numbers of Watsonia was largely
fortuitous, and nomenclature in Britain had fallen behind, so that
changes were necessary to bring us in line with the Continent.
THE PROGRESS OF THE DISTRIBUTION-MAPS SCHEME
EF. PERRING
Deputising for Dr. Walters, Mr. Perring described how contact had
been made with local Natural History Societies, schools and with the
veneral public by notices in local papers. A Scottish Office had been
set up in Edinburgh. The area within a hundred miles of London was
adequately covered by promises of lists and several other counties were
well in hand, but there were still areas without workers, such as North
Hampshire and North Bucks; Lines. was short of workers, and for large
areas of Northumberland, Cumberland and the moorland areas of Devon
and Cornwall, records would be very welcome.
So far about a thousand of the approximately 3,500 ten-kilometre
squares were in hand. He and Dr. Walters had made a number of
visits to talk to Societies and co-ordinate local helpers. The relative
value of time spent in extricating information from literature and time
spent in the field, showed the latter to be far more productive of re-
cords per man-hour. Many museums up and down the country have
local herbaria, but staff shortage prevents their extracting the infor-
mation; if members of the B.S.B.1. could undertake the extraction of
PAPERS READ PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 1955 397
records from their local Museum herbarium, the help would be very
welcome. A curious extension of the Maps Scheme is that a manu-
facturer of nylon stockings has adopted the system to map his sales.
Prof. D. A. Webb spoke of the Distribution-Maps Scheme in Ireland,
and asked for any records, however few, for any part except such well-
known places as Killarney.
Dr. D. P. Young said that Croydon Natural History Society had
undertaken six squares, and he had abstracted records from literature
for them, and found that this method has left many gaps, especially
among sedges and grasses, which the Society hopes to fill by field-work.
398 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1954
This report and the audited accounts printed below cover the period
January lst to December 31st, 1954.
MEMBERSHIP. During the year 142 new members joined the Society
and we lost 25 through death, resignation and the operation of Rule
6 (e). It is with very great regret that we report the death of three
Honorary Members, Dr. Kar] Ronniger, P. Senay, and W. C. R.
Watson, who all rendered valuable services to the Society. The net
increase in membership was 117, which is the largest number recorded
in our history, and to be compared with 12, 104, 79, 97 and 61 for the
years 1949 to 1953. The total membership at the end of the year
was 956.
FINANCE. Receipts from subscriptions amounted to £910, compared
with £823, £719, and £641 for the previous three years. During 1954
we expended £938 on our two periodical publications. Sales of publi-
cations totalled £209, which is more than twice the figure for 1953
when special receipts are excluded. Our total assets at the end of the
year amounted to £1750, which shows a decrease (£134) on the previous
figure.
The Society’s financial position remains sound, although rising ex-
penses, which are partly due to increased facilities offered to members,
give cause for anxiety. In view of the increased cost of our publica-
tions under the new arrangements, the Council has decided that for the
time being the standard size of parts of Watsonia should be kept down
to 52 pages, and the published prices increased to 15/- a part for
Watsonia and 10/- a part for the Proceedings. The full effect of this
is not reflected in the present accounts. Expenditure on postages and
General Printing have shown a further increase, while, in spite of a
transfer of £25 from the General Fund (£8 in 1953), the Meetings Com-
mittee’s Fund shows an overdraft of £36. Efforts are being made to
effect further economies in these and other directions.
DEVELOPMENT AND RULES COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. D. E.
Allen.
In addition to its usual duties in revision of the lists of Local Secre-
taries, Referees, the Panel of Specialists, Floras in preparation, the
Prospectus, and Rules, this Committee has been concerned during the
year with the co-ordination of the new activities of the Society, includ-
ing the Maps Scheme. Other matters referred to it include a sugges-
tion that periodically the Annual General Meeting should be held away
from London, proposals from a meeting of Local Secretaries and mem-
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 399
bers at Perth regarding the organisation of our activities in Scotland,
and a recommendation from the Junior Membership Committee that a
Panel of Lecturers should be formed. It has also considered the urgent
need for making available more information about the autecology of
rare plants to which attention was drawn by the Conservation Com-
mittee, and following its recommendation, as approved by Council, the
General Secretary has arranged a meeting of our representatives with
those of other interested bodies.
MEETINGS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Dr. J. G. Dony.
A Conference on ‘‘The Species Concept in its relation to the British
Flora’ was arranged at Church House, Westminster, on April 9th and
10th. It was attended by 234 members and guests, the papers read
were of a very high standard, and the programme was carried out as
advertised. A demonstration of the machinery to be used, and of the
methods of collecting records for the Maps Scheme, was on view in a
separate room throughout the Conference, and on the evening of the
first day Professor Clapham and Dr. Walters lectured on the progress
of the Scheme and the part members would be invited to play. The
Conference was followed on Sunday, April 11th, by a field meeting ar-
ranged jointly with the British Bryological Society under the leader-
ship of Mr. E. C. Wallace. The attendance was about 80.
The Annual Exhibition Meeting was held on November 28th in the
Lecture Hall of the British Museum (Natural History) by kind permis-
sion of the Trustees, and was attended by about 280 members and guests.
The meeting was followed in the evening by a Conversazione at the
Glendower Hotel, South Kensington, at which the attendance was 54.
A Northern Regional Meeting was held at Durham University on Octo-
ber 30th, when 69 members and guests were present. We are grateful
to Professor D. H. Valentine and Mrs. A. N. Gibby for organising this
meeting, and also a visit to the Magnesian Limestone country near
Durham on the following day. Arrangements are in hand for Regional
Meetings at Glasgow, Cardiff and Leeds in 1955.
The published programme of field meetings was carried through as
advertised, with a total attendance of 224, made up as _ follows:—
King’s Lynn 35, Southport 27, Salisbury 58, Horsham 25, Sheffield 28
and Shingle Street 26. The special meeting for younger members at
Garth, near Aberfeldy, which lasted a week, had an attendance of 25.
Two of the 1954 meetings were devoted to collecting more detailed re-
cords of the flora than has been usual in the past. At King’s Lynn
members were issued with specially printed booklets for listing the
species observed, while on the Horsham meeting the Maps Scheme
printed cards were used. Here 535 species were listed for one 10-kilo-
meter square, and other squares received attention. In arranging the
programme for 1955 the Committee have included meetings specially
devoted to the collection of records for the Maps Scheme and it is hoped
that, as far as possible, this work will be included at all meetings.
400 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
Following the discussion at the last Annual General Meeting, fees
charged were deducted from the amounts collected for coach fares, teas,
etc., at meetings in 1954. Under this arrangement the expenses of field
meetings amounted to £32, and, in estimating the total cost to the
Society, the charges for printing and postage on the programme must
also be taken into account. The Committee are reviewing this ques-
tion in the light of the experience gained.
PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE, Secretary: Mr. P. J. Wanstall.
During the year the arrangements for improving the Society's
periodical publications initiated in 1953 have been carried into effect.
Watsonia, Volume III, Part 2, was issued in September, and Part 3
was in page proof by the end of December and will be published early
in 1955. The first part of the new Proceedings appeared in April and
the second part in December, and these have been well received.
Work has continued on the revised and shortened British Plant
List, which is now in an advanced stage, and the Sub-Committee re-
sponsible is aiming at publication by the summer of 1955. The Council
has agreed to publish a report of the 1954 Conference, which is being
edited by J. E. Lousley. Work is also proceeding on the Indez of
British Herbaria and A Flora of the Isles of Scilly, but it is felt that
owing to the limited finance available the two works previously men-
tioned should have precedence.
It was with very great regret that we received the resignation of
Professor J. Heslop-Harrison as Secretary of the Committee when he
left London to take up his appointment at Belfast. Mr. P. J. Wansiall
was elected in his place as from October 15th, 1954.
CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. J. E. Lousley.
The number of ‘‘threats’’ reported during the year has been small,
and in several cases it has proved that our informants were not fully
acquainted with the position, so that action has not been required.
Some of the special plants of Teesdale continue to be a source of
anxiety, and the enquiries we have made indicate the importance of
collecting more information about their ecological requirements and
population fluctuations. We are pleased to report that the Ministry of
Agriculture has not approved the Glamorgan River Board’s scheme for
the ‘“improvement’’ of the Ely River which threatened the magni-
ficent colonies of Aconitum anglicum which grow there. There have
been fewer reports of damage to roadside plants from the use of chemi-
cal sprays than in recent years.
During 1954 we have continued to collaborate closely with the Nature
Conservancy and the regular meetings between members of the Com-
mittee and representatives of the Conservancy have proved very valu-
able. The scheme for collecting reports on areas in which they are
specially interested has been continued and Mrs. Welch has received
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL 401
reports on 96 areas from 38 members. Some of these reports have been
extremely thorough and of a very high standard. Arrangements are
being made for continuing this scheme in 1955,
MAPS COMMITTEE. Secretary: Prof. A. R. Clapham.
The progress made by the Distribution Maps Scheme during its first
year is the subject of a separate report prepared by the Director, and
of accounts which are kept entirely separate from the Society’s own
funds. ‘The first annual instalment of the Nuffield Foundation grant
of £2,000 per annum for 5 years has been received, and £50 has been
transferred from the Society’s funds as its contribution for 1954. It
is understood that the British Ecological Society has approved a grant
of a like amount. The Nature Conservancy has agreed to make a grant
not exceeding £1960 per annum from April Ist, 1955, to March 3lst,
1959, which includes the estimated cost of the punched card system.
With this financial support it has been possible to set up the necessary
organisation for the collection of data with confidence, and members and
others have been enthusiastic in promising their assistance.
JUNIOR MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Secretary: Mr. A. W.
Westrup.
During 1954, field meetings were organised at Epping Forest and
Runnymede for young people between the ages of 15 and 21, and
attended by 40 and 12 respectively. Details of a visit to the Depart-
ment of Botany, Natural History Museum, for January 8th, 1955, have
been circulated to Grammar Schools in the London area and 245 pupils
and teachers have asked to attend. Arrangements have been made for
three field meetings near London, one in Lancashire, and one near
Glasgow in 1955.
Copies of the Junior Prospectus and Mapping Scheme leaflet have
been circulated to schools and Training Colleges, and useful contacts
with youth organisations have been established. With the experience
gained during its first year the Committee is considering further
developments for making known the Society’s activities to botanists of
school age.
IXCHANGE SECTION.
To the 1953-54 Distribution, 10 members contributed 53 gatherings
totalling 560 sheets of specimens. In addition, 1,484 miscellaneous
duplicates, mostly from University College, Leicester, were distributed.
Professor T. G. Tutin acted as distributor, and his report will appear in
the Proceedings, Vol. I, Part 3.
402 REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
REPRESENTATION AT MEETINGS OF OTHER BODIES.
We were very pleased to present a congratulatory address to the
Royal Horticultural Society on the occasion of its Sesquicentenary cele-
brations in July when we were represented by Mr. J. S. L. Gilmour. At
the Centenary celebrations of the Société Botanique de France, Profes-
sor T. G. Tutin read a short congratulatory speech prepared by the
President, and Dr. Butcher represented us at the 250th anniversary
celebrations of the teaching of botany at Glasgow University. We were
represented by Professor T. G. Tutin and Professor D. H. Valentine at
the International Botanical Congress at Paris. The Council would like
to express its appreciation of the services of the officers and members
who represented the Society at these and other meetings during the
year.
C. E. Raven, President.
J. E. Loustey, Honorary General Secretary.
By Order of the Council.
February 4, 1955.
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
ACCOUNTS FOR 1954.
GENERAL FUND.
To Subscriptions received
during the year
, Receipts from Advertise-
ments
Income Tax Recovered
Interest for 1953 on Post
Oflice Savings Bank De-
posit
Sales of Reports and Re-
prints
£909 16 0
£1024 9 1
—_———__<___—__
}
|
By
29
”
Balance from 1953
Transfers to Journal Fund
Transfers to Proceedings
Fund sae
Transfers to
Committee Fund
Notional Interest to Pub-
lications Fund :
Hire of Rooms for Council
and Committee Meetings
Cheque-book
Meeting
Minutes’ of
Duplicating
Meetings ae
Officers’ Expenses 5s
Expenses re “Index of
British Herbaria”’ ae
Makinies rack at > Nat.
History Museum for
storage of publications ...
Congratulatory Address
to Royal Horticultural
Society ie an Bes
Grant to Distribution
Atlas project ... re
Fire Insurance on publica-
tions at Nat. History
Museum and Portrait
Advertising Expenses
Telephones
General
Stationery
Committee Secretaries’ EX-
penses
Postages and ‘Petty EX-
penses :—
Hon. General
Secretary . £18 0 6
Hon. Treasurer 1611 1
Hon. Assistant
Secretary Vie 8) A
Hon. Distributor 115 4
Hon. Secretary,
Development
Committee
Hon. Secretary,
Junior Members’
Committee 8 19 11
Parcelling Pub-
lications at
Oxford (1953) ...
Parcelling pub-
lications at
Nat. History
Museum
Printing and
1 4 10
816 5
10 0 0
Balance
408
82 16 2
64 3 10
£1024 9 1
404
To Balance from 1953 ...
, Transfers from General
Fund
,» sales of Watsonia
To Balance from 1953 ...
Transfers from General
Fund a a Bs
» sales of Year Book and
Proceedings
To Balance from 1953 ...
Interest for year on initial
balance at. 24%
General Fund) Kae
Sales of 1948 Conference
(per
Report mad re aes
Sales of 1950 Conference
Report aie Rs ee
Sales of 1952 Conference
Report Ad we Agi
Sales of Comital Flora
and British Plant List ...
Sales of Flora of
Northants
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL
JOURNAL FUND.
SLE aad By Printing Watsonia and
postages thereon :
300 0 0 Vol. III, part 1 (to com-
105 19 6 plete payment) Ea do Ss
Vol. III, part 2 190 14 10
Vol. III, part 3 (part
payment) 100 0 0
| ., Balance 359 10 6
£880 6 7 £880 6 7
PROCEEDINGS FUND.
£200 0 O By Printing Proceedings and
postages thereon :—
250 0 0 Vol. fi, Parts Se Sy ee |
Volume I, part 2 (part
yy aS ys payment 200 0 0
Balance 46 0 4
£463 2 3 £463 2 3
PUBLICATIONS FUND.
ee eG) 4 ad. By Balance a whine 9 A
25) By 0
| ee aA
810 3
66 11 8
"1a 3
313 5
£1132 9 1 £1132 9 1
ee Se =
REPORT OF THE COUNCIL A405
MEETINGS COMMITTEE'S FUND.
To Sales of Conference By Balance from 1953 ... son aevass. Bal
Tickets on sa abe, 8 tes ee . Balance of Con-
» Transfer from General ference Expenses £96 17 6
Fund es aes i= a: Des (0 (0) Paid Wms 19535225 A= 70
Balance ae : AEE 36 6 4 — 7416 6
Northern Regional meet-
ing Expenses ae S70 wv aI@)
Postages and Petty Ex-
penses :—
Hon. Meetings
SCTE AIAY 9 35, £88} 7b
Hon. Field
Secretary Bs lt Ara)
—— Adis Ose'§
, Printing and Stationery 1015 4
, Travelling Expenses
(Field Secretary) iF (3) 319):
., Loss on Field Meetings ... 6 17 10
Expenses of Exhibition
Meeting 618 6
£147 10 4 £147-10 4
The Balances on Life Members’ and Benevolent Funds remain unchanged for
the vear at £145 12s 0d and £39 11s 0d respectively.
BALANCE-SHEET as at 31st December 1954.
General Fund ey é ig, EA BS 1) 300 National Savings Certifi-
Journal Fund oe ss foo oS a) cates at cost ... mn soo ES) OF
Proceedings Fund bis ae 46 0 4 Meetings Committee’s Fund
Publications Fund a sot THIGY) @) a Debit Balance a Eras 36 6 4
Life Members’ Fund _... oe sy > Deposit with Post Office
Benevolent Fund lee sus 39 11 0 Savings Bank Bee soos lee 42) aE
| Cash at Bank ... a Ae 1G a) 7%
eStore GO | £1787 6 9
Examined and found correct, (Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor.
20th January 1955. sh E. L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
406 DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME, FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
FIRST ANNUAL REPORT TO 31st DECEMBER 1954.
In December 1953, the B.S.B.I. Council gratefully accepted the
£10,000 grant from the Nuffield Foundation, and the Distribution Maps
Scheme was officially launched at the Society’s Conference on 9th April
1954. On this occasion acknowledgment was made of the generous
grant of the Nature Conservancy, consisting of £4,000 over the five
years’ duration of the Scheme plus the whole cost of the Powers-Samas
punched card recording system chosen for the Scheme. Further small
grants towards the Scheme have been announced during the year, viz.,
£50 per annum by the Society itself, and a £50 grant by the British
Ecological Society. The Royal Irish Academy have made a grant of £25
in aid of field work in Ireland, and hope to continue this annually over
the five-year period.
Since April, the office of the Maps Scheme has been functioning in
its temporary quarters in the Botany School, Cambridge, and has
gradually expanded its activities, until by 1st October the full staff was
employed on the work. This staff consists of :—
Dr. S. M. Watters, Part-time Director.
Mr. F. Perrine, Full-time Administrative Officer.
Miss A. Matruews, Full-time Secretary.
Mrs. S. Frncuam, Full-time Punched-card Operator.
The reconstructed and augmented Maps Committee, consisting of
14 members with limited power to co-opt non-members of the Society.
directs the main policy of the Scheme, and an Executive Committee of
three is consulted by the Director on matters of policy which require
urgent decision.
A Scottish Office was set up in the Nature Conservancy’s offices in
Edinburgh on lst November, and Mrs. M. E. D. Poore was appointed as
part-time Regional Officer. Professor D. A. Webb has set up an Irish
Regional Office in Dublin, in co-operation with -Professor J. Heslop-
Harrison (Belfast) for Northern Ireland. The National Museum of
Wales (Cardiff) is co-operating fully in the collection and checking of
all Welsh records.
During the year an attempt has been made to approach all B.S.B.I.
local officers for help in the recording from their particular vice-
counties, and a satisfactory network has now been set up. By the 3lst
December, 700 people (as individuals or representing Natural History
Societies) had offered to help in recording, of which approximately 180
were members of the Society, and about 1,000 of the approximately 3,500
10 kilometre squares were at least to some extent ‘‘covered’’ by these
offers. Much useful information has been gained during the year on
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME, FIRST ANNUAL REPORT AOT
the most practicable ways of recording, and the methods (involving
principally the use of ‘‘Regional’’ and ‘‘Individual’’ Record Cards)
have been largely standardised. Plans have been laid for special
“‘recording’’ field meetings in 1955. A useful start has been made in
abstracting herbarium data; Mrs. B. Welch has been appointed part-
time worker on the British Museum collections, and members of the
Society are beginning to send in records from private herbaria. All the
machinery was installed by 31st December, although the tabulator was
only supplied temporarily until the specially-designed machine was
available. The installation will be complete by the end of January.
Some 10,000 punched cards have already been prepared from record
ecards which since October have been coming in in a steady stream.
Two sub-committees have been set up, one to prepare the base-
map(s), and the other to decide a provisional list of species to be
mapped; both were at work before the end of the year.
Thus, early stages of the Scheme have gone roughly according to
plan, and the ground-work now seems to be satisfactorily finished. There
is reason for a qualified optimism for the future.
S. M. Watters.
DISTRIBUTION ATLAS ACCOUNT.
To Grant from Nuifield By Furniture and Office
Foundation ... x ... £2000 0 0 Equipment—
» Grant from Nature Con- Cambridge ... £20618 4
servancy a a se OPA ©O Dublin es DOR OM 0
. Grant from B.S.B.I. Re 50 0 0 Edinburgh ... 012 6
————_ 257 10 10
* , Mechanisation Equipment 162 13 10
, Postages and Telephone ... WD 3} @
, Printing and Stationery 248 211
, Rent and Room Hire ne 40 10 O
, salaries JE at Se .. 86014 0
» Travelling Expenses ee: 62, 2) 0
, Employers’ Liability In-
surance ie ial wie 0 9
,, Investment in 34% Defence
Bonds ... ae Ae .. 500 0
, Balance fae i Mae Ole oe tl
£2296 10 0 £2296 10
*Expenditure on this item is covered by the Nature Conservancy Grant.
Examined and found correct. (Signed) J. H. G. PETERKEN, Hon. Auditor.
20th January 1955. as E L. SWANN, Hon. Treasurer.
408 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2nd APRIL 1955
The Annual General Meeting was held in the rooms of the Linnean
Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, on Saturday, April 2nd,
1955, at 2.30 p.m.
The Rev. Canon Raven (President) was in the Chair and 64 members
were present.
The Minutes of the last Annual General Meeting as printed in
Proceedings, Vol. I, Pt. 2, page 274 were adopted.
Councin’s ReEport.—The Report of the Counc] for the year 1954 had
been printed and circulated. The Hon. General Secretary drew atten-
tion to the expansion of the Society’s activities during the year and to
the increase of interest among Scottish members. The Report was
adopted and the President thanked Mr. Lousley for drawing it up.
ELEcTION OF PRESIDENT.—As retiring President, Canon Raven ex-
pressed his pleasure at seeing the Society expanding in all directions
and membership approaching a thousand. He thanked Mr. Lousley and
other officers for their keenness and kindness and Prof. Tutin for taking
his place in representing the Society overseas. He then introduced Dr.
George Taylor whose election as President was carried with acclamation,
The new President then took the Chair.
ELECTION OF TWO ViIcE-PRESIDENTS.—Council had nominated Mr. G.
M. Ash and Prof. D. A. Webb and they were elected unanimously.
ELeEct1ION oF HONORARY GENERAL SECRETARY, HONORARY TREASURER,
Honorary Eprror aNp Honorary Merrtincs SrcretarRy.—Council had
nominated Mr. J. E. Lousley, Mr. FE. L. Swann, Dr. E. F. Warburg
and Dr. J. G. Dony respectively. They were unanimously re-elected.
Kiection or MEMBERS OF CouNctIn.—There were four vacancies
occasioned by the retirement under Rule 3(e) of Prof. D. A. Webb, Prof.
J. Heslop-Harrison, Dr. R. C. L. Burges and Mr. E. Milne-Redhead.
Six members had been nominated by members under Rule 3(f). Ballot
papers were distributed and Mr. R. A. Graham and Mr. D. H. Kent
were appointed scrutineers. The following were declared elected :—Dr.
F. Rose, Mr. C. FE. Hubbard, Mr. P. J. Wanstall and Mr, J. E. Raven.
The order of seniority for retirement, as decided by lots drawn by the
Chairman, is in the sequence given,
ELection or Honorary Mrmpers.—Eight names were put forward
by Council, under Rule 4(e):—Dr. Ch. H. Andreas (Groningen), Prof.
T. W. Bécher (Denmark), M. Roger de Vilmorin (Verriéres-le-Buisson),
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 2ND APRIL 1955 409
Dr. N. Hylander (Uppsala), Dr. P. Jovet (Paris), Dr. A. Lawalrée
(Brussels), Dr. Johannes Lid (Oslo), and Mr. H. N. Ridley (London).
At the suggestion of Mr. Bangerter, Mr. Lousley said a few words about
each and the value to the Society of their botanical work. They were
elected by unanimous vote.
ExcHaNnce Section.—The following Resolution was considered :—
“That Rule 16 be suspended until further notice’’. This rule requires
the annual appointment of an Exchange Distributor. Dr. D. P. Young
pointed out that the Society had conducted exchange activities for the
greater part of its life, and in recent years the emphasis was now on
exchange of critical or otherwise interesting material and not rarities.
Even before the war it was seldom that more than a dozen members
sent parcels, and the handling of them entailed much work for the
Distributor. Nevertheless he would be grieved to see the Exchange
Section come to an end, and asked members who have never taken part
to abstain from voting. Prof. Tutin, as last year’s Distributor,. agreed
as to the work involved and said that the contributors were new mostly
institutions and the material of more interest to specialist botanists
and professionals than to the Society as a whole, and exchanges between
specialists can be arranged privately. In his view the Exchange Section
was a survival from the past rather than an active need of the present,
and he felt the time had come for dropping it. Mr. R. W. David
suggested that it might be replaced by a list published annually in
Proceedings indicating the groups in which members were currently
interested, to facilitate private exchanges. Prof. Webb proposed that
Council consider, as a new basis for the Section, the setting up of some
sort of machinery for the exchange of information as to specimens which
might be exchanged among smaller institutions. Mr. Alston seconded
this amendment, suggesting that perhaps the annual change of Dis-
tributor had contributed to the lack of enthusiasm. Mr EK. C. Wallace
mentioned that in the Bryological Society the exchange of specimens
still receives ample support which shows no sign of diminishing. The
amendment was put to the meeting and carried. The Resolution was
also carried, the voting being 12 in favour and one against.
There being no other business, Mr. Lousley expressed his personal
gratitude to Canon Raven, for the four years in which he had been an
ideal President had been a time of very active expansion with many
intricate details to be considered.
A vote of thanks to the Officers, proposed from the Chair, was carried
with acclamation, and it was agreed that the Linnean Society be
thanked for the use of their rooms. The meeting closed at 3.15 p.m.
J.E.L.
B.W.
410 ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954
During 1954, 142 new members joined the Society, this being 50
more than in 1953, and 28 more than in 1952. Of the new members
108 were Ordinary members, 10 Subscriber members, 23 Junior mem-
bers and 1 a Family member. Losses were 25, this being 6 less than
in 1953, and 8 more than in 1952. Of these, 7 members resigned, 6
ceased to be members under Rule 6 (e), and we regret having to re-
cord the deaths of the following 12 members:—A. Farquharson, Mrs.
C. Graham, Rev. A. G. Gregor, Mrs. B. Hassall, R. Howarth, Major
J. G. MacGeorge, Dr. K. Ronniger (Honorary Member), P. Senay
(Honorary Member), J. S. Stephens, S. A. Taylor, A. Turner and W.
C. R. Watson (Honorary Member).
New Ordinary members are:—K. L. Alvin, Mrs. M. R. Ashton,
Rev. P. R. Barker, D. M. Barling, Miss M. E. Barnsdale, Mrs. M.
Barton, J. T. H. Beetham, Dr. G. Benl, Miss K. Benson-Evans, J.
Bergin, Miss FE. I. Biggar, W. Bunting, Miss P. H. Burford, Dr. E.
M. Burrows, Miss G. M. Butler, J. W. Carr, B. V. Cave, M. J.
Christmas, M. H. Cocke, Mrs. N. L. Colthurst, Miss E. G. Cordiner,
Miss P. Cox, J. A. Crabbe, D. Davidson, Dr. P. H. Davis, Miss L.
H. Eaton, Dr. W. J. Eggeling, Dr. R. J. Elliott, Miss M. C. Entrican,
Miss E. M. Evans, Mrs. E. Farnol, R. E. C. Ferreira, J. L. Fielding,
F. Fincher, Dr. H. J. W. Fisher, J. T. Forrest, P. Greig-Smith, Mrs.
N. K. Hadfield, Miss M. D. Hainsworth, D. D. Handford, Miss A. S.
Harris, J. H. Hawkins, F. N. Haynes, D. J. Hinson, E. B. Hoare,
H. C. Holme, P. R. G. Jackson, Dr. D. G. Jones, D. M. Jones, Mrs.
D. M. Jones, F. Keeler, Dr. E. G. Kellett, Miss M. P. H. Kertland,
Dr. B. A. Kilby, G. Knight, I. C. Lawrence, Miss V. M. Leather (re-
joined), W. H. Lee, Miss K. D. Little (re-joined), Dr. A. Love, Miss
B. Lunn, Dr. K. M. Lyon, Miss S. MacLachlainn, Dr. A. MacLeod,
P. H. McNally, Prof. I. Manton, Mrs. M. E. Mason, D. M. Moore,
Mrs. O. R. Moyse, Mrs. M. J. Oldaker, Miss U. M Palmer, F. P.
Penfold, D. H. Phillips, L. G. Phillips, K. G. Plant, Miss B. A.
Poulter, G. C. Rhodes, Dr. C. H. Rice, R. H. Roberts, C. W. Robin-
son, J. Rossiter, H. B. Sargent, T. Schofield, Miss C. Shaddick, Mrs.
A. G. Side, P. W. Spragg (re-joined), Miss C. J. Spurgin, W. T.
Stearn, Mrs. EK. K. Stephenson, J. E. Stevens, A. M. Stirling, Miss
B. M. Sturdy, P. G. Summers, F. J. Taylor, Sister Teresa, J. Thorpe,
R. Torrey, Miss M. A. Turner, Miss J. E. Tutin, R. J. Ventura, Dr.
S. Walker, W. A. Watts, B. Welsby, J. E. Willé, D. N. Williams, Dr.
D. Wise, Miss R. Witton and S. R. J. Woodell.
New Junior members are:—A. Angel, A. G. Bailey, A. F. Baldry,
R. A. Beaver, J. M. Colyer, Miss H. Cotton, D. W. Cross, J. D.
Dodge, P. J. S. Furneaux, 0. L. Gilbert, D. R, Harvey, Miss P.
ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 1954 4ll
Heaviside, J. I. Hopper, J. Horsman, P. F. Hunt, Miss B. Kydd, B.
Miles, M. W. Morgans, R. C. Palmer, J. B. Phipps, I. T. Prance,
Miss M. A. Williams and H. Wood.
New Subscriber members are:—Barnsley Naturalists’ and Scientific
Society, Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery, Canterbury and
District Birdwatchers’ Association (Botanical Section), Herefordshire
Botanical Society, Liverpool University Library, National Institute of
Agricultural Botany, Scottish Home Department Marine Laboratory,
University College of Wales (Aberystwyth) Library, Vaxtbiologiska
Institutionen, and West Wales Field Society.
A new Family member is Mrs. M. M. Williams.
D. H. Kent.
January 1955.
41? REVIEW
REVIEW
Plants, Man and Life. By Epe¢ar ANpERsoN. Published by Andrew
Melrose Lid., London. Pp. 208, with 16 text figures. 1954. Price 15s.
Plants, Man and Life has been written by an American for the
general reader, but the contents will be of considerable interest to
British botanists. The main theme is the methods used in the study of
the origin of cultivated plants, and there is a useful summary of our
present Knowledge (and lack of knowledge) of about a hundred of the
world’s most important crop plants. In developing this theme the
author shows how man has carried plants about with him and urges
the active co-operation of historians, anthropologists and ethnobotanists
for the study of cultivated plants and weeds. It is suggested that “‘the
history of weeds is the history of man’’.
Edgar Anderson, who is Assistant Director of Missouri Botanical
Garden, has, as one would expect, chosen most of his examples from
personal observations in the New World. Many of these examples have
interesting implications in connection with the origin of the British
fiora and its increment from alien introductions in ancient as well as
modern times. Thus his accounts of the “‘transported landscapes’ of
the central and eastern United States, and of the rolling hills of coastal
California, will be a revelation to many readers in this country of how
the conscious and unconscious introductions of a short historic period
can change the vegetational aspect of large areas. The chapters on
Sunflowers and Tradescantias illustrate the taxonomic complexities with
which all students of introduced plants become all too familiar. The
book is written in a lively style and draws attention to important aspects
which have hitherto not received adequate appreciation.
J. E. Lous.ey
OBITUARIES 413
OBITUARIES
—
Mrs. Bessizt FLorRENCE HassaAuu, née Cory (1883-1954). Mrs. Hassall,
who joined the Society in 1934, died at Oxford on 15th September 1954,
after a long and painful illness. Widely travelled, she had a great love
of nature and her sketch-books were full of delightful water-colour
drawings of plants. Her name appears frequent!y as a contributor of
plant records to our reports and she was a regular attendant of our
Field Meetings.
J. G. Dony.
P. Senay (1892-1954). Pierre Senay was born at Le Havre (Seine-
Inférieure) on December 29th, 1892, and died at Asnieres (Seine) on
September 2nd, 1954. Of humble origin, he entered at an early age
the cotton trade, which at that time was attracting many young in-
habitants of Havre. He was a model itself of self-education—his
tenacity, exceptionally methodical ways of working and attention to
minute detail, combined with a noble ambition to succeed completely
in everything he undertook, led to the achievement of an incontestable
mastery equally in the technicalities of his trade and in the elaboration
of botanical works to which, from adolescence, he devoted his leisure.
His courtesy and unwearying helpfulness made him the friend of all
his confreéres.
After demobilisation in 1919 he returned to Havre and lived there
until 1933. During this period he explored the surrounding country
and paid particular attention to the flora of the alluvial soils of the
estuary of the Seine. His residence in Paris after 1933 compelled him
to modify the subject of his research. He then undertook the systematic
study of certain critical or little known groups and published numerous
notes on various subjects concerning phanerogams. He left uncom-
pleted important studies of marsh orchids and of the muwricata-divulsa
group of Carex. During the second World War he was attached to
the Laboratoire:de Phanérogamie du Muséum National.
Senay was a founder member of the Société Linnéenne de la Seine
Maritime at Havre, which was founded in 1913, and of which he was
vice-president from 1926 to 1936. In this Society he exercised an
important influence in effectively directing the work on phanerogams
after the death of his master, Raoul-F. Mail.
Since 1929 he was a member of the Société Botanique de France, of
which he was vice-president during the years 1940 to 1944. He was an
Honorary Member of the Botanical Society of the British Isles and
belonged to various other scientific and historical societies. He was
an Officier d’ académie.
414 OBITUARIES
PRINCIPAL WORKS OF P. SENAY
I. Botanical Works
1922-1923: Etudes de la flore adventice du Havre et des environs, Bull. Soc. Linn.
Seine marit., 1922, 31-58; op. cit., 1923, 307-310.
1929: Plantes disparues ou en voie de disparition et plantes nouvelles pour la
Seine-Inférieure, Congr. du Havre de lAssoc. fse. pour VAvane. des Se.,
1929, 429-431.
1930: <A variety of the bluebell new to Britain (Scilla non-scripta var. lacaillei
Senay), J. Bot., 68, 112-114.
Impatiens fulva Nutt. sur les rives de la basse Seine, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France, 77, 257-259.
1932: Etudes de la flore adventice du Havre et des environs, Bull. Soc. Linn.
Seine marit., 1932, 3-48.
1934: Spartina townsendi, son extension a l’embouchure de la Seine. Observa-
tions sur son origine et son mode de dissémination, Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
81, 632-643.
1935: Sur une variation d’Endymion nutans, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 82, 129-131.
1936: Contribution a l’étude du genre Arctium, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 83, 330-
343.
1937: Orchis cruenta Muller, nouveau pour la flore francaise, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France, 84, 511-515.
1939: (with Varde, R. Potier de la) Extension de Spartina townsendi dans la
baie du Mont Saint-Michel et sur le littoral occidental du Cotentin,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, $6, 388-392.
1940: Symphytum peregrinum Ledeb. et ses hybrides avec S. officinale L.,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 87, 313-322.
1943: Qu’ est-ce que l’Erythrea tenuiflora ?, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 9Q, 181-187.
1944: Le Sénecon adventice de Mazamet, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 91, 111-113.
1945: Le genre Cochlearia dans la Seine-Inférieure, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 92.
160-163.
Le Carex vulpina et ses alliés, Bull. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Nat., 17, 332-339,
443-449 and 529-535.
(with Debray, M.) La flore des ruines du Havre, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 92,
229-235.
1947: A propos dhybrides d’Orchis, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 94, 249-250.
1950: Réhabilitation du Festuca loliacea Huds. (Festuca pratensis x Lolium
perenne), Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 97, 228-230.
1950-1951: Le groupe des Carex flava et C. oederi, Bull. lus. Nat. @ Hist. Nat.,
22, 618-624 and 790-796 and 23, 146-152.
1952: Découverte de lAsplenium viride Huds. dans la Seine-Inferieure, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, 99, 306-308.
Il. Works on Cotton
1937: Le coton, sa production et sa distribution dans le monde. Le Havre.
1939: (with Chevalier, Prof. A.) Le coton Coll. Que sais-je? Paris. Ed. 3
(1954).
M. Depray.
Pierre Senay was elected an Honorary Member of this Society at
the Annual General Meeting on March 16th, 1938, on the reeommenda-
tion of P. M. Hall, and his services in supplying information about the
French flora have been invaluable. He had an excellent command of
the English language (for a time he ‘‘monitored’’ B.B.C. transmissions
for his country) and thus was able to follow with ease the developments
recorded in English botanical publications. In return he was most
generous in providing details required by members working on groups
represented in France. This would often take the form of carefully
OBITUARIES 415
prepared maps showing the distribution of particular species in his
country.
I never had the pleasure of meeting Senay but from a correspondence
extending over many years grew to feel that I knew him almost inti-
mately. His letters touched on many matters in addition to botany and
revealed him as a man who thought very deeply about current affairs
and who held this country in high esteem. His ready assistance to our
members will be extremely difficult to replace and the Society has lost a
very staunch supporter.
J. E. Lous tey.
416 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
RORIPPA
Specimens of seed or living plants of Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum
(L.) Hayek and R. microphylia (Boenn.) Hylander are required for an
investigation on resistance to the crook-root disease of watercress
(Spongospora sp.) which is causing considerable losses to cultivated
watercress in Britain. Seed or fresh material will be gratefully received
by Dr. J. A. Tomlinson, National Vegetable Research Station, Welles-
bourne. Warwick. Postage will be refunded.
ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS L. agg.
Miss M. B. Bradshaw is studying Alchemilla vulgaris L. agg. and
would be grateful for records, herbarium specimens and living material
of all the microspecies. Material of A. vestita from the Midlands, S.
England and Wales would be particularly welcome; this is the only
species with hairs on both surfaces of the leaves lkely to be found in
these areas. The National Grid number and a short note on the type
of habitat and size of population from which plants are sent would also
be useful. Communications should be sent to the Department of Botany,
Science Laboratories, South Road, Durham.
SENECIO SQUALIDUS L.
Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.138, is studying the
distribution and spread of Senecio squalidus in Britain and would be
glad to receive records of the species, especially from the Midlands,
northern England and Wales.
NAREX NIGRA (L.) RetcHARD AND ITS ALLIES
Mr. A. C. Jermy, Dept. of Botany, University College of Leicester,
is working on the ecology and taxonomy of Carex nigra (I...) Reichard,
C. elata All., C. acuta L., C. aquatilis Wahlenb., C. recta Boott. and C.
bigelowti Torr. He would be grateful to receive living or herbarium
material, or information regarding localities of these species. Speci-
mens from foreign localities would also be welcome.
FLORA OF CUMBERLAND
The Carlisle Natural History Society commenced work on a new
Klora of Cumberland in 1946 and the project is being continued with
vigour. The Society would welcome, and fully acknowledge, any assist-
ance in recording the distribution of plants in the county and records
should be sent to: —Derek A. Ratcliffe, Ph.D., B.Sc., 72 Newtown Road,
Carlisle.
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS A417
THE SOCIETY FOR VISITING SCIENTISTS
The Society for Visiting Scientists, Ltd., 5 Old Burlington Street,
London, W.1, established in the spring of 1944 when Britain had the
honour of welcoming many scientists from Allied countries, seeks to
be a focus for all scientists visiting the United Kingdom, and to put
them in touch with British scientists and with one another. The Society
aims to provide and encourage an active exchange of scientific thought
and discussion between scientists of the United Kingdom and scientists
from overseas.
The House of the Society provides a meeting place, a refectory, a
bar and some residential accommodation. In addition an information
service is provided which is open to all visiting scientists, so that any
scientist arriving in this country can, if he wishes, proceed at once to
the House and be given such advice and information as is available.
Among the Society’s activities is the holding of receptions in honour
of groups of scientists visiting Britain, who thus have an opportunity
of meeting at the House their British and oversea colleagues. Jnformal
discussion meetings of general interest to scientists are organised. The
Society provides a forum for topics which are outside the scope of
specialised scientific societies but which are of importance to scientists
as a whole.
The Society’s Officers are Professor A. V. Hill, C.H., O.B.E., F.R.S.
(President and Chairman); Professor F. J. M. Stratton, D.S.O., O.B.E.,
F.R.S., and Mr. A. Lang Brown, M.A. (Honorary Secretaries), and
Professor Alexander Haddow, M.D., D.Sc., Ph.D. (Honorary Treasurer).
Scientists from all countries are welcomed at the Society, which
tries to assist its visitors in every way possible.
The annual subscription is three guineas, with an entrance fee of
one guinea. Oversea postgraduate students in science holding research
grants may become Student Associates, paying an annual membership
fee of one guinea; they pay no entrance fee. Other oversea members
pay no annual subscription, but an entrance fee of five shillings.
Further particulars may be obtained from the Assistant Secretary,
Society for Visiting Scientists, Litd., 5 Old Burlington Street, London,
W.1.
418 LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
(up to and including 20th April 1955)
Members are asked to advise the Hon. Assistant Secretary, D. H.
Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, of any corrections to this list.
When the year of attaining membership appears in italics the records
show that the member has resigned and rejoined during the period.
Institutions are listed geographically, but it should be noted that
many Institutions who do not appear in the list purchase the Society’s
publications through the Trade.
F = Family Member
J = Junior Member
I. = Ordinary Member who has paid Life Composition
S = Subscriber Member
II
PATRONESS
H.R.H. Tue Princess Royat, Countess or Harewoop, Harewood
House, Leeds, Yorkshire.
HONORARY MEMBERS
1928 Aellen, Dr. Paul, Mittlere Strasse 139, Basle, Switzerland.
1955 Andreas, Dr. Ch. H., Botanisch Laboratorium, Grote Roze-
straat 31, Groningen, Netherlands.
1922 Baker, Rt. Hon. H. T., P.C., Crabwood, Sparsholt, Win-
chester, Hants.
1952 Bocher, Prof. T. W., Fortunvej 90, Charlottenlund, Denmark.
1926 Campbell, Miss M. S., F.L.S., Easter Tegarmuchd, Aberfeldy,
Perthshire.
1931 Chapple, J. F. G., F.L.S., The Brackens, Nicholas Way,
Northwood, Middlesex.
1914 Davy, Lady, Wayside, Lawn Road, Pennington, Lymington,
Hants.
1935 Drabble, Mrs. E., Tregudda, Ayr, St. Ives, Cornwall.
1955 Hylander, Dr. N., Botaniska Museet, Uppsala 1, Sweden.
1937 Jansen, P., Frans van Mierisstraat 128, Amsterdam, Nether-
lands.
1955 Jovet, Dr. P., Laboratoire de Phanérogamie, Muséum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, 57 Rue Cuvier, Paris 5, France.
1908 Kiikenthal, Dr. G., Untere Klinge 9, Coburg, Germany.
1955 Lawalrée, Dr. A., 3 Avenue van Elderen, Bruxelles, Belgium.
1955 Lid, J., Botanisk Museum, Oslo 45, Norway.
1928 Price, W. R., B.A., F.L.S., 64 Elsworthy Road, London,
N.W.8.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 419
1928 Rechinger, Dr. K. H., Friedrichstrasse 6, Wein 1, Austria.
1915 Ridley, H. N., ©.M.G., M.A., F.R.S., 7 Cumberland Road,
Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
1920 Swanton, E. W., O.B.E., A.L.S., ‘‘Littleton’’, 3 Derwent
Avenue, Whitton, Twickenham, Middlesex.
1937 Vermeulen, Dr. P., Wodanstraat 14, Amsterdam-Zuid, Nether-
lands.
1955 Vilmorin, R. de, Etablissements Vilmorin-Andrieux, Herbier
Vilmorin, Verriéres-le-Buisson, Seine et Oise, France.
ORDINARY, LIFE, JUNIOR, FAMILY AND SUBSCRIBER
MEMBERS
1952 Abbott, W. E., M.Sc., 36 Patterdale Road, Woodthorpe, Not-
tingham.
1929 Abell, Miss L., Thorndale, Andoversford, Cheltenham, Glos.
1943 Abell, Rev. R. B., M.A., Bussage Vicarage, Stroud, Glos.
1954 S Aberystwyth, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth
Library, Aberystwyth, Cards.
1928 Ackerley, Miss M. E., 107 West View, Clitheroe, Lancs.
1914 L Adair, G. S., M.A., F.R.S., Low Temperature Station, Down-
ing Street, Cambridge.
1951 Adams, F. W., 141 Sandygate Road, Sheffield, 10.
1920 Adams, Rev. J. H., M.A., Llandulph Rectory, Saltash, Corn-
wall.
1928 Adams, L. T., 96 Burman Road, Shirley, Birmingham.
1912 Adamson, Prof. R. S., M.A., Dept. of Botany, University of
Cape Town, S. Africa.
1953 J Adcock, John A., 50 Sandy Lane, Norwich.
1949 Allen, D. E., 51 Oxford Road, Moseley, Birmingham, 13.
1944 Allen, G. O., St. Oswalds, Enton Green, Godalming, Surrey.
1955 J Allott, Miss Margaret C., ‘‘Newtonmore’’, 69 Downs Hill,
Beckenham, Kent.
1934S Alston, A. H. -G., M.A.,-F.L.S:, Dept. of Botany, British
Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London,
S.W.7.
1954 Alvin, K. L., 20 Highfield Road, Hornchurch, Essex.
1951 Ambrose, F., Glendora, Cookham Rise, Maidenhead, Berks.
1953 Amshoff, Dr. G. J. H., Utrechtseweg 194, Oesterbeek, Nether-
lands.
1955 S Amsterdam, Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Weten-
schappen, Kloveniersburgwal 29, Amsterdam, Netherlands.
1951 S Amsterdam Universiteitz-Bibliotheek, Singel 421, Amsterdam,
Netherlands.
1953 andrews, 1©. Hs A; B.Sse. “AJR EB-AL. © L.S., 114. Oxford
Road, Moseley, Birmingham, 138.
1953 Andrews, Miss Janet, B.Sc., Hillcrest, Southfield Road, Burley
in Wharfedale, Yorks.
iS
420
1955
1954
195]
1929
1951
1954
1952
1947
1951
1952
1954
1952
1954
1951
1947
1951
1949
1949
1948
1946
1946
1954
1954
1936
1953
1954
1954
1955
1949
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Andrews, Miss Marjorie, B.Sc., County of Stafford Training
College, Nelson Hall, near Stafford.
Angel, A., 72 St. Donatt’s Road, London, 8.1.14.
Appleyard, Mrs. J., 98 Moore Avenue, Bradford, 6, Yorks.
Ash, G. M., F.L.S., Alding, Grayswood, Haslemere, Surrey.
Ashhurst, Miss D. E., 1 Heron Court, Alexandra Road,
Epsom, Surrey.
Ashton, Mrs. Mary R., Kingsbury, Dunstable, Beds.
Association of School Natural History Societies. See Harrow
Weald.
Atkinson, Robert, Rocky Lane, Henley-on-Thames, Oxon.
Atkinson, W., F.R.A.S., 2 Duke Street, Penrith, Cumber-
land.
Attenborough, Miss S. J., 18 Forest Ridge, Keston, Kent.
Bailey, A. G., 177 Langley Way, West Wickham, Kent.
Baker, Dr. H. G., Botany Dept., The University, Leeds, 2,
Yorks.
Baldry, A. F., lla Parkside Way, N. Harrow, Middlesex.
Balfour; A. .<P., A.H-:R.-H.S.,. F.L.S8.,. “Cranfords- pPeppara
Common, Oxon.
Balfour, Mrs. E. J., B.Sc., Newton Hall, Windygates, Fife.
Balme, Miss O. E., Cherry Trees, Rotherfield Greys, Henley-on-
Thames, Oxon.
Bangerter, E. B., 51 Springfield Avenue, London, N.10.
Bangor, University College of North Wales, Bangor, Caer-
narvon.
Bannister, C. W., Northway Cottage, Ashchurch, near Tew-
kesbury, Glos.
Bannister, H. E., The Red Cottage, Little Heath Lane, Pot
ten End, Berkhampstead, Herts.
Baring, Hon. Mrs. G., Empshott Grange, Liss, Hants.
Barker, Rev. P. R., Woolpit Rectory, Bury St. Edmunds,
Suffolk.
Barling, D. M., Ammonite Cottage, Stroud Road, Cirencester,
Glos.
Barnes, Mrs. Egbert, Hungerdown, Seagry, Chippenham,
Wilts.
Barnes, Miss Ruth M., Castle Museum, Norwich, Norfolk.
Barnsdale, Miss Marguerite E., 6 Orchard Drive, London,
S.E.3.
Barnsley Naturalist & Scientific Society (Secretary: R. S.
Atkinson, F.R.A.S.), c/o 46 White Hill Avenue, Barns-
ley, Yorks.
Barrow, L. V. G., Black Buoy Cottage, Wivenhoe, Essex.
S Barrow Naturalists’ Field. Club (Secretary: G. Wilson), 91
Yarlside Road, Barrow in Furness, Lanes.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 42]
Bartle, Miss Joan E., B.Sc., Withybush, Manley Road, Ben
Rhydding, Ilkley, Yorks.
Barton, Miss F. M., 19 Park Street, Bath, Somerset.
Barton, Mrs. M., c/o The British Council, 65 Davies Street,
London, W.C.1.
Basden, EK. B., 7 Leyden Park, Bonnyrigg, Midlothian.
Baylis, Miss D., Westwick, Barnhorn Road, Bexhill-on-Sea,
Sussex.
Beak, P. G., Commonwealth Forestry Institute, South Parks
Road, Oxford.
Beaver, R. A., 9 The College, Keele, Staffs.
Beetham, J. T. H., 50 Henley Road, Southsea, Hants.
Bemrose, G. J. V., City Museum & Art Gallery, Hanley, Stoke-
on-Trent, Staffs.
Bendix, M., The Guards Club, 16 Charles Street, Berkeley
Square, London, W..1.
Benl, Dr. Gerhard, Botanische Staastssamlung, Menzinger-
strasse 67, Munich, Germany.
Benoit, P. M., Pencarreg, Barmouth, Merioneth.
Benson-Evans, Miss K., M.Sc., F.L.S., Somerset Lodge,
Merthyr-Mawr Road, Bridgend, Glamorgan.
Bergen Universitets Biblioteket, Bergen, Norway.
Bergin, James, 20 Liffey Avenue, Crossacres, Wythenshawe,
Manchester.
Best, F. C., Vivod, Llangollen, Denbigh.
Bexon, Miss D., M.Sc., F.L.S., The University, Nottingham.
Biggar, Miss E. I., Corbieton, Castle-Douglas, Kirkcudbright.
Bingley, F. J.. M. ine Flatford Mill Field Centre; East Berg-
holt, near Golohestar, Fissex.
Birkett, Lady D. M., c/o Coutts & Co., 1 Cadogan Place,
Sloane Street, oncom! S.W.1.
, Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery (Keeper, Dept. of
Natural History), Birmingham, 3.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society, 4
Greenfield Crescent, Birmingham, 15.
Birmingham Public Libraries, (The City Librarian), Birming-
ham, 1.
Birminehatd University of, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 16.
Bitton, E. Q., Church Para, Runhall, Norwich.
Eline Svea, K. B., D.Se., Botany Dept., King’s College,
_ Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Blaikley, Miss N. M., M.Sc., 14 Marion Road, Southsea, Hants.
Bloomer, H. H., Longdown, Sunnydale Road, Swanage, Dorset.
Bogor, Bibliotheca Bogoriensis, (Mrs. C. M. den Herder van
Veen, Librarian), Djalan Raya 20, Bogor, Java, Indonesia.
Bolitho, Mrs. A., All Saints House, Axminster, Devon.
Bond, Dr. T. EK. T., Horticultural Science Laboratories,
Bracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol, 8.
T|
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Boniface, Ronald A., 5 Grosvenor Road, London, W.4.
Booth, Mrs. A., 18 Besom Lane, Millbrook, Stalybridge,
Cheshire.
Booth, Miss E. M., Lucy’s Wood, Newtownbarry, Co. Wexford,
Irish Republic.
Bor, N. L., C.I.E., M.A., D.Sc., Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,
Richmond, Surrey.
Borrill, M., ‘‘Tradiddan’’, Ynyslas, Borth, Cardigan.
Bowden, B. N., B.Sc., University Dept. of Botany, South
Parks Road, Oxford.
Bowen, H. J. M., Magdalen College, Oxford.
Boyd, R. A., Dept. of Botany, University of New England,
Armidale, New South Wales, Australia.
Bradbury, J. F., A.L.S., 12 London Road, Pulborough, Sussex.
Bradshaw, A. D., B.A., Dept. of Agricultural Botany, Memo-
rial Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Bradshaw, Miss E., 156 Appley Lane, Appley Bridge, Wigan,
Lancs.
Bradshaw, Miss M. E., B.Sc., West Croft, Tibthorpe, Driffield,
E. Yorks.
Braid, Prof. K. W., O0.B.E., M.A., B.Sc., 48 Buchanan Street,
Milngavie, Glasgow.
Brenan, J. P. M., M.A., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Brett, D. W., 43 Penrhyn Avenue, London, E.17.
Brett, Miss O. E., B.Sc., 13 The Vale, Woodford Green, Essex
Brighton Public Library, Church Street, Brighton, 1, Sussex.
Bristol Central Library (City Librarian), College Green, Bristol.
Bristow, Miss H. M., B.Sc., White Walls, 8 Shirley Avenue,
Leicester.
British Empire Naturalists’ Association. See Guildford.
Britten, H., 21 Tollers Lane, Old Coulsdon, Surrey.
Broad, P. D., 59 Woodlark Road, Cambridge.
Brokenshire, F. A., 2 Rock Avenue, Barnstaple, Devon.
Brooke, Miss W. M. A., F.L.S., 300 Philip Lane, London, N.15.
Brooklyn Botanic Gardens, 1000 Washington Avenue, Brooklyn
20, NV Ae
Brown, G. C., 16 Lion Walk, Colchester, Essex.
Brown, G. M., B.Se., A.R.C.S., 176 Wricklemarsh Road, Lon-
don, S.E.3.
Brown, John, 16 Stafford Road, Sheffield, 2.
Brown, Miss M. I., Gatehouse, Ditchingham, Bungay, Suffolk.
Bruce, Miss E. A., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Bruce, J. M., A.M.C.T., Gwydyr Forester Training School,
Capel Curig, Bettws-y-Coed, Caernarvon.
Brunker, J. P., 28 Grosvenor Place, Rathgar, Dublin, Irish
Republic.
3
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 493
1945 S Brussels, Jardin Botanique de |’Etat, 236 Rue Royale, Brus-
1950
1955
1947
1951
1935
1951
1955
1930
1954
1954
1952
1931
1952
1946
1954
1948
1948
1921
1954
1947
1936
1950
1952
1953
1950
1947
e
sels, Belgium.
Bruxner, C. J., Pippins, Newick, Lewes, Sussex.
Buckle, Mrs. G. E., Bank House, 105 Rowlands Road, Worth-
ing, Sussex.
Buckle, Oliver, Bank House, 105 Rowlands Road, Worthing,
Sussex.
Buckle, Miss W. I., 74 Sheepcot Lane, Watford, Herts.
Bull, Mrs H., Upper House, West Burton, Pulborough, Sussex.
Bull, K. E., 18 The Pantiles, Tunbridge Wells, Kent.
Bullock, R. C., B.Sc., 3 Sunny Hill Villas, Bruton, Somerset.
Bunker, H. E., 18 Abingdon Drive, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston,
Lancs.
Bunting, William, 27 Alexandra Street, Thorne, via Doncaster,
Yorks.
Burford, Miss P. H., B.A., Rossholme, East Brent, near High-
bridge, Somerset.
Burges, Prof. A., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The Univer-
sity, Liverpool, 3. |
ipumves sive C.cdian MAR MiUBY geb ©. - WLS 10: ~Pritchatts
Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 15.
Burnett, D. H., M.B.E., Tandridge Hall, near Oxted, Surrey.
Burnett, Dr. J. H., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The Uni-
versity, Liverpool, 3.
Burrows, Dr. Elsie M., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The
University, Liverpool, 3.
Burton, C. W., Maybank, Monkwood, Ropley, Alresford,
Hants.
Burtt, B. L., B.Sce., Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
Butcher, R. W., B.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S., Cotherstone Cottage.
Hillside Road, Burnham-on-Crouch, Essex.
Butler, Miss G. M., Holme Dene, Upper Batley, Batley,
Yorks.
Butler, Miss K. I., 18 Morgan Road, Reading, Berks.
Cadbury, Miss Dorothy A., 73 Wellington Road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham, 15. 5
Cadbury, C. J., Beaconwood, Rednal, Birmingham.
Caddy, Dr. D., 16 Cypress Avenue, Crews Hill, Enfield,
Middlesex.
Cadell, Mrs. C. M. A., c/o Westminster Bank, Barnstaple, N.
Devon.
Cadman, J. R., 1 Park View, Barony, Nantwich, Cheshire.
Calder, M. G., B.Sc., Ph.D., Botany Dept., The University,
Manchester, 20. |
1950 S California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
eisco, California, U.S.A.
M
DM
E>
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
California, Pomona College Library, Claremont, California,
WW SeAy
Callen, Dr. E. O., Faculty of Agriculture, McGill University,
Montreal, Canada.
Cambridge, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass., U.S.A.
Cambridge, National Institution of Agricultural Botany,
Huntingdon Road, Cambridge.
Cambridge, University of, Botany School, Downing Street,
Cambridge.
Campbell, Dr. Bruce, Hordley, Woodstock, Oxon.
Cannon, J. F. M., B.Sc., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, British
Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London,
S.W.7.
Cannon, Mrs. M. J., B.Sc., 54 Westfield Avenue, Sanderstead,
Surrey.
Canterbury and District Birdwatchers’ Association, Botanical
Section (Hon. Sec., Mrs. E. Brickenden), 23 The Crescent,
Chartham, near Canterbury, Kent.
Cardew, Major J. W., 44 Putnoe Lane, Bedford.
Cardiff, National Museum of Wales, Dept. of Botany (Keeper,
iE) AS, Aiyde,»MizAc,. Byes) 9 Carditte
Carey, Miss R., Peakland P.N.E.U. School, Buxton, Derby.
Carlisle Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery, Carlisle,
Cumberland.
Carmarthen, The West Wales Field Society, c/o Mrs. H. R. H.
Vaughan, M.B.E., Nantymwyn, Rhandirmwyn, Llandovery,
Carmarthen.
Carr, John W., B.A., Windy Corner, Vicarage Hill, South
Benfleet, Essex.
Carrothers, E. N., 21 Linenhall Street, Belfast, Northern
Treland.
Carter, J. E., 38 Kennington Road, Fulwood, Preston, Lancs.
Castell, C. P., B.Se., 52 Graham Road, London, S.W.19.
Cave, B. V., 161 Grangehill Road, London, S.E.9.
Chadwick, N. L., M.Se., 37 Castle Road, Salisbury, Wilts.
Chamberlain, Miss Y. M., Dept. of Botany, British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Chambers, V. H., Ph.D., A.R.C.S., 47 Westbourne Road,
Luton, Beds.
Chambré, Mrs. C. B. M., Hawthorn Hill, Killeavy, Newry,
Northern Treland.
Chandler, M. R., 18 Hamlyn Avenue, Anlaby High Road, Hull,
Yorks.
Chandler, S. E., O.B.E., D.Se., F.L.S., 59 Anerley Park, Lon-
don, S.E.20.
Chapman, Hon. Mrs. D. B., Dingley Hill, Bradfield, Berks,
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS A495
Chase, Capt. C. D., Campbell College, Belfast, N.1, Northern
Treland.
Cheltenham and District Naturalists’ Society, (Hon. Secretary,
M. G. Noll), 6 College Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
Chidell, J. W. P., 93 Worcester Road, Cheam, Surrey.
Child, Miss H., 42 Lowndes Street, London, S.W.1.
Chislehurst, County Grammar School for Girls, (The Head-
mistress), Beaverwood Road, Perry Street, Chislehurst,
Kent.
Christmas, M. J., 72 Northumberland Road, New Barnet,
Herts.
Churchman, Miss Nancy, Melton Lodge, Woodbridge, Suffolk.
Churchman, Miss Violet, Melton Lodge, Woodbridge, Suffolk.
Cincinnati, Lloyd Library and Museum, (Mrs. Corinne M.
Simons, Librarian), 309 West Court Street, Cincinnati,
Ohio, U.S.A.
Clapham, Prof. A. R., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany,
The University, Sheffield, 10.
Clark, William A., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany,
King’s College, Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Clayton, Mrs. M. H., 8 The Boltons, London, S.W.10.
Clokie, Mrs. Hermia N., B.A., B.Litt., 33 Chalfont Road,
Oxford.
Cobbett, Lt.-Col. W. O., Worton, Devizes, Wilts.
Cocke, M. H., 21 Hornyold Road, Malvern Link, Worcs.
Codrington, Lt.-Col. J., 22 Eaton Mews South, London, S.W.1.
Cole, M. J., 5 Cranwich Avenue, London, N.21.
Collenette, C. L., Hartsfield Manor, Betchworth, Surrey.
Collett, G. W., 174 Sheldon Road, Chippenham, Wilts.
Collett, T. G., 6 Kent Avenue, London, W.13.
Collins, Brian E., B.Sc., 5 Tranmere Road, Whitton, Hounslow,
Middlesex.
Colthurst, Mrs. M. L., Stonecrop, Wembdon Hill, Bridgwater,
Somerset.
Colyer, J. M., 3 Wyehurst Gardens, Bexhill-on-Sea, Sussex.
Conder, P. J., 5 Bedales, Scaynes Hill, near Haywards Heath,
Sussex.
Conolly, Miss Ann C., Dept. of Botany, University College,
Leicester.
Cooke, R. B., Kilbryde, Corbridge, Northumberland.
Coombe, David K., The Botany School, Downing Street, Cam-
bridge.
Copenhagen, Botanisk Centralbibliotek, Gothersgade 130,
Copenhagen, Denmark.
Copithorne, Dr. R. E. C., Keri, Oulton Road, Lowestoft,
Suffolk.
Cordiner, Miss E. G., Trevelyan Cottage, Rosudgeon, Penz-
ance, Cornwall. :
1954
1946
1954
1950
1947
1915
1942
1954
1955
1935
1952
1947
1918
1951]
1946
1951
1952
1952
1953
1951
1955
1938
S)
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Corke, H. T., M.A., 87 Finborough Road, London, S.W.10.
Corner, J. H., 26 The Common, London, W.5.
Cory, Miss A. M., Fullerton Manor, Andover, Hants.
Cory, Mrs. C. M., The Grange, St. Brides-super-Ely, near
Cardiff, Glamorgan.
Cotton, Miss Hana, Pershteen, The Drive, Longfield, Kent.
Cotton, Mrs. N. E., 77 Arnold Road, Shirley, near Birmingham.
Coulthard, C. E., 51 Henry Road, West Bridgford, Notting-
ham.
Cowling, D. W. M., B.Sc., Grassland Research Station, Hur-
ley, Maidenhead, Berks.
Cowling, Mrs. M., B.Sc., Grassland Research Station, Hurley,
Maidenhead, Berks.
Cox, Sir Christopher, K.C.M.G., c/o Colonial Office, 15 Vic-
toria Street, London, S.W.1.
Cox, Miss Peggy, ‘‘Wingfield House’’, 107 Marsh Road, Luton,
Beds.
Coxhead, G. W., 5 Rochester Avenue, Bromley, Kent.
Crabbe, J. A., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural His-
tory), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Crackles, Miss F. E., B.Sc., 143 Hoimgarth Drive, Bellfield
Avenue, Hull, Yorks.
Cranbrook, Dowager Countess of, Snape Priory, Saxmundham,
Suffolk.
Creed, Dr. R. S., M.A., New College, Oxford.
Crichton-Stuart, Lady Colum, c/o Coutts & Co., 440 Strand,
London, W.C.2.
Cross. D. W., 124 Hampton Road West, Hanworth, Middlesex.
Cross, P. J., 124 Hampton Road West, Hanworth, Middlesex.
Cross, Hon. Marjorie, Ash House, Millom, Cumberland.
Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society, 2 Lansdowne
Road, Croydon, Surrey.
Crundwell, A. C., B.A., Dept. of Botany, The University,
Glasgow, W.2.
Cruttwell, Rev. N. E. G., Dogurla, via Samarai, British New
Guinea.
Culshaw, Rev. J. C., Hartley, Fonthill Road, Bath, Somerset.
Cumming, Richard, 2 Windsor Street, Hillside, Edinburgh, 7.
Cunnell, G. J., 56 The Warren, Heston, Hounslow, Middlesex.
Cunningham, Miss M. H., Seabank, Campbeltown, Argyll.
Curnow, P. W., D.F.M., B.Sc., F.G.S., Casimir Place, Dali-
burgh, South Uist, Inverness-shire.
Currie, Andrew, 134 Brunton Gardens, Edinburgh, 7.
Dalby, D. H., 108 Gordon Road, Camberley, Surrey.
Dalby, Miss G. W., 108 Gordon Road, Camberley, Surrey.
Dalby, Mrs Diana, 7 Lincoln House, Basil Street, London,
S.W.3.
1950
1954
1947
1947
195)
1951
1944
1950
1953
1954
1937
1922
1946
1949
1936
19438
1953
1955
1952
1950
1950
1954
1952
1937
1952
1951
1941
1950
1931
1953
I
uy
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 427
Dandy, J. E., M.A., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell Koad, London, S.W.7.
Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club (T. N. Seal-
ing, Secretary), 17 West Auckland Road, Darlington.
David, R. W:, c/o Cambridge University Press, 200 Euston
Road, London, N.W.1.
Davidson, D., B.Sc., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks
Road, Oxtord.
Davie, J. H., B.Se., Ph.D., Clifton College, Bristol, 8.
Davies, Miss Elizabeth W:, Ph.D., George’s Plot, Abbots Leigh,
Bristol.
Davies, H. B., 3 West lkoad, Prestwich, near Manchester.
Davies, H. I., Elidir, College Street, Ammanford, Carmarthen.
Davies, Mrs. H. R., 112 Coleherne Court, London, S.W.65.
Davies, Mrs. M. L., Little Stoke Farm, Patchway, near
Bristol.
Davis, Owen, 16 Park Road, Sheerness, Kent.
Davis, Dr. P. H., University Dept. of Botany, Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh.
Day, Miss E., 82 Strand Street, Sandwich, Kent.
Day, Francis M., c/o Lloyd’s Bank Ltd., Malvern, Worcs.
Day, Miss Gwendoline H., Harrold, Beds.
Deakin, R. H., Harvey Road, Canford Magna, Wimborne,
Dorset.
Dent, G., Speedwell, Wych Cross, Forest Row, Sussex.
Dent, Miss H. S. A., J.P., Flass, Maulds Meaburn, Penrith,
Yumberland.
Dewey, Miss O. R., 14 Tootswood Road, Bromley, Kent.
Dick, M. W., 6 Fairway, London, S.W.20.
Diemer, Miss D., Arnewood, 178 Melton Road, West Bridg-
ford, Nottingham.
Diver, Capt. C., C.B., C.B.E., F.L.S., Rushmere Cottage,
Frensham, Farnham, Surrey.
Dodd, A. J., 9 Fullands Avenue, Taunton, Somerset.
Dodge, J. D., 49 Bradbourne Lane, Ditton, near Maidstone,
Kent.
Dolman, G., 221 The Causeway, Petersfield, Hants.
Dony, J. G., Ph.D., 41 Somerset Avenue, Luton, Beds. ©
Downer, C. S., 6 Mapperley Park Drive, Nottingham.
Drummond, R. B., B.Sc., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Dublin, National Museum of Eire (The Acting Director), Kil-
dare Street, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 19 Dawson Street, Dublin, Irish
Republic.
Duncan, Miss Ursula K., B.A., F.L.S., Parkhill, Arbroath,
Angus.
Dupree, T. W. J. D., Flat 3, 43 Clarence Parade, Southsea,
Hants.
428
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBELS
1941 S Durham Colleges, Science Library, South Road, Durham.
1952
1952
1955
1949
1954
1932
1950
1954
1931
1952
1954
1930
1930
1919
1954
1950
1947
1954
1948
1950
1933
1937
1950
1950
1945
1952
1954
1947
1949
1948
NM
_
Dyce, J. W., Hilltop, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex.
Eagles, T. R., 32 Abbey Road, Enfield, Middlesex.
5 East Ham Grammar School for Boys’ Natural History Society,
Sussex Road, London, K.6.
Eastwood, Mrs. J. F., 5 Sloane Court, London, S.W.3.
Eaton, Miss Lilian H., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Morden Cliff,
107 Morden Hill, London, S.EH.13.
Edees. E. S., M.A., 19 Dartmouth Avenue, Westlands, New-
castle, Staffs.
Edinburgh, Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace, Edin-
burgh, 9.
Eggeling, Dr. W. J., Brackness House, Anstruther, Fife.
Eliot, Lady Alethea, 8 Carlyle Square, London, S.W.3.
Elliot, Rev. E. A., South Stoke Vicarage, near Reading, Berks.
Elliott, Ronald J., M.C., B.Sc., Ph.D., Merlewood Research
Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Ellis, A. E., M.A., F.L.S., Epsom College, Epsom, Surrey.
Ellis, E. A., Castle Museum, Norwich.
Elis, Edgar W., Gedham, Ossett, Yorks.
Entrican, Miss Mary C., 12 Southwood Lane, London, N.6.
Erith, Dr. A. G., 70 Highmoor Road, Caversham, Reading,
Berks.
Esplan, Mrs Ceres, The Dairy House, Mill Road, Arundel,
Sussex.
Evans, Miss Elizabeth M., B.Sc., Ph.D., Merlewood Research
Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Kvans, Ivor W., Hafod House, 46 Horfield Road, St. Michaels,
Bristol, 2.
Exeter, Roborough Library, University College of the South
West of England, Prince of Wales Road, Exeter, Devon.
Kyre, Mrs. R. S. K., Allen’s Farm, Five Ashes, near Mayfield,
Sussex.
Fanshawe, D. B., c/o Forest Dept., P.O. Box 228, Ndola, N.
Rhodesia.
' Farenden, Mrs. J., 88 Harewood Road, Isleworth, Middlesex.
Farenden, W. [I., 83 Harewood Road, Isleworth, Middlesex.
Farmer, Dr. A. J., M.B., Ch.B., c/o Rev. L. J. Farmer, The
Manse, Chatton, near Wooler, Northumberland.
l’armer, C., 16 Woodberry Way, London, E.4.
Farnol, Mrs. E., Rook’s Farm, Bishopswood, Chard, Somerset.
Farquharson, Mrs. J., The Manor, Homington, Salisbury,
Wilts.
Farquharson, Miss M. M., Craig Mount School, Scone Palace,
Perth.
Fawkes, F. 8S. E., Haresfield, Bessels Green, Sevenoaks, Kent.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS A429
Ferreira, Robert IK. C., St. Catherines, Windermere, West-
morland.
Field, John A., 11 Oak Tree Gardens, Bromley, Kent.
Fielding, J. L., The Gables, Lower Road, Little Hallingbury,
Bishops Stortford, Herts.
Fincher, Frederick, Randan Wood, Woodcote, Bromgrove,
Worcs.
Fisher, Dr. H. J. W., 25 Broomy Hill, Hereford.
Fitter, R. S. R., Drifts, Chinnor Hill, Oxford.
Fitzgerald, Mrs. V. H., 24 Castellain Road, London, W.9.
Fleming, Dr. G. W. T. H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.L.S., Barn-
wood House, Gloucester.
Fletcher, H. J., 51 Grenoble Gardens, London, N.13.
Foottit, A. C., Scredington Vicarage, Sleaford, Lincs.
Forrest, J. T., Little Udston, Hamilton, Lanark.
Frankland, J. N., ‘‘St. Leonards’’, Station Road, Giggleswick,
Settle, Yorks.
Franks, Miss H., 262 South Norwood Hill, London, S.#.25.
French, Miss E. H., B.Sc., St. Christopher’s School, Bath,
Somerset.
Frost, L. C., M.A., Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge.
Frost, Miss L. Winifred, 98 Bolton Road, Salford, 6, Lancs.
Frowde, Miss Dora M., Elmsleigh, Colerne, Chippenham, Wilts.
Furneaux, P. J. S., ‘‘Southenay’’, Sellindge, near Ashford,
Kent.
Gahan, 22747705, L/Cpl. P. B., Recruit Instructors’ Course,
Education Centre, No. 1 Trg. Bn. R.E.M.E., Blandford
Camp, Blandford, Dorset.
Galt, R. W. C., West African Institute for Oil Palm Research,
Sub-station, Njala, via Mano, Sierra Leone.
Gardiner, J. C., F.C.A., 61 Coleherne Court, London, S.W.5.
Garlick, G. W., 147 Melrose Avenue, Yate, near Bristol.
Garnett, Miss G. A., 16 The Downs, London, S.W.20.
Garnett, Rev. P. M., 16 Loane Road, Sholing, Southampton.
Garratt, Mrs. B. EK. M., High Chimneys, Battle, Sussex.
Garside, Miss H. D., 18 Elm Gardens, Welwyn Garden City,
Herts.
Gaunt, Alfred, Bryn Gwilym, Llangollen, Denbigh.
Gay, Mrs. J., Dept. of Botany, University College, Gower
Street, London, W.C.1.
Gay, P. A., Dept. of Botany, University College, Gower
Street, London, W.C.1.
Geneve Conservatoire et Jardin Botanique, (Directeur, Prof.
C. Baehni), rue de Lausanne 192, Geneva, Switzerland.
German, Mrs. P., Newlands, The Plantation, Durrington,
Worthing, Sussex.
Gibbons, Miss E. J., The Hall, Holton le Moor, Lincoln.
1925
1950
1946
1950
1938
1938
1951
1929
1944
1919
1941
TR
1953
1955
1920
(Op)
I
—
oa
P
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Gibby, Mirs.: Ac N.j2 BSc); A.R.LC.. LS: Prebend’s Gate;
Quarry Heads Lane, Durham.
Gibson, Mrs G. C., The Old Rectory, Clapham, Worthing,
Sussex.
Gilbert, John ., ‘‘Riverside’’, Wansford, Peterborough,
Northants.
Gilbert, O. L., 46 Roundwood Park, Harpenden, Herts.
Gilbert-Carter, Dr. H., M.A., M.B., Ch.B., Thatches, Hol-
combe, Dawlish, Devon.
Gill, Mrs. M. M., 7 Victoria Avenue, Cheadle Hulme, Cheshire.
Gilmour, J. S. L., M.A., F.L.S., Cory Lodge, Hills Road,
Cambridge.
Gilmour, Mrs. §., 48 Defoe Avenue, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Gimingham, Dr. C. H., Dept. of Botany, University of Aber-
deen, Old Aberdeen.
Glaister, Mrs. E., 12 Grey Close, London, N.W.11.
Glasnevin Botanic Gardens (The Keeper), Dublin, Irish
Republic.
Glendinning, D. R., c/o Foyer Farel, Passage Mon-Muron 4,
Neuchatel, Switzerland.
Goddard, W. J., Fairfields, Manor Lane, Ollerton, Knutsford,
Cheshire.
Godward, Dr. M.B.E., 8 Deyncourt Gardens, Upminster, Essex.
Goodhart, Mrs. M. S., West Thorpe, Lymington, Hants.
Goodman, Miss C. M., 2 Victoria Road, Harborne, Birming-
neon, 1/
Goodway, K. M., Dept. of Biology, University College of North
Staffordshire, Keele, Staffs.
Gordon, Seton, C.B.E., Upper Duntuilm, Portree, Isle of Skye.
Gordon, Miss V., 23 Alder Grove, Waterloo, Liverpool, 22.
Goteborgs Botaniska Tradgard, Goteborg, Sweden.
Gough, F. C. G., Gorse Cliff, Nevin, Pwllheli, Caernarvon.
Gough, Mrs. H., Rossbeg, Rosscahill, Galway, Irish Republic.
Gough, J. W., M.A., 43 Sandfield Road, Headington, Oxford.
Gould, H. C. F., Accolade, Ham Road, Liddington, Wilts.
Gourlay, W. Balfour, M.C., M.A., F.L.S., 7 Millington Road,
Cambridge.
Graddon, W. D., Rathgar, Park Lane, Congleton, Cheshire.
Graham, Mrs. E., Mint House, Woodside Road, Northwood,
Middlesex.
Graham, R. A., F.L.S., Mint House, Woodside Road, North-
wood, Middlesex.
Graham, Commander R. D., Stawell House, Bridgwater, Somer-
set.
Grange-over-Sands, Nature Conservancy, Merlewood Research
Station, Grange-over-Sands, Lanes.
Grant, Cosmo S., ‘‘Yitsn’’, Rayleigh Road, Thundersley, Essex.
Graveson, A. W., Tintagel, Stoke Road, Beaminster, Dorset.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 43]
Gray, Mrs. A. S., Weir Lodge, Kibworth, Leicester.
Gray, Henry, Yewtree Cottage, West Malling, Maidstone, Kent.
Gray, R. E. G., M.D., Southcote, Hindhead, Surrey.
Gray, Miss R. EH. K., The Rectory Cottage, Checkendon, Read-
ing, Berks.
Graz, Institut fiir Systematische Botanik und Botanischer
Garten der Universitat, Holteigasse 6, Graz, Austria.
Green, H. E., Wood Hey, Ness, Neston Wirral, Cheshire.
Green, P. S., Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
Greenfield, P., 18 Stuart Road, Warlingham, Surrey.
Greig-Smith, P., Dept. of Botany, University College of North
Wales, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Grenoble, Institut de Botanique, Faculte des Sciences, 9 Place
Bir-Hakeim, Grenoble, Isere, France.
Grierson, Miss Mary A., Palmers Lodge, Elstree, Herts.
Griffiths, Miss M. E., c/o Forest Herbarium, Imperial Forestry
Institute, Oxford.
Grigg, H. C., Arundel House, Stanwell, Staines, Middlesex.
Groningen, The Librarian, Botanical Laboratory, State
University, Groningen, Netherlands.
Grose, J. D., Downs Edge, Liddington, near Swindon, Wilts.
Grubb, Peter J., 11 Elmhurst Drive, Hornchurch, Hssex.
Guildford, British Empire Naturalists’ Association (G. A.
Hebditch, M.B.O.U.), 92 Rydes Hill Road, Guildford,
Surrey.
Guile, D. P. M., M.Sc., A.L.S., 51 Coity Road, Bridgend,
Glamorgan.
Gurney, Mrs. A. H., Walsingham Abbey, Norfolk.
Gurney, Miss C., Turleigh Mill, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts.
Gurney, John, Walsingham Abbey, Norfolk.
Gurteen, F. M., Honiley, Balcombe Road, Horley, Surrey.
Hadfield, Mrs. Nancy K., Bulls Grove, Putley, near Ledbury,
Hereford.
Hadlow, Miss M., B.Sc., 21 Flanders Mansions, London, W.4.
Haines, Mrs. EK. M., Appleslade, Linwood, Ringwood, Hants.
Haines, Miss G. M., Appleslade, Linwood, Ringwood, Hanis.
Haines, Mrs. J. W., Midhurst, Green Lane, Hucclecote,
Gloucester.
Haines, R. N. G., 167 High Street, Bloxwich, Walsall, Staiis.
Hainsworth, Miss Marguerite D., B.Sc., Winterdorf, 10 Trafal-
gar Road, Birkdale, Lancs.
Halifax Scientific Society (Hon. Treasurer, Mrs. Shaw), 4 Royd
Terrace, Saville Place, Halifax, Yorks.
Hall, F. T., 2 Hartington Terrace, West Road, Buxton, Derby.
Hall, P. C., 26 Luddesdon Road, Erith, Kent.
Hall, Mrs. P. C., 26 Luddesdon Road, Erith, Kent.
Hall, R. H., 11 Wroxham Drive, Wollaton, Nottingham.
Hambler, D. J., B.Sc., 146 Lancelot Avenue, Strood, Kent.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Handford, Derek D., 5 Rifts Avenue, Saltburn-by-Sea, Yorks.
Hanson, F. D., 39 Malvern Road, Acocks Green, Birmingham,
27.
Hanson, M. K., 145 Staveley Road, Leicester.
Harberd, D. J., Scottish Plant Breeding Station, Pentland-
field, Roslin, Midlothian.
Hardaker, W. H., 451 City Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 17.
Harding, W. F. W., B.Sc., 15 Place Victor Hugo, Arras, Pas-
de-Calais, France.
Hardinge of Penshurst, The Hon. Lady, Crichel, Wimborne,
Dorset.
Hardy, R. E., Meadowbank, 56 Brighton lRoad, Banstead,
Surrey.
Hare, Dr. C. Leighton, Dept. of Botany, The University,
Liverpool, 3.
Harley, J. L., M.A., D.Phil., University Dept. of Botany,
South Parks Road, Oxford.
Harley, R., Broadwell Manor, Lechlade, Glos.
Harris, Miss Anne S., Easton, Winchester.
Harrison, Sir Guy, Beenleigh Manor, Harbertonford, S. Devon.
Harrow Weald, Association of School Natural History Societies
(Field Studies Secretary, Miss J. Dawson), 79 Bishop Ken
Road, Harrow Weald, Middlesex.
Hart, Miss I. R. G., 25 Enys Road, Eastbourne, Sussex.
Harvey, D. R., 27 Knoll Rise, Orpington, Kent.
Harvey, F/O J. W., Ludbrook Cottage, Upper Raby Road,
Neston, Wirral, Cheshire.
S Haslemere Natural History Society, Hon. Secretary, Hasle-
mere Educational Museum, Haslemere, Surrey.
Hatton, G. G., Elmcroft, Tiptree Road, Great Braxted, near
Witham, Essex.
Hawkes, Dr. J. G., Dept. of Botany, The University, Edgbas-
ton, Birmingham, 15.
Hawkins, J. H., M.Se., Arncliffe Cottage, Arnside, near Carn-
forth, Westmorland.
Hay, J. A., 24 Burntwood Lane, Caterham, Surrey.
Haynes, Fred. N., Dept. of Botany, The University, Sheffield,
10.
Healy, A. J., 23 Ebdentown Road, Upper Hutt, Wellington,
New Zealand.
Heath, Rev. D. M., Little Compton Vicarage, Moreton-in-
Marsh, Glos.
Heaviside, Miss P., 25 Southgate Street, Bishop Auckland, Co.
Durham.
Hemsley, J. H., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanie Gardens,
Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Henderson. D. M., Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
1952
1933
1950
1951
1949
1917
1950
1955
1933
1949
1954
1953
1954
1949
1952
1946
1928
1946
1954
1952
1949
1954
1955
1954
1955
1953
1918
NM
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 433
Hensler, Major E., B.Sc., Gilead Balm, 12 Knighton Close,
Woodford Green, Essex.
Hepburn, Jan, M.A., B.Sc., 18 South Road, Peterborough.
Hepper, F..N., B.Sc., A.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, . Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Herefordshire Botanical Society (Hon. Secretary, Dr. B. G.
Levy), Style House, Withington, Hereford.
Herniman, R. H., Shopwyke Grange, Shopwyke, Chichester,
Sussex.
Heron, Miss May, Erclands, Ercall Lane, Wellington, Shrop-
shire.
Herrick, A. C., 8 Craddock’s Avenue, Ashtead, Surrey.
Hertford, John MJInnes_ Horticultural Institution (The
Librarian), Bayfordbury, Hertford.
Heslop-Harrison, Prof. J., M.Sc., Ph.D., Dept. of Botany,
The Queen’s University of Belfast, Belfast, Northern
Ireland.
Heslop-Harrison, Prof. J. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Dept.
of Agriculture, King’s College, Newcastle upon Tyne, 1.
Heywood, V. H., B.Sc., Pembroke College, Cambridge.
Hill, Miss Rosemary A., 24 Westland Drive, Hayes, Bromley,
Kent.
Hill, S. Ashton, Hillside, Elgin Road, Parkstone, Dorset.
Hinde, J. D., Sunny Cottage, Brigham, Cockermouth, Cum-
berland.
Hinson, D. J., 22 Leaside Avenue, London, N.10.
Hinton, Miss M. B., B.A., 56 The Goffs, Eastbourne, Sussex.
Hoare, Eustace B., 58 South Street, London, W.1.
Hodges, K. J., 1 Irvine Gardens, South Ockendon, Essex.
Holbek, Miss O., 42 Gardens Walk, Cambridge.
Holder, F. W., 17 Balmoral Drive, Southport, Lancs.
Holland, Sir J. S., Bt., M.A., c/o Central Mining and Invest-
ment Corporation Ltd., 1 London Wall Buildings, Lon-
don, EH.C.2.
Hollick, Miss K. M., The Old House, Ashbourne, Derby.
Holme, H. C., 23 Marlborough Place, London, N.W.8.
Hope-Simpson, J. F., M.A., D.Phil., Dept. of Botany, The
University, Bristol, 8.
Hopkins, B., 63 Kingsway, Pendlebury, Lancs.
Hopper, J. I., ‘‘Chyngton’”’, 3 West Way, Carshalton Beeches,
Surrey.
Horrell, M. J., Netherton, Upton Cross, Liskeard, Cornwall.
Horsman, John, 7 Foxwood Walk, Roundhay, Leeds, 8, Yorks.
Horwood, E. K., 48 Upperton Road, Leicester.
Howard, Miss E. M., Springhill Cottage, Petworth Road,
Haslemere, Surrey.
Howarth, W. O., D.Sc., F.L.S., Botany Dept., The Univer-
sity, Manchester, 13.
434
1946
1949
1949
1947
1947
1951
1933
1954
1950
1950
1946
1952
1955
1947
1951
1950
1951
1954
1949
1952
1950
1949
1933
1950
1947
1955
1954
1954
1954
1947
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Howell, William, 13 Balgowan Road, Beckenham, Kent.
Howitt, R. C. L., Farndon, Newark, Nottingham.
Howitt, Mrs. R. C. L., Farndon, Newark, Nottingham.
Hubbard, C. E., O.B.E., F.L.S.. c/o Thé Herbarium, Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Hughes, Dr. Marguerite, M.B., Ch.B., Hartwell Cottage,
Bisley, Stroud, Glos.
Hughes, Dr. R. E., The Nature Conservancy, c/o School of
Agriculture, University College of North Wales, Memorial
Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Hull, University College of, (Prof. R. d’O. Good, M.A., Repre-
sentative), The Librarian, Hull.
Hunt, Peter F., 19 Victoria Road, Frome, Somerset.
Hunter, Mrs. M. S., Glen Grant, Rothes, Moray.
Hurley, Grassland Research Station, Hurley, near Maidenhead.
Berks.
Hurst, Miss Barbara, Rusper Nunnery, Horsham, Sussex.
Hutchison, Miss A. R., Denecroft, Brodick, Isle of Arran.
Hyde, Mrs. L. T., The Croft, Green Road, Kendal, Westmor-
land.
Isaac, Miss M., 30 Pond Place, London, S.W.3.
Isherwood, Miss E. M. C., 26 White Post Hill, Redhill, Surrey.
Islington Public Libraries, (Chief Librarian and Curator),
Central Library, 68 Holloway Road, London, N.7.
Jackson, Major J. P. A., B.A., 25 Addison Park Mansions.
Richmond Way, London, W.14.
Jackson, P. R. Gidlow, 12 Maori Road, Guildford, Surrey.
Jacobs, V., State School 1426, Maude, via Bannockburn, Viec-
toria, Australia.
James, L., 19 Bushey Road, Ickenham, Uxbridge, Middlesex.
Jameson, J. H., M.A., 25 Radnor Road, Handsworth, Birming-
ham, 20.
Jaques, Miss M., Egmont, St. James’ Lane, Winchester,
Hants.
Jekyll, Francis, Munstead Wood, Heath Lane, Godalming,
Surrey.
Jermy, A. Clive, B.Se., A.L.S., Dept. of Botany, University
College of Leicester, Leicester.
Jermyn, S. T., 98 Western Road, Leigh-on-Sea, Essex.
Johnston, Miss F. K., 21 Mount Crescent, Tupsley, Hereford.
Jones, Dr. D. G., 57 Junction Road, Norton, Stockton-on-
Tees, Co. Durham.
Jones, Mrs. D. M., 24 Douglas Road, Harpenden, Herts.
Jones, Derek M., ‘‘Meo-Voto’’, Hill Road, Porchester, Hants.
Jones, E. W., M.A., Ph.D., Imperial Forestry Institute,
Oxford.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 435
Jones, Inigo, 30 Norris Green Road, West Derby, Liverpool, 12.
Jones, Miss M. M., St. Michael’s, Herne Road, Surbiton,
Surrey.
Jones, Miss Vera E., Mowbray, Wern Road, Skewen, Neath,
Glamorgan.
Jowett, D. W., 36 Wood Road North, Old Trafford, Man-
chester, 16.
Jowett, Miss E. B., Oreton Mount, Grange-over-Sands, Lancs.
Kear, Brian S., 31 Parkend Road, Bream, near Lydney, Glos.
Keeler, F., 33 Fleetwood Avenue, Herne Bay, Kent.
Kellett, Dr. E. G., 1 Parkfields, Welwyn Garden City, Herts.
Kent, Douglas H., 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.18.
Kertland, Miss M. P. H., M.Sc., 9 Knockdene Park North,
Belfast, Northern Ireland. :
Kew, Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,
Richmond, Surrey.
Kidd, L. N., F.R.E.S., 46 Eton Avenue, Coppice, Oldham,
Lancs. :
Kilby, Dr. B. A., Dept. of Biochemistry, 9 Hyde Terrace,
Leeds, 2.
Killick, H. J., 33 Grange Road, Bishops Stortford, Herts.
Kind, S. S., Flat 1, 33 Kent Road, Harrogate, Yorks.
King, Mrs. EK. L., Lindholme, The Park, Cheltenham, Glos.
Kingston-upon-Thames, The Tiffin Girls’ School, (Senior Bio-
logy Mistress), Richmond Road, Kingston-upon-Thames,
Surrey.
Kirby, Mrs. G. E., Sankey House, Brook, near Ashford, Kent.
Knight, G., 39 High Street, Northwood, Middlesex.
Knott, E., Swinhope Hall, Binbrook, Lincoln.
Kydd, Miss Sarah B., 968 Bristol Road, Birmingham, 29.
Lacey, William S., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.G.S., Dept. of Botany,
University College of North Wales, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Laidlaw, Miss R. G. B., c/o Dr. E. F. Laidlaw, Moniaive, St.
Lawrence, Ventnor, Isle of Wight.
Lambert, Dr. J. M., B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, The University,
Southampton.
Langridge, C., 1 St. Joseph’s Cottages, Upper Froyle, Alton,
Hants.
Larsen, L., 22 Maes Cadnant, Caernarvon.
Latham, J., The Beeches, Brambletye Park Road, Redhill,
Surrey.
Lavender, J. H., B.Sc., A.R.C.S., Heather Lodge, Burley
Road, Bransgore, Christchurch, Hants.
Lawfield, W. N., 345 South Lane, New Malden, Surrey.
Lawrence, Prof. G. H. M., Bailey Hortorium, Cornell Univer-
sity, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.
436
1954
1953
1949
1937
1938
1923
1954
1944
1924
1953
1951
1953
1955
1950
1931
1946
1943
1953
1951
1930
1951
1955
1952
1952
1954
1955
P
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Lawrence, Ian, 60 Cambridge Road, Linthorpe, Middles-
borough, Yorks.
Lawrie, Miss J. R., 6 Beresford Road, Bedford.
Laycock, T. R., B.Sc., 3 Bent Street, Longsight, Man-
chester, 12.
Leadbitter, Sir Eric, K.C.V.O., 160 Addiscombe Road, Croy-
don, Surrey.
Leather, Miss V. M., M.B.E., Vine Cottage, Ewshott, near
Farnham, Surrey.
Lee, John R., 96 Finlay Drive, Dennistoun, Glasgow, E.1.
Lee, W. H., 78 Barton Road, Kettering, Northants.
Leeds Central Library, The City Librarian, Central Library,
Leeds, 1.
Leicester Museum and Art Gallery, Leicester.
Le Mare, Derek V., 18 Astoria Mansions, Streatham High
Road, London, S.W.16.
Lemmon, R. A., 5 Tinwell Road, Stamford, Lincs.
Lennard, Lady, Woodcote, Churt, Surrey.
Le Sueur, Mrs. F., Four Winds, Mont Gras d’ Kau, St. Brelade,
Jersey.
Le Sueur, Mrs. K. H., 23 Rosary Gardens, London, S.W.7.
Lewis, J. S., Leckford Abbas, Stockbridge, Hants.
Lewis, R., 54 Greenside, Kendal, Westmorland.
Libbey, R. P., 148 Gaywood Road, Kings Lynn, Norfolk.
Liger, Dr. J., 52 Rue de la République, Rouen, France.
Lincolnshire Naturalists’ Union, (Hon. Secretary, F. T. Baker),
City and County Museum, Lincoln.
Lindquist, Prof. Bertil, Botanic Garden, Gothenburg, Sweden.
Little, D. A. J.. N.D.H., 25 Lannoweth Road, Penzance, Corn-
wall.
Little, Miss K. D., 19 The Avenue, Hitchin, Herts.
Littleboy, Miss S. M., Robin’s Acre, Saffron Walden, Essex.
Liverpool Botanical Society, (Hon. Secretary, Miss S. Reeve),
4 Booker Avenue, Liverpool, 18.
Liverpool, The Library, The University, Liverpool, 3.
Lloyd, V. E., M.C., M.B.B.S. (Lond.), 111 Highlands Heath,
Portsmouth Road, London, S.W.15.
London, Birkbeck College Library (University of London),
Malet Street, London, W.C.1.
London, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road,
London, S.W.7.
London, Forestry Commission, 25 Savile Road, London, W.1.
London, Linnean Society of, Burlington House, Piccadilly,
London, W.1.
London Natural History Society, Botanical Section, (Hon.
Secretary, F. E. Wrighton), 60 Evelyn Avenue, Ruislip,
Middlesex.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 437
London, Nature Conservancy, 19 Belgrave Square, London,
S.W.1.
London, Royal Horticultural Society, Vincent Square,
London, S.W.1.
London, Science Museum, London, S.W.7.
London, South London Botanical Institute, 323 Norwood Road,
London, S.E.24.
Long, Miss D. A. C., Little Madekin, Denton, near Canter-
bury, Kent.
Longfield, Miss C. E., 11 Iverna Gardens, London, W.8.
Louis-Arsene, Frére, Maison Principale des Fréres, Ploérmel,
Morbihan, France.
Lousley, J. E., 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
Love, Dr. A., Dept. of Botany, University of Manitoba, Win-
nipeg, Canada.
Lovis, J. D., 20 Holly Lane West, Banstead, Surrey.
Lowne, B. T., 41 Ladydell Road, Worthing, Sussex.
Lucas, R. L., 20 Clapham Road, Bedford.
Lunn, Miss Betty, 33 Jacksons Lane, London, N.6.
Lyon, A. G., Braco Lodge, Rubislaw Den North, Aberdeen.
Lyon, Dr. Kathleen M., 21 William Street, Dundee.
McClintock, D., M.A., Bracken Hill, Platt, Sevenoaks, Kent.
McCurdy, Dr. J. M., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 144 Old Road,
Ashton-in-Makerfield, Wigan, Lancs.
MacDonald, J., Woodcombe, Madeira Road, West Byfleet,
Surrey.
MacDonald, Dr. J. A., D.Se., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., Dept. of
Botany, The University, St Andrews, Fife.
MacDonald, Miss Mary M., B.Sc., 23 Glencairn Crescent,
Edinburgh, 12.
McFarlane, M., 151 St. Johns Road, Tunbridge Wells, Kent.
Mackechnie, R., B.Sc., A.L.S., 9 Skirving Street, Shawlands,
Glasgow, S.1.
Mackintosh, W., c/o 3 Craven Hill, London, W.2.
MacLachlainn, Miss Sine, B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, University
College of Wales, Aberystwyth, Cardigan.
McLean, Prof. R. C., M.A., D.Se., University College, New-
port Road, Cardiff.
Macleay, K. N. G., B.Se., Ph.D., Botany Dept., Gordon
Memorial College, Khartoum, Sudan.
Macleod, Dr. Anna M., Heriot-Watt College, Edinburgh.
McNally, P. H., ‘‘Aldeburie’’, Wick Lane, Devizes, Wilts.
McVean, D. N., Ph.D., 27 Huntley Avenue, Giffnock, Glasgow.
Maidstone Corporation Museum, Dept. of Natural History, St.
Faith Street, Maidstone, Kent.
Major, A. P., 21 Tufton Road, Rainham, Gillingham, Kent.
Male, Miss H. M., B. A., 45 Vista Drive, Ilford, Essex.
438
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1948 S Malham Tarn Field Centre (KE. J. Douglas, Assistant Warden),
1951
1923
1954
1930
1935
1947
1919
1947
1987
1935
Ss
Ss
|
near Settle, Yorks.
Mallinson, Mrs. M. B., The Rectory, Speldhurst, Kent.
Manchester Museum, The University, Manchester, 13.
Manton, Prof. Irene, Dept. of Botany, The University, Leeds.
Marks, C. E., Islington Cemetery, London, N.2.
Marlborough, The Wedgwood Herbarium, Marlborough College,
Marlborough, Wilts.
Marriott, Miss Mildred M., 63 Chalfont Road, Oxford.
Marsden-Jones, E., F.L.S., Close Cottage, Littleton Panell.
Devizes, Wilts.
Marshall, H. S., F.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Martin, Rev. W. Keble, M.A., F.L.S., Broadymead, Gidleigh,
Chagford, Newton Abbot, Devon.
Marwood, W. F. C., F.C.A., 2 Norfolk Street, Strand, London.
W.C.2.
Mason, Mrs. M. E., Treloyhan Lodge, St. Ives, Cornwall.
Massachusetts, Arnold Arboretum (The Librarian), Jamaica
Plain 30, Mass., U.S.A.
Matthews, Prof. J. R., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E., Botany Dept..
The University, Old Aberdeen.
Maxwell, Miss §., 819 Sideup Road, London, S.E.9.
Maycock, R., 17 Osborne Street, Bletchley, Bucks.
Meadows, P. H., F.R.Econ.S., Crag Neich, Five Crosses, Coed-
poeth, Wrexham, Denbigh.
Medwin, Miss E. M., Wood View, 80 Broomy Hill, Hereford.
Meikle, Robert D., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Melderis, Dr. A., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural
History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Melville, R., B.Se., Ph.D., F.L.S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Merton, F., c/o Dept. of Agriculture, Nicosia, Cyprus.
Metcalfe, Miss C. E., B.Sc., 122 Doddington Road, Lincoln.
Meyer, H., 5 Souberie Avenue, Letchworth, Herts.
Meynell, Miss D., 1 Maids of Honour Row, Richmond Green,
Richmond, Surrey.
Michigan, University of, (General Library), Ann Arbor,
Michigan, U.S.A.
Miles, Beverley, Lyndale, Merthyr-Mawr Road, Bridgend.
Glamorgan.
Miles, D. F. S., M.P.S., 303 Selsdon Road, South Croydon,
Surrey.
Mills, J. N., M.D., 39 Victoria Avenue, Didsbury, Manchester,
20.
Mills, Dr. W. H., F.R.S., 23 Storey’s Way, Cambridge.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 439
Milne, Dr. James, 2 Hillview Road, Corstorphins, Edin-
burgh, 12.
Milne, James Fairweather, M.A., M.B., Ch.B., Rocksley House,
Boddam, Peterhead, Aberdeen.
Milne-Redhead, E., M.A., F.L.S., 7 Ashley Gardens, Petersham,
Richmond, Surrey.
Milne-Redhead, Dr. H., Mainsriddle, Dumfries.
Milsum, J. N., O.B.E., F.L.S., Grays, Tilford, Farnham,
Surrey.
Milvain, Mrs. M., Green Close, Snowshill, Broadway, Worcs.
Milward, Miss M. E., The King’s School, Canterbury.
Minns, F. C., 42 Heaton Road, Manchester, 20.
Minor, R., 2 Woodside Avenue, Preston Park, Brighton, 6,
Sussex.
Mitcham County School for Girls (The Headmistress), Cranmer
Road, Mitcham, Surrey.
Mitchell, M. BE. K., 11 St. Mary’s Terrace, Taylors Hill, Gal-
way, Irish Republic.
Mitchell, M. R: S., Rookwood, Cuckfield, Sussex.
Montgomery, Mrs. R., Birkwood, Thorntonhall, Glasgow.
Moon, John McK., 24 Brookvale Avenue, Belfast, Northern
Ireland.
Moor, J., Nichol Farm, Teynham, Sittingbourne, Kent.
Moore, David M., Dept. of Botany, Durham Colleges in the
University of Durham, Science Laboratories, South Road,
Durham. :
Morgan, Miss Beryl M. C., Fairfield, Old Road, Buckland.
Betchworth, Surrey.
Morgan, Miss Patricia, 105 Plymouth Road, Penarth,
Glamorgan.
J Morgans, M. W., 65 Lower Redland Road, Bristol, 6.
Morgenroth, Mrs. W. J., 17 Bryanstone Close, Rydes Hill, Guild-
ford, Surrey.
J Morrison, N. R., The Manor House, Withington, Glos.
Mortis, Mrs. R. H., Cecil House, Hertford, Herts.
Morton, J. K., The Manse, The Avenue, Birtley, Co. Durham.
Moyse, Mrs. O. R., Veronica Lodge, St. Mary’s, Isles of Scilly.
Muirhead, Miss C. W., Kelsick Moss House, Abbeytown,
Carlisle.
Munro-Smith, Dr. D., 220 Badminton Road, Downend, Bristol.
Murphy, Miss R. J., B.Sc., A.I.M.L.T., Shang-ri-la, Reska-
dinnick, Camborne, Cornwall.
Nannfeldt, Dr. J. A., Uppsala Universitets for Systematisk
Botanik, Uppsala, Sweden.
Nelmes, E., c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,
Richmond, Surrey.
1952
1950
1947
19388
1940
no
|
TD
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Nelson, George A., M.P.S., Ph.C., F.L.S., 37 The Crescent,
Adel, Leeds, 6.
Newbould, Mrs. P. J., Botany Dept., University College,
Gower Street, London, W.C.1.
Newcastle upon Tyne, King’s College, (The Library), Newcastle
upon Tyne, 1.
Newey, P. M., 29a Roxborough Park, Harrow, Middlesex.
New York, Albert R. Mann Library, Acquisitions Division,
Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.
New York Botanical Gardens, (J. W. Robbins, Director),
Bronx Park, New York, U.S.A.
Noble, Miss E. R., White House, Saham Toney, Thetford,
Norfolk.
Norman, P. R., Branksome, 11 Linden Way, Shepperton,
Middlesex.
North, Miss Dorothy E., Swallow’s Nest, Melling, Carnforth.
Lancs.
Northamptonshire Natural History Society, (Hon. Secretary,
Bot. Section, H. G. Allen, B.Sc.), Ivydale, Wootton,
Northampton.
Norton, Miss M., Nobles, Upper Easebourne, Midhurst, Sussex.
Nottingham Natural History Museum, Wollaton Hall, Notting-
ham.
O’Connor, Miss W. M. T., B.Sc., Hartley Botanical Labora-
tories, The University, Liverpool, 3.
O’Donovan, J. E., Union Hall, Skibbereen, Co. Cork, Irish
Republic.
Ogilvie, William B., Dunnichen, 8 Tayside Street, Carnoustie,
Angus.
Oldaker, Mrs. M. J., B.Se., F.L.S., Milner Court, Sturry, near
Canterbury, Kent.
Oldham, Central Public Library, (J. Simpson, Director), Wer-
neth Park Study Centre, Frederick Street, Oldham, Lancs.
O’Reilly, Dr. Helen, Botany Dept., University College, Upper
Merrion Street, Dublin, Irish Republic.
Oslo, Universitetets Botaniske Museum, Trondhjemsvegen 23,
Oslo, 45, Norway.
Oswald, P. H., The Rectory, Angmering, Sussex.
Ottawa, National Museum of Canada, Victoria Memorial
Museum Building, Ottawa, Canada.
Ounsted, John, M.A., Leighton Park School, Reading, Berks.
Oxford, University of, Dept. of Botany, (The Librarian), South
Parks Road, Oxford.
Oxford, University of, Dept. of Forestry, (The Librarian),
Oxford.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 4A]
Packer, John G., B.Sc., c/o 100 Evington Road, Leicester.
Padmore, Miss P. A., B.A., Sunny Hill, Thurcaston, Leics.
Paget, Lady, Moine Na Vey, Ballater, Aberdeen.
Palmer, R. C., ‘‘Braeside’’, Paddockhall Road, Haywards
Heath, Sussex.
Palmer, Miss Ursula M., ‘‘Braeside’, Paddockhall Road,
Haywards Heath, Sussex.
Palmer, W. E., M.A., B.Sc., Tyndale, Yeovil, Somerset.
Palmer, Hon. W. J. L.., Headbourne Worthy Grange, Win-
chester, Hants.
Pankhurst, J. S. R., Roxana, Toftwood, Dereham, Norfolk.
Paris, Bibliotheque de la Faculté de Pharmacie, 4 Avenue de
la Observatoire, Paris, France.
Park, K. J. F., Rydal Cottage, Station Road, Allendale,
Northumberland.
Parker, R. E., B.Se., The Queen’s University of Belfast, Bel-
fast, Northern Ireland.
Parkin, J., M.A., F.L.S., Blaithwaite, Wigton, Cumberland.
Bereons. Miss M., ionwelvale, Forest Bown Sussex.
“Pamtnndlee, Mrs. ences: Ham Spray House, Marlborough,
Wilts.
Patton, Dr. Donald, M.A., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., 15 Jordan-
hill Drive, Glasgow, W.3.
Paul, Mrs. Vera N., The Mount, Peppard Common, Oxon.
Pavia, Botanical Institute, The University, P.O. Box 165,
Pavia, Italy.
Paxman, G. J., Genetics Dept., The University, Edgbaston,
Birmingham, 15.
Payne, R. M., 8 Hill Top, Loughton, Essex.
Penfold, Frank P., ‘‘Connest’’, Copse Lane, Walberton, Arun-
del, Sussex.
Perring, F., 180 Cherry Hinton Road, Cambridge.
Perrins, Mrs. D., Davenham, Malvern, Worcs.
Perry, B. J., 7 Church Street, Exmouth, S. Devon.
Petch, C. P., M.A., M.D., 10 Abinger Avenue, Cheam, Surrey.
Peterken, J. H. G., F.L.S., 73 Forest Drive East, London,
E£.11.
Phelps, Mrs. J. V., 65 St. James’ Court, Buckingham Gate,
London, S.W.1.
Philips, D. H., M.Se., M.I. Biol., States Experimental
Station, Howard Davis Farm, Trinity, Jersey, C.I.
Phillips, E. Masson, The Priory, Totnes, S. Devon.
Phillips, L. G., 11 Sunny Bank, London, S.E.25.
Phillips, M. T. T., ‘‘St. Ternans’’, Fort Augustus, Inverness-
shire.
Phipps, James B., 60 Senneleys Park Road, Birmingham, 31.
Pigott, Dr. C. D., Clevedon, Harestone Hill, Caterham,
Surrey.
1950
1946
Iis}eii
1949
19538
1945
1943
1950
1947
1951
1952
1951
1954
S
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Pilcher, Miss E. V., 65 Chester Road, Northwood, Middlesex.
Pitman, P. B., 3 Beverley Gardens, Ensbury Park, Bourne-
mouth, Hants.
Pittman, Mrs. D. M., B.Sc., 4 Luxfield Road, London, S.E.9.
Pittsburgh, Carnegie Museum, 4400 Forbes Street, Pittsburgh,
Ise les. Wass.
Plant, Kenneth G., Evesham Road, Stow-on-the-Wold, Glos.
Polunin, Prof. Nicholas, M.S. (Yale), M.A., D.Phil., D.Sc.
(Oxon), Osborn Botanical Laboratory, Yale University, New
Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.
Polunin, O. V., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.
Poore, M. E. D., Carn Raineach, Coshieville, Aberfeldy, Perth-
shire.
Pope, C. N., 265 Hythe Road, Ashford, Kent.
Porter, D. L. H., 4 Harley House, Marylebone Road, London,
N.W.1.
Poulter, Miss B. A., B.Se., c/o Royal Botanic Gardens, Edin-
burgh, 4.
Pownall, Rev. G. C., 2 Weston Road, Strood, Kent.
Prance, I. T., ‘‘Woodend’’, Toddington, near Winchcombe,
Glos.
Price, Miss M. E., St. Michael’s, Herne Road, Surbiton, Surrey.
Prime, Dr. C. T., M.A., F.L.S., 147 Upper Selsdon Road, Croy-
don, Surrey.
Pritchard, N. M., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks
Road, Oxford.
Proctor, M. C. F., The Nature Conservancy, c/o School of
Agriculture, University College of North Wales, Memorial
Buildings, Bangor, Caernarvon.
Raison, C. E., Barnet Cottage, Westcott, Dorking, Surrey.
Ramsbottom, J., O.B.E., M.A., D.Sc., P.P.L.S., 34 Ennerdale
Road, Richmond, Surrey.
Ramsden, W., 147 Barlow Moor Road, West Didsbury, Man-
chester, 20.
Ranson, Oliver, Hervey House, Hardingstone, Northants.
Raven,;. Rev. Canon Ch H.;- D-D.;. DiSe,. EBA eee
Madingley Road, Cambridge.
Raven, John E., King’s College, Cambridge.
Readett, R. C., 60 Danford Lane, Solihull, Birmingham.
Rees, John, B.A., M.Se., Y Faerdref, 404 Cyneoed Road,
Cardiff.
Reid, D. A., 19 High Street, Leighton Buzzard, Beds.
Reid, L. M., The Mount, Buckingham.
Reykjavik Natturugripasafnid, P.O. Box 532, Reykjavik,
Iceland.
Rhodes, G. C., B.Se.., ¢/o Mr. G. E. Taylor, 38-40 Ashbourne
Road, Leek, Staffs.
1949
1954
1922
1949
1942
1952
1932
1954
1946
1950
1954
1951
1947
1951
1938
1949
1950
1953
1937
1944
1950
1954
1950
1950
1950
1950
1955
1948
1952
S
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 4433
Ribbons, B. W., B.Sc., A.L.S., Dept. of Botany, The University,
Glasgow, W.2.
Rice, C. H., B.Sc., Ph.D., 35 Hill Top, Loughton, Essex.
Richards, Mrs. H. M., Tynllidiart, Dolgelley, Merioneth.
Richards, Miss J. E., Tynllidiart, Dolgelley, Merioneth.
Richards, Prof. P. W., M.A., Ph.D., Coed Menai, Upper
Bangor, Caernarvon.
Ritchie, J. C., Dept. of Botany, University of Manitoba,
Winnipeg, Canada.
Rob, Miss C. M., F.L.S., Catton Hall, Thirsk, Yorks.
Roberts, R. H., ‘‘Quinton’’, Belmont Road, Bangor, Caernar-
von.
Roberts, T. V., 27 The Grove, Gosforth, Newcastle upon Tyne, 3.
Robertson, A. G., B.Sc., 2 Westfield Park, Redland, Bristol, 6.
Robinson, C. A., 155 Regent Street, Kettering, Northants.
Robinson, E. A., M.A., St. Mark’s College, Mapanza, P.O.
Choma, Northern Rhodesia.
Robson, A. W., Perth Road, Dunning, Perthshire.
Robson, N. K. B., 70 Rubislaw Den North, Aberdeen.
Roche, The Lady, Chadlington, Oxford. |
Roger, J. G., B.Sc., The Nature Conservancy, 12 Hope Terrace,
Edinburgh, 9.
Rook, A. J., M.A., M.D., M.R.C.P., 3 Grange Road, Cam-
bridge.
Rorison, I. H., University Dept. of Botany, South Parks Road,
Oxford.
Rose, Mrs. Eric, Leweston Manor, Sherborne, Dorset.
Rose, Francis, B.Sc., Ph.D., The Forge House, East Maliing,
Maidstone, Kent.
Rosser, Miss E. M., Ph.D., The Herbarium, Manchester
Museum, The University, Manchester.
Rossiter, J., B.Sc., ‘‘Craigmore’’, Percy Terrace, Neville’s
Cross, Durham City.
Rowlands, Dr. S. P., 44 Beckett Road, Doncaster, Yorks.
Rowntree, H., 43 Westbourne Grove, Scarborough, Yorks.
Rugby School Natural History Society (Botanical Section),
N.H.S. Museum, Lawrence Sheriff Street, Rugby,
Warwick.
Russell, Mrs. B. H. S., Manor Cottage, Jacksons Lane,
Billericay, Essex.
Russell-Smith, Dame Enid, 4 Stanhope Terrace, London, W.2.
Ruxton, J. P., King’s School House, Cathedral Gardens,
Gloucester.
Ryland, J. S., .182 Manor Road North, Thames Ditton, Surrey.
1954
1950
1951
1950
1954
1950
1950
1955
Ia -
1955
1952
1930
1932
1954
1951
1926
1922
1951
1952
1930
1954.
1946
1951
1953
1950
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Sagar, Geoffrey R., School House, Woodplumpton, Preston,
Lanes.
Salisbury, Sir Edward J., C.B.E., D.Sc., Sec.R.S., F.L.S;;
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Sandell, R. E., Hillside, Potterne Road, Devizes, Wilts.
Sandwith, Mrs. Cecil, F.L.S., 26 Canynge Square, Clifton,
Bristol, 8.
Sandwith, N.Y., M.A., F.L.8S., c/o The Herbarium, Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Sanecki, Mrs. Kay N., Keeper's Cottage, Sheepridge, near
Little Marlow, Bucks.
Sargent, H. B., 8 Bay View Terrace, Porthleven, Helston,
Cornwall.
Saunders, Mrs. N., Orchard Cottage, Gretton, near Winch-
combe, Glos.
Savidge, J. P., Millwood, Spital, Wirral, Cheshire.
Sease, R. P., R.H.S. Gardens, Wisley, Ripley, Woking, Surrey.
Schofield, Tom, ‘‘Whinfield Nurseries’’, The Marsh, East
Bierley, near Bradford, Yorks.
Scholey, Miss M. A. R. S., Flat 29, 20 Stuart Crescent, Lon-
don, N.22. .
Scott, E., D.M., Suomi, Westwell, Ashford, Kent.
Scott, George A. M., Snob Cottage, Rickarton, Kincardine-
shire.
Scott, William A., 63 High Street, Lanark.
Seeley, Robert, Wye College, Wye, near Ashford, Kent.
Sell, P. D., Fen Road, Bassingbourn, Cambs.
Severn, Lady, Winterbrook Lodge, Wallingford, Berks.
Seward, Mrs. O. G., Ashrof, 93 Sussex Road, Petersfield,
Hants.
Shaddick, Miss Christine, B.A., Craigens, Dawcross, Harro-
gate, Yorks.
Shaw, Rev. C. E., The Vicarage, Wingates, Westhoughton,
Bolton, Lanes.
Shaw, G. A., 33 Temple Rhydding Drive, Baildon, Shipley,
Yorks.
Shaw, H. K. Airy, B.A., 13 Honor Oak Road, London, S.E.23.
Shaw, Miss M. S., B.Se., Woodlea, Marsh Platt, Honley,
Huddersfield, Yorks.
Shirras, Miss A. J. M., 5 Craiglockhart Park, Edinburgh.
Short, G. R. A., 36 Parkside Drive, Edgware, Middlesex.
Side, Mrs. A. G., 107 London Road, Stone, Dartford, Kent.
Sidwell, R. W., ‘‘Paris’’, Ashton-under-Hill, Evesham, Worcs.
Simmonds, Mrs. A. M., 45 Highgrove Street, Reading, Berks.
Simpson, Andrew V., 11 Coniston Close, Barnehurst, Bexley,
Kent.
Simpson, Lt.-Col. F. H., 3la Pemberley Avenue, Bedford.
1951
1922
1949
1946
1951
1951
1952
1945
LOL
195]
1924
1949
1950
1952
1921
1919
1952
1953
1951
1952
1907
1947
1950
1946
1950
1953
1927
1953
1952
1950
1950
gio
1948
1950
I
DRM
5
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 44
Simpson, F. W., 40 Ruskin Road, Ipswich, Suffolk.
Simpson, N. Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Maesbury, 3
Cavendish Road, Bournemouth, Hants.
Sinker, C. A., 1 Grove Terrace, Highgate Road, J.ondon,
N.W.O5.
Skene, Prof. Macgregor, D.Sc., The University, Bristol, 8.
Skimming, Mrs. A., Taplow House, Taplow, Bucks.
Skinner, T. G., 112 Gurney Court Road, St. Albans, Herts.
Slack, A., B.Sc., 195 Wilton Street, Glasgow, N.W.
Sladen, W. J. L., M.D., Edward Grey Institute of Field
Ornithology, Botanic Gardens, Oxtord.
Slater, Dan C., 30 Pembroke Road, Sevenoaks, Kent.
Slater, F., 20 Mostyn Avenue, Bury, Lancs.
Sledge, W.. A., Ph.D., B.Sc., 9 St. Chad’s Drive, Headingley,
Leeds, 6.
Small, Mrs. L. M. P., 13 Woodfield Crescent, London, W.5.
Smith, D. C., 175 Headstone Lane, North Harrow, Middlesex.
Smith, Miss P. M., Osmotherley, Bromsgrove, Worcs.
Smith, R.L., 24 Grand Avenue, Ely, Cardiff.
Smith, Prof. Sir W. Wright, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., Royal
Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, 4.
Smithson, Miss E., M.Sc., Ph.D., 56a Coniston Road, Lon-
don, N.10.
Somers, W. H., 468 Kedleston Road, Allestree, Derby.
Somerset Archaeological and Natural History Society, (Botan-
ical Section), (A. D. Hallam, Representative), Taunton
Castle, Taunton, Somerset.
Souster, J. E. S., 193 Kew Road, Richmond, Surrey.
Southall, A. W., Cliffords Mesne, Newent, Glos.
Southall, P. S. L., Greenlanes, Henley-in-Arden, Warwick.
Southampton, University College of, Library, Southampton.
Southport Botanic Gardens Museum (The Curator), Southport,
Lancs.
Southwell, Mrs. M., 85 Kingsway, Mildenhall, Suffolk.
Sowerby, Brian, B.Sc., 11 Evelyn Terrace, Blaydon-on-Tyne,
Co. Durham.
Sowter, F. A., F.L.8., Ashstead, 9 North Avenue, Leicester.
Sparrow, Col. C. E. H., New Barn, North Hinksey, Oxford.
Spence, D. H. N., B.Sc., Dept. of Botany, The University,
Glasgow, W.2.
Spillett, A. W., 5 Temple Close, Bury Green Estate, Cheshunt,
Herts.
Spooner, H., ‘‘Malino’’, Jaclyn Close, off Clive Avenue, Pres-
tatyn, Flint.
Spragg, P. W., 34 Summerfield Road, Chesterfield, Derby.
Sprague, T. A., D.Sec., F.L.S., 4 Ashford Road, Cheltenham,
Glos.
Spreadbury, W. H., 35 Acacia Road, New Malden, Surrey.
1951
1932
1952
1939
1950
1953
1953
1950
1951
1952
1951
1953
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
Spurgin, Miss C. J., Rodneys, Blockley, Moreton-in-Marsh,
Glos.
Stalker, Miss N. M., 12 Alexandra Road, Penrith, Cumber-
land.
Starr, Miss E. L. G., Willinghurst, Shamley Green, Guild-
ford, Surrey.
Stearn, W. T., 217 Mortlake Road, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Stelfox, A. W., 14 Clareville Road, Rathmines, Dublin, Irish
Republic.
Stephenson, Mrs. E. K., Old Vicarage, Falkenham, near
Ipswich, Suffolk.
Stern, Col. F. C., O.B.E., M.C., F.L.S., Highdown, Goring-by-
Sea, Sussex.
Steuart, Mrs. G. M., Down, Whimple, Exeter, Devon.
Stevens, J. E., The Groom’s Cottage, Our Lady’s Convent,
Chesterton Lane, Cirencester, Glos.
Stevenson, Miss A. D., Windmill Cottage, Sandhurst, Hawk-
hurst, Kent.
Stevenson, Miss EK. H., 28 Foxcombe Road, Weston, Bath,
Somerset.
Stirling, Allan, M., 17 Austen Road, Glasgow, W.3.
Strachan, P. W., 71 The Mall, London, N.14.
Streeter, David, 193 London Road, East Grinstead, Sussex.
Sturdy, Miss B. M., Branksome, Mennays Road, Penzance,
Cornwall.
Styles, Brian T., Court’s Close, Chedworth, Cheltenham, Glos.
Summerhayes, V. S., B.Se., c/o The Herbarium, Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Summers, P. G., Kingswood School, Bath, Somerset.
Sutchffe, Dr. J. F., 68 Half Moon Lane, London, S.E.24.
Swain, A. M., 253 Crescent Drive, Petts Wood, Kent.
Swaine, Miss A. K., Pisang Cottage, Nailsea, Bristol.
Swales, G. J., 90 Pierremont Avenue, Broadstairs, Kent.
Swann, Kric L., 282 Wootton Road, Kings Lynn, Norfolk.
Swansea, University College of, Singleton Park, Swansea,
Glamorgan.
Swinscow, T. D. V., M.B., B.S., Everley, London Road, Kneb-
worth, Herts.
Swinton, Mrs. A. E., Swinton House, Duns, Berwick.
Sworder, Miss R. M., Aut Dinas, Overton Road, Cheltenham,
Glos.
Sylvester-Bradley, P. C., Bole Hill House, Fulwood, Sheffield,
10.
Talbot, Miss A. H. C., 13a St. Ann’s Terrace, London, N.W.8.
Tallantire, Miss A. C., B.Sce., P.O. Box 262, Kampala, Uganda.
Tanner, Mrs. M. E., The Ivy House, Meole Brace, Shrewsbury.
AaomM
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 447
Tansley, Sir A. G., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Grantchester, Cam-
bridge.
Taylor, F. J., M.Sc., Monkham’s Hall, Waltham Abbey, Essex.
Taylor, G., D.Sc., Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural
History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7.
Taylor, Peter, c/o The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Taylor, Mrs. S. E., 9 Linden Road, Bedford.
Teacher, Mrs. N., Spider’s Bay, Clonbur, Co. Galway, Irish
Republic.
Teresa, Sister, St. Louis’ Convent, Minehead, Somerset.
Tetley, Miss M. I., High Garth, Heathwaite, Windermere,
Westmorland.
Texas Research Foundation, The Librarian, Box 43, Renner,
Texas) U.S.A:
Theobald, W. L., School House, Sandford-on-Thames, Oxford-
shire.
Thomas, A. S., D.Sc., Goodings Cottage, Woodland St. Mary,
Newbury, Berks.
Thomas, Charles, Arden, 48 Manor Road North, Edgbaston,
Birmingham, 16.
Thomas, Miss E. Mary, 3 Bellaria, La Tour de Peiiz, Vevey,
Switzerland.
Thornley, Miss I., 69 Coleridge Road, London, N.8.
Thorold, C. A., Hele, Bradninch, Exeter, Devon.
Thorpe, John, 77 Mount Pleasant, Woodley, Stockport.
Tindall, Mrs. K. B., West Downs, Winchester, Hants.
Visdall, 591255, Sgt. J. H., c/o R.A.F., Records Office,
Gloucester.
Torry, Ralph, 17 Gretton Road, Fairfield, Buxton, Derby.
Torry, Scottish Home Department, Marine Laboratory, Wood
Street, Torry, Aberdeen.
Townsend, C. C., A.L.S., A.M.Inst.Gas E., 3 Kelvin Close, Cam-
bridge.
Travis, W. G., 9 Barton Road, Liverpool, 9.
Troms6 Museum Biblioteket, Tromso, Norway. -
Tuckett, Miss Paula M., 31 Selborne Road, Sidcup, Kent.
Tunbridge Wells Municipal Museum, 12 Mount Ephraim, Tun-
bridge Wells, Kent.
Turner, Miss M. A., 4 Orchard Gardens, Dunsford Road,
Exeter, Devon.
Turrill, W. B., D.Sc., F.L.S., The Herbarium, Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey.
Tutin, Miss J. E., 4 Station Road, Cambridge.
Tutin, Prof. T. G., M.A., University College, Leicester.
Twist, A. F., Sheddings, Chettle, Blandford, Dorset.
448 LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1950 S Uppsala, Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolan Biblioteket, Uppsala, 7,
Sweden.
1954 S Uppsala, Vaxtbiologiska Institutionen, Villavagen 14, Uppsala,
8, Sweden.
1951 S Utrecht Botanical Museum and Herbarium, State University of
Utrecht, Lange Nieuwstraat 106, Utrecht, Netherlands.
1987 Valentine, Prof. D. H.,. M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany,
University Science Laboratories, South Road, Durham.
1952 Vaughan, Mrs. H. R. H., M.B.E., Nantymwyn, Rhan-
dirmwyn, Llandovery, Carmarthen.
1918 Vaughan, John Griffith, M.Sce., Ph.D., A.L.S., 6 Mattison
Road, London, N.4.
1954 Ventura, Richard, J., 6 Macaulay Buildings, Widcombe Hill,
Bath, Somerset.
1949 J Vernon, P. F., Y.H.A. Hostel, The Moorings, 461 Winchester
Road, Bassett, Southampton, Hants.
1947 Verschoyle, Mrs. W., 19 Fitzwilliam Square, Dublin, Irish
Republic.
1953 Vesian, Miss D. E. de, B.Sc., 3 Lansdown Terrace, Malvern
Road, Cheltenham, Glos.
1927 S Victoria, The Public Library of, Melbourne, Australia, c/o
Truslove & Hanson, 153 Oxford Street, London, W.1.
1917 Vivian, Miss C., 37 Wilton Crescent, London, S.W.1.
1952 Wace, N. M., The Orchard, Harting. Petersfield, Hants.
1915 Wade, A. E., F.L.S., Dept. of Botany, National Museum of
Wales, Cardiff.
1937 Waldy, Hon. Mrs. H. P., Sonameg, Higher Sea Lane, Char-
mouth, Dorset.
1950 Walker, Donald, Botany School, Downing Street, Cambridge.
1951 Walker, Mrs. R. J. B., 38 Walton Street, London, S.W.3.
1951 Walker, R. K., Fir Hill, Droxford, Southampton, Hants.
1954 Walker, Dr. S., Hartley Botanical Laboratories, The University,
Liverpool, 3.
1932 Wallace, E. C., 2 Strathearn Road, Sutton, Surrey.
1952 Wallace, T. J., B.Sc., Goodmans, Membury, Axminster, Devon.
1944 Walters, Dr. S. M., Botany School, Downing Street, Cam-
bridge.
1949 Wanstall, P. J., Dytchleys, Coxtie Green, Brentwood, Essex.
1946 Warburg, E. F., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., South Hayes, Yarnell’s
Hill, Oxford.
1946 Warburg, Mrs. P., South Hayes, Yarnell’s Hill, Oxford.
1930 Ward, B. T., 24 Long Deacon Road, London, E.4.
1933 L Warren, W. E., Selborne, Horsell Rise, Horsell, Woking,
Surrey. .
1948 KF Warren, Mrs. W. E., Selborne, Horsell Rise, Horsell, Woking,
Surrey.
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 449
S Washington, Smithsonian Institution (The Librarian), Wash-
ington, 25, D.C., U.S.A.
S Washington, Library of State College of, Pullman, Washing-
ton, D.C., U.S.A.
S Washington, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture (The Librarian),
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Waterfield, R., 7 Buckeridge Road, Teignmouth, Devon.
Watson, Dr. E. Vernon, 15 Ilkley Road, Caversham Heights,
Reading, Berks.
Watson, H. G., 2 Greendykes Road, Dundee, Angus.
Watt, A. S., Ph.D., Botany School, Downing Street, Cam-
bridge. :
Wait, Mrs. W. Boyd, M.B.O.U., F.Z.S., San Simeon, 52 Wim-
borne Road, Bournemouth, Hants.
Watts, W. A., Dept. of Botany, University College, Hull.
Webb, Prof. D. A., M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., Trinity College,
Dublin, Irish Republic.
Webster, Miss M. McCallum, c/o Bank of Scotland, Macduff,
Banff.
Weimarch, Prof. H., Institute of Systematic Botany, Lund,
Sweden.
Welch, Mrs. B., B.Sc., 203 Lichfield Court, Richmond, Surrey.
Wells, Mrs. E. M., 4 Chellow Terrace, Chellow Dene, Bradford,
Yorks.
Welsby, Brian, 87 Ellesmere Load, Lower Walton, near
Warrington, Lancs.
Welsh, Ian H., J.P., F.R.H.S., Machattie Park, Bathurst,
New South Wales, Australia.
West, Dr. C., O.B.E., D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S., The Ferns, New
Town, West Malling, Kent.
Westrup, A. W., 259 Hanworth Road, Hounslow, Middlesex.
Wethered, Miss D. M., Woodside, Walton St. Mary, Clevedon,
Somerset.
Whellan, J. A., Entomological Branch, P.O. Box 100, Cause-
way, Salisbury, Southern Rhodesia.
Whicker, Mrs. G., Flat B, Woodlane House, Woodlane,
Falmouth, Cornwall.
White, F., B.Sc., 9 Longwall Street, Oxford.
Whitehead, Dr. F. N., University Dept. of Botany, South
Parks Road, Oxford.
Whitehead, Mrs. L. E., Rydal Mount, 37 Bodenham Road,
Hereford.
Whitehouse, Mrs. M., 16 Ranelagh Avenue, London, S.W.138.
Whiting, Miss M. M., Rosemary Cottage, Blythburgh, Hales-
worth, Suffolk.
Whitton, B. A., 91 The Quadrant, London, S.W.20.
Wilkinson, J. S., 26 Golders Rise, London, N.W.4.
450
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS
1950 J Willan, Miss Tessa, Hillcrest, Lisvane Road, Llanishen,
1954
1954
1945
1925
1946
1953
1949
1954
1954
1948
1947
1952
1953
1950
1953
1954
1952
1954
1951
1946
1951
1954
1953
1954
1938
Glamorgan.
Willé, J. E., M.A., B.Se., 77 Gurney Court Road, St. Albans,
Herts.
Wilhams, D. N., Orchard House, Dunster, near Minehead,
Somerset.
Williams, E. G., M.A., F.R.I.C., 10 Glen Aber Park, Hough
Green, Chester.
Williams, I. A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., West Hall, Kew, Richmond,
Surrey.
Williams, J. E. Miles, M.A., F.L.S., 4 Park End Road, Glou-
cester.
J Williams, J. Trevor, 18 Dawson Road, Long Lane, Cheadle,
Cheshire.
Williams, L. H., B.Sc., 31 Armour Road, Tilehurst, Reading,
Berks. 1
Williams, Miss Margaret A., 12 Friary Road, London, N.12.
Williams, Mrs. M. M., Orchard House, Dunster, near Mine-
head, Somerset.
Williams, Dr. W. B., 59 Station Road, Portslade, Sussex.
Williams, Dr. W. T., Botany Dept., University College, South-
ampton, Hants.
Williamson, M. H., Fairfield, Pullens Lane, Oxford.
Wilson, Albert K., 6 Westfield Close, Cottingham, near Hul!,
Yorks.
Wilson, Miss B. A., Whitestacks, Bisham Road, Marlow, Bucks.
Wilson, Donald, B.Sc., Dept. of Agricultural Botany, The In-
stitute of Rural Science, University College of Wales,
Penglais, Aberystwyth, Cardigan.
Wise, Dr. David, Mount Pleasant, The Grove, Rowlands Gill,
Co. Durham.
Wise, R. D., The Rookery, Ashford-in-the-Water, Derby.
Witton, Miss Rae, B.Sc., M.I. Biol., 9 Auckland Road, Spark-
brook, Birmingham, 11.
Wolverhampton, South Staffordshire Naturalists’ Society,
(Secretary, Miss K. B. Walker), 97 Allen Road, Wolver-
hampton.
Wood, Miss A. F., Waysmeet, Cores End, Bourne End, Bucks.
Wood, C. A., ‘‘Glynmead’’, Perrymead, Bath, Somerset.
Wood, Hubert, A.M.I.E.T., c/o L. J. Williams Marketing Co.,
68 Marine Square, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
Wood, P. J., White Roding, Burghclere, Newbury, Berks.
Woodell, S. R. J., B.Se., Dept. of Botany, Durham Colleges
in the University of Durham, University Science Labora-
tories, South Road, Durham.
Woodhead, J. EK., B.Se., F.I.C., Ph.C., 325 Kennington Road,
London, S.E.11.
1951
1950
1953
1927
1955
1953
1951
1933
1933
1950
1945
1921
1953
L
J
L
LIST OF MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 45]
Woolman, J. F., F.L.S., Cardah, Olton Road, Shirley, Bir-
mingham.
Wooster, K. R., Coniston, 10 Broxbourne Road, Orpington,
Kent.
Wray, E. V., Selwood, Humberstone, Grimsby, Lincs.
Wright, Dr. F. R. Elliston, Braunton, Barnstaple, Devon.
Wright, R. S., Pageites, Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.
Wylie, Miss A. P., Dept. of Botany, The University, Man-
chester, 18.
Yeo, P. F., University Botanic Garden, Cambridge.
Yeoman, Miss Ruth, The Green, Brompton, Northallerton,
Yorks.
Young, Rev. Canon Andrew, LL.D., The Vicarage, Stonegate,
Wadhurst, Sussex.
ounces Mossi. Me. DSc. .(Hort.), (N.D.H., .The Glen,
Rickmansworth, Herts.
Young, Donald P., B.Se., Ph.D., -A.R.I.C., Green Woods, 3
Essendon Road, Sanderstead, Surrey. .
Young, Miss Gertrude A., 5 Woodlands Terrace, Glasgow, C.3.
Younger, Mrs. H. J., Baro, Haddington.
SuMMARY OF THE ABOVE MEMBERSHIP List
Honorary Members aco 20
Life Members ale 19
Ordinary Members a ete U0.
Subscriber Members mee Lae OG
Junior Members a 55°
Family Members es 14
986
452 GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
(As at
S, CHANNEL Istanps—Jersey. Le Sueur, Mrs. F.; Phillips, D. H.
1, W. Cornwauu. Cordiner, Miss E. G.; Drabble, Mrs. E.; Little,
D. A. J.; Mason, Mrs. M. E.; Murphy, Miss R. J.; Sargent,
H. B.; Sturdy, Miss B. M.; Whicker, Mrs. G.
1a, Scrtuy Istes. Moyse, Mrs. O. R.
2, E. Cornnwatyt. Adams, Rev. J. H.; Horrell, M. J.
3, S. Devon. Bolitho, Mrs. A.; Exeter, Roborough Library, Univer-
sity College of the South West of England; Gilbert-Carter,
Dr. H.; Harrison, Sir G.; Martm, Rev. W. Keble; Perry,
BiJ.; Philips, E..'M.; Steuart; Mrs. G. Me; ®heroids C. A;
Turner, Miss M. A.; Wallace, T. J:; Waterfield, R.
4, N. Devon. Brokenshire, F. A.; Cadell, Mrs. C. M. A.; Wright,
Dr. F. R. Elliston.
5, S. Somerset. Bullock, R. C.; Burford, Miss P. H.; Colthurst,
Mrs. M. L.; Dodd, A. J.; Farnol, Mrs. E.; Graham, Com-
mander R. D.; Hunt, P. F.; Palmer, W. E.; Somerset
Archaeological and Natural History Society; Teresa, Sister;
Wethered, Miss D. M.; Williams, D. N.; Wilhams, Mrs.
M. M.
6, N. Somerset. Barton, Miss F. M.; Bond, Dr. T. E. T.; Culshaw,
Rev. J. C.; Davies, Miss E. W.; French, Miss E. H.; Steven-
son, Miss EK. H.; Summers, P. G.; Swaine, Miss A. K.;
Ventura, R. J.; Wood, C. A.
7, N. Witts. Barnes, Mrs. E.; Collett, G. W.; Frowde, Miss D. M.;
Gould, H. C. F.; Grose, J. D.; Gurney, Miss C.; Marlborough,
Wedgwood Herbarium, Marlborough College; Partridge, Mrs.
F.
8, S. Wirts. Chadwick, N. L.; Cobbett, Lt.-Col. W. O.; Farquhar-
son, Mrs. J.; McNally, P. H.; Marsden-Jones, E.; Sandell,
R. E.
, Dorset. Bloomer, H. H.; Deakin, R. H.; Gahan, P. B.; Grave-
son, A. W.; Hardinge of Penshurst, The Hon. Lady; Hill, S.
A.; Rose, Mrs. E.; Twist, A. F.; Waldy, Hon. Mrs. H. P.
10, Wieut, Laidlaw, Mrs. R. G. B.
ll. S. Hants. Baker, ‘Rt. “Hon: HH. ‘T.; Banne- hon eee. GS
Beetham, J. T. H.; Blaikley; Miss N. M.; Davy, Lady:
Dolman, G.; Dupree, T. W. J. D.; Garnett, Rev. P. M.;
yoodhart, Mrs. M. S.; Haines, Mrs. E. M.; Haines, Miss
G. M.; Harris, Miss A. S.; Jaques, Miss M.; Jones, D. M.;
Lambert, Dr. J.; Lavender, J. H.; Lewis, J. S.; Palmer,
Hon. W. J. L.; Pitman, P. B.; Seward, Mrs. O. G.; Simp-
son, N. D.; Southampton, University College of; Tindall,
9
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 453
Mrs. K. B.; Vernon, P. F.; Wace, N. M.; Walker, R. K.;
Watt, Mrs. W. Boyd; Williams, Dr. W. T.
12, N. Hants. Burton, C. W. M.; Cory, Miss A. M.; Langridge, C.
13,
14,
15,
16,
W. Sussex. Bradbury, J. F.; Buckle, Mrs. G. E.; Buckle, O.;
Bull, Mrs. H.; Conder, P. J.; Esplan, Mrs. C.; German,
Mis. P.; Gibson, Mrs. G. 'C.; Herniman, R. H.; Hurst, Miss
B.; Lowne, B. T.; Minor, R.; Mitchell, M. R. S.; Norton,
Miss M.; Oswald, P. H.; Penfold, F. P.; Stern, Colonel F.
C.; Williams, Dr. W. B.
E. Sussex. Baylis, Miss D.; Brighton Public Library; Bruxner,
C. J.; Colyer, J. M.; Dent, G.; Eyre, Mrs. R. S. K.; Garratt,
Mrs. B. E. M.; Hart, Miss I. R. G.; Hinton, Miss M. B.;
Palmer, R. C.; Palmer, Miss U. M.; Parsons, Miss M.;
Streeter, D.; Young, Rev. Canon A.
E. Kent. Canterbury and District Birdwatchers’ Association
(Botanical Section); Davis, O.; Day, Miss E.; Dodge, J. D.;
Furneaux, P. J. S.; Gray, H.; Keeler, F.; Kirby, Mrs. G.
E.; Long, Miss D. A. C.; McFarlane, M.; Maidstone Cor-
poration Museum; Major, A. P.; Mallinson, Mrs. M. B.;
Milward, Miss M. E.; Moor, J.; Oldaker, Mrs. M. J.; Pope,
C. N.; Scott, Dr. E.; Seeley, R.; Stevenson, Miss A. D.;
Swales, G. J.
W. Kent. Allott, Miss M. C.; Angel, A.; Attenborough, Miss S.
J.; Bailey, A. G.; Barnsdale, Miss M. E.; Brown, G. M.;
Bull, K. E.; Cave, B. V.; Chandler, Dr. S. E.; Chislehurst
County Grammar School for Girls; Cotton, Miss H.; Coxhead,
G. W.; Dewey, Miss O. R.; Eaton, Miss L. H.; Fawkes, F.
S. E.; Field, J. A.; Hall, P. C.; Hall, Mrs. P. C.; Hambler,
D. J.; Harvey, D. R.; Hill, Miss R. A.; Howell, W.;
McClintock, D.; Maxwell, Miss M. S.; Pownall, Rev. G. C.;
Rose, Dr. F.; Shaw, H. K. Airy; Side, Mrs. A. G.; Simpson,
A. V.; Slater, D. C.; Sutcliffe, Dr. J. P.; Swain, A. M.;
Tuckett, Miss P.; Tunbridge Wells Municipal Museume
West, Dr. C.; Wooster, K. R.
17, Surrey. Allen, G. O.; Ash, G. M.; Ashhurst, Miss D. E.; Bor,
Dr. N. L.; Brenan, J. P. M.; Britten, H.; Bruce, Miss
KE. A.; Burnett, D. H.; Cannon, Mrs. M. T.; Castell, C. P.;
Chidell, J. W. P.; Clayton, Mrs. M. H.; Collenette,
C. L.; Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society;
Dalby, D. H.; Dalby, Miss G. W.; Dick, M. W.; Diver,
Capt. ©.; Drummond, R. B.; Ellis, A. E.; Franks, Miss
H.; Garnett, Miss G. A.; Gilmour, Mrs. S.; Gray, Dr. R.
EK. G.; Greenfield, P.; Guildford, British Empire Natural-
ists’ Association; Gurteen, F. M.; Hardy, R. E.; Hasle-
mere Natural History Society; Hay, J. A.; Hemsley, J. H.;
Hepper, F. N.; Herrick, A. C.; Hopper, J. I.; Howard,
Miss E. M.; Hubbard, C. E.; Isherwood, Miss EK. M. C.;
Jackson, P. R. G.; Jekyll, F.; Jones, Miss M. M.; Kew,
454
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Herbarium and Library, Royal Botanic Gardens; Kingston-
upon-Thames, Tiffin Girls’ School; Latham, J.; Lawfield, W.
N.; Leadbitter, Sir Eric; Leather, Miss V. M.; Le Mare, D.
V.; Lennard, Lady; Lloyd, V. E.; Lousley, J. E.; Lovis, J.
D.; MacDonald, J.; Marshall, H. S.; Meikle, R. D.; Melville,
Dr. R.; Meynell, Miss D.; Miles, D. F. S.; Milsum, J. N.;
Milne-Redhead, E.; Mitcham County School for Girls’;
Morgan, Miss B. M. C.; Morgenroth, Mrs. W. J.; Nelmes,
K=;-Petch, Dr.-C. P.; Phillips, i. 6G.2ieetse ore D-
Pittman, Mrs. D. M.; Polunin, O. V.; Price, Miss M. E.;
Prime, Dro_C., 'T.; ~Raison, C@: > Ramsbeitear | Dr
Ridley, <H:.. N.;> Ryland, We )S:; Salsburysu 82 J
Sandwith, N. Y.; Scase, R. P.; Souster, J. E. S.; Spreadbury,
W. H.; Starr, Miss E. L. G.; Stern, W. T.; Summerhayes,
V.S.; Taylor, P.; Tulse Hill, South London Botanical In-
stitute; Turrill, Dr. W. B.; Wallace, E. C.; Warren, W. E.;
Warren, Mrs. W. E.; Welsh, Mrs..B.; Whitehouse, Mrs. M.;
Whitton, B. A.; Williams, I. A.; Woodhead, J. E.; Wright,
Ree Ss Vounes, Drs DAsP:
18, S. Essex. Alvin, K. L:; Brett, D. W.; Brett, Miss O. E.; But-
cher, Dr: R: W.;. Carr, J. Ws; Dyce- J 4Wee Sast-Ham
Grammar School for Boys’ Natural History Society; Farmer.
C. 5) Godward, Dr: M: B. E.y Grant-O? SsGrenb ee. oJ. :
Hensler, Major E.; Hodges, K. J.; Jermyn, S. T.; Male,
Miss E. M.;..Payne, R. M.; Peterken, J. H. G.; Rice, Dr.
O. H.; Russell, .Mrs: B. H: -S?> Taylor, F252. Wanstalk, oe:
Jc WardsBe
19, N. .Essex.” Barrow, L. V.. G:; Bingley; -¥. Jc3.Beaws, sa- W-.s
Hatton, G. G.; Littleboy, Miss S. M.
20, Herts. Bannister, H. E.; Buckle, Miss W. F.; Christmas, M.
21,
J.; Fielding, J. L.; Garside, Miss H. D.; Gilbert, O. L.;
Grierson, Miss M. A.; Hertford, John Innes Horticultural
Institution; Jones, Mrs. D. M.; Kellett, Dr. E. G.; Kallick,
H. J.; Little, Miss K. D.; Meyer, H.; Mortis, Mrs. R. H.;
Skinner, T. G.; Spillett, A. W.; Swinscow, T. D. V.; Wille,
J. E.; Young, Miss H.
MippukEsex. Alston, A. H. G.; Baldry, A. F.; Bangerter, E. B.;
Barton, Mrs. M.; Bendix, M.; Birkett, Lady D. M.; Boni-
face, R. A.; Brooke, Miss W. M. A.; Caddy, Dr. D.; Cannon,
J. F. M.; Chamberlain, Miss Y. M.; Chapple, J. F. G.;
Child, Miss H.; Codrington, Lt.-Col. J.; Cole, M. J.; Col-
lett, T. G.; Collins, B. E.; Corke, H. T.; Corner, J.; Cox,
Sir C.; Crabbe, J. A.; Crichton-Stuart, Lady C.; Cross, D.
W.; Cross, P. J.; Cunnell, G. J.; Dalby; Mrs. D.; Dandy,
J. E.; David, R. W.; Davies, Mrs. H. R.; Eagles, T. R.;
Eastwood, Mrs. J. F.; Eliot, Lady A.; Entrican, Miss M.
C.: Farenden, Mrs. J.; Farenden, W. E.; Fitzgerald, Mrs.
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 455
WiSebiee Kletcher, yo ).:-Gardiner:) J: Ca, Gay; Mrs. J;
Cay. e) he Ace) (Glaister.> Mrs. @ He: eGrahams; Mrs’ - K.;
Graham, R. A.; Grigg, H. C.; Hadlow, Miss M.; Harrow
Weald, Association of School Natural History Societies;
Eonson Ds 7J.-» Hoare, H..B.; Holland, Sir Ji..S:; 7Holme,
H. C.; Isaac, Miss M.; Islington Public Library; Jackson,
Menor demi As dames, ue: Kent, D., H.: Knicht, G.5; the
Sueur, Mrs. K. H.; London, Birkbeck College Library; Lon-
don, British Museum (Natural History); London, Forestry
Commission; London, Linnean Society of; London Natural
History Society; London, Nature Conservancy; London,
Royal Horticultural Society; London, Science Museum
Library; Longfield, Miss C. E.; Lunn, Miss B.; Mackintosh,
Wee) Marks: (. Hs: > Marwood, W. E..C.; Melderis, Dr..A.;
Newbould, Mrs. J. P.; Newey, P. M.;. Norman, P. R.;
Phelps. Mrs. J. V. > Pilcher, Miss H.°V.> Porter, D. L. H.;
Price, W. R.; Russell-Smith, Dame E.; Scholey, Miss
MeeAcho.: short. G. B. A. Sinker, ©..A‘;, Small, Mrs:
eM Pe? Smith D, sC);- Smithson, Dr. E.;- Strachan,
iB Ws; Swanton ,9hs.W.:) Talbot; Miss A. H.-C.; , Taylor,
Dr Ge: thormley, Mass 1k-)) Vaughan) “Dre:J.. G.: -Vivian,
Miss C.; Walker, Mrs. R. J. B.; Westrup, A. W.; Wilkin-
son, J. S.: Williams. Miss M. A.
22, Berks. Ambrose, F.; Butler, Miss K. I.; Chapman, Hon. Mrs.
D. B.; Cowling, D. M.; Cowling, Mrs. M.; Elliot, Rev. E.
A.; Erith, Dr. A. G.; Gray, Miss R. E. K.; Hurley, Grass-
land Research Station; Ounsted, J.; Severn, Lady; Sim-
monds, Mrs. A. M.; Thomas, Dr. A. S.; Watson, Dr. E. V.;
Williams, L. H.; Wood, P. J.
23, Oxon. Atkinson, R.; Balfour, A. P.; Balme, Miss O. E.; Beak,
P. G.; Bowden, B. N.; Bowen, H. J. M.; Campbell, Dr. B.;
Clokie, Mrs. H. N.; Creed, Dr. R. S.; Davidson, D.; Fitter,
R. S. R.; Gough, J. W.; Griffiths, Miss M. E.; Harley,
J. L.; Jones, Dr. EK. W.; Marriott, Miss M. M.; Oxford
University (Dept. of Botany); Oxford University (Dept. of
Forestry); Paul, Mrs. V. N.; Pritchard, N. M.; Roche, The
Lady; Rorison, I. H.; Sladen, Dr. W. J. L.; Sparrow, Col.
C. E. H.; Theobald, W. L.; Warburg, Dr. E. F.; Warburg,
Mrs. P.; White, F.; Whitehead, F. N.; Williamson, M. H.
24, Bucks. Maycock, R.; Reid, L. M.; Sanecki, Mrs. K. N.; Skim-
ming, Mrs. A.; Wilson, Miss B. A.; Wood, Miss A. F.
25, E. Surrork. Brown, Miss M. I.; Churchman, Miss N.; Church-
man, Miss V.; Copithorne, Dr. R. E. C.; Cranbrook, Dowager
Countess of ; Stephenson, Mrs. E. K.; Whiting, Miss M. M.
26, W. Surrotk. Barker, Rev. P. R.; Southwell, Mrs. M.
27, E. NorrotxK. Adcock, J. A.; Barnes, Miss R. M.; Ellis, E. A.;
Gurney, Mrs. A. H.; Gurney, J.
4:
30,
39,
33,
3A,
36,
37,
38,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
W. Norrotk. Bitton, E. Q.; Libbey, R. P.; Noble, Miss E. R.;
Pankhurst, J. S. R.; Swann, E. L.
CamBripeg. Adair, G. S.; Broad, P. D.; Cambridge, Botany
School; Cambridge, National Institute of Agricultural
Botany; Coombe, D. E.; Frost, L. C.; Gilmour, J. S. L.;
_ Gourlay, W. B.; Heywood, V. H.; Holbek, Miss O.; Mills,
Dr. W. H.; Perring, F.; Raven, Rev. Canon C. K.; Raven,
J: Kes Rook, Dr. Aco) .-” Selk PR De; Wiusleyemserie as
Townsend, C. C.; Tutin, Miss J. E.; Walker, D.; Walters,
Dre S. Me Watt, Avis.) Vicor. Be
Breprorp. Ashton, Mrs. M. R.; Cardew, Major J. W.; Chambers,
V-H.: Cox; (Miss_P.: Day,. Miss G: Hi; Dony ihe see
Lawrie, Miss J. R.; Lucas, R. L.; Reid, D. A.; Simpson,
Lt.-Col. F. H.; Taylor, Mrs. S. E.
Nortuants. Gilbert, J. L.; Hepburn, I.; Lee, W. H.; Northamp-
tonshire Natural History Society; Ranson, O.; Robinson,
(Ones
EK. Gros. Abell, Miss L.; Abell, Rev. R. B.; Bannister, C. W.;
Barling, D. M.; Cheltenham and District Naturalists’
Society; Fleming, Dr. G..W. T.-H:; Haines, Mrs2 32 W.;
Harley, R.; Heath, Rev. D. M.; Hughes, Dr. M.: King,
Mrs. E. L.; Morrison, N. R.; Prance, I. T.; Ruxton, J. P.;
Saunders, Mrs. N.; Southall, A. W.; Sprague, T. A.;
Stevens, J. E.; Styles, B. T.; Sworder, Miss R. M.; Tisdall,
Sgt. J. H.; Vesian, Miss D. E. de; Williams, J. E. M.
W. Gtos. Bristol Central Library; Davie, Dr. J. H.; Davies,
Mrs. M. L.; Evans, I. W.; Garlick, G. W.; Hope-Simpson,
Dr. J. F.; Kear, B. S.; Morgans, M. W.; Munro-Smith,
Dr. D.; Plant, K. G.; Robertson, A. G.; Sandwith, Mrs. C.;
Skene, Prof. M.; Spurgin, Miss C. J.
Hererorp. Fisher, Dr. H. J. W.; Hadfield, Mrs. N. K.; Here-
fordshire Botanical Society; Johnston, Miss F. K.; Medwin,
Miss EK. M.; Whitehead, Mrs. L. E.
Worcester. Cocke, M. H.; Day, F. M.; Fincher, F.; Milvain,
Mrs. M.; Perrins, Mrs. D.; Sidwell, R. W.; Smith, Miss
Pv
Warwick. Adams, L. T.; Allen, D. E.; Andrews, C. E. A.;
Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery; Birmingham
Natural History and Philosophical Society; Birmingham
Public Libraries; Birmingham, University of; Burges, Dr.
R. C..L.; Cadbury, C. J.; Cadbury, Miss D. A.; Cotton,
Mrs N. E.; Goodman, Miss C. M.; Hanson, F. D.; Hardaker,
W. H.; Hawkes, Dr. J. G.; Jameson, J. H.; Kydd, Miss §S.
B.; Paxman, G. J.; Phipps, J. B.; Readett, R. C.: Rugby
School Natural History Society; Southall, P. S. L.; Thomas,
C.; Witton, Miss R.; Woolman, J. F.
39,
40,
41,
58,
59,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS A457
Starrs. Andrews, Miss M.; Beaver, R. A.; Bemrose, G. J. V.;
Edees, E. S.; Goodway, K. M.; Haines, R. N. G.; Rhodes,
G. C.; Wolverhampton, South Staffordshire Naturalists’
Society.
SaLtop. Heron, Miss M.; Tanner, Mrs. M. E.
GuAmorRGAN. Benson-lNvans, Miss K.; Cardiff, National Museum
of Wales; Cory, Mrs. C. M.; Guile, D. P. M.; Jones, Miss
V. E.; McLean, Prof. R. C.; Miles, B.; Morgan, Miss P.;
Rees, J.; Smith, R. L.; Swansea, University College of;
Wade, A. E.; Willan, Miss T.
CaRMARTHEN. Carmarthen, West Wales Field Society; Davies,
Re ee Viawowan, Mrsia oR. H.
CarpicaAN. Aberystwyth, University College of Wales Library;
Borrill, M.; MacLachlainn, Miss §.; Wilson, D.
MerRionetH. Benoit, P. M.; Richards, Mrs. H. M.; Richards,
Miss J. E.
CAERNARVON. Bangor, University College of North Wales; Brad-
shaw, Miss M. E.; Bruce, J. M.; Gough, F. C. G.; Greig-
Smith, P.; Hughes, Dr. R. E.; Lacey, W. S:; Larsen, L.;
Proctor, M. C. F.; Richards, Prof. P. W.; Roberts, R. H.
DensieH. Best, F. C.; Gaunt, A.; Meadows, P. H.
Fuint. Spooner, H.
S. Lincs. Foottit, A. C.; Lemmon, R. A.
N. Lincs. Gibbons, Miss E. J.; Knott, E.; Lincolnshire Natural-
ists’ Union; Metcalfe, Miss C. E.; Wray, E. V.
Leics. Bristow, Miss H. M.; Conolly, Miss A.; Gray, Mrs. A. S.;
Hanson, M. K.; Horwood, E. K.; Jermy, A. C.; Leicester
Museum and Art Gallery; Packer, J. G.; Padmore, Miss P.
Aes somwter,, KH. A.- Putin, Prof. Tf) G:
Notts. Abbott, W. E.; Bexon, Miss D.; Coulthard, C. E.;
Diemer, Miss D.; Downer, C. S.; Hall, R. H.; Howitt, R. C.
L.; Howitt, Mrs. R. C. L.; Nottingham Natural History
Museum.
Dersys. Carey, Miss R.; Hall, F. T.; MHollick, Miss K. M.;
Somers, W. H.; Spragg, P. W.; Torry, R.; Wise, R. D.
CHESHIRE. Booth, Mrs. A.; Cadman, J. R.; Gill, Mrs. M. M.;
Goddard, W. J.; Graddon, W. D.; Green, H. E.; Harvey,
F./O. J. W.; Savidge, J. P.; Thorpe, J.; Williams, E. G.;
Williams, J. T.
S. Lancs. Ackerley, Miss M. E.; Bergin, J.; Bradshaw, Miss E. ;
Burges, Prof. A.; Burnett, Dr. J. H.; Burrows, Dr. E. M.;
Calder, Dr. M. G.; Davies, H. B.; Frost, Miss L. W.;
Gordon, Miss V.; Hainsworth, Miss M. D.; Hare, Dr. C.
Leighton; Holder, F. W.; Hopkins, B.; Howarth, Dr. W. O.;
Jones, I.; Jowett, D. W.; Kidd, L.N.; Laycock, T. R.;
Liverpool Botanical Society; Liverpool, University of;
McCurdy, Dr. J. M.; Manchester Museum; Mills, Dr. J. N.;
Minns, F. C.; O’Connor, Miss W. M. T.; Oldham Central
62,
63,
64,
66,
82,
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Public Library; Ramsden, W.; Rosser, Dr. E. M.; Shaw,
Rev. C. E.; Slater, F.; Southport Botanic Gardens Museum;
Travis, W. G.; Walker, Dr. S.; Welsey, B.; Wylie, Miss A. P.
W. Lanes. Bunker, H. E.; Carter, J. E.; North; Miss D. KE.
Sagar, (Gaoike
S.E. Yorks. Bradshaw, Miss M. E.; Chandler, M. R.; Crackles,
Miss F. E.; Hull, University College of; Watts, W. A.;
Wilson, A. K. a
N.E. Yorks. Handford, D. D.; Lawrence, I. C.; Rob, Miss C. M.;
Rowntree, H.; Yeoman, Miss R.
S.W. Yorks. Adams, F. W.; Appleyard, Mrs. J.; Barnsley
Naturalist and Scientific Society; Brown, J.; Bunting, W.:
Butler, Miss G. M.; Clapham, Prof. A. R.; Ellis, E. W-;
Halifax Scientific Society; Haynes, F. N.; Kind, S. S.;
Rowlands, Dr. S. P.; Schofield, T.; Shaw, G. A.; Shaw, M.
S.; Sylvester-Bradley, P. C.; Wells, Mrs. E. M.
Mip W. Yorxs. Andrews, Miss J.; Baker, Dr. H. G.; Bartle,
Miss J._E.;- Frankland, J. N.; Horsmanj 23) Malby,) Or. 5:
'A.; Leeds Central Library; Malham Tarn Field Centre;
Manton, Prof. I.; Nelson, G. A.; Shaddick, Miss C.; Sledge.
Drs, We Ae
DurHAM. Darlington and Teesdale Naturalists’ Field Club:
Durham Colleges Science Library; Gibby, Mrs. A. N.; Harri-
son, Prof. J. W. Heslop; Heaviside, Miss P.; Jones, Dr. D.
G.; Moore, D. M.; Morton, J. K.; Newcastle, King’s College:
Rossiter, J.; Sowerby, B.; Valentine, Prof. D. H.; Wise, Dr.
D.; Woodell, S. R. J.
NORTHUMBERLAND, S. Blackburn, Dr. K. B.; Clark, Dr. W. A.;
Cooke, It. Bs; Park, .K. J.-F. > Resterte tae
, CHEVIOTLAND. Farmer, Dr. A. J.
9, WESTMORLAND. Jerreira, R. E. C.; Hawkins, J.; Hyde, Mrs.
ie Je; Juewis;, Rs Tetley, Miss Mee.
,N. Lanes. Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club; Elliott, R. J.; Evans,
Miss E. M.; Grange-over-Sands, Nature Conservancy;
Jowett, Miss E. B.
, CumBrrianp. Atkinson, W.; Carlisle Public Library, Museum
and Art Gallery; Cross, Hon. M.; Dent, Miss H. S. A.;
Hinde, J. D.; Muirhead, Miss C. W.; Parkin, J.; Stalker,
Miss N. M.
Dumrries. Milne-Redhead, Dr. H.
Kirkcupsriecut. Biggar, Miss E. I.
LANARK. Braid, Prof. K. W.; Crundwell, A. C.; Forrest, J. T.:
Lee, J. R.; Mackechnie, R.; McVean, Dr. D. N.; Mont-
gomery, Mrs. R.; Patton, Dr. D.; Ribbons, B. W.; Scott,
W. A.; Slack, A.; Spence, D. H. N.; Stirling, A. M.;
Young, Miss G. A.
, Berwick. Swinton, Mrs. A. E.
Happineton, Younger, Mrs H. J.
GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS 459
83, HpinBurGH. Basden, EK. B.; Burtt, B. L.; Cumming, R.; Currie,
A.; Davis, Dr. P. H.; Edinburgh, Nature Conservancy ;
Green, P. S.; Harberd, D. J.; Henderson, D.M.; Mac-
Donald, Miss M. M.; MacLecd, Dr. A.; Milne, Dr. J.;
Poulter, Miss By AY; Roger, J. G.; Shirras, Miss A. J).,M.;
Smith, Prof. Sir W. W.
85, Fire. Balfour, Mrs. EK. J.; Eggeling, Dr. W. J ; MacDonald,
Dr. J. A.
88, Mip PerrH. Campbell, Miss M. S.; Farquharson, Miss M. M.;
Poore, M. E. D.; Robson, A W.
90, Forrar. Duncan, Miss U. K.; Lyon, Dr. K.; Ogilvie, W. B.;
Watson, H. G.
91, KincarpIne. Scott, G. A. M.
92, S. ABERDEEN. Gimingham, Dr. C. H.; Lyon, Dr. A. G.; Matthews,
Prof. J. R.; Paget, Lady; Robson, N. K. B.; Torry, Scottish
Home Department Marine Laboratory.
93, N. ABERDEEN. Milne, Dr. J. F.
94, Banrr. Webster, Miss M. McCallum.
95, Exern. Hunter, Mrs. M. S.
96, Easterness. Phillips, M. T. T.
100, CrypE Isues. Hutchison, Miss A. R.
101, Kintyre. Cunningham, Miss M. H.
104, N. Esuprs. Gordon, S.
110, OurzR Hesripes. Curnow, P. W.
H.3, W. Corx. O’Donovan, J. E.
H.12, Wexrorp. Booth, Miss EK. M.
H.16, W. Gatway. Gough, Mrs. H.; Teacher, Mrs. H. N.
H.17, N.E. Gatway. Mitchell, M. E. K.
H.21, Dusurxn. Brunker, J. P.; Dublin, National Museum of Eire;
Glasnevin Botanic Garden; Dublin, Royal Irish Academy ;
O'Reilly, Dr. H.; Stelfox, A. W.; Verschoyle, Mrs. W.:
Webb, Prof. D. A.
H.37, ArmacH. Chambré, Mrs. C. M.
H.39, ANTRIM. Carrothers, KE. N.; Chase, Capt. C. D.; Harrison,
Prof. J. Heslop; Kertland, Miss M. P. H.; Moon, J. Mck.;
Parker, R. E.
MEMBERS OVERSEAS
KUROPE
Austria. Graz, University of ; Rechinger, Dr. K. H.
Betcrum. Brussels, Jardin Botanique de |’Ktat; Lawalrée, Dr. A.
Denmark. Bocher, Prof. T. W.; Copenhagen, Botanisk Central-
bibhotek.
Franck. Grenoble, Institut de Botanique; Harding, W. F. W.;
Jovet, Dr. P.; Liger, Dr. J.; Louis-Arsene, Frére; Paris,
Faculte de Pharmacie; Vilmorin, R. de.
GERMANY. Benl, Dr. G.; Kiikenthal, Dr. G.
IceLanD. Reykjavik Natturugripasfnid.
AGO GEOGRAPHICAL LIST OF MEMBERS
Iraty. Pavia, University of.
NeETHERLANDS. Amshoff, Dr. G. J. H.; Amsterdam, Koninklijke
Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen; Amsterdam
Universiteits-Bibliotheek ; Andreas, Dr. Ch. H.; Groningen,
State University of; Jansen, P.; Utrecht Botanical Museum
and Herbarium.
Norway. Bergen Universitets Biblioteket; Lid, J.; Oslo, Univer-
sitets Botaniske Museum; Tromsé Museum Bibhoteket.
SweEDEN. Goteborgs Botaniska Tradgard; Hylander, Dr. N.; Lind-
quist, Prof. B.; Nannfeldt, Dr. J. A.; Uppsala, Kungl.
Lantbrukshogskolan Biblioteket; Uppsala, Vaxtbiologiska
Institutionen; Weimarch, Prof. H.
SWITZERLAND. Aellen, Dr. P.; Geneve, Conservatoire et Jardin
Botanique; Glendinning, D. R.; Thomas, Miss E. M.
ASIA
Cyprus. Merton, F.
InponESIA. Bogor, Bibliotheca Bogoriensis.
AFRICA
CarE Province. Adamson, Prof. R. S.
NORTHERN RuHopeEsIA. Fanshawe, D. B.; Robinson, FE. A.
SrerRA Leone. Galt, R. W. C.
SOUTHERN RHopESIA. Whellan, J. A.
Supan. MacLeay, Dr. K. N. G.
Ueanpba. Tallantire, Miss A. C.
N. AMERICA
CanaDa. Callen, Dr. E. O.;, Léve, Dr. A.; Ottawa, National
Museum of Canada; Ritchie, J. C.
Unirep States. Brooklyn Botanic Gardens; California Academy
of Sciences; California, Pomona College Library; Cambridge.
Gray Herbarium; Cincinnati, Lloyd Library; Lawrence,
Prof. G. H. M.; Massachusetts, Arnold Arboretum; Michi-
gan, University of; New York, Albert R. Mann Library;
New York Botanical Gardens; Pittsburgh, Carnegie Museum:
Polunin, Prof. N.; Texas Research Foundation; Washington,
Library of State College of; Washington, Smithsonian In-
stitute; Washington, United States Department of Agri-
culture.
Ss. AMERICA
TRINIDAD. Wood, H.
AUSTRALASIA
AusTRALIA. Boyd, R. A.; Jacobs, V.; Melbourne, Publie Library of
Victoria; Welsh, I. H.
BritisH New Guinea. Cruttwell, Rev. N. E. G.
New ZEALAND. Healy, A. J.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 19538 A461
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
The number of gatherings contributed to the Exchange, though sti!l
substantial, showed a drop of rather over 12% on last year’s total. The
Guaiity of the material sent in was, on the whole, good, though a few
of the contributions were rather scanty. The number of plants which
appeared to call for comment from referees was not large and it is to
be hoped the contributions of ‘critical’ plants will increase in the future.
Special mention should be made of the interesting and excellent
specimens of Oxalis contributed by Dr. D. P. Young which will un-
doubtedly be of great assistance in the naming of O. corniculata, O.
europaea, O. stricta and their varieties.
Our thanks are due once more to the referees who have provided
comments on the plants submitted to them and finally I should hke to
express my own thanks to Mr. E. K. Horwood for a great deal of help
with making up and sending out the parcels.
MG) Lurin’.
University College,
Leicester.
October 1954.
LIST OF PARCELS RECEIVED
Gatherings. Sheets. Duplicates.
F. W. Adams ass i 109 8
Botany School, Cambridee 14 166
kk; Duncan : 4 36
G. W. T. H. Fleming il i
J. D. Grose 3 32
J. E. Lousley 2 2 14 40)
National Museum of Tales il 10
E. L. Swann 3} 33
University College, leiecerer 13 106 1420
E. C. Wallace 5 47 16
53 560 1484
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History
Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee
Epitep By Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of
Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/— post free. Single Parts, 3/6
All communications to be addressed to :—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
DISTRIBUTOR’ S REPORT FOR 1955 463
Rununculus murginatus Urv. var. trachycarpus (Fisch. & Mey.)
Aznavour. 1, W. Cornwall; Hort. Streatham, London, from root col-
lected April 5, 1953, from arable field, St. Martin’s, Isles of Scilly;
material pressed June 7 and 25, 1953 (Fl. Scilly Exsice. No. 573). This
buttercup has been established for at least five years in arable fields
and roadsides about Higher Town, St. Martin’s. In early April it was
just coming into flower, and a root was grown on to show the charac-
teristic fruits—J. E. Lous ry.
Viola odorata L. var. dumetorum (Jord.) Rouy & Fouc. 3, S. Devon;
sheltered lane, Torbryan, near Newton Abbot (Grid Ref. 823667), March
21, 1953.—S. M. Watters. ‘‘Correct’’.—D. H. VALENTINE.
Silene anglica var. sylvestris (Schott) Aschers. & Graebn. 28, W.
Norfolk; in 2-year old lucerne ley, Westacre, King’s Lynn, June 17,
19538.—E. L. Swann.
Chenopodium ficifollum Sm. 55, Leicester; garden weed, Home
Farm, Knighton, Leicester, August 10, 1948.—T. G. TurtIn.
C. vulvaria L. 15, E. Kent; crack between base of brick wal) and
tarmac road, Davington, near Faversham, September 1953.—R. E.
PARKER.
Ozalis corniculata L., erect-growing state. 38, Warwick; subspon-
taneous in garden of Westham House, Barford (Grid Ref. SP/262603),
June 28, 1952 (Ref. No. 4417). I believe that this form has sometimes
been mistaken for O. stricta auct. in the past. Seed from these plants
sown in open ground gave normal creeping plants, so that these speci-
mens only represent an updrawn state, probably caused by growing in
crowded flower-beds near a house-wall.—D. P. Youne.
O. corniculata L. var. microphylla Hook. f. 16, W. Kent; gravelly
sidewalk adjacent to gardens, Tunbridge Wells, August 15, 1953 (Ref.
No. 4886).—K. E. Butt and D. P. Youne. ‘‘This very distinct minia-
ture form of O. corniculata is a native of the mountains of New Zealand
and Tasmania, and is often grown in rockeries. I know of several places
where it is naturalised in similar situations’’.—D. P. Young.
O. europaea Jord. (O. stTRIcTa auct., non L. sec. Wiegand) forma
villicaulis Wiegand. 13, W. Sussex; garden weed at New Place, Pul-
borough, August 29, 1953 (Ref. No. 4900). I give the formal name for
what it is worth; the present plant is hairier than the form distributed
by the National Museum of Wales last year, but it is sometimes more
extreme with long shaggy brown pubescence on the stem.—D. P.
Youne.
O. europaea Jord., purple-leaved var. 17, Surrey; subspontaneous
in a garden at Horley (Grid Ref. TQ/2941), September 7, 1953 (Ref.
464 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
No. 4923).—F. M. GuRTEEN and D. P. Youne. “‘I have seen this var.
called ‘rubrifolia’ and ‘purpurea’ but I know of no authority for the
names. I have never seen it outside a garden, although as in the pre-
sent instance it is usually no more than a weed. Compared with the
parallel var. purpurea Parl. of O. corniculata, the purple suffusion of
the leaves is weak and reddish in tint, and fades away in older leaves’.
—)). PP. Youne-
O. stricta L. sec. Wiegand (O. pILLENTI Jacq.). 13,.W. Sussex; cul-
tivated at Sanderstead, Surrey, August-October 1953 (Ref. No. 4893),
from plants gathered in a sandy arable field near Pulborough by Mr.
O. Buckle in 1951. Although this species has figured in the British
list for some time, the earlier record for it (B.E.C. 1919 Rep.. 553) is
based on a misidentification, and the present plant represents the first
and so far the only British record. It is a native of the eastern United
States and Canada, and although it has been grown in Europe for at
least 200 years it is very rarely seen this side of the Atlantic. It is,
however, naturalised in Paris. Whence or how the Pulborough plants
were introduced is a mystery; they have persisted in the same field now
for several years. The agrestal habitat is also unusual for an Ozalis
in this country. A further account of the naturalised British Uzalis
is in preparation.—D. P. Youne.
Lotus angustissimus L. 17, Surrey; sandy pasture by Derry’s Wood,
near Wonersh, August 16, 1953. Known here some twenty years, the
plant was found to be flourishing still, when Mr. N. Y. Sandwith and
I visited the locality to obtain specimens for illustration purposes.—
EK. C. WALLAce.
Onobrychis vicifolia Scop. (? Native form). 8, S. Wilts.; chalk
grassland, Casterly Camp, June 24, 1953.—J. D. Grose. Ref. 6318a.
The native form of Onobrychis viciifolia is far less common on the
Wiltshire downs than the introduced strain which is now thoroughly
established on chalk grassland in many places. The following characters
may serve to separate the two forms:
NATIVE NATURALISED
Plant Small, slender Large, robust
Habit Prostrate Suberect
Stems Few Many
Leaflets Usually obovate; often retuse Usually oblong: rarely retuse
L/B ratio c 3:0 c. 4:5
Flowers Bright red Paler, pink to red
Calyx teeth Half as long again as tube Twice length of tube
It is possible that the specimens distributed are the products of
crossing between the native and the cultivated strains, the influence
of the latter being shown chiefly by the large size of the plants.—J. D.
GROSE.
QO. vicufolia Seop. (Naturalised form). 8, S. Wilts.; chalk grass-
land, Rushall, June 24, 19538.—J. D. Grosr. Ref. 6318.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 465
Rubus ulmifolius Schott f. 55, Leicester; hedge, Home Farm,
Knighton, Leicester, July 23, 1948.--T. G. Turrn. 2n=14. Identifica-
tion confirmed by W. C. R. Watson.
Potentilla thuringiaca Bernh. var. nestleriana (Tratt.) Schinz &
Keller. 90, Angus; abundant near Leysmill, May 11, 1953.—U. K.
DUNCAN.
Iibes alpinum L. 63, S.W. Yorks.; crevice on Magnesian Lime-
stone, cliff near Roche Abbey, Maltby (Grid Ref. SK 547899). Presum-
ably naturalised, April 1953.—F. W. Apams.
Bupleurum tenuissimum L. 15, E. Kent; on compacted gravel, often
flooded with brackish water, head of Oare Creek near Faversham, Sep-
tember 1953.—R. E. Parker.
Euphorbia hyberna L. H2, N. Kerry; Hort. Trinity College, Dublin,
root from Derrycunihy wood, near Killarney, May 19, 1952.—D. A.
WEBB.
Polygonum aviculare L. 39, Staffs.; Bass’s Maltings, Burton-on-
Trent, August 20, 1948.—R. C. L. Burces and T. G. Turin. ‘An un-
usual-looking erect form’’.—T. G. TuTIn.
Rumex x wrightu Lousley (=R. conglomeratus x cunetfolius). 4,
N. Devon; Hort. Streatham, London, from a scrap of the root from
material sent by Dr. F. R. Elliston Wright in August 1952 (see Wat-
soma 2, 394-7, 1953) from Braunton Burrows and pressed August 30,
1953. The plant grew luxuriantly and flowered freely, but, as is so
often the case in hybrid docks, no fruit developed fully.—J. E.
LovustLey.
Salix calodendron Wimm. 90, Angus; base of sea cliff, Auchmithie,
July 15, 1953.—U. K. Duncan. ‘This is a hybrid of S. viminalis but
the material is inadequate to decide the other parent or parents.
Material for identification should include (1) catkins, (2) mature leafly
shoots of normal branches, (3) in all hybrids in which S. aurita, 8S.
atrocinerea, S. cinerea or S. cavrea may be involved, a portion of a
2-year old (or older) branch with the bark removed to demonstrate the
presence or absence of ridges (‘striations’) on the wood’”’.—R. MELVILLE.
PS. atrocinerea Brot. x S. nigricans Sm. 90, Angus; sea cliffs,
Auchmithie, March 18, 1953.—U. K. Duncan. ‘‘Yes’’.—R. MELVILLE.
“Whilst there is a suggestion of S. atrocinerea about the young leaves,
I do not feel convinced that this is a hybrid and think it may be pure
S. nigricams’’.—HK. F. Warsure.
Erica mackaiana Bab. H35, N. Donegal; Upper Lough Nacung,
August 2, 1953,—D. A. Wess. ‘‘A hydro-electric scheme will greatly
466 ; DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 Sai
diminish the abundance of the plant here in the next year or two,
though I hope it will be possible to save some’’.—D. A. WEsB.
E. xX praegeri Ostenf. (ZH. mackaiana x tetraliz). H35, N. Done-
gal; Upper Lough Nacung, with both parents, August 3, 1953.—D. A.
Wess. “Apart from the narrower leaf, it may be distinguished trom
Hi. mackaiana by the presence of downy hairs on the sepals, at least
on the margins’’.—D. A. WEBB.
EH. X praegeri Ostenf. H16, W. Galway; Craigamore, August 5,
1953.—D. A. WEBB.
Cuscuta europaea lL. 17, Surrey; on nettles hy the River Wey
near Burpham, Guildford, September 5, 1953 (Ref. No. 9338).—E. C.
WALLACE.
Veronica catenata Pennell. 56, Notts.; marshy bank of stream near
the canal at Shireoaks near Worksop (Grid Ref. SK 551811), September
1953.—F. W. ApaAms.
Rhinanthus stenophyllus (Schur) Druce. 27, E. Norfolk; about the
drainage channels in rough meadow-land of Brinton Common, August
8, 1953.—E. L. Swann. Corolla dull yellow with violet teeth. Plant
association: Juncus inflexus (a); J. subnodulosus (f); Mentha aquatica
(a); Pulicaria dysenterica (f); Galiwm palustre (0); Lotus uliginosus (f).
EKuphrasia brevipila Burnat & Gremli var. notata Pugsl. 88, Mid
Perth; grassy bank by lane from road to pier, Lawers (Ref. No. E254),
June 30, 1953.—P. F. YEo.
E. brevipila Burnat & Gremli var. reayensis Pugsl. 108, W. Suther-
land; sandy slope between dunes and field, Farr Bay, Bettyhill.
Flowers large, lilac, or white with upper lip lilas, 9-10 mm. long, 10
mm. across lower lip (Ref. No. E304), July 8, 1953.—P. F. Yro. ‘‘Con-
sidered as a population this is not quite like the Reay plant, which is
more compact and robust with more and longer indumentum and larger
flowers. Some individuals at Reay are, however, almost identical with
these. It is therefore perhaps legitimate to extend the name reayensts
to cover these plants’’.—E. F. Warsure.
K. confusa Pugsl. f. albida Pugsl. 1, W. Cornwall; grassy track,
Zela near Goonhaven (Ref. No. E257), August 10, 1953.—P. F. Yro.
“Rather stiff and erect, but the nearest approach to characteristic E.
confusa I have found in this neighbourhood’’.—P. F. Yro. “I agree
that these are confusa, though I often find it difficult to know where
to draw the line between confusa and nemorosa’’.—E. F. Warsure.
Mentha longifolia (L.) L. 18, W. Sussex; roadside, North Stoke
near Amberley, August 8, 1958. (Ref. No. 9339).—E. C. Watacrg.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 467
Stachys x ambigua Sm. (Stachys palustris x sylvatica). 8,8. Wilts.;
Warden’s Down, Bratton (Ref. No. C334), August 4, 1953.—J. D.
Grosg. ‘‘The L/B ratio of the leaves averages about 2:6—a value which
is probably too small even for the robust broad-leaved form of S. palus-
tris. The flower-colour was intermediate between S. palustris and S.
sylvatica; it has darkened a little in drying’’.—J. D. GRosk.
Guleopsis angustifolia Khrh. ex Hoffm. 41, Glamorgan; fixed shingle
beach, The Leys, West Aberthaw, August 11, 1953.—A. E. Wape.
Galtum erectum xX verum. 90, Angus; Turfbeg near Forfar, with
the parents, July 11, 19538.—U. K. Duncan.
Galinsoga ciliata (Rafin.) Blake. 29, Cambs.; weed in Botanic Gar-
den allotments (loc. ab.), Cambridge, October 30, 1953.—S. M. WaLTErs.
Senecio inaequidens DC. 30, Bedford; grown at Sanderstead,
Surrey, October 1953 (Ref. No. 4977), from seed from a plant grown
by Mr. Lousley and originally from Biggleswade Railway Sidings,
October 1951 (Ref. No. 5110161). The parent has already been com-
mented on in last year’s Report (Year Book, B.S.B.I., 1953, 107); the
progeny showed some variation in leaf-shape, but the specimens distri-
buted all came from one plant which most nearly resembled the parent.
In others the leaf-auricles were not so well developed.—J. EF. LousLey
and D. P. Youne. See also Proc. B.S.B.I., 1, 256 (1954).
Filago apiculata G.E.Sm. 17, Surrey; sandy field by Derry’s Wood.
near Wonersh, August 16, 19538.—H. C. Watvacr
Hieracium vagum Jord. 63, S.W. Yorks.; rather common in wood
clearing and margin by Killamarch Pond, July 1951.—F. W. Apams.
“Grows on waste ground and woodland rides in the region. The capi-
tula are frequently attacked by Noéeta pupillata (Fallén). In some
cases there may be 100% infection. ‘Galled’ capitula are readily re-
cognisable in fruit, as the involucre is much broader towards the base
and often triangular in outline. The involucre of ‘ungalled’ capitula is
much narrower’’.—F. W. ApaMs. “Correct’’.—P. D. Serr and C.
West. [Noéeta pupillata is a species of fly belonging to the Dipterous
familly Trypetidae—the ‘‘fruit flies’?.—H. K. Atry SHaw. ]
Juncus effusus L. x inflerus L. (J. x diffusus Hoppe). 17, Surrey:
margin of Britten’s Pond near Worplesdon, September 5, 1953. (Ref.
No. 9343).—E. C. WaLwace.
Orchis ericetorum (Linton) Marshall. 98, Argyll; Ben Laoigh, 2000
ft., June 8, 1953.—G. W. T. H. Fremine. “QO. maculata L. subsp.
ericetorum Linton (=O. ericetorum (Linton) Marshall). Pressed under
great pressure, and stem thus appearing thicker than usual, White-
flowered individuals are not uncommon in this species’’.—J. Hrstop-
Harrison,
468 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953
Glyceria declinata Eréb. 57, Derby; margin of duck-pond by main
road near Winster, Matlock (Grid Ref. SK 238600), August 10, 1953.—
F. W. Avams. ‘Variable, tending to form a floating mat at the water’s
edge. Some specimens have suffered attack from ‘insects’ and Clavi-
ceps purpurea Tul. Other species of Glyceria are absent from the
locality’’.—F. W. ApAMs.
x Festulolium loliaceum (Huds.) P. Fourn. (Festuca pratensis xX
Lolium perenne). 57, Derby; abundant in pasture beside River Brad-
ford between Alport and Youlgreave (Grid Ref. SK 218643), July 16,
1953.—F. W. Apvams. ‘‘Very variable in size, and both the number of
spikelets and the number of florets per spikelet. It is of locally frequent
occurrence in the neighbourhood, but is by no means generally frequent
in Derbyshire, although both parents occur. Many specimens wither
before they are fully developed’’.—F. W. ApamMs.
Puccinelha distans (L.) Parl. 56, Notts.: abundant on waste ground
by canal, Shireoaks, Worksop (Grid Ref. SK 551811), July 28, 1953.—
fF, W. Apams. ‘“‘Introduced with ballast from the nearby canal? Thrives
on remains of lime heaps from the tormer burning of Magnesian Lime-
stone. Has spread to calcareous regions nearby, and may grow on al-
most pure lime’’.—F. W. ApDAMs.
Poa bulbosa L. Root from wall top, near Colico, Lake Como, N.
Italy, July 1948; Hort. University College, Leicester, April 25, 1949.
2n=35.—T. G. Turtmy. “A ‘viviparous’ race but larger than that from
N. Kurope, which has 2n=45’’.—T. G. Turin.
P. compressa 1.. 29, Cambs.;: Norman Cement Works Chalk Pit
(loc. ab.), Cambridge (Grid Ref. 480575), June 30, 1953.—S. M.
WALTERS.
Bromus ferronii Mabille. 1, W. Cornwall; grassy places on cliff
near the Lizard, more or less sheltered from S.W., and abundant within
1 mile of sea, June 3, 1948.—T. G. Turtn.
B. lepidus Holmb. var. micromollis (Krésche) C. E. Hubbard. 28,
W. Norfolk ; borders of arable land and old stack sites, Appleton, King’s
Lynn (Ref. No. 2396), June 26, 1953.—E. L: Swann.
Bromus (1). 29, Cambs.: arable field near Little Abington (Grid
Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parker. ‘RB. commutatus Schrad.’’.
A. Metpreris and T. G. Turttn.
Bromus (2). 29, Cambs.; arable field near Little Abington (Grid
Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parker. ‘“‘B, interruptus Druce’’.
A. Metprris and T. G. Turm,
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1953 A469
Bromus (3). 29, Cambs.; arable field near Little Abington (Grid
Ref. 52539494), June 1953.—R. E. Parxer. ‘3. secalinus L. var. hirtus
(Schultz) Aschers. & Graebn. ex Hegi’’.—A. MerLpEris and T. G.
TUTIN.
B. arvensis L. 26, W. Suffolk; near Newmarket, August 8, 1913.—
C. E. Moss.
Phalaris minor Retz. 13, W. Sussex: uncultivated allotment, Worth-
ing, June 1, 1953 (Ref. No. 4779).—D. P. Younc, conf. N. L. Bor.
Cynodon dactylon (I..) Pers. 1, W. Cornwall; very abundant be-
tween Penzance and Marazion on sandy shore (Grid Ref. SW 4931),
July 22, 1953.—F. W. Apams. ‘‘Very abundant, reproducing vegeta-
tively. The specimens are much smaller than those from similar habi-
tats on the continent’’.—F. W. Apams.
cecart Ee
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1955-56
—_———_
Development and Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.)
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. S. L. Gilmour
R. A. Graham
D. H. Kent
R. D. Meikle
H. Milne-Redhead
O. V. Polunin
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan
J. HE. Dandy
D. H. Kent
J. E. Lousley —
H. K. Airy Shaw
R. M. Payne
N. Y. Sandwith
E. C. Wallace
Dr. S. M. Walters
P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.)
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Maps .
Prof. A. R. Clapha
(Hon. Sec.)
Dr. J. G. Dony
R. A. Graham
J. E. Lousley
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead
C. D. Pigott
M. EK. D. Poore
W. T. Stearn (co-opted)
Prof. T. G. Tutin
E. C. Wallace
_ Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Prof. D. A. Webb
A. H. G. Alston
EK. B. Bangerter
O. Buckle
Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.)
Mrs. A. N. Gibby
P. C. Hall
Dr. E. M. Rosser
Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Mrs. B. Welch
Conservation
Captain C. Diver
Dr. J. G. Dony |
. L. Gilmour
E
K. Milne-Redhead
V. S. Summerhayes
P. J. Wansitall
_ Mrs. B. Welch
Junior Membership
D. E. Allen
Miss H. Franks
Miss L. W. Frost
Miss B. M. C. Morgan
J. Ounsted
O. V. Polunin
Dr. ©: Ve Prime
A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.)
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL
SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Published Twice Yearly
Price 15} per part
Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER,
c/o Department of Botany, British Museum,
(Natural History ), London, S.W.7
PROCEEDINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Editor: D. H. KENT
Vol. | OCTOBER 1955 Pt. 4
CONTENTS PAGE
N = ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (V.C. 29).
By F. H. Perring, P. D. Sell and 8. M. Walters... ti Ai
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS.
By F. H. Perring oes oe OF Ge at ist Oe
A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT. By D. P. Young ... ... 490
PiLant NOTES ie: ae pe i oe he ae ie
Piant RECORDS. Compiled by E. C. Wallace ... we Ce ea
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE. Compiled by D. H. Kent DUS
Frevp Meerine, 1953 Be ee eae oon BBB
Fre.p MEETINGS, 1954 ae ses He Bolu ee vse DAZ
OBITUARIES Be, oe but ae ae iG ap Beis 9 15 ye
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS _... ee ch tee
LocAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES ... zee 5 OE
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS ao6 ae seis ae vee - 572
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 ... sae ss se Le OED
Sree
* PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY THE
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
c/o DEPARTMENT oF Botany, British Muszum (Naturau History),
Lonpon, S.W.7
Prict TEN SHILLINGS
BOTANICAL SOCIETY of the BRITISH ISLES
Patroness: H.R.H. THe Princess Royar
Applications for Membership should be addressed to the Hon. Assistant
Secretary: D. H. KENT, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13, from whom
copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained
OFFICERS FOR 1955-1956
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING,
APRIL 2npd, 1955
President: Dr. George Taylor
Vice-Presidents: N. D. Simpson, Prof. T. G. Tutin, G. M.
Ash, Prof. D. A. Webb
Honorary General Secretary : J. E. Lousley
Honorary Treasurer : E. L. Swann
Honorary Editor : Dr. E. F. Warburg
Honorary Meetings Secretary : Dr. J. G. Dony
COUNCIL
(in order of seniority for purposes of Rule 3 (e))
Elected April 1952 Elected April 1954
Dr. D. P. Young O. Buckle
V. S. Summerhayes Dr. H. G. Baker
E. B. Bangerter D. McClintock
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. E. M. Rosser
Elected March 1958 Elected April 1955
Dr. J. H. Burnett Dr. F. Rose
R. A. Graham C. E. Hubbard
D. E. Allen P. J. Wanstall
Mrs. A. N. Gibby J. E. Raven
Honorary Assistant Secretaries : D.H. Kent and Mrs. B. Welch
Honorary Field Secretary : QO. Buckle
REPRESENTATIVES
Association of School Natural History Societies : Dr. J. G. Dony
Biological Stains Commission of the British Isles : Dr. J. H. Burnett
Council for the Promotion of Field Studies : J. E. Lousley
Wild Plant Conservation Board : R. A. Graham
Continued on inside of back cover
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE A471
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE (V.C. 29)
By F. H. Perrine, P. D. SELL and 8. M. WaLTERS
The botanical vice-county 29 comprises Cambridgeshire
proper and the Isle of Ely. The latter is flat, almost entirely
arable, drained silt and fenland, and, compared with the more
accessible and more diversified country in the Cambridge district,
is very much neglected botanically and badly under-recorded.
There are no recent records for many species formerly recorded
in the Cambridgeshire fens, and whilst it is reasonable to suppose
that many of these (particularly species of neutral to acid fen or
bog such as Potentilla palustris) have in fact disappeared, some
(e.g. aquatic species such as Potamogeton friesi) are very probably
still to be found, though perhaps reduced in quantity. Also the
information on the distribution of common species in the Isle of
Ely is seriously inadequate, and assistance with recording in the
March-Chatteris-Wisbech areas would be most welcome.
Cambridgeshire is well documented botanically. The series
of County Floras begins with Ray (1660), and continues at
intervals of roughly a century with Relhan (1785), Babington
(1860) and Evans (1939). Unfortunately, the last of the series
does not keep up the high standard of its predecessors, and a
taxonomically satisfactory revision of the Cambridgeshire flora,
correcting a number of Evans’ statements, particularly for the
grasses and sedges, is now overdue. It is hoped that some
reasonably complete revision might be ready for publication in
1960, the tercentenary of Ray and the centenary of Babington.
In the meantime, these notes are offered as an indication of
“work in progress’’.
In such a highly arable county as Cambridgeshire, decline
and extinction of certain classes of species due to improved
agriculture is very marked. Some of these changes, particularly
those affecting bog, fen and marsh plants, due to drainage and
cultivation, were already apparent to Babington, and have, of
course, proceeded much further since his day. Thus, the fen
orchid, Liparis, is apparently extinct in the county (last recorded
at. Wicken in 1945); and there are no recent records for several
other species such as Sagina nodosa and Stellaria palustris. Other
species such as Parnassia, Pinguicula vulgaris, E'pipactis palustris
and Menyanthes trifoliata survive in a very few relict fen habitats.
Another category of “agricultural casualties” are the species of
old pasture, including several orchids (e.g. frog orchid, Coelo-
glossum viride) very much reduced in numbers. In recent years
472 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
the progress of ploughing up and re-seeding has further seriously
reduced this class of species, and permanent pasture with a rich
variety of grasses and other herbs is now quite a rarity in the
Cambridge district. The most recent threat to floristic diversity
—the use of hormone weed-killers—is undoubtedly having a
quick and serious effect, particularly on hedgerow and roadside
affected by drifting spray, although it is as yet too early for much
detailed evidence to have accumulated.
In the weed flora, changes since Babington’s time may be
attributed firstly to cleaning of agricultural seed (decline of e.g.
cornflower, Centaurea cyanus, and thorow-wax, Bupleurum
rotundifolium), and more recently to the use of selective weed-
killer (decline of the field poppies has been a most striking
post-war change in arable Cambridgeshire). One or two
interesting cases suggest, however, that the elimination of the
main dicotyledonous weeds may give certain monocotyledonous
species a great advantage. The most obvious cases are the
increased abundance of wild oat (Avena fatwa—the allied A.
ludoviciana is still apparently rare in the county), and the extra-
ordinary spread of that supposedly rare annual grass, Bromus
diandrus (Anisantha gussoni), which was unrecorded in Cam-
bridgeshire before 1952, but which now appears to be occasional
or frequent in hedgerows, roadsides and waste ground over a
large part of the east of the county, between the Breckland
border and Cambridge. In part this “spread” may be due to the
species having been previously overlooked; but it seems unlikely
to be wholly attributable to this cause, as a well-grown clump of
the grass looks very different from its common relative Bromus
(Anisantha) sterilis.
A rather different reason for decline is shown by a number
of species, particularly ferns, which occur principally or wholly
on walls and buildings in the county. Re-pointing of brickwork
or re-building seems to have caused a general diminution. Ray’s
locality for Polypodium vulgare, in Garret Hostel Lane, Cam-
bridge, survived till the whole wall was pulled down for a new
building in 1947; but Aspleniwm ruta-muraria still survives on
the Senate House steps, and that famous alien crucifer, Arabis
turrita, on a few feet of old wall in the grounds of St. John’s
College.
Some few species, in addition to the grasses already mentioned,
appear to be actively extending their range in the county. The
most spectacular spread is that of Epilobiwm adenocaulon, first
recorded in 1945, and now abundant in one or two localities where
woodland has been partially cleared, and recorded for seven
localities in all. Another willow-herb, E. lanceolatum, seems
likely to spread in the near future; at present it has merely a
single Cambridgeshire record, but it is obviously extending its
NOLES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE 473
range in Britain and is no longer strictly a south-western species.
Veronica filiformis has recently successfully escaped from culti-
vation in several Cambridgeshire localities and may well spread
quickly. Cardaria draba (first recorded 1857) is apparently still
increasing on roadsides and waste ground, and is achieving some
importance as a potentially serious agricultural weed. Lactuca
serriola has become a common wayside plant in the last twenty
or thirty years. Senecio squalidus is now well-established in
several places around Cambridge, but does not yet show signs of
active spread in the City itself. Crepis taraxacifolia, Diplotaxis
muralis, Hrigeron canadensis and Matricaria matricarioides seem
to have finished their main expansion which began in the last
century.
With all this change, it is pleasant to record that several rare
species persist in their classical localities—Linum anglicum on
the Gogs, Dianthus deltoides on the Furze Hills, and Seseli at
Cherry Hinton. Ray’s locality for Veronica spicata, which
survived war-time ploughing up, was unfortunately lost in 1953;
but a fragment of the plant was rescued from the ploughed field,
propagated vegetatively, and used to re-plant the stock in chalk
erassland on the margin of the now arable field in December 1954.
A welcome re-discovery of a supposedly extinct plant was that
of Alchemilla vestita in 1953, in one of its nineteenth century
localities.
No fewer than 12 new county records are here published, all
of them made since 1946. Not one of these species can be con-
sidered “critical”, and although most of them are probably fairly
recent arrivals in the county, others, such as Glyceria declinata
and Poa palustris, are almost certainly native species which have
been overlooked. It is clear that the floristic possibilities of
Cambridgeshire are by no means exhausted; and 1955 has already
yielded one new county record in the shape of Barbarea inter-
media.
The following records are extracted from the card index of
the Cambridgeshire Flora, the property of the Cambridge Natural
History Society, kept in the University Herbarium. This con-
sists of a separate card for each species of vascular plant, listing
all Cambridgeshire records, historical and recent, and indicating
which are represented by specimens in the University Herbarium;
in addition, since 1950, a considerable amount of data has been
added in the form of lists, principally of common species, for
particular Cambridgeshire localities, on special printed record
eards, giving the National Grid Reference. The Society is
attempting to cover the county by making at least one list in each
1 kilometre grid square. For the B.S.B.I. Distribution Maps
Scheme, these data are being extracted on a 10 kilometre square
basis. |
474 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
SOME ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO EVANS’
FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE
tNot native *New County Record §Record new to Comital Flora
InrTIALS oF ContTRiIBUTORS :—D.E.C.—D. E. Coombe, H.G.-C.—H.
Gilbert-Carter, C.D.P.—C. D. Pigott, F.H.P.—F. H. Perring, P.D.S.
—P. D. Sell, S.M.W.—S. M. Walters.
4/1. Aponis annua L. There are specimens in Herb. Cantab. from
Coton, 1852 (C. C. Babington), Cherry Hinton, 1862 (Rey. S. Hiley) and
Newnham allotments, 1944 (C. E. Raven). In addition notes in
Babington’s manuscript give between Hinton Church and Fulbourne,
1868 (Rev. S. G. Phear) and Odsey (A.M.B.).
5/1. Myosurus minimus L. Abundant in a field of beans by Gam-
lingay Wood, 1949 (C.D.P.).
17/2. Manonta aquiroLtiIum (Pursh) Nutt. Abundant on the
Fleam Dyke, 1947 (W. Jones). Now fast becoming well established in
many places in the east of the county.
¥31/4. Corypatis LuTEA (I.) DC. Grantchester, 1886 (A. Shrubbs);
Shelford, 1900 (IF. R. Tennant); Willingham and Earith (KE. A. George) ;
Cambridge, Waterbeach, Ely and Elsworth (J. Rishbeth).
35/1(2). NASTURTIUM MICROPHYLLUM (Boenn.) Reichb. Many re-
cords from most parts of the county by H. W. Howard.
35/1(2)x1. N. MICROPHYLLUM X OFFICINALE. With parents, Cold-
ham’s Common, 1951 (S.M.W.).
§*36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. Arable fen near Over, 1955
(f.H.P. and S.M.W.).
37/6. Turritis GuaBra I. The plant still occurs in the locality
given by Evans (1939). Also in a felled part of Gamlingay Wood (M.
I. D. Pore).
§*+45/7. CocHnparta panica I.. Railway-line near Hayley Wood,
1946 (K. G. Jeffreys). This and Cerastium tetrandrum are interesting
railway-track weeds (see Dony (1953) for further comment).
149/4. SIsyMBRIUM ORIENTALE L. Grantechester (G@. W. Chapman);
Chesterton Ballast Pits (J. S. L. Gilmour); Shepreth (H.G.-C.); Roswell
Pits -( ); Barnwell (H.G.-C. and E. F. Warburg), and Barrington
Cement Works, 1949 (C.D.P.).
§*55/1. Drenotaxis tTENvuIFOLIA (l1.) DC. Devil’s Dyke, 1946 (J.
Rishbeth); Fleam Dyke, 1946 (P. W. Richards) and 1950 (S.M.W.).
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMERIDGESHIRE AT5
65/1. Iseris amara L. Still at the Morden locality, 1951 (W. H.
Mills); railway cutting between Meldreth and Royston, abundant, 1954
(2. D:S.)..
74/2. Buntas ortentTALIs L. Well established in waste-ground by
the railway in Cambridge; also on roadside near Devil’s Dyke.
§*100/9. ‘CERASTIUM TETRANDRUM Curt. Railway by Hayley Wood,
1947 (Miss Duval); and 1951 (S.M.W.).
101/8. STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm. Still on Coe Fen, 1951 (M. C. F.
Proctor).
§*+133/2. Impatiens capENsis Meer. As yet a single record only from
“The Backs’’, Cambridge, 1946.
7133/38. I. parvirtorA DC. Has spread a great deal in and around
Cambridge recently.
185. Notes on Rusus (by W. H. Mills). R. consJuNGENS is very
common in the county, coming next in abundance after R. ULMIFOLIUS
and R. cakstus. RR. TUBERCULATUS is well distributed. RR. BABING-
TONIANUS Is frequent. (Asterisk * indicates specimens in Hb. Mills.)
R. BABINGTONIANUS W. Wats. Cambridge*, Colon*, Linton*, etc.; R.
BELLARDIT Weihe. Jongstone Wood*; R. carstus lL. Widespread; R.
CARDIOPHYLLUS L. & M. Gamlingay*; R. consunerns (Bab.) W. Wats.
Abundant. (Specimens Wicken Fen*, Linton*, 1, Madingley Road,
Cambridge*); R. conspicuus P.J.M. (?) Lt. Chishall Wood*); R.
CRINIGER EK. F. Linton. Gamlingay (Cinques, Great Heath Wood*, Gam-
lingay Wood*); R. pisceretus P.J.M. Morden Grange Plantation* ;
R. Fratcatus Kalt. Gamlingay*; R. rrexvosus L. & M. Gamlingay
(roadside by White Wood and in Gt. Heath Wood*); R. 1mpaEus I.
Here and there. Probably always of garden origin; R. INSECTIFOLIUS
LL. & M. Lt. Chishall Wood*; R. tinpLEIaNnus Ed. Lees, Gamlingay,
Hayley Wood*, Doddington Wood; R. mercicus Bagn. Borley Wood" ;
R. myriacanrHus Focke. Willingham (also in University Botanic Gar-
den and Salisbury Road, no doubt introduced); R. NemMornatis P.J.M. (R.
SELMERI Lindeb:). Wilberforce Road, Cambridge, near the end of the
Coton foot-path*. Evidently introduced; R. potyantHEmMos [Lindeb.
Gamlingay*, Borley Wood; R. pyramipaLtis Kalt. Gamlingay (road-
sides near White Wood*, in Great Heath Wood*); R. rapurta Weihe.
Eversden*, Kingston, and Swansley Woods. Hatley St. George. Hay-
ley*, Longstowe, Borley, Lt. Chishall* Woods, Lt. Abington, Morden
Grange Plantation; R. rHomBIFoLIUS Weihe. Gamlingay (Cinques*
and roadside opposite Great Heath Wood*); R. rurescens L. & M.
Borley Wood*, Sparrow’s Grove*; R. sustustris Ed. Lees. Gamlingay;
R. TUBERCULATUS Bab. Frequent as at Dry Drayton*, Caldecot, by the
Wool Street*, Longstowe, etc.; R. unmironius Schott. Abundant; R.
vestTitus W. & N. Balsham, Borley*, Gt. Chishall, Lt. Chishall* and
476 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE
Wood Ditton Park Woods. Also in and about Cambridge (introduced)
as in garden of 30 Storey’s Way, on the Rockefeller Field, and the
hedge between the Sewage Farm and the Railway Ballast Pits; R.
WARRENII Sud. Gamlingay*.
190/4. ALcHEMILEA vEsTITA (Buser) Raunk. Old pasture, outskirts
of Balsham Wood, 1953 (J. Rishbeth and S.M.W.). A very interesting
re-discovery of a supposedly extinct plant, in a locality probably known
to Ray.
190(2)/2. APpHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. Furze
Hills and Gamlingay (S.M.W.). The expected localities for a calcifuge
plant in Cambridgeshire. A. arvensis is a common weed.
193/4. SaNncGurIsoRBA OFFICINALIS L. Many localities in Babington
(1860). Only records this century are from the edge of Hayley Wood,
1940 (W. H. Mills and others), near Conington on the road to Knap-
well, 1944 (R. P. Scase), and Cottenham Fen, 1954 (S.M.W.).
205/1. Parnassia pAtustRis L. Two localities still known, but a
small quantity only in each.
§*+220/7(2). EpriLoBIuM ADENOCAULON MHausskn. First record on
waste ground, Mill Lane, Cambridge, 1946 (J. N. Mills). Since 1950
recorded for Ditton Park, Borley, Balsham and Hardwick Woods, also
at edge of Madingley Wood and in grounds of Abington Hall.
220/9. KE. LANcroLatum Seb. & Mauri. Morden Grange Plantation,
1953 (S.M.W.). See Proceedings B.S.B.I., 1, 89 (1954).
247/5. Aprtum INUNDATUM (L.) Reichb. f. In Wicken and Monk’s
Lode, first recorded here 1946 (H.G.-C.).
§*+252/1. Fatcarta vuLGARtIs Bernh. Chalk rubble by Cherry
Hinton chalk pits, 1949 (D.E.C. and C.D.P.).
272/1. Serinum oarviron1A (L.) L. Still common at Chippenham
Fen and Fordham Abbey grounds, also in damp meadow, Sawston Hall,
1949 (S.M.W.).
+383/7. Srnecto squattipus L. Evans’ (1939) note on this species
is misleading. The plant was grown in the Botanic Garden in the last
century, but the supposed hybrids with S. vulgaris were almost cer-
tainly the radiate form of the latter species and their presence had
nothing to do with S. squalidus. Until recently when some plants were
brought from Coldham’s Common WS. squalidus had not been in the
Botanic Gardens for many years. During the last ten years, however,
the plant has spread considerably in and around Cambridge.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE A777
4928/2. TRAGorpOGON PRATENSIS L. Evans’ (1939) statement ‘.
always as the long-rayed form’ is so obviously wrong that one suspects
an accidental error in writing “‘long’’ for ‘‘short’’. Subsp. minor
(Mill.) Rouy is undoubtedly the common plant, but subsp. pratensis
has been recorded from several localities.
481/1. MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L. Persists in two localities only.
1527/1. VeERBASCUM PHLOMOIDES IL. Plentiful in a chalk pit be-
tween Kneesworth and Royston, 1950 (P.D.S. det. J. E. Lousley).
1527/4. V. vireatum Stokes. Ely Road, Cambridge, 1863 (W. Wal-
ton) and waste ground, Cambridge, 1946 (J. N. Mills).
1527/5. V. suaTTaRia L. Kirtling (Pryor); Chatteris and Firelots
(Fryer); railway line, Cambridge (H.G.-C.); Harston (J. L. Browne)
and Laboratory grounds, Cambridge (H.G.-C. and S.M.W.).
5093/2. PineurcuLa vuueaRtis L. Still at Chippenham; recorded
since 1947 at Dernford also.
5058/2. MErNTHA ALOPECUROIDES Huds. Chippenham, Chesterton
and Caxton Gibbet (C. EK. Moss), Hinxton Hall (A. Shrubbs), Linton
(A. J. Crosfield), Coe Fen (H.G.-C.), and Fordham Abbey (S.M.W.).
There are no specimens referable to M. rotundifolia (L.) Huds.
5598/6. M. PIPERITA var. OFFICINALIS Sole. R. Graham has so named
the Barrington plant.
558/9. M. x veERTIcILLATA L. Specimens from Dry Drayton (C. C.
Babington), Madingley (Henslow), and Upware (C. E. Moss) are so
named by R. Graham.
558/12. M. x smitHtANA R. Graham. The plant growing between
Longstowe and Bourne and known for many years as M. rubra Sm. is
now so named.
The Cambridgeshire Thymus material has been carefully revised by
C. D. Pigott, with the following result :—
561/1. THymus puLEciompes L. Chalk pits at Haslingfield and
Barrington ; strip lynchets above Harston station; Cherry Hinton chalk
pits; Gamlingay Cinques; chalky field between Gt. Wilbraham and
Fulbourn; ride in Chippenham Fen.
561/8. T. pRuckr Ronn. em. Jalas. Hildersham; Little Trees
Hill; Babraham; Gogs; Devil’s Dyke; Fleam Dyke; Heydon; Morden
Grange Plantation; Dernford Fen; Bottisham; Kneesworth; Litlington.
586/2. Trucr1um scorpium L. Still at one of Evans’ localities,
1951 (P. M. Garneit).
478 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
587/4. Asuca cHAMAEPITYS (L.) Schreb. Field at Morden Grange
Plantation, 1951 (C.D.P.).
+628/9. EupHORBIA VIRGATA Waldst. & Kit. Many records, in-
cluding railway station, Cambridge, and roadside, Toft (C.D.P. and
S.M.W.). Obviously increasing.
669/5. ORcuts mortio L. Rough grassland on the Greensand near
Gamlingay, 1949 (C.D.P.) and two plants, Main Drove, Wicken Fen,
1951 (P.D.S.). Obviously much rarer nowadays.
669(3)/1. HirmMantToGLossuM utRcINuM (L.) Spreng. Has flowered
at one spot in the county every year since 1946. A new locality was
found in 1954.
671/1. AcERAS ANTHROPOPHORUM (I.) Sm. Still (1953) in
the locality given by Evans (1939). <A second locality was discovered
in 1954 by J. C. Faulkner.
674(3)/1. CorLoGLOssuM VIRIDE (l.) Hartm. Soham, 1954 (per J.
C. Faulkner). The only recent record.
§*+710/1. Turrpa syivestRis lL. ‘In old pasture, Kirtling Towers,
1952 (Miss Rhodes). A very interesting locality, apparently very long-
established, but unknown to Babington.
‘718/9x10. JUNCUS ACUTIFLORUS X ARTICULATUS. Dernford Fen
and Hauxton, 1949; Sawston Hall, 1950 (S.M.W.). (J. acutiflorus
Hoffm. is apparently no longer present in these places.)
718/12. J. nursosus L. Evans’ (1939) statement is quite wrong.
The only recent record of this markedly caleifuge species is from Gam-
lingay.
§*+718/16. J. renuts Willd. Wet meadow, Coton, 1954 (R. FE. Hardy).
An interesting addition to the County flora.
719/4. Luzvuta MuLtTiIFtorA (Retz.) Lejeune. Dernford Fen, 1955
(S.M.W.). The only 20th century record; Evans’ (1939) estimate ‘not
common’ is an understatement!
745/1. Etrocuartis patustris (L.) Roem. & Schultes. Subsp.
PALUSTRIS. The common plant, Fulbourn Pond, Wicken Lode, etc.
(S.M.W.). Subsp. mrcrocarpa Walters. Coe Fen, Vicars Brook, Swave-
sey, Earith (S.M.W.).
745/2. KE. untenumis (Link) Schultes. Main Drove, Wicken;: wet
meadows, Hauxton (S.M.W.).
lend
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE A479
746/2. ScHOENOPLECTUS TABERNAEMONTANI (C. C. Gmel.) Palla.
Pond on Teversham Fen, 1948 (D.E.C. and C.D.P.). An interesting
inland record.
746/4. Sctrepus maritimus L. Pond on Teversham Fen, 1948
(D.E.C.). An interesting inland record.
746/8. Enrocuaris pauciFLORA (Lightf.) Link. Main drove,
Wicken, abundant. Evans’ (1939) record for Scirpus caespitosus at
Wicken may refer to this plant (S.M.W.).
746/14. Buysmus compressus (L.) Link. Dernford Fen, 1946
(S.M.W.). The only known Cambs. locality.
747/2. EriopHoRUM ANGusTIFoLIUM Honck. A small patch in wet
fenland on Teversham Fen near Quy, 1947 (C.D.P.). Abundant on
part of Stow-cum-Quy Fen, 1948 (D.E.C.); but ploughed up in 1954.
753/21. Carex LEPIDOCARPA Tausch. This is the common ‘(. flava’
of the fens. Abundant at Wicken.
753/22. C. sprotina Mérat. Spring at Fulbourn, Sept. 1949 (T. G.
Tutin and 8.M.W.); Wicken Fen, 1950 (S.M.W.).
753/59. C. otruBAE Podp. This is the common species especially
about ponds on the boulder clay. C. vulpina L. has not yet been dis-
covered in the county.
1753/5957. ©. oTRUBAE X REMOTA. With the parents in a ditch
at Hltisley, 1948 (C.D.P.); near Dullingham, 1953 (IF.H.P.).
753/60. C. contiguA Hoppe. Common on road verges especially to
the south-west of Cambridge.
753/61. C. patragt F. Schultz. Gt. Heath Wood, Gamlingay, and
Hildersham Furze Hills, 1948 (C.D.P.).
753/61(2). C. potypuyiia Kar. & Kir. Abundant in Hildersham
village and near Pampisford, 1948 (C.D.P.). Verges of main road over
the Gogs Hills near Wandlebury, 1948 (W. H. Mills), and Kneesworth,
1951 (P.D.S.).
753/62. C. pivuutsa Stokes. Roadside hedgebanks at Linton, Toft
and Caldecote, 1948 (C.D.P.). Bryon’s Pool, Grantchester, 1954
(S.M.W.).
793/63. C. PANiIcuLaTA L. Abundant on Teversham Fen, 1947
(C.D.P.); by the river Cam around Bottisham Lode, 1954 (S.M.W.).
753/74. C. puticaris L. Still survives at Chippenham Fen. Plen-
tiful in wet turf on Stow-cum-Quy Fen, 1948 (D.E.C.).
A480 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGES HIRE
+766/2. ANTHOXANTHUM PUELIT Lecog & Lamotte. Abundant at Gam-
lingay near the Great Heath Wood, 1949 (C.D.P.).
780/3. AcGrostis TENUIS Sibth. Evans’ (1939) statement ‘probably
our most plentiful grass’ is hopelessly wrong, and there is no reason
to think that it ever was true of Cambridgeshire. There are in fact
remarkably few records. The only common Agrostis species in the
county are A. stolonifera L. and A. gigantea Roth.
§*+794/5b. AVENA LUDOVICIANA Durieu. First record Lolworth, 1952.
Still apparently rare in the county.
818/2. Metica unIFLoRA Retz. West Wickham Wood, 1950 (C.D.P),
and Sparrow’s Grove, 1950 (D.E.C.).
§*824/5. Poa patustris lL. Wicken Fen, 1953 (S.M.W.). The dis-
covery of this plant in quantity at Wood Walton (Hunts) in 1951
stimulated a search at Wicken. This was successful, a herbarium speci-
men collected in 1941 and labelled ‘‘? Agrostis’’ providing the necessary
clue. There seems to be only a small quantity of the plant at Wicken,
confined so far as is yet known to some 100 sq. yds. of the fen; but there
is no reason to think it is a recent introduction.
895/23. GLYCERIA X PEDICELLATA Townsend. Grantchester; Sutton
Meadlands; Whittlesford; Wicken Lode; Hauxton (S.M.W.).
825/3(2). G. pecriInata Bréb. Ponds at Barton, Comberton, Toft,
Caldecote, Hauxton, Grantchester, Swavesey (S.M.W.).
*+827/1. Bromus pIANDRUS Roth (ANISANTHA GUSSONI (Parl.)
Nevski). First recorded at side of cornfield, Gogs, 1952 (C.D.P.). Since
then discovered to be locally abundant in Fordham-Chippenham area
and apparently rapidly increasing.
50/1. Pryiiitts sconroprnprtum (L.) Newm. Many plants on
Baitsbite Lock, 1949 (C.D.P.). A few plants on a wall near Barrington,
1949 (C.D.P.).
853/1. ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA (lu.) Roth. A single plant in Forty
Acres Wood on Chippenham Fen, 1948 (C.D.P.).
856/4. Dryoprerts austTriAca (Jacq.) Woynar. Longstowe Wood,
1947; Wood by the Chronicle Hills at Triplow; Buff Wood; Forty Acres
Wood, Chippenham Fen; Wood near Gamlingay Cinques and Great
Heath Wood, 1948. Marmers Wood near Stetchworth, Sparrow’s Grove
near Burrough Green, 1950 (C.D.P.).
The nomenclature used in this paper is that of Clapham, Tutin &
Warburg (1952), except in the ease of Bromus diandrus.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE 481
REFERENCES.
BABINGTON, C. C., 1860, Flora of Cambridgeshire.
CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F., 1952, Flora of the British
Isles.
DONY, J. G., 1953, Flora of Bedfordshire.
EVANS, A. H., 1939, A Flora of Cambridgeshire.
RAY, J., 1660, Catalogus Plantarum circa Cantabrigiam nascentium.
RELHAN, R., 1785, Flora Cantabrigiensis, etc.
489 JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTONSHIRE PLANT RECORDS
By F. H. PERRiIne
In Druce (1930) many of the first records for Northampton-
shire are credited to John Clare, the county poet-naturalist. The
records are taken from the poems of John Clare, fairly complete
editions of which had been published by 1930, the date of Druce’s
“Flora”. If this procedure is botanically justifiable then some
parts of Druce (1930) require revision as a result of the publica-
tion in 1951 of The Prose of John Clare edited by J. W. & Anne
Tibble who have devoted many years to a study of Clare’s work.
The prose falls into three main parts: the autobiography,
written in 1824 and covering the years 1793-1824: a journal,
referred to the years 1824 and 1825: some natural history letters,
written during the same two years as the journal. In addition
there are a few notes made in later years when Clare was confined
to an asylum; none of these are of great botanical importance
and are not further referred to here.
In a historical preface to the “Flora” Druce gives a list of
plants which are mentioned by Clare. He assumes that they
were seen growing within the county boundaries, though, as Clare
lived in the N.E. of Northamptonshire either at Helpstone or
Northborough, both of which are less than 3 miles from Lincoln-
shire, this assumption may not always have been justified. This
assumption is continued here, though occasionally, not being
bound in his prose by the metre of the poetry, Clare is more
informative about localities and some can be placed in Northamp-
tonshire with certainty. To Druce’s list must be added species
which are mentioned in Clare’s prose which had not been referred
to in his poetry. These additions are of two kinds: they may be
of no further interest, merely adding to our knowledge of Clare’s
knowledge of Northamptonshire plants; or they may be records
which antedate any other known records for certain species
within the county. A third type of record is for species which
are in Druce’s list but which are mentioned some years earlier
in the prose than in the poetry. Other records are included which
seem of particular interest.
Clare used English names in most cases and, where necessary,
Britten & Holland (1886) and Prior (1870) have been consulted.
The species are arranged in the order used in Clapham, Tutin &
Warburg (1952) and symbols used to indicate the type of record.
The species name is followed by a letter indicating the section
of Clare’s prose in which it is mentioned: A=autobiography,
_e bat ak 2 Jk see i
JOHN CLARK AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 4833
J=journal, N=natural history letters; the number following
refers to the page in Tibble, J. W. & A. (1951). When Britten &
Holland (1886) or Prior (1870) have been used (B. & H.) or (P.)
follow the page number. The actual quotation is preceded by
the date of the note where this is known. Amendments to Druce
(1930) and comments are at the end.
N.B.—Clare’s writings were unpunctuated: Clare’s spelling
is retained.
A. AppbITIONS TO DrRucrE’s LIST; EARLIER COUNTY RECORD.
1. BerRBeRIs vutcaRis J.133 Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. ‘‘Went to
Simon’s Wood (53/12-03-) for a sucker of the Barberry Bush
to set in my Garden’’
First record in Druce (1930): Notcutt, Phytologist, 1843. 501
Dee UUs) SEMPHRVIRENS| Jl. 134, Hr. 4 Web. 1825,, “*. .-. on the
third of this month I found an hedge-sparrows nest in Billings
Boxtrees .. .”’ (neighbour Billings; see D.6)
Druce (1930) gives no first record for the county. This may be
the first record, but for a species undoubtedly planted here.
N.170 6 Mar. 1824.* ‘‘The hedgesparrow is very early at
building its nest I found one last year in a box tree with three
eggs on the 3rd of February .. .”’
Placing these two entries side by side it seems reasonable to
suppose that the second refers to the first and that the date
of that Natural History Letter was possibly 1826.
3. -FRANGULA ALNUS J. 140 (P.) Weds. 16 Mar. 1825. ‘‘—Went to
visit an old favorite spot in Oxey Wood (53/12-03-) that used
to be smothered with ferns—got some sallow trees to set in
Billings close & a stoven of Black Alder to set in my garden’’
Prior (1870) suggests that Black Alder is Frangula alnus. It
is not certain whether Clare was referring to this species which
is rare in the county or to Rhamnus catharticus which is fre-
quent. However Frangula alnus has been recorded from Help-
stone Heath (53/11-03-) which is adjacent to Oxey Wood.
First record Druce (1930): Rev. M. J. Berkeley c. 1850.
See also:N.163 7 Feb. 1824 “. . . the darker mottled sorts of
hazle & black alder...’
4. Geum urRBANUM J. 131 Mon. 10 Jan. 1825. ‘‘. .. the Avens (a
common hedge-row plant) has never lost its leaves but appears
as green as at Spring’”’
First record Druce (1930): Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841.
5. OORNUS SANGUINEA J. 133 (B. & H.) Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. ‘‘—saw
the Corn tree putting out into leaf—’’
First record Druce (1930): Rev. M. J. Berkeley in Hooker,
British Flora, 5, 1836.
*Date surmised by Prof. & Mrs. Tibble.
484
C:
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMVTON PLANT RECORDS
G. ScROPHULARIA aquatica A. 37 (P.). ‘‘Waspweed is the water
betony growing by brooksides which gaind their name by the
wasps being invariably attracted to its blossoms. . .’’
First record Druce (1930): Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841.
7, -GALANTHUS NIVALIS J. 133 Mon. 31 Jan. 1825. “Saw. .-. (Un
Simons Wood 53/12-03-) a bunch of single snowdrops in full
flower’’
Druce (19380) gives no first record; this may be the first.
ADDITIONS TO DRUCE’S LIST NOT EARLIER COUNTY RECORD.
1. .BLECHNUM SPICANT.
2. PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM
3. PoOLYPODIUM VULGARE (?) J..120 (B. & H.) Wed: 3 Nov. 1824
‘c.. . went into Hilly Wood (53/11-44-) . . . there are 5 sorts
(of ferns) growing about the woods here the common brake
of the fox fern (Bechnwm spicant) the hart’s tongue and the
polypody 2 sorts the tall & the dwarf”’
4. -DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA/AUSTRIACA J. 127 Wed. 15 Dec. 1824
‘‘ . . find that my fern which I found in Harrisons close dyke
by the wood lane is the thorn pointed fern. . .’’
This reference might equally well be to Polystichum lobatum
or P. setiferum though Druce (1930) gives very few localities
for the latter in the county.
5. Evonymus ruroparus N. 163 (B. & H.) 7 Feb. 1824. ‘the
foulroyce twigs kindle into a vivid color at their tops as red
as wood piegons claws. . .”’
(Foul Rush=Hnonymus in Bucks.)
6. Sorspus TorMInNsaLIs J. 188 Tues. 8 Mar. 1825. ‘‘— went to
Royce Wood (Rice Wood: 53/12-04-) to get some Service trees
to set in Billings close”’
7. Popunus auBA (?) A. 25 ‘. . . the different greens of the wood-
land trees the dark oak the paler ash the mellow lime the
white poplar peeping above the rest like leafy steeples .. .’’
PLANT MENTIONED IN DRUCE’S LIST BUT AT AN EARLIER DATE IN THE
PROSE.
1. Ranunovuuus Froaria N. 186 25 Mar. 1825. ‘‘. . . the green is
covered with daiseys and the little Celandine .. .”
Druce (19380) gives 1835 as the date of the first county record
quoting from Clare’s ‘‘Rural Muse”? :
“And Pilewort flares about the hill.”
INTERESTING RECORDS.
1. ANEMONE puLSATILLA. N. 187 25 Mar. 1825 ‘‘— you have often
wished for a blue Anemonie the Anemonie pulsatilla of
botanists & T can now send you some for I have found some in
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 485
flower today which is very early but it is a very early spring
the heathen mythology is fond of indulging in the metamorph-
ing of the memory of lovers & heroes into the births of flowers
& L could almost fancy that this blue Anemonie sprung from
the blood or dust of the romans for it haunts the roman bank
in this neighbourhood & is found no were else it grows on the
roman bank agen Swordy well & did grow in great plenty but
the plough that destroyer of wild flowers has rooted it out of
its long inherited dwelling it grows also on the roman bank
agen Burghley Park in Barnack Lordship it is a very fine
flower & is easily cultivated by transporting some of its own
soil with it a heathy sandy soil seems to suit it best—’’
The ‘roman bank agin Swordy well’ is King Street where it
crosses the modern road from Ufford to Marholm. Mrs. Tibble
says that Swordy Well is at the N.E. of these cross roads, and
that Anemone pulsatilla grew there in 1925; it is now, however,
partly quarried and partly a refuse dump, and Anemone may
be extinct. The Grid Reference is 53/113038. There is a
specimen in the Herbarium of the Botany Department at
Oxford, collected by Druce and labelled ‘‘Swordy Well, 1911”
but this locality does not appear in the flora.
The ‘‘roman bank agin Burghley Park’’ is probably Ermine
Street. It runs N.W. from Southorpe to Stamford passing
through Burghley Park. At the present day it is only marked
as a footpath over this stretch, but it seems likely that at some
time in the past, before Enclosure, the remains of Hrmine
Street were visible as a grassy bank. The bank would have
had a S.W. aspect where Anemone might be expected to
flourish. The locality was probably in 1 kilometre square
53/04-05- (N.B. Hills and Holes, Barnack, is 53/07-04-).
LytTHRUM SALICARIA A. 26 (B. & H.) ‘‘I lovd the meadow lake
with its flags and long purples crowding the waters edge. . .”’
Professor and Mrs. Tibble, from local knowledge, believe the
plant referred to is ‘Purple bugle’ (Ajuga reptans). Mrs.
Tibble, in correspondence, says that the flowers are called by
this name round Helpston, where they are still in the flood
meadows by Lolham Bridges, where Clare found them. Orchis
mascula has been put forward by B. & H. as the species meant
in Somerset and Sussex and they suggest it is the species Shake-
speare had in mind when he gave Ophelia the following lines
in Hamlet Act iv, sc. 7.
“Long Purples,
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name,
But our cold maids do Deadmen’s fingers call thein.”’
Mrs. Tibble points out that neither Lythrum salicaria nor
Orchis mascula look hke ‘Deadmen’s fingers’ (though surely
the underground parts of the latter do have that appearance)
436
pie
~
.
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
whereas Ajuga reptans does. However, in the quotation from
the Prose above and in another from Clare’s ‘‘The Village
Minstrel’’,
“Gay long purples with its tufty spike:
She’d wade o’er shoes to reach it in the dyke,”
I would agree with B. & H. that Lythrum salicaria fits the
description better than the other two species mentioned.
SALIX CAPREA
S. CINEREA J. 1386 (B..& H.) Sun. 27 Mar. 1825. “This is
Palm Sunday—I went to the woods to seek some branches of
the sallow palm for the children called by them ‘geese & gos-
lings’ and ‘Cats & Kittens’—”
Both names are recorded for Northamptonshire by Britten &
Holland (1886) but refer to two Salix species. Either would
be an earlier county record but we cannot tell which Clare
meant.
PULMONARIA OFFICINALIS J. 136 (B. & H.) Thurs. 17 Feb. 1825.
‘‘Saw a large bunch of blue violets in flower and a root of the
Bedlam cowshp”’
Britten & Holland (1886) believe that Pulmonaria officinalis is
intended which Langham (Garden of Health, 1597) calls Cow-
slips of Bedlam, and which is known as Bedlam Cowslip in
Oxfordshire. However Druce (1930) identified the plant as
Primula veris x vulgaris relying on the interpretation of
Baker (1854) which Britten & Holland (1886) discuss. Baker
supports her interpretation by quoting from one of Clare’s
poems :
“ Bedlain Cowslips and Cuckoos
With freck’d lip and hooked nose.
Growing safe near the hazle of thicket & woods.”
This evidence alone seems insufficient to be certain that Clare
was referring to Primula veris X vulgaris, in fact, as Dr. S. M,
Walters has pointed out, the quotation from the prose makes
Pulmonaria officinalis more likely. A root of the hybrid would
be very difficult to distinguish from Cowslip or Primrose
whereas, in an early spring when Violets were in flower in
mid-February, the leaves of Pulmonaria would be showing and
could be identified by their characteristic white spots even if
the plant was not yet in flower. If this is the correct inter-
pretation then it is probably a first county record, though the
species is a naturalised garden escape in this country.
CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA J. 116 (B. & H. and P.) Thur. 21 Oct.
1824 ‘*. . . the little heath-bell or harvest-bell Quakes to the
wind under the quick banks and warm furze—’’
Britten & Holland (1886) suggest that the Heath-bell is Erica
tetraliv, a name by which it is known in Hampshire. This
plant is rare in Northamptonshire according to Druce. Both
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS 487
Britten & Holland (1886) and Prior (1870) suggest that that the
Harvest-bell is Gentiana pneumonanthe because it flowers at
harvest time. This is not recorded from Northamptonshire so
that it is not likely to be the species meant, moreover Hrica
tetralix flowers at the same time and might equally well be
called the Harvest-bell. From Clare’s description of the
habitat and the associated plants neither Hrica nor Gentiana
suggest themselves as ‘quaking to the wind under quick banks
and warm furze’, both being plants of wet heaths. It could be
that Heath and Harvest, particularly the latter, are cognate
with Hare and the plant to which Clare referred was Campanula
rotundifolia. Druce was also of this opinion and, in his list
of Clare plants, he includes under Campanula rotundifolia two
lines from ‘‘The Village Minstrel’? of 1821, very similar in
content to the extract from the prose quoted above:
“And where, last lingering of the flowery kind,
Blue Heathbells tremble ‘neath the sheltering furze.”’
6. ARum macuLatum A. 40 (B. & H.) “He (John Billings”) is foud
of getting ‘cuckoos’ bluebells primroses & any favorite flowers
from the fields & woods to set in his garden... .”’
Britten & Holland suggest Arum maculatuwm as the identity
of ‘‘cuckoos”’ quoting the following poem:
“Where peep the gaping speckled cuckoo flowers,
Prizes to rambling school-boys’ vacant hours.”
This poem is not in Druce’s lst where he quotes from poems
containing references to ‘Arum’ and ‘Lords & Ladies’.
EK. UNIDENTIFIED PLANTS ABOUT WHICH SUGGESTIONS WOULD BE WELCOME.
A. 37 ‘.. . a little plant with a hard stem that grows in villages
& waste places one sort bearing yellow flowers & another purple
ones these they called burvine & reckoned famous for the
Scurvy...
This is a reference to the Gypsies’ names for plants.
[These two plants are undoubtedly Sisymbrium officinale
(L.) Scop.t and Verbena officinalis L. Dr. T. A. Sprague has
pointed out (e.g., in 1928, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot., 48, 89, 94-5;
1931, tom. cit., 557, 559, 612) that in the days of the herbalists
the hedge mustard and the vervain were both included in the
genus Verbena (or Verbenuca), being distinguished, after the
common manner of the time, as V. foemina and V. mas (or
mascula) respectively. Dr. Sprague comments on the great
*Billings was a neighbour of Clare’s. They often went fishing together anil
whilst Clare read Cowper and Walton, Billings apparently enjoyed more
practical works, for example one entitled ‘“‘The Pleasant Art of Money
Catching”’’.
+The record for Sisymbrium officinale would be a new first county record.
Druce gives Gulliver, Banbury Cat., 1841. Clare’s record therefore takes
precedence by 17 years
488
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMPTON PLANT RECORDS
superficial similarity in the labit. of the two species: they
often occur, too, in similar habitats, such as waste places in
villages. It is interesting to find that one of the characters
mentioned by Clare, viz., the hard stems, was already noted
by the herbalist Albertus Magnus as distinctive as long ago
as 1250 (quoted by Sprague, 1928, 89). The popular name *“‘bur-
vine’, mentioned by Clare, is evidently a variant of ‘‘ver-
vain’’.—H. K. Atry SHaw. |
J. 150. Sun. 29 May. 1825. ‘‘—Found a very scarce & curious
orchis of an iron grey color or rather a pale rusty tinge with
a root like the pilewort I cannot make out its name—lI found
last week a fine white piegon orchis which is seldom found”’
Possibly Neottia nidus-avis and Anacamptis pyramidalis. Ii
this were a reference to Neottia it would be an earlier county
record than that in Druce (1930): Irvine, Lond. FIl., 1838.
J. 127 Wed. 8 Dec. 1824. ‘‘Found .. . a small fern in Hilly
Wood (53/11-44-) scarcely larger than some species of moss &
a little resembling curld parsley I have named it the dwari
maidenhair & I believe it is very scarce here’’
F. SoME RECORDS FOR WHITTLESEY MERE, HUNTINGDONSHIRE.
ls
THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS. N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘‘. . . there isa
beautiful one which a friend of mine calls the ‘Lady fern’
growing among the boggy spots on Whittlesea Mere .. .”’
Druce (1932) names two counties from which Athyrium fliz-
foemina has not been recorded: one of these is Huntingdon-
shire. Moreover a fern of ‘“‘boggy spots’’ is more likely to be
Thelypteris palustris.
Earliest county records: Holme Fen, Newbould, 1846.
Whittlesey Mere, Paley, 1862.
N.B. First record 1824: see under Melandrium album.
MELANDRIUM ALBUM J. 126 Sat. 27 Nov. 1824. “‘.. . the Lady
tern growing at Whittlesea Meer & tall White Lychnis .. .”’
Earliest county records: Somersham, Newbould.
Orton, 1876.
SALIX REPENS N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘*. .. a dwarf willow
grows there about a foot high which it never exceeds .. .”
Earliest county records: Holme Fen, Newbould (1846 ?).
Wood Walton Fen, Druce, 1908.
Oxycoccus PALUSTRIS N. 188 25 Mar. 1825. ‘. . . it is also a
place very common for the cranberry that trails by the brink
of the mere. . .”’
Earliest county records: Holme Fen, rare and probably ex-
tinct, Newbould (1846 °).
Whittlesey, Paley (1862).
JOHN CLARE AND NORTHAMVPTON PLANT RECORDS 489
N.B. Mr. J. Gilbert says the species is undoubtedly extinct in
the county.
I am indebted to Mr. Gilbert for all information on Hunting-
donshire records. I would also like to express my thanks to
Mrs. Anne Tibble and Dr. 8. M. Walters for reading the text and
making many valuable suggestions.
REFERENCES.
BAKER, A. E., 1854, Glossary of Northamptonshire Words and Phrases.
BRITTEN, J. & HOLLAND, R., 1886, Dictionary of English Plant Names.
CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F., 1952, Flora of the British
Isles.
DRUCE, G. C., 1930, Flora of Northamptonshire.
DRUCE, G. C., 1932. The Comital Flora of the British Isles.
PRIOR, R. C. A., 1870, On Popular Names of British Plants.
TIBBLE, J. W. & A. (Edit.), 1951, The Prose of John Clare.
490 A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT
A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT
By D. P. Youne
In the recent obituary notice of R. R. Hutchinson (C. T. Prime
and D. P. Young, 1953: Year Book B.S.BI., 1953, 92) it was
mentioned that his herbarium, bequeathed to the Croydon
Natural History Society, included the herbarium of a much
earlier collector referred to as “I.J.B.” Further examination of
these sheets showed that their original owner had been a botanist
of some calibre, since he received specimens from many well-
known collectors of a century ago such as Roberts Leyland, J. E.
Smith, J. E. Gray, Curtis (presumably Samuel), and Nathaniel
Winch. Unfortunately the sheets had no proper labels, and much
of the data was written by the various correspondents, so that
very little of the owner’s handwriting was available for study.
Two clues led finally to his identification: several specimens
were collected by “E.T.B.”—presumably E. T. Bennett—and one
sheet was ascribed (in Hutchinson’s hand) to “J. J. Bennett”.
This suggested Sir John Joseph Bennett (1801-1876), who was
E. T. Bennett’s brother. Comparison of “I.J.B.’s” handwriting
with Sir John’s (e.g. in Hooker’s correspondence at Kew) left no
doubt that they were the same; furthermore, he regularly signed
his name with the first initial hke an “T’’.
As Bennett's herbarium had already been incorporated in
Hutchinson’s, and many sheets were either completely unlabelled
or without sufficient data to link them with Bennett with any
certainty, it is difficult to estimate the size of the latter’s collec-
tion. The number of more or less undoubted sheets is of the
order of 500. It is remarkable more for rarities than for any
wealth of critical material. How it came into Hutchinson’s
possession cannot now be ascertained, but it may have been sold
by auction; he had some books from the library of J. B. Car-
ruthers, the son of Bennett’s friend and successor, William
Carruthers. Bennett had retained and added to his collection
whilst he was on the staff of the British Museum, thereby break-
ing the rules of that institution, consequently it would have been
indecorous for any public herbarium to have accepted the
collection after his death.
In a separate parcel amongst Hutchinson’s collection were 85
sheets (British and foreign) which appear to have come from the
herbarium of the Marchioness of Huntly (1821-1893). According
to Druce (1930: Flora of Northants, exx), her collection was in
“46 handsome volumes at Orton Hall”, but its present where-
4A HERBARIUM OF SIR JOHN BENNETT 49]
abouts is unknown (Mr. J. Gilbert and Mr. D. H. Kent have
kindly made enquiries after it). The 85 sheets only cover the
Compositae to Thymelaeaceae inclusive (London Catalogue
sequence). They show no signs of bookbinding, and may have
been duplicates.
492 PLANT NOTES
PLANT NOTES
176/21. Vicia MonantHa Retz. 1783, Obs. Bot., 3, 39; V. calcarata
Desf., 1799, Fl. Atlant., 2, 166. Recently Burtt and Lewis (1949, Kew
Bull., 1949, 497-515) examined the Kew herbarium material of this
species by biometric methods, and found support for the long-standing
view (Murbeck, 1897, Contr. Fl. nord-owest Afr:, 1, 74-76; Maire, 1932,
Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Afr. Nord, 23, 184; 1940, ibid, 31, 17) that it com-
prised two segregates differing in size and geographical distribution.
These are regarded by most authors as subspecies, and according to
Burtt and Lewis they are distinguishable as follows:
Vicia monantha Retz. :
subsp. monantha subsp. triflora (Ten.)
(subsp. cinerea (Bieb.) Burtt & Lewis
Maire)
Flowers per inflorescence (1-2) (2-4)
Length of standard ....... 10-14-5 mm. 14-°5-19 mm.
Length of wings ......... 9-12°5 mm. 14-16-5 mm.
engin eorekeel ais 9-11-5 mm. 12-14 mm.
Mature pO di yeaa cee 23-33 x 6-8-5 mm. 32-49 x. 8-5-12 mm.
SEed 5 GlAMeLEr | ster. <3-5 mm. >3-5 mm.
SKEGOlS (COMO. Ghonganesooqnaedace brownish blackish
IDS HOM OWI.” Goseedccosnbgabods Mainly E. Medit. Near and Middle
to India East
The assignment of Retzius’ type to the ‘‘smaller’’ subsp. was made
by Burtt and Lewis on rather slender evidence (the type-specimen is
inadequate), but under the International Rules it is necessary to assign
the subspecific epithet monantha to whichever segregate includes the
type.
V. monantha has occurred in this country sporadically as an alien,
usually associated with grain refuse. I have looked through the material
from Britain at Kew, the British Museum, Oxford, and in herb. R. C. L.
Burges, and so far as can be determined it is all subsp. triflora, or at
least there is no unequivocal subsp. monantha amongst it. As often
happens with adventive aliens, the majority of specimens were so retarded
or stunted from growing under unfavourable conditions that biometric
measurements were unreliable or impossible. The flower-length is a
particularly unsatisfactory character here, since the flowers seem to
enlarge rapidly during anthesis, and also since late in the season the
plant is prone to produce stunted diminutive flowers. Two plants which
[ found, in company with Dr. R. C. L. Burges and Messrs. R. Graham,
J. EK. Lousley, and B. T. Ward, in October 1953 on the rubbish-tip at
Barking (v.c. 18) had pods 32-40 x 9 mm., standard (only one flower
available, past anthesis) 12 mm. and giving preference to the pod
character thus came just inside subsp. trifora. Seed from these sown in
the garden the following spring germinated readily, and the resultant
PLANT NOTES 493
plants had the flower standard 15-17 mm. long and mature pods 39-44 x
10-11 mm., leaving no doubt that they fell under subsp. triflora.
Although the garden-grown plants were robust and healthy, the in-
florescences were never more than 1|-flowered. The flowers are usually
described as ‘‘purple’’; the present ones were a_ bright carmine
reminiscent of Lathyrus nissolia, turning greenish-blue after fertilisa-
tion.—D. P. Youne.
220/17. EpitopiumM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. In 1947 a few small
plants of this species appeared in the shrubbery at Parkhill, near
Arbroath, v.c. 90, probably imported with ornamental shrubs. At my
request these plants were carefully preserved. By the summer of 1954
it was somewhat disconcerting to find that they had multiplied into
hundreds, perhaps thousands, of plants covering an area of approxi-
mately 50 square yards. All the common weeds had been crowded out
with the exception of a few tough plants of Viola riviniana. The only
other species able to hold its own was another alien, Mentha requent,
which had taken possession of a few square feet of ground in competi-
tion with the Mpilobium. The latter 1s spreading not only by its roots
but also by seed, and fresh colonies have been noted within a radius of
150 yards, but so far (curiously perhaps) no further afield.—U. K.
DUNCAN.
435/14. Campanula lactiflora Bieb., 1808, Fl. Taur.-Cauc., 1, 153.
92, S. Aberdeen; by River Dee at Dess (two places) and Ballater,
thoroughly established, 1954, D. McCrintock (Hb. Lousley).
Perennial, stem 90-150 cm., branched above, with a few stiff reflexed
hairs. Cauline leaves ovate-lanceolate, 7:5-10 cm. long, serrate, sessile,
glabrous except for a few stiff hairs on the nerves beneath, rather pale
green. Flowers in a much branched, loose, terminal panicle, usually
three on each peduncle. Calyx lobes ovate, acute, veined, hispid. Corolla
open campanulate to nearly saucer-shaped, about one inch long, and
across. Capsule opening at the base. Caucasus, Armenia, Asia Minor
and north Persia.
This ornamental garden plant was introduced in 1814, but is grown
more in Scotland than in England. Bieberstein described the colour of
the flowers as milky suffused with blue, but in the countries where it is
native, and in cultivation, there is much variation and it is sometimes
pale blue (as at Ballater) or a much brighter blue (as at Dess). Excellent
illustrations will be found in Bieberstein’s Cent. Pl. Rar. Ross., 1, t. 10,
1810 and Edwards’ Botanical Register, 3, ¢. 241, 1817, but the one in
Bot. Mag., t. 1973 is not representative.—J. E. Loustry.
615/37. Polygonum senegalense Meisn., 1826, Mon. gen. Polygoni
prodr., 54. 37, Worcs.; as a wool adventive in field of beet, Charlton,
1953, Miss C. M. Goopman and J. E. Loustey (Hb. Lousley, 53110152).
Stem robust, erect, little branched, glabrous, over 2 metres tall.
Leaves shortly petioled, ovate-lanceolate, up to 23 cm. in length, and
494 PLANT NOTES
7 cm. wide, acute, glabrous except for strigose hairs on the margins
and on the nerves on the undersurface. Ochreae large, truncate, not
ciliate. Flowers in elongated spike-like raceme. Perianth pink. Native
throughout tropical Africa, and extending north to Egypt, and south
through temperate Africa to the Cape.
The single plant found superficially somewhat resembled a giant
P. lapathifolium. It was observed for several weeks by Miss Goodman
but no fruits had set by November 1st when specimens were collected.
I am grateful to Mr. E. Milne-Redhead for kindly confirming the name
so far as is possible on immature material.
J. E. Loustey.
+754(2)/2. Eriochioa contracta Hitchc., 1928, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
41, 163. Based on Helopus mollis C. Muell., 1861, Bot. Zeit., 19, 314,
non Kunth (1829). 34, W. Glos.;: Avonmouth Docks, Bristol, September
1952, Rev. R. B. Apett, C. W. BAannistER and C. C. Townsenp, det.
C. E. Hupparp. See “Bristol Botany in 1952’’ (Proc. Bristol Nat. Soe..
28, 312 (1953).
The genus Friochloa belongs to the tribe Paniceae, of which four
other genera—Panicum, Digitaria, Echinochloa and Setaria—occur
frequently as aliens in Britain. It may be distinguished from all of
these and other genera of the Paniceae by the swollen (subglobose) lowest
internode of the spikelet which is covered by the minute lower glume.
Setaria is at once distinguished by the presence of one or more long
bristles (modified branchlets) from the spikelet pedicels; Digitaria by the
flat hyaline margins of the fertile lemma and the somewhat thinner
fruit; Echinochloa by the frequently awned glumes and sterile lemma
and the dense secund racemes which comprise the paniculate inflores-
cence; Panicum by the paniculate inflorescence. not secund as in
Eriochloa. Paspalum is distinguished by having the back of the fertile
lemma towards the rachis, not away from it as in Eriochloa.
E. contracta is a simple or sparsely branched plant 30-70 em. tall,
with a soft appearance somewhat reminiscent of a Holcus sp. when both
are beginning to expand their inflorescence. Leaves flat and pubescent;
panicle usually less than 15 em., with villous rachis: spikelets pilose,
about 3-5-4 mm. long, falling very easily when ripe. Second glume and
sterile lemma acuminate. Fertile lemmas with margins rigid and in-
rolled.
Native of the southern and central United States of America
(Nebraska to Colorado, Louisiana and Arizona, introduced into
Missouri and Virginia, ex Hitchcock).
PLANT RECORDS A9Q5
PLANT RECORDS
Compiled by E. C. WaAtnacr
Records are for the year 1954 when no date is given.
The following signs are used :—
§ before the B.P.L. number: to indicate that the paragraph con-
tains information necessitating a correction to an annotated
copy of the Comital Flora.
+ before the B.P.£. number: to indicate that the plant is not a
native species in the British Isles.
t before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in
some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded.
before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record, not pub-
lished previously to this issue of the Proceedings.
before the record: to indicate a record additional to an anno-
tated copy of Comital Flora, but published elsewhere prior to the
issue of the Proceedings in which it appears.
[ | enclosing a record: to indicate doubt as to the validity of the
record, either of identification or locality.
++
It will be useful if, in future, National Grid Co-ordinates, made as
accurate as 1s thought advisable, are added to all records.
+21/11. Paraver ortentaLe L. 49, Caern.; well-established on waste
ground, Bangor, 1953, K. EK. Burn.
§35/1. RoriprpaA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (Iu.) Hayek. *45, Pembs.;
damp spot near Parrog sands, Newport; streamlet by St. Nan’s Chapel,
St. Davids; stream running down to Manorbier sands; stream near
Folly Woods, Tenby, C. C. TowNnsEnp.
35/1(2)x1. Roriprpa x stTERILIS Airy Shaw. *45, Pembs.; stream-
let by St. Nan’s Chapel, St. Davids; abundant in the river Alan north
of Dowrog Moor; stream running down to Manorbier sands, C. C.
TOWNSEND.
§36/5. BARBAREA INTERMEDIA Bor. *45, Pembs.; several plants on
a wall by the road ascending from the Goodwick causeway to Fishguard,
C. C. TowNsEND.
.
76/1. Cramer maritima 1.. H.20, Wicklow; about halfway from
Newcastle to Five Mile Point, thought to be extinct but rediscovered
by Mr. L. H. Williams and Mr. and Mrs. Stelfox, comm. J. P. Brunker
(1955, Irish Nats. J., 11, 250).
496 PLANT RECORDS
92/2. DrantHus pELToIpEs L. +4, N. Devon; small patch at edge
of cliff between Croyde Bay and Baggy Point, a garden escape here,
KS Ee Burs, 16, W. Kent; disused ragstone quarry south of Chip-
stead, 1953, F. S. E. Fawkes (1955, Lond. Nat., 34, 3).
100/8. CERASTIUM SEMIDECANDRUM forma STENOPETALUM (Beck)
Hegi. 31, Hunts.; on a mole-hill near Wansford Quarries, Stibbington,
1951, J. L. Girpert, det. W. Moscnyu. 54, N. Lines.; Manton Common,
1950, B.S.B.I. Excursion, det. W. Moscur, comm. J. L. GriBert.
101/2b. STELLARIA NEMORUM subsp. GLOCHIDISPERMA Murb. 48.
Mer.; wood near Hongwrt, Dolgelly, 1933, Mrs. M. RicHarps; 1954.
P. M. Benoit.
1102/14. ARenaria BALEARICA L. 14, E. Sussex; old wall near Tun-
bridge Wells West station, 1950-1954, K. E. Butz.
§103/2. Sacina susuLaTta (Sw.) C. Presl. 45, Pembs.; a little on dry
slopes facing the sea near Manorbier, C. C. Townsenn. {66, Durham:
limestone ridge near Marsden; also sparingly on Widdy Bank Fell,
J. W. Heslop Harrison & J. A. Richardson (1954, Proc. Univ. Durham
il -SioGs.od 25), 23 0)
§109/2. Montta FONTANA subsp. CHONDROSPERMA (Fenzl) Walters.
48, Mer.; in a dried-up dune-slack below Plas Mynach, Barmouth,
P.M. Benorrt, det. S. M. Watters. *81, Berwick.; damp rut in track,
near St. Abbs Head, P. S. Green, conf. S. M. Watters.
112/1. Hypericum ANpRosAEMUM IL. 104. N. Ebudes; limestone
outcrop south of Broadford, J. Russrr1 & N. SaunpERs, comm. M.
McCattum WEBSTER.
§127/11. GrrRANtIuM RoTUNDIFoLIUM L. +66, Durham; Mainforth, a
single plant on the edge of a field, J. W. Heslop Harrison & J. A.
Richardson (1954, Proce. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 12 (5), 37).
128/2. Eroptum mMoscHatum (L.) L’Hérit. 45, Pembs.; several
plants on a grassy bank at the south end of Tenby esplanade with
Lavatera cretica L. Thought by Mrs. Rees (List of Pembrokeshire
Plants) to be gone from Tenby. Also found in great profusion in a
field of oats on the cliffs just immediately west of the railway estab-
lishment on Skrinkle Head, near Manorhier, C. C. TowNsEnp.
§ +132 /2. OXALIS coRNtcunATA L. *31, Hunts.; roadside weed, Elton
Village, 1951, J. L. Grvperrt.
§+133/3. IMPATIENS PARVIFLORA DC. *31, Hunts.; abundant as a
weed, Hilton, 1952, W. T. K. Garnett, comm. J. L. Giisert.
4189/13. Porrentinna REctTA L. 14, E. Sussex; large patch, chalky
railway-bank near Easthourne station, K. BF. Butt.
PLANT RECORDS AQT
§190/2. ALCHEMILLA XANTHOCHLORA Rothm. *81, Berwick.; grassy
cliff, Coldingham Bay, P. S. Green, conf. S. M. Watters.
190/18. ALtcHEMILLA conjuNcta Bab. *133, E. Glos.; (7b) estab-
lished on rocky bank near Air Balloon Inn, 1950, K. EK. Bunn, det. S&S.
M. WaLTERS.
§190(2) /2. APHANES MICROCARPA (Boiss. & Reut.) Rothm. *45,
Pembs. ; open spots along the stream, on bare sandy soil, Gwawr Valley,
near Fishguard, C. C. Townsend. .*81 Berwick.; track near St. Abbs
Head: *82, Haddington; damp sandy woodland track, Tynninghame
Links, P. S. Green, both conf.-S. M. WaLrTERsS.
199/17. Saxirraca GRANULATA L. 52, Anglesey; plentiful, sandy
ridges at Newborough Warren, 1953, K. KE. Butt.
199/21. Saxirraca Nivatis L. 104, N. Ebudes; Quirang, 1,500 ft.,
Skye, C. M. Ros, J. Russetnt and N. SaunpErs, comm. M. McCartitum
WEBSTER.
220. Kptnontum. All records determined or confirmed by G. M.
ASH.
220/48. EPpiLnonpiuM PARVIFLORUM X ROSEUM, 24, Bucks.; garden
shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/58. Epinontum apNAtum Xx ROSEUM. 24, Bucks.; garden shrub-
bery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7x4. EprmLoBIuM OBSCURUM X PARVIFLORUM. 14, EK. Sussex;
grounds of Saxonbury Lodge, Frant, K. E. Bury. 32, Northants.; (7)
stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. L. Givpert.
220/78. Epinopium oBscURUM xX ROSEUM., 24, Bucks.; garden
shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
§+220/7(2). Epinontum ADENOCAULON Hausskn. 14, E. Sussex; West’s
Wood, Flimwell, K. E. Bunu. 38, Warwick.; Clifford sidings, near
Stratford, C. C. Townsrnp: Umberslade Park, near Harlswood, 1954,
C. KH. A. ANDREWS and C. C. TownsEenp. *45, Pembs.; fine plants in
two spots along the stream, Gwawr valley, Fishguard, C. C. TownsEnp.
220/7(2)x4. EprmLoBluM ADENOCAULON X PARVIFLORUM, 32, North-
ants.; (7) stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. LL. GirrBert.
220/7(2)x5. EprILoBluM ADENOCAULON X ADNATUM. 24, Bucks.; gar-
den shrubbery, Bourne End, A. F. Woop.
220/7(2)x6. EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON xX TAMYT. 24, Bucks.; rub-
bish-tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop.
498 PLANT RECORDS
220/7(2)x7. EPpiILoBIUM ADENOCAULON X OBSCURUM. 32, Northants;
(7) stone quarries, Yarwell, 1951, J. L. GruBert.
§$220/17. EpinopIuM PEDUNCULARE A. Cunn. *94, Banff.; quarry
near IXirkmichael, M. McCanttum WEBSTER.
250/1. CaRum carvi L. 192, S. Aberdeen; field near farm build-
ings, Cock Bridge: 194, Banff.; field near buildings, Tomintoul, M.
McCattum WEBSTER.
$252/1. Fatcarta vuntGartis Bernh. S, Jersey; meadow south of
St. Ouens Pond, M. McCattum WepsstTEr.
1301/4. VaALmRIANA PYRENAICA L. 95, Elgin; greatly increasing on
banks of the Mosset burn, south of Forres, M. McCartum WEBSTER.
+327/1. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. *95, Elgin; estab-
lished on railway embankment between Dava and Grantown-on-Spey,
19538, M. McCatnum WEBSTER.
§1368/1. ANrHEMIS TINcCToRIA L. *31, Hunts.; along a cart-track,
Holywell, 1953, J. S. Morton, comm. J. L. GItBert.
1383/7. Senecio squatipus L. 27, E. Norfolk; waste ground near
Holt station, plentiful, K. EK. Butu.
383/78. SENECIO X LONDINENSIS Lousley. 24, Bucks.; rubbish
tip, Burnham Beeches, A. F. Woop, conf. J. E. Loustey.
383 /8. SENECIO viscosus L. 38, Warwick.; Clifford sidings, near
Stratford, C. C. TowNnseEnp.
419. Hreractum. All records determined or confirmed by P. D.
Srut & C. West.
§419/2. HirrractuM PELETERIANUM Meérat. *9, Dorset; abundant,
but flowering very sparingly, on clifftops between Lulworth Cove and
Durdle Bay, 19538, C. C. TowNsEnp.
419/157. Hipractum sSUBAMPLIFOLIUM (Zahn) Roffey. 41, Glam.;
disused quarry, near Porthkerry, B. A. Migs.
419/166. Hirractum anetorum (A. Ley) Pugsl. 37, Wores.; by the
canal, Tardebigge, 1953, C. C. TownsENpD: roadside between Ombersley
and Great Witley, 1953, C. E. A. AnprEws & C. C. TOWNSEND. 338,
Warwick; railway bank near Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Park, 1953, C.
(\. TowNsEND.
119/191. Hirractum carncartcona (IF. J. Hanb.) Roffey. *41,
Glam.; abundant on old wall and nearby rocks near Treorchy, B. A.
Mires.
PLANT RECORDS 499
419/245. HierActum vacum Jord. *9, Dorset; Slepe Heath, Ware-
ham, 1953, C. C. TowNSEND.
1425/8. CICERBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wally. 16, W. Kent;
large patch by river Medway, Tonbridge: 33, E. Glos.; (7a) waste
ground, Bourton-on-the-Water, 1950: 34, W. Glos.; (5) near Vine
House, Henbury, 1951, K. E. Butt.
468/1. CrENTUNCULUS MINIMUS L. 16, W. Kent; wet track in
Joyden’s Wood, Bexley, F. Rose, P. C. & J. Hall (1955, Lond. Nat.,
34, 3).
$472/2. Ligustrum ovaALiroLIuM Hassk. 45, Pembs.; several
isolated bushes among native vegetation on cliff tops above Lower Fish-
guard, C. C. TownsEnp.
478/4. CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce. 38, Warwick.; one
colony of about 80 plants in a damp sandy ride in Oversley Wood,
Alcester, with Centunculus, Peplis, etc., C. C. TowNSEND.
486/1. PoLEMoNIUM CAERULEUM L. 133, E. Glos.; (7b) gravelly
waste ground, Charlton Kings, 1950, K. E. Bur.
1497/3. SymMpHYTUM ORIENTALE L. *31, Hunts.; Huntingdon
Grammar School Spinney, 1950, J. L. Girpert, det. A. KE. Wane.
§506/7. Myosoris syivatica Hoffm. Saul, IEhwuinis. 3 @arenvell’ \pmuss
Stibbington, 1950, J. L. Gitpert, det. A. HE. Wave.
joll/i. CatystEcra sepium (l.) KR. Br. 83, Edinburgh;. hedgerow.
Orchard Brae, Edinburgh, P. S. GREEN.
1527/1. VeERBAScUM PHLOMOIDES L. 95, Elgin; several plants by
roadside, Dallas, 1953, M. McCattum WessreER, det. A. MELDERIS.
543/8x9. VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA X CATENATA. 9, Dorset;
meadows near Wareham, 1953, C. C. Townsenp, det. J. H. Burner.
1543/41. VeERONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. 104, N. Ebudes; rough ground
outside the kirkyard, Uig, Skye, M. McCartum WeEsstTER.
550/3. OROBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. 104, N. Ebudes; bank
above Uig, Skye, C. M. Ros, J. Russerz & N. SaunpERS, comm. M.
McCatLtum WEBSTER.
558. Menrua. All specimens determined or confirmed by R.A.
GRAHAM.
9598/1. MerntHa rotunpiroLiaA (L.) Huds. H.12, Wexford; by
river Slaney, Newtownbury: H.14, Queen’s County; dry bank, Castle-
town, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
500 PLANT RECORDS
558/1x4. Menrua x corRpDIFoLIA Opiz. 3, S. Devon; rubbish-tip,
Topshap: S, Jersey; roadside above St. Ouen’s Pond, M. McCattum
WEBSTER.
558/3x1. MEeNTHA X NILIACA var. WEBBERI J. Fraser. 95, Elgin;
waste ground near the Haugh, Elgin, 1953, M. McCattum WesstTER.
§558/10. MentHa x centinis L. 95, Elgin; by river Lossie: *H.12,
Wexford; lane leading to river Slaney one mile north of Newtownbarry,
M. McCattum WEBSTER.
+600/7. CHENOPODIUM OPULIFOLIUM Schrad. ex Koch & Ziz. 16, W.
Kent; garden weed, Tunbridge Wells, K. E. Buri, det. J. P. M.
BRENAN.
§600/8(2). CHENOPODIUM RETICULATUM Aellen. *32, Northanits.; (7)
old rubbish-tip near the river Nene, Peterborough, 1948, J. L. Grzerr,
det. J. P. M. Brenan.
600/13. CHENOPODIUM GLAUcUM L. +14, E. Sussex; coal yard,
Horam station, many stunted plants, K. E. Buz, det. J. P. M. Brenan.
§618/13. Rumex maritimus Sm. [H.25, Roscommon; near the mar-
gin of the Boyle River below Lough Gara; about a mile downstream
from Cuppanagh Bridge, 1953, Dr. Luther, comm. D. A. Webb (1955,
Irish Nats. J., 11, 252).
§625/1. HirppopHaE RHAMNOIDES L. *T48, Mer.; sand-dunes,
Morfa, Harlech, origin unknown, 1953, P. M. BEnorr.
1639/1. HeLXINE soLerRotit Req. 45, Pembs.; Tenby, established
by a stream running from the cliffs at Saundersfoot, just where it falls
to the beach, C. C. TownsEnp.
§669/3. OrcHis sruta Lam. 16, W. Kent; rough mowing grass on
chalk south of Shoreham, a single plant, 1951-54, Rev. A. E. Elder,
det. V. S. Summerhayes (1955, Lond. Nat., 34, 3). Remove from
brackets in C.F.
+676/10. Iris verstcotor L. 18, S. Essex; naturalised in a swampy
area near High Beach, Epping Forest, B. T. Ward (1954, Essex Nat.,
29, 196).
+683/1. CrocosmIA x cCROCOSMIFLORA (Lemoine) N.E.Br. 1. W.
Cornwall; several patches well established above Camborne North Cliffs,
between Godrevy and Portreath: 45, Pembs.; well established on the
cliffs above Lower Fishguard, 1954, C. C. TowNsEnp.
§689/1. Ruscus acutgeatus L. *31, Hunts.; Lower Wintringham,
1950, Mrs. G. R. F. Rowley (1950, Rep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora Soc.,
3,21).
PLANT RECORDS 501
§702/9. ALLIUM oLERACEUM IL. *24, Bucks.; field hedgerow, Bourne
Knd, well established, 1946-54, A. I’. Woop, cont. J. G. Downy.
§707/2. ORNITHOGALUM UMBELLATUM L. *131, Hunts.; S.E. corner
of Monks Wood, 1950, C. Blackie (1950, RKep. Hunts. Fauna & Flora
SOC., 3, 21).
7i1/1. Gaera tures (l.) Ker-Gawl. 795, Elgin; twe=colonies in
Greshop Wood, Forres, refound by the Misses Murray & PRocTOR, not
having been seen for many years; originally planted (cf. Burgess, J. J.,
1935, Flora of Moray), M. McCattum WEBSTER.
§740/3. ZosTERA HORNEMANNIANA ‘Tutin. *52, Anglesey; salt
marshes, Four Mile Bridge, near Holyhead, 1952, C. C. Townsxnp,
conf. T. G. Turin.
753/8. CAREX LASIOCARPA Ebrh. 48, Mer.; bog near Creigenen
Lakes, Arthog, 1951, Mrs. M. Ricwarps.
753/13. Carex LAEVIGATA Sm. 38, Warwick; frequent in one small
area of Umberslade Park, near Earlswood, C. E. ANpREws and C. C.
TOWNSEND.
753/17. CaRExX pDISTANS L. 38, Warwick.; in small quantity in a
field near Wimptone, with Sanguisorba, Filipendula hexapetala and
Serratula, none of which were to be found in any adjacent field, C. C.
TOWNSEND.
753/42. CAREX HALLERI Gunn. 88, Mid Perth; between An Stuc
and Meall Garbh (Glen Lyon) at 3,300 ft., M. McCattum WesstTER.
753/61. CaREx PATRAEIT F'. Schultz. 45, Pembs.; roadside between
Dowrog and St. Davids; Gwawr Valley, near Fishguard, C. C. Towns-
END.
1766/2. ANTHOXANTHUM PUELIT Lecog & Lamotte. 17, Surrey; waste
ground near Guildford, 1952, L. H. Witutams, det. C. E. Husparp. |
§826/15. VULPIA MEMBRANACEA (I..) Dum. *49, Caern.; stabilised
sand dunes, Conway, T. Apress, conf. A. MELDERIS.
¥826(2)/1. Narpurus maritimus (L.) Fiori.. a22) Berks, near,
dewpond, Fair Mile, near Moulsford, W. M. M. Baron, det. E. F.
WARBURG.
§827/19(2). Bromus teprpus Holmb. “31, Hunts.; side. of river
Nene, etc., Stibbington, 1952, J. L. Girperr, det. S. M. Watters and
T. G. Tutrn. *38, Warwick; Newbold-on-Stour, 1953, C. K. A. ANDREWS
and C. C. TownseEnp, conf. C. EH. Hussarp.
HOY PLANT RECORDS
§856/1(2). Dryorreris BoRRERI Newm. *38 Warwick; Umberslade
Park, near Karlswood, C. EK. A. ANDREWs and C. C. TownsEND: Alces-
ter, C. C. Townsend. *82, Haddington; damp wood, Tynninghame
Links, P. S. Green, conf. J. P. NEwsovuxp.
864/1. OsmuNDA REGALIS L. S., Jersey; several plants in quarry
near Corbiere, M. McCattum WEBSTER.
870/4. Lycopopium ANNoTINUM L. 95, Elgin; moor above Lochin-
dorb, 1953, R. Ricurer, comm. M. McCaLttum WEBSTER.
CuHaARoPHyYTA, all det. by G. O. ALLEN.
§872/5. NITELLA TRANSLUCENS (Pers.) Ag. {108, W. Sutherland;
Lochan an Smuraich, Lochan an Daimh Beag and Lochan a’ Bhagh
Ghainmhich, Scourie, A. V. Holden (1954, Scot. Nat., 66, 154).
§876/7. CHARA CONTRARIA Kuetz. {89, E. Perth; Loch Moraig: 108,
W. Sutherland; Loch Croispol, A. V. Holden (1954, Scot. Nat., 66,
154).
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 503
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Compiled by D. H. Kent
Thanks are due to D. E. Allen, E. B. Bangerter and A. E. Wade
for their help.
SYSTEMATIC, Evc.
6, Ranuncutus. Harper, J. L. & Sagar, G. R., 1954, Some aspects
of the ecology of buttercups in permanent grassland, Proc. British Weed
Control Conf., 1953, 256-265. Statistical studies on Ranunculus acris,
R. bulbosus and R. repens in two areas of permanent grassland near
Oxford with special reference to the germination of the species and the
relationship between the plants and grazing animals. Details of
transplant experiments are also given.—[D.H.K.]
6/33. RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. Andreas, C. H., 1954, Notes on
Ranunculus ficaria L. in the Netherlands, 1. Introduction—reduc-
tional trends as a possible interpretation of flower types, Acta Bot.
Neerl., 3, 446-453.
6/33. Ranuncutus FicaRiA L. Perje, A. M., 1953, The variation
within and between clones in Ranunculus ficaria L., Proc. 7th Intern.
Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 271-272.
30> CRUCIFERAE. Genty, P., 1954, A propos de Cruciferes, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, 101, 5-6. A short note on Cochlearia austriaca R. Br.,
Sisymbrium loeselu L. and Brassica elongata Ehrh. The author con-
siders that the name Rorippa should not be kept up, and he places
Nasturtium austriacum and N. amphibium under Cochlearia.—[ E.B.B.]
35. Rorippa. Howard, H. W., 1953, Induced and natural poly-
ploidy in Nasturtium and Rorippa, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr.
Stockholm, 331-332. Five species of Rorippa are native to Britain, of
these R. sylvestris is a hexaploid, 2n=32, but a diploid form probably
exists. R. amphibia has diploid, 2n=16, and tetraploid, 2n=32, forms.—
[D.H.K. }
39. CarpAmMINE. Lovkvist, B., 1953, Polyploidy and differentiation
in the Cardamine pratensis complex, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr.,
Stockholm, 333-335.
39/7. DENTARIA BULBIFERA L. Banach-Pogan, E., 1954, Badania
kariologicane nad gatunkami rodzaju Dentaria L., wystepujacymi w
Polsce, Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 28, 375-382. Dentaria bulbifera in Poland
has been found to have 2n=96 which agrees with earlier counts made on
Swiss material.—[D.H.K.]
504 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
43/1. DRaBa atzorpEs L. Eberle, G., 1954, Das Felsen-Hunger-
bliimchen, Natur und Volk, 84, 47-49. An ecological account of the
species in Germany.—[D.H.K. |]
54. Brassica. Olsson, G., 1954, Crosses within the campestris group
of the genus Brassica, Hereditas, 40, 398-418. Crosses have been made
between different Brassica forms with the haploid chromosome number
n=10. The vitality and fertility of the hybrids obtained have been
determined, and considering the results obtained the taxonomy within
the group is discussed. B. tourneforti, which usually cannot be crossed
with B. campestris sens. lat., is considered to be a separate species. Wild
B. campestris, turnip rape, turnip, toria, sarson and different types of
‘‘chinese cabbage’’ are easily intercrossed and the hybrids are fertile,
except when yellow-seeded sarson is one of the parents. These types
therefore are all considered to be subspecies of B. campestris sens. lat. ;
yellow-seeded sarson (B. campestris subsp. trilocularis) is somewhat more
different from the others than these are inter se.—[{Author’s summary. |
65/1. Iseris amarRA L. Bateman, A. J., 1954, Self-incompatibility
systems in angiosperms. 2, Iberis amara, Heredity, 8, 305-332.
88. ViotA. Rasmussen, S. M., 1954, Euphorbiaceernes, Malva-
ceernes og Violaceernes udbredelse 1 Danmark, Bot. Tidsk., 50, 239-315.
The distribution of the various species of Violaceae, Malvaceae and
Euphorbiaceae in Denmark is discussed and illustrated by maps.—
[D.H.K. ]
88/33. VioLtA LuTEA Huds. Balme, O. E., 1954, Viola lutea Huds.
(Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 234-240.
92. DrantHus. Carolin, R. C., 1954, Stomatal size, density and
morphology in the genus Dianthus, Kew Bull., 1954, 251-258.
98(2)/1. Mertanprium aLtBum (Mill.) Garcke. Takenaka, Y., 1954,
Sex relations in artificially produced tetraploids of Melandrium album,
Ann. Rep. Nat. Inst. Genetics (Japan), 4, 39-41.
98(2)/2. MrLanprium piorcum (L.) Coss. & Germ. Hardy, G. E. M.,
1954, Variation in flower colour in the Red Campion, Vase. (Subst.),
39, 15.
98(2)/2. MerLANpRIUM pio1cuM (L.) Coss. & Germ. Harrison, J. W.
Heslop, 1954, A note on flower colour in the Red Campion, Melandrium
rubrum, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 15.
100. Crrastium. Sollner, R., 1954, Recherches cytotaxonomiques
sur le genre Cerastium, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse, 64, 221-354. The chromo-
some numbers of 43 species of Cerastium, determined from 270 specimens,
are given in tabular form with a detailed account of the experimental
work involved. Particular reference is given to the C. arvense group.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 505
The principle basic number of the genus appears to be x =9. The study
is Ulustrated with tables, photographs, and diagrammatic plates.—
[E.B.B.]
100. Crrasti1um. Whitehead, F. N., 1954, An example of taxonomic
discrimination by biometric methods, New Phyt., 53, 496-510. The
author shows that discriminant analysis of six quantitative floral charac-
ters can be used to distinguish between three species of Cerastiwm.—
[D.H.K.]
115~ Matvaceaze. See 88. Viola.
123. Tinta. Petri, C., 1954, Zomerwaarnemingen aan de krimlinde,
De Levende Natuur, 57, 210-214.
133/2. Impatiens capENSIS Meerb. Allen, H. G., 1954, The Orange
Balsam—why this rapid spread?, J. Northants. N.A.S. & F.C., 33, 249.
Briefly discusses the history of the species in Britain, especially in
Northants.—[A.E.W. ]
142/1. AcrRr psrupopLiaranus L. Bartle, J. W., 1954, Variation in
Sycamore seedlings, The Nat., 1954, 1-2.
149/1. Uxex evroparus L. Quantrill, A. E. M., 1954, The distribu-
tion of Gorse and Broom on Foxhall Heath, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8,
197. From studies on Ulex europaeus and Sarothamnus scoparius at
Foxhall Heath, Suffolk, the author concludes that the seeds are prob-
ably dispersed by ants.—[D.H.K.]
150/1. SarotHamMNus scoparius (L.) Wimm. ex Koch.—Sce 149/1.
ULEX EUROPAEUS.
155/16. TRirotium REPENS L. Daday, H., 1954, Gene frequencies
in wild populations of Trifolium repens, 1. Distribution by geography,
Heredity, 8, 61-78: 2. Distribution by altitude, op. cit., 8, 377-384.
176. Victa. ‘Ryka, C., 1954, Studia cytologiczne nad Vicia cracca
L. 1 V. tenuifolia Rth., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 321-333. Material of
Vicia cracca from southern Poland has been cytologically examined; the
diploid form (2n=14) is frequent, but the tetraploid (Qn=28) has been
found in only one place despite the fact that it is apparently widespread
in Europe. V. tenuwifolia was found to have 2n=24.—[D.H.K. |
183. Prunus. Haskell, G., 1954, Stamen number and variation in
diploid and tetraploid cherries, Ann. Bot., 18, 95-111.
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1954, The genetic detection of natural
crossing in Blackberry, Genetica, 27, 162-172.
506 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
185. Rusus. Haskell, G., 1954, The history and genetics of the
Raspberry, Discovery, 15, 241-246. The Red European Raspberry
(Rubus idaeus) has been in cultivation for centuries, and was mentioned
by Turner in 1548. There are many kinds of Raspberries, and their
centre of origin is believed to have been eastern Asia. The history of
the cultivated forms and strains is given.—[D.H.K |
185. Rusus. Kerr, HK. A., 1954, Seed development in blackberries,
Canad: J. Bot., 32, 614-622.
188: FRacgarta. Barnes, B., 1954, Strawberries: cultivated and
wild, Discovery, 15, 325-329.
194. Rosa. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, The wild Roses of
Northumberland and Durham, Hist. Trans. Consett Nat. Field Club, 1,
1-11. Although much of the variability of the section Caninae of the
genus Rosa may be explained as the result of ancient hybridisation, the
taxonomy has not been made easier by the exaggerated importance
attached to determinations of British material by Continental authori-
ties. Of reliable British workers only Barclay lived in northern Britain
and was able to give sufficient attention to the critical northern forms.
The treatment of the genus in the Flora of the British Isles is criticised,
in particular the ‘‘telescoping’’ of Rosa caesia (R. coriifolia) into R.
dumalis (R. glauca) and of R. dumetorum into R. canina. The members
of each of these pairs possess different distributions and ecological pre-
ferences and must be regarded as distinct species. The present exteu-
sive hybridisation in the genus, alleged by certain recent workers to
be taking place, is denied. IL. obtustfolia is doubtfully distinct, and
more probably is only a form of R. dwmetorum. RR. villosa, after a
period of decrease, has become an aggressive and abundant colonist of
sand dunes, roadsides and waste land. R. tomentosa, recently detected
in one locality in Durham, is not known for certain to occur in Scotland,
all records hitherto having proved to be R. sherardi. R. micrantha is
likewise not Scottish, having been confused with R. caesia. R. agrestis
was extinguished in its only Durham station during the war.—[{ D.E.A.]
194. Rosa. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, A new subspecies of rose
occurring in Durham, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 32-33. A rose found growing
in quantity on the Magnesian Limestone of Durham is described as
Rosa dumalis subsp. dolomitica subsp. noy. The full description is as
follows :—
Frutex aculeatus, aculei sub-debiles; foliola ovata, apex apiculata; serra
profunda operta, dentibus subsimplicibus; pedunculi breves, nudi; petala rosea;
sepala post anthesin fortissime reflexa, subpersistentia: receptacula fructifera
oblonga, 2:4 em. longa, 1:1 cm. lata. Type in Heslop Harrison collection : habitat,
Fishburn, Co. Durham.—[ D.H.K. |
194. Rosa. Wulff, H. D., 1954, Cytologische Untersuchungen an
einer fertilen triploiden Rose, Planta, 44, 472-502.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 507
194. Rosa. Wylie, A. P., 1954-55, The history of garden roses,
Jekoneclorts)S0c., 19. 555-50) & 80, 8-24 & 77-87.
195 (2). Sorsus. Dillemann, G. & Poucques, M.-L. de, 1954, Le
pollen du Sorbus latifolia Pers. et son origine hybride, Bull. Soc. Bot.
France, 101, 239-240. Examination of pollen grains of Sorbus latifolia
indicates that it is of hybrid origin with an as yet irregular chromosomal
constitution.—[ E.B.B. ]
195 (2). Sorsus. lLiljefors, A., 1953, Studies on propagation,
embryology and pollination in Sorbus, Acta Hort. Berg., 16, 277-329.
197. CorToneASTER. Sax, H. J., 1954, Polyploidy and apomixis in
Cotoneaster, J. Arnold Arb., 35, 334-365.
199/1. Saxrrraca atzorpEs L. Widder, F., 1954, Die Nomenklatur
von Saxifraga aizoides Linné, Phyton, 5, 204-210.
211. Sepum. Deschatres, M. R., 1954, Recherches sur la phyllo-
taxie du genre Sedum, Rev. Gen. Bot., 61, 501-570.
9911/1. Sepum teLtepHium L. Jalas, J., 1954, Populationsstudien an
Sedum telephium LL. in Finland, Ann. Bot. Soc. ‘Vanamo’, 26 (3), 1-47.
213. DrosprRa. Kalela, E., 1954, Uber Land- und Wasserform bei
Drosera, Mem. Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fenn., 29, 80-98.
220/1. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM (L.) Scop. Emery, A. E. H.,
1954, Buds on the roots of the Rosebay Willow-herb, Nature, 173, 546-547.
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Gardé, E. & Malheiros-Gardé, N., 1954, Con-
tribuieao para o estudo cariolégico da familia Umbellifereae, 3, Brotéria,
23, 5-35. <A table is given showing the results of chromosome counts
made on many species of Umbelliferae.—[D.H.K. ]
238. UMBELLIFERAE. Robinson, R. W., 1954, Seed germination
problems in the Umbelliferae, J. Hxper. Bot., 5, 531-550.
284. HepERA. Jacobson, P., 1954, Chromosome numbers in the
genus Hedera L., Hereditas, 40, 252-254. Hedera helix f. typica has
2n=48, and is distributed over the greater part of Europe and Asia
Minor. It ranges between southern Norway in the north and the Medi-
terranean in the south, between Ireland in the west and the region
around the Black Sea in the east. Hl. helix var. hibernica Kirchn. has
2n=96, and has been found with certainty in Ireland only. Morpho-
logically it is closely related to H. helix and may perhaps be considered
a Post Glacial species originated from Hf. helix by autopolyploidy fol-
lowed by a change of chromosome structure.—[D.H.K.]
508 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
296/1. Gatium BoREALE L. Love, A. & D., 1954, Cytotaxonomic
studies on the Northern Bedstraw, Amer. Midl. Nat., 52, 88-105. The
collective circumpolar species Galiwm boreale has been divided into a
few varieties based on the hairiness of the fruits, as well as into two
different species not recognised by authors of recent manuals.
It is shown that the two species concerned differ in some minor movr-
phological characters such as puberulence of the nodes, the form of the
bracts, the type of the panicle, the size of the flower, anthers, and seeds,
and the colour of the corolla. These characters are always found to be
strictly associated and do not mix freely.
_- The geographical distribution of both the taxa is found to differ con-
siderably, since one of them occurs all over northern and central Europe
west to Iceland, as well as eastwards to central Siberia, while the other
grows in central Asia and eastwards to Gaspé and Nova Scotia in North
America.
Cytological investigations showed that the Eurasiatic taxon is a
tetraploid with 2n=44 chromosomes, while the American-Asiatic one
is a hexaploid with 2n=66 chromosomes.
Taxonomica]l studies of the type revealed that the tetraploid is
identical with the Linnean species Galium boreale in its strict sense as
described from northern Europe, while the hexaploid species should be
named G. septentrionale according to a description of eastern North
American material given by Roemer & Schultes. Both species are
assumed to be of ancient origin.—[ Authors’ summary. ]
301. VALERIANA. Skalitiska, M., 1954, Meiosis in a polyhaploid
twin plant and a hexaploid hybrid of Valeriana sambucifolia Mikan,
Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 359-373. A pair of dissimilar twins which ap-
peared among seedlings of Valeriana sambucifolia (2n=56) represented
a very small polyhaploid (2n=28) presumably developed from a synergid
and a hexaploid hybrid (2n=42) which originated from a spontaneous
cross probably with a tetraploid V. exaltata. In addition in the same
exroup of seedlings a second hexaploid hybrid has been detected.
The author’s opinion expressed in 1947 that the British V. officinalis
sens. lat. represents a non-uniform polyploid complex of hybrid origin
is supported by the well-marked similarity of the spontaneous hybrid to
British intergrading forms assigned to that species.—{Author’s sum-
mary, p.p. |
306. Drresaous. Snow, R., 1954, Phyllotaxis of flowering Teasels,
New Phyt., 53, 99-107.
309. Compostrar. Arénes, J., 1954, Les Composées-Cynarocéphales
de Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 24, 241-327. This section of Com-
positae in the Belgian flora comprises the 12 genera Echinops, Carlina,
Silybum, Arctium, Cirsium, Carduus, Onopordum, Cnicus, Carthamus,
Centaurea, Microlonchus, Serratula. A key to the genera is provided
and to species under each genus; subspecies and taxa of lower rank are
i
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 509
also keyed out. Under each taxon is given synonymy, exsiccata distri-
bution, habitat and world range. The arrangement involves some new
combinations particularly in Cirsium but no new taxa are described.—
[E.B.B.]
312/1. Sormpaco vireauREA L. Prelleek Ho 19545 (AS icase ot
abnormal flower structures connected with reduced fertility in Solidago
virgaurea, Acta Bot. Neerl., 3, 454-458.
314/1. Britis perennis L. Krausel, R., 1954, Missbildungen an
Ganseblitimchen (Bellis perennis), Natur wnd Volk, 84, 127-130. The
author discusses the problems of the ‘‘hen and chickens’? form and other
abnormal states of the species.—[D.H.K. ]
3/71. Marricarta. Nehou, J., 1954, Etude comparative de Matri-
caria inodora L. et de M. maritima L. (Composées Radiées), Bull. Soc.
Sci., Bretagne, 28, 133-153. The differences between these two taxa in
habit, ecology and morphology, here given and analysed in detail, are
considered sufficient to give both specific status. The bushier aspect,
thicker fleshier leaves, more elongated oil-glands of the achenes in M.
maritima together with many minor differences are discussed and illus-
trated with line diagrams. Results of experimental work tend to con-
firm this conclusion.—[ E.B.B.]
383. SeNneEcto. Davies, A. J., 1954, The Ragwort problem in Wales,
Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 203-210. Of the nine species of
Senecio recorded from Wales only S. jacobaea and S. aquaticus are con-
sidered as agricultural pests. S. jacobaea is widely spread and is a
very serious weed of grassland in south-west and north-west Wales. S.
aquaticus, though not so prevalent, occurs widely in Carmarthenshire,
Cardiganshire and Pembrokeshire. The poisoning effects of the plants
on farm stock and methods of control are discussed.—[D.H.K. |
383. Senecio. Fryer, J. D., 1954, The use of 2, 4-D. for the con-
trol of Ragwort, Proc. British Weed Control Conf., 1953, 211-227.
401/1. Saussurea aupina (L.) DC. Friden, L., 1954, Saussurea
alpina pa Falbygden, Bot. Not., 1954, 304-317. Population studies on
Saussurea alpina in southern Sweden. Much ecological information and
full lists of associated species are given.—[D.H.K. |
405/13. Crntaurea scastosa L., Czapik, R., 1954, Badania cyto-
embriologiczne nad Centaurea scabiosa L., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23,
175-194.
416/5. Crepis caprnnuarts (L.) Wallr. Ostergren, G., 1954, Poly-
ploids and aneuploids of Crepis capillaris produced by treatment with
nitrous oxide, Genetica, 27, 54-64. When plants of Crepis capillaris
are treated with nitrous oxide of ten atmospheres pressures for four to
510 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
six hours, at the time when the first or second zygotic divisions are
passing in their pollinated flowers, a fair yield of polyploid and aneu-
ploid plants is obtained in their progeny.—[ Author’s summary. |
416/5. Crepis cAPILLARIS (L.) Wallr. Petit, E., 1954, Bijdrage tot
de kennis der chromosoom-variabiliteit bij natuurlijke populaties van
Crepis capillaris Wallr., Verh. Koninkl. Akad. Wetenschapp., 45, 3-75.
Studies on the karyotypic variability in natural populations of Crepis
capilaris.—[ D.H.K. }
419. Hieractum. Omang, S. O. F., 1954., Descriptiones specierum
novarum e stirpe Hieracii alpini, 3, Nytt Mag. Bot., 2, 61-100. 56 new
species, 1 new subspecies and 7 new varieties of Hieracium are described
from Norway.—[D.H.K. ]
421/2. HypocHorris rapicata L. Hagerup, O., 1954, Thrips pol-
lination in Hypochoeris radicata, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 55-58.
423. Taraxacum. Haglund, G. E., 1954, A new remarkable Taraxa-
cum species from Norway, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 59-61. Describes Taraza-
cum nordhageniti sp. nov.—[D.H.K. ]
423. Taraxacum. Kappert, H-., 1954, Experimentelle Untersuchun-
gen tiber die Variabilitaét eines Totalapomikten (Taraxacum officinale
Weber), Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 67, 325-334.
423. Taraxacum. Marzocca, A., 1954, ‘‘Taraxacum_ erythro-
spermum’’ adventicio en la Argentina, Rev. Argent. Agron., 21, 80-83.
428. TRracorocon. Ownbey, M. & McCallum, G. D., 1954, The
chromosomes of Tragopogon, Rhodora, 56, 7-21.
435/5. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954,
Variation in flower size in the Common Harebell (Campanula rotundi-
folia), Vasc. (Subst.), 29, 24. Plants with flowers similar in size to
those of the Irish Campanula rotundifolia var. speciosa Moore are
reported from the Isle of Harris and Widdy Bank Fell.—[D.H.K.]
445/1. Catntuna vuuearts (L.) Hull. Holmes, G. D. & Barnsley.
G. I., 1954, The chemical control of Calluna vulgaris Salisb., Proc.
Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 289-296.
446. Ertoa. Scannell, M. J. P., 1954, An unusual Eriea from Dun-
lewy, Co. Donegal, Irish Nat. J., 11, 206-207.
446. Erica. Webb, D. A., 1954, Notes on four Irish Heaths, Irish
Nat. J., 11, 187-192 and 215-219. Gives the history and distribution of
Krica mackaiana in Ireland, and discusses the evidence for and against
EK. stuartii being a hybrid between EF. mackaiana and FE. mediterranea.
Accounts of H, vagans and EB, mediterranea are also given.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Sila
453/3. Pyro~ta minor lL. Wilcke, J., 1954, De zaadverspreiding
van Stofzaad en Wintergreen, De Levende Natuur, 57, 9-11.
460/5. Primuta scotica Hook. Ritchie, J. C., 1954, Primula scotica
Hook. (Biological Flora), J. Hcol., 42, 623-628.
478. Crnraurtum. Robyns, A., 1954, Essai d’étude systématique et
écologique des Centaurium de Belgique, Bull. Jard. Bot. Bruz., 24,
349-398. Three species of Centaurium occur in Belgium: C. minus
Gars., OC. vulgare Rafn. and C. pulchellum (Sw.) Druce. Each is very
polymorphic, particularly in branching habit and flower number; a table
illustrates the parallel intraspecific variation. Only C. minus has so far
produced a white-flowered form in Belgium although such forms are
recorded for the other two elsewhere. Hybrids, also recorded elsewhere,
have not yet been found in Belgium.
The author describes each species in detail, providing a plate of each
nomenclatural type and giving general and local distribution, illus-
trated by maps, as well as much general information on uses, common
names, etc.
New combinations are: (. minus f. albiflorum (W. L. Schmidt) A.
Robyns; C. minus var. fasciculare (Duby) A. Robyns; C. minus var.
fasciculare f. albiflorum (Magne) A. Robyns; C. vulgare var. uniflorwin
(W. L. Schmidt) A. Robyns; (. pulchellum var. intermedium f. palustre
(van Hall) A. Robyns and f. contractum (Wittr. ex Corb.) A. Robyns.
The comb. nov. C. vulgare var. uniflorwm involves a new name for f.
uniflorum of CO. minus, which is given as CU. minus var. Jonkerianum
A. Robyns.
The ecological account is only preliminary: (. minus is widespread
with no clearly defined ecological preferences; C. vulgare (C. littorale)
1S a maritime species characteristic of Centawrieto-Saginetum, occa-
sionally met with in others; C. pulchellum is mainly characteristic of
Nanocyperion flavescentis but also appears in other associations. Two
habitat photographs are provided.
The key to the species and infraspecific taxa 1s reproduced below:
Plant with rosette: fl. subsessile to v. shortly pedicelled, usually 5-merous; cor.-
tube scarcely contracted at top; cor.-limb 12-15 mm. diam. with oval lobes:
Lvs. herbaceous bright green; hasal elliptic-oboval to spatulate, cauline oval
to elliptic, all obtuse to + acute at apex, usually glabrous, 3-5-7-nerved:
calyx 4-2 length of cor.-tube at anthesis; cor. lobes oval and obtuse at tips:
Cymes corymbiform; bracts glabrous-edged; stem simple to branched :
JEIGONELOS, TOE Ce Becca cars bolsis ems eo aha es Sen TCI REG He TE ETO Ee SNE ie ara C. minus
EOWiET Sa: WilU Gc aaaee anne rere Rents dm pe lene a NS cn baal ae f. albiflorum
Cymes + compact and capituliform; bracts with + finely papillose margins
at least towards base; stem usually simple:
SLOW ETS oP LINK oie. ecm eer techn ume creeh tcoe tierce Oe os isnaeeas SPB ac autem nti de var. fasciculare
EM OWiSTES een WHMC CE reise late Ree ccte ta teria SRG eng abo aSEee Giga f. albiflorum
Lys. + fleshy and dark green; basal elliptic-lanceolate or broadly to narrowly
oblong; cauline linear-lanceolate to linear-oblong, all obtuse at apex, finely
papillose, 1- rarely 3-nerved; calyx + = cor.-tube at anthesis and finely
papillose; cor. lobes oval-oblong and + attenuate at tips:
512 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Flowers more than one:
Cymes lax to + corymbiform, few- to many-fiowered: flowers of differeni
heights: stem simple to branched with rosette withering at flowering
TUTTI: os) re a ae a Cet ee C. vulgare
Cymes + compact to subcapituliform, few-flowered, stem simple arising 1
to several from a leafy dense and persistent rosette ......... f. rosulatum
A-HOWELER:* SLE SiTMPIe se eee eee var. unifionun
Plant without rosette; fi. + long-pedicelled. 4- or 5-merous: cor.-iube distinctly
contracted at top: cor. limb 6-11 mm. diam. with oblong to lanceolate lobes:
lvs. from broadly elliptic to broadly oval. bright green, 3-5-nerved.
Flowers distinctly pedicelled :
1-flowered; stem simple and filiform: Ivs. shorter to longer than internodes
and somewhat fleshy in the smallest plants ..................... C. pulchellum
Many-flowered; stem simple to branched: cymes lax:
Plant erect; Ivs. equal to shorter than internodes: stem with slender open
HLrANGCHES se ree ne eee Spe iy Loe a eR IAS var. iniermedium
Plant low-growing; lvs. longer than internodes: siem with short, close
branches’ 2. i ee ee i. palusire
Flowers subsessile: stem short, simple to litile-branched: lvs. much longer
than internodes; cymes + compact and capituliform ............ f. contractum
[E.B.B.]
497. SympHytum. Bangerter, E. B. & Welch, B., 1954, The Com-
freys of the London Area, Lond. Nat., 33, 55-58. Symphytum officinale,
S. peregrinum, S. asperum, S. orientale, S. tuberosum and S. grandi-
florum are described and a key is given to their identification.—[ D.H.K. }
527—>ScROPHULARIACEAE. Hambler, D. J., 1954, Cytology of the
Scrophulariaceae and Orobanchaceae, Nature, 174, 836. The size of
chromosomes in Rhinanthus, Melampyrum and Euphrasia is discussed.
The following counts are cited: —Melampyrum cristatum, 2n=18 and
Parentucellia viscosa 2n=48. The following counts on British Orobanche
species are also given: Orobanche minor, O. elatior, O. reticulata, O.
picridis, O. hederae, O. rapwm-genistae and O. caryophyllacea, all
2n=38, O. purpurea, 2n=24.—[D.H.K. ]
535. ScropHuLarta. Hui-Lin-Li, 1954, The genus Scrophularia in
China, Lloydia, 16, 165-179. All the species known to occur in China
are keyed and described. The author has not seen authentic material of
Scrophularia nodosa from China and the records require confirmation.—
[D.H.K.]
543/41. VeRONICA FILIFORMIS Sm. Lehmann, E., 1954, Ein Ehren-
preis erobert Westeuropa, Orion, 9, 389-392. An account of the spread
of Veronica filiformis in western Europe, illustrated by photographs
and a map.—[D.H.K.]
547/2. PrpicuLtarts sytvatica L. Berg, R. Y., 1954, Development
and dispersal of the seeds of Pedicularis sylvatica, Nytt Mag. Bot., 2.
1-60.
547/2. Prpicunaris sytvaticA L. Webb, D. A., 1954, A western
subspecies of Pedicularis sylvatica, Irish Nat. J., 11, 235. While most
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE eile
European Floras describe Pedicularis sylvatica, and especially its calyx,
as glabrous, the majority of plants in western Ireland have the upper
part of the stem, and especially the calyx, covered with fairly numerous
and very conspicuous shaggy white hairs.
In Portugal there occurs a variety (var. lusitanica (Hoffg. & Link)
Fic.), which has usually a hairy calyx; it differs however in other
respects from the Irish plants. The known distribution of the Irish
form is given; it has a restricted geographical distribution but shades
into the type at the margins of its area. After further study the author
hopes to describe the taxon as a new subspecies. In the meantime he
requests information on plants with a hairy calyx from parts of Ireland
other than those included in the known range.—[D.H.K.]
550. ORoBANCHE. See 527. ScROPHULARIACEAE.
550/3. ORoBANCHE ALBA Steph. ex Willd. Sledge, W. A., 1954,
Orobanche alba Steph. in west Yorkshire, The Nat., 1954, 3. <A short
historical account of the species in west Yorks.—[D.H.K. ]
d02. Urricunarta. Troll, W. & Dietz, H., 1954, Morphologische und
histogenetische Untersuchungen an Utricularia-Arten, Osterr. Bot.
Zeitschr., 101, 165-207.
561. Tuymus. Pigott, C. D., 1954, Species delimitation and racial
divergence in British Thymus. New Phit., 53, 470-495. British Thymus
is Shown to be divisible into at least three units on the basis of external
morphology; the evidence for considering these separate species is set
out. The chromosome numbers are:—Thymus serpylium, 2n=24, T.
pulegioides, 2n=28 and T. drucei, 2n=52-56. T. drucei appears to be
completely isolated genetically from T. serpyllum and T. pulegioides,
while hybrids between the latter two species can be made artificially.
The morphological discontinuity, however, is complete between these
species and 7. drucei. The intraspecific variation is described; 7. drucei
includes several morphologically distinct races. The relation of the
British plants to Continental spp. is discussed and the phytogeographical
interest of these distributions is‘ described.—[Author’s Summary. |
581. Lamium. Bernstroém, P., 1958, Species relationships in
Lamium, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 280.
594. Screrantuus. Réossler, W., 1954, Neues aus dem Scleranthus
Nachlass Reichenbach’s, Phyton, 5, 222-297.
600. CHENopopium. Wahl, A., 1954, A preliminary study of the
genus Chenopodium in North America, Bartonia, 27, 1-46. Nearly fifty
species of Chenopodium, and a number of hybrids and varieties, found
in the United States are described and keyed. Some new varieties are
also described.—[D.H.K. ]
514 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
611. Sanicornta. Hambler, D. J., 1954, Chromosome numbers in
British Salicornia, Nature, 173, 547. Counts have been made on
material from localities on the estuary of the river Medway and the
following chromosome numbers have been determined :—Salicornia per-
ennis var. radicans Moss & Salisb., 2n=18, S. ramosissima Woods (form
agreeing closely with the habit illustration in the Cambridge British
Flora), 2n=18, S. ramosissima Woods (dwarf red form), 2n=18, S.
stricta Dum. sec. Moss (form agreeing closely with the illustration in
Butcher & Strudwick’s Further Illustrations of British Plants of NS.
europaea), 2n=36, S. dolichostachya Moss (erect form with long taper-
ing fertile branches; upper nodes each bearing four branches), 2n=36,
S. disarticulata Moss, 2n=16 (?).—[D.H.K.]
615/3. Potyeonum pBistorta J.. Porsch, O., 1954, Geschlechtge-
bundener Bliitenduft, Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr., 101, 359-372. The protan-
drous flowers of Polygonum. bistorta emit an unpleasant smell when the
stamens mature, but become scentless when the ovaries mature. The
effects of the scent upon insect visitation are discussed.—[D.H.K. |
617/1. Oxyria pieyna (L.) Hill. Wilson, J. W., 1954, The influ-
ence of ‘‘midnight sun’’ conditions on certain diurnal rhythms in
Oxyria digyna, J. Ecol., 42, 81-94.
618. Rumex. Rechinger, K. H., 1954, Monograph of the genus
Rumex in Africa, Bot. Not. Supp., 3: 3. 47 species of Rumez are
described from Africa. Of these, 26 are endemic; 21 species are spread
over two or more continents. R. angiocarpus is widespread and all
earlier African records of R. acetosella are referred to it. R. crispus
and R. conglomeratus are widespread, while R. obtusifolius subsp.
agrestis and R. pulcher subsp. eu-pulcher are recorded as introductions.
R. palustris has been once reported from Morocco but the record re-
quires confirmation.—[D.H.K. ]
628. Eurpnorsia. See 88. Viona.
638/1. PARIETARIA DIFFUSA Mert. & Koch. Paclt, J.. 1954, Nach-
trag zu meiner Parietaria-Studie, Phyton, 5, 242-246.
642. Brrunta. Black, P. M. & Wareing, P. F., 1954, Photoperiodic
control of germination in seed of birch (Betula pubescens Ehrh.), Nature,
174, 705-706.
646. Querous. Hadfield, M., 1954, The Durmast Oak, Gard. Chron.,
135, 16-17. The view has recently been expressed that Quercus robur is
wholly an introduced tree in Britain, having largely replaced Q. pet-
raea through selective planting. The latter bears fruit less regularly
and usually far less copiously than Q. robur. In ancient times, those
trees lacking both in acorns, an important animal food, and in the
crooked branehing required by house-builders and shipwrights, would
ite Cs ae eh
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 515
be the first to be felled; and there is historical evidence that Q. petracu
was purposely eliminated by foresters from the New Forest. Although
mediaeval carvings of oak foliage depict mainly Q. robur, the pollen
and timber of the two species are indistinguishable. It is therefore
unlikely that the problem of the status of Q. robur will ever be solved.
<p ea
650. Sattx. Nilsson, H., 1945, Uber hochkomplexe’ Bastardver-
bindungen in der Gattung Salix, Hereditas, 40, 517-522.
659— Orcuivacnsak. Mever, D. K., 1954, Uber unterirdische Bliiten
und blasse Individuen bei emheimischen Orchideen, Ber. Deutsch. Bot.
Ges., 67, 128-133.
659—> OrcHiIpAcEAR. Tatewaki, M., 1954, Phytogeographical studies
on Orchidaceae in the islands of the north Pacific, Acta Hort. Got., 19,
51-112. Many species also found in Britain are included in this account
which is illustrated by distribution maps.—[D.H.K. ]
659/1. HAmMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) O. Kuntze. Chevalier, A., 1954,
A propos de la disparition de nombreuses stations de Malaxis paludosa
dans le N.-O., Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, 139-141. Owing to man’s
activities, land drainage, etc., many habitats for fen and bog plants
have disappeared in N.W. France; Hammarbya paludosa is now extinct
in Normandy.—[ E.B.B. |
666/1. EKprrpogium APHYLLUM Sw. Anon, 1954, The rarest British
wild flower, Quart. Bull. Alp. Gard. Soc., 22, 6-7. Comments on the
recent discoveries of the species in Oxfordshire and Bucks., and gives
a short description of the plant and its history in Britain. A corre-
spondent claims to have discovered six plants in flower near Ross, in
the Forest of Dean, in July 1930, though he failed to report it at the
time, being unaware of the exceptional rarity of the species in Britain.
—[D.H.K.]
668. Eprpactis. Young, D. P., 1954, A key to the Danish Epipactis,
Bot. Tidssk., 50, 140-145. Includes most of the species also found in
Britain.—[D.H.K. }
668/2. KHprpacTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz. Richardson, J. A. 1954,
Variation in Durham plants of the Broad-leaved Helleborine (Kpipactis
helleborine), Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 24.
668/3 (6). EpreacTISs PHYLLANTHES G. EK. Sm. Sipkes, C., 1954,
Kpipactis phyllanthes G. EK. Sm. in County Wicklow, Jrish Nat. J., 11,
113-115.
669. OrcHis. Duplessis, L., 1951, Notes sur quelques Orchidées de
Seine-et-Oise, Bull. Trim. Union Soc. France d Hist. Nat., 2, 24-27.
A large population of Orchis, predominantly O. morio, had colonised a
516 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
field near Bullion; a distinctive pattern of alignment was shown. Care
should be taken to collect typical specimens of any Orchis population
and notes made of all features of the habitat to facilitate comparisons
with other populations. An atypical specimen from the Bullion colony
(a hybrid between O. morio and O. mascula) is figured.—[ E.B.B.]
669/14. OrcHIs mascuLa (L.) L. Métron, J., 1954, L’Orchis mas-
cula (L.) var. foetens, Cahiers des Naturalistes, 9, 105-106.
675. CyprRIpeDIUM. Curtis, J. T., 1954, Annual fluctuations in rate
of flower production by native Cypripediums during two decades, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 340-352.
702/19. Attium PARADOxUM (Bieb.) G. Don. Barling, D. M., 1954,
Distribution and chromosome number of Allium paradoxum in Glou-
cestershire, Nature, 173, 877. A population of Alliwm paradoxum at
Bartonbury (Cirencester) has been investigated ecologically and cyto-
logically. The chromosome number has been found to be 2n=16.—
[DAE]
706/3. ENDYMION Non-ScRIPTUS (L.) Garcke. Blackman, G. E. &
Rutter, A. J., 1954, Endymion nonscriptus (L.) Garcke (Biological
Flora), J. Hcol., 42, 629-638.
713/1. CotcHicum autuMNaLE L. Butcher, R. W., 1954, Colchicum
autumnale L. (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 249-257.
718. Juncus. Campbell, S., 1954, ‘‘The control of rushes by 2,
4-D.”’, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 190-198.
718. Juncus. Davies, T. H. & Harris, D. J., 1954, Rush control
in the southwest province, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 198-203.
An account of control measures used in Somerset, Devon and Cornwall.
mp uet
718. Juncus. Elhott, J. G., 1954, The use of growth regulator her-
hicides for the control of rushes, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953,
184-190.
718. Juncus. Lazenby, A., 1954, Some aspects in the life-history
of the common rush, with special reference to the seed and seedling
stages, Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 174-184.
718/2. Juncus acutus L. Jones, V. & Richards, P. W., 1954,
Juncus acutus L. (Biological Flora), 7. Ecol., 42, 639-650.
719. Luzuta. Nordenskidld, H., 19538, Cyto-taxonomic studies in
the genus Luzula, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 282-283.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 517
719/6. Luzuna campestris (L.) DC. Brown, S. W., 1954, Mitosis
and meiosis in Luzula campestris DC., Univ. Califorma Publ. om Bot.,
2 Zak 208
721. VTypeHa. Grontved, J., 1954, Typhaceernes og Sparganiaceernes
udbredelse i Danmark, Bot. Tidsk., 50, 211-238. The distribution of
Typha angustifolia and T. latifolia in Denmark is discussed: the
former is scattered through the country, apparently preferring the
moraine clay areas, while the latter is widely and evenly distributed.
The distribution of the various species of Sparyanitwm in Denmark is
also given. S. angustifolium and S. simplex are rather frequent. SWS.
ramosum is regarded as a collective species comprising S. neglectum,
S. oocarpum, S. microcarpum and 8. polyedrum; to these may be added
the records from literature of ‘‘S. erectwm’’. The aggregate plant is
frequent in most parts of Denmark; the distribution of the segregates
is also given.—[D.H.K. |
722. Sparcanium. See 721. Typna.
723/1 (2). Arum nEGLECTUM (Townsend) Ridl. Prime, C. T., 1954,
Arum neglectum (Towns.) Ridley (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 241-
248.
734/1. Buromus umsBetLatus L. Lohammer, G., 1954, Bulbils in
the inflorescences of Butomus umbellatus, Svensk Bot. Tidsk., 48, 485-
487. Plants of Butomus umbellatus bearing bulbils in their inflores-
cences have been detected in Sweden and Finland. The role of these
aerial bulbils for the vegetative dispersal of the plant is not known.—
[D.H.K. ]
746. Scirpus. Bakker, D., 1954, Miscellaneous notes on Scirpus
lacustris L. sensu lat. in the Netherlands, Acta Bot. Neerl., 3, 426-445.
In literature quite different opinions have been developed regarding
the species-concept of Scirpus palustris L. and S. tabernaemontami
Gmel. In the 19th century several authors regarded these species as
modifications of S. lacustris, but in the 20th century they have usually
been regarded as distinct taxa.
An examination of specimens in the Netherlands has shown that in
one locality a highly fertile intermediate grows. It has the same
chromosome number as the other two forms, and plants raised from its
seeds are morphologically the same as those of the preceding generation.
It is suggested that the plant has originated as a result of ‘‘introgres-
sive hybridisation’’ sensu Anderson & Hubricht (i.e. by the crossing of
S. lacustris and S. tabernaemontani, followed by back crossings with
the parents). In some localities in the Netherlands the boundaries be-
tween the two species have been obliterated. The intermediate is
described as S. lacustris subsp. flevensis, subsp. nov. A number of other
new varieties of S. lacustris and S. tabernaemontani are also described.
aap HK
518 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
747/2. ERiorpHoRUM ANGUsTIFOLIUM Honck. Phillips, M. E., 1954,
Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. (EK. polystachion L.) (Biological Flora),
J. Ecol., 42, 612-622.
747/2. ERiopHoRUM AaNGUSTIFoLIUM Honck. Phillips, M. E., 1954,
Studies in the quantitative morphology and ecology of Eriophorum an-
gustifolium Roth., 2. Competition and dispersion, J. Ecol., 42, 187-210.
3. The leafy shoot, New Phyt., 53, 312-343.
753/51(2). Carex sBicotor All. Lid, J., 1954, Carex bicolor in
southern Norway, Nytt Mag. Bot., 3, 147-158. The Norwegian distribu-
tion of Carex bicolor is outlined and discussed.—[D.H.K.]
754 GRaMINESE. Georlette, R., 1953, Bibliographie générale con-
cernant les graminées prairiales des régions tempérés, Ann. Gembl-, 59.
237-255. A general bibliography of the meadow grasses of temperate
regions.—[D.H.K.]
754—> GRAMINEAE. Hubbard, C. E., 1954, New names in the
Gramineae, Kew Bull., 1954, 375. The following new combinations are
made: Catapodium marimum (L.) C. E. Hubbard and C. rigidum (L.)
C. E. Hubbard.—[D.H.K.]
754~>GRAMINEAE. Melderis, A., 1953, Generic problems within the
tribe Hordeeae, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 853-854.
754—>GRAMINEAE. Pilger, R., 1954, Das System der Gramineae,
Engler Bot. Jahrb., 76, 281-384. Gives a key to the tribes of the grasses
of the world with the exception of the bamboos.—[D.H.K.]
754-> GRAMINEAE. Tateoka, T., 1954, Karyotaxonomic studies in
Poaceae, 1, Ann. Rep. Nat. Inst. Genetics (Japan), 4, 45-47. The
following somatic chromosome numbers are reported from counts made
on Japanese material:—Hordeum murinum, 28, Phleum pratense. 42,
Deschampsia flexuosa, 28, Milium effusum, 28, Anthoxranthum odoratum,
20, Hierochloe odorata, 42, Phalaris arundinacea, 28, Leersia oryzoides,
48, Dactylis glomerata, 28, Poa annua, 28, P. pratensis, 56, Melica
nutans, 18, Cynodon dactylon, 40, Setaria viridis, 18, Echinochloa crus-
gall, 54.—[D.H.K.]
754 GRAMINEAE. Wycherley, P. R., 1954, Vegetative proliferation
of floral spikelets in British grasses, Ann. Bot., 18, 119-127.
765/11. PHauaRIs aruNpINACcCEA L. Holt, I.V., 1954, Initiation and
development of the inflorescences of Phalaris arundinacea L. and
Dactylis glomerata L., Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 28, 603-621.
777/1. PHtEUM PRATENSE L. Williams, S. S., 1954, The effect of
depth of sowing and moisture on the germination and seedling develop-
ment of Phleum pratense L., J. Ecol., 42, 445-459.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 519
780. AGROSTIS. Bjérkmann, S.O., 1954, Chromosome studies in
Agrostis, 2, Hereditas, 40, 254-258. The author has cytologically
examined c. 600 plants of Agrostis canina from northern, western and
central Europe, and confirms the correctness of dividing the species into
var. fascicularis (Qn=14) and var. arida (2Qn=28). Plants from Spain
and Portugal which cannot be included under these varieties have been
seen.
e. 900 plants of A. stolonifera from northern and western Europe have
been examined and three chromosome races have been detected, 2n=28
(ec. 600 plants), 2n=35 (c. 160 plants) and 2n=42 (c. 135 plants).
300 plants of A. tenuis have been counted, most had 2n=28. Hybrids
with A. gigantea often occur where the two species grow together. 33
hybrid plants from different localities were examined: all had 2n=35.
Of 217 plants of A. gigantea which were counted all except 2 had 2n=
42.
A list of artificially induced hybrids in the genus is given.—[D.H.K.]
780. AcGrRostis. Davies, W. E., 1953, The breeding affinities of some
British species of Agrostis, Brit. Agric. Bull., 5, 313-316.
780. Agrostis. Jones, K., 1953, The cytology of some British
species of Agrostis and their hybrids, Brit. Agric. Bull., 5, 316.
780/3. AGrRosvis TENUIS Sibth. Bradshaw, A. D., 1953, Local
population differentiation in Agrostis tenuis, Heredity, 7, 445.
791/3. DescHAMpsiIA sETACEA (Huds.) Hack. Buschmann, A., 1953,
Die Verbreitung von Deschampsia setacea, Ann. Inst. Biol. Sarajevo,
5, 144-158.
791/4. DescHampsia FLExvoSA (L.) Trin. Scurfield, G., 1954, Des-
champsia flexuosa (L.) Trin. (Biological Flora), J. Ecol., 42, 225-233.
794. Avena. Dadd, C. V., 1953, Wild Oats, N.A.A.S. Quart. Rev.,
21, 1-7. A short account of the known British distribution of Avena
fatua and A. ludoviciana, and the methods of control used against them.
—[D.H.K.]
794. AveENA. Thurston, J. M., 1953, Biology of wild oats, Ann.
Rep. Rothamsted Exper. Sta., 1952, 68-71.
794. Avena. Thurston, J. M., 1954, Germination and dormancy of
wild oats seeds, Ann. Rep. Rothamsted Exper. Sta., 1953, 71-72. Seeds
of Avena fatua germinate in the spring while those of A. ludoviciana
germinate mainly in autumn and winter.—[D.H.K.]
794. Avena. Thurston, J. M., 1954, The biological approach to the
problem of wild oat control, Proc. Brit. Weed Contr. Conf., 1953, 240-
248.
520 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
794. AvenA. Thurston, J. M., 1954, A survey of wild oats (Avena
fatua and A. ludoviciana) in England and Wales in 1951, Ann. Appi.
Biol., 41, 619-636. Jn 621 samples of wild oats collected in many parts
of England and Wales by N.A.A.S. and N.JI.A.B. Officers only two
species (Avena fatua and A. ludoviciana) were found, but both showed
much variability. A. fatwa occurred in all wheat- and barley-growing
areas, in both winter and spring corn, and on all soil types. A. ludo-
viciana occurred (with two exceptions) only within an approximately
80 miles radius of Oxford, mainly on heavy soils and chiefly in winter
corn. The history and spread of A. ludoviciana in Britain is discussed.
A map shows the distribution of the two species in the British Isles.
The following key for separating wild and cultivated oats on spike-
let articulation is given :—
Abscission scar surrounded by hairs at base of spikelet. Grain readily shed:
All florets have abscission scar at base:
seeds of spikelet Separate Wem “VIC iee.cssscesocteecerten eae eee eee A. fatua
Only the first floret has abscission scar:
All seeds of the spikelet fall together when ripe ............. A. ludoviciana
Neither abscission scar nor hairs at base of spikelet. Grain not readily shed:
NOM DrIStle-polmtsMmon) slenminiaw ies see-ce cece eee ee eee ee eee A. sativa
Tip of lemma prolonged into two long hair-like points ............ A. Strigosa
—[D.H.K.]
797/1. CyYNOoDON DACTYLON (L.) Pers. Langdon, R. F. N., 1954,
The origin and distribution of Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers., Univ. of
Queensland (Dept. of Bot.) Papers, 4, 42-43.
813/1. Mornia cAERULEA (L.) Moench. Deuse, P., 1950, Ecologie
de Molinia coerulea Moench: Germinations, Lejeunia, 14, 53-60.
818/2. MerticA UNIFLORA Retz. Durdik, M., 1954, Prispévek k
ekologi travy Melica uniflora Retz. v Ceskoslovensku, Preslia, 26, 177-
182.
819/1. Dacrytis cLomEeRatTa L. Bokyo, H. & Tadmor, N., 1954, An
arid ecotype of Dactylis glomerata L. (Orchard Grass) found in the
Negev (Israel), Bull. Research Council Israel, 4, 241-248.
819/1. Dactryztis GuomeRATA L. Chopinet, R. & Dujardin, J., 1953,
Etude de quelques populations naturelles de Dactylis glomerata L. en
vue de leur utilisation agronomique, Ann. Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron.
Paris, 3, Sér. B., 453-477. The geographical distribution of Dactylis
glomerata in France is discussed and differences in morphological
characters, flowering period, vigour, resistance to frost, etc., between
populations from different parts of the country are noted.—[D.H.K. ]
819/1. Dacrytis GLomERATA L. Rebischung, J., 1953, Etudes sur
la variabilité des populations naturelles franegaises de dactyle, Ann.
Inst. Nat. Rech. Agron., Paris 3, Sér. B., 311-349. Studies on the
variability of natural populations of Dactylis glomerata in France
showed that considerable diversity exists between populations from
different regions.—[D.H.K.]
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 521
819/1. Dacrytis cLomEeRATA L. See 765/1. PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA.
824. Poa. Akerberg, E., 1953, The progeny of artificial hybrids
between Poa pratensis L. (coll.) and P. alpina L., Proc. 7th Intern. Bot.
Congr., Stockholm, 327-328.
8294/2. Poa pratensis L. Bass, L. N., 1954, Factors affecting ger-
mination of Kentucky Bluegrass seed, lowa State Coll. J. Sci., 28, 503-
519.
824/5. Poa vauustris L. Berton, A., 1953, Forme automnale de
Poa palustris L., Monde des Plantes, 298-302, 2.
824/11. Poa aupina L. Hakansson, A., 1954, Transmission of ac-
cessory chromosomes in Poa alpina, Hereditas, 40, 523-526.
824/11. Poa auprna L. Miintzing, A., 1954, The cytological basis
of polymorphism in Poa alpina, Hereditas, 40, 458-516. Material of
Poa alpina from northern Sweden, the Baltic Islands, Norway, Iceland
and Greenland was investigated cytologically. 18 different chromosome
numbers ranging from 32 to 50 were found amongst the material from
Sweden. Descriptions of these biotypes are given. It was found that
the average degree of apomixis and the average chromosome number
was lower in Switzerland and Poland than in Scandinavia.—[D.H.K. |
826. Frstuca. Crowder, L. V., 1953, Interspecific and intergeneric
hybrids of Festuca and Lolium, J. Hered., 44, 195-203.
826/4. FrEstucA PRATENSIS Huds. Bosemark, N. O., 1954, On
accessory chromosomes in Festuca pratensis, 1. Cytological investiga-
tions, Hereditas, 40, 346-376. 2. Inheritance of the standard type of
accessory chromosomes, op. cit., 40, 425-437.
826/9. Ferstuca ovina L. Piotrowicz, M., 1954, Badania cytolo-
giczne 1 anatomiczne nad zywordnymi formani z grupy Festuca ovina
L., Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 43-58. Cytological and anatomical studies
on viviparous biotypes of Festuca ovina from 37 natural habitats in the
Tatra Mountains and 2 in the western Carpathians.—[D.H.K.]
827/19(2). Bromus LEPpIpUS Holmb. Koch, W. & Kunz, H., 1954,
Bromus lepidus Holmberg, neu fiir die Schweizerflora, Ber. Schweiz Bot.
Ges., 64, 219-220. Bromus FOURS. has been detected fe the first time in
Switzerland. —[D.H.K.]
829. Lotium. Cooper, J. P., 1954, Studies on growth and develop-
ment in Lolium, 4. Genetic control of heading responses in local popula-
tions, J. Hcol., 42, 521-556.
5 yp ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
829. Lotium. Jenkin, T. J., 1954, Interspecific and intergeneric
hybrids in herbage grasses, 6. Lolium italicum A. Br. intercrossed with
other Lolium types, J. Genetics, 52, 282-299: 7. Lolium perenne L. with
other Lolium species, op. cit., 52, 300-317. Loliwm perenne has been suc-
cessfully intercrossed with L. rigidum sens. lat., L. loliaceum, L. ttali-
cum, L. remotum and L. temulentum to produce established F, progeny.
—[D.H.K.]
829. LoLtium.—See 826. Frstuca.
841/1. Pinus sytvestris L. McNeill, W. M., 1954, Observations on
cone and seed production in plantations of Scots Pine in Scotland,
Forestry, 27, 122-133.
844. Eaquisretum. Dhien, R., 1953, Répartition géographique des
Kquisetum frangais, Monde des plantes, 298-302, 7-8.
844/6. EquisEruM PALUSTRE L. Holly, K., 1954, The effect of
synthetic growth regulator herbicides on Equisetum palustre, Proc.
Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 227-233.
845— PreripopHyTa. Berton, A., 1954, Recherches sur lanatomie
des fougeres. Deux types de frondes, Bull. Soc. Bot. France Mem.,
1953-54, 95-106.
845—> PreripopuytTa. Klhott, EK. A., 1954, The names “Oak Fern’’,
‘Beech Fern’’, Gymnocarpium dryopteris and Phegopteris polypod-
ioides, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 100-103.
845— PreripopHytTa. Lawalrée, A., Données nouvelles sur les
Ptéridophytes de Belgique, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 86, 265-273.
845— PrertipopHytTaA. Manton, I., 1954, Experimental methods
available for the taxonomy of the Pteridophyta, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot.
Congr., Stockholm, 808.
845—> PreriporHytTa. Manton, I., 1954, Polyploidy and its probable
significance in. the Pteridophyta, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stock-
holm, 332-333.
845—> PreripopHytTa. Pichi-Sermolli, R. E. G., 1954, The nomen-
clature of some fern genera, Webbia, 9, 387-454.
845—> PrertpopHyta. Small, J., 1954, Quantitative evolution, 19:
The numerical composition of Copeland’s Filicales, Phyton, 5, 211-221.
847/1. Prertptum aquintInum (L.) Kuhn. Stephens, R., 1954, Ex-
perimental work on the control of bracken in the west of Scotland,
Proc. Brit. Weed Control Conf., 1953, 248-256.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE PB}
847/1. PrerRipium aquininum (L.) Kuhn. Watt, A. S., 1954, Con-
tributions to the ecology of bracken (Pteridium aquilinum), 6. Frost
and the advance and retreat of bracken, New Phyt., 53, 117-130.
850/1. PHyLitris scoLopENDRIiIUM (L.) Newm. Clovis, J. F., 1954,
The Hart’s Tongue—an interesting fern, Castanea, 19, 75-78. The dis-
tribution of Phyllitis scolopendrium var. americana Fern. in the United
States is discussed and compared with the distribution of the EKuropean
form.—[D.H.K.]
856. Dryopreris. Manton, I. & Walker, S., 1954, Induced apogamy
in Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray and D. filix-mas (L.) Schott
emend. and its significance for the interpretation of the two species,
Ann. Bot., 18, 377-383. Two new cases of induced apogamy in common
European species of ferns are described. Meiosis in the apogamously
produced sporophytes has been investigated and compared with that of
sexually produced sister plants. The importance of these observations
in relation to previous evidence regarding the mode of origin of ate
wild species is discussed.—[ Authors’ summary. |
856. DryoptEeris. Reed, C. F., 1954, Spores, sporangia and indusia
of the genus Dryopteris in North America, north of Mexico, Bartonia,
27, 47-56.
856. Dryoprerts. Stansfield, W., the late, 1954, Lastrea dilatata
and its allies, Brit. Fern Gaz., 8, 95-100.
872. Nirerua. Allen, G. O., 1954, An annotated key to the Nitel-
leae of North America, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 35-60. The author
keys and gives descriptions of the N. American species of Nitella and
Tolypella. A number of species also found in Britain are included.—
pose |
872. Nirenia. Brook, A. J., 1954, Further new records of Stone-
worts (Charophyta) in Scotland, Scot. Nat., 66, 154.
873. ToLypELLA. See 872. NITELUA.
876. CHARA. See 872. NITELUA.
TOPOGRAPHICAL
3, S. Devon. Anderson, M. L., 1954, The ecological status of Wist-
man’s Wood, Devonshire, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Hdinb., 36, 195-206.
3, S. Devon. Swinscow, D., 1954, Some Dartmoor summits, Brit.
Fern Gaz., 8, 85-87. Notes on the ferns found on Cox Tor, Staple Tor
and Great Mis Tor.—[D.H.K.]
6, N. Somerset & 34, W. Guos. Sandwith, C. I. & N. Y., 1954,
Bristol Botany in 1953, Proc. Bristol Nats. Soc., 28, 379-386. Give fur-
ther new stations for plants in the Bristol area, including a few addi-
tions to the flora of the isle of Steep Holm.—[D.H.K. ]
524 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
7, N. Witts. Grose, J. D., 1954, A botanical survey of Spye Park,
Wilts. Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 263-276. An ecological study of the main
types of vegetation in the Park; semi-natural and artificial woodland,
scrub, grassland, pteridietum, marsh and aquatic vegetation. There
are also two large disused sandpits.—[A.E.W. |
7-8, Witts. Grose, J. D., 1954, Wiltshire Plant Notes 15, Wilts.
Arch. & N.H. Mag., 55, 258-262. Gives new stations for Wiltshire
Plants.—[A.E.W. |
9, Dorset. G.D.H., R.H.B. & C.N.H., 1954, Botanical Report,
Rep. Bryanston School N.H.S., 1953, 14-16.
14, E. Sussex. Brightmore, D., 1954, Notes on the local fauna and
flora, Hastings & E. Sussex Nat., 8, 105-106. A list of 20 plants flower-
ing abnormally late in the year is given, together with a few new
stational records.—[ A.E.W. ]
15-16, Kent & 17, Surrey. Cornish, M. W., 1954, The origin and
structure of the grassland types of the central North Downs, J. Ecol.,
42, 359-374.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18-19, Essex, 20, Herts, 21, Mippx. &
24, Bucks. Kent, D. H. & Lousley, J. E., 1954, A Hand List of the
Plants of the London Area, part 4. Compositae (Picris) to Labiatae
(Ballota), Supplement to Lond. Nat., 33.
16, W. Kent, 17, Surrey, 18, S. Essex, 20, Herts & 21, Mippx.
Lousley, J. E., 1954, Botanical Records for 1953, Lond. Nat., 33, 52-54.
Further interesting records for the London Area are given.—{| D.H.K. }
17, Surrey. Jones, A. W., 1954, The Flora of Bookham Common,
Lond. Nat., 33, 25-47.
18, S. Essex. Jermyn, S. T., 1954, Botanical notes and records,
S. Essex Nat., 3, 10-13.
18, S. Essex. Myers, J. E., 1954, A survey and comparison of the
natural and inner salt marshes at Leigh-on-Sea, Essex, Essex Nat.,
29, 155-175.
18-19, Essex. Robson, C. H. A., 1954, The trees and woodlands of
Kssex, Essex Nat., 29, 142-153.
18-19, Essex. Ward, B. T., 1954, Some Essex plant notes, Esser
Nat.; 28, 197.
21, Mippx. Harley, R:, 1954, Flowers and ferns of Harrow, pp.
xii + 86 and a map. London. Obtainable from The School Book Shop,
Harrow-on-the-Hill, Middlesex, price 1/8 post free. The author gives
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE US
a short account of the changes which have taken place in the Harrow
Area since the publication of the second edition of Melville’s Flora of
Harrow in 1876. This is followed by a systematic list based on Clapham,
Tutin & Warburg’s Flora of the British Isles. Nearly 200 species of
plants are noted from the area and Claytonia alsinoides, Symphytum
orientale and Petasites japonicus are illustrated by line drawings.—
[D.H.K.]
21, Mippx. Westrup, A. W., 1954, Cranford Park Survey :—Botany,
Lond. Nat., 33, 21-22. A short ecological account of the results of the
first year’s work at Cranford Park —[D.H.K. |
22, Berks. & 24, Bucks. Hyde, M. B., 1954, Botanical records,
1953, Middle-Thames Nat., 6, 7.
23, Oxon. Warburg, E. F., 1954, Vegetation and flora, in Martin,
A. F. & Steel, R. W., The Oxford Region: A Scientific and Historical
Survey, 56-62.
25, E. SurronK. Anon, 1952-54, Observations: botany, Ann. Rep.
Lowestoft F.C., 6, 192-194, 7, 225-226, and 8, 253-254.
25-26, SuFFoLK. Trist, P. J. O., 1954, Salt tolerant flora on the
Suffolk marshes, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 147-148. The great sea
floods of January 1953 inundated 16,000 acres of grassland and 4,400 of
arable in Suffolk. Over much of the area the sea water lay for a fort-
night, and in some places for five weeks. In many places it is now
difficult to distinguish the grassland from the arable.
Since early June (1953) the marshes have produced an ever increas-
ing crop of salt-tolerant weeds. The commonest of these include Atri-
plex spp., Aster tripolium and Beta maritima. A list of all the plants
observed is given.—[D.H.K. ]
25-26, SuFFoLK. Simpson, F. W., 1954, Notes and additions to the
Flora of Suffolk, Trans. Suffolk Nats. Soc., 8, 188-192.
32, NortHants. Allen, H. G., 1954, The Flora of the Parish of
Braunston, J. Northants. N.H.S. & F.C., 33, 248-249. Gives a list of
recent additions to the Avon District (District 1 of Druce’s Flora of
Northants).—[A.E.W. ]
32, NortHants. Gilbert, J. L., 1954, Botanical Records, 1953, J.
Northants. N.HS. & F.C., 33, 253.
33-34, Gios. Fleming, G. W. T. H., 1954, Phanerogams and vas-
cular cryptogams, 1952, Proc. Cotteswold Nats. F.C., 31, 145-155. Gives
new records for the county including many adventives from Bristol and
Gloucester Docks.—[D.H.K. ]
526 ABSTRACTS FROM IITERATURE
36, Hererorp. Salt, A. E. W., 1954, Report on botany for 1952,
Truns. Woolhope N.H.S., 34, 146-148. Includes a few new vice-county
records.—[ D.H.K. } ‘
36, Herrerorp. Levy, B. G. F., 1954, Report on botany for 1953,
Trans. Woolhope N.H.S., 34, 148-150. Includes a few new vice-county
records.—[D.H.K. ]
37, Worcs. Hardaker, W. H., 1954, The botany of Worcestershire:
appendix 2, Trans. Worcs. Nats. Club, 10, 328-340. Gives numerous
additions to Amphlett & Rea’s Botany of Worcestershire, including
many wool-aliens and other adventives.—[ D.H.K. ]
38, Warwick. Anon., 1954, Changes in the vegetation of a Rugby
pond, 1946-1953, Rep. Rugby School N.H.S., 1953, 6-14.
38, Warwick. Dix, H. M., 1954, Gramineae of the Nature Reserve,
Proc. Coventry & Distr. N.H. & Sci. Soc., 2, 232-236: Keys and de-
scribes the grasses to be found at the Tile Hill Nature Reserve.—
PD aEHaKe
38, Warwick. Hawkes, J. G. & Readett, R. C., 1954, The Warwick-
shire County Flora revision: a new method of recording, Proc. Birming-
ham N.H. & Phil. Soe., 18, 61-74. The history of past work on the
Warwickshire flora is outlined, and the basic square method of record-
ing for the proposed new Flora of the county is detailed. It is hoped
eventually to be able to record the distribution of each species on a
separate map. The account includes the suggested terms to indicate
frequency as well as groups of species for which specimens will be needed
to support a record.—[ D.H.K. ]
38, Warwick. King Edward VI Grammar School for Boys’ N.H.S.,
1954, Brown’s Coppice: a survey. Birmingham. pp. 79. Price 5/-.
An ecological account illustrated by maps, figures and photographs of a
woodland area near Birmingham. Twelve pages of plants observed are
given.—[D.H.K. ]
39, SrarForD. Edees, E. S., 1953, Botany, Trans. d& Ann. Rep. N.
Staffs. F'.C., 87, 68-80. An account of the more interesting plants found
in Staffordshire during 1952, including details of the distribution of
Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum, R. microphylla and their hybrid, and
Narcissus pseudo-narcissus in the county.—[D.H.K. ]
39, STAFFORD. Edees, E. S., 1954, Plant Notes and Records for
1953, Trans. & Ann. Rep. N. Staffs. F.C., 88, 82-89. In addition to the
usual new stational records there are notes on the occurrence of Cicuta
virosa and Calamagrostis canescens in the county.—[ A.E.W.]
44, Carm. Barnes, M. & Vaughan, I. M., 1954, A preliminary sur-
vey of Talley Pools, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 24-25.
= = 7
ABSTRACTS FROM IITERATURE Oi
45, Pems. Goodman, G. T. & Gillham, M. EH., 1954, Ecology of the
Pembrokeshire Islands, 2. Skokholm, environment and vegetation, J.
Ecol., 42. 296-327.
45, Pems. Rees, M., 1954, The vegetation of St. Margaret’s Island,
Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 24. A short note on the effect of the
introduction of Soay Sheep on the vegetation of the island.—[D.H.K. }
45, Pems. Roberts, J. D. H., 1954, Weeds of forest nursery and
plantation, Ann. Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 26-27. <A short account ot
the weed flora of Little Milford Nursery near Haverfordwest.—
[D.H.K. ]
48, Mer. Benoit, P., 1954, The hmestone flora at Barmouth, Ann
Rep. W. Wales F.S., 16, 25-26.
51, Frint, 58, CHesuireE & 59, S. Lanes. Savidge, J. P., 1954,
Botanical records and notes, 1949-1953, Proc. Liverpool Nats. F.C.,
1953, 12-18. Includes numerous records additional to C. T. Green’s
Flora of the Liverpool Area (1933), and some new vice-county records.
Reference is also made to the spread in Cheshire of some introduced
species, particularly Acaena anserinifolia, Veronica filiformis and Im-
patiens glandulifera.—[A.E.W. & D.H.K.]
53-54, Lincs. Gibbons, EK. J., 1954, Botany, Trans. Lines. Nats
Union, 13, 185-187.
54, N. Lincs. Kirk, F. L., 1954, Outline study of the natural his-
tory of Roughton Moor, Trans. Lincs. Nats. Union, 13, 175-179. <A
study, which includes a short account of the flora, of Roughton Moor,
near Woodhall Spa.—[D.H.K. ]
58, CHEsHirRE. McMillan, N. F., 1954, Botanical notes from Brom-
borough, Cheshire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 321.
59, S. Lancs. Hdmondson, T., 1954, Some flowering plants of the
Leigh area of Lancashire, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 384-389. Includes an
account of the flora of an industrial ash-tip.—[D.H.K. ]
60, W. Lancs. Holder, F. W., 1954, Changing flora of the south
Lancashire dunes, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 141.
60, W. Lancs. Whellan, J. A., 1954, The present day flora of the
sand-dunes at St. Annes, W. Lancs., v.c. 60, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 139-
IAs
66, DurHAM. Harrison, J. W. Heslop & Richardson, J. A., 1954,
Further investigations in the flora of the Magnesian Limestone area
of Durham, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 12, 35-42.
528 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
66, DurHAM. Walton, T., 1954, May orchids in Durham, Vasc
(Subst.), 39, 16.
66, DuRHAM & 68, CHEVIOTLAND. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954,
Records, flowering plants, Vasc. (Subst.), 39, 9-10, 17-18 & 25-26.
71, Man. Allen, D. E. & Cowin, W.S., 1954, The flora and fauna of
the Isle of Man and their geographical relationship, N.W. Nat. (N.S.),
2, 18-30.
86, Strrtine, 87, W. PertH. & 99, DunBaRTON. Patton, D., 1954,
The botany of the area, Queen Elizabeth Forest Park Guide, 12-19
(Forestry Commission).
88, Mip PertH. Firsoff, V. A., 1954, In the hills of Breadalbane.
London. Price 18/-. Contains numerous references to Ben Lawers
and the arctic-alpine species of the area.—[D.H.K.]
90, Forrar. Roger, J. G., 1954, The Flora of Caenlochan, Trans. &
Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36, 189-194.
105, W. Ross. Ribbons, B. W., 1954, A contribution to the Flora
of Beinn Eighe Nature Reserve, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb., 36,
230-265.
110, OurER Hepripes. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Botanical
investigations in the isles of Lewis, Harris, Taransay, Coppay and
Shillay in 1953, Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. Soc., 11, 135-142. Includes
a list of the introduced plants of the Inner and Outer Hebrides.—
EDEL]
110, Ourtrr Hepsripes. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, 1954, Observations
on the vascular plants of the Outer Hebrides made in 1954, Proc. Univ.
Durham Phil. Soc., 12, 29-34.
H.26-27, Mayo. Gorham, E., 1954, The soils and vegetation of a
western Irish relict woodland, J. Ecol., 42, 497-504.
H.34-385, Donecau. Stelfox, A. W., 1954, The ‘‘Scottish’’? element
in the flora of Co. Donegal, Irish Nat. J., 11, 220-228.
ECOLOGICAL (See also TOPOGRAPHICAL)
AICHINGER, E., 1954, Statiseche und dynamische Betrachtung in der
pflanzensoziologischen Forschung, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel. Ziirich,
29, 9-28.
Corttiton, R., 1953, Les progrés de Vlasséchement de quelques
lagunes et étangs de la région maritime finistérienne conséquences sur
appauvrissement de la flora, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bret., 26, 81-92. A num-
cs
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 529
ber of pools, creeks, marshes, lagoons, etc. in the process of drying out
on the Finisterian coast are reviewed from the point of view of loss cf
plant species. The greatest number of species in the process of disap-
pearing are of the circumboreal element (all those listed occur in the
British Isles).—[EK.B.B. ]
DavuBEnMIRE, R. F., 1954, Vegetation classification, Verdff. Geobot.
Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 29-34.
Davin, F. N. & Moors, P. G., 1954, Notes on contagious distribu-
tions in plant populations, Ann. Bot., 18, 47-53.
Duptessis, L., 1952, Observations botaniques; effets des oscillations
climatiques dans le répartition des végétaux, Bull. Trim. Union Soc.
France d’ Hist. Nat., 3, 77-78. Some sandy areas in the Seine valley
had been affected by the dry period from 1940-50. By 1952 the areas
had recovered and some interesting associations, the principal species
being listed, had colonised the bare ground.—[D.H.K. ]
Durin, L., 1954, Apercu général sur la végétation de la Forét de
Mormal, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belge, 86, 247-254. <A brief ecological
account of the vegetation of an ancient carbon forest, mainly damp
pedunculate-oakwood.—[E.B.B. |
Gams, H., 1954, Vegetations systematik als Endziel oder Verstindi-
gungsmittel P, Verdff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 35-40.
GrossE-BrAucKMANN, G., 1954, Untersuchungen iiber die Okologie,
besonders der Wasserhaushalt, von Ruderalgesellschaften, Vegetatio,
4, 245-283.
Hopkins, B., 1954, A new method for determining the type of dis-
tribution of plant individuals, Ann. Bot., 18, 213-227. The method
depends on linear measurements between random points and adjacent
individuals, and between adjacent pairs of individuals. Tts results
compare favourably with those of the current methods when tested on
synthetic and natural populations. The method is quicker than the
quadrat methods and is especially useful for analysing the distribution
of trees.—[ Author’s summary. ]
Mevuset, H., 1954, Uber die umfassende Aufgabe der Pflanzengeo-
graphie, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 68-80.
NorpwacEn, R., 1954, Vegetation units in the mountain areas of
Scandinavia, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 81-95.
Ovineton, J. D., 1954, Studies of the development of woodland con-
ditions under different trees, 2. The forest floor, 7. Hcol., 42, 71-80.
530 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Passarce, H., 1953-54, Waldgesellschaften des mittel-deutschen
Trockengebietes. Fortsezung 1: Die Traubeneichen-Buchen-walder des
Berghtigellandes (Querceto-Luzuletum nemorosae), Arch. Forstw., 2,
182-208: 2. Die Eschen-Feldulmenwalder (Verband: Alneto-Ulmion).
op. cit., 2, 340-383: 3. Fortsetzung und Schluss, op. cit., 2, 532-551.
Rostnson, P., 1954, The distribution of plant populations, Ann. Bot.,
18, 35-45.
ScHWICKERATH, M., 1954, Lokale Charakterarten—geographische
Differentiar larten, Veréff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 29, 96-104.
Ssors, H., 1954, Slatterangar i Grangarde Finnmark, Acta Phyt.
Suecica, 34, 3-136. Studies on the fiora of meadows in Grangarde,
Dalarna, Sweden.—[D.H.K. ]
SouTHERN, H. N., 1954, If rabbits should disappear, Country Life,
115, 1024-1026. Surveys the changes in plant succession which may
occur in the event of the rabbit population of Britain being greatly
reduced by myxomatosis. It is thought that a richer ground vegetation
would replace the bare grassy areas seen in many rabbit-haunted wood-
lands and that on acid moorlands Calluna would re-establish itself over
large areas which have been invaded by grasses. On grassland, however,
the outlook is not so clear.—[ D.H.K.]
Tuvy, J., 1954, Reconnaissance vegetation survey of certain hill
grazings in the southern uplands, Scot. Geogr. Mag., 70, 21-33.
VaLeEK, B., 1954, Pody porostu Molinia coerulea (W. Koch) vztah k
pudam ostatnich raselinnych porostu, Preslia, 26, 385-414.
ZoLuER, H., 1954, Die Arten der Bromus erectus-Wiesen des Schwei-
zer Juras, Verdéff. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 28, 1-283.
ZONDERWIUK, P., 1954, Voorne’s duingebied een dorado voor de
florist, De Levende Natuur, 57, 85-89.
ZWILLENBERG, L. O. & Dr Wirt, R. J., 1952, Observations sur le
Rosmarineto-Lithospermetum schoenetosum du Bas-Languedoc, Acta
Bot. Neerl., 1, 310-323.
HISTORICAL
Anon., 1954, Botany in the University of Glasgow: 250th Anniver-
sary, Nature, 174, 10-12. Gives a short history of botany in the Univer-
sity of Glasgow from 1704 to date, and an account of the 250th Anni-
versary celebrations of the Department on June 15, 1954.—[D.H.K.]
Bratp, K. W., 1954, Dr. James Cargill—an early Aberdeen botanist,
Glasgow Nat., 17, 127-128.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 531
Bryk, F., 1954, Bibliographia Linnaeana Genera Plantarum per-
tinens, Taxon, 3, 174-183.
Curaruci, A., 1953, Le date di fondazione dei primi orti botanici
del mondo, Nuov. Giorn. Bot..Ital., 60, 785-839. The dates of the
foundation of the oldest Botanical Gardens are not well known. Their
history is discussed and it is concluded that the chronology of the
foundation of University Botanic Gardens in the world is 1, Pisa, 1534:
2, Padua, July 1545: 3, Florence, December, 1545.—[D.H.K. ]
Packer, M. St. J., 1954, The life of John Stuart Mill. London.
Price 42/-. Gives several references to the botanical activities of J. 5.
Mill.—[D.H.K. ]
PaszEwskI, A., 1954, Poglady Linneusza na powstawanie gatunkow,
Acta Soc. Bot. Pol., 23, 195-215. A discussion upon Linnaeus’s views of
the origin of plant species.—[D.H.K. ]
Patton, D., 1954, The British herbarium of the Botanical Depart-
ment of Glasgow University, Glasgow Nat., 17, 105-126. A detailed
account of the collections preserved at Glasgow University, including
biographical data on some of the collectors —[D.H.K. ]
Stmmonps, A., 1954, The history of the Royal Horticultural Society,
J. Roy. Hort. Soc., 79, 457-488.
Warp, B. T., 1954, The herbaria of the Essex Field Club, Essex Nat.,
29, 187-195. A historical account of the collections of the Essex Field
Club at Stratford. Biographical information on the various collectors
is also included.—[D.H.K. |
PALAEOBOTANY
Conway, V. M., 1954, Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of southern
Pennine blanket peats, J. Ecol., 42, 117-147.
MitcHett, G. F., 1954, The Late-Glacial flora of Iceland, Dani.
Geol. Unders., 2, 74-86.
Pant, D. D., 1954, Suggestions for the classification and nomen-
clature ot fossil species and pollen grains, Bot. Rev., 20, 33-60.
TALLANTIRE, P. A. 1954, Old Buckenham Mere: Data for the study
of Post-Glacial history, 13, New Phyt., 53, 131-139.
HERBARIUM & LABORATORY TECHNIQUE
Dunn, D. B., 1954, A method of mounting pressed flowers for study
and preservation, Rhodora, 56, 258-260.
Fisuer, F. J. F., 1954, Use of an iris diaphragm for simplifying
emasculation technique in Ranunculus, New Phyt., 53, 541.
O32 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
Traus, H. P., 1954, PDB in plastic envelopes for pest control in
the small herbarium, Taxon, 3, 84-88. Directions are given for storing
herbarium specimens with the needed quantity of p-dichlorobenzene for
the destruction of insect mites and related pests in sealed Saran film
pouches or envelopes. These pouches are durable, transparent, easy to
seal, and possess a low gas transmission rate so that pesticidal vapours
will be retained sufficiently long to kill any pests present.
The method is recommended for the worker with a small herbarium,
and for those who receive herbarium specimens on loan, and who do
not have access to the standard facilities for herbarium pest control.—
{ Author’s summary. |
Wipper, F., 1954, Herbartechnik (1): Alte und neue Pflanzenpres-
sen, Phyton, 5, 228-233. A short account of the history and develop-
ment of the plant press.—[ D.H.-K. |
MISCELLANEOUS
ANDERSON, IK. & Sresains, G. L., 1954, Hybridization as an evolu-
tionary mechanism, Hvolution, 8, 378-388.
AnvERSON, Mrs. M. S., 1954, Some problems involved in the map-
ping of biological distributions, The cartographical presentation of bio-
logical distributions (Royal Geographical Society): a symposium with
the Systematics Association, 15-18.
Awnon., 1954, Mapping British wild flowers, Country Life, 115, 1114.
A short popular account of the B.S.B.I. Maps Project.—[D.H.K. |
Becuerer, A., 1954, Fortschritte in der Systematik und Floristik
der Schweizerflora (Gefasspflanzen) in den Jahren 1952 und 1953, Ber.
Schweiz. Bot. Ges., 64, 355-389.
Bonactna, L. C. W., 1954, British trees in relation to climate and
soil, Trees, 17, 190-192 & 197.
Burma, B. H., 1954, Reality, existence, and classification: a discus-
sion of the species problem, Madrofio, 12, 193-209.
Coutty, J., 1954, Biological control, Discovery, 15, 315-320.
Cramer, P. J. S., 1954, Chimeras, Bibl. Gen., 16, 193-381.
Datiman, A. A., 1954, Local plant names, N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 2, 321-
322. Gives a short list of Staffordshire plant names.—[D.H.K.]
Daruineton, C. D., 1954, The place of botany in the life of a Univer-
sity: Inaugural lecture. pp. 24. Oxford. Price 2/6.
Davipson, J. F., 1954, A dephlogisticated species concept, Madrofio,
12, 246-251.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE Doo
DiutEMAN, G., 1954, Lhybridation interspécifique naturelle, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, 101, 36-87. Recent work on hybridisation, an exten-
sive bibliography of which is given, is reviewed and discussed. The
conditions necessary for, and the barriers to, hybridisation are given in
detail and the theme developed through the relationships of hybridity
to evolution and cytogenetics to its effect on taxonomy and systematics.
—[E.B.B.]
Downs, R. A., 1954, Weed control on roadside verges, Proc. Brit.
Weeds Control Conf., 1953, 407-411. An account of roadside spraying
and other control experiments carried out in Gloucestershire.—[ D.H.K. |
Epurn, H. L., 1954, Cornish wood-names and tree-names, Forestry,
27, 147-148.
Erprman, G., 1954, Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, Bot.
Not., 1954, 65-81.
Gitmour, J. S. L. & Harrison, J. Hestor, 1954, The deme ter-
minology and the units of micro-evolutionary change, Genetica, 27, 147-
161. The authors put forward proposals for a new terminology to cover
what may be called ‘‘micro-evolutionary change’ and the relation-
ship between such units and the categories of biological taxonomy.—
[D.H.K.]
Grosz, J. D., 1954, Historian of flowers, Countryman, 49, 358-356.
The author gives an excellent short account of the many and varied
difficulties which may be encountered by would-be compilers of County
Floras.—[D.H.K. ]
GuitcHER, J. M. & Noatiies, R. H., 1954, The hidden life of flowers.
London. 5/-. A booklet mainly of photographs, which depict various
stages in the development of a number of plants. The text of J. M.
Guilcher has been translated from the original French.—[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestor, 1954, The nature of plant species, Nature, 174,
245-247. An account of the B.S.B.I. Conference held in London in
April 1954.—[D.H.K. ]
Harrison, J. Hestorp & Wess, D. A., 1954, An atlas of plant-distri-
bution in the British Isles, Irish Nat. J., 11, 201-203. An account of
the B.S.B.I. Maps Project.—[D.H.K. ]
HASKELL, G., 1954, Chromosomes and plant ecology, N.W. Nat.
(N.S.), 2, 9-17.
HespitcH, G. A., 1954, B.E.N.A. Inquiries in 1953—Botanical,
Country-side, 17, 66-69. Summarises studies on Papaver rhoeas, Galiwm
cruciata and Linaria vulgaris by members of the British Empire Natur-
alists’ Association. In Papaver rhoeas variants showed differences in
534 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE
petal colour, absence of dark centre, white edges to petals, hairs pressed
closely to the stem, hairs which are crimson or golden yellow. In Galium
cruciata there are variant plants which lack the usual hairy clothing,
plants with leaves having marginal hairs, and hairs confined to midrib
and underside only, whole plant exceptionally hairy: Linaria vulgaris
variations included prostrate plants, plants with flowers half the usual
size and pale and peloric forms.—[ D.H.K. ]
Hyper, H. A., 1953, Atmospheric pollen studies in Great Britain in
their relation to the pollen-analysis of Post-Glacial deposits, Proc. 7th
Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 882-883.
Just, T., 1954, Generic synopses and their role in modern botanical
research, Taxon, 3, 201-202.
KasaHara, Y., 1954, Studies on the weeds of arable land in Japan,
with special reference to kinds of harmful weeds, their geographic dis-
tribution, abundance, life-length, origin and history, Ber. Ohara Inst.
landwirtschaftlhiche Biol. Okayama Univ., 10, 72-109. Many plants also
found as weeds in Britain are included in this account of the weed flora
of Japan.—[D.H.K. ]
Kasastan, L., 1954, A comparison of the effects of MCPA and 2, 4D
on annual weeds, Proc. Brit. Weeds Control Conf., 1953, 74-80. Alter-
native methods for controlling Atriplex patula, Matricaria spp., Papaver
rhoeas, Polygonum vpersicaria, Ranunculus arvensis, Raphanus
raphanmstrum, Simapis arvensis and Spergula are discussed and com-
pared.—[ D.H.K. ]
Knapp, R., 1953, Uber Zusammenhinge zwischen Polyploidie, Ver-
breitung, systematischer und soziologischer Stellung von Pflanzenarten
in Mitteleuropa, Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm. u. Vererb. Lehre, 85,
163-179.
Le Brun, P., 1954, Principales acquisitions de la flore frang¢aise
depuis 1854, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 101, Suppl., 47-58. A summary
of the additions recorded for the French flora during the past 100 years.
These comprise about 3800 species, excluding such critical genera as
Rubus, Rosa and Hieracitum. The records are dealt with by natural
areas and not administrative divisions.—[{ E.B.B.]
Love, A., 1954, Cytotaxonomical remarks on some American species
of Cireumpolar taxa, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk., 48, 211-232. The American
and European races of the following species are discussed :—Phyllitis
scolopendrium, Potamogeton perfoliatus, Glyceria maxima, Eleocharis
quinquefolia, Carex echinata, Chenopodium hybridum, Pentaphylloides
(Potentilla) fruticosa, Potentilla norvegica, Lathyrus palustris, Myrio-
phyllum spicatum and Galium boreale.—[{D.H.K.]
v
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE at
~
Love, A., 1954, Cytotaxonomical evaluation of corresponding taxa,
Vegetatio, 6, 212-224.
Mason, H. L., 1954, Migration and evolution in plants, Madrono, 12,
161-169.
Marutrson, A., 1953, Some observations on the defoliation of trees,
Acta Hort. Berg., 16, 241-255.
Meroatre, C. R., 1954, An anatomist’s views on angiosperm classi-
fication, Kew Bull., 1954, 427-440.
Miuuer, P., 1954, Verbreitungsbiologie der Bliitenpflanzen, Verdjf.
Geobot. Inst. Riibel Ziirich, 30, 1-152. 7
Miunrzine, A., 1953, Polyploidernas ekologi, Kungl. Lantbr. Akad.
Tidskr., 92, 119-130.
Nyeren, A., 1954, Apomixis in the angiosperms, 2, Bot. Rev., 20,
577-649. Studies on apomixis in numerous genera are discussed and
summarised. Taxa discussed in detail include Ranunculus, Potentilla,
Deschampsia and Poa.—|[D.H.K. |
PEARSALL, W. H., 1954, Growth and production, Adv. Sci., 11, 232-
241.
PickarD, J. I. (the late), 1953-54, Altitudinal range of British plants,
N.W. Nat. (N.S.), 1, 452, 601-602 & 2, 141, 323 & 462. Records are
given from a copy of A. Wilson’s ‘‘Altitudinal Range of British Plants’’
annotated by the late J. F. Pickard. Additional data and some ex-
tensions of vertical range are included.—[D.H.K. |
Pieorr, C. D. & Waters, S. M., 1954, On the interpretation of the
discontinuous distributions shown by certain British species of open
habitats, J. Hcol., 42, 95-116. The interpretation of the relict distri-
butions of many British species has been confused by attempts to apply
in an uncritical manner the hypothesis of Pre-Glacial survival. It is
stressed that a considerable number of these species achieved a wide
distribution in the Late-Glacial period, preceding the spread of forests;
they have since been eliminated by forest and bog competition and the
natural sequence of soil development from all areas except those with
peculiarly favourable ecological conditions. Such species, in fact,
occur in fragmentary relict communities. On the retreat of the ice,
extensive areas were left with steep slopes, cliffs and immature soils,
supplying just the conditions for the spread and survival of relict types.
With the northward advance of the forest line, areas more or less free
of trees and with suitable edaphic conditions very probably remained
even in the south of the British Isles. Removal by solifluction of the
Pre-Glacial soils from the scarp slopes of the chalk and limestone hills
may well have allowed these regions to have remained treeless for a
536 ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE -
very much longer period into the Post-Glacial than the neighbouring
level clayland and plateau areas, where the soils were left largely intact.
The types of habitat which have, it is presumed, continuously provided
a soil of sufficient base status, and could never, even in the forest
maximum, have carried closed woodland over the whole of their present
extent, include mountains above the tree limit, cliffs and screes, river
gorges and alluvium, sand dunes, shallow soils over chalk and lme-
stones, and certain marsh and fen communities. It is in such habitats
that the relict species occur. Scleranthus perennis, Veronica spicata,
Senecio integrifolius, Inula salicina, Linosyris vulgaris, Hypochoeris
maculata, Carex ericetorum, C. humilis and Sesleria caerulea are
selected for special discussion.—[D.E.A. ]
Potuntn, N., 1954, Vascular plants common to the Arctic and the
British Isles, Nature, 173, 816-817.
Rickett, H. W., 1954, Materials for a dictionary of botanical terms,
1, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 81, 1-15. Discusses the terms glabrous, glab-
rate, glabrescent, pubescence (pubescent), villose (villous), pilose, hir-
sute, hispid, strigose, oval, ovate, elliptic(al), ellipsoid(al) and oblong,
and their usage in taxonomic literature: 2, op. cit., 81, 188-198. The
terms receptacle, torus, hypanthium, peduncle, pedicel, bract, bracteole
and prophyll are discussed.—[ D.H.K. ]
RutTIsHAvUSER, A., 1953, Sexuality and apospory in some pseudoga-
mous plants, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., Stockholm, 328-329.
SancHEz-Monesr, E., 1954, El tamano de las poblaciones en la mejora
de plantas, An. Est. Exper. Aula Dei, 3, 233-246. Formulae and tables
are given for the calculation of the minimal size of a plant population
obtained in a breeding process, in order to have a certain level of prob-
ability of obtaining a determined genotype or phenotype in a certain
generation.—[D.H.K. }
SHannon, EH. L., 1954, The production of root hairs by aquatic plants,
Amer. Midl. Nat., 50, 474-479.
SniypERS, W. G. F., 1954, Biological problems connected with the
draining of the Zuiderzee, School Sci. Rev., 1954, 237-245. An account,
illustrated by maps, of the changes in the flora and fauna of the Zuider-
zee area brought about by drainage schemes.—[ D.H.K. ]
Troup, L. C., 1954, The afforestation of chalk downland, Forestry,
27, 135-144.
Turritt, W. B., 1953,. The taxonomic importance of hybridization,
Jahrb. Biol. Inst. Sarajevo, 5, 429-436.
TurrRILL, W. B., 1954, Hybrids and evolution in flowering plants,
Sct. Progress, 1954, 15-31.
ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE 537
TurRILL, W. B., 1954, Mapping the ranges and distribution of taxo-
nomic groups of plants, The Cartographical Presentation of Biological
Distributions (Royal Geographical Society): a symposium with the
Systematics Association, 1-7.
U.N.E.S.C.O., 1954, Bibliography of interlingual scientific and
techmeal dictionaries. Paris. H.M.S.O. 10/10 post free. Gives refer-
ences to a number of interlingual botanical dictionaries and glossaries.
—[D.H.K.]
VaartasA, O., 1954, Photoperiodic ecotypes of trees, Canad. J. Bot.,
32, 392-399.
VALENTINE, D. H., 1953, Interspecific compatibility and hybrid fer-
tility as taxonomic criteria, Proc. 7th Intern. Bot. Congr., 285-286.
Van Oostroom, S. J. & RetcHGeLtr, T. J., 1954, Nieuwe planten-
soorten en vormen in Nederland gevonden in 1953, De Levende Natuur,
57, 232-234.
Van Oostroom, S. J. & Retcuertr, T. J., 1954, Nieuwe vondsten
van zeldzame planten in Nederland in 1953, De Levende Natuur, 57,
234-239.
Wiuratts, EK. C., 1954, The cartographer’s contribution, The Carto-
graphical Presentation of Biological Distribution, 19-28. (See also
TuRRILL, W. B.)
O38 FIELD MEETING, 1993
FIELD MEETING, 1953
AUGUST Ist-8th, 1953. LAKE DISTRICT
Leader: G. Witson
At the 1948 Conference the Brains Trust recommended botanising
‘‘Alone for concentration, with an organised party for education, but
ideally, with two or three friends’’. The second of these can be fully
endorsed by members of the ‘‘Junior’’ meeting of 1953 which brought
together university students, post-graduates and senior Grammar
School students in the Lancashire area of the Lake District. We were
happy to have with us Dr. Dony, who had organised the meeting and
dealt with the booking of accommodation at five Hostels, and Mr. G.
Wilson, well-known as a botanist in the Barrow-in-Furness district.
He had planned an itinerary which gave a surprising variety of types
of vegetation in a district generally dominated by moorland, character-
istic of the mountains and high rainfall of N.W. England. As a focus
for our activities, Mr. Wilson had prepared lists of plants which had
not been recorded for 40 years or more in the localities named, but
which were believed to exist there. The weather was kind, enabling
us to complete the programme with only a few minor alterations. After
supper each evening the day’s collections and records were dealt with.
August Ist. Nine members of the party assembled at Hawkshead
Youth Hostel in the late afternoon and, after signing in, we took a
stroll to the shores of Esthwaite Water, noting the profusion of Clay-
tonia alsinoides in the shade of trees and hedgerow, Lotus uliginosus
and Sangutsorba officinalis and many characteristic semi-aquatics be-
fore returning to the hostel where we were joined by two more of the
party.
August 2nd. In glorious sunny weather the party assembled at the
bridge over Black Beck and met Miss Duncan of the British Fresh
Water Biological Association station at Ferry House (Dr. Lund having
been prevented from coming). Miss Duncan set off with most of the
party to search for Naias flexilis and the elusive Hydrilla lithuanica
and Potamogeton spp. in the tarn. Dr. Dony and I explored some
marshy ground near Priest’s Pot awaiting Mr. Wilson who had to
travel from Barrow-in-Furness. During the day we all had a chance
to explore the tarn and the well-known marsh at the north end of
Ksthwaite Water. For those who had not seen Lobelia dortmanna
before, it was disappointing that it had finished flowering; Navas
flexilis and Nitella translucens were found, but not Hydrilla lithuanica.
In the late afternoon we thanked Miss Duncan for her valuable assist-
ance and sent our thanks to Dr. Lund for the use of the boat.
FIELD MEETING, 1953 539
Having some hours before dinner, the party walked to Sawley,
famous as the home of Beatrix Potter. Rubus idaeus was common
along the roadside and Meconopsis cambrica and Sedum anglicum were
seen. A preliminary survey of Colthouse Top and the three tarns
showed very different vegetation—bracken and heather, pine-wood and
acid tarns; Peplis portula in ruts, Euphrasia micrantha, H. nemorosa,
Isolepis setacea, Drosera rotundifolia and Pinguicula vulgaris were
seen on the ascent. Near Coltwith Myrrhis odorata, Chenopodium
bonus-henricus, Lycium halimifoium and Spiraea salicifolia emphasised
man’s influence on the vegetation.
August 3rd was again fine and hot and members made a rapid
survey of Hawkshead before climbing on to Coltwith Heights. Several
species of fern common in the area were found in a wood near Coltwith
—Thelypteris phegopteris, T. dryopteris, T. oreopteris, Dryopteris aus-
triaca, Athyrium filix-femina and Blechnum spicant. Aphanes micro-
carpa was found in a pasture. (Second record for v.-c. 69.—S.M.W.)
Rucksacks were left by the boathouse on Wise E’en Tarn and the party
divided to explore the two tarns amid moorland dominated by Pteri-
dium, Molinia, Calluna and Myrica gale, having typical acid vegeta-
tion except for a small inflow stream from the south which contained
Eleocharis quinqueflorus (pauciflora) indicative of basic soil; this was
compared with FH. multicaulis from Wise H’en and E. palustris subsp.
palustris found nearby. After lunch, we passed through the Forestry
Commission plantations to the shore of Windermere, recording Dryop-
teris borrert and Ceterach officinarum var. crenatum. Amongst the
marsh flora of the lake edge were Lysimachia terrestris, L. ciliata,
Serratula tinctoria, Hypericum androsaemum and a form of Galeopsis
tetrahit which was seen frequently during the week. Towards Upper
Wray, Impatiens parviflora and Thalictrum minus subsp. majus were
seen. Welcome refreshments were obtained at Upper Wray before we
dispersed to Elterwater, Ambleside, Hawkshead and Barrow for the
night.
August 4th. A doubtfully fine morning gave way to the only wet
day of the meeting, but more than this rain was needed to damp our
enthusiasm and. the programme continued as planned. Crossbills were
seen in conifers en route to the rendezvous at Colwith Bridge where we
saw luxuriant plants of Impatiens glandulifera. In the oak wood on
the Lancashire bank of the River Brathy, mosses attracted our atten-
tion before we succeeded ‘in finding the moss-like Hymenophyllum wil-
soni. A few members examined a marshy area of coppiced Alnus gluti-
nosa, Betula pubescens and Salix atrocinerea, dominated by Juncus
acutiflorus and containing several Carices.
At High Tilberthwaite Farm, Circaea intermedia is plentiful and
the alien Hpilobium pedunculare is colonising the rubble of the slate
quarries leading to Tilberthwaite Ghyll. The mountain flora of the
rock ledges added several plants not met earlier in the week: Festuca
ovina var. vivipara, Melica nutans, Sazifraga aizoides, Hieracium
540 FIELD MEETING, 1953
vulgatum, H. bladoni, Asplentum viride and Polystichum lobatum. An
intensive search for Oxyria digyna was unsuccessful. Planned work
finished, the party spread out along the track to Coniston. Lycopodium
alpinum, L. clavatum, LD. selago and Selaginella selaginoides were col-
lected on the final stage.
August 5th. A few miles by bus to Torver gave the party a good
start to the day. The first halt was at Torver Beck, a fast-flowing
mountain stream which has cut deep into the Pteridiuwm-covered slates.
Here we found Sazifraga aizoides, S. stellaris, Chrysosplenaum oppositi-
folium, Parnassia palustris and Hymenophyllum wilson. Reluctantly
we left the ghyll and continued to cross the Nardus-covered mountain
slope to Goat Water where we lunched in the inadequate shelter of
boulders. Dr. Dony returned to Coniston whilst we climbed Dow Crag,
noting the varied flora of the small streams in the Festucetum and
remaining just long enough on the summit to find Silene maritima,
Salix herbacea and Vaccinium. vitis-idaea in the scanty vegetation amid
the loose rocks. The descent into the Duddon Valley was more rapid,
the form of Galeopsis tetrahit was again seen by the roadside; some
time was spent in a wet oak-birch wood grading to drier ground before
tea at Newfield Inn. The hostellers travelled by the R. Duddon
through an old oak-birch wood with a rich ground layer of ferns, very
similar to the woods of W. Ireland. Fine plants of Huphrasia montana
were found near the hostel.
August 6th. Throughout a cloudy morning we followed the track
through Calluna, Pteridiwm and Nardus to the N. end of Seathwaite
reservoir, now a dense stand of Juncus acutiflorus and Carex rostrata
with Sphagnum spp. Lunch was eaten early below the cloud-bar. Above
this the Nardetum was replaced by Festucetum amongst scree and
flushes rich with Montia fontana subsp. fontana, Saxifraga stellaris and
Chrysosplenium. oppositifolium. It was disappointing that the cloud
and cold winds discouraged any lengthy exploration of the summits of
Coniston Old Man, Brim Fell and Dow Crag. Dr. Dony was waiting
for us near Low Water where we shed our rucksacks and searched the
cliffs above the tarn for Juniperus communis var. nana. Most striking
was the luxuriant vegetation in a narrow flush containing 20 species,
including Trolliws ewropaeus, Sedum rosea, Cochlearia officinalis, Rumer
acetosa, Luzula sylvatica and Solidago virgaurea. Dr. Dony and James
Cadbury visited a bog off the Walna Scar track to see Utricularia inter-
media in flower.
August 7th. For our last day in the field we climbed to Tarn Hows,
an artificial tarn and well-known beauty spot, but more interesting
was the smaller Wharton Tarn nearby, where Nymphaea alba, Lobelia
dortmanna and Potamogeton polygonifolius grow in the deep water;
the water table was obviously lower than usual since Utricularia inter-
media lay out of water on the peat; Drosera rotundifolia and D. inter-
i p>
FIELD MEETING, 1953 ; 541
media were flowering with Rhynchospora alba, Carex rostrata and C.
panicea. Mr. Wilson found one plant of Scutellaria minor, one of our
list of not-recently-recorded plants. During tea Mr. Wilson was
thanked for his preparation and leadership of an adventure which had
proved so varied, interesting and instructive. Then we collected our
rucksacks and travelled by bus to Ambleside.
That the week had been a success was beyond doubt; our finds of
rare and not recently recorded plants may have been few, but the
wealth of botanical experience gained and the joy of botanising with
others was immeasurable. Detailed lists of specific habitats were made
and these will be sent to Dr. S. M. Walters for the Distribution Maps
Scheme. Whilst a catholic interest was characteristic of the party,
several members elected to record certain groups of personal interest ;
Pteridophytes, Alchemilla, Erica, Euphrasia and Carices.
MarGARET E. BRADSHAW.
542 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
MAY Ist and 2nd, 1954. WEST NORFOLK
Leader: KE. L. Swann
For the opening Field Meeting of the 1954 season thirty-five members
and guests attended. The party assembled on the evening of Friday,
380th April, where they were welcomed by Dr. Petch and the leader in
the Riverside Room of St. George’s Guildhall, King’s Lynn. A briet
outline of the geology of the district was given and members were
invited to assist in listing the species of two small areas of woodland on
the boulder clay of central Norfolk and the ephemeral flora of some
West Norfolk ‘breckland’.
For this purpose record-cards were provided. These proved most
successful for, thanks to the members’ co-operation, no fewer than 153
species were listed. These included not only the flowering plants of the
spring-phase of woodland but also vegetative and fruiting species. To
have such permanent records will prove of value to the Distribution-
Maps Scheme and to the authors of the West Norfolk Flora and for
the revision of the county Flora.
Saturday, June lst, was spent in visiting Horningtoft and Rawhall
woods in central Norfolk. Although not noted for extensive woodlands,
the greatest concentration occurs in the centre of the county and the
Parish Awards trace both the areas visited back to 1790. They are
classified as coppice with standards and it is the periodical ecutting-over
in conjunction with the shorter duration of the shade-phase of the two
dominant trees, oak and ash, and the medium clay soil, which provide
such a varied and luxuriant field-laver. Whilst outside the woods the
ravages of the recent ‘‘blackthorn-winter’’ were all too evident, in the
woods members were delighted with the magnificent show of Anemone
nemorosa, Hndymion non-scriptus, Oxalis acetosella, Primula vulgaris,
and the violets, V. reichenbachiana and V. riviniana. Other plants
worthy of mention include Asperula odorata, Calamagrostis epigejos,
Convallaria majalis, Epilobium adenocaulon, Hypericum hirsutum,
Tuzula pilosa, L. sylvatica, Melampyrum cristatum, M. pratense, Melica
uniflora, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Paris quadrfolia, Platanthera
chlorantha, Poa nemoralis, Prunus spinosa var. macrocarpa, Salix
aurita x caprea, Viola riviniana var. nemorosa, and the hybrid
V’. reichenbachiana XxX riviniana.
Rawhall was visited after lunch but proved to be very similar
although larger, with a, considerable amount of impenetrable under-
growth. Seedlings of Melampyrum cristatum were found and Hyperi-
cum hirsutum was abundant with a very few plants of Paris quadrifolia,
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 543
Tea was taken at the Crown Hotel, Fakenham, and on the return
journey to King’s Lynn a brief halt was made at Houghton, where the
head-gamekeeper to the Marquess of Cholmondeley escorted the party
through the well-managed woodland. By the lakeside a large planted
colony of Acorus calamus was seen. Other plants noted were Primula
veris, P. vulgaris and its var. caulescens, and the hybrid P. veris x
vulgaris.
Sunday, June 2nd, was spent in the West Norfolk ‘breckland’
but bad weather unfortunately curtailed the day’s programme. A stop
was made at Cockley Cley to see Carex ericetorum in some quantity by
the roadside on chalk grassland and later in the day it was seen on
Weeting Brecks. A longer stay was made at Santon. Although largely
planted by the Forestry Commission there is an interesting chalk-pit
sloping down to the narrow alluvium bordering the Little Ouse. A few
remaining colonies of the pansy, Viola tricolor subsp. curtisii, were
seen along the railway embankment and other plants included Teesdalia
nudicaulis, Descurainia sophia, Vicia lathyroides, Lathyrus sylvestris,
Hypochoeris glabra, Taraxacum laevigatum and Inula conyza.
Although recorded as occurring in West Norfolk there are no recent
records for the Veronacas—verna, triphyllos, and praecox—and in spite
of extended search in likely ground both here and at Ringmere none
was found. As Arthur Bennett recorded V. verna as abundant
at Santon Warren in 1880 it seems that the extensive planting of coni-
fers has brought about the disappearance of this plant.
The last station to be visited after lunch was the prehistoric flint-
mines known as Grime’s Graves at Weeting. On the adjacent heath-
land, in addition to Carex ericetorum, Tillaea muscosa was seen on the
tracks growing with an abundance of dwarfed Aphanes microcarpa.
The meeting concluded with tea taken at the Crown Hotel, Mundford.
The kindness of those members with private cars who provided spare
seats was much appreciated and we are grateful to the landowners who
allowed us free access to their land.
E. L. Swann.
JUNE 5th to 7th, 1954. SOUTHPORT (LANCS.)
Leader: D. E. ALLEN
Twenty-e:tht members and guests attended this meeting, which was
primarily designed as an introduction to that botanical Mecca, the
South Lancashire sand dunes. It was not expected that anything new
would be discovered in so well-worked an area and so early in the year,
but fortunately this scepticism proved unjustified. Several important
new records were made and some puzzling hybrids given the closer atten-
tion which they deserved. In addition, the Nature Conservancy was re-
presented at the meeting by Dr. EK. Evans and some valuable work was
done in connection with the scheme to set aside part of the dunes be-
tween Ainsdale and Freshfield as a Nature Reserve.
HA4 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
The party assembled on the evening of Friday, June 4th, at the
headquarters, the Scarisbrick Hotel, where the leader gave a short in-
troductory talk on the history and flora of the dunes and outlined the
plans for the week-end. The following morning a start was made in
perfect weather to Hillside Station, where several local members who
had travelled in by train were waiting. The party then made for the
dunes. In the very first slack we were lucky enough to find early flower-
ing examples of two of the dune specialities, Orchis strictifolia subsp.
coccinea and Pyrola rotundifolia subsp. maritima. Arenaria lepto-
clados, Rhinanthus stenophyllus and an abundance of Poa pratensis
subsp. subcaerulea were also noted. Further along a hitherto unnoticed
patch of Hpipactis phyllanthes (very rare at the far northern end of the
dunes) was encountered, as well as a single tiny plant of Botrychium
lunaria. A small clump of Sieglingia decumbens, in its only known
station on the coastal dunes, was inspected and Orchis praetermissa and
Ranunculus trichophyllus subsp. drouetii were found close by. Hybrids
between Hrodium cicutarium and EF. glutinosum were also noticed on
bare sandy ground.
The party then passed through a series of wetter slacks covered with
Salix repens, visiting one of the two surviving colonies of Juncus bal-
ticus on the way. Potentilla reptans and P. anglica seemed rather sur-
prising species to be growing in the peat, where they were accompanied
by the remains of hybrid swarms between Cardamine pratensis and C.
polemonioides, though pure specimens of the latter were only seen later,
at Ainsdale and Freshfield. A Hieraciwm of the H. exotericum aggre-
gate was collected on a low grassy ridge; and specimens of Vicia angusti-
folia with very large magenta flowers, perhaps the true native form,
were also much admired. JTLittorella uniflora was found in abundance
in a damp sandy hollow and Lathyrus latifolius and Rosa rugosa noted
as escapes before the road down to Ainsdale Beach was eventually
sighted. | Here several more members were waiting to join the main
party, including Mr. W. G. Travis, editor of the forthcoming Flora of
South Lancashire and one of the Society’s oldest members, who was for-
tunately able to be present for a few hours.
Lunch was eaten while we contemplated a large patch of a Juncus
which has mystified local botanists since 1933. A hybrid between J.
balticus and J. effusus is the general opinion; if so, this plant
would appear to be new to science. <A second doubtful Juncus, found
in 1951, grows in a slack about half a mile to the north and was visited
on the following day; this one reaches five or six feet in height and may
be a hybrid between J. balticus and J. inflexus, though these two species
are not at present found nearer than half a mile from one another. Both
plants are being studied by Professor P. W. Richards.
In the afternoon the party split up, some remaining to investigate
Ainsdale Slacks, where Pedicularis palustris was plentiful alongside the
star-like flowers of Caltha palustris var. qguerangerii, while others
pressed on to Woodvale. tolden sheets of Lotus corniculatus, backed
by the glaucous foliage of Salix repens subsp. argentea pushing up
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 545
through the sand, presented an unusually fine sight on the outer dunes.
A halt was made at a flooded bomb-crater, where Chara vulgaris var.
papillata was collected, after which the track passed through a curious
‘poplar scrub’ (Populus gileadensis and P. nigra var. betulifolia) colon-
ising bare sand. Under the shade of pines occurred Monotropa hypo-
phegea (a reversion to its original habitat?), Ribes nigrum, Hpipactis
phyllanthes, Stellaria apetala and the only plant of Bryonia dioica in
the vice-county—known here since 1940 and presumably bird-sown, as
it is not otherwise found nearer than Chester. <A patch of Antennaria
dioica was located nearby, together with Veronica officinalis, which
occurs in a few places on the sand dunes south from Woodvale. Senecio
viscosus, Ornithopus perpusillus and Geranium pusillum were noted in
a sandy field beyond the railway, Salix purpurea var. helix in a hedge
and Bromus lepidus as a garden weed. The weather broke that evening
and we did not see the sun again till the very end of the meeting.
Sunday greeted us with heavy rain. The majority of the members,
however, undeterred by the weather, took the train to Ainsdale and
set out to follow the railway northwards. Ophioglossum vulgatum was
seen in one place together with an unusually tall form of Carex nigra.
A walk along the outermost ridge resulted in the discovery of a patch
of yellow-flowered Sea Pansies, hitherto believed to have been extinct
on the South Lancashire coast for some thirty years. The common Sea
Pansy here has purple flowers and a very long, slender spur; it appears
to be endemic and is due to be described as a separate species. The
other surviving colony of Juncus balticus was inspected in the slack
below, parts of which are composed of a veritable Blysmus compressus
‘turf’. Ranunculus trichophyllus and masses of Chara hispida were
found in the ditch. Orobanche minor (growing on clover), Hrodiwm
cicutarium subsp. dunense, and two or three bushes of Salix purpurea
x repens subsp. argentea and S. purpurea x viminalis were also seen.
The party continued down the disused railway line (the only ground
not soaking underfoot) to Victoria Park, seeing Ambrosia artemisiifolia
and Hlymus arenarius in an old siding on the way. After lunch Chry-
santhemum balsamita and Potentilla erecta x reptans were pointed out
on waste ground. The salicologists then had a field day in a remark-
able willow thicket at the side of the Park. This appears to be largely
natural, formed over boggy ground containing Scirpus maritimus and
Hydrocotyle vulgaris in abundance. By chance eight different species
of Salix occur in this one small area and extensive hybridisation (includ-
ing some possible triple hybrids) is evidently in progress.
The bus was then taken to the far end of the Promenade, where Cata-
podium marimum, a very rare plant in South Lancashire, is growing in
the pavement. Little of interest was seen on the Sea Wall (sometimes
rich in aliens) apart from Raphanus maritimus, Lycium chinense
and Sahx daphnoides. On the salt-flats Spartina townsendii,
planted in the early thirties, and some puzzling forms of Cochlearia,
needing further study, were observed. Brackish ditches on Hesketh
golf-links produced Festuca arundinacea, Ranunculus baudotii, R.
546 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
trichophyllus subsp. trichophyllus, Chara vulgaris var. papillata and
Callitriche obtusangula. The party then moved on to the road, where
it promptly discovered Carex divisa in the ditch—the second record for
the vice-county, the species having previously been collected in another
locality a few miles distant and the naming only confirmed in 1953.
Monday, June 7th, was spent at Freshfield. A brief détour from the
road to the beach enabled the party to see Osmunda, Blechnum and
Thelypteris oreopteris growing in a fragment of aboriginal birchwood.
Epipactis phyllanthes and Erodium cicutarium xX glutinosum were
noted on the roadside. In the dryish slacks Wyosotis hispida, the dwarf
dune variety of Valerianella locusta, Sagina ciliata, and patches of
Ophioglossum vulgatum and Ophrys apifera (not yet in flower) were
noted, together with a few specimens of Erodium cicutarium subsp.
dunense. Massam’s Slack produced its usual specialities, including the
famous Scirpus americanus, which is supposed to have been originally
planted, Valeriana officinalis, and Ranunculus trichophyllus and Chara
hispida in the ditch. Sisyrinchium angustifolium, seen here the pre-
vious year, was looked for in vain.
After lunch under the pines an attempt was made to explore the
pools in the ‘swale’. Veronica catenata and Carex disticha were seen
growing amid great stands of Iris pseudacorus, Menyanthes trifoliata
and Rumex hydrolapathum before heavy rain forced the party to seek
a less exposed area further inland. Two patches of Botrychium lunaria
and another of Ophioglossum vulgatum were inspected, and Hieracium
vulgatum and H. anglorum (N.C.R.) collected growing together by the
Fishermens’ Path. A small amount of Polypodium vulgare (the com-
mon tetraploid, with orbicular sori) was also seen on the open dunes.
An early tea was taken at the beach café, after which a small remnant
of the party crossed Formby dunes, in welcome sunshine, to see another
patch of Antennaria dioica. The lane back to the station contained
planted specimens of Sorbus intermedia, Salizr purpurea var. helix and
_ Populus canescens x tremula. Sagina ciliata grew on the grassy verges
and in a ditch by the army camp Ranunculus aquatilis subsp. hetero-
phyllus, R. trichophyllus and Callitriche obtusangula were collected.
Sometime during the day—the exact spot cannot be recalled—a
queer looking grass was gathered which was subsequently identified by
Dr. A. Melderis as Festuca rubra x Vulpia membranacea, a hybrid not
previously described in the literature.
Throughout the meeting members remained admirably obdurate in
the face of what must have been one of the wettest Whitsuntides on
record, and as a reward for their patience were able to see nearly all
the interesting plants which the Southport district has to offer at this
time of year. The leader would like to thank everyone for their cheer-
ful collaboration and especially Miss V. Gordon for her assistance both
during and after the meeting.
D. E. ALLEN.
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 o4/
JUNE 5th and 6th, 1954. MID PERTH.
MEETING OF LOCAL SECRETARIES AND RECORDERS
FOR SCOTLAND
The experimental meeting for Local Secretaries and Recorders of
the Society in Scotland was held in Perthshire on June 5th and 6th,
1954.
The programme consisted of a preliminary meeting in the Library
ot the Perth Museum and Art Gallery, kindly placed at our disposal
throughout the day by the Curator, at which, under the chairmanship
of Professor Braid, an agenda was drawn up for the afternoon meeting.
The party lunched together and the afternoon was spent in discus-
sing the present and future activities of the B.S.B.I. in Scotland. The
Minutes, including a number of proposals, have been submitted to the
Council of the Society.
We welcomed Mr. Davidson (Curator of the Perth Museum and Art
Gallery), Mr. G. Blackwood (Ben Lawers Committee, National Trust
for Scotland) and Mr. A. W. Robson (a local B.S.B.I. member) as guests
at the business meetings.
At 6.0 p.m., by kind invitation of the Perthshire Society of Natural
Science, who had placed the date and hall of one of their regular meet-
ings at our disposal, Mr. J. Grant Roger (Nature Conservancy) gave a
talk on the Scottish flora, illustrated with kodachrome slides. This
meeting was presided over by the Vice-Chairman of the Perthshire
Society, and attended by a number of its members; to all of whom our
thanks were warmly accorded.
The following morning we assembled at Coshieville, near Aberfeldy,
and were pleased to have several car loads of Perthshire Society mem-
bers with us at our Field Meeting, an account of which follows this
report.
I would like to place on record my thanks to Mr. B. W. Ribbons,
and to Mr. D. Spence who took the Minutes; to Mr. Davidson, the Pre-
sident and Officers of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, and
to Mr. Ross (Manager of Drummond Hill Forest), for their kind co-
operation, and to Professor Braid for the admirable way in which he
presided over the meetings. M. S. CAMPBELL.
JUNE 6th, 1954. MID PERTH.
On Sunday, June 6th, the party visited the Scottish Field Studies
Association’s Field Studies Centre at Garth House. It was met and
conducted through the Centre by the Honorary Secretary, Mr. B. W.
Ribbons, who described the facilities available at Garth.
The remainder of the day was devoted to examining two places which
are subject to human interference. The Lochan na Lairige area is
at present the scene of extensive hydro-electric operations, one result
of which will be to bring the water level close to the Creag an Lochan
rocks; Drummond Hill has been the property of the Forestry Commis-
sion for some years.
548 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
At mid-day the members reached Lochan na Lairige, and proceeded
to examine the lower rocks of Creag an Lochan. Here, at altitudes be-
tween 2000 ft. and 2250 ft., over thirty species of mountain plants were
noted. The most interesting were :—
Woodsia alpina, Draba incana, Cerastium alpinum, Potentillu
crantzu, Dryas octopetala, Saxifraga oppositifelia, Epilobium anagalli-
difolium, Salix arbuscula, S. reticulata, Veronica serpyllifolia subsp.
humifusa, Carex vaginata, C. atrata, C. rupestris, Poa alpina, Sesleria
caerulea.
The party re-assembled at 3.30 and moved on to Drummond Hill,
where the forest of Sitka, Norway and Serbian spruce was admired.
Members drove along the road which encircles the hill, and made occa-
sional stops to record the ground flora. The species noted here were :—
Pteridium aqulinum, Dryopteris borreri, D. spinulosa, Thelypteris
oreopteris, T. dryopteris, Polypodium vulgare, Ranunculus repens, Car-
damine pratensis, C. flexuosa, C. hirsuta, Viola riviniana, Polygala
serpyllifolia, Hypericum pulchrum, Cerastium holosteoides, C. glomera-
tum, Stellaria holostea, S. alsine, Sagina procumbens, Oxalis acetosella,
Acer pseudoplatanus, Lotus corniculatus, Rubus idaeus, Potentilla
sterilis, P. erecta, Alchemilla vulgaris agg., Rosa sp., Sorbus aucuparia,
Chamaenerion angustifolum, Mercurialis perennis, Rumex acetosella,
Urtica dioica, Betula pubescens, Corylus avellana, Calluna vulgaris,
Erica cinerea, Vaccinium vitis-idaea, V. myrtillus, Primula vulgaris,
Myosotis discolor, Scrophularia nodosa, Digitalis purpurea, Veronica
officnalis, V. chamaedrys, V. serpyllifolia, Teucrium scorodonia, Ajuga
reptans, Galum saxatile, Lonicera periclymenum, Senecio jacobaea,
Tussilago farfara, Gnaphalium sylvaticum, Bellis perennis, Cirsium vul-
gare, CU. arvense, Hieracium sp., Endymion non-scriptus, Juncus
effusus, Luzula pilosa, L. sylvatica, L. multiflora, Orchis mascula, Poa
annua, Deschampsia flecuosa, Anthoxanthum odoratum.
It is hoped that this list may prove interesting in its own right, and
for a future comparison with a corresponding one made when the pre-
sent stand of timber has been cleared.
The visit to Drummond Hill, which was followed by tea at Kenmore
Hotel, was made possible through the kindness of the Forestry Commis-
sion Conservator in Aberdeen, and of the local officer, Mr. Ross, who
acted as guide to the Hill.
The thanks of members are also due to Miss M. S. Campbell, who
organised the meeting and who, with Miss Ursula Dunean, was most
generous in providing transport on the excursions.
R. MAcKECHNIE.
B. W. Rissons.
AUGUST 20th to 22nd, 1954. HORSHAM
Leader: Miss B. M. C. Morgan, assisted by
Miss B. Hurst and Miss E. M. C. IsHerwoop
Twenty-five members took part in this meeting, which was arranged
for the purpose of visiting part of the area to be incorporated in Craw-
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 O49
ley New Town or its green belt, and to lst all plants seen for the Dis-
tribution-Maps Scheme and a revision of the Sussex Flora being under-
taken by Mr. Buckle. At the meeting on Friday evening a list of
plants recorded from Tilgate Forest was circulated and the Record Cards
were explained. A map showing the area to be included in the New
Town was displayed.
On Saturday morning the party left by coach for Tilgate, a large
area of woodland on the Hastings Sands, with several ponds, and inter-
sected by streams which form the headwaters of the River Mole to the
north and the River Arun to the south. First a stretch of roadside
vegetation enabled about seventy species to be recorded, including
Sisymbrium altissemum and S. orientale. In the wood, Ranunculus lenor-
mandi was in the first swamp, Impatiens parviflora by a timber-stack,
Gnaphalium sylvaticum and the typical plants of the ‘‘Forest’’ area,
Wahlenbergia hederacea, Scutellaria minor, Centunculus minimus and
Radiola linoides, and one plant of Anagallis tenella (rare in Sussex) were
seen. On a grassy ride was an unusual form of Epipactis with pendu-
lous flowers. The Forestry Commission has felled a large area and re-
planted it with soft-wood trees.
After lunch the party divided for some to explore a swamp and
stream. The others found Centaurium pulchellum on their way to the
lake, but a heavy thunderstorm held up note-taking. By the lower lake
ferns are in rich profusion, and include Thelypteris oreopteris and
Osmunda regalis. The Great Pond, as Borrer called it, provided Nym-
phoides peltata, Nymphaea alba and Menyanthes trifoliata and, in
the place where Borrer recorded it in 1825, Hlatine hexandra. On leav-
ing the lake, we entered (by kind permission of Mr. Baker) the private
part of the wood. MHere in a sphagnum bog were great clumps of
Osmunda, obviously planted, but sporelings found near the stream show
that it is also naturalised here: We returned by the main drive, noting
a change in the flora, Campanula rotundifolia, Linum catharticum and
Briza media being abundant, and Trifolium mediwm was found. The
coach then took the party to the George Hotel, Crawley, for tea, after
which a short visit was paid to St. Leonards Forest, where Mrs. Esplan
led us to Aquilegia vulgaris and Valeriana dioica. Another plant of
Osmunda was found by the Hammer Pond.
On Sunday morning we set out from Faygate station to see what the
Weald Clay would produce. Crossing the railway, we entered a wood,
a feature of which was the very tall crack-willow trees. A fine speci-
men of Sorbus torminalis was noted. Then we skirted a cornfield, find-
ing Euphorbia platyphyllos in some quantity, and walked along the rail-
way to Pondtail Shaw, a piece of typical clay-woodland with Epipactis
helleborine and E. purpurata. The track led on past Bewbush Pond,
which is now drained, and it was interesting to see which plants had
colonised it. After lunch the party divided, those led by Miss Hurst
visiting the Mill Pond, while a few went to visit Calamagrostis epigejos
and they found Gastridium ventricosum in an oat-field, confirming an
old record.
550 FIELD MEETINGS, 1954
A foot-path took us to the Crawley-Horsham road which here divides
the Weald Clay from the Hastings Sands. Across the road we were back
in the forest with a flora similar to that seen yesterday. Island Pond
was visited and Hypericum elodes and Anagallis tenella were found. A
short walk through the wood, noting Juncus tenuis in passing, brought
us to Holmbush Potteries, where Diplotaxis tenwifolia, Senecio squali-
dus and Phalaris canariensis were seen and where the coach awaited us.
After tea at the George Hotel, Crawley, we drove through terrific rain to
Warnham Pond, which provided a good finish with Butomus umbellatus,
tanunculus lingua, Nymphoides peltata and Stratiotes aloides. By
the gate x Festulolium loliaceum was found.
During the meeting 538 species were listed for one 10-kilometre
square, and lesser numbers for other squares.
B. M. C. Morean.
SEPTEMBER 2nd, 1954. LANGHAM POND AND RUNNYMEDE
Leader: A. W. WeEstRuP
This was a Junior meeting, and a party of 12 met at Egham Station
at 10.30 a.m., seven schools in the west London area being represented.
The marsh and reed-bed on Langham Farm were first visited and
most notable here was the fine stand of Typha latifolia. The outer edges
contained Impatiens capensis and Epilobium hirsutum, both in full
flower. Other plants noted included Mimulus guttatus, Bidens tripar-
tita, B. cernua, Carex pseudocyperus, Glyceria declinata and the four
British species of Lemna.
Langham Pond yielded a fine display of Szum latifolium, together
with Thalictrum flavum, Oenanthe aquatica, O. fistulosa, Rumex hydro-
lapathum, Veronica catenata, Utricularia vulgaris, Alisma plantago-
aquatica, A. lanceolatum, Butomus uwmbellatus and Hydrocharis morsus-
ranae.
The meadows provided chalk-loving plants such as Poterium sangut-
sorba, Plantago media and Leontodon hispidus, while Epipactis pur-
purata was found on the clay hillside below the Runnymede Memorial.
After lunch the party visited several small ponds in Windsor Great
Park where a strongly contrasting flora was seen. This was much poorer
both in species and abundance. Of note were Epilobium palustre,
Galium uliginosum and Typha angustifolia.
A. W. WEstTRtr.
SEPTEMBER 11th, 1954. SHINGLE STREET
Leader: D. H. Datsy
The aim of the expedition was to demonstrate the variation in form
of Salicornia, especially in relation to the habitat. This is a necessary
beginning to a study of this difficult genus, because there is clear evi-
dence that much of the variation encountered is caused by environ-
mental conditions. Shingle Street contains many types of habitat for
FIELD MEETINGS, 1954 dbl
Sulicornia, and because of their close proximity it is possible to visit
them all within a few hours.
After a brief explanation by the leader of some of the theoretical
aspects of the problem, the party moved across the shingle to a lagoon,
where the water (associated with thin bands of Cardiwm shells in the
mud) is of a high pH value. The floral and vegetative morphology of
the plants were demonstrated to those who had not examined the flowers
of Salicornia before. Plant density and availability of water appeared
to be responsible for much of the variation in plant size, as was well
seen when a turf formed from small dense plants was compared with the
much larger S. ramosissima-type plants scattered amongst Phragmites,
and along the sides of small pools.
The party next visited the complex series of lagoons which are still
in free connection with the sea. Colonies of S. ramosissima- and S.
stricta-type plants were examined growing on the mud at and just above
normal high tide level, and the transition from the normal large green
plants to the smaller and more red individuals at the upper edge of the
colonies was clearly seen. Here again, plant size seemed to be related to
the soil-water content.
Nearer the mouth of this tidal channel, plants of the S. dolichostachya-
type were well seen on a low mud bank, and were easily distinguished
by their disorderly growth habit and long flowering spikes. This colony
is frequently covered by the tide. Beyond the mouth of the channel
is an area of saltmarsh, where the original vegetation has been destroyed
by the passage of a moving shingle bank which is driven inland by
winter storms. On the surface of this firm mud more interesting Sali-
cornia forms were seen, showing a great range of morphology and colour.
Here three groups could be distinguished, the reddish short-spiked S.
ramosissima-type (sometimes prostrate), the erect green medium-spiked
S. stricta-type, and the decumbent green long-spiked S. dolichostachya-
type. Biometrical studies of this colony suggest that these three groups
are here quite distinct.
Various explanations were forthcoming for the differing appearances
of plants growing on low mounds of mud by the river, and similarly the
relationships of the small specimens in the saltmarsh pans produced much
discussion. The two main suggestions made were that different species
were present, or that in any such place one form only occurred, its
variations being due to eftects of the environment. Relics of the original
marsh vegetation attracted interest, as did also annular patches of
Spartina townsendit.
The party left the main saltmarsh after visiting an area where growth
of the vegetation appeared to have been stimulated by digging in con-
nection with repairs to the seawall following the 1953 sea flood.
Although the marsh marginal to the river is mostly overgrown by
Puccinellia spp., specimens of Salicornia disarticulata were found be-
side the path. This is probakly the most distinctive of all the forms of
Salicornia in this country, and there is little doubt that it constitutes a
separate species. D. H. Datsy.
55D OBLTUARLES
OBITUARIES
ARTHUR GEORGE GREGOR (1867-1954).—The death of the Revd.
Arthur George Gregor at West Worthing on November 9, 1954, in his
88th year robbed British field botany of an able exponent.
Born at Retford, Notts., he was educated at King’s College Grammar
School, Ashby de la Zouche, and later at Monmouth Grammar School.
He received his theological training at St. John’s College, Highbury,
and University College, Durham, where he took his M.A., and later
his B.D. His first curacy was near the Wye Valley, but the rest of his
life was spent in Sussex where, after several curacies in the Hastings
district, he became Vicar of Firle for 19 years, and finally spent the last
nine years of his life in retirement at West Worthing.
His interest in botany began after he left school and he was seldom
seen in the country without his vasculum; his study table was never with-
out its specimen vase, and Babington was his second Bible. Curiously
enough his membership of the B.S.B.I. began only in 1947 and continued
until his death. He greatly appreciated the honour of being elected a
Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 1948 largely on account of
the very valuable contribution he was able to make to Wolley-Dod’s
Flora of Sussex. He would have been equally happy to know that his
extensive British and foreign herbarium would finally be received by
Kew.
His holidays were spent in Switzerland among the mountains he
loved so well and where he compiled several local floras and collected a
great number of herbarium specimens. The notes in his Gremli indicate
very clearly his indefatigable industry in the cause of botany. He was
constantly in correspondence with Kew and contemporary botanists, and
accuracy of identification was almost a fetish with him.
When the last war made further visits to the Alps impossible he
turned to the large garden at Firle and filled it to overflowing with a
remarkable collection of trees, shrubs, herbaceous, alpine and rare native
plants all of which were scrupulously labelled, and the result, though
not always artistic, was extremely informative. At one period his crop
of Sonchus palustris threatened to take complete possession of the gar-
den. The last surviving relies of his visits to Switzerland were some
silver saxifrages now in another friend’s garden.
Apart from his wide knowledge of flowering plants he was a life-
long student of literature and the classics, with the phenomenal memory
not unusual in men of his generation, so that he was never at a loss for
an apt quotation and once had the satisfaction of winning a prize for
the solution of a Greek crossword puzzle. His keen ear for a false
quantity was a perennial trap for the unwary, and an error never
escaped detection or correction.
OBITUARIES D053
Always of a modest and retiring disposition, all too few had the op-
portunity of profiting from the vast store of knowledge he had to im-
part, and the writer of these notes is grateful to be able to place on
permanent record her own appreciation of the enormous amount gained
from a friendship which lasted nearly thirty years.
K. PicKARD SMITH.
Wiuitam Rosperr SHERRIN (1871-1955) was born on May 20th, 1871,
and died in hospital at East Dulwich on March 22nd, 1955. His hfe
was devoted to the study of natural history and although it is broadly
true to say—as he did himself—that he was first a zoologist and, later,
a botanist, the statement covers only his main professional interest at
different stages in his life. At heart he was always a general naturalist
willing to pursue any study in which he thought he could render the
most useful service.
Sherrin was educated at Taplow Grammar School and in boyhood was
regarded as weakly and in need of an open air life. As a young man
he had a taxidermist’s shop at Ramsgate until, in 1895, he applied for
a post as articulator in the Department of Zoology at the British
Museum (Natural History). He was employed there full-time until in
1919 he resigned in order to take up an appointment as Curator of the
South London Botanical Institute. But he continued part-time work
in the Department of Zoology until 1928 when he was transferred to
the Department of Botany as part-time assistant. Many fine mammal
skeletons at the Natural History Museum remain as a record of the 33
years he spent there on this exacting work and his skill was such that
he continued occasional preparations until recently. A rat from Pakistan
and a bat from New Guinea were named for him.
From very early years it was Sherrin’s principle always to have a
‘‘second interest’, and in turn he collected and studied phanerogams,
coleoptera, mollusca, lepidoptera, and bryophytes. His interest in
bryology must have commenced at a very early date, for he left specimens
collected in 1900 and 1901 and joined the Moss Exchange Club junior
section in 1905, and the main club in 1906. Tt is for his work on
bryophytes that he is best known to botanists. For many years he was
a referee of the British Bryological Society, and Librarian and Curator
from 1925 to 1945. After serving for five years as Vice-President of
that Society, he was elected in September 1945 as their President to
cover the period of their Jubilee Meeting in 1946. For this, the celebra-
tion of their 50th anniversary, he also acted as Local Secretary for the
London arrangements. He was an authority on bog-mosses and in 1927
published An Illustrated Handbook of the British Sphagna. He also
wrote a most useful booklet on Study of Mosses in the London District,
which was published by the School Nature Study Union in 1916. Both
works were illustrated by numerous excellent sketches from his own pen.
He compiled lists of the mosses and hepatics of Essex (Hssex Naturalist,
23, 129-136, 1931). From the time of his transfer to the Department of
554. ; OBITUARIES
Botany at the Natural History Museum until his retirement on October
17th, 1947 (when he was granted a Civil List pension), he worked on the
collections of bryophytes. With characteristic energy he incorporated
vast accumulations of the mosses of the world at a speed which strained
the resources of the mounters. When he retired he had served the
Trustees for 52 years. Sherrin’s interest in mosses was first aroused by
handling them as packing in which material of mammals was received
from far corners of the world—it is fitting that he should have been able
to complete his service at the Museum by studying collections of bryo-
phytes from these distant countries.
If the first major change in Sherrin’s life was joining the staff of the
Museum, the second was his appointment as Curator of the South London
Botanical Institute in 1919. This appointment he held for 36 years
until it was terminated by death. He threw himself into the work with
single-minded devotion. His only thought was to further the interests
of the Institute and he did not spare himself in the process. In effect,
Sherrin and the Institute became fused in such a way that it was diffi-
cult—if not impossible—to think of one without the other. The posi-
tion was neatly summed up by a phrase commonly used by his colleagues
at the Museum—‘‘Sherrin’s Institute’’.
When he came to the South London Botanical Institute he found a
volume of work awaiting him which would have daunted anyone not
possessed of very exceptional energy. His predecessor had been removed
with difficulty, and the collections and activities were in a sadly neglected
state. For years Sherrin rose at 4 a.m. to work on the herbarium, and
cycled to the Natural History Museum where he was employed from
8 a.m. to mid-day. He returned to open the Institute from 2 until 9,
and during this time no visitor ever found him idle. First, he con-
centrated on getting the British plants in order and then he turned
to the European herbarium. Of both he arranged ‘‘selections”’ in which
each species was represented by a single representative sheet. The algae.
bryophytes, lichens, mycetozoa and conifers were mounted and arranged.
Special collections of microscope slides, mounted seeds and lantern
slides were accumulated. The library was rearranged and catalogued
with the assistance of his daughter. The garden was improved and
interesting mosses and ferns were grown in the conservatory. It is hardly
possible for people using the collections to-day to realise how much they
owe to Sherrin or to imagine the extent to which they were improved
by his almost single-handed efforts.
As Curator he never lost sight of the fact that there is no object in
amassing collections unless they are used, and he made every effort to
ensure that the maximum use was made of the facilities offered. Visitors
were always welcome and whatever task claimed his attention at the
time was dropped immediately so that he could give hours of patient
instruction to beginners, or help to experienced botanists in finding the
specimens or books they required. He got in touch with local schools
(especially the Strand School and Dulwich College) and training
colleges and had outstanding success in encouraging interest in botany
OBITUARIES 555
in the steady stream of young people who were introduced to him by the
teachers. Similarly, he approached local churches and other bodies
with youth organisations, to obtain recruits. Many of them fell under
the spell of Sherrin’s infectious enthusiasm and charm, and some retained
and developed their interest in later years. His influence was deep and
far reaching and rendered his most important service to botany. There
are many who owe an immense debt to the encouragement and stimulus
received from this kindly man.
I first met Sherrin in 1920 as one of the schoolboy members of a
small party from the Strand School and most of us lost no time in
taking advantage of his invitation to ‘‘use the Institute as much as
we liked’’. Other members of the same party, or similar parties at
about the same time, were D. G. Catcheside, J. L. O'Loughlin, W. G.
Archer, and S. O. S. Dark. Very soon the Curator had us interested
in bryophytes as well as phanerogams. I still possess an interleaved
copy of Sherrin’s ‘‘Mosses of the London District’ containing specimens
collected under his guidance on excursions by bicycle in 1921 when he
took two boys at a time to his favourite localities at Keston. Esher and
elsewhere. Not long afterwards E. C. Wallace joined the group of
youngsters working under Sherrin’s encouragement. J remember with
deep gratitude many occasions when he broke off his work to help us.
At one period he was excavating a pond in the Institute garden during
the winter and digging away after dark with the aid of electric light
provided by running a length of wire from the nearest room. At an-
other time he was engaged for months in compiling an index to the
Journal of Botany from the first volume in 1863. The mighty manu-
script which resulted still occupies several feet of shelving at the Insti-
tute.
Sherrin’s botanical character may be summed up as that of a born
collector with abounding energy and goodwill. He was prepared to
collect anything and to arrange it according to the leading manual
covering the group, but he gave very little credit to modern develop-
ments. To him ‘‘species’’ were made by the Creator, and to be accepted
they had to be clear-cut and free from intergrading. He was scornful
of hybrids and refused to believe that they could be so much more
common in phanerogams than in mammals. If intermediates connected
two taxa they could not be ‘‘good species’? and to him no other verdict
was possible. If his approach was old-fashioned it was suited to the
wide field he covered, and until he was overtaken by old age his taxono-
mic skill was great and by no means lacking in critical judgment. His
genius was in undertaking big tasks and he never rested until they were
completed according to his standards.
His skill with his hands was such that he could have become a
master of almost any art or craft had he wished. The son of an artist
(John Sherrin) and brother of another (Dan Sherrin), he drew lightning
sketches with astonishing ease—many of these are preserved on her-
barium sheets in the collections at which he worked. He could turn
556 OBITUARIES
his skill to almost any handyman’s task. For years he bound all
periodicals added to the Institute library, while his interest in photo-
graphy was turned to good account in preparing lantern slides to illus-
trate the lectures.
Sherrin’s association with the British Bryological Society has already
been mentioned. He was elected an Associate of the Linnean Society
(Honoris causa) in 1919, and shortly before his death he was made an
Honorary Life Fellow of the Zoological Society of London, of which he
had been a Fellow for many years. He joined the B.S.B.I. in 1920, but
his association with the Society dates back much earlier than this, for
specimens of Physospermum cornubiense from his important new locality
at Burnham Beeches were distributed in 1904 (B.H:C. Rep., 1904, 22-23).
On March 25th, 1942, he was elected a Corresponding Member (now
Honorary Member) in recognition of his long services to British botany.
He took a very active part in the affairs of the School Nature Study
Union and South Eastern Union of Scientific Societies.
Sherrin’s collection of British phanerogams, filices and bryophytes is
incorporated in the herbarium of the South London. Botanical Institute.
His special collection of Sphagna he presented to Kew. He left a small
study collection of mosses of the world arranged alphabetically by genera
and species.
He was twice married—his first wife died in 19838—and is survived by
a son and daughter and his second wife. He was buried at Streatham
Cemetery on March 26th, 1955, following a service at St Cuthbert’s
Presbyterian Church, Thurlow Park Road, West Norwood. <A wreath
and sheaf included plants of Lewcobryum glaucum, Polytrichum for-
mosum, Hypnum cupressiforme, Mniwm hornum, and Dieranum
scopartum—an appropriate tribute to a life devoted to natural history.
with emphasis on mosses,
J. E. Lovstry.
WitiiAM CHarites RicHarp Watson (1885-1954).—In the passing of
William Watson, British botanists have lost the last of the small group
of amateurs whose critical work on our more difficult genera of native
plants has brought our knowledge into line with that of other European
countries. It is difficult for botanists born within this century to
appraise the status of field botany in the universities and public schools
when Watson was a youth. Admittedly there were Floras available
which had originally been written by professional botanists, but, though
revised from time to time, they were all much out of date. Some
teaching was given in cytology, and in the rediscovered ‘‘Mendelism”’
and, perhaps more immediately important, ecology. The ecologists had
to visit plants where they grew and learn there something about their
associations. To the more competent field-botanists of the time, the
earlier papers on ecological subjects seemed to be only statements of
the obvious. It is no exaggeration to state that well within this cen-
tury it was possible to obtain a good degree or diploma in botany from
ORITUARIES 557
almost all examining bodies (the Pharmaceutical Society was an excep-
tion) with only a slight acquaintance with our native plants.
Watson was born in the village of Chislehurst, West Kent, of yeoman
stock. He was educated at Sevenoaks Grammar School and after some
private coaching entered the Post Office branch of the Civil Service.
He spent some of his summer holidays with the Co-operative Holidays
Association and it was while acting as lecturer at the Derbyshire centre
that he first met the lady who afterwards became his wife. On his
marriage he removed to Bickley where he resided for the remainder
of his life. During the First World War he served in France. On his
return to civil life he became an active member of several metropolitan
field societies and was widely known to, and respected by, workers in
several branches of natural history. He was not of a robust disposition
and suffered from periods of indifferent health. He is survived by his
widow and two daughters.
Watson’s interest in field botany dates from his schooldays and it is
recorded that during several seasons he vied with his favourite sister
in attempting to produce the longer list of plants growing on Chislehurst
Common. It is tempting to suggest that the young boy considered the
feasibility of using some of the many forms of brambles which abound
on the Common to lengthen his catalogue, but in truth his study of the
genus Rubus arose from quite different origins. He was much influenced
as a youth by Darwin’s Origin of Species. He asked himself questions
more fundamental than the origin of species, questions that still await
a satisfactory reply. What constitutes a species? How do species
differ? In the Floras the species were differentiated by combinations
of characters that were visible to the eye perhaps with the aid of a simple
lens. Authors of Floras recognised very different numbers of species
growing in the same area, or in other words held very different views
as to what combination of characters constituted a species. Watson,
following Darwin, thought ‘‘that something might perhaps be made
out on this question by patiently accumulating and reflecting on all
sorts of facts which could possibly have any bearing on it’’. He wished
in the first place to find by observations on the growing plants what
characters could be ranked as truly specific in contrast to the many,
often of outstanding appearance, which could be modified at will by
changing the conditions of growth. For such a study the bramble almost
selects itself. With a perennial rootstock, biennial shoots of somewhat
different forms and very different functions, prone to vary in mor-
phological characters and yet usually adaptable to wide differences in
soils, water content, light density, etc., widespread and often abundant,
readily spreading by tip-rooting and for the most part with viable
seeds, the scope for study is illimitable. He selected an isolated bramble
growing on Chislehurst Common and during several years visited it at
short intervals carefully noting any differences he could detect in the
canes of successive years and attempting to find explanations in factors
due to environment. Other brambles growing on the Common and
much the same as his type were examined for morphological differences
558 OBITUARIES
and explanations sought. He sowed seeds taken from a single fruit and
grew root-tips taken from a single bush in different kinds of habitat
and thus learned by observation the range of forms, often very striking,
which could be explained satisfactorily by known factors and, per-
contra, the more constant characters which alone could have specific
value. Watson pursued these methods to the end of his life. He re-
visited certain bramble bushes over several years, patiently accumulat-
ing facts and compiling dossiers, some of considerable bulk. Plants
which were too far away from home to visit were grown at Bickley from
seed or root-tips until four or five years old. At one period some 80
different species were under cultivation simultaneously.
Meanwhile Watson studied the bramble population on Chislehurst
Common with Rogers’ ‘‘Handbook’’ for guidance. C. E. Britton col-
lected brambles extensively in Surrey and West Kent and his gather-
ings were submitted to Rogers and later to Riddelsdell for identifica-
tion. Britton, who incidentally introduced Rogers to the bramble flora
of the Metropolitan Commons (including Chislehurst Common in 1898),
left a representative selection of his Rubi to Watson. Thus, in addition
to the views expressed in the ‘‘Handbook’’, Watson had later knowledge
of Rogers’ views of and comments on brambles which Watson was dis-
covering for himself. As his knowledge grew, Watson found himself
more and more at variance with Rogers’ conclusions, especially on two
points. Rogers had confined his descriptions to about a hundred species.
He allowed for considerable variation in drawing up the characters of
some of these species. [+t will be recalled that the batologists, one of
whom was Rogers, who issued the ‘‘Set of British Rubi’’ included in
several instances two forms under one species intended to illustrate
the range of variation in these species... Later, Rogers must have had
doubts about the wisdom of this procedure, for in the ‘‘Handbook’’,
published soon after the issue of the ‘‘Set’? came to an end, he selected
one only of the forms, where two were issued to illustrate the species
he was describing. To Watson this method was wrong. Only those
individuals could be included under one species which could be con-
sidered to possess the characters constituting the species. The other case
concerned a number of species which Rogers believed to agree with
species named and described by continental authors. Watson hunted
up the original descriptions, searched for authentic specimens in the
national herbaria, obtained authentic material from continental cor-
respondents and in one case saw many plants growing in the habitats
where originally discovered by the authors of the original descriptions.
Thus it was proved that many names in the ‘‘Handbook’’ inserted on
the authority of Focke and others were wrong. A large percentage
of British Rubi are endemic. Others have been found to be true repre-
sentatives of continental species, the names of which had been given
in error to other plants by Rogers.
In 1927 Watson published in the London Naturalist the first of six
papers on the bramble flora of Kent and Surrey. His notes were ar-
ranged in the sequence of the ‘‘Handbook’’. In the following year he
OBITUARIES 559
contributed a paper on Some Kent and Surrey Brambles to the Report
of the Botanical Hxchange Club; he published several further papers in
the ‘‘Annual Reports’’ and its successor, Watsonia, until 1951. He also
published ‘Bramble Notes’ in the Journal of Botany for 1933, 1935, and
1937, where a number of new species were described. His papers
quickly won him recognition and from 1928 he acted as referee for
the genus Rubus in the ‘‘Annual Reports’’. His reports often differed
from those of Barton and Riddelsdell and it is interesting to turn over
the pages of those older volumes to read the different outlooks of these
antagonists—for such they were. Riddelsdell would carefully dissect
the characters of the specimen in question, comparing them with charac-
ters of other brambles and finally giving a cautious opinion based on
the balance of probabilities. Watson more usually gave a succinct sum-
mary or merely the name he considered it to be. It is pleasant to re-
call that they exchanged friendly and useful correspondence and occa-
sionally spent a day together in the field. Amongst other valued cor-
respondents of Watson’s were C. E. Gustafsson who supplied him with
authentic specimens of critical continental material, and G. Didier,
who sent him several bulky parcels of French brambles by way of
exchange. In the summer of 1937 N. D. Simpson and Watson spent a
strenuous holiday in that locus classicus of batologists, the Ardennes,
visiting Stavelot, Trois Points, Malmédy, Verviers, Eupen, Spa, and
the district around Aachen. Many species were obtained and descrip-
tions drawn up from living material.
Watson made a major contribution to county and other Floras in
the genus Rubus. His earliest list was compiled for St. John Marriott’s
book British Woodlands as illustrated by Lessness Abbey Woods pub-
lished in 1925. He contributed ‘‘A Revised List of Rubi’ to the Flora
of Gloucestershire (1948) in an Appendix. The ‘‘Brambles of Middlesex’’
was published in 1947 and ‘‘The Brambles of Bedfordshire’’ in 1948. <A
List of Rubi growing within twenty miles of St. Paul’s Cathedral drawn
up for the London Naturalist in 1951 extended to over 220 species. An
earlier list published in the same periodical in 1932 contained 78 species
only. The striking increase in numbers occurring in less than twenty
years gives some indication of the amount of field work he accomplished
with his friend Charles Avery during that period. Many of them were
new to England, many were endemic. The vice-counties of Bedfordshire,
East Kent, Staffordshire and Wiltshire were visited in company with
botanists working on the county floras, and help given to workers in
more distant parts of Britain which he was unable to visit personally.
For the ‘‘Check List of British Vascular Plants’’, Journal of Ecology,
1946, he completed a Rubus List of almost 300 species, and his last work
was the preparation of a List of Rubi of the British Isles for the forth-
coming ‘‘Plant List’’ of the Botanical Society of the British Isles.
During the winter of 1953-4 he wrote the manuscript of his book on
the British and Irish Brambles, a work giving the fruits of his forty
years’ study of the genus Rubus. He did not live to see the proofs of the
560 OBITUARIES
book and some time must necessarily elapse before publication. Ar-
rangements have been made for early publication of Latin descriptions
of new species and new combinations which occur as an appendix to the
hook.
Of Watson’s other botanical interests only a brief summary can be
given. In his earlier years he studied mycology, was a member of the
British Mycological Society and was in request as a leader of fungus
forays in the Metropolitan area. He was a member of the British
Bryological Society and for several years attended the Spring and
Autumn field meetings. At one time or another he was an active mem-
ber of several societies including the School Nature Study Union, the
Battersea Field Club, the London Natural History Society, the Woolwich
Historical and Scientific Society, and the South-Eastern Union of
Scientific Societies. | His connection with the South London Botanical
Institute was a long and intimate one. He served. on the Council for
many years and was a Fellow of the Institute at the time of his death.
Watson joined this Society in 1921 and was elected an Honorary Mem-
ber in 1951.
He was of a rather shy and retiring nature. In the field he preferred
to work alone or with a single companion and his habit of intense men-
tal concentration on whatever interested him at the moment tended to
keep him silent and perhaps distraught in general company. Yet he
derived immense pleasure in leading parties in the field provided they
were interested in the things he wished to show them. In the summer
of 1953 he conducted a number of our members over Hayes Common to
study the characters of a representative selection from the large num-
ber of bramble species to be met with there. He was already a sick
man and the fixture was a source of anxiety right up to the day it took
place. Fortunately, all passed off well: he left us in the evening a
tired but very happy man. We may part with him there. He had some
months yet to live, and with undiminished mental power but ever in-
creasing physical weakness and weariness he strove to commit to paper
his unique knowledge of British Rubi. To work with Watson was a
continual education, to be counted amongst his friends a valued
privilege. His name is commemorated in Rubus watsonii W. H. Mills.
List oF PAPERS
1928: Minute Stellate Hairs on the Upper Face of Bramble Leaves, /. Rot., 66.
169-170.
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (1) Lond. Nat., 1927. 12-17.
Some Kent and Surrey Brambles, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 499-508.
1929: Brambles of Kent and Surrey (2), Lond. Nat., 1928, 21-26.
Bramble Notes, 1928, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 8, 782-788.
Botanical descriptions, in C. G. Trower, British Brambles, Rep. Rot. Soc.
& E.C., 8, 851-866.
1930: Brambles of Kent and Surrey (3), Lond. Nat., 1929, 70-76.
Bramble Notes, 1929, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 168-172.
Rubus leucanthemus P. J. Muell. and Rubus leucanthemus Rogers, J. Bol.,
68. 24.
Rubus latifolius Bab. and Rubus latifolius Focke, J. Bot., 68, 183-185.
1931 :
1932 :
1933 :
1935 :
1937 :
1938 :
1946 :
1948 :
1949 :
1950 :
1951 :
1952 :
1947 :
OBITUARIES 561
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (4), Lond. Nat., 1930, 68-74.
Bramble Notes, 1930, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 423-427.
Some British Rubi, New and Old, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 9, 761-768.
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (5), Lond. Nat., 1932, 60-66.
Rubus latifolius Bab. and R. laetus Wm. Watson, J. Bot., 71, 127-130.
Rubus opacus subsp. nobilissimus nov., J. Bot., 74, 130-134.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 71, 223-229.
Brambles of Kent and Surrey (6), Lond. Nat., 1934, 59-66.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 73, 193-198 and 252-256.
The Bramble Plates of Syme’s English Botany, Rep. Bot. Soc. & F.C., 14,
325-329.
Notes on Rubi, J. Bot., 75, 156-163 and 195-202.
Rubus echinatus Lindley, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 11, 566-568.
Rubus rotundifolius (Bab.) Blox. apud Kirby, Rep. Bot. Soc. & E.C., 41,
569.
Rubus, in Clapham, A. R. (compiler), Check List of British Vascular
Plants, J. Ecol., 33, 337-344.
The Unravelling of British ‘“‘Rubus leucandrus Focke’’, Rep. Bot. Soc. &
BACon 11835 SPARRO.
The Brambles of Bedfordshire, Bedfordshire Nat., 2, 21-25.
A Revised List of the Rubi reported for Gloucestershire, in Ridcelsdell,
H. J., Hedley, G. W. & Price, W. R., Flora of Gloucestershire, 614-623.
Weihean Species of Rubus in Britain, Watsonia, 4, 71-83.
An Introduction to the Study of Rubus, in Wilmott, A. J., (Editor),
British Flowering Plants and Modern Systematic Methods, 58-66.
Rubus corylifolius var. purpureus Bab., Watsonia, 1, 289-290. ©
The Sequence of the Pliocene and Pleistocene Bramble Floras in Peri-
glacial S.E. England, in Lousley, J. E. (Editor), The Study of the Dis-
tribution of British Plants, 102-104.
Rubus, in Kent, D. H. & Lousley, J. E., A. Hand List of the Plants of the
London Area, 74-100, supplement Lond. Nat., 31.
POSTHUMOUS
British and Trish Brambles. (In the press.)
Biographical notice of W. Moyle Rogers, in Grose, J. D., Flora of Wilt-
shire. (In the press.)
WITH AVERY, C.-
The Brambles of Middlesex, Lond. Nat. 26, 66-73.
J. EK. WoopHeap.
ON
ep)
bo
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
EXPERIMENTAL SOWING AND TRANSPLANTS OF RARE
SPECIES NEAR BRISTOL
Preliminary observations and experiments have recently been started
on the ecology of seven of the rare or local plant species for which the
Bristol region is famous:
Arabis stricta Koeleria vallesiana
Geranium sanguineum Linosyris vulgaris
Helianthemum apenninum Trinia glauea
Veronica spicata subsp. hybrida
The methods of investigation include a type of action—sometimes
in the past a cause of protest or controversy—which should be reported
at the outset; namely field experiments in the form of trial sowing and
transplants, in natural habitats where the species do not already occur.
Two other lines of study are being followed: observations in the field
on habitat factors and the behaviour of the plants, and experiments at
the Department of Botany, University of Bristol, including the use of
different soils with and without competition.
The field experiments have the aim of providing some answer to one
or both of two questions:
Gi) Is the restriction of the species due to the limitation of dispersal
or of habitat?
(11) If some degree of survival is shown in the new habitats, at
least for a time, how easy or precarious is it and what aspects
of environment or life-cycle are most critical in the establish-
ment, maintenance or spread of the population?
Without field experiments of the kind proposed, the first question
obviously cannot be answered at all. The second question is of direct
concern in the existing habitats, but in the latter it would be extremely
difficult, if not impossible, to obtain any precise answer. Longevity of
buried seeds, for instance, is an unknown quantity. and attempts to
relate seed output and seedling establishment would for this reason alone
have no reliable foundation. In such matters the field experiments will
attempt to obtain quantitative data; they will not, in other words,
be mere scattering of uncounted seeds or rootings. On this account it is
important, if the experimental data are to be reliable, that finders
of any of the seven species in new habitats should refrain from taking
specimens of any kind; even barren shoots may be destined to reproduce.
The sites being used for field experiments, although in the Bristol
region, are well separated from localities where any of the species are
known to occur. Members of the Society will naturally be more anxious
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 063
than anyone to avoid misleading records or rumours of naturally ex-
tended distribution, and any member who meets with any of the seven
species in a new habitat is therefore asked to communicate with one of
the authors of this note before announcing the find publicly or privately.
If the find has been made in one of the experimental sites, it may be
advisable to ask the finder to regard the knowledge as confidential. The
site might otherwise become the object of visits. These, although made
with the best of intentions—to satisfy scientific curiosity—may be
harmful to the outcome of the experiments, whose aims will, we hope,
meet with the approval of the many field botanists with a keen interest
in the understanding of rare plants from an ecological standpoint. We
realise that there may be some others, equally keen, who disapprove of
experimental introductions. Those who believe that the present state
of knowledge calls for field experiments to carry it one stage further,
might wait indefinitely for complete agreement to be reached on such
a course. In the past the most substantial objection has in any case
been against introductions carried out with no announcement to those
interested. After the experimental stage has passed, it should be
possible to announce the location of the sites.
The Bristol Naturalists’ Society has been separately informed about
the subject of this note.
J. EF. Hopr-Stmpson
M. Evizaseto Prine
CyntHIA Dutton
DEPARTMENT, OF Botany,
UNIVERSITY OF BRISTOL.
COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SUOTTISH FLORA
This Committee will act under the joint aegis of the Botanical Society
of the British Isles and the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. It has
been formed to further the study of the plants of Scotland by co-
ordinating work on the Scottish flora on behalf of the sponsoring
societies. Excursions and meetings will be arranged and announce-
ments will appear in the publications of the two societies.
The Committee has appointed Mr. B. L. Burtt as its Chairman and
Mr. B. W. Ribbons as its Secretary.
DISTRIBUTION MAPS SCHEME
A single card based upon Bentham & Hooker’s Flora, but excluding
grasses, sedges and rushes, is now available for recorders for the B.S.B.I.
Distribution Maps Scheme who do not use Clapham, Tutin and War-
burg’s Flora of the British Isles.
del ae 1
S. M. W.
564. PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
A GEOGRAPHICAL HANDBOOK OF THE DORSET FLORA
A first addendum to A Geographical Handbook of the Dorset Flora
by Ronald Good has been published in the Proceedings of the Dorset
Natural History and Archaeological Society, vol. 75 (1955). Separate
copies of this addendum may be obtained from the Curator, County
Museum, Dorchester, price 2/- post free, or, with the Handbook, 22/-
post free.
FLORA OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE
Mr. I. H. Perring, Mr. P. D. Sell and Dr. S. M. Walters, who are
working on the flora of Cambridgeshire, would be grateful for any
records members could supply. It is possible that members have anno-
tated copies of Babington or Evans Flora of Cambridgeshire, herbarium
sheets or field records. Records for the period 1880-1930 would be par-
ticularly useful.
FLORA OF EAST YORKSHIRE
Protessor Ronald Good, the University, Hull, is collecting intorma-
tion relating to the flora of the East Riding of Yorkshire, and will be
very grateful for any herbarium specimens, plant records, or other
data concerning that area.
FLORA OF FIFE AND KINROSS
The Botanical Society of Edinburgh has a number of copies of ‘‘A
List of the Flowering Plants and Ferns Recorded from Fife and Kin-
ross (v.c. 85)? by William Young, pp. 173 and map, reprinted from their
Transactions, vol. 32, part 1, 1936, for sale, price 5/-, postage 3d.
Application should be made to the Secretary, Botanical Society of
Edinburgh, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, 4.
In addition, a varying number of copies of parts 1-16 of ‘‘Additions
to the Flora of Orkney’? and parts 1-4 of ‘‘Additions to the Flora of
Shetland’? by H. H. Johnston are available on application to the
Secretary.
THE BOTANICAL RESEARCH FUND
The Botanical Research Fund is a small private Trust Fund founded
in July 1913. The first Trustees to be appointed were Dr. E. M.
Berridge, Mr. A. D. Cotton and Miss Gulielma Lister.
The purpose of the Fund is to encourage research in Botany in all
its branches and to assist research workers, more especially women and
particularly those with some previous experience of research and who,
for some reason, may not be eligible for grants from public or university
funds.
The method is to make short term grants in aid of maintenance,
research expenses or assistance. The grants may be renewed in special
PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS 565
circumstances but assistance over lengthy periods is not contemplated,
Iurther details may be obtained from the Hon. Secretary, Dr. E. M.
Delf, 243 Haverstock Hill, London, N.W.3.
PERMITS FOR VISITING NATURE RESERVES
The Nature Conservancy have now acquired and declared the tol-
lowing Nature Reserves in England and Wales:—Moor House, West-
morland*; Kingley Vale, Sussex; Cavenham Heath, Suffolk; Yarner
Wood, Devon; Ham Street Woods, Kent; Holme Fen, Hunts; Monks’
Wood, Hunts; Blean Woods, Kent; Woodwalton Fen, Hunts; Swans-
combe Skull Site, Kent; Scolt Head, Norfolk, Orfordness-Havergate,
Suffolk*; Old Winchester Hill, Hants.; Bridgewater Bay, Somerset* ;
Castor Hanglands, Soke of Peterborough*; Arne Peninsula, Dorset;
Blelham Bog, Lancashire; Cwm Idwal, Caerns.; Hartland Moor, Dorset ;
Axmouth-Lyme Regis Undercliffs, Devon* ; Cader Idris, Merionethshire ;
Cors Tregaron, Cardiganshire; Newborough Warren and Ynys Lland-
dwyn, Anglesey*; Tring Reservoirs, Bucks. and Herts.*; Hales Wood,
Essex; and the following in Scotland:—Beinn Eighe, Ross and Crom-
arty; Morton Lochs, Fife; Tentsmuir Point, Fife; Cairngorms, Inver-
ness-shire and Aberdeenshire. Permits to collect are required for all
Reserves. Permits to visit the whole Reserve are required for those
above shown in italic type; permits to visit part of the Reserve (in some
cases the whole Reserve except along Rights of Way) are required for
those above which are followed by an asterisk.
A small pamphlet, Visiting Nature Reserves, setting out the con-
siderations which govern the Nature Conservancy’s policy in permitting
visits, may be obtained from the Conservancy’s headquarters at 19
Belgrave Square, London, S.W.1, or from their Scottish headquarters
at 12 Hope Terrace, Edinburgh, 9.
Applications for permits may be sent to the London headquarters
for the English and Welsh Reserves, or to the Scottish headquarters
for those in Scotland, or to the Regional Officers of the Conservancy con-
cerned. Visitors who wish their permits to include the right to collect
and take away specimens should say so in making application and should
specify what it is they wish to collect.
NEWBOROUGH WARREN, ANGLESEY
The Air Ministry propose to establish a range at Newborough Warren
but following representations made at a Public Local Inquiry by this
Society and others, have agreed to make advance notices of firing prac-
tices available to research workers and students. These notices will be
sent to our Local Secretary, Prof. P. W. Richards, Coed Menai, Upper
Bangor, Caernarvonshire, and members wishing to visit the Warren are
advised to make arrangements with him well in advance of the time of
their visits.
N66 PERSONALIA AND NOTICES TO MEMBERS
THREATS TO BRITISH FLORA
Members are urged to report to the Hon. General Secretary any
threats to the British flora. The Council has appointed a Conservation
Committee to deal with such matters and every effort will be made ‘‘to
promote in every way possible the conservation of the British flora’’.
TOXIC SPRAYS
The Society is collecting information about the effect on native vege-
tation of toxic chemicals used for spraying crops. The increasing use
of weed-killing chemicals on arable land imples a threat to neighbour-
ing uncultivated land or woods since the spray can be carried a con-
siderable distance under suitable conditions. Members who observe
damage from this cause are asked to send full details to the Hon.
General Secretary, 7 Penistone Road, London, S.W.16.
SYSTEMATICS ASSOCIATION
A card index of autecological and/or cytogenetic-taxonomnic
researches that are being carried out on British flowering plants is
maintained by the Association. Copies of the index may be consulted at
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, or at the Royal Botanic Garden,
Edinburgh. Its purpose is to obviate overlapping between different
workers. Members taking up research of this nature are asked to
send particulars either to Mr. R. D. Meikle, Royal Botanie Gardens,
Kew, Surrey, or to Mr. B. L. Burtt, Royal Botanic Garden, Edin-
burgh, 4.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
Members are reminded that through the kindness of the Council of
the Linnean Society of London, they have the privilege of consulting
the Library of the Linnean Society at Burlington House, Piccadilly,
London, W.1.
ADVERTISEMENTS
A limited number of relevant advertisements will be accepted for
the Society’s publications as space permits. Enquiries should be
addressed to Mr. D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, London, W.13.
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES 567
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
The regional organisation, of which details are given below, has been
arranged for the assistance of members. It is hoped that they will take
full advantage of the facilities offered which now include the identifica-
tion of non-critical specimens. It is not intended that the Local Secre-
taries, Recorders and Referees should become the only, or even the
usual, channels of communication between members on the one hand and
the Officers, Specialists or Panel Members of the Society on the other.
Nevertheless, those who have agreed to provide local services are
generally in a position to provide more personal assistance to members
and it is hoped that they will relieve the Officers of as much work in-
volving local information as possible.
The functions of Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees are as
set out below. The boundaries of the areas for which they are severally
responsible are those of the Watsonian vice-county system units indi-
cated.
FUNCTIONS OF LOCAL SECRETARIES
1. To keep in touch with other local members and where possible and
desirable to arrange meetings for their benefit.
2. To encourage the enrolment of new members.
3. To act as a centre for some botanical work of local bearing where they are
qualified to do so.
4. To provide information to members of the Society from outside their
areas, either by correspondence or otherwise, on travel facilities, accommodation,
and botany. (This does not include supplying information about localities for
rare plants, although statements as to their continued existence or frequency
may be given for the purpose of scientific work.)
5. To keep in touch with local libraries, museums and, especially, local
herbaria and natural history societies, supplying information about them to
other members, and particularly to the Panel, and also keeping the name. of
the Society before officials, officers and members of local Societies.
6. To assist the Hon. Meetings Secretary and Leaders of field meetings prior
to and at the time of visits of the Society to their area.
7. To report without delay to the Hon. General Secretary or Treasurer the
death of any member within their area.
8. To make regular visits to habitats of special interest within their areas
as far as possible, and to report without delay to the Hon. General Secretary
any threat which may call for conservation measures.
FUNCTIONS OF RECORDERS
To assist the Editor by collecting records of more than local interest, checking
records contributed for publication, and forwarding information about im-
portant changes in the flora.
568
BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS.
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
FUNCTIONS OF REFEREES
VICE-COUNTY REFEREES are responsible only for the naming of NON-CRITICAL
Material of critical groups (including all Pterido-
phyta and Charophyta) covered in the list of Specialists given on pages 572-573
should be sent to them and not to the local Referees.
to name plants of critical groups not covered by the Panel of Specialists, nor
all plants alien to the British flora.
It may not be possible
Non-critical plants should be sent to the vice-county Referee for the vice-
county in which the plants were found and not necessarily to the Referee for
the member’s home vice-county. A stamped addressed envelope for reply should
be enclosed in all cases and the other directions set out for sending material
for identification on pages 573-574 also followed.
Specimens must not be sent to
the Honorary General Secretary except for vice-counties or groups for which his
name is given in the lists.
THE REGIONAL REFEREES have agreed to give assistance, when required, to the
vice-county Referees within the Watsonian Provinces indicated.
Their panies
are printed in small capitals and members should, in the first imstance, send
miaterial to the vice-county Referees, and not to them.
LIST OF LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
(Revised September 1955)
The following table indicates those members who have agreed to
act as Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees for the vice-counties
indicated.
vice-counties.
of the Development and Rules Committee.
It is hoped to extend this list so as to include, if possible, all
Any member who is willing and able to carry out any
of these duties in any vice-counties not already covered, or who knows
any person, whether a member of the Society or not, who might be
suitable, is invited to communicate with Mr. D. E. Allen, Secretary
All addresses (except where
given) can be obtained from the List of Members (See Proceedings
B.S.B.I., 1, 418-451 (1955).
PENINSULA
WAGs
1. W. Cornwall
ib. Scilly
2. EH. Cornwall
3. S. Devon
4. N. Devon
» SS. Somerset
6. N. Somerset
ENGLAND AND WALES
LOCAL SECRETARIES
Miss B.
Mrs. O.
M.
R.
Sturdy
Moyse
E. M. Phillips
F. A. Brokenshire
iA. D. Hallam
(Taunton Castle,
Taunton)
Mrs. @C. I.
Sandwith
RECORDERS
J
Mrs. C. I. Sandwith |Mrs. C. I. Sandwith
REFEREES
E. MILNE-REDHEAD
{Q. V. Polunin >. C. Townsend
iJ. E. Lousley |.J. E. Lousley
R. W. David Cc. C. Townsend
Rev. W. Keble | Rev. W. Keble
Martin Martin
Rev. W. Keble iRev. W. Keble
Martin Martin
A. D. Hallam Cc. C. Townsend
(Taunton Castle, |
Taunton)
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
CHANNEL
WC:
7. N. Wilts.
8 S. Wilts.
9. Dorset
10. Isle of Wight
iP See Llamts:
12° Ne Hants
13. W. Sussex
14. E. Sussex
THAMES
WEG:
15. E. Kent
16. W. Kent
17, (Sweeny
18. S. Essex
19. N. Essex
20. Herts.
21. Middlesex
22. Berks.
23. Oxford
24. Bucks.
ANGLIA
Vic;
25. E. Suffolk
26. W. Suffolk
27. E. Norfolk
28. W. Norfolk
29. Cambridge
30. Bedford
31. Hunts.
32. Northampton
SEVERN
WG
33. E. Gloucester
384N. W. Gloucester
(N.)
34S. W. Gloucester
(S.)
35. Monmouth
36. Hereford
37. Worcester
38. Warwick
39. Stafford
40. Salop
LOCAL SECRETARIES RECORDERS
J. D. Grose iJ. D. Grose
J. D. Grose J. D. Grose
Prot, Re dO) Good
(Univ. College,
Hull)
Miss D. Meggison,
(9 Cornwall Road,
Dorchester).
Dr. J. M. Lambert J. E. Lousley
Dr. J. M. Lambert Dr. J. M. Lambert
J. Ounsted EK. C. Wallace
Mrs. P. German
E. C. Wallace
Mis. P. German
P. J. Wanstall
D. McClintock Dr. F. Rose
D. McClintock Dr. F. Rose
J. E. Lousley J. E. Lousley
So erm yan Bee Wan
| — B. T. Ward
|Mrs. R. H. Mortis Dr. J. G. Dony
De Ee Kent D. H. Kent
J. Ounsted Dr. E. F. Warburg
‘Mrs. P. Warburg Dr. E. F. Warburg
R. A. Graham R. A. Graham
|Miss M. M. Whiting
iF. J. Bingley
|R. P. Libbey
|R. P. Libbey
| Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. J. G. Dony
J. L. Gilbert
iI. Hepburn
F. W. Simpson
F. J. Bingley
Hide NS TAS
|E. L. Swann
Dr. S. M. Walters
|Dr. J. G. Dony
|J.-L. Gilbert
I. Hepburn
Miss D. E. de Vesian |} Miss D. E. de Vesian
Miss D. E. de Vesian | Miss D. E. de Vesian
Dr. J. H. Davie
A. E. Wade
WOES, IL 1B.
head
Die, IRs (, Ih
DKS, Is Cy dhe
EK. S. Edees
ipje, IR, GO, Ih
Dr. M. G. Hughes
A. E. Wade
White-|F. M. Day
Burges|F. M. Day
Burges|R. C. Readett
E. S. Edees
Burges
569
REFEREES
R. D. MEIKLE
Jee DE GLoOse
J. Di Grose
Prof. R. d’O. Good
(Univ. College,
Hull)
| Prof._R. d’O. Good
(Univ. College,
Hull)
|Prof. R. d’O. Good
(Univ. College,
Hull)
E. C. Wallace
Mrs. P. German
E. C. Wallace
D. H. KENT
Dr. F. Rose
| Dr. F. Rose
| Di) DS Ps Young
|B. T. Ward
| B. T. Ward
Dr JeaGs, Domi;
PDA He Kent
Dr. E. F. Warburg
Dr. E. F. Warburg
R. A. Graham
Dr. S. M. WALTERS
F, W. Simpson
.F. J. Bingley
|F. W. Simpson
iE. L. Swann
|Dr. S. M. Walters
Dr. J. G. Dony
|Dr. J. G. Dony
‘I. Hepburn
P. S. GREEN
|
.C. C. Townsend
'C. C. Townsend
|Mrs. C. I. Sandwith
| A. E. Wade
iF. M. Day
|
|Dr. R. C. L. Burges
(Pe. S. Green
'E. S. Edees
‘Dr. R. C. L. Burges
570
SOUTH AND
NORTH WALES
VG:
414. Glamorgan
42.. Brecon
43. Radnor
44. Carmarthen
45. Pembroke
46. Cardigan
47. Montgomery
48. Merioneth
49. Caernaryon
50. Denbigh
Sil IM bane
52. Anglesey
TRENT
WEG:
53. 8S) Lincoln
54. N. Lincoln
55. Leicester
56. Nottingham
57. Derby
MERSEY
WatGs
58. Chester
59. S. Lancs:
60. W. Lancs.
HUMBER
VG.
61 Sth vonk:
622 NB orks.
63. Swe vorks
64. Mid-W. York.
65) INJW. York.
TYNE
Weiler
66. Durham
67. Northumber-
land, 8S.
68. Cheviotland
LAKES
Vici
69. Westmorland
70. Cumberland
71. Tsle of Man
LOCAL SECRETARIES
'A. E, Wade
Vis: Se TRH
Vaughan
1st, 1, S18.
Vaughan
|
Mrs.
Mrs.
Mrs. H. M. Richards
—
Prof. P. W. Richards
|
‘Miss E. J. Gibbons
'Miss E. J. Gibbons
Miss P. A. Padmore
Dr. R. W. Butcher
[ee WED Ena
W. D. Graddon
Dr. E. M. Rosser
H. E. Bunker
}
Dt AWW
| Miss C. M.
Dr. W. A.
Dr. W. A.
Miss C. M.
Sledge
Rob
Sledge
Sledge
Rob
Prof. D. H. Valentine
Mrs. A. N.
Mrs. A. N.
Gibby
Gibby
G. Wilson
J. D. Hinde
J. T. Williams
H. M. Richards |
RECORDERS
Wade
Wade
Wade
Wade
> Pp
She Bit RE Ee
Wade
Wade
Wade
. Benoit
Wade
Wade
Wade
Wade
PPE PP
Miss E. J. Gibbons
‘Miss E. J. Gibbons
(Prot. 22 G. hui
|Dr. R. W. Butcher
Miss K. M. Hollick
W. D. Graddon
W. G. Travis
G. R. Sagar
Dr WA:
Miss C. M.
Dr Ws A.
Dr. W. A.
Miss C. M.
Sledge
Rob
Sledge
Sledge
Rob
| Prof.
| tine
D..H. Valen-
|
| —
G. Wilson
Miss C. W. Muirhead
D. E. Allen
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES
REFEREES
A. E. WADE
A. E. Wade
|A. E. Wade
1A. E. Wade
| A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
A. E. Wade
Probst Ga] Lon
|
/Miss E. J. Gibbons
, Miss E. J. Gibbons
| Pretea., Go- Tatin
| Dr. R. W. Butcher
| Miss K. M. Hollick
Prof. T. G. TUTIN
W. D. Graddon
| Dr. E. M. Rosser
| Dr. E. M. Rosser
| Miss C. M. ROB
| Dr. WwW. A.
| Miss C. M.
| Dr. W. A.
Dr) We Ae
A. Sledge
Miss C. XK
Rob
Sledge
Sledge
. Rob
—
_
Prot... HH:
VALENTINE
Prof. D. H. Valentine
Miss C. W. Muirhead
Miss C. W. Muirhead
P. TAYLOR
D. E..Allen
Miss C..W. Muirhead
D. E. Allen
LOCAL SECRETARIES, RECORDERS AND REFEREES 571
SCOTLAND
LOCAL SECRETARIES RECORDERS REFEREES
ALL REGIONS Dr. G. TAYLOR
VEG: |
72. Dumfries | DrH.Milne-Redhead Dr.H.Milne-Redhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead
73. Kirkcudbright | Dr.H.Milne-Redhead Dr).H.Milne-Redhead 5 E. Allen
74. Wigtown | Dr. H.Milne-Redhead | Dr.H.Milne-Redhead |D. E. Allen
75. Ayr 'R. Mackechnie -R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie
76. Renfrew 'R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie
77. Lanark 'R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie R. Mackechnie
78. Peebles | _ P. S. Green | P. S. Green
79. Selkirk | — |B. L. Burtt B. L. Burtt
80. Roxburgh | = PB. Burtt Be Burtt
81. Berwick = P. S. Green | P. S. Green
82. Haddington ate Dr. G. Taylor Dr. G. Taylor
83. Edinburgh ew Dr. G. Taylor | Dr. G. Taylor
84. Linlithgow | _— Dr. G. Taylor | Dr. .G.. Taylor
85. Fife. Mrs. E. J. Balfour Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead
86. Stirling |B. W. Ribbons |B. W. Ribbons |R. A. Graham
87. W. Perth 'B. W. Ribbons B. W. Ribbons B. W. Ribbons
88. Mid Perth Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell ; Miss M. S. Campbell
89. E. Perth A. W. Robson A. W. Robson . | Miss M. S. Campbell
90. Forfar Miss U. K. Duncan | Dr. G. Taylor |Dr. G. Taylor
91. Kincardine J, Ge ROR (de Commo Ser |Dr. G. Taylor
92. S. Aberdeen — — Miss M. McCallum
| Webster
93. N. Aberdeen a ey = ‘Miss M. McCallum
| Webster
94. Banff Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum
Webster Webster Webster
95. Elgin Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum
Webster Webster Webster
96. Easterness A. Slack A. Slack A. Slack
96b. Nairn Miss M. McCallum |Miss M. McCallum | Miss M. McCallum
Wehster Webster Webster
97. Westerness J. E. Raven E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
98. (Main) Argyll A. Slack |E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
99. Dunbarton A. Slack | Prof. K. W. Braid | Prof. K. W. Braid
100. Clyde Tsles Bae Dr. D. Patton Dr. D. Patton
101. Cantire Miss M. H. — | Prof. K. W. Braid
Cunningham
102. S. Ebudes Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead
103. Mid Ebudes Miss C. W. Muirhead | Miss C. W. Muirhead | | Miss C. W. Muirhead
104. N. Ebudes Dr. D. N. McVean — | J. E. Raven
105. W. Ross Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
106. E. Ross Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
107. E. Sutherland | Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
108. W. Sutherland] Dr. D. N. McVean E. C. Wallace E. C. Wallace
109. Caithness ua Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell
110. Outer Hebrides | Miss M. S. Campbell | Miss M. S. Campbell} Miss M. S. Campbell
111. Orkney I. C. Hodge I. C. Hodge J. E. Lousley
{Roy. Bot. Gard., (Roy. Bot. Gard.,
Edinburgh) Edinburgh)
112. Zetland D. Spence D. Spence J. E. Lousley
IRELAND
| |
ALL REGIONS | — |, Prof. D. A. WEBB | prof. D. A. WEBB
~l
a
iN)
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS
(Revised September 1955)
CRITICAL SYSTEMATIC GROUPS
B.P.L.\no.
Dis Thalictrum L. Dr. R. W. Butcher
Ge Ranunculus 1. §Flammula. Miss P. A. Padmore.
6. Ranunculus L. §Batrachium. Dr. R. W. Butcher
fp Caltha L. Prof. A. R. Clapham
3. Fumaria L. N. Y. Sandwith
35/1. Nasturtiwm R. Br. (excluding Rorippa). H. K. Airy Shaw
39/1. Cardamine pratensis L. agg. D. E. Allen
45. Cochlearia L. Prof. A. R. Clapham
64/3. Thlasp alpestre L. Prof. A. R. Clapham
88. Viola § Nominium. Prof. D. H. Valentine
88. Viola § Melanium. R. D. Meikle
100. Cerastium L. (annual species). E. Milne-Redhead
109. Montia L. Dr. S. M. Walters
lle Malva L. N. Y. Sandwith
123; Tha L,. >. A.2Hyde
128. Erodium L’Hérit. Dr. E. F. Warburg
132. Ozalis 1s Drs DP: Youn
183. Prunus L. Dr. R. Melville, Dr. E. F. Warburg
190. Alchemilla L. Dr. S. M. Walters
190 (2). Aphanes L. Dr. S. M. Walters
194. Rosa L. Dr. R. Melville
195. Sorbus L. Dr. E. F. Warburg
196. Crataegus L. A. D. Bradshaw
199. Sazifraga L. Prof. D. A. Webb
220. Epilobium L. G. M. Ash
247. Apum L. R. D. Meikle
296. Galium L. (palustre L. and allies). Prof. A. R. Clapham
Bio: Solidago L. D. H. Kent
383. Senecio L. J. FE. Lousley
393. Arctium L. Dr. W. A. Sledge
395. Carduus L. Dr. W. A. Sledge
396. Cirsium Mill. Dr. W. A. Sledge
405. Centaurea L. E. Marsden-Jones
457. Timonium Mill. Dr. H. G. Baker
478. Centauritum Hill. J. S. L. Gilmour
480. Gentiana L. J. E. Lousley
497. Symphytum L. A. E. Wade
506. Myosotis L. A. E. Wade
PANEL OF SPECIALISTS SiS
B:P.L- no.
O27. Verbascum L. J. E. Lousley
543. Veronica L. (aquatic species). Dr. J. H. Burnett
545. Euphrasia L. Dr. E. F. Warburg, P. F. Yeo
548. Rhinanthus L. Dr. EK. F. Warburg
558. Mentha lL. R. A. Graham
561. Thymus ly. C. D:. Pigott
596. Amaranthus lL. J. P. M. Brenan
600. Chenopodium L. J. P. M. Brenan
Gin Salicorma L. Prof. T..G. Tutin.
618. Rumex L. J. E Lousiey
633. Ulmus L. Dr. BR. Melville
642. Betula L. Dr. EK. F. Warburg
650. Sahx L. R. D. Meikle, Dr. R. Melville, Dr. E. F. Warburg
651. Populus L. P. G. Beak, Dr. R Melville
659 Orchidaceae. V.S. Summerhayes
668. Hpipactis Sw. C. P. Thomas, Dr. D._P. Young
669. Orchis L. §Dactylorchis. Dr. J. Heslop-Harrison, Dr. P.
Vermeulen
718. Juncus L. Prof. P. W. Richards
729. Alisma L. J. EK. Lousley
737. Potamogeton L. J. EK. Dandy, Dr. G. Taylor
740. Loscerg Ui. Prot. /T. G. Tutin
745. Eleocharis R.Br. Dr. S. M. Walters
753. Carex L. KE. Nelmes, E. C. Wallace
754 Gramineae. C. E. Hubbard
824. Poa L. Dr. A. Melderis
826. Festuca L. Dr. W. O. Howarth
826 (2). Vulma C. C. Gmel. Dr. A. Melderis
827. Bromus L.. agg. Prof. T. G. Tutin
830. Agropyron Gaertn. Dr. A. Melderis, Prof. T. G. Tutin
835. Hordeum L. Dr. A. Melderis
844—>- Pteridophyta. A. H. G. Alston
872 Charophyta. G. O. Allen
NOTE.—The specialists’ names in the above list are given in alphabetical
order when two or more are available for consultation.
Members may send their specimens of British plants belonging to these
groups direct to the specialist indicated, together with a stamped addressed
envelope for reply. If the specimens are required to be returned, the necessary
postage should be forwarded. The addresses of the specialists will be found in
the List of Members, see pp. 418 to 451.
It should be understood that the specialist is not necessarily prepared to
name all specimens submitted. In some cases the specialist indicated may not
yet have attained sufficient knowledge of the group he is studying. In other
cases the material submitted may be incomplete, lacking adequate data or badly
prepared. All the specialists will, however, do the best they can to identify
plants submitted by members.
Unless it is reasonably certain that specimens will arrive in good fresh con-
-dition, they should be sent flat in paper between stiff millboards to prevent
shrivelling. Dried pressed specimens may be sent similarly. Specimens should
be carefully labelled with locality, habitat, date and any other notes likely to
5TA4 PANEL OF SPECIALISTS
be of use. Whenever possible, specimens should be submitted in duplicate, so
that the specialist may retain one specimen if he so desires. Tf only one
specimen of a gathering is submitted it should be clearly stated whether its
return is desired.
Any member who is studying a critical group and would like his name
added to the Panel should forward particulars to Mr. D. E. Allen, Secretary,
Development & Rules Committee, for consideration by the Committee.
MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS
Biographical Details of British Botanists: D. H. Kent
Botanical Apparatus and Material: E. Milne-Redhead
Botanical Specimens, Preparation of: E. Milne-Redhead
Cytology in Relation to Systematics: Dr. E. F. Warburg
Ecology: Prof. A. R. Clapham
Folk Lore: D. E. Allen
Foreign Floras and Foreign Field Work: A. H. G. Alston
Genetics in Relation to Systematics: Prof. D. H. Valentine
Herbals:Dr. G.) We awe Lene:
History of British Botany, before Linnaeus: Rev. Canon C. E. Raven.
History of British Botany, Linnaeus and after: J. S. L. Gilmour
Local Floras: N. Douglas Simpson
Maps: E. Milne-Redhead
Mapping, Methods of: W. T. Stearn, Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Nat.
FAIS) sr MEOMGCOM Seed
Nomenclature: J. E. Dandy
Phenology and Meteorology : F. N. Hepper
Popular Names: Miss C. M. Rob
Private Herbaria, Location of: D. H. Kent, J. E. Lousley
Systematic Works and Monographs: N. Y. Sandwith
Vice-County Boundaries: J. E. Dandy
Members wishing to avail themselves of the privilege of consulting the
specialists in the list should write to them direct and enclose a stamped
addressed envelope for rely (addresses in Members’ List, pp. 418 to 451).
ON
~]
~t
DISTRIBUTORS REPORT FOR 1954
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
It is regretted that the year 1955 was erroneously stamped on the
labels accompanying specimens. It should of course be 1954. All who
received parcels have been individually advised of this mistake.
The 1954 Distribution has been disappointing. Despite the cogent
and encouraging remarks by Dr. D. P. Young in his Report for the
1952 Distribution the number of gatherings and sheets has been small.
Had it not been for the kindness of some members who answered a call
for material, and who supplied a number of duplicates, the outgoing
parcels would have been even smaller. Following a careful review of
the situation, the Society has accepted Council’s suggestion that the
Exchange Section be temporarily suspended. This is now decided
policy, thus it is not proposed to dwell further on the subject here ex-
cept inasmuch as subsequent remarks in this Report apply. It should
however be recorded that, foreseeing the possibility of temporary sus-
pension, all Exchange material overflowing from previous years has
been dispersed.
The material received—I speak in reference to gatherings for proper
Distribution, not to the duplicates—was variable both in quality and
suitability. There were many finely prepared specimens, and there
were others—let me be frank—which seemed to have had no attention
other than applied weight. Particular commendation must go to a set
of Oxalis spp., contributed by Dr. Young. These fleshy plants are
notoriously difficult to press in a manner that is ultimately either pleas-
ing to the eye or of use to the taxonomist, but Dr. Young, battling
away with his smoothing iron, has produced examples of a very high
standard which will be gratefully received by members of the Section.
Grateful acknowledgment must be given also to Professor D. A. Webb,
who has provided—so soon after he discovered it—an interesting new
subspecies of Pedicularis sylvatica. Mr. Grose and Mr. Lousley have
contributed interesting aliens, and other suitable material was sent in.
All these gatherings provide an excellent example of what sort of
material is suitable for Exchange. Less satisfactory were certain
common, introduced weeds, though it must be readily admitted that
even these were worth their weight in helping to swell the outgoing
parcels. It is very disappointing, and difficult to understand, that
critical and interesting genera such as Hrophila, Viola, Rhinanthus,
Euphrasia, Hieracium, Potamogeton were either unrepresented or pre-
sent in only very small numbers. Many component species in these—
and other—genera are neither rare nor difficult to obtain. It is to
genera such as these that attention must be particularly paid if the
activities of the Section are to be a success on resuscitation. Indeed,
Hieracium would appear to offer remarkably heaven-sent opportuni-
ties.
-_
576 DISTRIBUTOR’ S KEPORT FOR 1954
When considering the future, another point arises which should per-
haps be probed with a possible view to alteration in the Section Rules.
At present, one representative sheet of each gathering submitted must
be allotted to the British Museum, Kew, and Oxford University respec-
tively. No doubt there are, or at any rate once were, adequate
reasons for this requirement, and it is undoubtedly right that one sheet
should be placed in an institution where it can be consulted without
difficulty. When the number of sheets per gathering exceeds the
number of contributors no harm is done, but when the number is less
this essential deduction of three sheets means that contributors will re-
ceive in return less than is their fair due. The simple answer is to
allot one sheet of each gathering to one of these three institutions only.
An outstanding feature has been the wealth of kind co-operation by
specialists and other experts in the task of checking material. Owing
to the wholly unexpected speed with which this was carried out by all
concerned, parcels were despatched to members far earlier than had
been thought possible, and your Distributor was conscious only of a
pleasant task, not an onus. We are greatly indebted to Drs. Melville,
Warburg, West, and Young, and Messrs. Alston, Brenan, Hubbard,
Lousley, Meikle, Nelmes, Sandwith, Sell, and Swann for expert
examination and interesting comments. Especially I would add my
personal thanks to Mr. Brenan. To these names must be added thanks
to all who contributed, and in particular to those who answered a plain-
tive call for further material by supplying duplicates.
R. A. GRAHAM.
LIST OF PARCELS RECEIVED
Gatherings. Sheets. Duplicates.
Uz 1: . Duncan 2 24
J. D. Grose sit 1 15
Botany School, Leicester 4 75
J. E. Lousley 5 56 21
C. W. Muirhead 2 8 43 4
National Museum of Wales 3 40
E. L. Swann oer 4 48
Trinity College, Dublin 6 40
EK. C. Wallace 2 12 33
D. P. Young 6 62 6
4] 415 64
479
From 1951 Distribution ee “as bee 7
1952 ry. te jun gid ;
1953 i a des we 32
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 ST
Cardaria chalepensis (.) Hand.-Mazz. 70, Cumberland; railway bank
between Scotby and Durranhill, Carlisle, growing with C. draba (L.)
Desv., June 11, 1952 (Ref. No. 98.52).—Leg. R. MartinpaLe, comm. C.
W. Murrewead. ‘This seems correct’’.—R. D. Merkin. ‘Yes, Lepidiwm
draba ssp. chalepense var. auriculatum (Boiss.) Thell. The ovate
silicules, somewhat tapering at the base and apex, are easily dis-
tinguished in most cases from the broad, cordate, turgid fruits of
Cardaria draba. In the Orient intermediates occur and the two species
are sometimes difficult to separate, though this may be in part due to
collection of C. draba with immature fruit. In Britain C. chalepense
has persisted for at least 40 years at Par Sands, v.c. 2; and I have
material gathered in 1927 and 1937 from Burton-on-Trent, v.c. 39.
Both localities are near railways. There may well be other colonies
which have been overlooked as (. draba”’.—J. EK. Loustry.
Oxalis corymbosa DC. 17, Surrey; weed in flower-beds, shrubberies,
etc., East Molesey (Grid Ref. 51/1467), September 25, 1954 (Ref. No.
5322). Flowers rose-pink when fresh. A frequent and troublesome
garden weed in S.W. London, no doubt emanating from parks and
large gardens in the district where at one time it was grown for orna-
ment. Often confused with O. floribunda Lehm., from which it differs
in having a bulbous and not rhizomatous base.—D. P. Youne.
Oxalis pes-caprae LL. (O. cernua Thunb.). 1b, Scilly; bulbfield weed,
Parting Carn, St. Mary’s (Grid Ref. 00/9110), June 4, 1954 (Ref. No.
5142). An abundant and long-established weed in the Scilly bulbfields,
where it is considered a serious pest. As it is not frost-hardy it is not
found on the mainland.—D. P. Youne. ‘‘The ‘Cape Sorrel’ or ‘Ber-
muda Buttercup’ is a native of the Cape, which has become a serious
agricultural pest in several temperate parts of the world. I first col-
lected it in Scilly in 1938 at Tremelethen by which time it was plentiful
in St. Mary’s. It has since become abundant on that island, and in
recent years I have seen it on St. Martin’s, Tresco, and St. Agnes,
growing in the bulbfields and also on stone walls, where it is almost
impossible to eradicate. It spreads rapidly by the bulbils which form
round the base of the stem, and flowers freely from March to September
or later’’.—J. EK. Lousiry.
Oxalis floribunda Lehm. (O. articulata var. hirsuta Prog.). 13, W.
Sussex; amongst grass and brambles on sea-shore, Kingston-by-Sea
(Grid Square 51/20), May 30, 1954 (Ref. No. 5078). Flowers rose-pink
when fresh. <A well-known garden plant, which occurs as an escape,
especially near the sea. It can tolerate and compete with a closed plant
association as here, but never becomes a troublesome weed.—D. P.
Young.
Oxalis latifolia Kunth. 1, W. Cornwall; weed in market gardens,
Penzance (Grid Ref. 10/4630), June 10, 1954 (Ref. No. 5117). Flowers
pale pink when fresh. <A serious and increasing pest in market-gardens
578 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
and glasshouses in the district and elsewhere in Cornwall and Devon.
No doubt it originated from old gardens where it was grown for orna-
ment, but it has been established as a weed here for many years. Since
the war it has caused concern by its rapid increase, possibly as a result
of the use of mechanical cultivators. The plants submitted represent
the common form in Cornwall, but differ markedly from normal OQ.
latifolia (e.g. that distributed from Jersey in 1926 by Louis-Arséne) in
having more rounded leaflets, paler flowers, and very shortly stalked or
almost sessile bulbils. As it multiples only by bulbils, the Cornish
material is probably a single clone derived from one plant, perhaps col-
lected and introduced from a different area from that whence the
‘ordinary’? form has come. It 1s distinguished from O. corymbosa
(which is a much less common weed in Cornish glasshouses) by the wide
sinus and absence of dots on the edge of the leaflets, which are more
glabrous than in that species; and by the bulbils sprouting from below
the bulb instead of amongst its scales.—D. P. Youne.
Oxalis carnosa Molina. 1b, Scilly ; naturalised in dry stone walls around
and near houses, St. Mary’s (Grid Square 00/91), June 11, 1954 (Ref.
No. 5143). This curious succulent has been well established in such
situations in at least two of the Scilly Isles for 19 years or more, but
is either an immediate garden escape or originally planted. Its status
is similar to that of the various Mesembryanthemum spp. naturalised in
Scilly. It is one of the most difficult plants known to press satisfac-
torily. If dried in the ordinary way it disarticulates at every joint
and rapidly falls to a mass of fragments, and if scalded in water or
ironed heavily it shrivels almost to nothing. The unbeautiful specimens
submitted were flattened with a hot iron for sufficiently long to kill
them but not enough to dehydrate them, and then dried in a press as
rapidly as possible. The flowers (in separate packets), which close as
soon as gathered, were pressed on the spot in the ordinary way: the
inflorescences have disarticulated completely.—D. P. Youne. ‘‘In Scilly
this species spreads naturally but most of the localities are near houses.
I first thought it sufficiently ‘wild’ to be worth collecting in June 1940,
when [I gathered and photographed it from rocks between Old and New
xrimsby, Tresco. At Pelistry Bay, St. Mary’s, it grows at some dis-
tance from the nearest house, but here it may owe its origin to the
Scillonian custom of sticking small pieces of succulents into walls. The
status of this species in Scilly is very much lower than that of O. pes-
caprae, O. corniculata, and O. artieulata var. hirsuta. ft 1s very
sensitive to frost’’.—J. E. Lous.ey.
Lotus tenuis Waldst. & Kit. ex Willd. 41, Glamorgan; rough field,
formerly cultivated, Sully, August 1954.—A. E. Wapr, comm. Natrona
Musrum or Wares. ‘This tall, narrow-leaved form is doubtless a wild
plant, although from the situations in which it is found one would suspect
it of being an alien here. DL. tenuis is cultivated for fodder on the con-
tinent; the form grown is broad-leaved and is very similar to ZL. corni-
i >
DISTRIBUTOR S REPORT KOR 1954 YAS)
culutus, from which it is scarcely distinguishable except by the habit.
I believe that the cultivated strain is sometimes found as an alien in
this country, and it may have given rise to the occasional reports in
the past of intermediates or hybrids between the two species’’.—D. P.
YOUNG.
Vicia villosa Roth. 16, W. Kent; rubble tip—one large plant, Leaves
Green (Grid Ref. 51/4161), September 13, 1953 (Ref. No. 4932). Closely
related to V. dasycarpa Ten. (distributed in 1950), which is often put
under it as a subspecies. It differs mainly in being more hairy, and
in having longer calyx-teeth, and often plumose racemes.—D. P.
Youne. ‘‘Correctly named’’.—J. P. M. BRENaN.
Rosa x hibernica Templeton. 70, Cumberland; roadside hedge near
High Lorton, Buttermere, June 13, 1953 (Ref. No. 43a.53).—C. W.
MurruHeap. “Yes, I agree’’.—R. MELVILLE.
Rosa rubiginosa xX spinusissima ? 82, Haddington; sandy ground
by the sea, Longniddry, July 18, 1954 (Ref. No. 98.54).—C. W. Murr-
HEAD. ‘‘The long peduncles and rather abundant pubescence on the
lower surfaces of the leaflets would fit an origin from R. spinosissima
L. x tomentosa Sm. The rather numerous glands on the leaves would
then indicate one of the Scabriusculae. Some at least of the forms
placed in the latter group are R. tomentosa x rubiginosa. The
character of the present hybrid would fit the triple origin, I.
spinosissima x tomentosa x rubiginosa. Did it have the sweet-briar
odour ?’’.—R. MELVILLE.
Phuopsis stylosa (Trin.) B.D. Jackson. 41, Glamorgan; naturalised
for many years on a hedgebank, St. Donat’s, June 22, 1954.—Leg. JoHN
Rees, comm. NationaAn Muszum or Wates. “‘Phuopsis stylosa (Trin-)
Benth. & Hook. fil., forma’’.—R. D. MEIKLE.
Valeriana procurrens Wallr. 28, W. Norfolk; dry heathland of North
Pickenham Heath, Swaffham (M/R. 53/841059), July 24, 1954. Two
large colonies of plants heavily infected with the rust-fungus Uromyces
valerianae Fcekl. Stolons above ground and subterranean; leaves in the
middle of the stem with 5-6 pairs of leaflets; epidermal cells of the
upper surface of the leaf with wavy cells; flowers c. 5 mm. long; pollen-
grains 50-44 microns. (See Watsonia, 1, 379 (1950).) Plant associa-
tion: —Pteridium and Calluna co-dominant, Chamaenerion angusti-
folium (f), Holcus lanatus (0), and Glechoma.—EK. L. Swann. ‘“‘Is this
named on a morphological or cytological basis?’’?.—D. P. Youne. ‘IT
cannot distinguish this from V. officinalis L.’’.—R. D. MerKue.
Calotis cuneifolia R. Br. 30, Beds.; wool alien in field of onions,
Old Warden, September 26, 1954.—J. E. Loustery and J. G. Dony.
This species is a native of Australia (not also of New Zealand as has been
erroneously repeated in several English works) and was first observed
D80 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
in Yorkshire as long ago as 1886. It has been frequently found in recent
years, but very seldom grows to the size of the plants from which this
gathering was taken, of which one was nearly a yard across and a mass
of beautiful blue flowers. One sheet was sent to Dr. Gwenda lL. Davis,
of New England University College, New South Wales, who has recently
revised the genus (see Proc. Iinn. Soc., N.S.W., 77, 146-188 (1952)) and
she confirms the name, but writes ‘‘vegetatively atypical—leaves much
broader at the base and longer than any I have seen’. My own
other gatherings from England have narrower and less luxuriant leaves
than the plants now distributed.—J. E. Loustey.
Hieracitum lasiophyllum Koch. 70, Cumberland; Yew Crags,
Honister Pass, on Skiddaw slate, alt. 1800; June 18, 1953 (Ref. No.
57.53).—C. W. Mutryeap. ‘‘Shows a good series of H. lasiophyllum var.
euryodon F. J. Hanbury’’.—P. Seti and C. West.
Hieracium lasiophyllum Koch. 70, Cumberland; on rocks above
“The Bishop”, Barf Fell, Bassenthwaite, June 13, 1953 (Ref. No.
42.53). Leaves spotted; styles yellow.—C. W. Murrueap. ‘‘Shows a
good series of H. lasiophyllum var. euryodon F. J. Hanbury’’.—P. SELL
and C. WEsT.
Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey. 8. S. Wilts; cabbage field, Little
Cheverell, October 6, 1954 (Ref. No. 6391).—J. D. Grose. “This
resembles specimens named Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey., and the
nutlets seem to be right, but the material should be referred to Dr. I.
M. Johnston. There seems to be little agreement among North Ameri-
can botanists as to the delimitation of species of this genus’’.—N. Y.
SANDWITH.
Kuphrasia brevipila Burnat & Gremli. 85, Fife; in sandy turf by
the sea, North Queensferry, July 14, 1954 (Ref. No. 74.54). Leaves
very dark, rather fleshy, with short glands.—C. W. Murruegap. ‘“‘The
relatively small flowers and flexuous habit suggest that this is BE. brevi-
pula x confusa rather than pure E£. brevipila’’.—E. F. Warsure.
Euphrasia montana Jord. 70, Cumberland; in meadows between
Grange Bridge and the Borrowdale Hotel, June 18, 1953 (Ref. No.
49.53).—C. W. Murrueap. ‘Yes, good characteristic material’’.—E. F.
WARBURG.
Pedicularis sylvatica L. H. 35, N. Donegal; steeply shelving moor-
land (alt. ec. 800’), Maghera, June 30, 1954 (Ref. No. 95/85). Largely
subsp. hibernica D. A. Webb (ined.) with hairy calyx; some plants of
type also present.—D. A. Wenn.
Mentha longifolia (L.) Huds. 83, Edinburgh: Braid Burn, near
Liberton Dams, October 3, 1953 (Ref. No. 149.53).—C. W. Murrueap.
‘‘Beautiful specimens of an unusual mint. It has a general resemblance
DISTRIBUTOR’ S REPORT FOR 1954 581
to ““M. x niliaca var. sapida (Tausch) Briquet’’, to which it is probably
closely allied. It differs from this in having more numerous, sharper
serratures, exserted stamens, and—as compared with the greater bulk
of ‘‘sapida’’—in having leaves of a brighter green. Also, the scent
seems more pleasant. It is certainly unlike the Linnean specimen of MM.
longifolia, which has narrowly-lanceolate leaves with a thick white sub-
surface tomentum, the like of which I have not seen among British
material. Nor does it resemble any British horsemint that I can bring
to mind as having seen. I am not by any means convinced that this
mint is a hybrid of M. longifolia with M. rotundifolia, as its affinity to
‘““sapida’’, according to Briquet’s system of nomenclature, might sug-
gest. For the time being I can only suggest a close connection with
M. jongifolia in view of its general morphological characters, but
whether it will ultimately be considered as a variety of this, or as a
hybrid of this with another species, cannot yet be ascertained for sure.
It would assist if the chromosomes could be counted.’’—R. A. GRAHAM.
Mentha x niliaca var. sapida (Tausch) Brig. 90, Forfar; Park-
hill, near Arbroath, August 1954.—U. K. Duncan. “Miss Duncan’s
determination is correct, insofar as this name—on an identification by
Briquet—has been applied to this mint for a long time. My suspicion
as to whether the name ‘‘sapida’’ is correctly applicable to this mint was
published in the Report of the 1952 Distribution, and I regret that the
answer to the problem is not yet reached. The matter turns on the
exact nature of the type specimen of M. sapida Tausch, which has been
requested from Brussels but is not yet to hand. The difficulty hes in
an apparent confusion over 'Tausch’s mint: Braun and Briquet give
very different descriptions, and if Braun is right, this Scottish mint
cannot be linked up with sapida. A further, perhaps minor entangle-
ment lies in the fact that Briquet, having supplied the name which Miss
Duncan gives, left the specimen named as M. x villosa var. nemorosa
(Willd.) Briquet in his herbarium at Geneva (M. villosa Huds. being
antedated by M. niliaca Jacquin). It can be added that M. mollissima
Bork. and M. candicans Crantz have been at times suggested for this
mint, but so far as I can tell from conflicting continental literature,
neither is satisfactorily applicable’’.—R. A. GraHam.
Amaranthus hybridus subsp. cruentus var. patulus (Bertol.) Thell. 28,
W. Norfolk; arable land, Rowley Corner, Hilborough, in a crop of annual
blue lupin (Lupinus angustifolius), September, 1954 (Ref. No. 2524). In
submitting a gathering to Mr. J. P. M. Brenan to confirm my naming of
A. chlorostachys Willd., he suggested that it was best called as above.
The growing of ‘‘sweet’’ lupins as a grain crop is a recent introduction
in Norfolk for farmers with light land as a substitute for peas and beans
for livestock feeding. The source of the seed of the Hilborough crop
was not specified, but strains have been developed mainly in Germany
and Holland. Both the Amaranthus and Digitaria ischaemum were
found in the same field.—E. L. Swann. ‘‘This seems to be correctly
582 DISTRIBUTOR S REPORT FOR 1954
naimed according to the classification by Thellung in Asch. & Graebn.,
Syn. Mitteleur. Fl., Vol. 5(1) (1914)’.—J. P. M. Brenan.
Salic x forbyana Sm. (? S. cinerea X purpurea xX viminalis). 28,
W. Norfolk; from old willow-carr on the Earl of Leicester’s estate at
Holkham. Catkins April 17, 1954, leaves September 15, 1954 (Ref.
2528). Described by Sir J. E. Smith in Eng. Bot., ed. 1, no. 1145, as
S. forbyana, it commemorates the Rev. Joseph Forby of Fincham,
Norfolk (c. 1800). This ‘‘Fine Basket Osier’’ is a native. R. D. Meikle
in giving the name for this suggested it was probably the ternary hybrid
S. cinerea x purpurea x viminalis. Evidence for S. cinerea may be
seen in the faint striae on the decorticated wood; the catkins are cer-
tainly S. purpurea; and the large stipules and leatf-length suggest some
S. viminalis influence.—E. L. Swann. Mr. Meikle has re-examined, and
again confirmed the name.—R. A. GRAHAM.
Salic uaurita torma pseudvohermaphrodita Gagnep. 28, W. Nor-
folk; heath overlying gravel, East Winch Common, King’s Lynn.
Catkins April 22, 1954, leaves September 27, 1954 (Ref. No. 2530).
Although various species of willow are seen occasionally with mon-
strosities such as odd branches bearing both male and female flowers, it
is seldom that the whole bush—as in this instance—bears hermaphrodite
inflorescences.—E. L. Swann. ‘‘Correct’’.—R. D. MEIKLE.
Juncus bulbosus L. sens. strict. H. 27, W. Mayo; on damp sand in
flood zone on the west shore of Lough Mask, July 14, 1954 (Ref. No.
94/13).—D. A. Wess. (This and the ensuing species were submitted to
Professor Richards who was, however, abroad, and therefore unable to
comment.—R. A. GRAHAM).
Juncus kochu F. W. Schultz. H. 15, S.E. Galway; bog S.E. of Kil-
lunor, September 17, 1954 (Ret. No. 93/87). Growing on bare peat at the
edge of a flooded cutting. Very common in bogs in Western Ireland,
to the exclusion of J. bulbosus L.—D. A. Wess.
Spargantune minimum Wallr. H. 27, W. Mayo; small bog-lake, 34
miles north of Mallaranny, July 15, 1954 (Ref. No. 84/97).—D. A. Wess.
Carex punctata Gaudin. H.1, S. Kerry; ex cult. Trinity College
Dublin Botanie Gardens; root from Derrynane, S. Kerry, June 11,
1954 (Ref. No. 82/43). Grown in partial shade. The original station
Was a small marsh just above the shore, not brackish but apparently base-
rich.—D. A. Wess. ‘‘Correct’’.—E. NELMEs.
Carer serotina Mérat. 97, Westerness; salt marsh, in grass and
stones, Loch Aline (west shore), Morvern, June 26, 1954.—E. C. Wat-
Lack. ‘‘Correct’’.—E. NELMEs.
DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954 583
Spartina maritima (Curt.) Fernald. 19, N. Essex; salt marsh near
Thorpe-le-Soken, September 6, 1954.—J. M. HarrsHorN, comm.
UNIVERSITY OF LEICESTER.
Anthoxanthum puellii Lecog & Lamotte. 17, Surrey; sandy corn-
field, Pirbright. October 16, 1954.—J. E. Loustey. ‘‘Correct’’.—C. E.
HUBBARD.
Deschampsia setacea (Huds.) Hack. 17, Surrey; bogs at Pudmoor
Pond, Thursley Common, July 25, 1954.—E. C. Watiace. ‘‘Correct’’.
—C. E. Husparp.
Catapodium marinum (L.) C. E. Hubbard. 45, Pembroke; Tenby,
June 10, 1954.—J. A. Wess, comm. Nationan Museum oF WALES.
“Catapodium marinum (l..) C. E. Hubbard (Festuca marina L.)’’.—
C. EK. Hussarp.
Zerna inermis (Leyss.) Lindm. 90, Angus; naturalised by a roadside,
Camperdown, Dundee, July 1954.—U. K. Duncan. ‘‘The plant I re-
ceived has awns up to 2°56 mm. long. It matches West Norfolk material
of this adventive Hungarian Brome from both Breckland sands and
maritime shingle. I do not know if the varietal distinction has been
made under Zerna and would call this Bromus inermis var. aristatus
Opiz or, as it appears likely that it may be as polymorphic as Hchinochloa
crus-galli (L.) Beauv., then B. inermis forma aristatus Fernald.’’—K. L.
Swann. ‘“‘It should be noted that Zerna is an illegitimate name’’.—C.
E. Husparp.
Bromus unioloides Kunth.. 63, S.W. Yorks; wool alien, Shipley,
November 1, 1954.—J. E. Loustry. ‘‘Correct’’.—C. E. Husparp.
Hordeum marinum var. gussonianum (Parl.) Tackh. 63, S.W. Yorks;
wool alien, Eccleshill railway sidings, November 1, 1954.—J. E. Loustey,
det. A. Mretperis. ‘‘Hordewm hystrix Roth (H. marinum var. gussonia-
num (Parl.) Tackh.)’’.—C. K. Hussarp.
Hordeum glaucum Steud. 63, S.W. Yorks; wool alien, Hccleshill
railway sidings, November 1, 1954.—J. E. Lousigry, det. A. MELprris.
In abundance at these sidings, where it has-been collected at various
times in 1953 and 1954 by Mr. D. McClintock and Dr. J. G. Dony. Dr.
Dony and I have also gathered it in fields and on railway sidings in
Bedfordshire, v.c. 30.—J. E. Loustry. ‘‘Hordeum glaucum Steud. Syn.
Pl. Glum. 1: 352 (1854). It is unfortunate that in his paper ‘“T'axonomic
Observations on the N. American species of Hordeum’’, published in
Madrofio, 10 (1949), G. Covas overlooked H. glaucum Steud. and re-
described it as H. stebbinsii Covas (p. 17). Authentic material of the
latter from California has been compared with isotype material of H.
glaucum Steud. (Sinai Peninsula, Jebel Catherin, Schimper 383). H.
glaucum may be easily distinguished from H. murinum L. by its minute
584 DISTRIBUTOR’S REPORT FOR 1954
anthers (0-2—0-5 mm.) and the presence of a slender internode
(‘‘pedicel’’) between the glumes and floret of the central spikelet. In
H. murinum the anthers are 0:-7—1:'4 mm. long and the internode is
absent (the floret is ‘‘sessile’’). H. glawcwm is widespread in the Near
East extending from the Eastern Mediterranean to N.W. India; it
occurs also in N. Africa. It has been introduced into North and South
America, South Africa and Australia, from some of which regions it
has been carried with wool to the British Isles. It is possible that the
name H. glaucum Steud. may have to be replaced by Hordeum imrinum
Forsk., Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 19 (1775), when the type of this species has
been re-examined. H. iwmrinum Forsk. was based on specimens collected
on the island of Imroz (Imros, Imbros), Turkey’’.—C. E. Huvssarp,
January 14th, 1955.
Thelypteris robertiana (Hoffm.) Slosson. H. 26, E. Mayo; chinks
in limestone pavement, Cloghmoyne (the only Irish station), July 13,
1954.—D. A. WEBB.
<_s
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL
A Magazine of Natural History
Published Every Quarter by the I.N.J. Committee
Epitep By Miss M. P. H. KERTLAND, M.Sc., with the assistance of
Sectional Editors.
Annual Subscription, 10/— post free. Single Parts, 3/6
All communications to be addressed to:—
The Editor, Department of Botany, Queen’s University, Belfast
INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS, B.S.B.I., VOL. I
The more important mentions of plants in original papers, Plant Notes and
Abstracts are included. Plant Records are not included.
Abstracts from Literature, 71, 186, 339, 502
Acer pseudoplatanus, 505 i
Acorus calamus, 230
Aellen, P., 321
Agrimonia, 340; eupatoria, 376
x Agrohordeum langet, 323, 387
Agropyron repens X Hordeum secalinum, 323, 387
Agrostis canina var. arida; var. fascicularis, 519; gigantea; stolonifera, 235, 519;
tenuis, 519
Alchemilla, 197, 258, 340, 372; alpina, 340; minor, 88
Alderney, Notes on the Flora of, 142
Alisma lanceolatum,; plantago-aquatica, 230
Allen, D. E.: Recent work on the Manx Flora, 5: 156, 280, 320, 543
Allium paradoxum, 516
Alnus glutinosa; incana, 220
Alopecurus aequalis; aequalis x pratensis, 234; alpinus, 159; geniculalus, 234
Amaranthus bouchoni; caudatus x chlorostachys; chlorostachys x retroflexus;
palmeri, 214
Amelanchier canadensis; laevis, 198; ovalis, 340; spicata, 198
Ammophila arenaria, 235
Amsinckia intermedia; parishi, 209
Anagallis arvensis, 156, 208
Anderson, E.: Plants, Man and Life (review), 412
Andromeda polifolia, 342
Anemone, 186; nemorosa, 339
Angelica archangelica, 200
Annual General Meeting, 1954, 274; 1955, 408
Antennaria dioica, 202, 376
Anthriscus sylvestris, 342
Anthyllis vulneraria, 320
Antirrhinum majus, 211
Aphanes arvensis; microcarpa, 197
Apium nodiflorum; repens, 96
Arctium, 205
Arenaria montana, 192
Armeria, 343
Artemisia, 204; norvegica, 97, 204; var. scotica, 320; verlotorum, 204
Arum maculatum xX neglectum, 97; neglectum, 97, 287, 517
Asarum europaeum, 218
Asplenium, 241; adulterinum, 389; x breynii, 97, 389; viride, 241, 391
Assistant Secretary’s Report, 1953, 276; 1954, 410
Astrantia major, 200
Athyrium filizx-femina, 344
Atriplex, 215
Avena fatua; ludoviciana, 519, 520; sativa; strigosa, (key), 520
Azolla filiculoides, 243, 345
Baker, H. G. The Limonium binervosum complex in western and northern
Ireland, 131
Bedfordshire, Carex hostiana in, 314
Bellis perennis, 509
Bennett, Sir John, a herbarium of, 490
Betula, 220; pubescens, 514
Bidens cernua; connata var. petiolata, 342; frondosa, 208, 342; tripartita, 342
Blackstonia perfoliata, 208
Bradshaw, M. E., 538
Brassica campestris, 504; cretica; oleracea, 189: tourneforttt, 504
Bromus, (key), 239; carinatus, 159; commutatus; inermis, 239; lepidus, 238, 521;
macrostachys; molliformis; mollis; scoparius, 238; secalinus, 239
Dy INDEX TO VOL. l
Buckle, O., 244, 250, 251, 253
Butcher, RK: -W., 279; “Quo Imus ?% 395
Butomus umbellatus, 517
Buxcus sempervirens, 220
Cakile edentula, 339; edentula x maritima, 190; murilima, 339
Calamagrostis, 235
Caldey Island, Pembrokeshire, Flova of, 21
Callitriche, (key), 340; hermaphrodilica,; intermedia, 199
Calluna vulgaris, 206, 510
Caltha palustris, 187
Calystegia sepium; sylvestris, 94, 375
Cambridgeshire (v.c. 29), Notes on the flora of, 471
‘Campanula tlactiflora, 493; persicifolia, 206; rotundifolia, 206, 510
Campbell, M. S8., 547
Capsella bursa-pastoris, 189
Cardamine, 503; crassifolia; hayneanda, 83; polemonioides: pratensis, 188
Cardaria chalepensis, 577; draba, 339, 57
Carex, 231, 232; bicolor, 232, 518; bigelowii, 264, 388; cespitosda, 264; chlorocarpu
387; demissd, 92; elata, 388; extensa, 232; flacca, 382; flava, 92, 232; flava x
hostiana; flava X lepidocarpa; flava xX _ serotinad, 222; goodenoughii; var
Stolonifera; var. strictiformis, 388; hostiana, 314; hostiana xX flava, 232;
hostiana X lepidocarpa, 232, 314; hostiana xX serotinad, 232; juncella, 264;
laevigata, 232; lepidocarpa, 92, 232; lepidocarpa x serotind, 232; limula, 388,
melaend, 387; nigra, 264, 387; forma badia; forma chlorostachyea;: forma
fuliginosa; forma leucolepis, 387; forma polyandra; forma subsetaced, 388s:
polyandra, 387; pulicaris, 232; scandinavica, 92; serotind, 92, 232; slolonifera,
264, 388; subcaespitosa, 264
Carpinus betulus, 221
Centaurea scabiosa, 509
Centaurium, (key), 511; littorale, 98, 208; minus, 98; pulchellum, 208
Cerastium, 191, 505; alpinum, 190; arcticum, 191; arvense, 190, 191, 504; brachypeta-
lum, 190; cerastoides, 191; glomeratum, 190; holosteoides, 190, 191; pumilum
191; semidecandrum, 190; subtetrandrum, 102; tetrandrum, 102, 190
Ceralophyllum submersum, 222
Cerinthe minor var. hispida, 39
Chaenorhinum minus, 211
Chamaenerion. angustifolium, 199, 507
Characeae, 243
Cheiranthus cheiri, 188
Chelidonium majus, 187, 339
Chenopodium, 214, 513
Chloris, 236
Cirsium acaule, 391
Cladium mariscus, 231
Colchicum autumnatle, 516
Compositae, 508
Conopodium majus, 200
Convolvulus arvensis, 209
Coriandrum sativum, 200
Cotoneaster, 507; horizontalis, 156; integerrimus, 340
Council, Report of the, 1953, 266; 1954, 398
Crepis capillaris, 509
Cruciferae, 508
Curtis, Sir Roger (obit.), 279
Cuscuta australis var. cesatiana, 39, 101, 210: campestris, 209; curopaea, 210
Cyclamen europaeum, 208
‘ymbalaria muralis, 211
‘ynodon dactylon, 520
‘ynosurus cristatus; echinatus, 236
‘yperus esculentus, 158; rotundus, 159
‘ypripedium, 516; calceolus, 39
‘ystopteris fragilis, 345
Fe ee
INDEX TO VoL. l 3
Dactylis glomerata, 236, 520
Dactyloctenium, 234
Dalby, D. H., 550
Datura stramonium, 210
Debray, M., 413
Dentaria bulbifera, 503
Deschampsia flexuosa, 235, 519; setacea, 519
Dianthus, 504; gratianopolitanus, 382
Digitalis purpurea, 211
Digitaria sanguinalis, 233
Diplotaxis catholica; erucoides; muralis; tenuifolia; viminea, 189
Dipsacus, 508
Distribution Maps Scheme, 121, 316, 379, 396, 406; extension to Ireland of the
British National Grid, 316; First Annual Report to 31 December 1954, 406;
progress of, 396
Distributor’s Report for 1953, 461; for 1954, 575
Dony, J. G., 158; Flora of Bedfordshire (review), 277: 323, 413
Doronicum pardalianches; plantagineum, 205
Draba aizoides, 504
Drosera, 507
Dryopteris, 242, 523; borreri, 242; dilatata, 101, 523; filix-mas; filix-mas xX paleacea;
paleacea; spinulosa; xX tavelii, 242
Duncan, U. K.. 493
Durham wild roses, 369
Edees, E. S., 110: Notes on Staffordshire brambles, 301
Egeria densa, 322
Eleocharis palustris, 344
Elodea callitrichoides, 321; canadensis, 223
Elymus arenarius, 240
Endymion non-scriptus, 228, 516
Epilobium; adenocaulon, 341; linnaeoides, 37, 93; pedunculare, 493
Epipactis, 224, 515; confusa, 224; helleborine, 224, 515; palustris, 224; phyllanthes
224, 225, 515; purpurata, 225
Epiphytic flora, a British, 91
Epipogium aphyllum, 93, 224, 389, 515
Equisetum, 240, 522; fluviatile, 95; palustre, 95, 522; pratense, 240; sylvaticum;
telmateia, 95
Erica, 510; cinerea, 262; mackaiana, 102; tetralix, 207, 262
Erinus alpinus, 212
Eriochloa contracta, 494
Eriophorum angustifolium, 231, 375, 518; latifoliwm, 375
Erophila conferta, 91
Euphorbia, 219, 514; cyparissias; esula, 219
Euphrasia arctica; eurycarpa; frigida; marshallii, 213; nemorosa, 90, 343; occiden-
talis, 394; occidentalis x salisburgensis var. hibernica, 393; pseudokerneri,
394; pseudokerneri X occidentalis, 393; salisburgensis, 394
Exhibition Meeting, 1953, 83; 1954, 379
Fagus sylvatica, 224
Festuca, 238, 521; longifolia var. trachyphylla; ovina, 261, 344, 521; subsp. indigesta
var. molinieri; subvar. hibernica; var. vulgaris, 238; pratensis, 521; rubra,
238, 261; rubra xX Vulpia membranacea, 390; tenuifolia, 238
Field Meetings, 1953, 244, 5388: 1954, 542: Bangor, 1953, 244; Forres, 1953, 246; Hor-
sham, 1954, 548; Kew, 1953, 244; Lake District, 1953, 538; Langham Pond and
Runnymede, 1954, 550; Maldon, 1953, 250; Mid Perth, 1954, 547; Peterborough,
1953, 253; Pulborough, 1953, 251; Shingle Street, 1954, 550; South Lancs., 1953,
250; Southport, 1954, 543; West Norfolk, 1954, 542
Fitter, R. S. R. & Lousley, J. E.: The Natural History of the City (review), 104
Fragaria, 196, 506; vesca, 196
Fumaria, 188
4 INDEX TO VOL. l
Galanthus nivalis, 228
Galeopsis, 213
Galium, 202, 263; aparine, 263; boreale, 508; pumilum, 383; saxatile, 342; tricorne,
263
Galinsoga aristulata; parviflora; quadriradiata, 203, 342
Genistella sagittalis, 320
Gentiana, 209
Gentianaceae, 208
Geranium pusillum, 193; robertianum, 339
Geum, 196; rivale, 264
Gibby, A. N., 369
Gloucester, adventive plants in, 1952, 70
Glyceria; declinata, 237
Gordon, Miss V., 37
Graham Re vAy d5peatD
Gramineae, 233, 518
Gregor, Arthur George (obit.), 552
Grose, J. D.: Mentha pratensis Sole, 154
Hammarbya@ paludosa, 223, 515
Harland, S: C.: The genus Senecio as a subject for cytogenetical investigation.
256
Harrison, J. Heslop: Durham wild roses, 369
Hassall, Mrs. Bessie Florence (obit.), 413
Hawkes, J. G. and Phipps, J. B.: Sceorzonera humilis L. in Warwickshire, 152
Hedera helix, 200, 507; var. hibernica, 507
Helianthemum, 87; canum, 391; guttatum, 87
Helleborus viridis, 187
Hepper, F. N.: Flora of Caldey Island, Pembrokeshire, 21
Herniaria ciliata, 214, 371; glabra, 371, 380; maritima var. ciliata, 214, 371, 380
Hieracium, 206, 342, 510; pilosella, 342
Hippocrepis, 194; comosa, 195
Hippophae rhamnoides, 218
Hippuris vulgaris, 199
Holcus lanatus; mollis, 235, 236
Hordeum, 239, 240; glaucum, 323, 583; leporinwm, 323; pusillum, 324
Howarth, Ralph (obit.), 280
Hubbard, C. E., 323
Hymenophyllum tunbrigense, 243
Hypericum perforatum, 193; undulatum, 84
Hypochoeris glabra x radicata, 99; radicata, 510
Iberis amara, 504
Impatiens capensis, 86, 505; glandulifera, 86, 194; noli-tangere; parviflora, 86
Inula britannica, 203
Iris pseudacorus, 227
Jasione montana, 206
Juncus; acutus, 516; bulbosus; kochii, 84; tenuis, 228
Kent, D. H., 37, 39, 104, 156, 159: Scottish records of Senecio squalidus, 312: 320.
321, 322, 323
Kickavia elatine; spuria, 201
Knox, Margaret (obit.), 105
Kochia densiflora, 321
Koeleria, 236
Koenigia islandica, 86
Kohlrauschia prolifera, 190
INDEX TO VOL. 1 5
Lacey, W. S.: Orchis traunsteineri Saut. in Wales, 297
Lagarosiphon major, 322
Lamium, 214, 513; album; purpureum, 214
Lapsana intermedia, 205
Larix decidua, 240
Lathraea squamaria, 213
Lathyrus palustris; pratensis, 195
Lemna trisulca, 230
Leontodon taraxacoides, 206
Lepidium densiflorum; ruderale; virginicum, 189
Limonium, 207, 342; binervosum; paradoxum, transwallianum, 131
Linaria vulgaris, 211
Liparis loeselii, 223
Lithospermum, 209
Local Secretaries, Recorders and Referees, 567
Lolium, 521, 522; italicum; loliaceum; perenne; remotum; rigidum; temulentum,
522
Lonicera peri-clymenum, 201
Lotus hispidus, 83
Lousley, J. E., 37, 39, 157, 244: Some recent discoveries and re-discoveries, 255 :
320, 412, 414, 493, 553
Luzula, 229, 516; campestris, 517
Lycopodium clavatum, 243
Lythrum salicaria, 199
Mackechnie, R., 547
McClintock, D., 320
Malvaceae, 505
Manx flora, recent work on, 5
Matthiola incana, 188; sinuata, 320
Matricaria inodora; maritima, 509
Medicago sativa, 194
Melampyrum arvense, 213
Melandrium album; dioicum, 190, 504
Melderis, A., 114, 159
Melica uniflora, 520
Members and Subscribers, Geographical List of, 452: List of, 418
Mentha; X maximiliana (aquatica x rotundijolia), 383; x niliaca, 581; pratensis.
154; smithiand, 257
Mibora minima, 344
Mimulus guttatus, 343
Molinia caerulea, 520
Montia, 193
Morgan, B. M. C., 548
Morton, J. K., 159
Myosotis scorpioides, 209
Myosurus minimus, 186
Najas marina, 95, 343
Narcissus, 227
Narthecium ossifragum, 228
Nelmes, E.: Carex hostiana in Bedfordshire, 314
Neottia nidus-avis, 223
Nitella, 523
Northamptonshire Plant Records, 482
Northern Regional Meeting (Manchester), 1953, 254; (Durham), 1954, 369
Obituaries: Curtis, Sir Roger, 279: Gregor, Arthur George, 552; Hassall, Mrs.
Bessie Florence, 413; Howarth, Ralph, 280; Knox, Margaret, 105; Praeger,
Robert Lloyd, 106; Rilstone, Francis, 110; Ronniger, Karl, 280; Senay, P..
413; Sherrin, William Robert, 553: Watson, William Charles Richard, 556;
Wedgwood, Mrs. M. L., 144
Onobrychis victifolia, 464
6 INDEX TO VoL. 1
Ophioglossaceae, 243
Ophrys; insectifera, 227
x Orchiaceras spuria, 226
Orchidaceae, 223, 515
Orchis, 86, 515; fuchsti, 225-227: incarnata, 225, 226; x jacquini, 226; mascula, 516:
militaris, 226; praetermissa, 225; purpured, 225, 343; purpurella, 225; traun-
steineri, 226, 297, 388
Orobanche, 384, 513; alba, 513: minor, 213
Ounstead, John: Notes on the flora of Alderney, 142
Oxalis acetosella, 193; articulata var. hirsuta, 577; carnosd, 578: cernua, 577:
corniculata var. microphylla, 463; corymbosa, 577; dillenii, 464; europaea,
463-464; floribunda; latifolia, 577; stricta, 463-464
Oxyria digyna, 514
Papaver rhoeas, 187
Parietaria diffusa, 220, 514
Parnassia palustris, 199
Pedicularis sylvatica, 512
Perring, F. H.: John Clare and Northamptonshire plant records, 482: Progress
of the Distribution Maps Scheme, 396
Perring, F. H., Sell, P. D. and Walters, S. M.: Notes on the flora of Cam-
bridgeshire (v.c. 29), 471
Personalia and Notices to Members, 116, 282, 416, 562
Phalaris, 234; arundinacea, 518
Phleum pratense, 235, 518; phleoides, 235
Phragmites communis, 236
Phyllitis scolopendrium, 241, 523
Physalis alkekengii, 210
Phytolacca americana, 215
Picris echioides, 205
Pinguicula, 343
Pinus sylvestris, 240, 522
Plantago; coronopus, 214; major, 378
Plant Notes, 37, 156, 320, 492
Plant Records, 41, 161, 325, 495
Platanthera bifolia, 227
Poa, 521; alpina, 344, 521; alpina x pratensis; annua, 237, 386; palustris, 521;
pratensis, 236, 524
Polycarpon tetraphyllum, 193
Polygala amara: austriaca; calcarea, 259-260: oxryptera, 93, 259-260; serpyllifolia.
259; vulgaris, 93, 259-260
Polygonatum, 220; x hybridum, 158
Polygonum, amphibium: aviculare, (key), 215; bistorta, 514; convolvulus x dume-
torum, 215; senegalense, 493
Polypodium vulgare, 242
Polystichum, 344; setiferum, 345
Populus, 222, 343; canescens; tremula, 222
Potamogeton, 343; alpinus, 230
Potentilla anglica, 197, 261; anglica x reptans, 197; erecta; erecta xX anglica, 197,
261; x italica; xX mixta, 261; reptans, 197; xX suberecta, 261
Praeger, Robert Lloyd (obit.), 106
Prime, C. T., Buckle, O. and Lovis, J. D.: Distribution and ecology of Arum
neglectum in southern England, 287
Primula, 207; scotica, 511; vulgaris, 208
Prunella vulgaris, 348
Prunus, 195, 505
Psoralea americana, 387
Pteridium aquilinum, 241,
Pteridophyta, 240, 344, 522
Pulmonaria, 209
Pulsatilla vulgaris, 186
Pyrola minor, 511
Pyrus communis, 320
INDEX TO VoL. l 7
Quercus cerris, 221; pelraea; robur, 221, 514
“Quo Imus?’’, 395
Ranunculus, 339; acris, 186, 503; auricomus, 187; bulbosus, 186, 503; ficaria, 187, 503;
flammula, 99; repens, 503
Rechinger, K. H., 280
Rhinanthus crista-galli, 213
Rhododendron ponticum, 207
Ribbons, B. W., 547
Ribes, 199, 340
Rilstone, Francis (obit.), 110
Rob, C. M.: Changes in the flora of north-west Yorkshire during the past
century, 395: Some alien plants of Yorkshire, 255
Robson, A. W.. 158
Roegneria canina, 89; doniana, 88
Ronniger, Karl (obit.), 280
Rorippa amphibia, 503; microphylla; nasturlium-aquaticum; xX sterilis, 188;
sylvestris, 503
Rosa, 103, 254, 369, 373, 506; agrestis: caesia; canina; dumalis; dumetorum;
micrantha; obtusifolia; sherardi; tomentosa, 506; X wilsoni, 265
Rosser, E. M., 250, 254
Rubus, 195, 301, 339, 505; arcticus, 386
Rumex acetosella; angiocarpus, 217, 514; crispus; conglomeratus, 514; gramini-
folius, 217; obtusifolius subsp. agrestis; palustris: pulcher subsp. eu-pulcher,
514; tenuifolius; var. turfosus, 217
RUSCUS, 228
Sagina procumbens, 192
Sagittaria sagittifolia, 230
Salicornia, (key), 99-100; 385, 514; appressa; dolichostachyu, 385-386; perennis, 380;
var. radicans, 386; ramosissimad, 385; smithiana, 386
Salix, 515; X foroyand, 582; lapponum; repens, 221
Salpichroa origanifolia, 157
Sambucus; ebulus, 201
Sandwith, N. Y., 114, 322
Sarothamnus scoparius, 505
Saussurea alpina, 509
Saxifraga aizoides, 507
Scabiosa@ columbaria, 202
Schoenoplectus lacustris, 231
Scirpus lacustris, 231; subsp. flevensis; palustris; tabernaemontani, 517
Scleranthus, 214. 513 i
Scorzonera humilis, 152
Scrophularia, 512
Scrophulariaceae, 512
Sedum, 507; rosea, 199
Sempervivum. tectorum, 340
Senay, P. (obit.), 443
Senecio, 390, 509; inaequidens, 256, 312; lawlus, 256; squalidus, 256, 312; x visci-
dulus; viscosus X vulgaris, 37, 96; vulgaris, 205, 256
Setaria, 233
Sherrin, William Robert (obit.), 553
Shillito, J. F., 39
Silene nutans, 94
Sisymbrium irio, 189
Smith, K. Pickard, 552
Solanum; rostratum; sisymbrifolium, 210
Solidago virgaurea, 509
Sorbus, 102, 507; confusa; latifolia; torminalis x aria, 198
Sparganium, 517
Spartina, 159; townsendii, 233-234
Specialists, Panel of, 572
Staffordshire brambles, 301
8 INDEX TO VOL. l
Stellaria media, 192; nemorum; var. glochidispermd, 191, 384
Swann, E. L., 542
Sylvester-Bradley, P. C.: The taxonomic implications of the British Rose Sur-
vey, 254
Symphytum, 392, 512
Tagetes minuta, 204
Tanacetum vulgare, 204
Taraxacum, 510
Taxus baccata, 240
Teesdalia nudicaulis, 190
Thlaspi, 190
Thymus, 513
Tilia, 505; platyphyllos x tomentosa, 193
Tolypella, 523
Tragopogon, 206, 510
Tragus, 234
Trichomanes speciosum, 243
Trifolium; hybridum, 194; repens, 505; sublerraneum, 194
Trigonella, 339
Trollius europaeus, 187
Tutin, T. G., 461
Typha angustifolia; latifolia, 229, 517
Ulex europaeus, 505; gallii, 194
Ulmus; X hollandica, 220
Umbelliferae, 200, 342, 507
Urtica dioica, 220
Utricularia, 513
Vaccinium x intermedium, 263; uliginosum, 206
Valeriana exaltata; officinalis, 508; procurrens, 202, 579; sambucifolia, 508
Valerianella locusta, 202
Vallisneria spiralis, 223
Veronica anagallis-aquatica, 85, 212, 348; arvensis, 212; beccabunga; catenata, 8,
212, 343; filiformis, 212, 213, 343, 512; hybrida, 89, 212, 343, 512: officinalis, 343;
polita, 212; serpyllifolia var. humifusa, 212; spicata, 89, 212
Vicia, 195; cracca, 505; monantha, 492; tenuifolia, 505
Vinca; major, 208
Viola; lutea, 504
Viscaria alpina; alpina xX vulgaris; vulgaris, 190
Viscum album, 218
Walters, S. M.: The Distribution Maps Scheme, 121: 277
\avehitol 18} Mb Ste,
Watson, William Charles Richard (obit.), 556
Webb, D. A., 106: The Distribution Maps Scheme: A provisional extension to Iie-
land of the British National Grid, 316
Webster, Miss M. McCallum, 246
Wedgwood, Mrs. M. L. (obit.), 114
Westrup, A. W., 550
Woodhead, J. E., 105, 556
Yorkshire, changes in the flora of, 395; some alien plants of, 255
Young, D. P.: A herbarium of Sir John Bennett, 490: 492
Zostera marina; nana, 231
Continued from inside front cover
COMMITTEES FOR 1955-56
ee
Development and Rules Meetings
D. E. Allen (Hon. Sec.) Mie @ “Alston
A. H. G. Alston
Miss M. S. Campbell HB. Paneerter
Dr. J. G. Dony O. Buckle
J. S. L. Gilmour Dr. J. G. Dony (Hon. Sec.)
R. A. Graham Mrs. A. N. Gibby
Pee P.O. Hall
R. D. Meikle
E. Milne-Redhead Dr. E. M. Rosser
O. V. Polunin Mrs. B. H. S. Russell
Dr. E. F. Warburg Mrs. B. Welch
Publications
J. P. M. Brenan 0 ti
J. E. Dandy onservation
D. H. Kent Captain C. Diver
J. HK. Lousley Dr. J. G. Dony
H. K. Airy Shaw I
R. M. Payne Jy u ane
N. Y. Sandwith He, Graken
E. C. Wallace D. H. Kent
Dr. S. M. Walters J. E. Lousley (Hon. Sec.)
P. J. Wanstall (Hon. Sec.) E. Milne-Redhead
Dr. HE. F. Warburg Wo) Gaaacrhaves
Maps P. J. Wanstall
Prof. A. R. Clapham Mrs. B. Welch
(Hon. Sec.)
Dr. J. G. Dony
R. A. Graham Junior Membership
J. KH. Lousley
R. D. Meikle D. EK. Allen
E. Milne-Redhead Miss H. Franks
C. D. Pigott Miss L. W. Frost
= 2 a ee ied Miss B. M. C. Morgan
. T. Stearn (co-op :
Prof. T. G. Tutin : reece
fi ©. Wallace . V. Polunin
Dr. S. M. Walters Dr. C. T. Prime
Dr. EK. F. Warburg A. W. Westrup (Hon. Sec.;
Prof. D. A. Webb
WATSONIA
JOURNAL OF THE BOTANICAL
SOCIETY OF THE BRITISH ISLES
Published Twice Yearly
Price 15} per part
Obtainable from Mr E. B. BANGERTER,
c/o Department of Botany, British Museum,
(Natural History ), London, S.W.7
ad
sanauae
Yet Ay? ij
Die
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11